Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 135

BL00781-200(1) E E BL00781-200(1)

Before You Begin Before You Begin


Steps First Steps First

Manual Owners Manual Owners


Thank you for your purchase of of product. Thank you for . this This manual your purchase this product. This manual F60fd how to use your FUJIFILM digital describes how to use your FinePix F60fd describes FUJIFILM FinePix F60fd digital . and the supplied software. BeBe that you have read camera sure that you have read camera and the supplied software. sure . understood its contents before using the camera. and understood its contents before using the camera. and

Basic Photography and Playback Basic Photography and Playback

More on More on Photography Photography


More on on Playback More Playback Movies Movies Connections Connections Menus Menus Technical Notes Technical Notes

http://www.fujifilm.com/procucts/our website at For information onon related products, visit website at For information related products, visit our index.html . http://www.fujifilm.com/products/index.html http://www.fujifilm.com/products/index.html

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Appendix Appendix

For Your Safety For Your Your Safety For Your Safety Safety For Safety For Your For Your Safety For Your Safety For Your Safety IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Read Instructions: All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the Attachments: Do not use attachments not recommended by the video product appliance issafety and operating instructions instructions should be read before the Do not Read Instructions: AllInstructions:All the safety and operating should be read before Attachments: the attachments use attachments not recommended by the video product Read Instructions: AllRead Instructions: operating instructions should be read before thebethe before the manufacturer as they may cause hazards. not recommended byproduct ReadInstructions: All the safety and operating instructions should read before Do Attachments: Do not not recommended by the videovideo the video product the the operated. Attachments: Do not use not recommended by the product Readsafety and All the safety and operating instructions should be read Attachments:not use use Do not use attachments not recommended by the video product Attachments: attachments attachments Retain appliance is operated. is operated. All the safety and operating instructions should be read beforemanufacturer as DoDomay cause hazards. appliance is operated. manufacturermanufacturer as they may cause hazards. manufacturer as they not use hazards. as Attachments: not appliance is operated. Instructions: The safety and operating instructions should be retained for asWater mayMoisture: they may cause attachments not recommended by the videoa product appliance Instructions: manufacturer they and causecause hazards. this video product near waterfor example, near appliance is operated. Read the they may hazards. use future Instructions: andandoperating instructions retained be retained for Attachments: Do not use attachments not recommended by the video product Instructions: The reference. operating instructions should should be retained for kitchenmay cause hazards. in a wet basement, or near a Retain appliance operated. and operating instructions should read RetainRetain Instructions: safety :and AllTheoperating instructions instructionsbebe retained the bath tub, :wash usevideo or waterfor example, near a example, near a Retain Instructions: the Instructions: be retained for . Read Instructions: The safety and operating instructions should for before for Water and not bowl, asvideo product laundry tub, near waterfor example, near safety is TheAll RetainThe Instructions: safety and operating should be should WaterWater and Water Do Moisture: this not use this near waterfor by aa Do Attachments: Do not sink, video waterfor waterfor and Moisture: product Read read before Water manufacturer not use this video product the not Moisture: Do they use attachments not Heed Warnings: All warningsthe safetyappliance and in the operating instructions Moisture: anduse this they may use this video product nearexample, near athe video product on the and operating instructions should beand Moisture: . Do not causenear nearproduct recommended example, near future reference. Retain operated. The safety and operating instructions future reference. uture reference. is . shouldbathretainedmanufacturer as bowl, like.laundry inor wet basement, orwet basement, or near a future reference. reference. appliance : Instructions: hazards. future appliance operated. be tub, swimming pool, andsink, they sink, this video tub, in near near a for Water sink, bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, a laundry basement, or tub, washwash kitchenand bowl,laundrynotsink, or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near bath tub, wash the kitchen cause in a wet a manufacturer should warnings All to. appliance in the operating instructions bathinstructions bowl,bowl, kitchen oras kitchentub, tub, hazards. producta wetorbasement, or near aa Warnings: All Heed Warnings:reference.safetyon the applianceinstructionsinstructions retained for bath tub, wash Moisture: Do may useor laundry tub, in anear waterfor example, near a Heed Warnings:Heed Warnings: theiswarnings on the appliance operating should be instructions warnings on All The Heed Warnings: All appliance on the appliance and in the operating instructions All be adhered warnings and and in the and in the operating on warnings and operating and in the operating the Heed Retain future Instructions: : Instructions: The safety and operating instructions swimming pool,Power-Cord thepool, and the like. this video productrouted so that they are not near swimming pool,theand Moisture: Power-supply cords shouldlaundry tub, in a wet basement, or swimming pool,wash not use and and Protection: Dothe like.kitchen sink, or be near swimming like. like. Water bath tub, and bowl, be for Water and a Follow Instructions: All operating and use should be adheredRetain . should be retainedswimming pool,Moisture: like.not use this video productwaterfor example,likely anear a shouldreference. to. near hould be adheredshouldbe adhered to. warnings oninstructions should be followed. to. to. adhered All be Warnings: : and the Do - , example, futureHeed adhered to. shouldfuture reference. the appliance and in the operating instructionswalkedwash by items placed upon or against wet waterfor, near bath tub, Protection: Power-supply cordsso that tub, area them, payingare not likely bowl, should be routed should that they so that they kitchen sink, basement, not likely to, Power-supply cordsthe like.cords theyrouted so thatlikely areor near a be bathProtection: Power-supply be routed laundryin not likely they particular a on orand should or laundry be routedare not near pinched swimming Power-Cord Power-Cord Protection: Power-supply cords or so be Power-Cord Instructions:All operating adhered to. should be followed. be followed. Follow Instructions: and use instructions instructions should be followed. operating warnings ollowFollow Instructions: AllInstructions:All operating and use be followed. the be followed. Power-Cord Protection: wash bowl, kitchen sink,shouldbe routed so that they are not likely Follow should All on the appliance and Power-Cord tub, pool, Heed Instructions: All instructions should . : and useoperating and use instructions should in the operating instructions FollowWarnings: be All operating and use instructions should operating instructions attention to Protection: Power-supply cords should tub, in a wet basement, or Installation Warnings: All warnings on the appliancein swimmingcords at placedlike. items placed upon or againstpoint paying particular pool, or pinched by upon placed upon or the particular and the upon or against them, paying Heed and to be walkedto be walked itemsitemsandPower-supply cords shouldpayingthem,where they are not likely to be walked on or pinched theitems placed upon orand particularsopayingparticular onbe walked on or plugs, convenience receptacles, against them, payingthey exit or pinched bypool, placed items or against them,against them, that particular to be walked on orto Power-Cord Protection: by like. pinched by on . swimming pinched by should be adhered to. Power Sources: Instructions: All operating be use instructions should type of power to attention convenience receptacles, and the pointpoint be routed exit should Installation Installation Thisbe adhered to. should andoperated only from the be followed. cordscords atappliance. at Power-supply cords and thebe routedthe that they are not likely Installation stallation Installation from plugs, to cords at plugs, convenience should where they exit where they exit Follow video product where point attention to attentionto cords plugs, convenience receptacles, and the they where they particular at thetoplugs, convenience receptacles, receptacles, and against Protection: Follow Instructions: All operating and use instructions should be followed.attention Power-Cordto cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit upon or so point Protection: source :Sources: Instructions: product should from the type theshould betype attentionbe walked on or pinched by items placed or against them, them, payingexit Follow should be followed. This Installation video operated only areoperated only . of the werPower Sources:Powervideo product should operatingyoube operated ofof powerthe typefrompowerAccessories: Do not : items placedan unstablebe routed so that they are not likely Sources: ThisPowerindicatedThisthe marking label. If andfrom the typetypethepowerof power from the appliance.pinchedPower-supply cords should cart,,payingbracket, Power Sources: This product should onlynot sure only from of from of power appliance. video product on video All be operated be operated only from the type supply appliance.Power-Cordor from the to cords videoon upon stand, tripod, particular from attention Sources: This video product should beuse instructions from power the appliance. be the appliance. thisat plugs, convenience receptacles, and the , they exit of to walked onplace by product point where to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular to source indicated onlabel. If not power supply your markingconsultthemarking label.dealerare not sure of the type of power supply home, , If you are notlabel.ofyouofor local power company. For video your you are not If you type of sure of the type of power supply appliance If the are .supply source indicated onindicated on This marking sure you the type of power of power supply or cords at plugs, convenience .child or adult, and urce indicated on the Power Sources: the marking label. Ifsure are notoperated only from the type of power The video product may fall, causing serious injury to apoint where they exit source label. Installation indicated on source the marking the video product should be sure of the type Accessories: Do not placeplace Doplace on video product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, table.fromthisnot place this video convenience stand, tripod, Accessories: attention videovideo product on an unstable anunstable cart, stand, Accessories:tothe appliance. video receptacles, and the bracket, where they not this Do product product on attention to cords at productsInstallation videoyour dealer or localonly sources, type For videoDoAccessories:Do notplace thisplugs,product oncart,unstable bracket, tripod, bracket, power, to home, consult your yourconsult on theappliancelabel. If youlocalother videovideo of power supply damagenotthe this an unstable cart, stand, tripod, cart, stand, pointor bracket, to your home,This For your your home, your intended to operate or local local.For from the type For power serious the appliance. appliance. Use only with anreceptacles, and the tripod, bracket, exit to your home, consult your marking dealer or local power company. of the home, appliance dealer battery power or video Power Sources:indicated fromor power operatednot sure of orrefer For video Accessories:The video product may serious to a serious injury adult, and or adult, and product , your appliance should be are power company. ortoTheof power product fall, product may fall, causinga child stand,or to a child to consult appliance dealer appliance dealer or company. onlythe table.table.videoor table. The video causing serious injuryinjuryserious injury to a child or adult, and source consult video should be company. power company. or table. The video not place this video product on an unstable child or adult, and videoAccessories: may fall, causing fall, causing cart, child tripod, bracket, table to a or adult, and table. Power Sources: to operate product or other sources, refer to the the type the orproduct mayto Doproduct may fall, causing serious injury to acart, stand, tripod, bracket, This batteryfrom battery power, or other sources, refer to The from from the appliance. operated from operating intendedbattery power, or other sources, refer the type products intendedtoinstructions.the markingfrom battery power, or local the of power to For video products operate to power, oducts intended to operate from fromoperate from batteryare not sure other power company. the recommended by the manufacturer, or sold, the video product. Any mounting products intended to the source to intended to consult your appliance dealer or other sources, refer supply to : appliance. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or indicated on label. products yourindicatedoperatemarkingIf you If power, or of to sources, refer power supplyto the appliance. Usewith a cart, stand, on antripod,stand, table table serious damage appliance. Use the this video Use only with , , table child or table serious damage to only only with a cart, serious damage Accessories: Do not the stand, a bracket, or tripod,bracket, bracket, serious table. to video the or cart, bracket, or bracket, or source home, label. you are not of tripod, operating instructions. intended video product ( with sure of the type of damagetoplaceappliance. product tripod,on an, tripod,tostand, or table operating instructions. on the erating instructions. home, :consult your AC dealer or local power other sources, refer to serious damageThethe appliance. Use only with a unstable cart, stand,shouldtripod, and operating instructions. Accessories: Do not place this may video product. Any mounting to your instructions. products your appliance dealer a or company. For video video manufacturer, thesold productvideo sold withcart, stand, product. Any mounting Grounding oryour home, This to operate fromequipped or local power company. For byrecommended. thefall, causing serious product. Any mounting polarized alternatingoperating Polarization: consult appliance is battery power, recommended byappliance should manufacturer, or product the video injury a or adult, adult, use a bracket, the the by product may manufacturers instructions, a manufacturer, orwith the video product. Anyunstable and sold with causing video to cart, recommended recommended by the manufacturer, or sold only withvideo product. Any mounting table recommended by the follow thefall, or sold with the injury the to or table. The videoor manufacturer, with the a mountingchild and serious cart, table. The video product may fall, adult, products intended tohavingvideo product is power, alternating- of alternating- serious damage to the causing instructions, to sources, the of the follow ,the follow by Use instructions, tripod, bracket, )or Polarization:operate equipped battery the other other sources, into current line plug video . fromequipped with a polarized referthe appliance should followrecommended instructions, and serious stand,and should use or plug is equipped from appliance. with a cart, stand, injury operating instructions. is battery than power, of refer seriousappliance the appliance.the the manufacturer. Grounding or Polarization:or productoperatewith ais equipped orThis plug will fit tomountingdamage tomanufacturersUsemanufacturersshould use and ashould use a Grounding video intended tovideo product withor withaa polarizedalternating- to of the theshouldmanufacturers instructions, instructions, and childor table a polarized ounding or Polarization: ThisorThis(aproductThisvideo blade widerequippedother). polarizedthe appliance shouldor accessoryshouldfollow the manufacturers. ause ashouldoruse aa and Grounding Polarization: This one productispolarized withalternating- alternating- of the appliance should follow the manufacturers and should bracket, Polarization: This appliance products the recommended by the manufacturer, or sold with the video product. Any mounting only tripod, Grounding serious only cart, operating plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). fit into damage to the appliance. the stand, . pluginstructions. one a safety insert the power outlet only one current line (acurrentlinePolarization: This. feature. Iftheother). This plug will fitaccessory recommended byrecommendedshould be movedawith , plug (a pluginstructions. wider thanisthan productthanthe other). This polarizedfit into Anmounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer. product. Any bracket, or rrent line plugtheplug having one(aone blade widervideo the other).plug willareinto amountingfitinto accessory recommended by the manufacturer.withwith video care. tripod, mounting table current lineplugorblade having blade wider is equipped unable to will into mounting accessory the manufacturer. Use manufacturer. operating (a plug way. This blade wider than you fit with plug will alternating- of theand cart recommended by soldmanufacturer. or the the current linehaving plug having onethe other). This This plug will This plug mounting recommended by the manufacturer,bythe or sold with the video product. Any mounting appliance appliance should Grounding recommended combination intoPolarization:one way. This is a safetyunable to insertinsert still to insert the , , follow This istrysafety feature. areequippedIf you a the the is feature. plug are , polarized fail to fit, plug fully the outlet,This feature. If youIfplug.arethe Ifwith shouldthe to insert the mounting accessory by the manufacturer,manufacturers instructions, and should use a reversing . Ifyou are unable alternatingthe power outletpower outlet only oneaway. This isaasafety feature. thanto unable to plug the Quick appliance should follow uneven surfaces may cause the the power outlet is a unable are unable e power outlet onlypoweroroutletonly safetyway.This is one blade wider If youthe other). Thisinsert will fit into stops, excessive force, and . and should use a the only Groundingone way.plug (a plug having safety the with with manufacturer. the one way. This only one video product youfeature. current line Polarization: the An applianceAn appliance and cart should followshould be moved with care. An appliance and should be be movedby be care. and mounting accessory recommended care. appliance andof thecart combination combinationmanufacturers instructions, cart combination cart or video product contactfully reversingplug.one blade wider than thefail to should still fail alternating- and cart combination shouldmanufacturer. your reversing to plug fully into the outlet, .the plug. IfIf the plugwith aAnstill fail to fit, mounting accessory shouldmoved should be moved with care. the Grounding the outlet, tryThis your obsolete is equipped you polarized outlet, try ug plug into the power (areplaceway. Ifplug plug outlet. still will fitappliance and cart combination to overturn. manufacturers instructions, and should use a fully fully intooutlet,lineinto the plugonlythereversingthe shouldIf still Do notfit,to fit,unable tointo An appliance appliance combination bythe ,moved with care. plug the plug outlet, try plug. This feature. If should fit, the of the plug defeat the safety current try electrician the try reversing the aplug. other). ThisQuick stops, fit, having If the plug the plug fully intolineoutlet(a plug reversing the plug. should plug fail are Thisfail toinsertinto mounting and recommended maysurfaces may cause the one is safety the still should excessive force, combination should may uneven and uneven cause plug having plug excessive accessory recommended surfaces be cause toyour electrician replace your blade not than thenot defeat insertstops, Quick stops, excessive cart surfaces purposecurrent electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat Quick will stops, excessive force, and uneven surfacesthe moved with contact electrician. into thetoway. outlet. Do not widerdefeatsafety defeat the safety fit Quickforce, and unevenforce,and may cause the manufacturer.the care. contact your electrician toreplace isone obsoleteoutlet.IfDotheunable the safety QuickAn appliance andsurfaces uneven by the may cause the electricianoutlet only obsolete try reversing the plug. the other). to ntact your yourcontactofyour polarizedoneoutlet,ThisyoursafetyDodefeatIftheDo notsafety tothestill the to fit, stops, excessive force,. contact the replace plug. obsolete outlet. feature. you areplug should safety replace your your outlet. the power fully a obsolete plug fail appliance and cart combination to overturn. appliance andcombination to overturn. force, overturn. cart combination combination to combination should appliance and cartAn appliance cart cartoverturn. . , appliance and cart excessive the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insertappliance and and combination to overturn. be moved with care. the the Quick to and uneven surfaces may cause purpose ofAlternate Warnings:polarized plug. to replace your obsolete plug should still fail to fit, - stops, the polarizedthe polarized plug. purpose of the This video try rpose of the polarizedcontact your outlet,plug.reversing the plug. If a three-wireDo not defeat the safety An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. purpose plug. plug. plug fullyofthe polarized product equipped with the outlet. grounding-type purpose ofinto the electrician tryisreversing the plug. If the plug should still fail toQuick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the plug fully into the outlet, ( 3 fit, appliance and cart - contact electrician :to product is equipped with a three-wire grounding-type plug, a ThisWarnings: ais videoreplace ais equippedgrounding-type defeatdefeat the , combination to overturn. purpose product (grounding) equipped Alternate Warnings:videovideoof Thispolarized plug.your a three-wire grounding-type appliance and cart excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the Alternateyour your thirdequipped isthree-wire with three-wire a groundingernate Warnings: Alternate Warnings: the equippedto replaceobsoletewith aaonly fit intogrounding-type safety Quick stops, combination to overturn. This plug having This video with This outlet.outlet. Do grounding-type . Alternate Warnings: This video product pin. yourplug will Do not the safety product electrician ) contact polarizedis product obsolete three-wire not . plug. with purpose (grounding) pin. (grounding) you fit plug will insert into groundingtype third of having aisthirdpin. feature. pin. This unable to only fit into a groundinghavingpurpose ofThis .plugpin.isThisplug grounding-into aagroundingplug, a a outlet. the third (grounding) pin. are plugwill only fit plug having aapolarized This only fit will groundingug, plug, a having apowerthird (grounding)This plugproduct into aonly fitthe plug into the Antennas a plug plug plug, aaplugtheWarnings: This video willIfonlyThisinto a three-wire grounding-type appliance and cart combination to overturn. plug, Alternate plug third (grounding) will equipped with a having a safety plug. . outlet, power outlet.This Ifis a safety feature.yourtoare unableplugthe not plug into the Antennas type power outlet.contactoutlet.This is youIf to replacetoIfyouobsolete , pluginto the Antennas typepower product is areunable to will onlyAntennas groundingThis is a plug having safety feature. If you are unable to insert grounding-type safety feature. . you the plugthree-wire you are unable pe power outlet.Alternate safety feature. videothirdunableequipped withthe intoinsertthefitdefeat the Outdoor Antenna Grounding: If an outside EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS type isplug, outlet. electricianare feature. If insertinsert aoutlet. intothe plug into the Antennas This powera your This isaaasafety (grounding) pin. This plug insert the into a a Warnings: This to Do type with a three-wire Antennas grounding-type safety purpose of youraelectriciantypeproductyour obsolete outlet. DoOutdoor Antenna Outdoor If an If Grounding: If an outside EXAMPLE GROUNDING GROUNDING outlet, contact yourcontact Warnings: This videoreplace your Ifobsoleteunable Dothea defeatGrounding: Antennaoutside EXAMPLE to OF ANTENNA OF ANTENNA AS CODE AS outlet,Alternate theto electrician outlet.equipped not defeat the Outdoor cable Grounding: electrician replace to plug. is PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL tlet, contact your electricianhavinggroundingobsolete feature.Do not willoutlet. to insertgrounding- antenna orAntennasystem is connectedOF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS GROUNDING AS outlet, contact your third your obsolete not Outdoor the the to replace This plug, type power outlet. your is to replace This plugare outlet. into the plugAntenna Grounding: Grounding: If outside EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA outlet,a contact your electrician ato replace yourobsolete only fit Donotinto a grounding- :outsideIf anEXAMPLE EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS pluga plug having a(grounding) outlet. Dodefeat the not defeat the Outdoor Antennas an an outside . safety pin. pin. This plug will only fit defeat into Antenna plug, third type plug. (grounding) you safety purpose of power outlet.thegrounding type plug.you are unable to insert can Do intocablecable system cable system is connected to ELECTRICAL CODE ELECTRICAL CODE safety outlet, contact grounding type video or ety purpose of safety purpose type plug. a wall outletsto replace your cords as this the plugnot defeatsystem is or cable systemtheconnected NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE Antenna Lead the grounding of overload safety feature. If safety purpose of This is plug. purpose of type the Do not the your electrician and antenna antenna or outside PERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE antenna in a into cable system is antennaan to antenna or is Antenna PER NATIONAL ANTENNA CODE NATIONAL Overloading:grounding type This is a safetyplug.extensionare unable outlet. resultplug ortheAntennasconnectedsure is connected to . type power the grounding obsolete to insert the or the antennaproduct, be to Grounding: NATIONAL PEREXAMPLE OFELECTRICALGROUNDING AS the Outdoor outlet. feature. If you thesystem connected to PER IfPER Antennas cable sure theis grounded so or toantenna or Ground ClampAntenna LeadWire as an outside EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA in Antenna Lead provide or outlet,safetyDo youroverload wall outlets and extension can as Dothe video product, the video product,beorsure the be video If the antenna antenna be Antenna Antenna Lead or contact your Overloading:risk overload electric overloadextension to andplug.ascan resultresult in can the videoaproduct, beAntennaorantenna the antenna outside EXAMPLELead GROUNDING CODE AS Doof firecontact not overloadgrounding type asextension cords in outlet. Doresultin a ,product, cable system is If an Overloading: Do not outlets wall outlets replaceobsoletecords this a result the Outdoor product, be sure not outlet,purposeelectrician tooutlets and this this outlet. overload wall of the wall replace your erloading: Do notOverloading:Do notshock. electrician cordscords your obsoleteasthis not defeatdefeatthe videosure theGrounding:the antenna or can not in Antenna Lead to PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL AS the Outdoor against Overloading:wall outlets and and extension extension cords asathis can result in asome protectionAntennasure Groundconnected Ground Clamp OF ANTENNA GROUNDING Clamp GroundClamp safety fire of theshock. . is groundedthe ascablevoltagetothe antennaGround NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE purpose grounding type plug. cable systemso provide Grounding: provide is grounded is as system to provide in Wire cablecable systemcable systemto grounded beconnected to system orgroundedso as tosurges Clamp PERinClamp cable system is groundedis sureGround so video product, so as is to provide as provide or Electric in Wire so Wire in Wire AntennaAntenna Lead shock. electricfire or electric not overload wall outlets and risk of safety electric k ofrisk of fire or risk of fireSlots andDoshock. grounding type plug. extension cords as thisensure fire or electric shock.: or electric shock. in the cabinet are provided for ventilation, to can result antenna risk ofOverloading: openings in Wire Ventilation: or purpose of the PER in a protection cable system is surges static some antenna or against voltage connected to Electric NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE voltage sure voltage as to some result in againstprotectioncharges. voltage810 of provide Service Antenna Discharge Unit protection someagainstsystembe surges some protection against the voltage surges the cable grounded Electric Antenna Wire operationnot overloadproduct and to protect it from overheating, and these a and built-upproduct,againstSectionsosurges . and extension cords as this cansome protectionvideo video surges antenna or Antenna Electric Ground Antenna Antenna Electric is in Overloading:Slots or electric shock. the cabinet are provided for ventilation, to ensure Antenna Lead the Antenna Ventilation: Slotsopenings fire ofDothe cabinet theprovidedare provided ensure andthis can resultstaticbuilt-up static charges. Section 810 of Ground ClampClamp (NEC SECTION Lead Ventilation: Slots and openings in outletsfor are ventilation, cords as to ensure charges. Section product, of sure the antenna or Electric ntilation: Slots reliable risk ofDo thein openings in arewall outlets and extensionventilation,andensure the National Electrical of beSection 810 of Equipment and and openings thenot overload cabinetventilation, to forto ensure built-up static static charges. ANSI/NFPA Ventilation: Slots and openings provided in and video wall the cabinet for provided for ventilation, to built-up and built-up SectionCode, cabinet are in Overloading: in a system 810 810 Ventilation: and some Discharge in Discharge Unit Service Discharge Discharge Unit charges. Section as to Service voltage risk of fire or electric and video product and to protect it from overheating, and these cablecharges. grounded with so 810 Ground Unit Unit WireAntenna openings operation be the video to it from from overheating, overheating,blocked No. 70, providesisinformationso as to provide not of blocked product should never be and these Discharge Unit cable Electrical against Service reliable operation of the video product shock.protect overheating, provided these the National and Nationalstatic of reliable mustfire orof shock. openings inand to openingsand and ventilation, Electrical Nationalprotection Code, respect provide Service Clamp 810-20) in Wire iable operation reliable operationSlots andandor covered.itTheprotect it fromtheseforthe Nationalto ensurebuilt-upANSI/NFPA Code, ANSI/NFPAsurges ServiceElectric of the video productthe video product and to protect it fromoverheating, and these . ANSI/NFPA ANSI/NFPA reliable operationof the to protect the Code,built-up grounded surges Electrical system is Code,Equipment the ANSI/NFP Electrical Ventilation: the cabinet are some protection static charges. Equipment Equipment(NEC SECTION(NECSECTION :risk of video electric on a bed, sofa, rug, , surface. the National protection70, surgesEquipment product (NEC SECTION Unit EquipmentService (NEC SECTION Electrical against voltage ANSI/NFPA 810 and Code, Aagainst voltageSection 810 of Ground SECTION Antenna Electric byVentilation:must not be blockedin covered. The openings should never be blocked proper other similar (NEC Antenna Discharge openings notplacing the operationblockedortheproductThenevernevershould never be provides informationgrounding respect mast respect openings blocked beblocked Thecovered. The openings forfrom overheating, and No. 70, provides information be Slots enings must must notreliable ornotoropeningsopenings shouldorprovidedshould never 70,toblockedto No.information respect the with respect openings must covered. The or covered. andopenings be ventilation,No. ensure be blocked or openings are to protect it blocked cabinet should be of and Electric openings must notbecovered. video in the cabinet are blockedforNo. be,to these 70, provideswithElectrical withrespect 70, some provides information and the with , and of the . blocked No. built-up static charges. Section 810 of 810-20) Ventilation: and openings Slots ventilation, provides information 810-20) 810-20) Discharge SECTION Service 810-20) built-up charges. Section (NEC Equipment by placing This video productmustproductonplaced and built-inTheit provided should bookcase blockedproperofgrounding mast ANSI/NFPA Ground810-20) the placing the video the videoon aabed, other rug, or other similar surface.never be ensure70,and Nationaland of theCode, and by placing thea on sofa, rug,on bed, similarprotect openings to Ground Ground placing the videovideo operation ofaproduct blocked orsofa, rug, orinstallation such as aproper these supporting structure,staticand withof the 810 of Clamps Service Grounding Unit Unit by placing on video bed, sofa, rug, or sofa, surface. from other similar reliable productbed,product other sofa, rug, similar surface. and grounding National the grounding mast Ground Discharge by product theoperation ofbebeora bed,insimilar other surface. to proper theseproper70,mast mastinformation with respect Ground to to the Electrical of and and openingsvideo not the video product and or surface. from overheating, and grounding grounding theANSI/NFPA the No. , , product covered.to protect itoverheating, a to . reliable should not to proper National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA Service Grounding Conductors ofthe grounding of the mast Power Clamps , Code, Clamps provides (NEC SECTION 810-20) Clamps Equipment Clamps Grounding Grounding SECTION Grounding openingsplacingplacedproduct on a bed,built-in installation such as be have (NEC Grounding Grounding Equipment or This videomust mustvideonot isorplaced installation instructionsblocked structure, grounding grounding unit, rack video product should built-inplacedcovered. The should never never structure, 70, provides of the , with of the unlessproduct be supporting structure, Ground by be the in in be covered. built-ininstallation such as asupporting , wire properinformation This product notventilation beprovidedin aathe openings other similar surface. lead-ingrounding antenna discharge of the should not be blocked installation sofa, as a or as a bookcase bookcase No. to to structure, the of the the is videovideo product openingsplacednotabe blocked orinstallationrug,openings such as be blocked structure, ofgroundingrespect and Clamps Thisvideo product should not a built-in inorThe manufacturers should aabookcase supporting grounding of mast should notproper should not be placed in a built-insuchbookcase supporting such bookcase supporting an grounding This 810-20) No. provides unit, Service Electrode Clamps Grounding Conductors Power Conductors Grounding Conductors by rack unless proper product on manufacturersthe manufacturershave alead-into an to an antennato an antenna discharge unit, Power Service Conductors(NEC SECTION placing theproper ventilation isthe.the manufacturers instructions have size of groundingan antenna the Power ofGrounding ServiceGrounding Conductors videovideo or the is provided or antennawiregrounding information with respect ServiceGround a bed, sofa, or instructions havesurface. radiator rug,be placed near or instructions have to proper70, discharge ofPowermast ServicePower Ground or other similar over wire wire lead-in wire to conductors, location unit, Grounding System 810-20) been ventilation isThis isvideoproduct should never lead-inwire to an structure, or rack unlessor rackunless proper ventilationon aplacedthea rug, or other similarsuch as a bookcase discharge unit,discharge and or adhered or provided in built-in installation surface. properunless the provided not manufacturers instructions lead-in rack unless properrackvideo providedshouldis provided orsofa,manufacturers instructions have lead-insupportingantenna discharge unit, of the This to. product product be bed, byventilation ventilation placing to grounding (NECElectrode PART H) 810-21) Grounding or proper mast System System (NEC SECTION (NEC System orThis videovideoto. This video product should never over a radiator or oversize of groundingof grounding location of Electrodethe andElectrode SECTION heatvideo productThis video product should never beor over a radiator of bookcase antenna grounding grounding of the toSystem Electrode(NEC SECTION(NECSECTION register. to. should nevernever be placed or be placed near or over a radiator conductors, location of grounding Electrode SystemClamps Grounding size of discharge unit, antenna discharge size a aaradiator size of lead-in wireconductors, location of unit, ART 250. Service Grounding SECTION grounding grounding conductors, location of size conductors, to an connection conductors, location of been adhered product should placed in built-in placed near (NEC Grounding en been adhered to. Thisrack unlessshould not be. near nearinstallation suchover radiator have adhered to. been adhered to. This video be placed anever bethe manufacturers instructions supporting structure, been or proper product should of Conductors adhered This product ventilation is provided or placed near or as . supporting structure, grounding PART(NEC Power 810-21) H) Conductors of Power Service Clamps H) 810-21) the ART 250. PART This video not be placed in a built-in installation such as PART 810-21) PART H) H) 250. grounding discharge and (NEC (NEC to antenna discharge unit, grounding to ART unit, antenna antenna dischargeantenna electrodes, to connectionART (NEC Power Grounding 810-21) unit, unit, connection or heat register.heat register. product should is product or the manufacturers instructions a bookcase wire to an antennarequirementsto or rack register. heat register. or heat unless properto. This video providedshould never be placed near or over a radiator sizedischarge unit,conductors,250. 250.(NECART Electrode System810-21) SECTION or heat register. lead-in of connection discharge location of ART250. PART H) (NEC have antennaconnection unit, connection to Conductors been adhered ventilation antenna discharge or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturers instructionselectrodes,dischargeto anand requirements unit, ElectrodeService Grounding SECTION have grounding electrode. the lead-in wire conductors, location of System (NEC grounding electrodes, and requirements and unit, connection to grounding electrodes, electrodes, grounding (NEC ART 250. PART H) 810-21) been adheredregister. video product should never be placed near or overgrounding forsize ofsizeand requirementsrequirements a radiator grounding electrodes, andrequirements antenna (NEC SECTION or heat to. This of been adhered to. This video product should never be placed near orgrounding grounding of grounding conductors, location (NEC ARTElectrode System over grounding electrode. discharge a radiatorthe grounding electrode. 250. PART H) 810-21) for for the grounding electrode. for the the electrode.discharge unit, connection to for grounding electrode. antenna or heat register. for the grounding electrodes, and requirements (NEC ART 250. PART H) 810-21) antenna discharge unit, connection to or heat register. grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. for the grounding electrode.

IMPORTANT SAFETY SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

ii ii ii ii ii ii

For YourFor Your Safety Safety Your Safety For


Power Lines: An outside antenna system should not be located in vicinity Power the the :Lines: An outside antenna system should not be located in of vicinity of Power An outside other or system should not located the vicinity of overhead power lines or otherlines or antennapowerpower circuits, or fall in fall into overhead power electric light electric circuits, or where into , Lines: light or be it can where it can overhead power linescircuits. When outsideor such power lines or circuits. Whenor other electric light ,power circuits, or where extreme such power lines or installing an antenna system, it can fall into . installing an outside antenna system, extreme such power lines or touching such power an power antenna system, care should be taken to keep fromcircuits. Whentouchinglines outside lines contact asextreme care should be taken to keep from installingsuchor circuits as or circuits contact might be to keep from touching such power lines or circuits as contact care them with them might be fatal.be takenfatal. with should . with them might be fatal. Make sure use your camera correctly.safety notes and this that you use that you . safety notes and this Make sure your camera correctly. Read these Read these Use Use Make sure that before your carefully. manual carefully before use. you use use. camera correctly. Read these safety notes and this manual Use Cleaning: Unplug this this video product from beforeoutlet before not use not use storeuse.a safe a safe place. Cleaning: Unplug the wall outlet . After readingAfter readingnotes, safetyin : video product from the wall cleaning. Do cleaning. Do manual carefully before store in . , these safety place. Cleaning: Unplug this videoaproductUse afor cleaning. for before cleaning. Do not use After reading these safety notes, store in a safe place. from damp cloth the wall outlet cleaning. liquid cleaners or aerosol Use cleaners.cloth liquid cleaners or aerosol damp these notes, cleaners. . . liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning. About the Icons About the Icons : Never of Object and Liquid Entry: Never push objects push objects of any kind into this video product through Object and Liquid Entry: any kind into this video product through About the Icons Object and Liquid dangerous push objects of icons The below are used in are used in this indicate the indicate the severity of the may touchEntry: Never voltage points or short out or short could The , , openings as they touch dangerous voltage pointsparts thatoutproduct throughshown icons shown belowthis document todocument to severity of the openings as they may any kind into this video parts that could openings as or may touch dangerous voltage of any kind product. damage thatthe information indicated by indicated injury or shown below result if the information the ignored result in a fire theyelectric shock. spill kind on the video on the videoinjury or damage iconscan result ifare used in this icon isby the icon is ignored or electric shock. Never spill liquid of product. result in a fire . Never any liquid points or short out parts that could The that can document to indicate the severity of the injury orproduct is used a result result in a product. . can result. if as information indicated by the icon is ignored . fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the videoand the product is used incorrectly asincorrectlythea result. and the damage that Lightning: For: this videofor this video product receiver , and the product is used incorrectly as a result. added protection for product receiver during a lightning Lightning: For added protection , during a lightning Lightning: For added protection for for long product time, storm, or when it is or when it is left and unusedperiodsunplug time, unplug unattended unattended and unused for of receiver of it it storm, left this video long periodsduring a lightning This icon indicates that death or serious injury can result if the information is when it is left This icon indicates that death or : serious injury can result if the information is storm, or wall outlet and disconnect or cable system.cable will will prevent from the wall.disconnect unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it ignored. outlet and the antenna or This system. This the antenna prevent from the This icon indicates that death or serious injury can result if the information is ignored. from the to the WARNING ignored. damage to the video product dueandlightning andlightning and power-line surges. will prevent power-line or cable damage wall outlet to disconnect the antenna surges. system. This WARNING . video product due to lightning and power-line surges. WARNING damage to the video product due to This icon indicates icon indicates that personal injury or material if the This that personal injury damage can result if the result : or material damage can Service Service information is This is ignored. personal injury or material damage can result if the ignored. indicates that information icon Service CAUTION CAUTION information is ignored. Servicing: Do : Do not not attempt to attempt to service this video product yourself as Servicing: service this video product yourself as opening or opening or CAUTION Servicing: covers attempt to service this or other hazards. Refer as product other hazards. Refer or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltagevideo voltage oryourself all opening all : used tonature of the of thewhich removingDo not may expose you to dangerous. The icons shown below are used to indicate the indicate the nature are which are covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all The icons shown below are instructions instructions removingto servicing to qualified service personnel. personnel. servicing qualified service The icons shown to be observed. be observed. below are used to indicate the nature of the instructions which are to . personnel. servicing to qualified service Damage Requiring Service: Unplug this video product from the wall outlet and refer Damage Requiring Service: Unplug this video product from the wall outlet and refer to be observed. Triangular icons tell you that this information requires () Triangular icons tell you attention (Important). (Important). that this information requires attention Damage service personnel under conditions: servicing to qualified Requiring Service: Unplug this followingthe following , to qualified service personnel the wall outlet and refer servicing :under the video product from conditions: Triangular icons tell you that this information requires attention (Important). servicing to qualified . When the power-supply cord or service damaged. under the following conditions: plug is personnel is damaged. When the power-supply cord or plug Circular icons Circular icons withbar diagonal that tell you that the action indicated is with a diagonal a tell you bar the action indicated is icons with a diagonal been spilled, or objects have objects have fallen into Circular bar tell you that the action indicated is If liquid hasbeen spilled, cord or plugdamaged. the video product. When the power-supply or fallen intois video product. If liquid has the prohibited (Prohibited). (Prohibited). prohibited product has product has been exposed tofallen into product. prohibited (Prohibited). If the videohas been exposedor rain or water. video rain or water. If liquid toobjects have the If the video been spilled, Filled circles with an exclamation mark indicatemarkaction that must bethat must be Filled circles with an exclamation an indicate an action product dropped or the cabinet rain cabinet has been () If the videohas been has been damaged. damaged. If the video product has been exposed to the or water. If the video product has been dropped or Filled circles with an performed (Required). (Required).exclamation mark indicate an action that must be performed If the does not the operating If the video productvideo productdoes beenoperate normally follow has been damaged. operate normally follow the operating instructions. instructions. If the video product has not dropped or the cabinet performed (Required). If the video productare covered are thenormally follow the operating instructions. does not operate by theas an Adjust only those controls thatcontrols that by covered instructions instructions as an only those Adjust operating operating . WARNING WARNING Adjust only those other controls damage and will improper adjustment of other controls . often requireoften require controls that are in may result thedamage and will improper adjustment of may result covered by in operating instructions as an WARNING improper adjustment controlsthe video product to product extensive work by a qualified technician totechnician its normaloften normal If a problem arises,aturn the camera turnremove the battery, disconnect and unplug the AC unplug the AC of other may restorein damageto its require extensive work by a qualified restore to result the video and will If problem arises, off, the camera off, remove the battery, disconnect and , , AC . extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the video product to its normal power adapter. ,use of the camera off, remove is emittingdisconnect is unplug the AC If a problem arises, turn the cameraofwhencamerabattery, it is emitting smoke, is Continued power adapter. Continued use the it the when smoke, and operation. . operation. , power adapter. Continued use of any other abnormal a emitting smoke, is operation. , . Unplug from emitting from unusual odor, or is in any other is inthe camera can cause is fire or cause a fire or Unplug any emitting any unusual odor, or abnormal state when itstate can When the video product exhibits a distinct change in performancethis indicates a indicates a electric shock. any unusual.FUJIFILM . When the video product exhibits a distinct change in performancethis power socket odor, or dealer. abnormal state can cause a fire or Unplug from emitting your Contact dealer. Contact power socket electric shock.FUJIFILM your is in any other When need for service. for service.product exhibits a distinct change in performancethis indicates a power socket electric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer. need the video to enter the camera. If water or foreign objects Do not service. need for : , Do not allow water or foreign objectsor objects to enter the camera. get allow water or foreign objects to enter the camera. If water or foreign objects get . If Do not allowcamera, foreignremove the battery and disconnectforeign objects and Replacement Parts: , are required,are . inside the camera, turn the camera off,the camera off, remove the water orand disconnect get inside the water turn battery and Replacement replacement parts sure the service When Parts: When replacement parts be required, be sure the service , use of AC . disconnect and inside the camera, turn the off, removeof the camera can, Replacement Parts: , parts areby the or . When specified by required, be the power the AC power adapter. Continued use the battery and technician has used replacement replacement parts the manufacturer havesure or have the unplug the ACunplug adapter. Continuedcamerathe camera can cause a fire or cause a fire or technician has used partsreplacement specified manufacturer the service shock.FUJIFILM your FUJIFILM dealer. of the camera can cause a fire or . . unplug your power dealer. technician has used replacement parts specified by the may result in or result in Contact same characteristics as the original part. original part. Unauthorized substitutions may have the electric shock. electric the AC Contactadapter. Continued use same characteristics as the Unauthorized substitutions manufacturer electric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer. same characteristics as fire, electric shock or other thehazards. part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric hazards. :shock or other original , fire, hazards. electric shock or other Check: Upon completion or repairs to or video to this video product, ask the Safety Check: Upon completion of any serviceof any servicethisrepairs product, ask the Safety use the in the bathroomcan cause a fire or cause a fire or . Do not the bathroom This or shower. . Uponsafety checksof any service or repairsvideo product is Do not use in Do not not use incamera inuse the cameraor shower. .This can electric shock. electric shock. Safety Check: ask the Do service technician totechnician completion safety checks to determinethis video video product is the not use in Do not use the camera in the bathroom or shower. This can cause a fire or electric shock. service perform to perform to determine that the to that the product, bathroom Do bathroom the service technician condition. in proper operating condition. to perform safety checks to determine that the video product is the bathroom in proper operating or shower or shower in proper operating condition. or shower

Be sure to read these notes before use Be sure to read these notes before use Be sure to read these notes before use Safety Notes Notes Safety Safety Notes

iii

iii

iii iii

Damage Requiring Service: Unplug this video product from the wall outlet and refer servicing toTriangular icons tellpersonnel under the following conditions: qualified service you that this information requires attention (Important). When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. that the action indicated is Circular icons with a diagonal bar tell you If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the video product. prohibited (Prohibited). If the video product has been exposed to rain or indicate an action that must be Filled circles with an exclamation mark water. If the video product(Required). performed has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged. If the video product does not operate normally follow the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions as an WARNING WARNING improper adjustment of other controls may result in and will often require damage extensive work by a qualified technicianoff, remove the battery, disconnect and unplug the AC If a problem arises, turn the camera to restore the video product to its normal casing.) Never attempt to change or take apart the camera. (Never open the Do not use the camera emitting smoke, operation. power adapter. Continued use of thedropped or when it is damaged. This can is camera when the casing is cause a fire or . it has been . emitting any unusual odor, or is in any other abnormal state can cause a fire or Unplug Unplug from When from video Do not the productelectric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer. exhibits a distinct change in performancethis indicates a power socket power socket electric shock. . disassemble Contact your FUJIFILM dealer. need for service. Do not change, heat the connection cord and do get Do not allow water or foreign orenter the camera. If objects objects to unduly twist or pull water or foreign not place heavy objects . the camera These actions could damage the service on the connection cord. off, are required, be . Replacementinside the camera, turn parts remove the battery and disconnectand cause a Parts: When replacement surethe cord and fire or electric adapter. the cord is by of the contact your or have or power shock. specified technician unplug thereplacement partsContinued damaged, camera can cause a firethe has used AC If. use the manufacturer FUJIFILM dealer. electric shock. an unstable surface. This can may result in Contact your FUJIFILM dealer. same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized substitutionscause the camera to fall or tip Do not place the camera on . over and cause fire, electric shock or other hazards. injury. .

Triangular icons tell you that this information requires attention (Important). Circular icons with a diagonal bar tell you that the action indicated is prohibited (Prohibited).

Filled circles with an exclamation mark indicate an action that must be performed (Required).

For Your Safety

WARNING CAUTION
If a problem arises,this camera inremove the battery, disconnect and unplug the AC dust. This can Do turn the camera off, locations affected by oil fumes, steam, humidity or not use , . power adapter. of the. when it is emitting smoke, is Continued use camera cause a fire or electric shock. emitting any unusual odor, or is in any other abnormal statehigh temperatures. Do not leave the Do not leave this camera in places subject to extremely can cause a fire or electric shock. your FUJIFILM dealer. Contact . camera in locations such as a sealed vehicle or in direct sunlight. This can cause water or foreign objects get Do not allow waterfire. objects to enter the camera. If . . a or foreign inside the camera, turn the camerasmall children.the battery and disconnectinjury in the hands the reach of off, remove This product could cause and Keep out of . unplug the ACof a child. power adapter. Continued use of the camera can cause a fire or . electric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer. . This can cause the heavy object to tip over Do not place heavy objects on the camera. or fall and cause injury. .

Never of any take pictures while in motion. Do not Safety Check:Do not use the camera inattempt toservice or repairs to cause ause the camera while you are Do not use the camera in the bathroom or shower. the AC power adapter is still connected. Do not pull on the Upon completionthe shower. . fire product, ask the Do not move the camera while This can cause a fire or bathroom or This can this video or shock. Do not use in Do not use in AC . AC electric shock. . walking or driving a vehicle. This that the in electric you falling is or being service technician to perform safety checks to determinecan result video productdown the bathroom connection cord to disconnect the AC power adapter. This can damage the power cord . . the bathroom involved aelectric shock. . or cables and cause fire or in or shower operating condition. in a traffic accident. proper or shower any metal . a Do not touch parts of the camera during thunderstorm. This can cause an Do not use the AC power adapter AC . when the plug is damaged or the plug socket connection is electric due to shock. induced current from the lightning discharge. loose. . This could cause a fire or electric shock. Do not AC or wrap the camera or the AC power adapter cover . in a cloth or blanket. This can Do not use the battery . as shown by the except as specified. Load the battery .indicator. cause heat up and distort the casing or cause a to build . fire. Do not heat, change or take apart the battery. Do not drop or subject the battery to impacts. Do When you are cleaning the camera or you do not plan to use the camera for an extended period, . . , AC . not store the battery with metallic products. Do not use chargers other than the specified remove the battery and disconnect and unplug the AC power adapter. Failure to do so can . burst or model to charge the battery. Any of these actions can cause the battery to . cause a fire or electric shock. . fire or injury as a . leak and cause result. When . charging ends, unplug the charger from the power socket. Leaving the charger Use only the battery or AC power adapters specified for use with this camera. Do not use plugged socket the powerAC . use of other power sources supply voltage shown. The into the power can cause a fire. . voltages other than . . Using flash too close to a persons eyes may temporarily the eyesight. Take a affect . can cause a fire. particular care when photographing .infants and young children. If the battery leaks and fluid gets in contact with your , , eyes, skin or clothing, flush the affected xD xD-Picture Card is removed, the . slot too quickly. Use your When an , card could come out of the or call an emergency number right away. area with clean water and seek medical attention 119 . finger to hold it and gently release . the card. Do not use the charger to charge batteries other . supplied BC than those specified here. The BC-50 Request 50 NP-50 FUJIFILM NP-50 rechargeable batteries only. battery charger is for use with . regular internal testing and cleaning for your camera. Build-up of dust in your . camera can cause a fire or electric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer to Using the charger to conventional batteries or other types charge of . 2 request internal cleaning every two years. Please note that this service is not batteries can cause the battery to leak fluid, overheat or burst. rechargeable . . . free of charge. When carrying the battery, install it in a digital camera or keep it in the hard case. When , . storing the battery, ,keep it . , in the hard case. When discarding, cover the battery terminals with insulation tape. Contact with other metallic objects or battery could cause the . , .

iii

iii

. , they can be swallowed by children. Be sure to store memory cards out of the . child swallows . a memory card, seek medical reach of small children. If a , 119 . attention or call an emergency number.

battery to ignite or burst. Keep memory cards out of the reach of small children. Because memory cards are small,

iv

iv

For Your Safety For Your Safety


The Battery and Power Supply
The following describes the proper use of Power Supplyand how to prolong its life. The Battery and the battery Incorrect use can shorten battery life or cause leakage, overheating, fire, or explosion. the proper use of the battery and how to prolong its The following describes . life. The battery can shorten battery life or cause leakage, battery before use. Keep the at shipment. Charge the overheating, fire, or explosion. Incorrect useis not charged , , battery in its case when not in use. . . The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge the battery before use. Keep the . . Notes on the Battery battery in its case when not in use. The battery gradually loses its charge when not in use. Charge the battery one or two NotesbeforeBattery days on the use. . The battery gradually loses its charge when not in use. Charge the battery one or two . be extended by turning the camera off when not in use. Battery life can days before use. . Battery capacity decreases at low temperatures; a depleted battery may not function Battery . the camera off when not in use. life can be extended by turning at when cold. Keep a fully charged spare battery in a warm place and exchange as .capacity decreases at low temperatures; a depleted battery may not Battery other warm place and insertfunction necessary, or keep the battery in your pocket or it in the ,when cold. charged . as spare battery in a warm place and exchange at when shooting. Do not place the battery in direct contact with hand camera only Keep a fully or other warm place and insert it in the . necessary, or keepheating devices. pocket warmers or other the battery in your camera only when shooting. Do not place the battery in direct contact with hand Charging or other warmersthe Batteryheating devices. (p.5) . +10 Charge the battery in the supplied battery charger (pg. 5). Charging times will 35 . 40 Charging at Battery increasetheambient temperatures below +10C (+50F) or above +35C (+95F). Do .battery in the supplied battery . Charge the 0 charger (pg. 5). Charging times will not attempt to charge the battery at temperatures above 40C (+104F); at (+32F), the battery will not charge. increase at ambient temperatures below +10C (+50F) or above Do temperatures below 0C . +35C (+95F). attempt to charge the battery at temperatures above 40C (+104F); at not . Do not attempt to (+32F), notThe battery does . recharge a fully charged battery. . not however temperatures below 0C the battery will charge. need to be fully discharged before charging. attempt to recharge a fully charged battery. The battery does not however Do not The battery may be warm to before charging. , 300the touch immediately after charging or use. This is normal. need to be fully discharged . . Battery Life The battery may be warm to the touch immediately after charging or use. This is normal. At normal temperatures, the battery can be recharged about 300 times. A noticeable Battery Life the length of time the decrease in battery will hold a charge indicates that it has At normal temperatures, the battery can be recharged about 300 times. A noticeable reached the end of its service life and should be . . replaced. decrease in the length of time the battery will hold a charge indicates that it has of its service life and should be replaced. +15 25 Storage the end reached impaired if the battery is left unused for Performance may be . extended periods Storage . charged. Run the battery flat before storing it. when fully Performance may be impaired if the battery is left unused for extended periods : camera will not be used for an extended period, remove the battery and store If the battery flat before storing it. when fully charged. Run the ambient temperature of from +15C to +25C (+59F to it in a dry place with an . If the camera will not be used for an extended period, of temperature. not store in locations exposed to extremes remove the battery and store +77F). Do . it in a dry place with an ambient .temperature of from +15C to +25C (+59F to Cautions:Do not store Battery +77F). Handling the in locations exposed to . extremes of temperature. Do not transport or store with metal objects such as necklaces or hairpins. the Battery . Cautions: Handling to flame or heat. Do not expose store with metal . Do not transport or objects such as necklaces or hairpins. Do not disassemble or modify. .heat. Do with designated chargers only. Usenot expose to flame or Do not disassemble or modify. Dispose of used batteries promptly. Use with designated chargers only. Dispose of used batteries promptly. Do not drop or subject to strong physical shocks. Do not expose to water. Do not clean. drop or subject to strong physical shocks. Keep the terminals. Do not expose to become . water.body may warm to the touch after extended use. The battery and camera Keep the terminalsthe AC adapter ACpower the camera for extended periods. . to . This is normal. Use clean. The battery and camera body may become warm to the touch after extended use. AC (Available Separately) ACThis is normal. Use the AC adapter to power the camera for extended periods. Adapters AC adapters designated. camera. Other adapters Use only FUJIFILM AC for use with this AC Adapters (Available Separately) AC the camera. could damage . Use only adapter AC adapters designated for use with this camera. Other adapters DC AC FUJIFILMis for indoor use only. The . could damage the securely . to plug is connected the camera. Be sure the DC camera. The. is for indoor use only. the camera TurnAC adapter off before disconnecting the adapter. Disconnect the adapter by Be sure the DC plug . to the camera. the cable. the plug, not is securely connected Turn the camera other devices. .before disconnecting the adapter. Disconnect the adapter by Do not use with off cable. the not disassemble. Do plug, not the . Do not expose heat and to highdevices. humidity. Do not use with other . Do not subject ACnot disassemble. physical shocks. Do to strong . Do not expose to high heat and humidity.to the touch during use. This is normal. . The AC adapter may hum or become hot Do , interference, reorient or relocate the receiving ACnotAC adapterstrong physical If the subject to causes radio shocks. The AC adapter may hum or become hot to the touch during use. This is normal. . antenna. If the AC adapter causes radio interference, reorient or relocate the receiving Camera Using the antenna. images are recorded correctly, do not subject the camera to impact To ensure that , Camera Using the while images are being recorded. or physical shocks . To ensure that images are recorded correctly, do not subject the camera to impact shocks while images are being recorded. Electrical Interference or physical may interfere with hospital or aviation equipment. Consult with hospital This camera . Electrical Interference using the camera in a hospital or on an aircraft. staff before . or airline This camera may interfere with hospital or aviation equipment. Consult with hospital LCD Crystal before using the camera in a hospital or on an aircraft. Liquid or airline staff ,is damaged, care should be taken. In the event that the monitor to avoid contact with Liquid Crystal . Take the urgent action indicated should any of the following situations liquid crystal. In the event that the monitor is damaged, care be taken to avoid contact with , should arise: liquid crystal. Take the urgent action indicated should anywith a cloth and then wash . If liquid crystal comes in contact with your skin, clean the area of the following situations arise: , 15 , thoroughly with soap and running water. If liquid crystal comes in contact with your skin, clean the area with a cloth and then wash . If liquid crystal enters your eyes, flush the affected eye with clean water for at least 15 thoroughly with soap and running water. , seek medical assistance. minutes and then . If liquid crystal enters your eyes,. mouth thoroughly with water. Drink large , flush the If liquid crystal is swallowed, rinse your affected eye with clean water for at least 15 minutes and then seek medical assistance. quantities seek medical assistance. of water and induce vomiting, thenthoroughly with water. Drink large If liquid crystal is swallowed, rinse your mouth Take Test Shots ( of water and induce vomiting, then seek medical assistance. ), quantities Before taking photographs as at weddings or before on important occasions (such Take Test Shots taking the camera on a trip), take . a test shot and view the result in the monitor to Before that the camera is functioning normally. FUJIFILM Corporation can not before ensure . taking photographs on important occasions (such as at weddings or accept taking the damages ora trip), take incurred as aand view product malfunction. liability for camera on lost profits a test shot result of the result in the monitor to ensure that the camera is functioning normally. FUJIFILM Corporation can not acceptv liability for damages or lost profits incurred as a result of product malfunction.

v v

NOTICES
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.

For Customers in Canada CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus co

EC Customers of Conformity ForDeclaration in Canada We CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus co For Your Safety Name: FUJIFILM Electro ECAddress: of ConformityBenzstrasse 2 Declaration We 47533 Kleve, Ge Name: declare that the productFUJIFILM Electro For Customers in the U.S.A. For Customers in Canada For Customers in Canada Perchlorate Materialspecial handling may apply. NOTICES NOTICES Address:Name: Benzstrasse 2 Product FUJIFILM DIGITA Tested To Comply With FCC : This Class B with Canadian ICES-003. . Standards CAUTION: B CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus complies digital ICES-003 See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. 47533 Kleve, Ge not fire or shock hazard, do, rain or moisture. re or shock hazard, do or moisture. the unit toHOME USE To prevent expose the unit to rain not expose Manufacturers Name: FUJIFILM Corpo FOR OR OFFICE . declare that theAddress: 7-3, AKASAKA 9EC sure you Conformity ForDeclaration ofthe U.S.A. EC Manufacturers product the Safety Notes (pages iiiiv)Safety Notes (pagesunderstand makeCustomers inunderstand EC Declaration of Conformity Please read the and make sure you iiiiv) and . (-) FCC Statement Product Name: FUJIFILM DIGITA We We Tested To Comply With FCC : Standards GmbH 107-0052 JAPAN using the camera. before using the camera. them This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the Manufacturers following Standards: Name: FUJIFILM Electronic Imaging Europe GmbHName: FUJIFILM Corpo Name: FUJIFILM Imaging Europe GmbH FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE : Electronic Benzstrasse 2 - . interference, conforms to theAddress: 7-3, AKASAKA 9Materialspecial handlingMaterialspecial handling may apply. following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful 2 Perchlorate may apply. Manufacturers Address: Benzstrasse Address: Benzstrasse 2 Safety: EN60065: 2002 + 47533 Kleve, received, FCC Statement and any interference Germany including ww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. (2) http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/azardouswaste/perchloratef . this device must accept Germany 107-0052 1998 + 47533 Kleve, FCC is subject to the EN55022: JAPAN This device complies cause : Rules. 47533 Kleve, Germany interference that maywith Part 15 of theoperation. Operation FinePix F60fd EMC: undesired declare product declare that the product : that may not cause EN55024: 1998 in the U.S.A. For Customers in the U.S.A. following two conditions: (1) This devicethe harmful interference, conforms to the following Standards: + CAUTION Name: Safety:F60fd EN60065: 2002 + Product any FUJIFILM DIGITAL MINATO-KU, TOKYO, Product FUJIFILM DIGITAL interference received, including F60fd EN61000-3-2: 20 mply With FCC To ComplyFCC . Tested With FCC Standards Standards and (2) this device must : CAMERA FinePix 9-CHOME, CAMERA FinePix accept Name: 7-3, This equipment Name: FUJIFILM Corporation comply with Corporation a has been tested and found to AKASAKA the limits for EMC: EN55022: 1998 + Manufacturers Name: Manufacturers EN61000-3-3: 19 OR OFFICE USE FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE interference that may cause undesired operation. FUJIFILM 107-0052 Rules. Class B digital device, pursuant to Part9-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO, are MINATO-KU,the provision of the EMC Direc 15 of the FCCJAPAN These limits EN55024: 1998 + Manufacturers Address: 7-3, AKASAKA 9-CHOME, following TOKYO, Manufacturers Address: 7-3, AKASAKA FCC FCC Statement CAUTION to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference : in a designed EN61000-3-2: 20 107-0052 JAPAN FCC 15 . : 107-0052 JAPAN omplies with Part 15 of thecomplies with Part 15 of subject to the Operation isinstallation.the tested and found to complyand can radiate radio Directive (2006/95/EC). EN61000-3-3: 19 This device FCC Rules. Operation is the FCC Rules. This equipment has been : subject to This equipment generates, uses, with the limits for a EN60065: 2002+A1 residential to the following conforms (1) . following conforms o conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, cause harmful interference, Standards: to15 of the FCC Standards: limits the following the provision of the EMC Direc following two conditions: (1) This device may not Class B digital device, pursuant installed the EN55022:1998+A1:2000+A2: 2003 B to Part and used in Rules. These with are EMC frequency energy and, if not : accordance (2) EN60065: Safety: EN60065: 2002 + Safety: s device must accept this device must received,any interference received, including harmful2002 + A1against harmfulcommunications. Directive (2006/95/EC). and (2) including designed to provide reasonable protection EN55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:A1 in a interference instructions, may cause . any interference accept EMC: interference to EN55022: 1998 B 2003 EMC: EN55022: 1998 + A1: 2000 + radio 2003 Class that may causeinterference that may cause undesired operation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will A2:and canin a + A1: 2000 + A2: 2003 Class B undesired operation. residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, occur radiate radio not 2003 1998 + A1: 2001 + A2: 2003 particular EN61000-3-2:2000+A2:2005 EN55024: EN55024: 1998 + A1: 2001 + A2: July 1, 2008 frequency If this and, if not installed and used in accordance radiothe Kleve, Germany CAUTION installation.energy equipment does cause harmful EN61000-3-2: to with A2: 2005 interference 2000 + or EN61000-3-3:1995+A1:2001+A2:2003 EN61000-3-2: 2000 + A2: 2005 radio foundhas comply 15 a instructions, a EMC Directive + A1: 2001 + A2: 1995 + A1: 2001 + A2: limits for EN61000-3-3: 1995 (2004/108/EC)communications. ent has been tested and FCC with and limits forB television reception, whichharmful determined byto EN61000-3-3: Directve(2006/95/EC) 2003 .Date This equipment to been tested the found to comply with themay cause can be interference turning the equipment off Place 2003 However, there no guarantee to . 15 Part limits are encouragedthat interference will interferenceaby one or al device, pursuant to Part device, FCC Rules. These 15 of the FCC Rules.the userlimits are the EMC try to provision ofnot occur Directive (2004/108/EC) and Low Voltage Class B digital of the pursuant to and on, These is is following the correct the the EMC in particular following the provision of Directive (2004/108/EC) and Low Voltage Kleve, Germany July 1, 2008 protection against , , this equipment does provide reasonable . harmful protection againstinstallation. If , a Directive cause harmful interference to radio or designed to provide reasonable interference in a more of the following in harmful (2006/95/EC). (2006/95/EC). Directiveinterference measures: Place Date installation. uses,equipment generates,and can . receivingdetermined by turning the equipment off , uses, radiate radio can be antenna. stallation. This residential generates, This and can radiate radio television reception, which equipment Reorient or relocate the , . on, the user is encouraged to try to correct nergy and, if not installed and used in not installed with the andaccordance with thebetween the equipmentthe interference by one or frequency energy and, if accordance and used in TV Increase the separation and receiver. interference interference of communications. may cause harmful may cause radio communications.tomore, following measures:an outlet on a circuit different from that to instructions, to harmful radio the into Connect the equipment ere is no guarantee that will not occur. However,interferenceguarantee thatin a particularwill which the in a particular receiving antenna. there is no interference Reorient orreceiver isthe not occur relocate connected. . Increase the separation 1, 2008 the radio/TV technician for help. and 2008 f this equipment does cause harmful interferencecause harmful interference dealer orJuly experienced equipmentJuly 1,receiver. installation. If this equipment does to radio or Kleve, Germany radio anbetweenGermany or Kleve, Consult the to . Connect a circuit different from that to ception, which turning the equipment off turningPlace equipment off Date an outlet onSignature, Managing Director Signature, Managing Director television reception,by .by You arethe the equipment into Place modifications Date expressly approved can be determined which can be determined cautioned that any changes or not user is encouragedon, try /TV try to correct thewhich the receiver is connected. authority to operate the equipment. and to the user is encouraged to .interference by one or to correct the interference by one or in this manual could void the users Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. ollowing measures: of the following measures: more Notes on the Grant You are . changes or modifications not expressly approved relocate the receiving antenna. cautioned that any the FCC Rules, this product must be used with a Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. To comply with Part 15 of in this manual users authority to operate the equipment. e separation between thethe separation between the equipment and receiver. could void theA/V cable, USB cable, and DC supply cord. Increase equipment and receiver. Fujifilm-specified ferrite-core he equipment an outlet on a circuit into an outlet on a to Notes on the Grant that to into the equipment different from that circuit different from Connect FCC 15 is connected. eceiver is connected. the receiver, A/V , the FCC Rules, this product must be used with a which To comply with Part 15 of vi Fujifilm-specified USB dealer technician for help. e dealer or an experienced radio/TV or an . Consult the DC experienced radio/TV technician for help. ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and DC supply cord. oned that any You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved changes or modifications not expressly approved al could void the users authority to operate the equipment. to operate the equipment. in this manual could void the users authority vi
Notes on the Grant

NOTICES Please read the Safety Notes (pages iiiiv) and make sure you understand them before using the camera. do not expose the unit to rainYour Safety For or moisture. To prevent fire or shock hazard, Perchlorate Materialspecial handling may apply. Please read the Safety Notes (pages iiiiv) and make sure you understand See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. them before using the camera.

with Part 15 of thecomply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product must be used with a To FCC Rules, this product must be used with a ified ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and DC supply cord. cable, and DC supply cord. vi Fujifilm-specified ferrite-core A/V cable, USB

ant

vi

For Customers in Canada For Customers in Canada For Customers in Canada For Custome NOTICES NOTICES NOTICES NOTICES CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. with Canadian ICES-003. digital apparatus Th CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus complies CAUTION: This Class B CAUTION: co fire or shock hazard, do not expose thehazard,rain or moisture. unit to rain or moisture. hazard, do not expose the unit to raindo not expose the unit to rain or moisture. To prevent fire or shock unit to do not expose the To prevent fire or shock To prevent fire or shock hazard, or moisture. EC Declaration Safety Notes (pages iiiiv) Safety d the Safety Notes (pagesthe Safety make sure youiiiiv) and make sure you understand EC Declaration of Conformity Notes (pages iiiiv) and make sure you understand EC Declaratio Please read iiiiv) and Notes (pages understandPlease read theof Conformity Please read the and make sure you understand EC Declaration of Conformity We We before using the camera. We We re using the camera. before using the camera. them them before using the camera. them For Safety ForForYour Safety Your Your Safety For Your Safety Name: FUJIFILM Electronic Imaging Europe GmbH Imaging ForYour Safety FUJIFILM Electro Name: FUJIFILM Electronic Europe Name: GmbH Name: e Materialspecial handling may apply. Perchlorate Materialspecial handling may apply. Perchlorate MaterialspecialAddress: 2 may apply. Benzstrasse 2 may apply. Address: Perchlorate handling Address: Benzstrasse Materialspecial handling Benzstrasse 2 Address: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Kleve, Germany See See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. 47533 Kleve, Germany 47533 47533 Kleve, Ge declare Copyright product declare that the product declare tha Disposal of Electrical U.S.A. Disposal Electrical Noteson that ers in the U.S.A.Disposal of Electrical theand Electronic EquipmentPrivate Households Customers in theU.S.A. NotesNotes Customers in For Customers andand Electronic EquipmentPrivate Households declare that the productNotesCopyright thethe U.S.A. For onon on Copyright Disposal of Electricalin andand Electronic Equipmentin Private Households Electronic Equipment on Copyright Disposal ofof ElectricalElectronic Equipment ininin in Private Households Private Households NotesFor Copyright Product Name: FUJIFILM DIGITAL CAMERA FinePix F60fd images recorded using your digital Product Product Name: Product N Unless Name: solely FUJIFILM DIGITAL Comply With FCC Standards ElectricalElectronic Equipment (Applicable Tested the Comply WithUnlessTested To Complyfor recordedusing your digitalFUJIFILM DIGITA Tested of Comply FCC Standards Standards solely FCC Standardsimages , for personal use, CAMERA FinePix F60fd intended personal use, using Canada Used Disposal ToUsed Electrical and Electronic Equipment (ApplicableinEuropean Union, FCCUnless intended solelypersonal use, use, images using youryour digital Disposalof Electrical andand Equipment (Applicablethein the European Union, Unless intended solelyforfor personal images recorded Customers Disposal ofof Used Withand Electronic Equipment (Applicable theTo European Union,Unless intended solelyWithpersonal use, images recordedyour digital FUJIFILM Corpo Used Electrical and Electronic Equipment (Applicable in ManufacturersUnion, FUJIFILMintendedName: forFUJIFILM Corporation recorded using indigital in in the European Name: Disposal of Used Electrical Electronic European Union, cameraManufacturerscannotusedused in NOTICESinfringe copyright lawsName: For For Custome Corporation Manufacturers without Manufact camera system used in ways that infringe copyright laws without system E OR OFFICE Disposal HOME ACandLiechtenstein) USE WSRL OR OFFICE USE FOR FOR USE camera cannot be used ways that infringe copyright laws without FOR NOTICES be system cannot that that without system cannot beUSEin ways . , , camera HOME OR OFFICE used in in ways infringe copyright laws laws without Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein) Norway, Iceland WS Norway, Iceland andand Liechtenstein)(EU, , HOME OR OFFICE camera system cannot bebe ways that infringe copyrightTOKYO, B digital apparatusTh Iceland and Liechtenstein) Norway, Iceland Liechtenstein) Norway, Manufacturers Address: 7-3,Manufacturers Address: MINATO-KU, TOKYO, restrictions apply Classto the AKASAKAco Manufacturers Manufact the consent ofofthe AKASAKA some theAKASAKA the the owner. rain thatunit to consent owner. Note 9-CHOME, restrictions or moisture. some CAUTION: This apply thetheTo preventof9-CHOME, 7-3, Notedo not some therestrictionsapply tothethe 7-3, CAUTION: 9 consent of of the unit NoteNote that some MINATO-KU, applyAddress: nt FCC FCC Statement the owner. to Note hazard, do not exposetheowner. thatsome restrictions applyto toto the theconsentfire orowner.hazard, thatmoisture. consent This symbol product, inin manual and and in manual in FCC prevent This Thissymbolonontheproduct, or orthethemanual and in inthe symbol on rain This Statement the theproduct, inor thethe manual andthe the in Statement This symbol onthethe product,orin in themanual and Tothethe fire or shockphotographingshock107-0052 orthatexpose restrictionsand exhibits,the 107-0052 JAPAN ) symbol on product, or 107-0052 theof stage performances, subject toRules. Operation is subjecteven photographingofof stageperformances, FCC the EC and photographing Rules. performances, stage performances, exhibits, even even to e complieswarranty, device complies packaging indicates thattoproduct device complies withphotographingof ofstagewith Part 15JAPANentertainments,andexhibits, even withwarranty, and/or onRules. Operation is subject this product is subject to the Part 15 deviceFCCstage performances, the entertainments, andexhibits, eventhe EC Declaratio This and/or on on with Part 15 indicates Rules. Operation Part 15 of the its This of JAPAN isofentertainments, and exhibits, Conformity warranty, and/or onits packaging of the FCCthat the product photographing complies Operation you entertainments, Declaration product warranty, and/orFCCitsits packaging indicates this thisThis iiiiv) followingpersonal use. Users asked to note that the Safety Notes warranty, and/or onpackaging indicates that that this Please read to the following Please read thepurelymake sure(pagesentertainments,note following Standards: t its indicates conforms the Safety Notes (pagesto the. understandalso asked toyou understand conforms packaging that this product iiiiv) and conforms of conforms two purelypersonal This deviceare also asked to note that the the Standards:purelyand cause harmful interference, also sure to the that Standards: are make harmful interference, when intended for personal use. Users when when following purely for intended use. use. Users also asked two conditions:deviceconditions: (1) waste. Instead it should be be two conditions: when intendedmay notfor personal use. Users arenot cause to note that the following treated as not cause waste. interference, following (1) This the when intended conditions: shallbe be treated as household waste. Instead itshould before interference, (1) themdevice purely thefor personal Users mayare We shallshallThistreated asas as household waste. Insteadshould bebe not not treated household This device may should be shall not be two mayhousehold harmful Insteadnot cause harmful using the camera. intendedmemoryforcards(1) are also asked to note thatunder We 2002 household shall notnotbe treated . ititit, be waste. Instead should them EN60065: this accept including or Safety: Safety: Safety: to to an applicable collection point the the recyclingreceived, including transfer ofmemorydevice camera. 2002any data received, under EN60065: transferbefore using cards containing images dataprotected under transfer memorycards containing data his device must anthis device collectionreceived,for interference Safety: must and of2002 + A1 cardsmustcontaining+images orordata protectedincluding accept memory EN60065: received, A1 takenan transferof ofmemory cards containingimages interference protectedunder FUJIFILM taken an an any interferenceaccept collection point therecycling takenand acceptapplicablecollection point for for recycling ofof(2) this device transferEMC: (2)ofany +interferencecontaining imagesorordataA2: protectedunder EN55022: Electro Name: takento (2)applicable must any includingand EMC: toto applicable point recycling of taken applicable collection point for forthethe recycling of Materialspecial handling may apply.permissible1998 imagesrestrictionsprotectedby those EN55022:maypermissible withinmay2000 + imposedClass B those 1998onlyonly cause undesired+ restrictions EMC:imposedthose A1: . A2:withinClass A1: apply. Name: 2000EN55022: within the restrictions2003 by by + 2003 the B EMC: 1998 undesiredthat may cause undesired . of copyright is Materialspecial within therestrictions imposed by those Benzstrasse 2 Perchlorate Perchlorate is copyright imposed copyright lawslawsthatonly ce that may cause and and electronic equipment. operation. interference that may cause lawsoperation. interferenceelectronic equipment. undesired interference only permissible copyright laws is permissible within thethe restrictions imposed by those electrical electronic equipment. copyright lawsisisonly permissiblehandlingoperation. Address: electrical and operation. equipment. electronic electrical and electronic equipment. Address: electrical , electrical and EN55024: 1998 + A1: 2001EN55024: 1998 + A2: EN55024: 1998 copyright laws. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. 2003 + A1: 2001 + A2: 2003 See laws. copyright laws. copyright http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. copyright laws. copyright laws. 47533 Kleve, Ge CAUTIONthis product is . CAUTION CAUTION By ensuring product ByBy By ensuring this , isisdisposed of of correctly, you help help ensuring EN61000-3-2: 2000 + A2: 2005 EN61000-3-2: 2000 + A2: 2005 EN61000-3-2: 2 product disposed of correctly, you willwillhelp Byensuring thisthis product is disposed correctly, you willwill help ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will disposed of correctly, you help ment has prevent potential negativeto consequences thetoenvironment and human health, forTrademarkCustomers in the U.S.A.2001 with the 1995 + A1: 2001 + A2: 2003 limits forEN61000-3-3: 1 been testedpotential negative consequences found to complyandandthe limits been EN61000-3-3: 1995 toA1: EN61000-3-3: limits for a comply with the product a declare tha This potential negativecomply with with human health, Trademark has This equipment prevent potential has consequencesandto limits environment humanthe health, testedInformation been + A2: and prevent and found been tested toto thethe for a ThisCustomers in health, For equipment has For and found TrademarkInformation Information preventequipment negative consequences to the environment and human U.S.A. a Trademark Information complytested 2003found to declare that the prevent potential negative consequences thethe environment and human health, Trademark Information + environment Product Power Product t gital device, which coulddigital 15be caused inappropriate waste Theseproduct.pursuant to BToDirective Withpursuant to Directiveof areofFCC Rules. theLow limits arethe EMC Dire pursuantcould otherwisethe by inappropriate waste are Class BTo thisthisprovision Standards Comply FCC Rules. TheseLow Voltage Macintosh Corporation. Class Part device,be FCC by to These of waste Tested digitalproduct. Rules.ofofthis product. Class and xD-Picture FCC Standards limits(2004/108/EC) and Corporation. digital device, Card are Part which Botherwise pursuantinappropriate wasteFCCfollowingthis device, are the EMC 15 of the FUJIFILM trademarks FUJIFILM Corporation. of which could otherwise caused by by inappropriate handling ofof product. caused inappropriate the handling this the limits which could tootherwiseof be causedRules. Part 15limitswastehandling Comply offollowing thexD-Picture of the EMC . followingName: Voltage followingN Part provisionCard areareand 15 the FUJIFILM These Macint FUJIFILM Corporation. With be be caused by handlingofproduct. FCC TestedandxD-Picture Card areare trademarks ofof ofFUJIFILM Corporation. FUJIFILM DIGITA trademarks and xD-Picture (2004/108/EC) trademarks of FUJIFILM provision which could otherwise handling and and xD-PictureCardCard trademarks Manufactu to provideThis This symbolthe batteries or accumulators indicatesin a designedinterferencereasonable iMac, Power Macintosh, iMac, MacOSiBook, QuickTime, and Name:Mac a Directive (2 reasonable on toon the against harmful interference thatharmful to provide in a Macintosh, to provide reasonable protection against harmful(2006/95/EC).in designed designed Power Macintosh, .symbol provide reasonable protection against FOR HOME FORprotection Macintosh, This that Macintosh, PowerBook, QuickTime, PowerBook, iBook, and symbol protection batteries or accumulators indicates thesethese Macintosh, Power Macintosh, iMac,iMac, PowerBook, aiBook, QuickTime, and Apple Directive Directive Power against harmful interference iniBook, Manufacturers Mac Mac Directive interference FUJIFILM Corpo This symbol onthe batteries or accumulators indicates that these (2006/95/EC). Macintosh,Power OFFICE USE iMac, PowerBook,iBook, Mac the batteries or accumulators indicates that these QuickTime, and This symbol on on the batteries or accumulators indicates that these OR OFFICE USE osh, HOME OR Macintosh, iMac, PowerBook, QuickTime, and Mac Macintosh, (2006/95/EC).uses, andPowerBook, radio uses,QuickTime, Address: 7-3, AKASAKA 9 Manufactu installation. This equipmentnotbe treated as Householdradiate radioresidential installation. OS are trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S.A. generates, countries.can radiate radio residential installation. equipment waste. This OS are trademarks of Apple Inc. can radiate other ManufacturersMicrosoft, equipment generates, This equipment and residential installation. and Microsoft, shall not be be waste. batteries not not treatedThis Household generates, uses, and can radiate radioOS FCCare trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S.A. and other countries. Microsoft, batteries shall generates, uses, and waste. batteries shall be treatedHouseholdcanwaste. OS trademarks of Apple Inc. inin the U.S.A. Window countries.Microsoft, batteries shall not treated as Household , as FCC Statement batteries shallbe treated asas Household waste. are . MicrosofttheU.S.A. and other countries. Microsoft, U.S.A. and other logo, Windows Vista, OS Statement of Apple Inc. in theWindows, and other countries. are trademarks energy and, iffrequency energy and, easy removable batteries or accumulatorsenergy and, if Part 15 thethe FCC Rules.with Part 15isof theand and Windows VistaVista logo are not used not installedenergy and,inif not Vista with the Operation subject frequency complies and equipmentcontains if in accordanceand usedaccordance with the Windows, the and logo,logo, Windows Vista and the Windows islogo logo are Windows, the Windows Windows subject and used in accordance with 107-0052 JAPAN Windows, device Windows logo, accordance Vista the the Windows Vista are to the If equipment contains not installed frequency your installed . withorthe in If your your equipmentand easy removable batteries oror accumulators complies withWindows, WindowsusedOperationinstalledFCCthethe Windows Vista logo arethe This of Windows Vista to the Windows, VistaWindows logo, Windows your equipment contains easy radio communications.This device removable batteries IfIf Ifinstructions,containscauseeasy removable accumulators communications. harmful the Windowscause Windows Vista Windows Vista logo are your equipment contains easy removable batteries or accumulators may cause Windowsinterference logo, harmful andRules. conformscommunications. Standards: t batteries logo to radio communications. to radio to conforms interference Microsoft the following . interference accumulators ns, may causeplease dispose these separately according to your localtoinstructions, conditions: (1) following tworegistered trademarks interference, Corporation in United radio instructions, registered trademarks may trademarks ormay trademarks of device may Corporation in in interference, trademarks registered trademarks Microsoft Corporation in thetheUnited trademarksdevice registeredtrademarks of of Microsoft cause harmful the United please dispose these requirements. pleaseharmful thesemay separately accordingyour local requirements. two dispose interference to harmfulto to your local requirements. separately according following This or registered oror conditions: (1) This of Microsoft Corporation in United please dispose these separately accordingyour your localrequirements. trademarksWindows" Microsoft Windows of Microsoft please these separately according to to local requirements. there particular trademarksor there isnot cause harmful Microsoft not Corporation thethe United dispose interference conserve natural However, . Safety: there is noThe recycling of iswill help occur in aresources. For For in a is no guarantee that interference will Windowsininterference. Adobe Adobe guarantee thattherematerials will to conserve natural resources. For device Statesand and/or other no guarantee that willSafety:usedin reference However, of no guarantee that interference will not occur particularand However,this particular The recyclingof materialshelp not to natural resources. For States and/or othercountries. occur is isis is interference usedreference EN60065: 2002 States (2) any device must Windows an abbreviation received, particular and/or other countries. accept including abbreviation not inin reference used in must 1,accept other countries. not received,aany an abbreviationoccur in a including Kleve, Germ The recyclingmaterials willwill help totoconserve natural resources. this of States and/or other countries. Windows is an abbreviationused in reference TheTherecycling materials willwill helpconserve natural resources. (2) Germany recycling of materials help to conserve and/or Kleve, July installation. If interference Windowsan radio or 2008 July .about recyclingcause radioproduct, For EMC: n. If this equipment detailed information about recycling this product, please If to may causeReader cause this equipment does system.harmfulKleve, Adobereferenceareor1, 2008 1998 installation. cause harmful about recycling product, installation. that radio toStatesthe Microsoft harmful interference system. Adobe and Germanytoare July does If this equipment does this this orinterference this equipmentthe Germany Windows 1, 2008 system.operation. Adobe interference to harmful please interference ortheKleve, Microsoft countries. operating toan abbreviation usedReader radio EN55022: does Windows Windows cause Adobe EMC: Adobe Reader are interferenceReader moredetailed information please moremore detailed information to Microsoftoperation. system. Adobe and Adobe Reader are operating undesired Windows operating system. Adobe and Adobe Reader are more detailed information about recycling this product, please moredetailed information about recycling this product, please tothe Microsoft Windowscause undesired Adobe and and the Microsoft Windows operating to tointerference that mayoperating Adobe Place Place reception, contactcan yourlocal citycitywhich your be determineddisposal servicereception,shop either trademarks orSignature, can be determinedSystems Incorporated in in Date which your your local office, your canhouseholdwaste bydisposal service or shop shop . IrSimple or registeredDate trademarks of Adobeturning the equipment in television reception,office,turning the equipmentdisposal serviceequipment by your household waste disposal the the shop turning can Place reception,IrSimpleShot equipment off Incorporated EN55024: 1998 television turning the contact your local city office, household waste disposal servicePlace theshop off Date be determined bywhich Managing of Adobe by Systems . contact local city Adobe trademarks or registered trademarks ofof Signature, Managing Director trademarks Director contact be determinedoffice, your household wasteoff televisionoror or the which either trademarksregistered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in off or contact your local cityoffice, your household wasteCAUTIONservice thethe either CAUTION either trademarks oror registered Adobe Systems Incorporated either trademarksIrSS registered trademarks one or Systems Incorporated in EN61000-3-2: 2 purchased the , : e user is encouragedyoupurchasedproduct. interference by one orand on, the user isonethe U.S.A. to tryand/or other countries. to tryIrSimple trademark is ownedthe theor and to , product. or the U.S.A. and/or other countries. IrSimple trademark interference by the and to user correct the interference to where, purchasedthe the whereyou try to the product. where youon, purchasedis encouraged to try to correct the interference by encouragedU.S.A.the otheris encouraged The by correct the is owned by by one the on,and/orother countries. where you the user thethe product. where you purchasedcorrectproduct. theU.S.A. found tocountries.withThe limits totrademark is the limits U.S.A.and/or other been theSDHC equipment hascomplytested theIrSimpletrademark isowned by thefor a This equipment has been tested and/or followingcountries.The IrSimplefor a complyiswithowned bythe EN61000-3-3: 1 This and . The The IrSimple and found trademark owned by e following measures: Europeanmeasures: Norway, , more of the following InfraredofAssociation. The The and and IrSimpleShot trademarks owned more of the following Union, Norway, more the Outside the the European Union, Iceland In Countries Outside European Iceland and Liechtenstein: B digital measures:toData Association. The IrSSto IrSimpleShot trademarks areare owned Infrared Data Association. The IrSS IrSimpleShot trademarks are owned In InInIn Countries Outside Union, Norway, Iceland andandLiechtenstein: Countries Outside thethe European Union, Norway,Iceland and Liechtenstein: Infrared DataData15 of the measures:These IrSimpleShot trademarks are owned Countries Infrared Part Association. IrSS IrSS and 15 of Countries Outside the European Union, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein: Liechtenstein: Infrared Bantenna. The IrSS and Class or relocate theIfreceiving antenna. product including batteries or accumulators,relocate the theClass Infrared relocateFCC Rules. andantenna. areis FCC Rules. the provision arethe EMC Dire Reorient receiving antenna. or device, pursuant Data Association.the receivingPartlimits the trademarksThese limits of following t receiving digital device, pursuant TheIrSimpleShot following are owned Reorient or If you to toor relocate product including batteries orReorientto provide reasonable protectionAssociation. The The SDHC logoa trademark. you . If IfIf wishto discard this product including batteries or accumulators, pleaseby by Infrared DataData Association.interferenceis isis is a trademark. you wishwish discard this theproduct including batteriesaccumulators, please by by the Infrared Data Association. The SDHC logoa a a trademark. bythe a trademark. you wish discard this product including batteries or or accumulators, please thethe Infrared Data Association.SDHC logologotrademark. interference in a discard this accumulators, please you wish to to discard this Infrared Dataagainst harmful SDHC logoin Association. The SDHC designed the please designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful(2006/95/EC). the separationcontact your local authorities andforthe equipment and disposal. separation between the equipment andbetween the equipment Directive between the authorities and receiver.for the correct of receiver. Increase the separation between for the correct wayof disposal. Increase and contact local equipmentand and askthe correct wayway disposal. ask the correct wayIncrease installation. This equipment the separation receiver. radiate radio uses,receiver. radiate radio Directive (2 contact your your local authorities askask for the correct way ofof disposal. contact your local authorities and contact your local authorities and ask for of disposal. residential the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that a circuit different from that to residential generates, uses, and can outlet on to installation. This into an equipment generates, and can the equipment Connectoutlet on a circuit different from thatcircuit different from that to Connect the equipment into an the equipment into an outlet on a to Connect frequency energy and, if notwhich the receiver is connected. frequency energy and,in accordance with the installed and used if not installed and used in accordance with the e receiver is connected.the receiver is connected. which which the receiver is connected. instructions, dealer instructions, dealer or an harmful interference to radio communications. the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. cause experiencedthe may cause experienced radio/TV technician for help. Consult the may or an harmful interference technician for help. Consult radio/TV to radio communications. utioned that any changes or modifications changes or modifications not expressly approved changes interference willany changes interference will not Germanya approved1, 2008 Germ You are cautioned that any not expressly approved However, there is no guarantee that or there is no guarantee that orapproved Kleve, occur in particular Kleve, You are cautioned that any However, modifications not occur in a particular You are cautioned that not expressly modifications not expressly installation. If this equipment this manual this equipmentusers authority to operate the equipment. July installation. If could void the does to radio or nual could void in this manual couldto operate the equipment. operate the equipment. void thein doesauthority to operate the equipment. harmful interference to radio or the users authority void the users authority to in this manual could users cause harmful interference cause Place Date Place television reception, which can be determined bywhich can be determined by turning the equipment off television reception, turning the equipment off Grant Notes on the Grant Noteson,the Grant is encouraged to try to user is encouraged to tryby one or the interference by one or on the user Noteson,the Grant and and on the correct the interference to correct y with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, Part product must be used with a To comply with Part 15 a the FCC Rules, this product must be Rules,with product must be used with a To comply with this 15 of the FCC Rules, this product must be used with of more of thewith Part 15 of the FCC used this a To comply following measures: more of the following measures: ecified ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and A/V supplyUSB cable, and DC supply cord. the receiving antenna.cable, the receiving antenna.cable, and DC supply cord. Fujifilm-specified ferrite-core DC cable, cord. Fujifilm-specified ferrite-coreA/V cable, or relocate and DCA/V cable, USB Fujifilm-specified ferrite-core supply cord. Reorient or relocate Reorient USB Increase the separation between the equipment andbetween the equipment and receiver. Increase the separation receiver. vi vi Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different outletthat a circuit different from that to vi Connect the equipment into an from on to which the receiver is connected. the receiver is connected. which Consult the dealer or an experiencedthe dealertechnician for help. radio/TV technician for help. Consult radio/TV or an experienced You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void thein this manual could void the users authority to operate the equipment. users authority to operate the equipment.
Notes on the Grant

To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product must be Rules,with product must be used with a To comply with Part 15 of the FCC used this a Fujifilm-specified ferrite-coreFujifilm-specified ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and DC supply cord. A/V cable, USB cable, and DC supply cord.

Notes on the Grant

vii

vi

vi

vii viivii viivii

A Special Feature Feature ofofof This Camera A Special Feature of This Camera A A Special Feature This Camera Special of This Camera Camera A Special Feature This A Special Special FeatureCameraCamera A Feature of This of This Special Feature of This Camera A

SRAUTO mply by pointing pointing the camerathethecameracamera automatically analyzestheand selects thethe most Simply Simply bybythe cameracamerasubject, the subject, cameraanalyzes and selects and selects the most byUsing cameraRECOGNITIONcamera automatically automaticallyand selects the most pointing pointingthe subject, at subject, the Simply by SCENE RECOGNITION UsingUsing thepointingatSCENE RECOGNITIONthethe camera automatically analyzes and selects most SimplySCENE the atcamera the at subject, automatically analyzes analyzes most the the at ppropriatesetting setting settings:4subject,the subject, the camera automaticallyThenand most mostjust appropriate appropriate setting4camera at subject,LANDSCAPE, LANDSCAPE, NIGHT, or MACRO. theThenthe the can setting from pointing fromsettings: PORTRAIT, automatically NIGHT, or MACRO. selects you appropriate settings:camera 4PORTRAIT, , LANDSCAPE, or NIGHT, Then Simply by pointingby from 4 from the settings:the camera camera automaticallyMACRO.selectsMACRO. you can just and appropriate camera ,PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE, NIGHT, or MACRO.analyzes and Then Then can Simply 4 thefromat settings: PORTRAIT, , , analyzes analyzesyou can just mostjust Simplypointing the at PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE, NIGHT, or you can just you by the setting the the selects press to capturecapture the moment. . the resspress the shuttershutter button4to moment. PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE, or NIGHT, orMACRO. Then youyou can just the shutter buttonthesetting from 4 . press the button settings: the moment. LANDSCAPE, LANDSCAPE, to capture moment. appropriatepress thesettingtobutton tosettings: thethe moment. NIGHT, NIGHT, or Then you can justcan just setting fromshutter buttonPORTRAIT, PORTRAIT, 4 from settings: MACRO. shutter capture capture appropriate appropriate MACRO. Then

sing UsingUsing SCENE RECOGNITION SCENE SCENE RECOGNITION Using SCENE RECOGNITION Using RECOGNITION SCENE RECOGNITION

press the shutter the shutter buttoncapture the the moment. press the button to capture thecapture moment. press shutter button to to moment. Rotate the mode Rotate theto dial to dial toThe camera automatically automatically Shoot.Shoot. Shoot.Shoot. Rotate the mode dial the mode to RotateRotate mode dial . dial the mode . to . .The. camera automatically automatically The camera automatically TheThe camera camera Shoot. analyzesanalyzes thethe the subject. subject. camera the subject. subject. Rotate mode dial dial to analyzescamera automaticallysubject. mode to . The the The Theanalyzes automatically Rotate the mode dial to . Shoot. Shoot. analyzesautomatically Rotate the the . . camera Shoot. analyzes analyzes the subject. the analyzes the subject. subject. .

The camera The camera analyzed thethe the The camera analyzed the analyzed analyzedcamera analyzed camera The The the subject(s) in portrait. subject(s) in portrait. subject(s) insubject(s)portrait. subject(s) in in portrait. portrait. The camera The camera analyzed the analyzed the The camera analyzed the subject(s)subject(s) in portrait. in . portrait. in portrait. subject(s)

The camera analyzed a close-up analyzed a close-up unnecessary. The cameraTheThe camera a close-up Theanalyzedanalyzed a close-up camera a close-up unnecessary.unnecessary. camera analyzed (MACRO) subject. (MACRO) subject. (MACRO) subject.(MACRO) subject. (MACRO) subject. The camera analyzed a close-up analyzed a close-up The camera a close-up The camera analyzed (MACRO) subject. subject. . (MACRO) (MACRO) subject. ()

Multiple setting Multiple setting MultipleMultiple setting setting Multiple setting adjustments Multiple setting are are adjustments are setting are Multiple are adjustments Multiple settingadjustments adjustments unnecessary.adjustments are are unnecessary. unnecessary. unnecessary. adjustments adjustments are unnecessary.

See page page Seefor more information. information. See 32 See more information.more for page page for for information. 32 See 3232 32 more information. page for more
for more information. See page 32page 32 for 32 . for more information. SeeSee page 32 more information.

viii

viii viiiviii viii viii viii

About This Manual About This Manual About This Manual About This Manual

Before using thecamera, read this manual and the warnings on on pages iivii. For information on specific Before using camera, read this manual and the warnings on pages iivii. For information on specific Before using the the camera, read this manual and the warningspages iivii. For information on specific , below. topics,consult the the sources below. manual and the warnings on pages iivii. . on specific Before using thesources - . , For information topics, consult camera, read topics, consult thesources below.this topics, Q & Q & Athe sources below. Cameraconsult .................................................... Table of Contents............................................ iii Camera .................................................... pg. pg. xiii Q&AAA.................................................... pg. xpg. Table of Contents............................................xiii xiii Camera Q & x x Table of Contents............................................ pg. pg. Know Camerayouwant to do do dont know the TheThe ofContents gives an overview of the Q & A .................................................... x Table whatyouyou wantdo but but dont know pg.TableContents............................................of xiii Know what want to to but dont know the The Table Contents gives an an of Contents gives overview of pg. Know what ? Q&A the Tableof . overview thethe . it? Find the answer in Camera Q & A. name for for it? you the answer but dont know the Themanual. TheThe principal an overview of the entire Table The principal camera operations Know what Find answer do in Camera A. name entire manual. principal camera operations name for it? Find thewant to in Camera Q & Q & A. entire manual. of Contents gives camera operations areentire here. listed manual. name for it? Find the answer in Camera Q & A. are listed here. are listed here. The principal camera operations are listed here. Troubleshooting.............................................. pg. pg. Warning Messages and and Displays .....................pg. Troubleshooting.............................................. 96 Warning Messages 103 pg. 96 and Displays .....................pg. 103 Troubleshooting..............................................96 96 Warning Messages Displays .....................pg. 103 103 Havingaaspecific problem with . Find Warning Messages thatthat specific ? with the camera? Find flashing icon or error problem with the camera? Find Find out whats behind flashing icon or error Troubleshooting.............................................. pg. 96 outwhats behindand Displays .....................pg. 103 Having a specific problem the camera? Find Find out whats behind that flashing icon or error Having . thethe answer here. problem with the camera? Find Find outthe the monitor. answer specific message in whats behind message in monitor. the Having ahere. answer here. message in themonitor. that flashing icon or error the answer here. message in the monitor. Glossary........................................................ pg. 107 Glossary........................................................ pg. 107 Glossary........................................................ pg. 107 107 The technical terms may be meanings of of some technical terms may Glossary........................................................ pg. 107 TheThe meaningssome technical. may be be meanings of some terms foundhere. Thehere. found here. found meanings of some technical terms may be found here.

Memory in the cameras internal memory or on on optional xD-Picture Cards SD SD SDHC Pictures can can be storedthe cameras internal memory or or optional xD-Picture Cards , xD- can Cards Pictures be stored in xD- , SD, SDHC . and SD and SDHC Pictures be stored inthe cameras internal memoryon optional xD-Picture Cards and and and and SDHC SD . 9 . referred to as memory cards. For memory cards. In this manual, both xD-Picture Cards and SD memory cards are

Cards MemoryCards Memory Memory Cards

memory cards. In this manual, xD-Picture Cards memory or on optional are referred memory SD cards. Pictures can this manual, theboth xD-Picture Cards SD SD memory cards xD-Picture Cards and cards. For For memory cards. In be stored inboth cameras internaland andmemory cards are referred to asto as memoryand SDHC more information, In page 9. 9. more information, see page memory cards. see page 9. For more information, seethis manual, both xD-Picture Cards and SD memory cards are referred to as memory cards. ix ix more information, see page 9. ix ix

ix

Camera Q & A Q & A A mera Q Camera Q&A &A Camera Q &

Find items by task. items by by task. tems by task. Find items task. Find . Camera Setup era Setup Camera Setup Camera Setup

CameraCamera Q & A Camera Q & A Q&A Camera Q & A


Find items Find task. by task. Find items by task. Find items by items by task.

Q&A

Sharing Pictures Pictures ing Pictures Sharing Pictures Sharing

Camera Setup Camera Setup Setup Camera Setup Key phrase Question Camera See page How do I set the camera clock? Date and Question See pagepage phrase Question Question Question Question Question QuestionKey phrase time Key phrase Key phrase See page See Key 13Key phras Can Time and 91 difference 13 13 do I set the do clock? clock to clock?Howwhen II set the camera clock? How do I set the camera 13 time How ? clock? do I setHowcamera clock?Date and time Date and camera I do Ithe camera local time do travel? I set the camera clock? How set set the camera How the do Date time clock? 13 Date and tim Date and ti D off set the clock to I to local time set theCan Iautomatically? when travel? clocktravel? 91 off time when local when travel? 91 91 set the clock toCan IIthe clock travel? ? Iwhen Ithe clock to local time Can I time when I Time difference CanHow do timeCan turningclockset the clockTime difference Time to local time when I travel?90 differen Ilocal set keep the monitor from II set travel? to local timeto local set the Can when I travel? Auto power difference 91 Time differe Time T How keep turningmonitorfrom turningautomatically? from turning automatically? LCD automatically? 89 the monitor automatically?I keep the I keep from turning off automatically?90 off 90 90 do I keep the monitor from ?turning keep the monitor theAuto powerI offturningmonitor from turning off automatically? How do I do I makethe monitor How do I or Howautomatically?monitordo keep the power off keep the off frombrighter offdarker? monitor How do off do How from Auto offbrightness Auto power 90 Auto power A Auto powe o make the monitor ? or I make do I monitor brighter dodarker? or darker?mode do I make the monitor brighterdo darker?the monitor the monitordarker? LCDLCD89 brighter or darker?LCD brightn How do I dobrighterthedarker? How doormake the make brighter ororbrighter the Silent How I make or monitor brighter I How How darker? LCD brightness How I make LCD brightness brightness monitor 89 LCD brightne 89 L 89 27 How do I stop the camera beeping and clicking? Operation volume 27 86 Silent mode Silent mode Silent27 mode 27 27 Silent mo Silent mode stop camera beeping Iclicking? do I stop beeping and volume and camera beeping 86 86 do I stop the camerado I stop the HowandandHowthe camera beeping and clicking? volume and clicking? How do I the camera beeping do stop? camera the camera beeping the clicking?volume How beeping and clicking? do I stop How clicking? the Operationdo I stop Operation How clicking? Shutter86 Operation volume 86 Operation Op Operation volu vo What are the parts of the camera called? Parts volume 2 volume 86 86 Shutter volume Shutterof the camera Shutter86 86 Shutter volum Shutter volu S do the parts of 3 arecamera called? camera What are the parts the camera called? camera Parts the camera 2 2 of the cam are the parts ofWhat the?of the the monitorare the partsareof the camera called? the of camera called? 2 Parts of the ca What the icons in the are parts camera called? What mean? called? What of the parts of What are Parts ofof Monitor Parts the camera called? the of the parts the camera 2 Parts Par How do the mean? the What mean?icons in Menus 3 3 do the icons inWhatthethe monitorWhat do the icons in the monitor mean? the mean?in Monitor What domonitor icons? the do use the in mean? icons in What do mean? Monitor Monitor3 the Monitor I icons in menus?monitordo theWhat do the monitor the monitor icons monitor mean? 3 62 Monitor Whats behind that flashing icon or I use message in the menus? Messages and 62 62 do I use the use use? How do I do I the the menus? How do error the do I use the monitor? do I use the menus? displays menus? menus? How How do I use the menus? How menus? How Menus Menus62 Menus 62 103 Menus Menus How much or flashing in the ? monitor? 103 behindismessageor battery?Whats behind Messages andbehinderrorinandand displays s behind that flashing behind errorflashingWhats behind that in flashingmonitor? icon or Messages 103 icon or monitor? 103 in thedis Whats thatthat iconicontheerror message in the icon or error message Battery level the error message and m Whats iconcharge left errormonitor? flashingthat flashing message in the in Whats behind that the monitor? error displays message in or message icon or Whats Messagesflashing that the displays monitor? 103 15 Messages and d Messages Mess charge is the battery? level 15 Battery leve much charge isHowin the battery? is in?How much charge is is left in the battery? battery? Battery levelbattery? 15 15 Battery lev Howleft much charge left in the battery?How much charge battery? level charge is left 15 the much left How much charge left in the is left inmuch Battery the How Battery in Sharing Pictures Pictures Sharing Pictures Key phrase Sharing Sharing Question Pictures

See page Can I printQuestion on my pictures home printer? Printing pictures Question Question QuestionKey phrase Key phrase See Question Question Key phrase See page page Question See page Key phrase 51 Key phras pictures home on print pictures ?Canprint Can I print pictures on printer? pictures on my on print pictures I pictureshome printer? pictures on my home printer? ViewingPrinting51 a computer 51 Printing pictu CanCan I copy picturesmy my my computer? my print my on on to home printer? home printer? Printing home printer? pictures Can print Printing pict Can I I print pictures on my home myIpictures Printing pictures printer? 51 56 51 Pr pictures computer? Can I copy toto my computer?a computer on a computer 56 pictures on a ? copy my pictures toI my computer? my Can I copy my pictures mymy computer? computer? 56 computer Viewing pictures on CanCan copy my pictures to myCan I copy my pictures pictures to Imy Viewing picturesaon computer? 56 56 Viewing p I copy my to Viewing picturesViewing to my Can copy mypictures on pictures computer? Viewing

xx

xx

Q&A Camera QQ & A Camera & A ? PicturesTaking Pictures Taking Pictures Taking

Came

Taking Pictures
Question

Taking Pictures

Key phrase Key KeySee page Question phrase See page S phrase How many pictures can I Memory capacity Memory capacity take?How109 Memory capacity 109 many pictures c 109 a quick and wayquicktake snapshots? take snapshots? 15 Is Is there quick andIs thereway to and easy way to there a easy ? snapshots? easy a to take Is there a quick easy way to take15 quick and e mode mode and Is there a mode 15snapshots? avoid blurred can I avoid blurred pictures? How can I ? pictures? How can I avoid blurred pictures? How How can IDualISmode pictures? mode avoid blurr Dual ISIS avoid blurred Dual IS 17 I mode How 17 can 17 can? good portraits? good portraits? Intelligent 21 How I make good portraits? How can I make How can I make How can I make good portraits?Facecan I make good Intelligent Face Detection How21 Intelligent Face Detection 21 Detection the camera automatically select the most suitable the most suitable mode? 32 Can the camera automatically? automatically select mode? Can select the most suitable mode? Can the camera Can the cameramode automatically select 32camera suitab mode Can 32the most auto the mode ?the shooting conditions? (SP) Can I manually choose a manually chooseformode suitableconditions? Can conditions? Can I manually choose a mode suitable a the shooting for the shooting Scene position ( ( a)modeCan 34 ( for the shoo Can I mode suitable for I manually choose Scene position Scene position ) suitable I34 manually choos 34 ) shoot close-ups?I shoot close-ups? ( mode) 25 How do I shoot close-ups? How do I ? How do How do I shoot close-ups? Close-ups (macro) Close-ups (macroClose-ups (macro Imode) close mode) How25 shoot do 25 do I keep the flash fromkeep the flash from firing? How I ? do I firing? How do keep the flash from firing? How How do I keep the flash from firing? do I keep the fla How 26 do I stop subjects stop my subjects eyes I use the red when IHowthe flash? mode ? How my subjects eyes glowing red when glowing flash? How do I stop myHow do I eyes glowing red when I use the flash? use do IFlash my subjects eyes glowing red my sub stop mode Flash Flash mode stop when How26 I do 26 ?shadows on fill-in shadows on back-lit subjects? How do I fill-in shadows on back-lit subjects? How do I fill-in How do I back-lit subjects? How do I fill-in shadows on back-lit subjects? shad How do I fill-in Ia ? portrait photographer? photographer? How do take a group do I take a group the photographer? the How do I take group portrait that includes the that includes How portrait that includes How do portrait How28 I takethe pho Self-timergroup Self-timerincludes a grou Self-timer mode I take a mode that 28 do mode 28 do I turn off the lamp on theofffrontlamp camera? 86 How ? I on the theofof the camera? of the camera? AF-assist illuminator on the frontI of the came How do I turn off How do turn front the on the front the lamp How do IAF- lamp AF-assist illuminator turn off the AF-assist illuminator off the How86 turn do 86 I pictures do I frame picturesoff to theside? 23 How do I frame ? the subject offwith onesubject off to one side? do I Focus lock How do frame pictures with the subject to one side? How with How frame pictures with the subject off topictu Focus lock Focus 23 I frame one Howlock do 23 choose choose aperture? A/S Can I I shutter speed and shutter speed and aperture? Can choose shutter speed and aperture? Can I ? Can I choose shutter speed and aperture? shutter F mode F mode F mode Can 37 I37 choose 37 do I adjust exposure? I adjust exposure? 30 How ? exposure? How do I adjust How do How do I adjust exposure? Exposure ExposureHow30 I adjust expo Exposure compensation compensation compensation do 30 ? How do I shoot movies? movies How do I shoot movies? How do I shoot movies? How do I shoot movies? Recording47 I shoot movi Recording Recording movies How 47 movies do 47
pictures can I take? pictures can I take? How many ? I take? How many pictures can How many

Question Question

xi

xixi

Camera Q & A Camera Q&A


Pictures Viewing Viewing Pictures Question

Viewing Pictures
Question

Viewing Pictures

Key phrase Key phrase Question See page Se 41 HowSingle-frame playback do I Single-frame playback my p view my pictures? How do I view 41 How do get rid of unwanted rid of unwanted pictures? How do How do I get ridunwanted pictures? I get rid of u Deleting pictures DeletingHow do pictures 20 I ? I getpictures? of 20 delete aHow do I delete aonce? pictures at once? ? a lot 45 How do I lot of pictures at lot of How do I delete of pictures How do I delete a lo Erase Eraseonce? at 45 on Can I ? on pictures during playback? pictures during playback? in on pic Can I zoom in zoom in playback? pictures during Can I zoom in on Playback zoom Playback zoom Can42zoom 42 I view a lot of pictures at once? pictures at once? pictures at playback 43 How do I ? I view a lot of How do How Multi-framelot of Multi-frameonce? I view a lot do I view a playback How do 43 I ? all pictures taken on the same day? 44 How do view all How do Itaken on the same day? pictures view How do I Sort by date view all pictures takenby date same day?pi Sort on the I view all How do 44 protect my pictures my? Can I from accidental deletion? Can I protect pictures from accidental deletion? Can I protect my pictures from accidental deletion? Protect Protect79protect my pic Can I 79 hide the iconsmonitor? the monitor when viewing myCan I hide the display format a display format icons Can I inI the icons in viewing my pictures? Can hide the when pictures? the monitor when viewing m Choosing a iconsChoosing Can41hide the in 41 I in a slidepictures in a slide show? Can I view my pictures view my show? Can I ? Can I viewSlidepictures in a slide show? my show Slide Can75view my pictu show 75 I add a short Can a short voice memo to my pictures? Can I I add ? pictures? voice memo to my Can I addVoice memo memo toCan82add a short vo a short voice Voice memo my pictures? 82 I ? elements out of my pictures? Can I crop unwanted elements out of crop unwante Can I crop unwanted elements out of my pictures? Can I crop unwanted Crop Crop 84my pictures? Can84 I from internal ? to a memory card? a memory card? Can I copy pictures memory internal memory to Can I copy pictures from Can I copy pictures from internalCan80copy pictures Copy Copy 80 memory to a mem I TV ?How do I view my pictures on TV? 50 How do I view my pictures on TV? How do ITVpictures on TV on picturesdo I TV my p Viewing view my pictures Viewing TV? 50 on view How do I view my pictures? How ? How do I view my pictures?

xii

xii

xii

xii

xii

Fo You Sa eSAFETY NSTRUCT ONS 30 Fo You You eSa e Sa y y 30 30 MPORTANT y IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................iiShoo ngCompensa ............................................................................. 32 ii 5 Exposu e Mode Compensation.................................................... Fo For Your Safety.................................................................................ii5 Exposu 32 5 e Compensa on Exposu e Compensa on 30 Shooting Mode on 5 Exposure Theeebattees SAFETY ........................................................................................ 32 y Sa y Notes....................................................................................iii 32 Notes....................................................................................iii Safety No Notes....................................................................................iiiShooAUTO ........................................................................................32 otes....................................................................................iii sh pment Cha ge 32 30 Safety NSTRUCT at Safety No esSAFETY NSTRUCT ONS AUTO ii AUTO ........................................................................................ 32 AUTO 32 MPORTANT s not cha ged ngAUTO Mode MPORTANTNotes....................................................................................iiiShoo ngAUTO ........................................................................................ 32 32 Mode 32 32 Sa IMPORTANT NSTRUCT ONSONS y SAFETY SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii ShooAUTO Cha g ng nd a o 32 Notes....................................................................................iii AUTOThe Mode ............................................................................. 32 5 Exp Safety MPORTANT ng Safety.................................................................................ii Mode Shooting ........................................................................................ For Your SCENE RECOGNITION 32 NOT CES y v theNoCES ...........................................................................................vi RECOGNITION ..........................................................................................32 CES ...........................................................................................vi For Your Safety.................................................................................ii 32 5 Exposure Compensation. NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi NOTICES es SCENE SCENE RECOGN T ON 32 NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi Sa e yes ...........................................................................................vi RECOGNITION ............................................. ............................................. Sa eNOT NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi AUTO TheSCENEgRECOGNITION .............................................32 32 y batte SCENE AUTO SCENE RECOGN caON AUTO SCENERECOGN TTON shows ba e y 32 32 vii chaSCENE INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii ng RECOGNITION Shooting Mode .......................... nd o cha 32 ge Sa e Safetyes be o e use y No Notes....................................................................................iii No AUTO 32 32 Shootin IMPORTANT SAFETYDua Shot Mode) A NATURAL & K (Dual T ONMode K 33 A Special Feature of This Camera......................................... viii Spec A NATURAL (DualNATURAL& RECOGN ShotMode A NATURAL A NATURAL &RECOGN Sho Mode) A NATURAL ................................. 33 33 ial Feature This Camera.........................................aviiiviii IMPORTANT vviii K (Dual ShotAUTO ........................................................................................ 33 AThis a Fea u e o Th Came Special Feature NOTNOT CES SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii Mode) ................................. of ofNOT CESFea u e oofThof Came a ACES Camera......................................... Special Feature This Camera......................................... vv& A SpecSpecial Feature ss Camera......................................... viii & K A AMode)&oK................................. .................................32 vi SCENE&K ows T v v SCENEMode)K & T ON ONMode 32 33 A a Feature of This This Camera......................................... viii A NATURAL SCENEDua Sho Shot 33.................................33 32 NATURAL (Dual Sho SCENE Dua sShot RECOGN K (Dual a 33 us as ANOTICES ...........................................................................................vi Safety Notes....................................................................................iii Safety Notes....................................................................................iii ............................................. B NATURAL LIGHT..................................................................32 NATURAL GHTRECOGNITION 34 AUTO ..................................... AU B v LIGHT.................................................................. 34 B NATURAL & GHTSho Sho Mode 34 B NATURAL L K Dua Mode NATURAL Dua 34 B NATURAL LIGHT.................................................................. 33 34 AbouFea u Manual ........................................................................ix s u Th This Manual ........................................................................ix Manual Came n This ManualAboutTh Feathe battery a the charger NATURALix LIGHT.................................................................. 34 AboutThis This Manuals Came a This Manua Th ........................................................................ix A NATURAL ( Sho Mode is ManualSpec a About Manuao s........................................................................ix AB KLLGHTDua) 34 34 ........................................................................ix NATURAL & & K LIGHT.................................................................. 33 33 AboutPThFea v xx A........................................................................ix B NATURAL Spec aacee o e o Th s Came a A Abou a s u e B NATURAL A SpecSpecial Feature of This Camera......................................... viii A A NATURAL & K (Dual Shot Mode) ................................. 33 v A Scene Pos on NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi NOTICES on SCENE Scene xx Scene Position.....................................................................34 Scene Pos on 34 Scene Position.....................................................................34 Came a Q A....................................................................................x Cha ng 34 A 34 34 on 34 ThQ & A....................................................................................x B NATURAL...........................................................................................vi RECOGNITIO Position..................................................................... Scene Pos L GHT ed BC 50 a& A....................................................................................x Q & A....................................................................................x supp ScenexPosition..................................................................... 34 34 u Camera Q Manua Camera Qs & A Camera Q s& A....................................................................................x Abou nse&tAthe x Scene B NATURAL L Position..................................................................... 34 NATURAL nd LIGHT.................................................................. 34 Abou Th saManua & A....................................................................................x B LgGHTGHTa o Ba e y a A NATURAL & K (Dual Sho Came Q&A&Manua batte y nto the AM MANUAL.................................................................................viii 37 x of This Camera......................................... 37 Abou Th This Manual ........................................................................ix AM MANUAL................................................................................. viii x B Feature of NATURAL Camera M MANUAL.................................................................................34 37 AN About Q Special Feature Special MANUAL................................................................................. M MANUAL................................................................................. M Scene 37 M MANUAL on This Camera......................................... 37 MANUAL 37 SP MANUAL Scene Pos Pos he37 M on Position..................................................................... M Ba nse 34 34 x Came ore You Begin Be Your Begin Came & You A & A....................................................................................x 5 Exposuree .......................................... no Safety.................................................................................ii For Q QSafety.................................................................................ii ........................................................................ix 5 Exposure Compensation....................................................e.......................................... 37 37 30 F Aperture/Shutter Priority AE y Ape Manual 37 Q & Q You Begin Came batteYou Begin ou Begin BeaoreaYou Beg n ge as shown mak ng Thise that MAbout Thisu.......................................... 37 37 B NATURAL37 34 B NA Before You Beg n Before A & A cha BeforeaYou Begin Fsu x x F Aperture/ShutterMANUALAperture/Shutter Priority AE .......................................... Priority Scene F MANUAL Shu e Priority AE 30 F Aperture/Shutter P o y AE Ape u Shu AE F 37 Camera y About Aperture/Shutter Priority ueeShu ........................................................................ix 37 Manual F MANUALCompensation....................................................37 M Ape AEAE O ee PP oo yyAE ..........................................37 37y LIGHT............... Before F MANUAL................................................................................. 37 M M ba e Position.................. n oduc on 1 Scene Sc ANT......................................................................................1 ......................................ii FCamera ePuayback eoAEyoAEy AE 32 INSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................. 32 the batte entat Playback ShootingPlayback uction ......................................................................................1 oCamera on A....................................................................................xed ion SAFETYBe YouYou Beg......................................ii Introduction SAFETY n the co ect ShootingSafety.................................................................................ii Introduction n......................................................................................1 For YourQModee P o y nse Introduction ......................................................................................1 Beg n......................................................................................1 Be ore ore You Beg ny s INSTRUCTIONS For YourQMode1............................................................................. A/S on & e Shu F on uayback Ape Ape Shu Shu u 37 37 MoreF Safety.................................................................................ii nIMPORTANT ......................................................................................1 Be oduc PlaybackMoreApePPaybackP e P Compensation. ore on Introduction F on Aperture/Shutter Priority AE 5 Exposure 37 e AE More & 1 5 Exp More/ Moreon Playback on A....................................................................................x Before You Begin otes....................................................................................iii Safety .........................................................1 More onon1 1 More ........................................................................................ 32 Playback Ba e Symbo s and Conventions .........................................................1 and 1 AUTO ........................................................................................ 32 .......................................... 37 M MA Notes....................................................................................iii 1 ols and Conventions 1 and ConventionsSymbolsConven ons .........................................................1 Playback.............................................................. 41 Shooting Mode .......................... Symbolson and Conventions .........................................................1MoreAUTOonows ed INSTRUCTIONSy M MANUAL.............................. .........................................................1 and Conventions Symbolson Conven ons and Symbols and Conventions .........................................................1 n oduc n oduc ons S on PeaybackP......................................ii ng e ayback F ame ayback 41 Symbo n oduc 1 GBegin 41 Single-Frame More IMPORTANT SAFETY IMPORTANT Playback.............................................................. 32 ......................................ii INSTRUCTIONSPayback Single-FrameSAFETYSon ame PPlayback.............................................................. 41 Shootin Single-Frame Playback..............................................................41 Sng Single-FrameRECOGNITION ............................................. 32 ngeon P ............................................. 41 F P SCENE ame ayback 41 Single-Frame Playback..............................................................41 Introduction es Before F Aperture/Shutter Priorit F Ap Supp Accesso 1 ...........................................................................................vi echa geab You e 1 RECOGNITION on NOTICESAccesso......................................................................................1More SCENE Accessories....................................................................1 1 ied Accessories....................................................................1 Before e ba Begin More FYou Playback cha g Accessories....................................................................1 Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 Supplied...........................................................................................vi Supplied and More ayback Symboedand Accessories....................................................................1 Playback Zoom ............................................................................ 42 Symbo s SuppliedConven ons NP 50 and Accessories....................................................................1 1 1 SuppSymbols Conven ons ed y es PFayback Zoom ............................................................................ 42 ayback Zoom 42 Symbo s Conven ons Safety Notes....................................................................................iii ng SafetyFNotes....................................................................................iii Playback 2 AUTO ..................................... AU Playback Zoom PlaybackZoomayback PaybackMode)ayback 42 ePlayback & F ame ................................. 33 PZoom ayback 41 41 Introduction ......................................................................................1 Pa s ofs the Came es o Accesso a 2 Png ameame P 41 A NATURAL2& 33 PZoom ............................................................................ Feature SuppPartsAccesso andof This Camera......................................... viii............................................................................ 42 42 yMore on Playback41 of This Camera..................................................................................................1AeNATURALayback Athe Came Conventions viii Special Zoom ............................................................................ of the Camera.......................................................................2 Introduction ......................................................................................1 u.................................42 42 More o he Camera.......................................................................2 Parts of he Camera.......................................................................2 Parts oedthe Camera.......................................................................2S ngSeng Single-FrameK (Dual Shot Mode) Playback.............................................................. SuppPartshe Camera.......................................................................2 K (Dual................................................................ 1 esCamera.......................................................................2 Multi-Frame Playback ................................................................ 41 RECOGNITIO 1 PlaybackMu Shotame Playback ................................................................43 Paed Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 S ................................................................ 43 43 s of Feature aes Ba e y Remove he Mu F ame P ayback 43 Supp Mon o ed Accesso Multi-Frame LIGHT.................................................................. 34 Playback Multi-Frameg een NOTICES and 1 NOTICES Zoom Playback .........................................................1 SCENE Multi-Frame 3 Multi-FramePPConventions................................................................ 43 F ...........................................................................................vi 43 P aybackG 42 42 The Thisof the ........................................................................ix BA ow 2 3 NATURAL 3 B Zoom 34 Symbols ...........................................................................................vi Symbols and .........................................................1 NATURALZoom ............................................................................ Zoom 42 heManuala P Your Compensation. 42 Monitor..................................................................................3 For Your Safety.................................................................................ii onitor..................................................................................3 The Monitor..................................................................................3 The The Monitor..................................................................................3MuaybackSafety.................................................................................ii 43 SingleMonitor..................................................................................3 The Mon Conventions F ameowsLIGHT..................................................................43 42 5 Exp is Manual ........................................................................ix AboutoMonitor..................................................................................3 P ayback Playback ayback Pa s o she Came a The o For by amee Single-Frame 44 Pa Parts of the Came 2 So by Date....................................................................................viii 44 cha A ba e 34 NATURAL & AN Sort Date.................................................................................... ged 5 Exposure Playback........... Special Date.................................................................................... ASupplied ayback Sort by byFeature Mu Camera......................................... 44 Sortby Da Accessories....................................................................1 K (Dual Sho So SortDa y 43 by Da e 44 Sort Feature of F P F by amePosition.....................................................................44 The Mode D a .............................................................................4 of SoSpecialbyeP ayback 4 Scene Scene Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 o 4 F Mode DialThe The Mode oDialCamera.......................................................................2This ExposurePSAFETYThis Camera......................................... 44.......................... .............................................................................4 AIMPORTANT Compensation....................................................viii 44 Shooting 43 43 ......................... odeA....................................................................................x The The& The Mode Dial .............................................................................4Mu ameDate.................................................................................... 43 3 & Dial .............................................................................4 CameraModeD a Position..................................................................... 34 ......................................ii 44 Shootin MonMon A....................................................................................x 4 INSTRUCTIONSayback IMPORTANT Compensation....................................................45 ......................................ii Safety.................................................................................ii ForTheMon Mode .............................................................................4 ........................................................................ix 45 PlaybackModeLIGHT............... YourQ Monitor..................................................................................3 Mu Deleting Pictures...................................................................44 Safety.................................................................................ii 5M This3 Pictures................................................................... 37 5 by e ng P c Playback ................................................................ 30 Zoom The Mode oDialDial .............................................................................4So DeletingDate.................................................................................... 43 Playba 3 B NATURAL45 M Multi-Frame ........................................................................ix 45 The AboutDeleting 4 So De eDangPPcc uues INSTRUCTIONS Manual So De eDeleting u es About e ngManuales M ExposureCamera.......................................................................2 Deleting SAFETYM Da of he 45 B NA M the Camera.......................................................................2 45 M by 45 Unp ug 44 M De Thise Pictures...................................................................45 M MANUAL................................................................................. 30 M MANUAL.................................................................................44 Parts of the Pictures................................................................... Parts by M Da e 44 37 The Mode Pictures................................................................... Thers Steps D a Mode 4 4 FIMPORTANT SAFETY .............................................................................4 Shooting Mode ............................................................................. 32 S eps Sort Safety Notes....................................................................................iii Safety by Date.................................................................................... Multi-Frame Playback ............. eps s First Steps D ......................................ii AUTO Position.................. AU ANT SAFETY FirstFirstD a Begin INSTRUCTIONS Shootingm na s Scene 37 Sc The Mode rsThe ou Begin FFirstSStepsMode Dial INSTRUCTIONS ......................................iiM DeF ng Notes....................................................................................iii 44 Multi-F Beforeeps ba ae y cha ge You F Aperture/Shutter PriorityPng.......................................... 32 Steps TheTe & A....................................................................................x Monitor..................................................................................3 Monitor..................................................................................3 Camera QMode ............................................................................. 37 Camera AE P c and & A....................................................................................x MeDees Q c u esu es Priority AE ..........................................45 Dees cha ge ..................................... 45 Mov Aperture/Shutter M Thee Deletingu ed Movies Movies ...........................................................................................vi RECOGNITIO Movese ........................................................................................45 Movies ng c es Cha SBCNotes....................................................................................iii g ng50 Battery 5 NOTICES ........................................................................................ 32 NOTICES B Dial .............................................................................4 SCENE otes....................................................................................iii M MANUAL.............................. M MA ng the Battery epsthe Ba e y .....................................................................5 .............................................................................4 au Sort by Date................................. .....................................................................5 Movies ...........................................................................................vi the......................................................................................1 BatteryCha g ng the......................................................................................1 Charging he Ba Battery .....................................................................5Mov MModePnksPictures................................................................... 45 Sort by .....................................................................5 Charging the Battery .....................................................................5 Ba e y rs Charging the e y eps AUTO AUTO 32 F rs FCharging he Battery .....................................................................5 SSafetyeps Dial Movies ion Introduction The Mode 5 The d ng Mov es F rs First Steps S 5 A Camera......................................... 47 47 More on Feature More on Begin AA Recording Recording MoviesBefore PlaybackesThis Camera......................................... 32 A Reco SCENE ................................................................. 47 A es 47 nse he he Ba e y ng 7 AAperture/Shutter Priorit NATURAL AAp N Femove he & FSho es es A SpecialPlayback A ................................................................. A Recording Mov ...........................................................................................vi SCENE ng the Battery......................................................................7 Before You Beginof ThisRecording Movofes.................................................................47 K (DualDele the Battery......................................................................7 Inserting the eConventions .........................................................1 MoviesRecoYoungMovies .................................................................47 Inserting the Battery......................................................................7 RECOGNITION ............................................. 32 47 M Deleting Pictures................ Inserting the Ba e y ng he 5 Cha Cha InsertingBay e y gNOTICEShe Ba Battery......................................................................7MovRecoddng Movies ng he Battery......................................................................7 5 7 ng Ba the charger.....................................................................5ASpecial FeatureRECOGNITION .............................................viii 47 M nse g .........................................................1 and Conventions P ug Compensation....................................................viii Symbols ...........................................................................................vi Cha ChargingBattery......................................................................7 MovMovA Recording Movies ................................................................. the First Steps Movies...................................................................... 49 FirstMovies Movies...................................................................... 49 D Shot ng Movies...................................................................... 33 Safety.................................................................................ii For g ng aandthe eyyCard.............................................................9 RecoViewingManuales 5D NATURALMovies...................................................................... 5 Vdew dMovMovK Single-Frame 5 Single-Frame Playback.............................................................. 41 e 49 B ba 47 49 LIGHT............... B Introduction Compensation.................................................... 30 D Exposure 7& Viewing D VewViewing Movies...................................................................... D D ng Moves ew Mode) ng Memory This n Memo Battery 9 D Viewing Mov& es (Dual Shot Mode) MoreNATURAL49 A This7 9 ASteps NATURAL 33 es AboutViewingviii About ngng ................................. 41 FeaturenseThis Your BaMemoryyCard .............................................................9 A........................................................................ix 49.................................49 49 MoreNA of he aFeatureey yCard Camera......................................... Playback.............................................................. 30 ASuppliedaMemo e Ca d .............................................................9 Special he Ba ngMemory Card Camera......................................... viii a Memorynse.............................................................9 Cardng a of Ca Card .............................................................9A VAThisng......................................................................................1 .............................................................9 Introduction ......................................................................................1 aAccessories....................................................................1 Inserting aAccessories....................................................................1 Inserting he ea Memoryd Memory Inserting Safety.................................................................................ii K (DualExposureMov y 47 47 Movies nse InsertingBay Manual D RecoRecordinges........................................................................ix ng on o nse Inserting the Battery......................................................................7 Charging the Battery .....................................................................5 nse ng ng 7 Movies Playback .....................................................................5 Scene 32 Sc ANT SAFETYOnOn ngug........................................................................................BatteryD V ng MovMov.............................................................................49 INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii ......................................ii Shooting the 12 Shootingons LIGHT.................................................................. 42 Playback & ed Camera ng ............................................................................ 34 Playback & es Zoom Movies ................................................................. PMemo ............................................ out NATURAL12 B et Zoom B NATURAL Symbols and 12 Symbols and .........................................................1 Tu andof theCamera On and O he y ew ew Mode Position.................. 49 is Camera Tung ngOff Memo ydOn dandOff powe ChargingThe 12 ............................................................................ 32 AboutCame A....................................................................................x This SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Connections 12 g the CameraIMPORTANTthechaCa dandO a ............................................12............................................................................. 34 heManual ........................................................................ix 12 Camera QModeLIGHT.................................................................. 42 Turning heMemo a On and Off ............................................Conventionsew Qons Conventions .........................................................1 Turning theCamera On nto Turning theManual ........................................................................ixD VConnectionsA....................................................................................x Connec ng Mov es nsen andaOffCamera On Off Off he Camera.......................................................................2 Partsng a Came ge nseangthethe Ca yaCa and and 12 9 9 Single-Frame 43 SingleConnections Connections the nTurning Camera On Card .............................................................9 D VConnectionses battery nse InsertingCamera.......................................................................2 9 Charge D A Recording 49 a Memory M MANUAL.............................. M MA otes....................................................................................iii ............................................ 12Connec Viewing Movies...................................................................... 49 A Reco Safety Notes....................................................................................iii Multi-Frame Battery......................................................................7 Multi-Frame ................................................................ 43 Inserting the PlaybackConnec ons Playback ................................................................Playback........... Inserting the Battery......................................................................7 AUTO ........................................................................................ 32 AUTO ........................................................................................ Movies .............. Scene Position..................................................................... 34 Scene Position..................................................................... 32 34 Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 Bas Setup...................................................................................... 12 Se 13 c he upg A....................................................................................x on Viewing Pictures on TV.............................................................. 50......................... 13 cato ght Viewing 12Begin ConnecYouc u es on TV.............................................................. 50 & A....................................................................................x Camera 13 onitor..................................................................................3 etup...................................................................................... up...................................................................................... 13 13 Before YouPictures on TV.............................................................. 50 D Viewing Movies................... BasicSe up Came a On O O Setup......................................................................................12 13 Basic cha & ng Setup......................................................................................13 13 Basic ng he CamendOn and O V ew ng 50 Tu n QSetup...................................................................................... 13TV.............................................................. 50 Tu nTu ncngMonitor..................................................................................3Connec onsPPcc BeginonTV ng Basiche Playba ViewingSCENE BasThe Came a Onaand and w Off InsertingPictures RECOGNITIONaSCENEon CardTV.............................................................. D View Viewing P ............................................. when Playback Zoom VM ng g ng ew Cha Memory on es 50 by Date.................................................................................... 32 Beforeof Pictures on TV .............................................................9 F Aperture/Shutter Priorit F Ap ew MANUAL................................................................................. 37 the cha 44 ng Turning On and ...........................................................................................vi NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi Card Connections RECOGNITION .............................................50 M MANUAL................................................................................. 37 Sort by Date.................................................................................... 32 SortViewing PicturesTV a Memory V Partsng ons Camera.......................................................................2 Insertingtheuues s comp ete 44 Parts of the Camera.......................................................................2 ode DialBas BasThe Modethe Camera P ayback ............................................ 12USB .............................................................9 51 Multi-Frameg 51 50 Multi-F .............................................................................4 P ew ng Pictures via USB n c P c u es v USB es 51 cBasicSeYou Begin and Playback Se c Se up Dial .............................................................................4VK (Dual .......................................................... 37 .................................51 up 13 ......................................................................................1 Printing Camera PPFShotPictures ona(Dual..........................................................50 .......................................................... Printing thePictures TVDeletinguonesvvaaUSBand Off 12 Pictures ewTurning PMode) &viaTVPriority.......................................................... Printing AEc Camera USB Shot Mode) 51 51 nPrinting Pictures................................................................... 12 u es on USB 51 Printing the u esTV TV ..........................................................50 BascBasic Feature Playback c Photography and Camera......................................... 13& viaviaAng u Playback ............. PhoSetup...................................................................................... 13OnUSBngPPcc......................................................................................50 51 upography and Playback V ng Png P esuPicturesOn USB AE45 Bas Playback 13 50 45 IntroductionPictures................................................................... 33A u y exhausted 50 Introduction ......................................................................................1 ou Beginof and c Pho ography and P ayback Before hotography and Photography andand Playback Turning tography Bas Basic Photography Basic Photography AAperture/Shutter Priority cato ................................. .......................................... 37 NATURAL K on 33 Basic Playback of This F NATURAL Aperture/Shuttervia g een n ............................................ The Monitor..................................................................................3 V ewViewing Picturesns TV.............................................................. Connec ng Feature This Camera......................................... viii A Special MThe Monitor..................................................................................3 Deleting viii Mandnd c Off tu a More on Playback More o Connections 51 Connec es the Came Sort by Date................................. s Firstng Pictures in Connecting LIGHT.................................................................. 34 Connecting the Connecting DialCamera 51 Connec ng es Came ng Conventions 51 Connecting vheCame aa .........................................................1 Tak Phoc Moden es 15 ng........................................................... 51 cMode he the 51 13 B Mode 15 B .........................................................1 34 Symbols and 15 Symbols andhe v Camera ........................................................... ion ......................................................................................1 ....................................15the nPConnec Pnguthe USBUSB........................................................... 51 51 Sort by Introductiones nAUTO Mode The .............................................................................4 n P c Pictures Pictures Bas ngography.................................... 15 ....................................15 .............................................................................4 ctures in in Tak (AUTO)ography ........................................................................ixP 15USBng uPlaybacka 51 on TV........... Taking Pictures in.................................... (AUTO) c u ......................................................................................1 (AUTO) Taking ThisuManual P (AUTO) Mode ....................................Conventions NATURALaLIGHT..................................................................51 Bas Bas c Stepsography and Dial CameraConnectingCamera ...........................................................Playback........... cTakingPPicturesand and P (AUTO) ModeMore Setup...................................................................................... 13 s Single-Frame 51 Pho Pho Pictures AUTO Mode ayback Mode is Manual ........................................................................ix 15 Basic NATURAL15CameraThe........................................................... 51 and 20 m nutes 51 Viewing About PMode in in(AUTO) Mode c P ayback ayback on More Setup...................................................................................... 51 on Se Taking .................................... Basic batte ectakescviaes ....................................................... 51 P n Scene y Came a USB hou M Deleting Pictures................ ng Se he 51 51 Basic c uBattery .....................................................................5 Pictures ng....................................................... Printing 15 Printing Playback Movies Se echeedPictures .......................................................51 Printing Selected P ua es .......................................................... SingleP nPrinting eced ng ng Selected Pictures 51 Printing he Position.....................................................................51 the BatteryTakPng.........................................................1 20 Movies SelectedConnecn ....................................................... 51 51 Viewing Pictures 51 M Dele Charging Position..................................................................... 34 .....................................................................5 VSymbols theeses AUTO and Playback Supplied15 Selected Pictures edPacc about 2 ....................................................... ewcngQ Photography Mode 20 P and Conventions .........................................................1 20 Scene 20 Accessories....................................................................1 Suppliedng Came P uues Accessories....................................................................1 Connec Selected Pictures 51 34 P ng esun esn and Conventionsng Pccuues n g& A....................................................................................x Pictures........................................................................... Pictures........................................................................... Viewing c & Pictures........................................................................... Single-Frame Playback.............................................................. 51......................... 20 Viewing 20 Viewing Pictures...........................................................................Playback.............................................................. 41 20 P Printing Camen O de Connec Tak V ewngu Pictures...........................................................................20 20 First Stepshe DPOF P Camera ........................................................... 51USB ....... ng ViewingA....................................................................................x Camera Pictures...........................................................................15 Tak Taking Pictures inAUTO Mode P AUTO Mode First PhotographyPrint Playback DPOF Print Order ...............................................52 Playback Zoom Playba Single-Frame Movies ................................................................. 37 41 Printing Pictures P n Order Movies O ng he 52 (AUTO) ModeBasicSteps the DPOFBasicSe ecthe DPOF Printes de ............................................... 51 via Printing .................................... A RecordingDPOF and nnMANUAL................................................................................. 51 Printing Print Connecting 37 Printing the Printing ............................................... ng 52 Printing theecge the ................................................................. 47 M MANUAL................................................................................. 47 M he Ped Parts of the Camera.......................................................................2 PartsPhotography and Playback of ed the Battery......................................................................7 to Se ............................................... 51 52 PP RecordingDPOF esu O de 52 Accessories....................................................................1 Suppliedthe es Accessories....................................................................1 15nA OrderchaDPOFPPP nnPrint Order 52 Multi-Frame 52 Png Printing the u cn OOrder n ng the Selected ng c V ng Png uPhotography c 20 V ewInserting Battery......................................................................7 P PrinteaPrintingCamera.......................................................................2 51 Movies More c You u V ew ng PPhoPictures........................................................................... 20 Charging the Batteryn Priority AE37............................................... 52 Multi-F ew Charging 20DPOF C Viewing DPOF Print Order................................................... 15 ng Movies...................................................................... 37 54 PlaybacktheaBattery TakingZoominDPOFPictures ....................................................... Zoom Playbacka de Connecting 49 n Camera.......................................................................2 PhotographyPartsonPPhotography .............................................................9............................................................................ 15 54 Movies 52 Playback ............. More on theuPhotography More on es ography c es More on Photography Creating DPOF .....................................................................5 Creating a Movies...................................................................... 42 Creating a .......................................... ..........................................54 Order................................................... 42 54 eahe a DPOF P ng O the 54 Creating aaDPOF PP n ndedeOrder................................................... ouMemory Card .............................................................9 Beforeof on ography DThe Pictures in P nDThengAEDPOF............................................................................52 54 Conne Viewing 20 Taking Monitor..................................................................................3 Pictures F Aperture/Shutter(AUTO) Mode a DPOF.....................................................................5 Priority DPOF .................................... 54 FOrder................................................... Monitor..................................................................................3 DPOFng heDPOFn PO Printde ng Creating P PrintOO de COrder................................................... 49............................................... 52 A ........ heBegin More on Pho Camera.......................................................................2 PrintPCea Aperture/Shutter(AUTO) Mode ....................................54 Camera Reco a PhotographyViewingBegin Card Inserting a Memory n PrintingDPOF More A Recording 56 DPOF Print V................................................................ ew ng the Dial .............................................................................4 56 B Intelligent Face Detection and n e gen Face De Eye Removal... 21 Remova 21 Multi-Frame 21 Multi-Frame Playback Compu ee 43 Printing Selected Printin InsertingPictures InsertingPictures on a Computer...........................................Movies .............. Computer........................................... Viewing the 12 Viewing P cesPO a ................................................................ 43 ew ang a DPOF on a O on Viewing Pictures........................................................................... 56 elligent MoreDetection........................................................................................21 .............................................................................4 56 Sort by Date................................. FaceIntroduction Red-Eye Removal... 12Red-EyeRemova PlaybackVewViewing utheon naComputer...........................................54 56 Sort by and Red-Eye on gent Face Detection the CameraDetectionand Red EyeViewing Pictures eaCaeang PicturesCompuOrder B Intelligent ographyecRemoval... B n e Intelligent De ec on and Removal... B ography 21 MorePhogen OnDetection Red-Eye Removal...Battery......................................................................7 onIntelligent Face Detection and ion ......................................................................................1Red Red-Eye Removal... 21V Computer........................................... 20 The P es on a Compu e Mode Battery......................................................................7 ng on DPOF 54 56 onitor..................................................................................3Red-EyeThe Mode Dial ononDPOFngPPccuuesDPOF on 56 Pictures .... B The Offon ......................................................................................1 More on Pho Photography Off 21 21 Viewing Pictures........................................................................... 56 on ography he Camera On and Monitor..................................................................................3 C aConnectionsPicturesde a Computer........................................... 54 D View Turning and Face Face and and and Connections 21 B Pho Face More More on Playback ViewingDate.................................................................................... 20 MoreCreating a n Cardde Printing the 56 Printin ns by uPlayback Print e 56 M Deleting DPOF Focus.........................................................1 23 SortInstalling 23 by 21 23 SortPng neP on ewe e Order................................................... 44 Installing Installing FinePixViewer 56 ns a ........................................................... neP Compu 56 Lock.......................................................................................Eye Eye RemovaMemory Card........................................................... 56 56 D Viewing Movies................... k....................................................................................... 23 23 Remova Date.................................................................................... 44 FocusSetup......................................................................................21 FocusLockandFaceec on and and Red Eye Remova FinePixViewerngngFMemoryewe ...........................................................56 Print Dele Lock.......................................................................................21 23 V Installing cFinePixViewer .............................................................9 ewaac ng F u es xV a Compu........................................................... P on a Compu e FocuseLock Dial .............................................................................4 ewInserting esu esxV Pictures................ Lock....................................................................................... 23 B TheLock.......................................................................................23 V 23ngacFneP axVewe ...........................................................56 56 M Orde ngen gen Face De ec on and Red Inserting aFinePixViewer .............................................................9 56 gen 13 e Focus Lock....................................................................................... Vng Viewing on and Conventions e Mode De De ec .........................................................1 ode DialB n Symbols FaceConventionson Red .............................................................................4 Focus Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal... 21TV.............................................................. 50 ew on B n up...................................................................................... 13 Basic FinePixViewer First Steps Playback.............................................................. 41 Single-Frame 25 Single-Framethe Came 41 B ups Viewing Photographyns Deleting the Camera a Computer........................................... Viewing P ng Pictures on More on Pictures on First StepsngPictures...................................................................56 MoreInstallinghe Came Creating a 45 Order Connec Pictures on TV.............................................................. 60 60 L Close-ups o Mode) M Deleting the Connecting ............................................ 60 Connecting 23 Connecting Playback.............................................................. 50 ConnecPhotography FinePixViewe DPOF e-ups (MacroSupplied (Macro Mode .....................................................25the CameraConnectingCameraand Off ............................................56 60 Connec ups (Macro LLockLockAccessories....................................................................1 Cameraand ngngneP xV eweaa...........................................................60 Print Creatin Mode)Lock Mac(Macro Pictures................................................................... 12 L Close-ups Mac o Mode 25 25 ( ) L CL.......................................................................................................... ns aConnectingCamera Ona 25 L CClose-ups (Macro Mode) .....................................................25 25 M ........................................................... 45 25 Accessories....................................................................1 25 Turning the Camera On ng ........................................................... 60 Connections 56 Focusose ..................................................... FOffthe ewe .....................................................................5 56 60 Connec the he the Camera ........................................................... Focus Mode)ups (Macro Mode) .....................................................Battery TurningneP xVheCame ...........................................................60 56 Movies 23 23 ns aInstalling FinePixViewer ........................................................... F ose Lock....................................................................................... 23USBIntelligentBatteryUSB .......................................................... 12 on aViewing Movies Pictures FocusSteps Close-ups Mode) Charging the 26 .....................................................................5 s First ng he F ash and Playback Playback Zoom Playback 42 Focus Viewing Compu Printing Pictures Printing Pictures via 51 B Intelligent Face Charging Zoom ............................................................................ 13 Face Detection and Removal... 21 tographyCLUsing the Flash (Intelligent Flash) ...................................26 ............................................................................ 42 Basic ofFlash)o )gen F ash K Using ups Camera.......................................................................2 Detection and Red-Eye Removal... 51 the ................................... 26 ( n he Camera.......................................................................2 ...................................25 via B .......................................................... 21Red-Eye Recording 60 on TV........... g the FlashandCPlaybackFlash................................... 26 Basic Setup...................................................................................... 13 (Intelligent Fthe Modee gen Flash) Movies 25 25 26 Basic Setup......................................................................................60 60 he Flash (Intelligent theFlash) (Intelligent FFlash)...................................26 Connec ng Came a KUsK Using Flash o Mode 26 K Usose he Mac (Intelligent ash Using ups ash o e (Intelligent Flash) ................................... Movies ng he MoviesA Reco 26 KPartsPhotographynMode PlaybackConnec he Came a Camera ........................................................... 60 Viewing 26 Viewing Pictures L L ups Mac Mac ose ose A .............. ng Multi-Frame 15 Multi-Frame the the ................................................................ 51 Inserting the Battery......................................................................7 Inserting the Playback ................................................................ 51 the BatteryK C L Close-upsFlash(AUTO) Mode Charging theSe in(Macro Mode) 15 .....................................................................5 .....................................................................5 Connecting 28 Connecting Battery......................................................................7 Installing FinePixViewer ........ Install Focus Lock....................................................................................... 43 Lock....................................................................................... 43 ctures in UsJ .................................................................................................................. 25 FocusConnecting Camera ........................................................... 23 Taking Pictures e ngen .............................................................28 (AUTO) the ash T me onitor..................................................................................3 ....................................26 Camera ........................................................... 23 The ash Batterye J Using the Self-Timer F ash ash ng he the ng the Self-TimerheUsingSe.................................... 28 28 Basic Photography and Playback Movies ................................................................. 47 via USBView ............................................................. the Self-TimerUsJ Monitor..................................................................................3 28 Basic Photography and Playback J UsingModeashT me gen............................................................. A Recording J Usngthe Self-Timer F ash 28 Printing Pictures ....... KngUsinghe FSelf-Timer.............................................................28 26 28 ng he Battery......................................................................7 Card .............................................................9 he n n e gen F D Viewing Movies................... A Recording 28 ................................................................. 47 K Usng Fthe Self-Timer .............................................................26 26Mode) ..................................................... 25 Sort by Date.................................................................................... 44 Inserting a Memory Sort ....................................................... 51 the DialK J UsK UsingFthe Flash (Intelligent Flash) ................................... Picturesby Date.................................................................................... 25 Camera ........ Battery......................................................................7 InsertingPictures........................................................................... MoviesL Close-ups (MacroCard .............................................................9 x Printing the Dial .............................................................................4 Printing Selected Printing Selected Pictures ....................................................... 44 Connecting the Conne L Close-ups (Macro Inserting a Memory Mode) ..................................................... 51 x D ode .............................................................................4 The Mode Pictures........................................................................... 20 Viewing he T T 20 Jng he Se Seme me Us ng he Se T me 28in Printand Off ........................................................................................ 12 Camera ........ xiii J Card .............................................................9 28 DPOF Turning ............................................... 45 D Viewing Camera Taking Pictures................................... 26 xiii Connecting the D OrderFlash) in (Intelligent Mode J J Using the Self-Timer ............................................................. 28OnUsing the Movies...................................................................... 26 xiiiConnec 28 Taking Pictures (AUTO) thePictures................................................................... 45 Printing thePictures................................................................... 49 Printing Flash Print OrderFlash) Connections 52 M Deleting Flash M Viewing Camera On and Off 52 Deleting DPOF (AUTO) ............................................... Turning the Movies...................................................................... 15 ................................... 49 xiii xiii a MemoryUs Us ng a Memory Card .............................................................9 (Intelligent Mode .................................... 12 .................................... 15 xxiii Conne Inserting K Using K Printing Selected s First on Photography Photography and Off ........................................................................................ 12 Print Creating a DPOF Print Order................................................... x x Printin MoreSteps Camera On and Off 12 Creating a DPOF Viewing Pictures........................................................................... 20 Viewing Pictures........................................................................... 20 Pictures .... Basic Setup...................................................................................... 13 Basic Setup...................................................................................... 13 on TV........... he Camera On Turning the J Using the Self-TimerOrder................................................... 28 J............................................................. 54 Using the Self-Timer ............................................................. 54 x 5 Printin xiii Viewing Pictures Connections Movies Pictures Movies Pictures on a Computer........................................... 28 Print Orde Printing the DPOF Viewing the Battery Charging theRed-Eye .....................................................................5 on aConnections .....................................................................5Red-Eye Removal... 21 Battery Removal... 21 Viewing Viewing Computer........................................... 56 56 gent Face Detection and Face Detection and B Intelligent up...................................................................................... 13 Basic Setup...................................................................................... MoviesMore on Pictures on TV.............................................................. 50 via USB ....... 13 on TV.............................................................. 50 Printing Pictures Printing Viewing Pictures Viewing Photography Playback More Photography and Playback Movies ................................................................. 47 Print Creatin on Photography Recording Creating a DPOF Order A Recording 23 A ........................................................... 56 ................................................................. 47 Basic Basic the Battery......................................................................7 Inserting the Battery......................................................................7 Installing FinePixViewer Photography and ........................................................... 56 Installing FinePixViewer k....................................................................................... 23 Focus Lock.......................................................................................

Table e of Contents Contents of Contents of of Contents Table of Contents Table Table Contents Table of of Contents e of Contents Table Charging the Battery 55 Exposure Compensation.................................................... 30 Fo You Safety.................................................................................ii 5 Exposu e Compensation....................................................30 ur Safety.................................................................................ii For Your Sa y Safety.................................................................................ii For Your Safety.................................................................................ii Exposure Contents e Compensa on 5 Exposure Compensa on 5 Exposure Contents 30 For Your Sa e y 5 Exposure Compensation.................................................... 30 Fo You Your Safety.................................................................................ii5 ExposuofCompensation....................................................30 30 For Safety.................................................................................ii 5 Exposure Compensation.................................................... Table ofCompensation.................................................... 30 Table Mode .............................................................................30 Shoo ng e Compensa on 32 RTANT SAFETYMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii ............................................................................. INSTRUCTIONS Shooting Mode 5 ExposuMode.............................................................................30 ANT SAFETYFoIMPORTANTSAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii............................................................................. 32 32 INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii ......................................ii IMPORTANT y ......................................ii Shooting Mode 32 Shooting 32 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Shooting Mode Shooting Mode .................... 32 You Sa e SAFETY NSTRUCT ONS

1 of Contents of Contents Table

Table of Contents of Contents Table Table of Contents of Contents Table

F rst Steps

of Contents of Contents Table of Contents of Contents Table

otes....................................................................................iii Safety Notes....................................................................................iii AUTO ........................................................................................ 32 AUTO ........................................................................................ 32 ...........................................................................................vi NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi RECOGNITION ............................................. 32 SCENE SCENE RECOGNITION ............................................. 32 A NATURAL & A NATURAL ................................. 33 Tab e o Con en s Feature of This Camera......................................... viii A Special Feature of This Camera......................................... viii K (Dual Shot Mode) & K (Dual Shot Mode) ................................. 33 Table of Table of Contents Tab e o Contents Table of Con en s Table of Con en Tab e o B NATURAL LIGHT.................................................................. 34 Contents Contentss B NATURAL LIGHT.................................................................. 34 is Manual ........................................................................ix About This Manual ........................................................................ix Table of 5 Exposure Compensation. Scene Position..................................................................... 34 Scene Position..................................................................... 34 For Your Safety.................................................................................ii Contents For c D G TAL ZOOM Your Safety.................................................................................ii 5 Expo & A....................................................................................x Camera Q & A....................................................................................x 89 Menus Menus M MANUAL................................................................................. 37 M MANUAL................................................................................. 37 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii ......................................ii IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Shooting .......................... Shootin f DIGITAL ZOOM.................................................................. 89 PLAYBACK VOLUME ZOOM..................................................................89 89 c DIGITAL ZOOM.................................................................. 89 Mode89 c DIGITAL ZOOM.................................................................. 89 c D AETAL ZOOM Priority AE37 DIGITAL ZOOM D G TAL G .......................................... .......................................... 37 c ou Begin The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge Before You Begin F Aperture/Shutter Safety Notes....................................................................................iii Priority The Charging Indicator F Aperture/Shutter Us ng 62 Menus Menus he Menus Shoo ng Mode Menus Menus Safety Notes....................................................................................iii AUTO ..................................... AU g VOLUME 89 f ........................................................ 89 PLAYBACK VOLUME 89 f PLAYBACKPLAYBACK VOLUME ........................................................ 89 f LCD BR GHTNESS ........................................................89 f PLAYBACK VOLUME ........................................................ 89 Us ng the Menus Mode ........................................ 62 he Menus: Shoo c DIGITAL ZOOM.................................................................. ng Mode 62 ion ......................................................................................1........................................62 Introduction:beforeMenu Mode ........................................62 ......................................................................................1 Menus the ng the Menus Shooting Mode Using the ngthe Menus: Shooting Mode ........................................g LCDMore on Playback Menus: Shooting Shooting Us ng Using he Menus Shoo ng Using he v Mode use. 62 Us Us battery NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi NOTICES charging indicator shows battery SCENE m FORMAT ........................................................ Using he Menus: Shoo ng 62 g LCD BR GHTNESS More on Playback BRIGHTNESS.............................................................. 89 charge RECOGNITIO LCD BRIGHTNESS.............................................................. 90 f PLAYBACKLCD...........................................................................................vi g VOLUME 89 LCD BRIGHTNESS..............................................................89 89 BR GHTNESS g The BRIGHTNESS.............................................................. 89 and Conventions .........................................................1 Symbols v-Mode Menu........................................................g v Mode v Conventions 63 Using the Menus:theandMenu........................................................62 FORMAT............................................................................... 90 - Mode 62 Using the v-Mode Menu........................................................ 62 Feature LCDA Special Feature of This Camera......................................... viii K (Dual Sho Us ng thev-Mode Menu .........................................................1 Using Shooting Mode ........................................ Using he v-Mode Menu 62 62 Us ng he v Mode ons o AUTO POWER OFF A NATURAL90 & AN A Special Camera......................................... 41 BRIGHTNESS.............................................................. 89 Single-Frame Playback..............................................................viii Single-Frame 90 Playback.............................................................. 90 Using theMenu Op Menu........................................................m of Thism status as follows: m FORMAT............................................................................... 41 m FORMAT FORMAT...............................................................................90 FORMAT For 62 For p FORMAT............................................................................... 90 YourME 5 Exposure Compensation. 5 Expo Accessories....................................................................1 Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 FORMAT............................................................................... 90 m POWER Op ons v Mode Menu Op ons in the charger. - MANAGEMENT 63 v-Mode Menu Options...........................................................Your Safety.................................................................................ii Using the v-Mode Menu........................................................ 63 ThisZoom ............................................................................ 42 v-Mode Menu Options...........................................................m ........................................................................ix v Mode Options...........................................................63 v-Mode the battery 63 63 Place B LIGHT............... B NA T Safety.................................................................................ii POWER 91 ........................................................... NATURAL 90 v-Mode Menu Options...........................................................o AUTO POWER OFF FFERENCE ........................................................... 90 63 o This Manual ........................................................................ix o AUTODPOWER OFF ...........................................................90 About Playback Manual About AUTO OFF ...........................................................90 Playback Zoom ............................................................................ 42 o AUTO POWER OFF n Options........................................................... 63 SO Camera.......................................................................2 TIME IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii 64 hev-Mode Menu MANAGEMENT..................................................p AUTODIFFERENCE............................................................. 90Action 91 Camera.......................................................................2 Parts of the MANAGEMENT IMPORTANT 63 INSTRUCTIONS ......................................ii Shooting Mode .......................... Shootin m POWERm POWERthe battery into the supplied BC-50 MANAGEMENT.................................................. m POWER A....................................................................................x POWER MANAGEMENT..................................................63 63 63 MANAGEMENT Scene Sc Charging indicator p D FFERENCE TIME DIFFERENCE............................................................. 43 p TIME DIFFERENCE............................................................. 91 ME D es POWER &Position.................. mInsert MANAGEMENT..................................................SAFETY Cameraca OFF FFERENCE Battery status TQ DIFFERENCE............................................................. 91 ME Playback ................................................................ 91 Multi-Frame o Multi-FrameA....................................................................................x ................................................................ 43 Camera Q & PlaybackTechnTIMENo ........................................................... 91 p TNotes....................................................................................iii onitor..................................................................................3 Monitor..................................................................................3 o ISO .........................................................................................64 Safety n ISO ......................................................................................... 63 Notes....................................................................................iii AUTO m POWERTheISO .........................................................................................p TIME Safety MANAGEMENT.................................................. 64 n ISO .........................................................................................64 n QUAL TY ISO 65 SO 64 64 SO MANUAL.............................. M AU MA DIFFERENCE............................................................. Insert ..................................... nbattery charger as shown, making sure that Sort by Date.................................................................................... 44 not M91 Sort byca Accesso es Date.................................................................................... 44 Battery the 92 RECOGNITIO Op ona es Techn YouNotes es No es Notes ca Notes Technical No Off Technical Begin Op ona No es 92 Techn ode Dial QUALITY .............................................................................. 65 YouTechnical Before ca Accesso TheFModeX COLOR Techn NEP TY 66 Notes o ISO ......................................................................................... 64 NOTICES NOTICES SCENE n .............................................................................4 o Begin Technical ...........................................................................................vi o QUALITY ..............................................................................65 QUAL TY ..............................................................................65 QUALITY .............................................................................4 65 QUAL Dial Before ...........................................................................................vi F Aperture/Shutter Priority F Ap o QUALITY ..............................................................................65 M 66 M Deleting om Fu For Your Safety.................................................................................ii 5 92 5 Sho Technical Introduction Pictures...................................................................viii Notes Us ..............................................................................Deleting Pictures................................................................... 45 Op ona Accesso es Optional Accessories.................................................................. 45 Optional Accessories..................................................................93 F NEP X COLOR.................................................................. 66 Op ona Accesso This Camera......................................... 92 FINEPIX COLOR A NATURAL & AN QUALITYngFINEPIXCOLOR.................................................................. 66 FINEPIX COLOR..................................................................67 F he Shoo is NEP the batteryng Menu correct orientation. 66 Accessories..................................................................Exposure Compensation. A Special Optional For Your Safety.................................................................................ii K (DualExpo A AccessoAccessories.................................................................. 92 Special es 92 Introduction 66 Optional Feature ofes m inserted. Morebattery. 92 FINEPIX COLORin the s o FINEPIX COLOR.................................................................. 65 Feature of This Camera......................................... viii First Steps X ......................................................................................1 ......................................................................................1 on Cafrom Fujifilmom Fujifilm ......................................................... 93 ng o es om Fujifilm he Came 95 IMPORTANT Conventions .........................................................1 INSTRUCTIONSConventions.........................................................93 IMPORTANT SAFETY a m .........................................................1 ......................................ii .......................... Shootin Shoo thengManual ........................................................................ix ......................................ii ons Accesso andfrom Fu m UsCOLOR.................................................................. 66 This Optional Accessories.................................................................. 93 Playback MoreNA ng ngMenu ....................................................... 67 andSAFETY About Thises from Fu INSTRUCTIONS Shooting Mode93 he Menu Op Menu .......................................................67 Shoo ng Menu .......................................................68 67 ng he Shooting Using the Shooting Shooting Menu B o Accessories FINEPIX ng the Shooting .....................................................................5 Using he Shoo Using 67 Us Battery B NATURAL LIGHT............... Accesso Manual 93 Us 67 Accesso Movies Movies Fujifilm ......................................................... 93 About ........................................................................ix Symbols AccessoriesAccessoriesfromred m Symbols es om Fu Accessories ......................................................... 92 Using the Shoo ng Fujifilm the Battery Charging the BatteryMenu....................................................... 67 .....................................................................5 Single-Frame 95 Single-F B ng Menu Op Safety Accessories....................................................................1 Safety FujifilmCamera................................................................95 Options........................................................... 68 Notes....................................................................................iii B ng 68 AUTO AU Caring theRecording Camera................................................................95 Shooting Menu Menu .......................................................Recording 68 forCamerafor&theMoviesa Scene 95 Sc Ca Camera................................................................ 93 ..................................... Caring Notes....................................................................................iii Caring forGlows o Position.................. Using the Shooting A....................................................................................x 67 Q & Accessories fromfor the Camera................................................................Playback........... Shoo PHOTOMETRY ons ShootingMenu Options........................................................... 68 Shooting Menu Options...........................................................MoviesCaringAccessories....................................................................1 Options...........................................................68 68 ShooPHOTOMETRY ons Op Ca ng eshoo Came a ng Q the Came ................................................................. 47 o he ng he ......................................................... 95 charging. Supplied Supplied A....................................................................................x Shooting A A ................................................................. 47 Camera Troub NP-50 the Battery......................................................................7rechargeable battery Inserting the Battery......................................................................7 Table of Playback SCENE Playba C PHOTOMETRY.................................................................... 68 WH TE BALANCE NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi NOTICES ...........................................................................................vi RECOGNITIO B PHOTOMETRY.................................................................... 68of the Camera.......................................................................2 Contents Zoom ......................... M MA Caring Shooting Menu PHOTOMETRY....................................................................68 for the Camera................................................................ 95 B Options...........................................................Viewing 68 B PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY....................................................................69 68 PHOTOMETRY Parts Parts eshoo ng B Movies...................................................................... 49 fully M MANUAL.............................. D D Viewing Movies...................................................................... 49 T oub eshoo ng 96 Troubof the Camera.......................................................................2 Table of Multi-Framethe& Battery Remove Playback Priority Troubleshooting Troubleshooting a Memory CardC BALANCE...............................................................70 of This Camera......................................... viii Contents Inserting aTE BALANCE .............................................................9 Troub Feature eshoo green Multi-F E WH TEBALANCE...............................................................69 Troubleshooting Before Feature 69 AAperture/Shutter ............. AAp C WHITE C WHITE NUOUSCard .............................................................9 BALANCE............................................................... 69 YouTroubleshootingMonitor..................................................................................3 K (Dual Sho F NATURAL F N B PHOTOMETRY.................................................................... 68 Monitor..................................................................................3 C CONT BALANCE...............................................................69 WHITE BALANCE........................................ Arrow Begin Before You Beginof This Camera......................................... viii WHITE BALANCE 69 WH Memory A Special A Special Glowsng The The Troubleshootingeshoo ng and D spcharged. Sort96 Wa ays T oub eshoo ng Troubleshooting........................................................................... 96 Troubleshooting........................................................................... 96 battery. LIGHT............... he Camera On and Camera ....................................................................70 ........................................................................ix Turning the NUOUS On and Off ............................................ 12 Off ............................................ 12 T oub Messages F AF .................................................................... 69 Mode ......................................................................................1 72 E CONT NUOUS ....................................................................70 Sort by Bby NATURAL96 B NA E WHITE E CONTINUOUS ....................................................................c .............................................................................4 Troubleshooting........................................................................... 96 C CONTINUOUS MODE BALANCE............................................................... 70 This Troubleshooting........................................................................... 89 Date................................. E CONT NUOUS CONTINUOUS 70 Connections 70 ConnectionsDial .............................................................................4 Introduction Dial DIGITAL n ng 103 E CONTINUOUS 70 CONT Manual Introduction ......................................................................................1 About About This Manual ........................................................................ix The Theng Messages and D sp ays Mode More on o Wa ZOOM..................................................................Deleting Pictures................ 103 Troubleshooting...........................................................................Unplug the Us F .................................................................... 72 and Conventionsn and Displays.........................................103 Playback MoreSc ng AF MODE .............................................................................13 74 Menus MODE ............................................................................. 70 Pictures on Messages Pictures onandDisplays.........................................103 Warning Warning Displays.........................................103 up...................................................................................... 13 Wa D .........................................................1 UsF AF MODE .............................................................................72 ng AF Menus P ayback Mode he A....................................................................................x 74 F AF Basic Setup......................................................................................f PLAYBACK ngMessages Position.................. E CONTINUOUSMODE .............................................................................c DIGITAL n.........................................................1 F he Menus P ayback Mode 72 72 M 96 M Dele Warning Messagesand Displays.........................................103 Viewing Warning TV.............................................................. 50 Viewing and Conventions sp ays TV..............................................................103 50 Symbols Symbols Append Camera Q & 72 Camera Qx& A....................................................................................x ZOOM.................................................................. 89 VOLUME ........................................................ Scene 103 Single-Frame Single-F First StepsAccessories....................................................................1 Steps Displays.........................................103 Menus ng............................................................................. 72Terminals Warning Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 and : M MANUAL.............................. M MA Us ng he Menus P ayback Mode he v Mode ayback Menu 74 Using theMODEBC-50Menus:Playback Mode.........................................g viaMessages Pictures via USB ..........................................................Playback........... Menus:the Playback Mode.........................................f PLAYBACK VOLUME ........................................................ 89 F AF Using the Menus:Mode......................................... 74 Pictures LCDFirst.......................................................... 51 Us ng he Menus Pcharger Mode Using the Menus:Mode ........................................ 62 Using Playback 74 74 Us Shooting Playback Mode.........................................74 Supplied Printing AppendixUSB Printing x 51 charger and BRIGHTNESS.............................................................. battery G ossa y 107 Append Appendix Appendix tography and Playback Basic Photography Append Movies Movies Appendix Begin Playba Charging the Battery Beforeof xBlinks red .....................................................................5 .....................................................................5 Before You Battery Battery Using the Menus: theMenu Op and Playback - he v Mode Camera.......................................................................2 fault. Playback Zoom ......................... F Aperture/Shutter Priority F Ap v ng Shooting Mode ........................................ 74 Us ng Playback Mode......................................... 62 YouAppendixCharging the the Camera ........................................................... 51 Using the v-Mode Menu........................................................ 74of theBeginFORMAT............................................................................... 90 Using the vMenu........................................................74 Using he v-Mode Menu 74 74 Parts Us Mode v Mode Menu Us ngPictures in ons BRIGHTNESS.............................................................. 89 Connecting the Connecting ........................................................... FParts y 108 G ash Mode Using the v-Mode Menu........................................................74 Glossary..........................................................................................107 remove Playback.............. Glossary..........................................................................................107 Glossary..........................................................................................107 ctures in TakingSLhev-Mode Menu........................................................mCameraossa ythe and Shoo ng Mode51 (AUTO) Mode Mode Menu Mode ....................................g LCDIntroduction Camera.......................................................................2 .................................... 15 (AUTO) 15 G ossa the ......................................................................................1 107 Multi-Framethe ............. A Recording107 MoviesA Reco Glossary..........................................................................................107 q Options........................................................... 74 Monitor..................................................................................3 DE SHOW ons 75 - Battery......................................................................7 Inserting Selected Inserting Selected Pictures ....................................................... 51 Battery......................................................................7 Introduction 74 62 q 75 v-Mode Menu SLSHOW ons Using the v-ModeDE Options...........................................................m FORMAT............................................................................... 90 Playback Multi-F v ModeMenu charger in. v-ModeMenu........................................................ 63 the ......................................................................................1 v-Mode MenuOptions...........................................................o AUTO POWER 107 Options...........................................................74 Pictures ....................................................... 51 74 The The Monitor..................................................................................3 v Mode Menu Op Op Memo Mode .........................................108 Printing Flash Modenash Mode and Shoo ng Mode.........................................108 v-Mode the 74 More on More o Glossary..........................................................................................107 Plug ayback e Memo y 109 and FPrinting OFF ........................................................... by Flash Shooting Shooting Flash Mode Pictures........................................................................... 20 Shoo .............................................................9 108 Sort battery. 108 Sort by D View Flash Mode and Shootingy Ca d .........................................108 ngSLPictures........................................................................... Conventionsna theandyShooting ModeCapac D Viewing Movies................... 76 m POWERq Options........................................................... 63 Mode Dial AUTODIFFERENCE............................................................. 90 Date................................. MANAGEMENT.................................................. 75 the 75 Inserting and 20 Inserting andDPOF CardOrder ...............................................108 .............................................................9 Symbols Symbols OFF Conventions .........................................................1 q SLIDEUsqSLIDE SHOW.......................................................................o TIMEF POWER............................................... .........................................108 SHOW....................................................................... 74 a Memory CardOrder a MemoryPrintngMode 52 v-Mode Viewing he PSHOW.......................................................................p .............................................................................4 Menu DPOF Printash.........................................................1 SLIDE SHOW.......................................................................75 75 75 SL DE SHOW DE The The Mode Dial .............................................................................4 Playback........... ........................................................... 91 Printing Flash Printing 52 q SLIDE SHOW Menu Single-F Specna Memory/Memory Card Capacity........................109 y and caMemo Memo Ca Capac Single-Frame 109 Internal Internal Memory/Memoryy Ca d Capac M Deleting Pictures................ Internal Memo y Memo Card Capacity........................109 n e na Memory/Memory 109 e Off Accessories....................................................................1 y Plug Playback Menu ........................................................pModeSupplied aons Card yCarddCapacity........................109 the Op Menu ........................................................76 M Dele P ng theMenu CameraMemory/Memory y Print.........................................108 ons 76 OnOrder...............................................................................................110 m ISO ......................................................................................... 63 The red Printn andShooting ModeCapacity........................109 POWERaybackMenu ........................................................ 75 UsMANAGEMENT.................................................. 64 he P ayback Menu ........................................................76 n SLIDEngthe charger into a power outlet.the DPOFTIMEInternalthe DPOFOnOrder...................................................109 Supplied Accessories....................................................................1 Using theMore on he Playback PlaybackPhotography q SHOW....................................................................... 76 Using 76 Turning a 76 Turning ............................................ 12 and Off 54 12 Us P ayback / PhotographyUsing the Playback DIFFERENCE............................................................. 91 Creating Internal Memory/Memory Card Capacity........................109 Creating Camerabattery. 54 Using Connections 110 Connec Charge the Steps Technical First..............................................................................110 Playba Notes LM 114 Specifications F of the g ..............................................................................110 FUJ ca D Camera.......................................................................2 wo k SpecSteps ons a Specifications ..............................................................................110 Specifications ..............................................................................110 SpecSetup......................................................................................110 ca ons Camera.......................................................................2 REDMenu........................................................ 76of Pictures EYE indicator will light. First65 the 77 P aOptions ........................................................... Removal...77 on aViewing Pictures Came a Wo dw de Ne Playback Zoom ......................... aybackMenuREMOVAL........................................................... 21 OpDetection and Red-Eye 64 ons ...........................................................76 n theMenucharging Options Parts Parts Playback ......................................................................................... UsingISO B aybackMenu Options ........................................................... 76 Playback Menu Op ons Playback Playback 76 Specifications on a Computer...........................................110 on TV........... P Intelligent Face Removal... 21 76 P ayback Op Basic 13 Viewing the Battery Basic Computer........................................... 56 56 gento QUALITY .............................................................................. Setup...................................................................................... 13 Face Detection and Red-Eyeons Playback Menu Options Movies Movies Viewing Multi-Frame 114 Multi-F Charging TechnicalDigital LM thegBatterycomplete when wo k Pictures Notes Camera a Camera Worldwide Ne the MPORTANT Specifications ..............................................................................110 FUJ FCharging is .....................................................................5 MAGE ROTATE Optional Charging WorldwideWo dw de Ne wo k FUJIFILM .....................................................................5 Network..............114 Network..............114 FUJIFILM Digital Camera Worldwide Viewing FUJIFILM Digital Came Wo Playback ............. o REDMenu 78 QUALITYREMOVAL........................................................... 76 .............................................................................. 66 FUJ F LM D NOT CE dw N RED EYEREMOVAL........................................................... 77 Accessories.................................................................. 92 charging MAGE REMOVAL 78 The The Monitor..................................................................................3 a FINEPIXN RED EYE ........................................................... 77 Monitor..................................................................................3de Network..............114 EYECOLOR.................................................................. 65 Playback Focus OptionsROTATE a Lock....................................................................................... 77 a RED EYE REMOVAL...........................................................23 REMOVAL...........................................................78 77 REMOVAL FUJIFILM D g a Came a...........................................................114 114 FUJIFILM Digital CameraaWorldwide Network..............114via USBReco a Installing Optional Basic Photography and Installing FinePixViewer ........................................................... 56 56 k....................................................................................... 23 A Recording118 MoviesPrinting A ....... .............. Printing Sort exhausted Sort by Inserting FinePixViewerPlayback Us......................................................... by Inserting the NOTICE: Basic Photography Accessories.................................................................. 92 Pictures MPORTANT FUJIFILM Digital : NOT.............................................................................4 O PROTECT 79 Read Mode Battery......................................................................7 he wa e UsingRED EYECOLOR.................................................................. 77 ModeAccessories NOTICE: e NOTICE: Sogreen. A fully 93 Date................................. the Shooting Battery......................................................................7 IMPORTANT indicator ngCE IMPORTANT NOT CE The N IMAGE N Menu ....................................................... 66 IMPORTANT NOTICE: MPORTANT NOT CE a FINEPIXROTATE.................................................................. 78 the Dial Camerafrom FujifilmWorldwide Network..............114 REMOVAL........................................................... 67 N IMAGE ROTATE..................................................................79 .............................................................................4 N IMAGE ROTATE MAGE ROTATE..................................................................78 and TheBe o Dial CameraPlayback 78 MAGE ROTATE MPORTANT Camera IMPORTANT the turns ........................................................... 60 Connecting the Connecting ........................................................... 60 ups (Macro Mode) IMAGE Accessories fromPictures .........................................................DeletingMovies................... Close-ups ROTATE.................................................................. 78 25 D Viewing the D ........ Connecting 15 Conne M 95 M Dele Inserting IMPORTANT NOTICE: Memory the So wa e Pictures................ Memory Using Card .............................................................9 a Using he Software..........................................118 P Options........................................................... 79 COPY 80 Taking (AUTO) Mode .................................... UsingPROTECT.............................................................................. 68 Pictures79 Card .............................................................9 ....................................118Camera View the Menu ..................................................... 25 Shooting Menu ....................................................... 78 a Caring Insertingthee Us in (AUTO) Mode 67 O (Macro Mode) ..................................................... 79Before UsingFujifilm ng the e15 PROTECT 79 the Camera................................................................ 93 Shooting L O PROTECT..............................................................................80in forTakingBeforeSoftware..........................................118 Read Before Using the Software..........................................118 Be o e he Software..........................................118 O IMAGE ROTATE.................................................................. N O PROTECT.............................................................................. PROTECT.............................................................................. Read Before PROTECT 118 Be o 118 Read battery takes So wa 20 First Steps Read First Steps Us ng about 2 he Shooting K Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash) ...................................82 Before Usingthe Camera On and Offhours and 95 minutes Pictures .... FlashCOPY..................................................................................... 68 the Camera On and Off ........................................................................................ 20 Printing Printin Q COPY MEMO 82 P 26 the Camera................................................................ Menu COPY..................................................................................... 80 forViewing Pictures........................................................................... 12 B (Intelligent Flash) ................................... 26 Turning Read 12 P PROTECT.............................................................................. 79 Pictures........................................................................... 20 Viewing Caring Turning the Software..........................................118 Selected Connec O PHOTOMETRY.................................................................... 80 COPY.....................................................................................80 P VO CE COPY P COPY..................................................................................... 80 COPY 80 Connections P Options........................................................... Movies the DPOF Print Orde Movies Charging Troubleshooting charge. .....................................................................5 Printing Printin the Self-Timer ............................................................. 28 J Using ..................................................................... 80 R MEMO ..................................................................... 28 B WHITE Q VOICE Self-Timer ............................................................. 82 C PHOTOMETRY.................................................................... 69 the 84 BALANCE............................................................... 82 R VOICE NG TR CE 84 Q VOICE MEMO the MEMO .....................................................................Battery Charging the Battery .....................................................................5 on TV........... P COPY..................................................................................... 68 Q TR MM MEMO .....................................................................84 Q VOMM NG VOICE 82 82 Basic Setup...................................................................................... 13 Basic to Setup...................................................................................... MoviesViewing 13 VO CE Viewing A Recording A Reco More on Troubleshooting........................................................................... 96 Pictures Print Creatin More on the Battery......................................................................7 xiii.............. Order Inserting Troubleshooting Photography Inserting R TRIMMING........................................................................... 84 The upMM NG Se TRIMMING...........................................................................85 Menu C CONTINUOUS..................................................................... 84 the 85 BALANCE............................................................... 69 E WHITE R TRIMMING........................................................................... 84 R TRIMMING........................................................................... 70 Photography Q VOICE MEMO Battery......................................................................7 xiii Creating a DPOFvia USB ....... R TR MM NG 84 TR .................................................................... 82 Printing Pictures Printing D 96 D View Basic Photography B .............................................................9 Viewing Compu B Intelligent 85 Inserting Troubleshooting...........................................................................Removal... 21 Memory Basic Photography and Playback Inserting a Memory Card .............................................................9 Se E CONTINUOUS Menu 85 The ng up up........................................................................... Face and Playback Displays.........................................103 Pictures on aViewing F AF MODE ............................................................................. 72 Us Setup Menu ...........................................................................85 Messages and Menu The SetupThe Setup.................................................................... 70 a WarningDetection and Red-Eye Removal... 21Red-Eye Viewing Movies................... Menu ........................................................................... 85 R TRIMMING........................................................................... 84 The Se up Menu ...........................................................................85 CardIntelligent Face Detection and Setup Se he Connecting the Conne and .................................... 15 Taking (AUTO) ModeDisplays.........................................103 (AUTO) Mode Installing FinePixViewer ........ Installi Focus Se Se ng Playback 86in Focus Off ............................................ 12 F the Setup theup Mode......................................... Turning Warning Taking Pictures in Using theMODE ............................................................................. 72 Pictures85 Messagesthe Camera On and Off 23 .................................... 12 Camera ........ The SetupMenus:Menu .............................................................. 85Lock................................................................................................................................... 23 Se up the Setup ons UsingAF Menu ........................................................................... 74 the Camera On andLock....................................................................................... 15 Us up Menu Op Menu ..............................................................86 Using Menu Op Menu .............................................................. 86 Using he Se up ons 85 Connections Us ng he Setup AppendixTurning Using the Setup Menu .............................................................. 85 Printing Selected Connec Printin Connecting the Conne ........ Viewing AppendixL Close-ups (Macro Mode) ..................................................... 20 on TV........... Viewing Pictures........................................................................... 25 Pictures .... Using the Menus:Menu .............................................................. 86 Pictures........................................................................... 13 L Close-ups 87 Basic Basic ..................................................... 25 Setup the v-Mode Menu........................................................ 85 Options ................................................................. Setup...................................................................................... 20 Using Menu a Mode......................................... 74 Setup MAGE Options ................................................................. 87 Se up Playback (Macro Mode)Setup...................................................................................... 13 Camera Orde SetupMenu D SPons .................................................................86 Setup Menu Options .................................................................86 Options 86 Se up Menu Op ons Op Viewing the DPOF Viewing Setup Glossary..........................................................................................107 Pictures Print Printing Printin b IMAGE D SP ....................................................................... 88 NO UsingIMAGE a Options........................................................... 86 the 88 the v-Mode Menu........................................................ 74 a FRAMEDISP. ....................................................................... 87 MAGE DISP. .......................................................................87 K Using Photography Using Flash) ................................... 26 K v-Mode Menu IMAGE Flash (Intelligent the Flash (Intelligent Flash) ................................... 26 via USB ....... a Setup Menu DISP. ....................................................................... 87 Options ................................................................. on Glossary..........................................................................................107 Pictures Print Creatin a IMAGE DISP. 87 MAGE D SP Printing a DPOF Printing More Photography and Playback More Photography and Playback on Photography Flash Creating Order Basic Basic Z FRAME NO........................................................................... 88Mode and Shooting Mode .........................................108 MODE b IS v-Mode Menu FRAME SNO Self-Timer ............................................................. 28 q SLIDE SHOW....................................................................... 75 b FRAMEb Options........................................................... 88 the 88 Mode and Shooting Mode .........................................108 NO........................................................................... 87 a IMAGE DISP. ....................................................................... 74 b FRAME NO FRAME NO...........................................................................88 88 J Using Flash J Using the Self-Timer ............................................................. 28 on aViewing b DUAL NO........................................................................... 88 NO Connecting the Conne Viewing Compu B Intelligent in B Intelligent .................................... 15Red-Eye Removal... 21 Camera ........ Internal Taking Pictures Card Removal... 21 Taking (AUTO) and Red-Eye Capacity........................109 Pictures (AUTO) and q x v Playback MenuMODE..................................................................Face Detection Mode Face Detection Mode .................................... 15 UsingDUAL SHOW....................................................................... 88 Pictures88 Memory/Memoryin the Z DUAL IS MODE ..................................................................88 Z FRAMEZ DUAL ISSMODE .................................................................. 88 MODE .................................................................. b SLIDE ISNO........................................................................... 75 Z DUAL IS ........................................................ 76 S Printing Printin xv Installing FinePixViewer ........ Installi Focus Focus Lock....................................................................................... 23 Specifications ..............................................................................110 Viewing Internal Memory/Memory Card Capacity........................109 Selected Pictures .... Viewing Pictures........................................................................... 20 UsingDUAL IS MODE .................................................................. 88 Pictures........................................................................... 20 Playback Menu Options ........................................................... 76Lock....................................................................................... 23 Z the Playback Menu ........................................................ Printing xv Connecting DPOF 5 Printin Conne Specifications ..............................................................................110 xiv xiv x L Close-ups (Macro Mode) ..................................................... 25 L FUJIFILM Digital Camera Worldwide Network..............114 the the Print Orde Playback Menu Options ........................................................... 77 Photography Close-ups (Macro Mode) ..................................................... 25 Camera ........ axivv EYE REMOVAL........................................................... 76 RED More on More on Photography Creating a DPOF Print Creatin Order K Using FUJIFILM Digital Camera ................................... 26 K NOTICE: IMPORTANTUsing Flash) Worldwide Network..............114 a RED EYE REMOVAL........................................................... 78 N IMAGE ROTATE.................................................................. 77 the Flash (Intelligent the Flash (Intelligent Flash) ................................... 26 Viewing Pictures Compu B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal... 21Red-Eye Removal... 21 on aViewing BNOTICE: Face Detection and Intelligent IMPORTANT

Charging the Battery

Table of Contents of Contents Table Table of Contents of Contents Table Table of Contents of Contents Table

First Steps

Introduction Introduction

Symbols and Conventions

Symbols and Conventions


The following symbols are used in this manual: use to ensure correct operation.
Before You Begin Before You Begin

. in thisread before C Caution: This information should The following symbols are used be manual:

/ Points information before use to ensure A Note: should the camera. C Caution: This to note when using be read .correct operation. / Points to note when that the B Tip: Additional information . be helpful A Note: usingmay camera. when using the camera. / and other text . MenusAdditional in the camera monitor are shown using the camera. B Tip: information that may be helpful when in bold. In the illustrations in this manual, the camera monitor monitor display may be simplified for explanatory purposes. Menus and other text in the . are shown in bold. In the illustrations in this manual, the

be simplified for explanatory purposes. monitor display may .

Supplied Accessories

Supplied Accessories

following items are included The .

The following items are included with the camera: with the camera:
A/V cable A/V A/V cable NP-50 rechargeable NP-50 battery rechargeable NP-50 battery BC-50 battery charger BC-50 battery charger BC-50 Attaching the Strap
strap Attaching Attach the the Strap as shown.

USB cable
USB USB cable

FinePix software CD (IMPORTANT: read FinePix software CD CD( license agreement on the (IMPORTANT: read last page license agreement on the of this manual of this manual before opening) last page ) opening) before Owners Manual CD (this Owners Manual manual) CD CD Basicmanual) (this Manual Basic Manual

Strap Strap

Attach the strap as shown.

1 1

Introduction Introduction

Parts the Parts the Camera of of Camera


information, referthethe page listedthethe righteach item. For For more . to right of of each item. more information, refer to to page listed to
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 10 11 9 12 13 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 24 23 23 21 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 25 26 14

button Selector Selector button

Move cursor Move cursor 15 up up 16 5()(30) (exposure compensation) 5 (exposure compensation)


25 26

OK button button (pg. (pg. 30) button 30) MENU/OK button MENU/OK ()(20) I (delete) button (pg. (pg. 20) (13)13) 13) I (delete) button 20) (pg. (pg. Move cursor left left Move cursor () L (macro) button L (macro) button (25) (pg. (pg. 25) 25) right Move cursor right Move cursor

22

22

K()(26) (flash) button K (flash) button (pg. (pg. 26) 26)

down Move cursor down Move cursor J ()(28) (pg. 28) (self-timer) button (pg. 28) J (self-timer) button

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Shutter button............................................18 Shutter button............................................18 11 1 18 ................................17 G G (dual IS) button ................................17 2 (dual IS) button 17 12 control ......................................16, 43 43 Zoom 16, 43 13 3 Zoom control ......................................16, 26 Flash ..................................................................26 14 4 Flash ..................................................................26 AF 24 AF-assist illuminator ................................24 15 5 AF-assist illuminator ................................24 lamp...........................................29 Self-timer lamp...........................................29 16 Self-timer 29 ()(with cover)...............................12, 16 LensLens 12, 16 17 6 (with cover)...............................12, 16 12 ON/OFF (power) button ...........................12 18 7 ON/OFF (power) button ...........................12 82 Microphone..................................................82 8 Microphone..................................................82 83 Speaker............................................................83 19 9 Speaker............................................................83 19 Indicator lamp.............................................19 10 Indicator lamp.............................................19

D 41 20 11 (playback) button .............................41 D (playback) button .............................41 3 Monitor...............................................................3 21 12 Monitor...............................................................3 mount Tripod 13 Tripod mount 22 4, 32 32 Mode dial ..................................................4, 32 23 14 Mode dial ..................................................4, vmode) button..............62, 74 15(photo mode) button..............62, 74 24 v (photo 62, 74 50, 51, 60 60 Terminal cover ............................50, 51, 60 25 16 Terminal cover ............................50, 51, 1 Strap eyelet ......................................................1 26 17 Strap eyelet ......................................................1 B 21 18 (Intelligent FaceFace Detection) B (Intelligent Detection) DISP()/BACK button ..............................................................21 button ..............................................................21 DISP (display)/BACK button ...........17, 41 DISP (display)/BACK button ...........17, 41 19 17,41 " " (Silent mode) button.....................27 (Silent mode) 27 ` button.....................27

DC cover .........................94 20 coupler cable cover .........................94 DC coupler cable 94 7 Battery-chamber cover ............................ 7 7 21 Battery-chamber cover ............................ latch.................................................... 7 Battery latch....................................................7 22 Battery 7 7 Battery chamber .......................................... 7 7 23 Battery chamber .......................................... 10 Memory cardcard ......................................10 24 Memory slot slot ......................................10 A/V ConnectorA/V 50 Connector for for A/V cable .......................50 25 cable .......................50 USB 51, 60 60 Connector for USB USB cable ..............51, 26 Connector for cable ..............51, 60

2 2

The Monitor The following indicators may appear in the monitor during shooting and playback: The Monitor The Monitor The following indicators may appear in the monitor during shooting and playback: Shooting The following indicators . may appear in the monitor during shooting and playback: Shooting 1 Intelligent Face Detection 13 Silent mode ........................................27 1 13 Shooting indicator............................................... 21 13 Silent mode .........................................26 1 Intelligent Face Detection 14 Flash mode ........................................27 2
14 1 13 15 3 2 14 1 13 16 4 15 2 3 14 N 6 17 ISO 100 N 6 5 16 4 15 3 18 6 17 ISO 100 N 6 5 16 4 19 7 18 17 6 ISO 100 5 The 8 Monitor 20 19 18 7 6 The following indicators may appear in 9 21 20 8 19 7 12/ 31/ 2050 12:00 AM 10 22 9 21 20 8 13 1000 F2.8 1 Shooting 31/ 2050 12:00 AM 12/ 23 11 10 22 9 21 1000 2050 12:00 AM 1 3 F2.8 1 12/ 31/ 24 12 23 11 10 22 1 13 13 1000 F2.8 1 24 12 23 11 2 14 24 12 15 3 4 N 6 ISO 100 5 6 Playback 7 8 Playback 1 9 Playback 100-0001 12/ 31/ 2050 12:00 AM 2 1 10 N 1000 F2.8 1 1 3 100-0001 ISO 100 3 1 2 11 N 100-0001 4 2 ISO 100 3 12 N 5 4 ISO 100 3 5 4 12/ 31/ 2050 12:00 AM 5 11 1000 F2.8
12/ 31/ 2050 12:00 1000 F2.8 12/ 31/ 2050 12:00 1000 F2.8 AM 3 11 AM 3 11 3

Introduction Introduction Introduction

Before You Begin Before You Begin Before You Begin Before You Begin

16 17 18 19 20 6 21 6 7 22 6 23 7 8 24 7 8 9 8 9 10 9 10 10

2 Dual IS mode..................................... 21 13 Flash mode .........................................26 1 indicator............................................... 17 14 27 Intelligent Face Detection 15 Silent mode ........................................27 Image quality..................................... 65 indicator............................................... 21 16 Flash quality..................................... 65 2 IS mode..................................... 32 15 modeexposures 3 Dual 17 14 Image .........................................26 Shooting mode ............................... 21 Number of 26 Introduction 2 Shooting mode ............................... 32 15 Number ``65 3 is (close-up) mode.............. 25 16 of......................................... 109 remaining exposures 4 Dual IS 17 Macro mode..................................... 17 Image quality..................................... 65 3 Macro (close-up) mode.............. 32 17 remaining exposures 4 mode ............................... 25 16 ......................................... 109 5 Shooting 15 Battery level ....................................... 32 Sensitivity.............................................64 Number of 109 remaining ......................................... 64 4 Battery(close-up) mode.............. 15 18 Sensitivity.............................................64 5 () 25 17 109 6 Macro level ....................................... 28 Self timer indicator ........................ 25 FINEPIX COLOR.................................66 5 Self timerduring shooting 70 17 FINEPIX COLOR 66 6 15 18 FINEPIXwarning .................................. 18 indicator ........................ 15 7 Battery levelmode.......................... 28 19 Sensitivity.............................................64 Continuous ....................................... and playback: Focus COLOR.................................66 the monitor 6 Continuous mode.......................... 70 18 Focus warning .................................. 26 7 indicator ........................ 63 19 warning....................................... 18 8 Self timer 28 20 FINEPIX COLOR.................................66 Power management .................... 28 Blur 18 7 Power management .................... 70 19 Blur warning....................................... 66 8 .............................................. 63 20 warning .................................. 18 9 Continuous mode.......................... 68 21 Focus balance...................................69 Metering 70 White 26 8 Power frame ....................................... 68 20 White 69 9 Metering Face Detection 10 .............................................. 63 13 mode ........................................27 Focus management .................... 63 22 Blur warning....................................... 26 Internal memory indicator*..........9 1 Intelligent 18 21 Silent balance...................................69 9 Focus 13 14 Internal memory indicator*..........9 Metering .............................................. 18 21 Flash mode .........................................26 68 23 White balance...................................69 10 frame ....................................... 68 22 30 11 indicator............................................... 21 Date and time................................... Exposure compensation ............ 9 10 Date ISframe ....................................... 13 15 Exposure ....................................... ..........9 11 39 23 memory indicator*37, 30 12 Dual and time................................... 17 22 Image quality..................................... 65 Shutter speed ............................37, 18 Aperture 30 2 Focus mode..................................... 18 24 Internal compensation ............ 38 11 Shutter speed memory card 13 23 Apertureof exposures be 37, 30 Date and mode ............................... inserted and Exposure compensation 37, 38 12 is39 24 Number ............ 38 *Indicates that no ............................37, 32 16 that.......................................stored pictures will 3 Shooting time................................... 13 in 37, 39 12 the cameras internal memory 39 24 Aperture ....................................... 37, 38 Shutter speed memory card is inserted and that ......................................... 109 *Indicates that no ............................37, 25 9). remainingpictures will be stored 4 Macro (close-up) mode.............. (pg. in the cameras ....................................... (pg. 17 and that pictures will be stored *Indicates that no memory card is15 9). Sensitivity.............................................64 5 Battery level internal memory inserted in the cameras internal memory 28 9). FINEPIX COLOR.................................66 6 Self timer indicator ........................ (pg. 18 1 Silent mode........................................ 27 6 Portrait enhancer ............................35 7 Continuous mode.......................... 70 19 Focus warning .................................. 18 1 mode indicator........... 41 20 88 6 Portraitnumber.................................. 35 2 Power management .................... 27 Playback 7 Blur warning....................................... 26 Frame enhancer ............................35 8 Silent mode........................................ 63 1 Metering .............................................. 68 6 White number.................................. 2 indicator........... 41 21 balance...................................69 7 Frame 88 3 Silent memo indicator................. 27 Voice mode........................................ 41 8 Portrait enhancer ............................35 Protected image..............................79 9 Playback mode 82 2 Focus frame indicator................. 18 7 Internal memory indicator*..........9 3 Voice memo....................................... 82 8 Protected image..............................79 4 Playback mode Detection Intelligent Face 9 Frame number.................................. 41 Gift 79 10 indicator........... 41 22 image............................................ 88 3 Date and Face 82 10 Gift indicator.....................55 Voice memo indicator................. 42 8 Protected image..............................79 indicator............................................... 4 Intelligenttime................................... 13 23 image............................................ 30 9 Exposure compensation ............ 41 DPOF print 41 11 Detection 4 indicator............................................... 39 24 DPOF print 38 Intelligent Face Detection 9 Aperture ....................................... 37, 55 Gift image............................................ 41 5 Shutter removal indicator ....... 42 Red-eye 77 12 speed ............................37, 77 10 DPOF indicator.....................55 indicator............................................... 42 5 Red-eye removal indicator ....... 77 10 DPOFthat pictures will be stored *Indicates that no memory card is inserted and print indicator.....................55 5 Red-eye removal indicator ....... (pg. in the cameras internal memory 77 9).

Playback
1 2

3
100-0001 N

6 7

1 Silent mode........................................ 27 2 Playback mode indicator........... 41 3 Voice memo indicator................. 82

6 Portrait enhancer ............................35 7 Frame number.................................. 88 8 Protected image..............................79

3 3 3

Introduction Introduction Introduction

Dial TheThe Mode Dial Mode Dial The Mode a shooting mode, the mode icon with mark next To select shooting mode, align with the mark next To a a shooting mode, align the mode icon with the . To selectselect align the mode icon the mark next The Mode Dial to mode dial. toto the the mode dial. the mode dial. To select a shooting mode, align the mode icon with the mark next to the mode dial.

Introduction

(/) A A ( K): Helps ensureensure M (MANUAL): Choose this mode for forF F(Aperture-Priority/Shutter-Priority (NATURAL (NATURAL ) K): Helps & M () (MANUAL): Choose this for (Aperture-Priority/Shutter-Priority A (NATURAL & & K): Helps ensure M (MANUAL): Choose this mode mode F (Aperture-Priority/Shutter-Priority of with good results results situations good in situations manual over a a wide variety Auto): shutter or aperture Adjust shutter speed aperture good results in in situations with with manual control overwide a wide variety Auto): Adjust Adjust shutter speed or aperture manual controlcontrol over variety of of Auto): speed or (MANUAL): Choose A (NATURALEachtime the Helps Msettings (pg. 37). this F freeze or oror difficult lighting. Each time difficult lighting.& Each the camera settings (pg. manually to oror blur motion freeze blur motion difficult lighting. . K): timetheensure camera (pg. 37). 37). mode for manually to (Aperture-Priority/Shutter-Priority camera settings (37). manually to freeze blur motion or (15). (pg. speed good results is . manual control over a wide variety of control depth of field field 37). 37).aperture Auto): Adjust shutter37). shutter pressed,situations shutter button in the camera shutter button pressed, the camera with button is is pressed, the camera controlcontrol of fieldof (pg. (pg. or depth depth shots: one shot shot , difficult shot without lighting. camera settings (pg. 37). manually to freeze or blur motion or takes two two one Each time takes without takes two shots: shots: onewithout the (33). shutter preserve natural lighting, control depth of field (pg. 37). the flashflash to preserve natural lighting, the preserve is pressed, the camera the flash toto buttonnatural lighting, takes twoimmediately shot second followed immediately one second followed shots: a second followed immediately byby aby a without shot the flash to (pg. 33). 33). shot withflashflash 33). with the the (pg. (pg. shot with the flashpreserve natural lighting, followed immediately by a second shot with the flash (pg. 33).

44

(AUTO):A Asimplesimple point-and(AUTO): A point-andA (MOVIE): Record short movies with A () short short movies (MOVIE): (AUTO): (AUTO) simplepoint-andA (MOVIE): RecordRecordmovies with with shoot mode recommended for first- firstshoot mode recommended for sound (pg. 47). 47). sound (pg. shoot recommended mode , for firstsound (47) (pg. 47). A (MOVIE): Record short movies with time (AUTO): .15). time A simple point-andusers digital digital cameras (pg. users of cameras (pg. time users of of digital cameras (pg. 15). 15). shoot mode recommended for firstsound (pg. 47). time users of digital cameras (pg. 15). (SCENE RECOGNITION): Simply (SCENE RECOGNITION): (SCENE RECOGNITION): SimplySimply pointing the the camera the by pointing camera bybypointing the camera at attheat the (SCENE RECOGNITION): Simply ( analyzes the subject, the the camera subject, camera analyzes the subject, the camera ) analyzes the B (NATURAL LIGHT): LIGHT): Capture (Scene Position): Choose scene scene (Scene Position): Choose a (Scene () Choose a a scene Position): B B ()Capture (NATURAL LIGHT): Capture (NATURAL by pointing scene camera and the scene (using scene the recognition), and natural lightlight indoors, under scene , scene (using (using recognition), and natural low suitedtotothe ororshooting scene recognition), at suited the the subject shooting subject or shooting natural indoors, under low light indoors, under low suited to subject subject, selects the the appropriate automatically the( ) the light,B flash can not automatically the appropriate camera analyzes automatically selectsselectsappropriate light, oror where the Capture conditions and andthe (34). scene (Scene the Choose LIGHT): conditions let let camera do a or where flashflash not not letPosition):the camerathe light, (NATURAL the can can conditions and camera do thedo the where the scene (using (32). (pg.32). mode (pg.32). mode mode (pg.32).scene recognition), and be used (pg. 34). 34). suited (34). (pg. natural 34). rest (pg. rest (pg. 34). 34). be usedused light indoors, under low rest (pg. 34). to the subject or shooting be (pg. 4 automatically selects the appropriate conditions and let the camera do the light, or where the flash can not rest (pg. 34). be used (pg. 34). 4 mode (pg.32).

Charging the Battery the Battery Charging Battery Chargingthe Battery Charging the

The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge battery not. Charge The The not charged at shipment. Charge Thethe batterynot use. at shipment. Charge battery is before charged at shipment. battery is is charged . the battery before use. use. thethe battery before battery before use. Place the battery in the charger. 1 Place the battery in the charger.supplied BC-50 Insert battery in into charger. Place thethe batterythethethe Place the batteryin charger. , battery charger as the supplied Insert the the battery shown, making BC-50 Insert the into the supplied BC-50 Insert battery into the supplied sure BC-50 battery into . BC-50 that the charger battery charger isasshown, making sure sure that battery battery asin shown, making surethat battery charger theshown, making that as correct orientation. the battery is in isthecorrect orientation. thethe battery the the correct orientation. battery is in in correct orientation.

The Charging Indicator shows battery charge The The charging indicator shows battery charge Thestatus as follows: shows battery charge charging indicator shows battery charge charging indicator status Chargingfollows: Battery status statusas follows: status as indicator as follows: Action Battery Insert Charging indicator Battery status not the Charging indicator Battery status Charging indicator Battery status Action Action Action Off inserted. Insertthe the Battery notInsert battery. Batterynot Battery not Insert - the Off Off Off Battery battery. inserted. inserted. inserted. battery. battery. Glows red charging. Battery Battery Battery Glows red red Glows red Glows the Battery Remove charging. fully charging. charging. Glows green charged. Remove the the battery. Battery fully fully Remove Battery fully Remove the Battery Glows green Glows green Glows green charged. Unplug the charged. charged. battery. battery. battery. charger Unplug the and Unplug the the Unplug Blinks red Battery fault. remove charger and and charger and the charger Blinks red red Battery fault.fault. Blinks red Blinks Battery fault. Battery battery. remove the the remove the remove battery. battery. battery. the battery. Charge
Indicator The charging Indicator The Charging Indicator The Charging The Charging indicator

1 1 1 1

First Steps First Steps

First Steps First Steps

NP-50 rechargeable battery NP-50 rechargeable battery NP-50 rechargeable Arrow NP-50 rechargeable battery battery BC-50

BC-50 battery charger


BC-50 charger BC-50 battery charger BC-50 battery charger BC-50 battery

2 Plug the charger in. 2 Plug the charger in. in. power outlet. The 3 2 2 Plug the charger into a . red 3 2 thethe . Plug charger in. charger charging indicator will power PlugPlugcharger into into a light. outlet. red red . Plugthe the charger aapower outlet. The The the charger into power outlet. The red is complete 3 Charge battery. 2when the charging 3 Charge the the battery. 20. 3 Chargingbattery. Charge the charging indicator will light. charging indicator willwill light. charging indicator light.
indicator turns green. fully charging Charging is complete whenAthe theexhausted Charging is complete when the charging Charging is complete when charging battery takes green. indicator turns green. 2 A fully fully 20 minutes indicator turns about Ahours and exhausted indicator turns green. fully exhausted A exhausted to takes batterycharge. about22hours and and minutes batterytakes about hours and20 minutes battery takes about 2 hours 20 20 minutes to charge. to charge. to charge.

Arrow Arrow Arrow Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals

5 55 5

Charging the Battery


the C Cautions: Caring for Battery affix stickers or other objects to the battery. Failure to . could make it Do not . observe this precaution . . to remove the battery from the camera. V . Do not short the battery terminals. The battery could overheat. NP-50 . . Read the cautions on page v. . Use only NP-50 batteries. Failure to observe this precaution could result in product malfunction. . . Do not remove the labels from the battery or attempt to split or peel the outer casing. NP-50 NP-40 . .

impossible

The battery gradually loses its charge when not in use. Charge the battery one or two days before use. Do not use NP-50 batteries in devices designed for NP-40 batteries. You will not be able to remove the battery from the device.
Battery C Cautions: Using the Charger

the charger when it is not in use. Unplug . with a clean, observe . prevent Remove dirt from the battery terminals . dry cloth. Failure to this precaution could . the battery from charging. 300V/10A UL-SPT-2 AWG 18 125V/7A NEMA1-15 . times increase at low temperatures. Charging 1.2m 3m .

Use with a UL-certified SPT-2 AWG 18 power cable rated for 300V/10A with a molded non-polarized parallelbladed NEMA 1-15 plug rated for 125V/7A. The cable should be no less than 1.2m (4ft.) and no more than 3m (10ft.) in length.

Inserting thethe Battery Charging Battery the Battery Chargingthebattery, insert Inserting InsertingBattery it Inserting the the Batteryin the camera After charging the Battery

The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge as described below. charged at insert . camera , before use. the battery not insert it in the Charge Thecharging the battery, the camera After battery is the battery, insert it in it in camera 2 charging After After charging the battery, shipment. the batterybelow. as describedbefore use. Open below. astheas described below. in the cover. described the the battery Place battery-chamber charger. 1 Open battery-chamber supplied BC-50 Insert battery in the charger. Place the the battery intocover. the OpenOpen battery-chamber the cover. the battery-chamber cover. , battery charger as the supplied Insert the battery into . sure that BC-50 shown, making BC-50 the charger in the correct orientation. battery battery isas shown, making sure that the battery is in the correct orientation.

1 1 1 11 1

2 Insert the battery.Indicator The Charging Align battery. 2 thethebattery. stripe Insertorange indicator Insert Charging battery. The charging 22 InsertThetheorange stripe shows battery charge the the on Align the orange stripe battery Indicator with the Align the
The charging indicator Align the orange stripe shows battery charge status as latch , follows: orange the battery on battery the Battery on the battery withwith Charging indicatorthe onstatus as follows: the status the slide battery battery with Action and orange the . battery orange battery latch latch battery Battery Insert orange latchBattery not Action the Charging indicator status into and the Off camera, battery and slidethe the Battery not the battery battery. and slide slide battery inserted. Insert the . keeping Offthe battery camera, into intothe thecamera, Battery battery. inserted. into the camera, latch pressedred the to battery keeping keeping Glows battery the battery Battery keeping the the the charging. side.latch pressed to the Confirm Glows red that the latch pressed to charging. to latch pressed greenthe Battery fully Remove the battery Glows securely charged. is battery. side.side. Confirm the the Confirmthat that fully Remove the that Battery the side. Glows green Confirm latched. Unplug battery is securely battery isis securely securely charged. battery. the battery charger Unplug the and latched. latched. Battery fault. latched. Blinks red Blinks red FirstFirst Steps Steps First Steps First Steps First Steps

NP-50 rechargeable battery NP-50 rechargeable Arrow battery

Arrow Terminals ANote battery charger BC-50 Terminals Be sure the camera is off before opening the BC-50 battery ANote charger ANote thecharger in. Plug ANote battery-chamber cover. Be the the camera before opening the Besure thethecamerain.off is a surethe charger sure isinto before opening The the Plug charger off power outlet. the BePlug camera isoff before opening red . C Cautions battery-chamber cover. battery-chamber cover. will light. charging cover. battery-chamberindicator power outlet. The red Plug the charger into a Do not open the battery-chamber cover when C C Cautions Cautions charging indicator will light. C Cautions the camera is on. Failure to observe this Do open battery-chamber cover when open . when Do not not the battery-chamber cover cover the the battery-chamber Do not open could result in damage to image files precaution . when the camera on. on. to observe the camera is is on.is FailureFailure observe this this camera Failure to the memory cards. to observe this or . precaution result in damage to imageimage could result in damage to files precaution could result in damage to image files files precaution could Do not use excessive force when handling the or memory oror memory cards.cover. memory cards. cards. battery-chamber Do not use excessive when when handling Do not use excessive force when handling the the Do not use excessive force force handling the battery-chamber battery-chamber cover. battery-chamber cover. cover.

Charging is complete when the charging Charge the battery. indicator complete when fully exhausted turns Charging islatch green. A the charging Battery battery takes green. hours exhausted indicator turns about 2 A fullyand 20 minutes Battery latch to charge. about 2 hours and 20 minutes batteryBattery latch latch takesBattery to charge.

remove charger and the Orange Battery fault. battery. remove the stripe Orange Orange battery. Orange Charge the battery. stripe stripe stripe

5 75 7 7

Inserting the Battery Inserting the Battery

Charging the Battery C Cautions C Cautions

Cnot use force or attempt to insert the battery Cautions The battery isforce charged atto insert the Charge not use not or attempt shipment. battery . Insert beforeor backwards. The battery will slide orientation. the battery the battery in the correct slide upside down or backwards. The battery will Do upside down use.

Insert the battery in the correct orientation. Do Insert the battery in the correct orientation. Do
.

3 3 3 2

not use in the or . the battery in easily force correct orientation. in easily in the correct orientation. attempt to insert upside down or will Place the battery in the charger. be printed backwards. The battery slide The orange battery indicator may not be printed The orange battery indicator may not Insertin the correct orientation. the battery into the supplied BC-50 the . in easilybattery. on the battery. on asindicator may , sure battery charger cover makingbe latched The orange battery shown, can not that If the battery-chamber cover can not be printed If the battery-chamber be latched . the battery is inthe battery orientation first. Do on the the battery orientation first. Do easily, confirm the correct orientation. easily, battery. confirm . Ifnotuse excessive force cover can not be latched the battery-chamber to latch it. not use excessive forceto latch it. NP-50 orientation first. Do easily, confirm the batteryrechargeable battery Close the battery-chamber cover. Close the battery-chamber cover. not use excessive force to latch it. Arrow

Inserting the Battery Removing the Battery Removing the Battery After turning the camera off, open the batteryAfter turning the camera off, open the battery Removing Charging the battery latch to the side, and chamberThe the Batterythebattery latch to the side, and chambercover, pressIndicator cover, press charging indicator shows battery , After the batteryof the camera as shown. batteryturning the of slide the batteryout cameracamera as shown. charge slide The out the off, open the . status as follows: chamber cover, press the battery latch to the side, and Battery latch Battery latch slide the battery out of the camera as shown. Charging indicator Battery status Action Battery not Insert the Battery latch inserted. battery. Battery Glows red charging. C C Caution Caution Battery fully Remove the Turn the Glows green . battery. Turn thecamera off before removing the battery. camera off before charged. the battery. removing C Caution Unplug the B / AC ACAdapter B Tip: Using an AC off before removing the battery. Tip: Using an Turn the camera Adapter charger and The camera can be powered by an optional AC-5VX AC CP-50 DCbepowered by an optional AC-5VX AC AC-5VX AC Blinks Battery fault. The camera can red B Tip: Using an AC Adapter a ). DC coupler (available equipped with a CP-50 DC couplerCP-50 ( CP-50 AC-5VXremove the (available adapter equipped with adapter . be powered by an optionalbattery. AC The camera See the AC-5VX and CP-50 manuals for AC-5VX separately). can the AC-5VX and CP-50 manuals for separately). See adapter equipped with a CP-50 DC coupler (available details. Charge the battery. details. separately). See thecomplete when the charging Charging is AC-5VX and CP-50 manuals for details. indicator turns green. A fully exhausted Off First Steps

Close the battery-chamber cover.


BC-50 battery charger Terminals

Plug the charger in. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The red charging indicator will light.

battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

8 88 8 5

and playback. camera can because camerainternal memory, optional xD-Picturememory to become Although the Note that store pictures in malfunction could cause internal Cards or SD memory cards can can store store additional pictures. ough the camerabe used topictures in internal memory, optional xD-Picture Cards or SD memory corrupted, be used to , inshould periodicallyoptional xD-Picture computer and saved cards can the picturescan additional pictures. the camerastorestore pictures xD- SD xD . Although xD in internal memory internal memory, be transferred to a Cards or SD memory can be used to store additional pictures. on thecan be is inserted, dadditional pictures. media such as CDs or DVDs. The pictures in internal computer to on removable When no memory card usedhard diskappears in the monitor and internal memory is used for recording cards no memory card isstore or d appears in the monitor and internal memory is used for recording When inserted, memory can that because memory internal memory80).internal recording in the monitor and . is xD and playback. Note also be copiedcamera malfunction could cause used for memory to memory no memory card is inserted, d appearsto a xD card (see page To prevent internal becomefrom and no memoryNote inserted, d appears CDinternal memoryfor recording camera malfunction couldinternal DVD is used to become cause When card ,playback. isthat because in they becoming full, be camera malfunction could the monitor andmemory memory corrupted, the because sure should periodically no longer needed. become xD internal memory a playback. Note that pictures in xD to delete pictures whencauseare be transferred toto computer and saved internal . xD xD (80 ). could cause , corrupted, the Note that because camera malfunction be internal computer and saved and playback. pictures in internal memory should periodically xDtransferred to amemory to become on the memory should computer hard disk or on removable media such as CDs a DVDs. The pictures pted, the pictures in internal . periodically be transferred to orcomputer and saved in internal When a memory card is inserted as described below, the card will be used for recording and playback. on the computer hard disk or on removable media such as CDs or DVDs. The pictures and saved corrupted, the pictures in internal memory should periodically be transferred to a computer in internal memory can also be copied to a memory card CDs or DVDs. To pictures in internal he computer hard disk or on removable media such as(see page 80). Theprevent internal memory from memory can also a memory on the computer hard disk orto card (see page CDs or DVDs. internal memory from XD Compatible Memorybe copied on removable media such as80). To preventThe pictures in internal Cards becoming full, pictures when they are . internal ory can also be sureato delete , (see page noprevent needed. memory from be copied to memory card 80). To longer becoming full, be be to delete a memory card (see no longer needed. memory can also sure copiedSD pictures when they are page 80). To prevent internal memory from to and SDHC memory cards have been tested and approved for use in ming full, be xD-Picture Cards and SanDiskthey are no longer needed. sure to delete pictures when When a full, sure to delete pictures when they are no longer needed. and playback. memory card is be as described below, the card will be used for recording becoming XDinsertedinserted as described below, the is available at http://www.fujifilm.com/products/ the F60fd. A complete list of approved memory cardscard will be used for recording and playback. When a memory card is a memory cardxD- SD SDHC xD F60fd . recording and playback. is inserted as described below, the card will be used for http://www.fujifilm.com/products/digital_cameras/index. digital_cameras/index.html. Operation is not guaranteed with . for recording and be used CompatibleaMemory Cards . other cards. The camera canplayback. html xD card is inserted as described below, the card will be used not When memory Compatible . Memory Cards with multimedia cards. xD-Picture Cards and SanDisk SD and SDHC memory cards have been tested and approved for use in mpatible Memory Cards xD-Picture Cards and SanDisk SD and SDHC memory cards have been tested and approved for use in Compatible Memory Cards the F60fd. SanDisk SD list SDHC memory cards cards is available and approved for use in A cture Cards andcompleteand of approved memory have been tested at http://www.fujifilm.com/products/ C Caution A complete list of approved memory cardscards have been tested and approved for use in the F60fd. xD-Picture Cards and SanDisk SD and SDHC memory is available at http://www.fujifilm.com/products/ digital_cameras/index.html.be locked, makingis available atwith other cards. or 60fd. A complete list of approved Operation guaranteed to format the . camera can not be used memory is not it impossible http://www.fujifilm.com/products/ SD XD , , cards SD memory A complete list of approved with otherThe The camera can not be used card cards. digital_cameras/index.html. Operation ismemory cards is not the F60fd. cards can SD is not guaranteed with guaranteed available at http://www.fujifilm.com/products/ with multimediaOperation inserting an other al_cameras/index.html.orcards. images. Before . cards. The camera can not be used to record delete cards. SD memory card, slide the with multimedia digital_cameras/index.html. Operation is not guaranteed with other cards. The camera can not be used multimedia cards. write-protect switch to the C Caution multimedia cards. unlocked position. with C Caution
First Steps First Steps

Inserting Memory Card erting a memoryacard is inserted, d appears in the monitor and internal memory is used for recording Memory Card When no Memory Card Inserting can Although the cameraa store pictures in internal memory, optional xD-Picture Cards or SD memory

Although the camera can store pictures in internal memory, optional xD-Picture Cards or SD memory cards can be used to store additional pictures. Inserting a Memory Card

First Steps First Steps First Steps

ution SD memory cards can be locked, making it impossible to format the card or SD memory C Caution cards can be locked, making it impossible to format the card or to record or locked, making it impossible to an SD the card card, slide the emory cards can be delete images. Before inserting format memory or to memory images. SD record or delete unlockedBefore inserting an SD memory card, slide the to the position. cord or write-protect switchcards can bean SD memory card, slide the format the card or Write-protect switch delete images. Before inserting locked, making it impossible to write-protectdelete images.unlocked position.an SD memory card, slide the to record or switch to the Before inserting protect switch to the unlocked position. write-protect switch to the unlocked position.

switch Write-protect Write-protect switch Write-protect switch Write-protect switch

9 99

9 9

Memory Card
Open the battery-chamber cover.

Close the battery-chamber cover.


Inserting a Memory Card Inserting a Memory Card Inserting Memory Card Inserting a a Close the battery-chamber cover. 3 3Close the battery-chamber cover.Memory Card 33 3Closethethe 3 thebattery-chamber cover. Close Chargingbattery-chamber cover. Close Indicator Close battery-chamber cover. The thebattery-chamber cover. 3 3 Close the battery-chamber cover. The charging indicator shows battery charge status as follows: Inserting a a Memory Card Inserting Memory Card Inserting a Memory Card

he battery-chamber cover. Charging the Battery

Charging indicator Battery status Action Battery not Insert the Off inserted. battery. Battery Insert the memory card. Removing Memory Cards Glows red he Holding the the memorycard so that thebatteryRemoving Memory Cards charging. memoryInsert the memoryNP-50 rechargeable gold Press the Memoryin and then release it slowly. The ca card. memory card. card Cards card. Removing Insert Removing Memory Cards Battery fully Remove the canRemoving and then charged. slowly. The contacts cardmemory card. gold gold the thetheGlows inMemory release it slowly. The card face the memory label, slide gold Press now be greenCards release it battery.The Holding the memorycard Holding the thememory the that the the g the memoryInserttheso goldcard.so so that thePress Press Removingand thenCards hand. slowly. card card that card. Arrow card in card card removed release it in MemoryCards Insert the memory card Insertthe memory card. Removing and then by xD MemoryCards 2 contactsthe the gold label, slide the can now be beMemory Cards hand. Insert Insert memory card. label, slide the canRemovingMemoryby by Removing removed hand. now the card and then release it slowly. The card contacts the memory so , gold faceway memoryHolding facelabel, in.cardsosothatthat can goldPressthe card then then releaseslowly. Thecard card card all thememory slide sothat the gold PressPress removed bythenrelease ititslowly. The xD the the card the the the nowPress removed in and release Unplug The Holding the goldcard the gold Holding thememory card so that the gold Press the card ininand release it slowly. Thethe Holding memory memory that thecard in and then it card slowly. card be in hand. s face theHoldingthe gold the card and . waygold label, Terminals memory facethethe card memory card face the thein.gold label, slide thecan can nowremoved by hand. BC-50 batteryall all the gold label, slide the cannow be removed by hand. cannow be removed by by hand. now hand. . be be contacts card face way in. label, slide the can now beBlinks removed Battery fault. charger and contacts face the gold contactscharger contacts red removed by hand. contacts face the Gold label gold label, slide the y card all the way in. cardthe the way in. slide the remove the memory card all theway Gold memorycard all theway memory all card wayin. in. Gold label memory chargerallway in.in. label memory card all the Plug the in. battery. Gold label Gold Gold label Gold label Gold outlet. label Plug the charger into a powerlabel The red Gold label Charge the battery. First Steps

Inserting a Memory Card Inserting a Memory Card TheOpenathe battery-chamber cover. battery Memory Card Open theais anot charged at shipment. Charge Inserting Memory Card Inserting battery-chamber cover. Inserting Memory Inserting Memory Card Card Inserting a a Memory Card the battery before use. 1 battery-chamber cover. Open the the Open thebattery-chamber cover. Open battery-chamber cover. Open thebattery-chamber cover. Open the battery-chamber cover. Place the battery in the charger. Insert the battery into the supplied BC-50 battery charger as shown, making sure that the battery is in the correct orientation.

11 1 1 111 1

22 22 22 2 2

charging indicator will light.

Gold contacts Gold contacts Gold contacts Gold contacts

Gold contacts Gold contacts

Gold contacts card is in correct The memory card may spring out if you remove yo Be sure C Cautions
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

finger immediately after pushing the card in. orientation; do not memory card may spring out if you remove your Theuse Memory cardsamay be warm toto the touch after beingafter bein Memory cards maymay be the touchthe touch Memory malfunction. to after insert an angle or not removed malfunction. warm normal and does indicate indicate cards be warm insertatanatangle or use Be sure card xD-PictureatanCard. ororuse notremoved fromthe camera. This isisnormal andbeingdoes isinsertinsert anangleoruse in correctan or use removedfrom the camera. This is is normal does insertinsertatatangle angleuse removed from from the camera. Thisnormal anddoes at force. Illustration shows removed afromthe camera. This is normal andand an Illustration xD-Pictureangle shows Card. does force. Illustration shows force.Illustration shows finger immediatelymalfunction. This the card in. and do after camera. removed a a the camera. from thepushing This is normal force. not not indicate a malfunction. notindicate malfunction. indicate force.xD-Picture Card. shows Illustration orientation; force.xD-Picture Card. do Illustrationshows not indicate a amalfunction. notCard. notindicate malfunction. xD-Picture xD-Picture Card. not indicate a malfunction. xD-Picture Card. Memory cards may be warm to the touch after being xD-Picture use insert at an angle orCard. 5

Be sure card is in correct C Cautions C finger immediately after pushing the card in. Cautions XD ( finger immediately after pushing if remove your The memory card may spring the card in. memory cardcard spring out you remove your out you remove your orientation; doin is in not orientation;card isdo correct The cardmaymay spring if ifyouyou remove your memory . TheThe memory may warm out ifout after being Be Be sure cardin not . The memory may be bespring the touch remove being Be sure card is incorrect Memory cards card may spring out iftouch after your sure correct Memory warm pushingyou card in. to to thethe Be at ancard is or correct xD cards may after pushing cardcard in. sure an correct Be sureat angle use finger immediately pushing the in. finger immediately after finger immediately insert card do use insert orientation; dodo not finger immediately after after the is in finger immediately after pushing the card in. does pushing is orientation; angle or not not removed camera. This the card in. orientation; orientation; do . , isthe touch after being orientation; do not removed from themay be warm to normaltouchdoes being Memory from the be warm to to normal and Memory cards cards camera. This . and after the ).Illustration showsnot force. force. Illustration shows Memory cards maymay be warm the touch after being

Gold contacts Goldsure card is in correct Be contacts

Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery C C Cautions takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes Cautions Cautions card C charge. may spring out if you remove your Theto memory The memory card may spring out if you remove your
C Cautions C C Cautions Cautions

force. Illustration shows

removed from the camera. This is normal and does

Inserting a Memory Card C Cautions Inserting a Memory Card Format SD memory cards before first use, and be sure to reformat all memory cards after using them in a computer or other device. For more information on formatting memory cards, see page 90. C Cautions Memory cards are small ,swallowed; keep out of reach of xDIf . and can be children. a child swallows a memory card, XD SDmedical assistancecards before reformat all memory cards after using them in a Format immediately. first use, and be sure to SD memory seek 90 . XD computer or other microSD adapters that expose the back of the card. Failure to XD or device. For more information on formatting memory cards, see page Do not use miniSD . . observe 90. Memory cards are cause and can be malfunction. Adapters that are larger or smaller than . this precaution may small damage or swallowed; keep out of reach of children. If a child swallows a memory card, SD SD . seek medical assistance immediately. the standard dimensions of an SD card may not eject normally; if the card does not eject, use miniSD or Do not . to observe take the camera microSD adapters that expose the back of the card. Failure SD to an authorized service representative. Do forcibly remove the card. not . this precaution cause damage or malfunction. Adapters that are larger or smaller than may . the standard dimensions of an SD card may not eject normally; if the card does not eject, Do not the camera to an off or remove the memory card while not forcibly remove the card. take turn the camera authorized service representative. Do the memory card is being formatted or data are XD recorded to or the precaution could damage the card. being deleted from card. Failure to observe thisXD . Do . not affix labels to memory cards. Peeling labels can cause camera malfunction. XD notxD-Picture Cards . the memory can not . Do are or remove Results card while the turn the camera off recommended. be guaranteed card is being formatted or other FUJIFILMdX . XD memorywith xD-Picture Cards from data are Fujifilm recorded to or deleted from the card. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card. . being manufacturers. The camera can be used with type , H H xD-Picture Cards; note, however, that M, M+ H XD . M, type M+ or type DPC-UD1 XD UBS Do not affix labels compatible with Peeling labels can cause camera malfunction. type H cards are not to memory cards. the optional DPC-UD1 xD-Picture Card USB drive. The card type can be . FUJIFILM xD-Picture . for DPC-M2GB" M indicates a type with xD-Picture Cards from other from the Cards are recommended. Results can not be guaranteed determined model number: example, DPC-M2GB . M card. manufacturers. The camera can be used with type of SD memory card. SD XD be interrupted with some typesM, type M+ or type H xD-Picture Cards; note, however, that Movie recording may . XD . type H cards are memory may with the or corrupted when the camera is USB drive. The note that the The data in internalnot compatiblebe erasedoptional DPC-UD1 xD-Picture Card repaired. Pleasecard type can be . determined XD to view pictures in for example, DPC-M2GB indicates a type M card. repairer will befrom the model number:internal memory. , able XD XD . Movie recording , , camera memoryacard. memory card or internal with some the SD creates . Formatting a may be interruptedmemory in types of folder in which pictures are stored. Do The XD computer corrupted when edit, delete, or rename Please note that the XD data or delete this folder may be erased . not rename in internal memory or use a or or other device tothe camera is repaired. image files. Always repairer will be able to pictures , and . use the camera to deleteview pictures inmemory memory. internal memory; before editing or renaming files, from internal cards Formatting a computer andor internal memory copies,camera creates a folder in which pictures are stored. Do a memory card edit or rename the in the not the originals. copy them to not rename or delete this folder or use a computer or other device to edit, delete, or rename image files. Always use the camera to delete pictures from memory cards and internal memory; before editing or renaming files, copy them to a computer and edit or rename the copies, not the originals.

11
11

First Steps First Steps

11

Parts of the Camera

For more information, and Turning the Camera On refer to the page listed to the right22of each item. Turning the Cameraitem. and O er to the Turningto thethe Camera On and O page listed right of eachOn and OO the Camera Charging the BatteryOn Turning

17 18 19

L (macro) (

0 1

22

23

..............18 ..............17 ......16, 43 ..............26 ..............24 ..............29 ......12, 16 button ..............................................................21 are performed for length of time if no operations ..............12 18 B (Intelligent Facea Microphone..................................................82 automatically if no selected in the AUTO POWER OFF menu (see Detection) automatically operations areFinePix 14 Mode CD for the Pictures can be 8 ected by ngerprints and other length of time selected in the AUTOperformedmenu (seethe 4 Flash ..................................................................26 software dial ................................ POWER OFF marks Pictures beAccessories ngerprints a by can a 9 Speaker............................................................83 length battery takes in the 2 hours andpress the ON/OFF ectedected ngerprints 19 DISP (display)/BACK button ...........17, AUTO POWER OFF menu ..............82 Pictures ..............................................................21clean. and otherothercableof time selectedaboutin the41 on, 15menu (seemode) button button on oncan lens. Keep the lens clean. page 90).illuminator ................................24 OFF20 (photo camera length Suppliedthe beKeep by not completely cutand A/V pageAF-assisttime selected AUTO POWERpressvminutes(see the lens marks the lens. 5 90). of To turn camera (IMPORTANT: read turn the on, the ON/OFF marks on the 10 Indicator 41 power marks (display)/BACK Keep does lamp.............................................19 to "90). charge. the camera on, press press ON/OFF on the lens. lens. the lens lens (Silent mode) turn to ToTo lamp...........................................29 the the ON/OFF ..............83 19 DISPThe ON/OFF button Keep theclean.clean. power to page button orturn button.....................27 for about a second.the ..................... button ...........17, page rechargeable DBC-50 license agreement on 90). To camera Self-timerpress the thebutton on, 16 Terminal cover The ON/OFF button does not completely cut The following does not completely cut power to to button or press the D buttonbattery charger a second. The ON/OFF button are not completely cut camera: NP-50press press button forfor aboutsecond. "the camera. button.....................27 (Silent mode) ..............19 TheON/OFF button itemsdoes included with the power button Lens (withthe Dthe D button forpage of a second.A/V cable button or cover)...............................12, 16aboutStrap eyelet ............................ about a 17 this manual 6 or last the camera.

Press the ON/OFF button To turn the camera on and begin playback, press the battery before use. to turn the camera on. The lens will extend andto turn the camera open. turnmorecamera on about atobegin playback, to the theturn the camera refer For the button for on andsecond. To D information, PressPressON/OFF button to turn the camera on. on. To Introduction and beginthe page listed press right the the ON/OFF button the lens cover will playback, press The lens will extend and the lens cover will open. the D button for about a second. The lensextend and the lens cover The lens will the battery in the charger.will open. the D button for about a second. Place will extend and the lens cover will open. the D button for about a second. Introduction into the supplied BC-50 Symbols and Conventions Insert the battery Introduction are used in this manual: battery charger as shown, making sure that The following symbols Symbols andin the correct orientation. Conventions the battery is Caution: This information should be read before use to The following symbols are used in this manual: Symbols ON/OFFnote when turn the camera o . and button to using Note: Points to Conventions the camera. Press the Introduction Caution: This information should be read before use Tip:ensure correct operation.the maymanual: when u tothe ON/OFF button to used in this be o . Pressfollowing symbols areturnthat camera helpful Additional information camera o . o . J (self-timer) button (pg.PressPress the ON/OFF button to the ..............................................................21 28)The ON/OFF button to 8 Microphone..................................................82 turn turn the camera button the Switching to 21 B Tip:and other text in the fully Remove the Mode A Note: Points to note turn the camera camera. Press ON/OFF again to when using the o . 9 Speaker............................................................83Batterycamera monitor are shown Glows greenShooting . Menus toinformationDISP CTip: Switching ,19 should bebattery. Caution: This Shooting Mode read button 41 Press/ 1 to turnbutton............................................18 B BB(playback)shooting mode, press(display)/BACKbutton ...........17, toin ON/OFF again Shutter the camera Arrow o . charged. 20 DC couplerbefore use17 D Shooting . button Switching to camera. To Tip: display Shooting " BON/OFF again to turn the camera may be. helpful11 monitorSwitching to.............................41 the shutter button.....................27 Tip: ON/OFF again to turn the when exit to the to note when usingfor explanatory purpos PressPress Additional information that o . o 10 Indicator Tip:Note: PointsMode Mode(Silentthe camera. cover ........... Symbols and Playback Mode camera Conventions mode) cable lamp.............................................19 press the shutter button 18 A using B Tip: Switching toG (dual IS) button ................................17 12To exit to shootingmay be simplified Battery-chamber cover ............ mode, 22 Unplug the 2 Monitor...............................................................3shutter to playback. halfway. Press the D button to in shutter button Playback 11 D (playback) button .............................41DCmonitor arecover .........................94 Inmode, press press return button BMenus and other text in the camera coupler cable To exit exit to shooting illustrationsthethis manual, the 19 Tip: Switching to . 20 To :shooting the mode, the 21 to bold. The Tip: . Mode used in Press the shutter halfway.Additional following charger are Terminals shown in button to B BC-50 batterysymbolscontrol ......................................16, 43 13 B Tip:mount Accessories return may be helpful when u Switching toZoom Playback B12 Tip: Switching to Playbackto start playback.this manual: cover ............................ 7the D information that to playback. Press the D button Mode Mode charger Tripod Press red Monitor...............................................................3 21 Battery-chamber halfway. Press Press button to return 22 Battery latch.................................... Supplied , Battery fault. playback.and 20 halfway. the to Press Ddisplay3may be playback. Press explanatory purposes.Blinks DtheOD buttonreturn to playback. the button to start simplified for the shutter 10 Tip: Auto Power to monitorhalfway information should mode. before Menus and other text in the camera monitor are shown in B ensure C Caution: button toplayback. Pressbe read shutter Mode to Auto Power O button button tostart start shooting Press the Press PressmountThis to Flash ..................................................................26 14useTip: dial ..................................................4, 32 23 Battery chamber .......................... the 24 4 return to playback. the shutter 2 21 13 TripodDthe D to return to shooting22 Battery latch.................................................... 7 correct operation. 23 remove the B included with button halfwaycharger in. . mode. .BAuto PowerPower O are .for 10s (the default the camera: The no mode) may return when mode. Tip: display A Note: Points to note illuminator the camera. 15 Tip:(photoAuto button..............62, 74 24 monitor performed purpos explanatory button the Accessories button Plug halfwayto AF-assistto shootingBattery chamber .......................................... 7 O items be simplified Memory card slot ........................ halfway to return 5 to vIf following 14 Mode dial ..................................................4, 32using mode. Supplied shooting 23 ................................24 B If(90)operations are forbattery. C Cautions no operations are performed for 10s (the default . setting), ON/OFF Self-timer power outlet. The red 16 Terminal operationsperformed to 10s power. Using cable CB Plug mode) button..............62, 74 that may be helpful no 1operations............................50, 51, for saveConnector1default Cautions If Shutter the monitor performed 25 11 D (the A/V no cover are for Tip: 15 v (photothe charger into alamp...........................................29 If when usingmonitor arewill dim60 10s default any ......... . button............................................18 (the forany Additional information 24 extending slot Chargethe camera. the will dim CForcibly C Cautions .(withlens fromMemory card 16 ......................................10Accessories save power. Usingturn o following items the cover)...............................12, could button restoresbattery. The Cautionspreventingare includedextending camera: setting), thethe monitor willto to toThe camera(playback) button ...... with the could setting), eyelet ......................................................1 power. UsingUsing any ........ SuppliedIS)In the illustrationssaveConnector any cable full ................................17 power.will USB 6 the Strap thebold. for monitor will brightness. in this Monitor..................................... save 26 12 manual, the charging indicator in the camera monitor A/V cablesetting), 16 ON/OFF light. 25 Connector for are 17 2 G (dual button dim dim .......................50 . Terminal cover otherLens will . Forcibly and ............................50, 51, from preventingtext lens 60 Menus damage shown in Charging if brightness. The camera will turn o cause Forcibly preventinglens from fromConnector for 17 Strap eyelet ......................................................1button extending could button restores fullDetection) The camera willcharging the Forcibly preventing7or product malfunction. could USB 18 B ..............51, 60Face full brightness. The camera willofor o the the lens extending ON/OFF (power) 26 automaticallyis complete when the the camera: turn cablebutton restores cause damage or product malfunction. ...........................12 button(Intelligentfullno no operations arewithTripod mount cable A/V TheZoom controlturns are included performed turn following brightness. are 43 13 exhausted 3 restores if items ......................................16, performed for the monitor display may be simplified for operations A fully Pictures canproduct malfunction. indicator green. causecause damage or a ected malfunction. explanatory purposes. damage or be product by ngerprints and otherautomatically

Shooting Mode Playback Mode Shootingis not Playback Mode TheShooting Mode battery at shipment. Charge of the Camera Mode Mode Parts Playback Mode Shooting Mode chargedto turn the camera on. Playback the camera on and begin playback, press Press the ON/OFF button To turn

1 20 Selector button 7 J 14 24 23 2 21 Move cursor up Selector button 8 10 15 3 14 16 5 (exposure compensation) The Charging Indicator 11 Move cursor up 4 15 ON/OFF 16 , D (playback) button .............................41 1 Shutter button............................................18 11 2 button (pg. 30) 5 , 5 (exposure compensation) The charging indicator shows battery chargeMENU/OK but 25 9 12 . ON/OFF button (pg. 30) . MENU/OK button ................................17 (delete) button (pg. 20) ON/OFF I 12 . 6 (pg. 13) 2 G (dual. status as follows: Monitor...............................................................3 IS) button 26 25 I (delete) button (pg.13 3 Zoom control ......................................16, 437 13 Tripod mount 20) (pg. 13) 1 26 Move cursor left Action Move cursor ri 14 Charging indicator 4 Flash ..................................................................26Battery status ..................................................4, 32 14 Mode dial 2 L (macro) button K (flash) but 15 Move cursor left Move cursor right 8 10 17 3 Battery not mode) button..............62, 74 Insert the 5 AF-assist illuminator ................................24 15 v (photo (pg. 25) (pg. 26)16 11 L (macro) button K (flash) button Off 18 4 22 17 battery. Self-timerC lamp...........................................29 inserted. cover ............................50, 51, 60 16 Terminal 5 19 (pg. 25) (pg. 26) 25 18 6 Lens (with cover)...............................12, 169 17 Strap eyelet ......................................................1 12 Move Battery cursor down 6 20 A Glows red 19 J (self-timer) button (pg. 28) 26 Move cursor down 7 ON/OFF (power) button...........................12 charging. 18 B (Intelligent Face Detection) 23 NP-50 rechargeable24 battery C 13 20 B : 21

Mo

Before Before You Begin You Begin First Steps

the camera. the camera. NP-50 rechargeable 2 battery

BC-50 battery charger Attaching the Strap Attach the strap as BC-50 battery charger shown.

7 ON/OFF (power) button...........................12 opening) before 18 B (Intelligent Face Dete FinePix button ....................................... 8 Attaching the software CD USB cableMicrophone..................................................82 Strap NP-50 rechargeable Attachbattery strapDISP read BC-50 the (IMPORTANT: 9 19 A/V cableSpeaker............................................................83charger as(display)/BACK butto battery 10 Indicator lamp.............................................19 agreement onmode) button Owners Manual the CD shown. license " (Silent USB cable

battery

USB cable

12

12

1212

Strap

12 NP-50 rechargeable Strap battery

USB cable

Strap

last page of this manual (this manual) Attaching the Strap before opening) Basic Manual 5 Attach the strap as shown.

AM 2007 .og is displayedSetup 2006 Basic the first nguage-selection dialog is displayedSet thethe first Set time. the date and time. the first date and2 Set and time. 2 SET the date asic Setup Battery displayed A language-selection dialog is NO Setup Chargingcamera Basic e on. Set up is turned turned up the cameracamera d the cameracamerathe Seton. Set up the the first 2 Set the date and time. A the is on. time the language-selection dialog is displayed described thedialog(forturned on. Set upPress 2 2 selector DATEtime. DATE / TIME NOT SET below resetting . DATE / TIME date / TIME NOT SET time camerais displayed displayed is anguage-selection(for not charged at on the the The Charging Indicatortime. date TheAbattery is information shipment. the first nformation language-selectioninformation first resetting 2 NOT SET left or right on dialog resetting as described below ( is the on cameraSet theSet theand and 2010 2.1 Charge 2010 as described below (forsee page 85). battery ). 2009 clock camera orthebefore use.Set up theSet uppage 85). orthetimepage 85). islanguages,camera resetting changing camera turned on. see on camera languages, information the e the clock 85 2009 guages,isclock or changing languages, seeto highlightThe charging/ TIME month, 12:00 2010 charge the see turned on. changing theasyear,indicator 1shows battery DATE NOT 2008 1 2009 MM/DD/YY SET 1/ the (for information on resetting 85). page as described below (for information on resetting described1 the battery in the charger. below 2008 12:00 MM/DD/YY 1/ AM 2008 12:00 MM/DD/YY status 1 follows: 1/ 2007 1 language. Place 2008 Choose athe clock language. languages, seeday, 85). 2010 2006 or a language. minute AM press 1 changingthe changinginto page 85). page hour, or Charging2007 andBattery status 2007 AM indicator Action O clock or Choose alanguages, seethe supplied BC-50 2009 1 Choosebattery 2006 Insert 2006 SET NO 2008 2008To MM/DD/YY 1/ 1Battery 12:00 SET not NO Insert the battery charger as shown, sure or 1 Choose a language. making up that down to Offchange.2007 AM SET NO Choose a language. is in the correct orientation. inserted. battery. or up, down, 2006 the battery 2.1 Press Pressselector left or year, change the orderthe selector left or right or right 2.1 2.1 SETthe which the right Pressin NO Battery the selector left Glows red o highlight a the 2.1 to highlightthe year, right the charging. 2.1 Press and day highlightselectoryear, month, to Press displayed, themonth, NP-50 rechargeable battery the selector left highlightleft or year, month, month, areto,or right highlight 2.1 , day, selectorminute right hour, ,left fully the Press thehighlightminute andpress hour, ,Batteryyear, month, to date 2.1 day,to green oror theororandRemove the year, or charged.and pressup Glows . press Arrow highlight the day, or down minute and press the format and day,month,change.press up hour, hour, month,To to selector battery. minute to highlight the to up or down year,change. To 1.1 Press the selector up, down, day, hour, or minuteorthepresschange. change. To and toand which change or down toUnplug the up up downorder inpressTo the year, 1.1 selector . or 1.1 Press the selectortoup, down, down. hour, orthe order in which the year, day, . minute right a 1.1 left, or up, up, 1.1 Press Presscharger down, down, the the selectorhighlightTerminals change and day are displayed, highlight BC-50 battery . month, 1.2 MENU/OK up or downMENU/OKchange order in whichinthe year, the tochange the change. charger and 2.2 Blinkschange. the order red left, orleft, or toorhighlight highlight a right rightright to a language. to highlight a upmonth, .Battery fault. removehighlight or month, and dayTo pressTo selector up down format are displayed, which left, date to and day are displayed, highlight or up, 2 the selector up,in. down, language. 1.1 Press Plug the charger down, 2.2 Press MENU/OK. thethe order andday are thethe month, and the the language.1.2 Press MENU/OK. change date which press the displayed, hig in change the orderdown.formatand whichbattery. year, up or the in selector the date format and press year, up the selector left, or language. highlight a o highlight rightPress MENU/OK.a power outlet. The red andmonth,thethe date format and press the selec a charger into Plug the to orand day are down. 3 Chargeare battery. displayed, highlight month, daydown. or Press displayed, highlight 2.2 MENU/OK. 1.2 language. 1.2 MENU/OK. will light. Press MENU/OK. indicator charging or down. 1.2 Press the date format and press the selector up Charging is complete when the charging 2.2 Press MENU/OK. the date format andturns green. selector up press the A fully exhausted indicator or Press 2.2 down.MENU/OK. 1.2 Press MENU/OK. or down. battery2.2 Press MENU/OK.and 20 minutes takes about 2 hours

Basic Setup

MM/DD/YY

1/ 1

2008

12:00

First Steps

DATE / TIME NOT SET

DATE / TIME NOT SET 2010 2009 2010 2009 2007 1/ 1 2006 NO 2007 2006 1/ 1 NO

MM/DD/YY MM/DD/YY SET SET

START MENU START / LANG. START MENU MENU / LANG. / LANG.


START MENU / LANG.

12:00 AM 12:00 AM

First Steps

First Steps Steps First Steps First

First Steps

START MENU / LANG.

SET SET

NO NO

SET

NO

SET

NO

SET

NO

2.2 Press MENU/OK.

2.2 Press MENU/OK. to charge.

13

13

13 5 13

Basic Basic Setup BasicSetup Setup Basic Setup Setup Basic Setup Setup Basic Basic B Tip: TheThe Clock Tip:Tip:Tip: Camera Clock BThe Camera Camera The Camera Clock Camera Clock 3 33ChooseChoose management options. 3 Choose powerpowermanagement options. BBTip:BBTip:TheTheClock Clock 333Chargingmanagement options. Choose power management options. Choose power management options. B Tip: The Camera Camera Clock Choose power management options. Choose power power management options. the Battery
POWER MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT POWERPOWER MANAGEMENT POWERPOWER MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT POWER POWER

33 333333 33 33333 1

Basic Setup If the Ifbattery is is is isisremoved for forextendedBasicthethethe If If If thethebatteryremoved for an extended Basicperiod,thethe the batterybattery removed an foran an Basic SetupSetup thethethe battery is removedextendedBasicBasicSetup If battery removed for for extended period,SetupSetup If batteryremoved for an an anextendedSetuptheSetup is removed extendedperiod,Setup extendedBasic Setup period, Setup period,Setup period, Setup the BasicBasicperiod, BasicBasicSetup BasicBasicSetup Basic Setup Setup Basic Basic Basic camera clock clockbewill beand the thethe language-selection camera camera willwillwill beand thethethe language-selection camera clock clockreset reset theand language-selection camera clock will reset andand language-selection camera will bebe resetreset and language-selection camera will clock clock be resetreset language-selection be and language-selection POWERPOWER SAVE SAVE POWER SAVE POWER SAVE SAVE POWER charged 3 ChoosePOWERPOWERAFSAVEAFSAVE QUICKQUICK AF AF AF AF QUICK TheQUICKpowerDISPLAY DISPLAY at options. Chargewillbebewill be displayedIndicatorcamera isis ison. on.on. battery QUICKnotDISPLAYLCD isAFQUICKQUICK shipment. dialog dialogThe Camera ClockClock whencamera turnedturned management options.dialogwillBwill:displayed when the camera is is turned on. dialog willdisplayed Charging camera cameraturned dialog Tip:be The when the thethe camera on. dialogdisplayed when when will be The displayed be Camera displayed CLEAR LCD LCD CLEARDISPLAY CLEARCLEAR LCD LCD DISPLAY CLEARCLEAR LCD LCD management DISPLAY CLEAR DISPLAY BTip:Tip:TheCamera Clockwhen camera is turned on. Tip:ThebeClockClock Clock the Choosepowermanagementoptions. powermanagementoptions. BBdialogTheThewillThedisplayed when thetheis turnedturned on. BTip:BBCameraCamera Clock B Tip:Camerabattery BBTheTip: ClockClock TheTheTip:The Clock B Clock Tip: Camera Camera Camera Camera Clock Camera Clock ChooseChoosePowerpowersaving for longeroptions.options. BB Tip:BCameraCamera Clock removed for the ChooseChoosemanagementlongeroptions.options. Tip:Tip:TheTip:TheClockCamera Clock an extended period, Choosepowerpowerlongermanagementoptions. BBTip: Tip:theTheCamerais Choosebatterymanagement options.options. Tip: BTip:TheTheCamera Clock ChoosepowerPower savinglongeruse.for options. Choose power managementoptions. Choose powerPowerPower saving Choose powerfor saving longer Choose Power management Choose power formanagementoptions. Choose power management options. power beforelonger longer Choosesaving Power management power saving saving for for power Power for management management options. power management management theChoosepowermanagementoptions. If IftheThetheCameraleftisleftintheincamera cameraororoptionaltheDC If theIfthebatteryis isleftcharging incameraororoptionaloptionalDC Ifthebattery isTheleftinleftthethecamera shows period, DC Ifthebattery is isleftininthethecameraoroptionalDC DC batterybattery inis the camera or optional . If Ifthe battery battery left indicator oroptionalDC charge thecamera optional DC battery battery life battery lifelife life MANAGEMENT battery battery life POWER battery life battery life battery IfIfthethetheIf,isremovedforextendedperiod,thethethe IfIfthebatterybatteryisremovedforanforforextendedperiod,thethethe theIfIfbatterybatteryisremovedforforextendedperiod,the thethe IfIfIfbatterytheisisremovedforbeforforanextended period, the the theIfIfIfIftheisbatteryremoved anextendedperiod,period, the thethebatteryremovedforanforextendedextendedthe Ifthethebatteryisisisremovedan anextendedperiod, thebatteryisremoved resetananextendedperiod, Ifthebatteryclockremovedforananextended theperiod, battery batteryisremovedextendedextended period, batteryremovedisforfor for and extendedperiod, batterybatteryisremovedanananextended period, thebattery is removed extended period, the theis is removedfor removedremoved period, an an extended an period, POWER MANAGEMENT POWERPOWERMANAGEMENTMANAGEMENT POWERMANAGEMENTNO NO NO POWER POWER POWER POWER MANAGEMENT POWER POWER POWERMANAGEMENT POWERPOWERNO MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENTPOWER POWER POWER MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT POWER MANAGEMENT coupler andandadapteras follows: forfor about about days,days, coupler coupler ACAC adapter connectedthe fourfour four coupler camera ACACbeconnectedthe for for four four coupler ACand DC () aboutaboutdays,days, couplerAC adapterwillreset andfor language-selection coupler AC adapter connected about about days,days, and and will connected and adapter connected language-selection and connected for4 for fourdays, about four SETMANAGEMENT SETNO NO SAVE SET MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT SETMANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT SETPOWER SET NO SET status adapter clock adapter cameraclockwillbeberesetconnectedlanguage-selection POWER SAVE AF QUICK in the charger. PlacePOWERPOWERSAVESAVESAVE DISPLAY theSAVEPOWER SAVE battery camera camerawillbewillberesetandthelanguage-selectionturned on. cameraclock clockwillresetberesetandandthethelanguage-selection cameraclockwillclockwillwillberesetthelanguage-selection cameracamerawillwillwillbeandtheand language-selection cameraclock clockberesetandandandthelanguage-selection cameradialog clockwill beresetandthethelanguage-selection cameraclockclockresetandresetwhen thelanguage-selection camera clockbebe willbeand thethethelanguage-selection camera willclockreset beresetthelanguage-selection camera clock bereset reset language-selection camera willbewilldisplayed and the language-selection camera will be reset resetand language-selection clock camera clock the and and language-selection language-selection POWER SAVESAVE POWER SAVE POWER POWER POWER SAVELCD POWER SAVE SAVEPOWER POWERPOWERSAVE SAVE POWER QUICK AF SAVE SAVE SAVE POWERPOWER POWERCLEAR they can can removed ,aboutseven without without they theybecanbe7removed about sevencamera is . they theycanremoved forfor for forseven days without they theywillremoved for forabout thedaysdays without can , beremovedabout about seven can be removed , seven days without be can removed about aboutdays days for seven days without QUICKAF AF AF AFAF QUICK AFAF QUICK QUICK dialogbebebebedisplayedwhencameraseven without status Power BC-50willIfthewillbatteryclock,languagecameraturnedpower on. dialogdialogwillwillbebedisplayedthewhencameraisturned Action on. dialog dialogwillwilldisplayedwhencameracameraturnedon.on. DC dialogdialogdisplayedwhenwhencameracamera isisisison. on. on. dialogdialog willbedisplayedthecameracameraturnedturned dialogbewilldisplayedwhenwhenthe the turnedorturnedon. dialogbedisplayed displayedwhen theisisisisisisisturnedon.on. dialogbebebebebe whenthethethethecamera turned on. willwillthe displayed indicator cameracameraison. on. dialogbebe displayed leftwhenBatteryisturnedturned will be Chargingwhenwhenthethe turnedon.optional dialog willdisplayed when the camera turned dialogdisplayedwhen the the be displayed whencameraturnedon. displayed camera camera on. 3.1 3.13.1PressQUICKtheAFDISPLAYlongerDISPLAYordown 3.1 Press the theQUICKAFDISPLAYLCDAFLCDDISPLAYdowndown 3.1 3.13.1the CLEARQUICKQUICKQUICKDISPLAYor longer or supplieddialogwillwillwilldisplayeddisplayedinthethecameraisisturnedpower Press InsertQUICKQUICKDISPLAYforsaving upor the Press PressCLEARLCDQUICKDISPLAYDISPLAY down Press selectorQUICKAFDISPLAYdown PresstheQUICKCLEARupDISPLAYinto theQUICKAFLCDQUICKDISPLAYorDISPLAY down selectorDISPLAYAFLCD foror selectorLCD DISPLAY thePowerbattery selectorAFlifeAF the AFsaving AF selectorDISPLAY selector selector CLEAR LCD CLEAR upLCD LCD down CLEARCLEARCLEARCLEAR DISPLAY CLEARCLEARCLEARLCD upup CLEARCLEARLCDup LCD DISPLAY LCDup LCDCLEAR LCD CLEAR or LCD LCD CLEAR iswhen theselection,orororor turned battery resettingresettingthe clock,languagecamera or optional DC resetting the theclock,language selection, or power power resetting theclock,isclock, languageselection, power resetting clock, language selection, resetting thethe language clock, languageselection, power selection, oror selection, power Ifresetting leftleft in leftleftcameracamera or optional PowerPower savingfor for longer Power Power saving Power longer longer saving Power savingfor for Powerlonger Power longer Power theIf thethebatteryisisisisleftleftinthecameraororororoptional DCDCDC IfIftheIfIfIfthebatteryleftisleftleftininthe camera not orDCInsertDC thetheIf battery andin isthethethecamera optionaloptionalDC thethetheisisisis left leftisthe the the oror or optionalDC DC DC Ifbattery batteryislefttheinininthecamera optionalDC battery batteryin isleftthe camera cameraoptional batterybattery left in camera Batteryoroptional DC thethe battery in in thecamera or optional battery is the battery the battery the or or the optional DC or or DC thatIfbatteryoptions.options.the cameraoptionaloptional DC toto highlightsavingdesiredlongerlonger option tohighlightsavingPowerforsavinglifeSETforforforforoption option suretheIfIfthebatteryoptions.inleftcamera cameraoptionaloptionaldays, highlightsavingforforthesavingsavinglongeroption making IfIfIfIfmanagementbatteryisinintheincameracameraforoptionalDCthe to batterythelongerlifeforlifelonger desired to highlightlifefordesiredshown, toPowerPowersavinglifesavinglifesavinglifefor longer option highlightbatterythefordesired option to PowerlifePowerlongerlongersavinglonger NO highlightlifesaving longer for highlight saving thePowerlonger thePower the batterybatterycharger desired battery life batterybattery lifelife asoption battery battery battery battery battery lifelife battery desired battery batterydesired life life battery the batterylife battery couplerleft management and options.adapter connected about four managementoptions. AC management ACoptions. connected for about four days, management options. management adapter management Off couplerACand ACadapter connected aboutaboutfourdays, SET NO couplercouplerACAC adapter connectedinserted.four four without couplerandtheyACandACconnected connectedsevenfourdays, days, couplercouplerandadapter connectedaboutforfourfourbattery. couplercouplerand AC adapter connectedforforfourdays,days, coupler AC adapterACconnected forforforforfor fourfour days, coupler ACandand adapter connected for aboutdays, days, couplerandcan be adapter connectedaboutdays, days,days, coupler andAC adapter connectedfor aboutfour four coupler adapter removedconnected four about four coupler AC AC adapter for for about about four andand adapter connected about about days and coupler adapter adapter for about four days, and AC adapter connectedfor about days, AC connected about (pg.(pg. (pg.SET SETSETSETSETNONONOtheNO (pg.63).63). SET SETNOSETSETin NONONO (pg. theSET 63).NO NONOSET NO correct orientation.coupler andandadapterconnectedforforaboutaboutdays,days, 63). 63). SET SET NO (pg. SET SET NO NO NO (pg.battery is 63). SET 63). 3.1 selector up or down theytheycancanremoved forforforaboutaboutdaysdayswithout theytheybecanbe beremovedaboutaboutsevendays withoutpower theytheycancanbeberemovedforforaboutsevenwithoutwithout theycancancan removedforforaboutaboutsevendayswithout cancancanbe removed aboutaboutsevenselection,without cantheybecanremoved aboutaboutBatterydaysdayswithout theybeberemovedforclock,foraboutseven dayswithout theyresettingremoved for forsevensevenwithout without can beremovedforfor aboutsevendays without they removed removed about dayssevendays without they canbe removed for languagedays dayswithout they bebe removed seven seven without removed about about sevendays removed seven days days seven days 3.1PressPress the selectordown down theytheytheybecanbeberemovedforforsevensevenwithoutorwithout the Glows red 3.13.13.1Presstheselectorupororuporordown 3.13.23.13.1MENU/OK.selectorthedown down 3.1Press3.2 Presshighlight updowndown 3.1Press3.1Presstheselectorupororordown PressPressthetheselector upupordown 3.13.1PresstheMENU/OK. ordesired option resetting resettingclock,clock,language selection,powerpower PressPressthe theselectorup down PressMENU/OK. selector upor 3.1theMENU/OK. selector 3.1Press selector Pressto MENU/OK. Press the selector down theMENU/OK. the the up selector resettingthetheclock, language selection,orororor orpower 3.23.13.23.1Pressselectorupororupupordown 3.2 3.23.2Pressthethe upuporuporordown Press theselectorselector downrechargeableresettingresettingthethelanguagelanguageselection,powerpower Press 3.1Pressselectorup NP-50 down Pressthe MENU/OK. down PressPressselector resettingthethethetheclock, language charging. powerpower resettingthethetheclock,options.language selection,orpower resettingmanagementlanguageselection, oror ororor orpower resettingthe clock,languagelanguageselection,power power resetting clock, clock,languageselection,or or or power resetting clock, clock,language selection, power resetting the clock, language selection, resetting the clock, language selection, orpower resetting clock,clock, language selection, resetting the language selection,selection, clock, selection, battery resettingclock,thelanguageselection,selection, power power tototo thethethethedesiredoption highlightdesiredoption option thedesiredoption desiredoption option managementoptions. options. totohighlighthighlightdesiredoption totohighlightthedesireddesired option highlighthighlightthedesired option totototohighlightthe option option tototohighlightdesiredoption option management options.options. highlightthedesireddesired highlight thethedesired tohighlightthethethe desired highlight thethe desired to highlightdesired option highlight (63). highlight desired option highlight option (pg. management options.options. management options.options. management options. options. management options. management options. management options. management options. management options. management options. management management management management management Battery fully Remove the (pg.(pg. 63). Glows green Arrow (pg.(pg.63).63).63). . (pg.63).(pg.63).63). (pg.63).63). 63). (pg.(pg.63).63). (pg.63). 63). (pg.(pg. 63). (pg.(pg. 63).MENU/OK (pg. 63). (pg. 3.2 charged. battery. 3.2 Press MENU/OK. 3.23.2PressMENU/OK. PressMENU/OK. MENU/OK. Unplug the 3.23.23.2PressPressMENU/OK. 3.2Press3.2MENU/OK.MENU/OK. 3.2PressMENU/OK.MENU/OK. 3.2Press3.2 MENU/OK. 3.2PressPress MENU/OK. 3.23.2Press MENU/OK. 3.2PressPress Press MENU/OK. 3.2PressMENU/OK. 3.2MENU/OK. Press MENU/OK. Press MENU/OK. Terminals charger and BC-50 battery charger Blinks red Battery fault. remove the Plug the charger in. battery.

First Steps

Plug the charger into a power outlet. The red charging indicator will light.

Charge the battery. Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

4 14 14 14 14
14

141414 4141414 41414 14 14 14

Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures inin (AUTO) Mode Taking the in (AUTO) Mode 3 Pictures to AUTOBattery (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Chargingdescribes howin take pictures inMode This Pictures Taking section

Check the battery level. This section describes how to take pictures in Check the battery level. monitor. mode. Check the battery level in the This section describes how to take pictures in the battery level. This section describes how to take pictures Check the battery AUTO at shipment. mode. is describes how to take pictures in Check the battery level. TheThis sectionnot charged . in in battery mode. Check thebattery level in the This section describes how on. take pictures Charge 3 The thethe battery level in the monitor. to Check Charging Indicator level. monitor. battery level. Turn Check the battery level in the Check battery level in the monitor. the mode. the camera battery before use. battery level in the monitor. The charging indicator shows battery charge 1 Turn camerabutton mode. mode. the camera on. to turn the camera Check the the .monitor. Press the . ON/OFF on. Turn ON/OFF status as follows: Turn Press ON/OFF in on. Turn the camera on. Place thethe camera the charger. the camera on. cameraON/OFF button turn the Press thebatterybutton to to turn camera Turn thePress the ON/OFF button to turn the camera on. Charging indicator Battery status Action on. Press the ON/OFF Insert the battery into theto turn the BC-50 supplied camera on. ON/OFF buttonbutton the camera Press theon. to turn Battery not Insert the on. battery charger as shown, making sure that Off Indicator Descriptionbattery. on. the battery is in the correct orientation. inserted. Indicator Description

1 11 1 1 1

33 3 3

NP-50 rechargeable battery

2 2

. Rotate the in. Plug mode. mode dial to .. the charger Rotate the mode dial to Select Plug the charger to . Rotate the mode dialinto a power outlet. The red charging indicator will light.

2 Rotate charger 22 AUTO Select mode. dial to Select the mode. BC-50 battery mode
Select themode. dial Rotate mode. mode Select [] .

Arrow

Select

mode.

2Rotate the mode dial to to ..

Terminals

r (blinks red) battery. Charge the and charge battery. Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

qIndicator Battery partially discharged. (white) Description Battery Description Indicator Glows red Battery partially discharged. Description (white) wqIndicator Batterycharging. discharged. more than half discharged. q (white) partially q (white) (white) Battery more than half discharged. partially discharged. Indicator Descriptionas soon as q Battery partially discharged. Low Battery half discharged. battery. than Charge ww (white) Battery morefully Remove the ew (white) Battery partially than half discharged. (red) Glows green Low battery. discharged. soon as w (white) than half as Battery q (white) Battery more possible. more Charge discharged. charged. Low battery. Charge battery. as as soon e (red) (red) Low battery. possible. we(red) Battery more Chargecamera off as (white) Low battery. Charge as soon exhausted. Turn discharged. Unplug soon Battery than half as the as e red) possible. e (red) r (blinks possible. possible. .camera Battery exhausted. Turn soon battery. Battery exhausted. Turn as camera off red and charge battery. charger andoff . Blinks LowBattery ChargeTurn cameraas err (blinks red) Battery exhausted. Turn camera off (red) red) Battery fault. remove the off (blinks exhausted. possible. . battery. r (blinks red)and charge battery. (blinks red) and charge r and charge battery. battery. charge battery. and . Battery exhausted. Turn camera off

15

Basic Photography and and Playback Basic Basic PhotographyPlayback Basic Photography and Playback Photography and Playback Basic Photography and Playback Basic Photography and Playback First Steps

15 15 15 15 5 15

Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in 4 Frame thethe Battery picture. Holding the Camera Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in Chargingthe main subject in the focus area Hold the the Camera 44 FramePositionthepicture. the Frame the the picture. 4 and picture. Framepicture. the Camera Holding the the Camera 4 Frameuse the zoom control to frame theHoldingHoldingCamera steady Holding camera both Position the mainpicture. inin the the focus area the cameracamera steady Position thethe main subject shipment. Charge with camera hands and Position main charged not 4 battery isthe subject the in the area Hold Hold the The steadysteady the the steady The Positionthe picture.subjectin focus area area HoldHoldingthe Camera Indicator 4 Frame the main at focus focus Hold brace yourcamera against 4 picture zoomsubject Frame the Camera Charging Holding elbows and use the in the monitor. to frame the control

(AUTO) Mode (AUTO) Mode (AUTO) Mode

TakingTaking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Pictures in Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Mode (AUTO) Mode (AUTO)

the zoom with andand use the main subjecttoin to frame area both both hands and use before zoom control the frame area hands hands and use the use.control zoom control to focus the with both and both indicator shows battery charge hands and the battery frame thewithwith The camera and Position the main subject in the focus the Position Hold the chargingsteady Hold the camera steady your sides. Shaking or the monitor. pictureand. monitor.control to frame the your elbowselbowsagainst inin use the monitor.control to frame brace brace your elbows against picture the monitor. picturein the zoom in the bracebrace elbows against and your your . and as follows: pictureB to zoom out Select A to zoom in the statusagainst and use the zoom with both hands with both hands Select unsteady can Place the battery in the charger. hands oror your your sides. Shaking blur your sides. your against sides. Shaking Shaking your yourelbows Shaking or picture in the monitor. picture monitor. in the brace sides.elbows brace . your shots.can indicatoror Chargingblur against Action the outISO AUTO(800)intoSelect A to zoom in unsteady hands hands blur blurBattery status Select B toto zoomzoomoutSelect A tosuppliedAUTO(800) unsteady hands can can Insert B to out Select Select A to zoom in the zoom ISO SelectSelectB to zoom out A to zoom in in BC-50 unsteady hands can blur B unsteady Select zoom battery your sides. Shaking or your sides. Shaking or Battery not Insert the battery charger as shown, makingzoomin your shots. shots. hands can blur shots. your shots. Off Select BISO AUTO(800) AUTO(800) Select Bto zoom out to zoom out Select AAUTO(800) sure in youryourprevent pictures that Select Ato zoom that () blur unsteady hands can inserted. unsteady ISO AUTO(800) ISO ISO ISOto ISO AUTO(800) AUTO(800) To ISO AUTO(800) battery. the battery isISO AUTO(800) correct orientation. in the , your shots. your shots.

First Steps

are out of focus or too dark To prevent pictures that that Battery To prevent that that pictures To prevent pictures pictures To preventGlows (underexposed), red NP-50 rechargeable batteryare out of focusfocusordarkdark charging. are out .or too too keep of are outof focus or too that of are focus or too dark other To out fingerspictures dark Battery fully Remove the To prevent pictures that prevent and your 12/ 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 2050 AM 00 AM 31/ 2050 12/ 10: 00 10: 10: 00 AM 12/ 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 2050 AM 00 AM 31/ 2050 12/ 10: 00 10: 10: 00 AM (underexposed),Glows green (underexposed), keeptoodark (underexposed),or keep Zoom 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 indicator 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 Arrow AM (underexposed),or tookeep are out ofaway keep dark are out offocus from the focus objects and battery. your your fingers other other charged. yourfingers fingers and other fingers and and keep other your 12/ 12/ 31/ 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM (underexposed), (underexposed), 31/ 2050 Zoom Zoom2050 10: 00 AM indicator 10: 00 AM lens and flash. the keep Zoom indicator Zoomindicator indicator Unplug the objectsobjects away from the objectsawayfingers and other awayfrom the from away objectsfingers from the your your Terminalslens andand flash. and other charger and BC-50 battery charger lens and flash.Focus red Zoom indicator Zoom indicator lensflash. away B Tip:: Blinks from the lens and flash. from theBattery fault. objects away objects Lock Zoom in up to 3 using (23) remove the Use and flash. lens Lock lock and B Tip: Focusfocusflash. (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that are not Focus Lock B Tip: Focus Plug the charger in.optical zoom, B Tip:lens.Lock 3 using Zoom Zoominto 3 using use B Tip: Focus Lock inin upin 3 to 3 using in Zoomup to up3 using focusthe focus 23) to focus on subjects that arebattery. frame. up to or Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that are not Zoom (89) not [] a power outlet. The red B lock Focus Lock 23) to focus on subjects that are not [] UseTip: (pg. (pg. focus lock Plug the charger into zoom (pg. Use Use Tip: Focus Lock 23) to focus on subjects that are not digital opticalopticalin zoom, 3 89)inin theB focus lock (pg. battery. opticalzoom, up oruse using focus frame. frame. zoom, Charge or to ) optical in upto 3 using in focusfocusframe. Zoom zoom, use usethe inthe focus the Zoom or to or use frame. (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that are not . the charging indicator will light. closer. zoom in Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that are not Use focus lock
ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

digitaloptical zoom(pg.or use zoom zoom, digital zoom zoom, toto use Charging is complete when the charging digital (pg. 89) 89) to digital zoom89) or to optical (pg. (pg. 89) focus frame. zoomzoom inzoom (pg. 89) to in theindicator turns green. A fully exhausted in closer.closer. zoom in closer. (pg. 89) to in thefocus frame. zoom incloser. digital zoom digital battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes zoom in closer. zoom in closer. to charge.

16 5

1616 16 16 16 16 16

Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode (AUTO) Mode The Framing Grid Avoiding Blurred Pictures The Framing Grid a framing grid or to view or hide other Avoiding Blurred Pictures To display the picture. If the subject is poorly lit, blurring caused by camera Frame The Framing Grid Avoiding Blurred Pictures Holding Blurred in Grid The FramingGrid Avoiding be reduced The poorly lit, Pictures Avoiding Blurred Pictures To display aTheFraming grid or to view or hide other button. subject iscan the Camera by caused bythe G button framing Grid indicatorsthe monitor, press the in the focus If the shake Framing Gridblurring pressing camera The Framingthe main subject DISP/BACK Position area If Avoiding Blurred Picturesblurring caused by camera To display aa framing button. canthe IS mode).mode, pressing( IScamera or to view or other Hold subject framing gridblurringviewbutton camera the a grid DISP/BACK or hide other indicatorsTodisplay aaframing grid or to view or hide other IfIfthe subject isispoorly the G the G button in display framing grid To display framing the or to view or hide other To the reducedisby pressingblurringcaused hide camera subject poorly lit, blurring causedby , To the monitor, press grid or to view display camera steady or by hide shake (dual subjectis In If be poorlylit, or to caused by other the poorly lit, lit, and use monitor, press the DISP/BACK button. the shake be hands and pressing the G button , monitor, . indicators in theDISP/BACKpress the DISP/BACK button. IS mode). caninbe reduced by pressingmovement. button withreduces blurmonitor,by the G button 88) both the . pressing the G indicators in the the zoom control to frame(dual shake can bemode, pressingpressingthe Gbutton. indicators in themonitor, press the DISP/BACK button. indicators reduced by subject DISP/BACK button shake can be reduced by the the G button also caused indicators in the monitor, press the DISP/BACK button. shake In can reduced press picture in the monitor. (dual IS mode). In subject pressing the G button brace IS caused In mode, pressing also reduces blur mode). In against movement.theG button (dual IS mode). by mode, pressing the G button (dual your elbows (dual IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button mode, also reduces blur causedorbysubject movement. your reducesblur caused by subject movement. sides. Shaking also reduces blur causedby subject movement. also reduces blur caused by subject movement. also in ISO AUTO(400) Select B to zoom out Select A to zoom in Pictures Taking (AUTO) Mode unsteady hands can blur ISO AUTO(400) your shots. ISO AUTO(400)

Avoi If the s shake (dual IS also red Basic Photographyand Playback and Playback Basic Photography and Playback Basic Photographyand Playback BasicBasicPhotographyPlayback Photography and

Basic Photography and Playback

ISO AUTO(800)

ISO AUTO(800)

d ming grid or to view or hide other monitor, press the DISP/BACK button.

Avoiding Blurred Pictures 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM To prevent pictures that If the subject is poorly lit, blurring caused by camera 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM are out of focusturn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in or too dark Press the 12/ 31/ 2050 10: AUTO G button shake can be reduced by pressing G to 0000AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ (underexposed), keep Press the G on or on . Icon appears 2050 10: 00 AM on monitor dual IS depends (dual IS mode). In mode,G to turn .button (icon displayedin . pressingwhen dual IS is off Press selected for MODE; on your Z IS on or dependssee fingers other monitorPressG to on (icon displayedoff .. .Icon appears in when dual ISto turn dual ISIS onor off Icon appears in Press G toand dual on or off Icon appears in optionG is turn dual ISon IS off .Icon appears in Pres Press G toturn turn also reduces blur caused by subject movement. dualDUALor . pg. 88). Zoom Indicatorsindicator Indicators monitor when DUALis on (icon displayed depends on objects when dual IS isthe(icon displayed depends on from option selected for Zdual ISISIS on(icon displayed depends on monitor away dual IS ison (iconsee pg. 88).depends on monitor when dual is MODE; displayed monito monitor when on Indicatorsdisplayed Indicators hidden option selected forwhen blur IS MODE; seein 88). lens andselected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). Sensitivityselectedfor Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg.effect. is raised is option flash. option selected forZ DUAL reduction see pg. 88). optio Indicators Indicators option Z DUAL IS MODE; pg. 88). displayed Indicators hiddenIndicators Indicators Indicators Indicators Indicators AUTO(400) Indicators Indicators Sensitivity is raisedblurringblur reduction is in effect. on the Note that when ISOmay still occur depending displayed hidden B displayedLock Tip: Focus raised when blur reduction ishidden displayed displayed hidden displayed hidden scene. Note Sensitivity isisraised when blur reduction isisin effect. blurring Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Sensitiv Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction in effect. Zoom in up tohidden 3 using thatSensitivitymay still occur depending on thein effect. focus on are not Framing or scene. Use focus lock (pg. 23) tostill occur subjects thaton the grid use Note that blurring may still occur depending on the Note that blurring may still occurdepending on the Note th Note that blurring may still occur depending on the optical zoom, Note focusblurring may depending in the that frame. scene. displayed Framing grid scene. scene. scene. digital zoom (pg. 89) to scene. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Framing grid displayed Framinggrid Framing grid Framing grid Framing zoomtheG to subject atIS on or off . Icon appears in in closer. grid To use the framing grid, position main turn Press displayed dual displayed displayed displayed displayed the intersection of two lines or align one To use the framing grid, position the main subject at ofIS the (icon displayed depends on monitor when dual is on To use the framing grid, position one main subject at the main subject at horizontal framing grid, horizon. the main subject DUAL IS MODE; see pg. grid, the intersectiontheframing grid, position the selected for Zat To use the framing88). position the main subject at two lines To use the lines withgrid, position Use of thesubject at option main To use the framing the position the focus lock (pg. To use of Indicators or align on the intersection horizon.that focusalign (pg. of the 23) intersection of two lines or lock one center not horizontaltheto focus thesubjectswillor align inonethe the intersection of two lines or align one of the lines with , lines or be the of the intersection of two Use or align one of the the intersection of two lines align one of the of . two lines focus horizontal lineshiddenthephotograph. lock when blur reduction is in effect. horizon. Use focus lock (pg. with will horizon. Use focus lock(pg. Sensitivity focus of the frame in the final not in Use centerlock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects with the horizon. the focus lock (pg. horizontal lines with the be horizontal lines that the horizon. Use is raised (pg. horizontal lines with the horizon. Use horizontal lines with 23) to focus(23) . not be in the centerstill 23) to focus on subjects that may of the frameto focus on photograph. Notenotbeblurring center occur depending on thethat will not be in the center 23) in the final subjects that will not bein the center 23) to focuson subjects that will not be in the center 23) to focus on subjects that will on subjects that will in the of the frame in the final photograph. scene. of the frame in the final photograph. of the frame in the final photograph. of the frame in the final photograph. of the frame in the final photograph. 17 17 Framing grid 17 displayed Basic Photography and Playback

ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400)

16

ng grid, position the main subject at

17 17 17 17

5 Focus. 6 Shoot. Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Press the shutter button halfway to focus on SmoothlyTaking the shutter (AUTO) Mode press Pictures Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode (AUTO) 5 Focus. subject in the focus 6 Shoot. Taking Pictures inin button Mode Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures (AUTO) the main the of the way down take Mode Charging the Battery frame. on 6 Shoot.rest press the shutterin to (AUTO) Mode Press Smoothly button 5 Focus.the shutter button halfway to focus the picture. 5 Focus. is subject in Shoot. Focus. Shoot. 5The battery the picture. theathalfway to focus on 66 Shoot.rest of the the shutter button the the the 4 Focus. shutter buttonfocus frame. Charge 6 5 Pressmain not charged shipment. 6 Smoothly press way down to take Shoot. 4 Focus. Frame 1

Taking Pictures in

(AUTO) Mode

Focus frame AUTO(800) PressCamera selects small ISO ISO AUTO(800) shutter press the shutter button the rest of the way focus beep F5.6 shoot, press thehalfway setsBattery and exposure;way F5.6 shoot, buttonDouble shutter the to 250 250 focuses on the shutter button the rest the down. halfway250F5.6F5.6 selectssubject shoot, press Glows red button the rest of of way focus charging. 250 shoot, NP-50 rechargeable battery down. press the shutter button the rest of the way Focus frame Camera frame and small down. Press down. To prevent pictures thatBattery fully Remove the focusesselectssmall Double Focus frame Cameraselects small Focus frame is able to focus, selects smalltwice down. Glows beep focus beep halfwayCamera frame and If Focus frame Camera willon subject the camera it green Press Cameraframe and Arrowsmall are out of focusbeep dark charged. or too Focus frame selects and Double focus frame Double battery. Double focus green. focuses on and2050 10:indicator Press 12/focus frame and the 00 AM will subject lamp 31/focus frame and glow AM Press Press halfway focuses00 subject Double keep 12/ 31/ 2050 10: (underexposed), beep If the camera is ablehalfwayfocuses onon subject to focus, focusesbeep twice beep beep Unplug the Press it will on subject halfway halfway your fingers beep other and Terminals andthe camera is lamp will will focus chargerto focus, glowbeep twice charger and If battery , BC-50the indicator halfway focuses green. frame If Zoom indicator unable to focus, theon subject the camera is able it Blinks red Battery fault. rest of away from Press the remove the . toto focus, it will beep twice If thethe indicator R indicator will appear in objects Press halfway the camera is ablelamp willwill beep twice If will camera able focus, it glow beep the turn red, If the camera is ablea to focus, it will green.twice and camera is unable to focus, the focus frame lens and flash. If the is ablein. focus, it will beep twice If the camera to the way down Plugthe charger , and the indicator lamp will glow green. the rest and indicator lamp will green. glow and the theindicator lamp willindicator lamp will the monitor, and the glow green. Press halfway Press ofbattery. indicator lamp will glow will turn charger red, unable to focus, the focus frame a R a power will appear in and the !AF intoindicator outlet. The red B Tip: Focus Lock green. If the the is Plug camera ANote halfway the the down blink green. Change the composition or use . Press Pressway rest of Charge the If the monitor, aand to focus, the tolamp will If thecamera is unable Zoomthe focus3 using If indicatortothelight. the focus frame the camera is unable will focus,in up focus frame focus, the camera (23) . frame will turn red,isunable indicator will appear in Usethe subject(pg. battery. theonthe rest offire when the R to indicator charging unable to focus, the focus frame Press halfway If Press lock is 23) to focus thesubjects charging focus halfway complete whenmay Press Press rest of If the camera is a R indicator will appear in ANote halfway ispoorly lit, Press thedown that are not Press flash rest of focus lock (pg.R indicator will appear in 23). the way the Charging will turn red, R indicator zoom, or will will monitor, and the indicator lamp use inpicture ishalfway To take Press the down will turn red, aChange optical will appear in blink green. the composition or the turn red, a pictures rest of the way without the flash, thePress frame. focus taken. the A the flash down will aR in theindicator poorly lit, the way down exhausted subject is turns green. wayfully the turn red,and theindicator will appearwill monitor, 23). the composition 89) to ANote monitor, and the indicator (pg.or use ANote another flash modethe waymay fire when the the green. Change digital zoom lamp the monitor,(pg.and the indicator lamp will If choose indicator lamp will down focus lock blink (pg. 26). the monitor, and the composition or will ANote is taken. Toaboutpictures may fire the flash, the indicator lamp use ANote battery is poorly lit, the hourswithout when the . takes take 2 flash and 20 minutes picture ANote blink green. Change the composition focuses. ANote blink green. Change zoom the camera use Theblink may make 23). the whenin closer. or or use If the subject lens green. Change composition a noise focus lock ANote . (pg. is flash mode (pg. . the blink If the to is is, flash without the the choose charge. To take pictures If the subject poorly lit, the flash may fire when flash, subject is focus green. Change the composition or use If the subjecttaken.poorly lit, the flash may fire when picture anotherpoorly lit, the 26).may fire when the Thisfocus lock (pg. 23). is normal. (pg. 23). lock focus lock (pg. 23). If the is taken.poorly without the flash, The lens lock (pg. noise ANote may make a 23). when the camera focuses. picture subject is lit, the flash fire when the focus picture anotherToTo modepictures may picture taken. flash take (pg. 26). take pictures without the flash, choose is taken. To take pictures without the flash, (26). is is taken. To take pictures without the flash, ANote may picture another flash mode (pg. 26). This ANote ANoteis normal.make a noise when the camera focuses. choose another flash mode (pg. 26). choose another flash mode (pg. 26). The lens choose ANote The lens may make a noise when the camera focuses. choose another flash mode (pg. 26). lens may The lens normal.make noise when the camera focuses. This is may make a a noise when the camera focuses. 18The lens may make a noise when the camera focuses. The is normal. This is normal. This This is normal. 18 This is normal.
12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 10: 10: 00 12/ 31/ 2050 2050 00 AM AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

ISO Press the shutter AUTO(800) focus frame.focus on Smoothly press way shutter button Press the shutter button halfway to Smoothly press the BHolding thepress the shutter button Tip: The Shutter Button shutter button Press the in thehalfway toto focus on shutter button halfway focus on Smoothly CameraIndicator to take the rest of the picture. the main subject button . the The Charging the down the battery before main focus frame.focusarea Holdthe rest ofpress wayshutter to take charge use.in the halfway to Press the the ISO AUTO(800) subject in the focus on Smoothly the Position shutter buttonfocus frame. The charging way down tobutton the camera the main subject in the the main subject the rest the steady down take the main subject in the focus frame. the shutter of the way down to take Pressing the rest Thethe picture.theindicator shows battery . of button has two positions. Tip: Therest hands way down to Shutter the main subject in the focus frame. the button the and of halfway and use the zoom control to frame the Bshutter picture.Button sets focus take exposure; to status withthe picture. both and the as follows: the picture. Place the battery in the charger. ISO AUTO(800) The shutterelbows has two positions. Pressing Bshoot, press the against button the rest of thethe Tip: your button the Shutter Button Battery status picture in 10: 00AUTO(800) theAMAUTO(800) monitor. braceThepicture. shutter 12/ 31/ 2050 F5.6 ISO Charging indicator Action way ISO ISO AUTO(800) into the 250 Insert the battery supplied BC-50 BB The Shutter Button : button Button shutterThe ShutterButton two positions. exposure; to B Tip: Shaking sets focus and Pressing the Tip: shutter button has ISO AUTO(800) TheTip:The Shutterhalfway orBattery not your The . Insert the Bdown. Shutter Button two positions. Pressing way Tip: sides. button has button the rest the the battery charger as shown, 250 A to selectsin The shutter button shutter two positions. Pressing the making sure that The shutter button has positions. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 zoom out shoot, button halfwaytwo of Focus frame Camera Off Select B to AM Select F5.6 zoom small The shutter , Pressing theto shutter press the can blur inserted. and exposure; unsteady hands has button has sets focus . battery. the The button Double sets focus exposure; the battery AM in the correct orientation. and shuttershutter thehalfway sets focus and exposure; to is shutter press halfway sets focus theand Pressing to to down. button shutter button andrest of the way shutter button halfway two positions. exposure; 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 F5.6 250 focus frame shoot,shots. your

First Steps

Click Click Click Click Click Click Click

18 18 18 1818 18 16

Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in

(AUTO) Mode (AUTO) Mode (AUTO) Mode

Position the main or to in or hide area To display aa framing gridsubjectview or hide other To display framing grid or to viewthe focusother and use monitor, press the DISP/BACK button. indicators in the the zoom control to frame the indicators in themonitor, press the DISP/BACK button. picture in the monitor.
Select B to zoom out
ISO AUTO(800)

4 TheFrame the picture. TheFraming Grid Framing Grid Indicator Lamp

Indicator lamp Select A to zoom in


ISO AUTO(800)

Avoidingthe Camera Avoiding Blurred Pictures Holding Blurred Pictures IfIfthe subject is poorly lit, blurring caused by camera the subject is poorly lit, Hold the camera steady blurring caused by camera shake can be hands and pressing the G button shake can reduced by with both be reduced by pressing the G button (dual IS mode). In against pressing the G button (dual your elbows mode, brace IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button also reduces blur causedorbysubject movement. also sides. Shaking your reduces blur causedby subject movement. unsteady hands can blur your shots. ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) To prevent pictures that are out of focus or too dark 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM (underexposed), keep Press G to and dual IS on or off Icon appears in Press G turn other your fingerstoturn dual IS on or off . .Icon appears in monitor away dual IS ison (icon displayed depends on monitor when from on objects when dual IS isthe(icon displayed depends on option flash. for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). option selected lens andselected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). B Tip: Focus is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Sensitivity isLock Sensitivity raised when blur reduction is in effect. Use focus lock (pg. 23) tostill occur subjects thaton the Note that blurring may still occurdepending on the Note that blurring may focus on depending are not in the focus frame. scene. scene.

Basic Photography and Playback Basic Photography and Playback

lamp camera status as follows: The indicator shows .

Indicator lamp Camera status Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Glows green Focus locked. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Camera unable to focus. Picture can . . Blinks green Zoom be taken. Shoot.indicator . Blinks green Recording shutter button pictures. . ocus on Smoothly press the . Additional Indicators Indicators Indicators and orange pictures , can be taken. Indicators rest of the way down to take the displayed hidden displayed Recording pictures. No additional hidden picture. . 3 using the Zoom in up to Glows orange pictures can be taken at this time. optical zoom, or use B : The Shutter Button Tip: orange Flash charging; shutter disabled. Blinks digital zoom (pg.grid to Framing 89) Blinks red button has two positions. Pressing The . grid the shutter Recording or lens error.Framing103-106 . zoom inand exposure; to closer. displayed shutter button halfway sets focus displayed B Tip: Warnings shutter button the rest of the way shoot, press the To use the framinggrid, position monitor. subject at To use grid, in the the main subject at Detailed theframingappearpositionthe main See pages down. warnings the intersection information. or align one of the the intersection of two lines ts small 103106 for more of two lines or align one of the Double horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. e and 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center 23) to focus onbeep subjects that will not be in the center ubject of the frame in the final photograph. of the frame in the final photograph.

Click

p twice en. 16

19

17 17 19

s frame

taking take Pictures taking important photographs,monitor. test ToDeletingthepicture deletethePictures Pictures can be bebe the monitor. When Pictures cancanbeviewed inininin inmonitor.Whenshot Deleting Picturespicturecurrently displayed in Pictures can bebeviewed ininthe monitor.a test shot To deletePictures Pictures can canviewedviewed themonitor.When WhenDeletingDeleting Picturescurrently displayed in Pictures important viewed inthe the monitor. When DeletingPictures Picturescan be viewed Pictures can photographs, take monitor. viewed the monitor. When Deleting Pictures Pictures can be beviewed inthe monitor. When viewed the the a When DeletingPictures Deleting Pictures Deleting Pictures Pictures can be results. in.monitor. When the Pictures and important viewed Deleting PicturesatestWhen check is be wed intaking important beviewedininthetaketaketestashotshot the monitor, Charging Indicator up (I). The in thetakingcanimportant photographs, atake shot monitor, press Pictures importantphotographs,take a amonitor. Thetaking Whenphotographs,take atest shot battery canphotographs, take shot andPictures be photographs, take testtestWhen To delete Deleting Pictures currently displayed the a test takingimportant not photographs, monitor.Charge Todelete the thepresspicture currently (I).in taking monitor.thecharged at takeaaatestshotshotdeletethePictures currently displayed ininThe taking results.viewed themonitor. test WhenToDeletingThepicturethe selectordisplayed inin takingcheck the photographs, take testWhen ToTothedeletepicture currently up displayed takingimportantphotographs, inshipment. shot Todelete thepicture currently displayed inin important photographs, take test shot important Pictures can viewed Deleting picture the selector deletethe Pictures currently displayed the the ToTo picture delete picture currently displayed delete the Deleting picture currently displayed taking important . shot To delete thepicture currently displayed in taking important photographs, , To delete the picture currently displayed in otographs,checktheresults.use. delete the picturetesttest shotfollowingpress pressselectorupup(I).up (I). The dialog the be displayed. will andimportant taking importantD button. photographs, take a test shot themonitor,monitor,the currentlyupdisplayed in thetakingtestresults. battery results. andcheckcheck results. check results. thedelete andandchecktheresults.results. and checkthetheresults. To and and Presstheshotphotographs, take a currentlythe thedelete pressthepictureselector(I).TheinThe in charge and takecheckthethe button. checkthe results. taking a thebefore thethe The pressthe selector up (I).(I). Tofollowingthepress the selector(I). the thepresstheselectorup displayed themonitor,dialog theupshowsThe monitor, charging selector up The monitor, indicator (I). The monitor, thepress currently The up Toin Tomonitor,press will bethe displayed currently (I). and checktheimportant photographs, take a shot displayedmonitor,picturethedisplayed. (I). The the delete pictureselector selector The battery andcheck the the results. Press D themonitor, press theselectordisplayed. monitor, press selector . 1 following.will displayed. up dialog bewill be up and check the results. the monitor, press the selectorfollowing statuspresswill displayed. The up following dialog bebedisplayed. (I). The (I).monitor,aswilltheERASE OK? The Thedialog will beselector up followingpressbebeselector (I). The and check the results. followingdialogdialogdisplayed. up (I).(I). dialogwill thedisplayed. will displayed. the monitor, andPressPress the D button.charger. check the results. in the followingdialog will press be selector followingdialog will be displayed. followingdialog follows: the displayed. the the dialog will ERASE OK? following monitor, be displayed. Place the battery the following the D button. 1PressthetheDbutton. PressPress DDbutton. PresstheD button. Pressthe thebutton. PresstheD button. button. Press DD button. dialog will be displayed. . dialog will be displayed. following PresstheD button. following following dialog will be displayed. will be Battery status tton. Charging indicator ERASE OK? Action PressPress the D button.the supplied BC-50 following dialog ERASEOK?OK?OK ?OK?displayed. the D button. Insert the battery into ERASE ERASE Press the D button. ERASE OK? OK? ERASE OK? ERASE ERASE OK? ERASE OK? ERASE OK? ERASE OK? ERASE OK? Battery not Insert the ERASE OK? that OK? battery charger as shown, making sure CANCEL ERASE ERASE Off ERASEOK OK? OK? CANCEL OK inserted. battery. the battery is in the correct orientation. SET OK CANCEL OK CANCEL SET

Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures Pictures can be viewed res Viewing Pictures in the monitor. When the Battery Pictures can Pictures Viewing Pictures in the monitor. When Chargingbe Pictures Viewing viewed Viewing

Deleting Pictures Deleting Pictures

1 1 11111 1 111 1 1 1 11

First Steps

OK The most recent picture will be displayed in To delete Glows red SETpresscharging. left SET CANCEL SET OK SETSET SET SET The most recent picture will be displayed inCANCEL To delete the picture,OKpress theCANCEL CANCEL left SET the picture, SETOK theselector selector SET SET NP-50 rechargeable battery SET monitor. SET themostrecent picture will bebe be displayed , and SET the selector left monitor. picture displayed Themost recent picture bewilldisplayed recent picture highlightOK picture, OK To exit press MENU/OK. To TheThemostmost picture picturebedisplayed inin in intoToTothethe OKandpressSETMENU/OK.selector left the ThetheTherecent willwillbedisplayed in inToTotohighlightthe picture, theBatteryselectorRemove The mostrecent picture willbe . SET inin Todelete the picture,theselector left exit TheThe most recent willwill displayed in Todelete deletepicture,presspressselector left most recent picture will bedisplayed in most recent picture will be be displayed mostrecent picture will displayed recent The most the press the left deletethepicture,presspressselectorleft left thepicture,press theselector left picture,press the selector To deleteGlows greenpress the fully the The displayed Todelete thepicture, press the selector left Arrow delete t picture willtheTheThe monitor.picture will be displayed inin selectordelete .the picture, highlight battery. be themost Todelete the picture, press the selector delete the Themonitor. mostmost without deleting and the selectorexit inhighlightdeletingpicture,picture, Toexit To themonitor. monitor. MENU/OK thethemonitor. in recent picture will displayed toTowithouttheOKandpresspresstheMENU/OK. left exit themonitor. recent To deletewill picture,displayedtohighlightthepicture,pressMENU/OK.Tohighlight left thedisplayed monitor.recent picture the be be press the toTohighlightOKpicture,pressMENU/OK.Toexitleftexit monitor. monitor. left to delete the presspress toTohighlight OK OK the MENU/OK. Toexit highlightOKand and MENU/OK.theTo and delete OK picture, the monitor. tototo To highlight andMENU/OK.ToToleft highlight OK and presspress charged. exit highlight and OK MENU/OK.selector MENU/OK. the delete OKandpress MENU/OK. To exit to CANCEL presspress selectorexit tohighlight the deleting the picture, exit Unplug the highlightOK presspress MENU/OK. To highlight and press the monitor. Toto deleting CANCEL deleting theMENU/OK . the the monitor. to highlight OK and press MENU/OK.CANCELandOKthe thepicture,highlight exit exit monitor. without deleting theMENU/OK. highlight picture, toto highlight press picture, highlight highlightand without without and presspicture,highlightTo withoutexitdeletingtheMENU/OK. highlight without deleting andpicture, MENU/OK. without deleting OK and press highlight withoutdeleting the the MENU/OK. To exit without OK deleting picture, MENU/OK.highlight To without highlight the presspicture,highlight picture,

OK OK OK OK OKOK OK OK OK OK

CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL

Battery

toview in selectorrecorded, tor right topicturesthepictures inrecorded,order.view view picturesorderorder Presspictures the rightto view Pressviewthetherecorded,to topictures theorder recorded, left picturestheselectorrecorded,order. pictures.theorderinrecorded,viewleft picturesininthe inorderright rightleftleft left pictures intheselectororder recorded, picturesin thethe recorded, left order Pressinin order reverse left pictures intheorder reverse to left picturesin the order recorded, left to view picturesrecorded, left in the order recorded, rder recorded,viewview.reversereverseleft left left pictures ininorderin order. left picturesthepicturesreverseorder. order.shooting toview pictures thereverse order. view tototoviewtheinshutterbuttonorder. to shooting totoPresspictures inreverse recorded, to Presspicturesinininreverseorder. to view pictures inreverse to exit to pictures view shutter order to exit reverse order. picturespicturesin in reverse order. the recorded, view pictures button order. in reverse order. in reverse order. view pictures in. order. tomode.pictures in reverse order. view to to view pictures button to shooting reverse exit exit to shooting mode. the Press the shutter button to exit shooting the shutter button PressPressshutter shutter totototototototo shooting Pressthetheshutterbutton totoexit totoshooting Press the shutterbutton to exit exitshooting Press the the shutter buttonexit toshooting Presstheshutter button exit shooting shooting Press Pressshutter button to exit toshooting Pressthe shutter button exit button r button tomode. Pressshutter button to exit to shooting exit mode. the shutter button to to to shooting to Press the mode. mode. mode.shutter button to exitexitshooting mode. the mode.shooting mode. Press mode. mode. mode. mode. mode. 20 20 20 2020 20202020 2020 20 20 20 20 20

2 2 2 22222 2pictures in the order 22 2 2 ViewPressinselector right rightview view pictures. 2Presstheadditionalright recorded,left 2 PressPressselectorrighttoview pictures additional recorded, the pictures. 2 the selector right to toto Press additionalselector to viewleft Press the selectororder pictures.view Press Viewselector pictures.toview Pressthe selector Viewthe selector right to view the the right to Press the theselectorrighttoto viewview Press the selector rightright view
10: 00 AM

without deleting the picture, highlight deleting Terminals without: the picture, highlight BC-50 battery charger without deleting the picture,CANCELanddeletingthe MENU/OK. highlightcharger and highlightandpress MENU/OK. CANCEL deleting CANCEL TheBlinks MENU/OK. without andand MENU/OK. picture, CANCEL andand andMENU/OK. Battery fault. CANCEL andPlaybackpresspicture, highlight CANCELThepress press the picture, highlight CANCEL press MENU/OK. press MENU/OK. without press Menu B Tip: withoutdeleting MENU/OK. CANCEL andPlaybackMenu MENU/OK. BCANCEL press MENU/OK. Tip: CANCEL andpressred . press the remove the CANCEL and press MENU/OK. CANCEL and press MENU/OK. (45) CANCELTip: Thepress MENU/OK. from the playback menu and press be MENU/OK. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM CANCELThe Playback Menu from the playback menu andalsoMenu PicturesPlaybackMenu deleted canalsoMenu 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM B Playback Playback Menu BTip:The can BBBTip:ThePlaybackMenudeleted B Tip: The The Playback Menu B Pictures Playback Menu Tip:The Playback be B The Plug the charger in. battery. BTip:Tip: PlaybackMenu Tip: Tip: B(pg. The Playback Menu Tip:45). The 12/12/ 12/ 12/ B AM 2050 12/12/ 205031/10:10: 31/AM00 00 00 AM Playback Menu 31/ 31/ 205031/10: 002050 31/ 2050 2050 10: 00 10: BB Tip:can can alsodeleted fromthe the playback Tip:can also bedeleted from from the playback (pg. Pictures Playback Menufrom the playback menu 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00into a Picturescan Playbackdeleted from the playback menu can The be deleted 12/ 31/ 2050 00 00 AM Pictures Bcanalsobebedeletedfromthe the playback menu PicturesThecan also alsodeleted from playback menu menu Picturescanalsocan Menu deleted from playback menu Pictures Playback be be from the playback menu Pictures also be Menu be The also Plug the 12/12/31/31/20502050205000AM10:AM10:AMpower outlet. The red Pictures45).Tip:alsobedeleted deletedtheplaybackmenumenu charger10:AM00AMTip: The 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 10: 00 AM PicturesCharge the battery.from the playback menu 12/ 31/ AM View additional10:00 AM Pictures can also be deleted View additional 10:pictures. also be deleted from the playback menudeleted from the playback menu 12/ 31/ 2050 12/pictures. 10: Pictures AM 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 2050 AM 00 can 10: (pg.45). 45). Pictures (pg.(pg. (pg. 45). canbe deleted from the the playback menu (pg.45). Pictures alsoalso be deleted from playback menu (pg.45). 45). also be (pg.(pg. can 45). chargingadditional00pictures. view Pictures (pg.45). can Pressadditional pictures. to view the selector will light. selector right to right (pg.45).Charging is complete when the charging 45). View indicatorpictures. Press additional Viewadditional pictures. additional pictures. View additional pictures. Viewadditional pictures. View View additional pictures. 2ViewViewthe . (pg. 45). (pg. 45). 45). (pg.(pg. 45). View additional pictures.

indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

tection and Red-EyeFacefaces and elligentautomatically detect humancamera to set focus Red-Eye Removal Face Detection allows Removal Description B Intelligent the Detection and Option Intelligent Face Detection Intelligent Detection Detection allows the camera Intelligent FaceFaceand setallows Option omatically detect human face anywhere focus the camera to to B OFFOption and red-eye removalDescription Intelligent Face andBto automatically detect human faces and set focus exposure for a faces Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal Detection off. the frame for B OFF Intelligent humaninDetection and Red-Eye Removal off. DescriptionDetection Intelligent Face faces and s the camera a face anywhereOption frame automatically Description andB B OFF Intelligent Face Face Detection red-eye removal Intelligent d exposure forBemphasize portrait allows for camera to in subjects. Choose for Intelligent Face detecttheDetection set focus Face Detection that the Bfocus exposureDetectionFace and Red-Eye Removal and red-eye removal Taking the es and shotsIntelligent FaceChoose for in theandframe for FACEIntelligent Face and red-eye (AUTO) Modeoff. set and and exposure for a face anywhere inframeRed-Eye Removal Pictures in removal off. Detection for B Option OFF Intelligent Description Face Detection for ahuman faces and face ts that group B Intelligent anywhere setfrom to Red-Eye Removal Detection Detection emphasize portrait subjects. the Intelligent focusFACE DETECTION DETECTION and red-eye removal on. Use automatically detectB OFF Detection and Red-Eye Removal Intelligent Face to emphasize Detection B prevent camera removal Bportraitsemphasize portraitallows theChoose foroff.forS REMOVALOption removal on.DescriptionFace Detection Intelligent Faceportraitred-eyecamera and Intelligent Face Detection allows the camera to Option Intelligent B OFFON and eup the B Intelligentthe camera from subjects. Choose in portraits Intelligent Face Detection subjects. frame for shots that Face Detection andB FACE with Intelligent Description red-eye and red-eyeUse Face off. to that DETECTION andshots prevent exposure detect anywherebe to frame for focusing on the for a face human facesthe andcameraREMOVAL ON Option DETECTION the flash. removal Detectionon. automaticallyDetection allows and incamera to Intelligentgroup background. It preventcameraFace focus Face portraits human in Face allows the ,Detection B FACE flash. automatically Detection in facescamera S and and red-eye Detection Intelligent IntelligentGrid can beto canIntelligent set jects. Choosebackground. It detectprevent the used settall fromfrom FACES Pictures Intelligent Faceremoval on. Use Use forFraming Face toDETECTION the the focus with S REMOVAL ON DescriptionDetection the Intelligent red-eye Faceremoval portraits The Avoiding Blurred B Option Intelligent FaceDescription OFF using on shots thatorientationsportrait allows in theinandfor thegroupFace face allows tallfocus REMOVAL B subjects. camera Intelligent Face ahuman camera frame andand exposure forDetectionfacesthe thecan focus Use FACEOption OFFIntelligent with Detection , emphasize and is red-eye the Detection removal B from framingthefaceDetectionframe tall DETECTIONBDETECTION ON andDetection Face camera Intelligent FACE background. Choose for Description automatically detectdetectanywhere red-eye set Red-Eye Removal Intelligent exposure for usedavailable andbeB tofor B Option B Detection to Face Description DETECTION and removalflash. off.off. and a automatically is REMOVALanywhere hide other e camera Towidefocusing onFacehumanItandItsetthe removal inIftall BREMOVAL poorlyFace with the flash.removalUse Intelligent focusing on the background. and , in usedused OFF display and to available in can grid or ON faces and to camera focus view blurring caused by Detection OFF S Intelligent lit,red-eye red-eye off.on. . d wideautomaticallyafor a Shuman theandorframeG,inFACEon.the subject isB OFFon; removalDetection orientations emphasize portrait D, facesbe setfrom red-eye group, that B, face V, in thetheChoose for portraits . anywhere focus automatically detect human with setflash. S (C, portrait subjects. for in andIntelligent red-eye Face Face Detection removal andshotsA, detectforprevent subjects.F,ChooseREMOVAL OFF B BDETECTIONandIntelligentFace off. Detection exposure wide orientations and is the frame for , S REMOVAL ON Intelligent Intelligent Face off. faces E,in available FACE FACE DETECTION red-eye G shots on; reduced with andflash. Detection Detection and monitor, an be usedindicatorsthat emphasize anywhere , in inand exposure D,face and DISP/BACK tall in the V, a E, is canFACEBDETECTION pressing . by Intelligent removal B bered-eye removalred-eyethe Face on. OFF OFF the , A, group and(C,orientations subjects. available to for , shake BB FACE DETECTION OFF off. removal off. button focusing wide Detectionpress the Intelligentbutton. Intelligent on portraitsF F,thein camera Face for to prevent the Choose tall H, and exposure.DETECTIONcan(pp.the frame F, G, IS mode).S REMOVAL on; DescriptionDetectionUse modes G,camera shots that Mtheabackground. It 3240). for Frame S picture. red-eye removal Detection and B,that and aportrait (C,be usedChooseDetection FACEtheREMOVALandandpressing removal button Use exposure foremphasizeanywhere V, D,in from face Option In B face allows and on; red-eye red-eye group , A,A, anywhere insubjects. E, the picture. mode, Intelligent G off. REMOVAL OFF red-eye .removal shotsportraits B,to (pp. 3240). E, for G, B FACE DETECTIONIntelligent Face Face off. portrait D, ,modes prevent the available in I),, emphasizeFACEB, (C, V,theframeFace from(dualBSDETECTION ON ONwith the Facetheremoval on.off. F, Frame I), Intelligentemphasize prevent subjects.red-eyefrom tall off. If a face S REMOVAL Intelligent Face Detection M that Facethe background.isIt can Choose for for and F Detectionand the available focus , B FACE DETECTION with the Face Detection and wide detect human faces on; Detection andIntelligent Use shots automaticallyorientations(32-40) . tallalso reduces blurON Intelligentbeflash. removal a is detected, itred-eye removal on.by also focusing onto M and subjects. camera groupG,that emphasize portraitFand aset used from portraits S background. camera in in and focusing M and F modes (pp. (pp. face BS REMOVALcaused movement. can Choose subject B FACE DETECTIONindicated by a REMOVALwill picture. to prevent Itthe used If a the byred-eye indicated picture. removal Detection modes 3240). OFF D, E,shotsH, H, portraitsREMOVALaOFFoffers be red-eye in3240).S FrameREMOVAL ONand red-eyeflash. Use F, group onI),theportrait red-eye be removal is detected, Framebe on; will red-eye off.on.on. FACEFACE the with the flash. Face I), BDETECTION OFF it elligentremovalportraitsB, to anywhere is be E, effects , Face Detection for prevent V, the usedF,tall BB FACE If thereIntelligent removal Use A, available (C, group,option to removing and in for in portraits and red-eye removal on. Detection andand wide a faceoffers and red-eye from , green border. DETECTIONis with the flash. off. faceUse exposure for also prevent D, camera in frame more it will be focusing onwidebackground. Ittheincameraoffers tall theonorientations can It can be from ain Intelligent one group focusingorientationsDetectiontheavailableG, red-eyeS SSDETECTION detected, than Face indicated by a face is REMOVAL and REMOVAL ON ON it will be the background. If more on; Frame the es (pp. 3240). removing Face picture. isalso used face is also a moval optionthat Intelligentbackground. effectsbe usedfor,G, border. FACEaDETECTIONdetected,oneflash. removal off. by a for on Face Detection It SS a picture. with flash.face indicated theisthe with on; red-eye the H, Intelligent the portrait V,canoffers in red-eye B IfIfthereREMOVAL thanred-eye removal off. Intelligent in shotswideemphasizeB,and modesD, E,3240). causedI),the, flash.option (C, canV,itD, red-eye effectsFrame REMOVAL OFFOFF the the Face Detection one by M a face for(C, . the and F andfocusing A, IfB,red-eyeremoving inF, tall available focusing removalorientationssubjects.(pp. E, green FACE DETECTION If there is A, for detected, Choose indicated by aFACEcamera camera the selectFace face Bthe FACE DETECTIONIf red-eyeis more thanthan DETECTION on; Intelligentface off. one and availableF, will offers athe flash.onwidebackground. Itisand bered-eyetall in G,, inSBframe, OFFwill select willFace more ISODetectionface red-eye , orientations isremovingis used be in the frame,the B green border. Intelligent Detection face green border. removal option effects sed byandH, ,portraits to and(C, V, D,camera infrom, , Intelligent If a REMOVALdetected,there be indicated AUTO(400) face is the and will removal Detection Intelligentorientations andand availablea 3240). and I), Face DetectionF modes F, G, wide B, orientations the available group H, I), M prevent alsoisoffers(pp.red-eye to the picture. cameraremovalby A, , M B, F ismodes is more thanG, faceFACE DETECTION frame, on; red-eyefaces Use E, E, F, one BFrameinREMOVAL OFFred-eyeremovalwill are widecausedgreenand (C,there D, (pp.in3240). closest Sthe picture.ittheotherFace on.selectathe face S REMOVAL ON center;red-eye removal off.off. by flash. red-eye effects Intelligent Face Detection on. in the frame,on; on;is caused the removing V, Turn byA, theborder. If red-eye REMOVAL there the Frame theother camera indicated S Scenter; OFF borders. removal one by REMOVAL greenthe picture. red-eye will border. with it removal ,MFace flash. on. also D, E, F, G, toIf by white thethe moreare select the face A, Face Detection E, focusing A, Detection(C, can be usedainaclosest 2 indicated facedetected, faceswillthanindicated by a the B, (C, It aIfface is thedetected,will H,Intelligent B, for F modesalso offerseffects the FrameFrameOFF If picture. flash.be be off. face a are I),onI), background.FV, (pp. F, red-eye , Face and and V, modes (pp.tall G, 1Press optionMDetectiontoD, offers 3240). Turn Intelligent the Bthe frame, the cycle through a closest to is Intelligent in button red-eye face closest to the the itcenter;Detection faces H, 3240). B other camera will select the is the the it center; other faces are causedI), option to cycle through a. indicated byingreenborders. Intelligentbe indicatedone face flash. Frameborder. If is select the andremovalFaceoptionFF ismodes red-eye on. wide MM for for modes red-eye orientations and awhitea face camera willmore than face face frame,picture. willis Face than Intelligent TurnTurn removingalso offers 3240). Detection removingDetection , picture. I), Intelligent Detection in a red-eye IfareFACE DETECTION detected, itmorebe indicated face , is PressH,H,Bbybutton andbelow.theavailablered-eyeeffects FrameIfthedetected,thereborders.2050 10: AMby a by a thesettingstheIntelligent FaceFace(pp.(pp.on.effects green OFFbyon; If whiteremoval 00 removal and Intelligentshown Detectionoffers 3240). faces REMOVAL border.by there. off. one Face toalso center; other indicated red-eye will borders. closest 12/ 31/ as S indicatedthe white AUTO(400)other faces is detected, more be indicated a Press (C, tion on. as shown below. Detection also to ato effects throughclosestis frame,there isISOit willwill select theare a If in the , will be by face Intelligent B, flash. also red-eyeF, red-eye , option for the Detection on. flash. border. AUTO(400) camera more removal A, theindicated by buttonred-eye face to frame, center; than one face Intelligent by by Detection button borders.cycle settings causedPress optionB B white offersred-eyeeffects If a inathe detected,the indicated bythe face caused Face TurnFace the FaceV, D, E, a G, Intelligent for removing green ISOIf the If camera will select face removal the removing offers cycle through green border. it there is than one G to turn dual IS on or. Icon appears in . Press border.the camera more ISO the cycle H, removal option foras shownred-eye 3240). through option and shown below. (pp. effects green to white center; removing Frameclosest isoff AUTO(400)than face are the I), the flash. F M settings button below. through as closestborder. If borders. than faces inindicatedpicture.theis camera willAUTO(400) faces face the frame,frame, the more other select the causedPress thethe flash. modes cycleISO AUTO(800) green in theby If the there willISOselectoneone faceare there center; other removalby settings Bremoving to red-eye effects for to caused Intelligent Face Detection on. Turn by Intelligent Face Detection on. monitor the frame, white(icon displayedfaces theon when dual ISthe it will bewill select by a is on borders. depends face Turn ISO in is detected, camera indicated caused by asDetection also offers If indicated by camera borders. the are face to Intelligent the flash. closestframe, the center; will select other inathe closesttheby the center; other face are causedsettingsthe shown below. AUTO(800) aISOred-eye by Face flash. AUTO(400) Press thethe Face button cycle on. AUTO(800) BB Face Detection through button Turn Intelligent removingOFFto to cycle ISOthrough green selected12/ 31/to 10: 00 center; thansee faces option indicated Z white IS MODE; pg.faces Press Turn closest the theborders. there AM more is removal option IntelligentDetection on. effects ISO AUTO(800) closestborder.for2050 center; ISO AUTO(400)otherone face are red-eye indicated bytoIf by white borders. faces 88). to AM white DUAL other are Indicators for OFF Face Detection on. Indicators 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 indicated Turn Intelligent below. cycle settings B shown to Press Press as asbutton below. on.through the the B Turn the flash.shown button to OFF ISO AUTO(800) settings indicated thewhite 12/ 31/ will select borders. in the frame, by when blur2050 10:ISO AUTO(400) camera 00 ISO 00 caused by Intelligent Face Detection cycle throughSensitivity is by white borders.AMAUTO(400)AM the face OFF displayed hidden ISO AUTO(800) indicated raisedGreen border reduction is in effect. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: Press shown button cycle through settings asthe B below.to to Press settings asbutton below. cycle through the B shown Green border ISO F closest to the center;AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) other faces are 2050 AM Note that blurring may still AM Green border occur depending on the settingsshown below.12/ 31/OFF 10: 00on. ISO AUTO(800) as shown below. Turn Intelligent Face Detection ISO AUTO(800) 12/ 31/ 2050 Green border 10: 00 settings as ISO ISO AUTO(400) indicated by white borders. AUTO(400) Press the B button toGreenOFF ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) scene. cycle through OFF border 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Green2050 10: 00 AM FramingISO AUTO(800) grid 12/ 31/ border ISO AUTO(800) settings as shown below. OFF 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ISO AUTO(400)

FACE DETECTION REMOVAL ON

FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF

1 11 1 1 11 1

1 1

2 22 2 2 22 2

2 2

More on Photography More on More on Photography Photography More on Photography More on Photography Basic Photography and Playback More on Photography More on on Photography More More on Photography More on Photography Photography

More on Photography

More on Photography

FACE DETECTION REMOVAL ON

FACE DETECTION REMOVAL ON

FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF

FACE FACE DETECTION DETECTION REMOVAL ON REMOVAL ON

FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF

FACE DETECTION FACE FACE DETECTION DETECTION REMOVAL ON REMOVAL OFF REMOVAL OFF

ISO To use the framing grid, position the main AUTO(800) subject at the intersection of two linesOFF align one of the or horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.
REMOVAL OFF FACE DETECTION FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF REMOVAL OFF FACE DETECTION REMOVAL ON FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF

displayed OFF OFF OFF REMOVAL OFF FACE DETECTION

FACE DETECTION FACE DETECTIONREMOVAL ON FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF REMOVAL ON FACE DETECTION REMOVAL ON FACE DETECTION FACE DETECTION FACEDETECTION DETECTION REMOVAL OFF REMOVAL ON FACE FACE DETECTION REMOVAL OFF REMOVAL ON REMOVAL ON FACE DETECTION

12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 2050 10: 12/ 31/ 205031/10: 00 AM 00 AM

Green border Green border Green border border Green Green border Green border
10: 00 AM

12/ 31/ 2050

21

21 21 21 21 17 21 21 21
21 21

21

Green border

21 2

B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Red-Eye Removal Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Detection and Detection andand Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Detection B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye RemovalDetection Focus. Intelligent Face Detection B Intelligent Face Detection and Red-Eye Removal B Intelligent Face Charging the Battery Focus.the shutter button halfway Intelligent Face Detection Face Detection cus. IntelligentFaceFace Detection is Press Focus. Intelligent Face Detection Intelligent Detection Focus. Focus. shutter button halfway Intelligent Detection Intelligent Face Focus. Focus. Pressbutton halfway the Intelligent is Face Detection Intelligent ess the shutter and exposure forhalfway Intelligent Face Face Detection to Press the shutter button shipment. theIntelligent Face Detection FaceDetection the Focus. recommended Face Detection is when using 3 Press the shutter buttonhalfway Press the shutter button halfway Intelligent Detection Theset focusis shutterbutton at halfway Charge IntelligentTheFace Detection is is battery not charged Focus. shutter Press theand exposure for halfway Intelligent Face Detection Press the for the button theFocus. Intelligent Face Detection is isis Intelligent Face Detection Intelligent Face Detection to to focusshutter button halfway Intelligent Face Detection Intelligent Charging Indicator set focus andset set focus exposure green border. when using group portraits or is subject infocus and exposure for recommendedrecommended when using the the the shutterexposurefor the self-timer for the when using the Press focus and button forthe the and recommended when using the to set focus and exposure the the Face the batterythe and exposure forforPress the shutter Intelligenthalfway Detection the Intelligent Face Detection i Press before use. to set the green exposure halfway recommended when using shows battery charge button group recommended The or indicator tofocus . set in whenDetection to set the Intelligent charging using the recommendedFaceportraits or oris recommended when using self-timer for(pg. group bject in thesubjectset focus and border. forself-timer for group portraitsfor 28). portraits the green border. green border. the self-portraits (28) subject focus green border. self-timer to set in the exposure recommendedthe when subject in the green border. self-timer for group using to subject in the green border. the status exposure forgroup portraits or recommendedfollows: subject inin theand exposure forto set focus(pg. self-timer forfor28).when usingoror recommended when using the subject the green in the charger. portraits self-timer self-portraits forasgroup portraits or 28). Place the the green border. self-portraits and self-timer(pg.(pg. 28).portraits the battery border. self-portraitsgroup28). for group subject in the green border. subject in the green border. (pg. 28). portraits or self-timer . Shoot. self-portraits (pg. self-portraits (pg. 28). portraits orstatus subject in self-timer for group self-portraits (pg. 28). self-portraits indicator Battery self-timer for group portraits o Charging 28). Intelligent Face Detection Action Insert Shoot.the the battery into all the oot. When a picture taken with Press Shoot. shutter button the supplied BC-50 self-portraits (pg. 28). self-portraits (pg. Shoot. charger as shown, making Shoot. shutter button all theWhensure that takenawith Intelligentwith Intelligentself-portraits (pg. 28). Battery Face Detection not FaceInsert the Shoot. When picture taken Face automatically select faces battery Pressdown all the the ess the shutterShoot. to shoot. button all the a pictureis displayed,picture taken with Intelligent Face Detection button When a the camera can Detection way the shutter button all the Press the shutter Shoot.the When a Intelligent When picture Offtaken with inserted. FaceDetection Press the shutter correct thedisplayed, is displayed, the camera canselect faces Face Detection 4 Press batteryshutter buttonallall isthe Pressthe shutter button orientation. the camera a aapicture taken with Intelligent select Detection Shoot. When can picture taken 42),Intelligent Facebattery. taken When automatically automatically Detection Press to is in the the for is camerawith slide shows (pg.faces(42 playbackpicture taken with , Detection zoom withcanIntelligent 75), downthe shutter y down to way to shoot.button all Shoot. shoot. downshoot. thebutton all the When a picture cameracan automatically select faces way down to shoot. button all the isdisplayed, the cameracan automatically select faces displayed,the takencan automatically a picturefaces the (pg. canIntelligent Face faces automatically select Pressdown shutter isWhen a picturecamerawithslide shows select75), taken with Inte displayed,all camera Intelligent Face Detection . way the to shoot. When (pg. faces is playback 54),(75), 42), 42), 75), displayed, the cropping (pg. 84). automatically (pg. way down to shoot. Press to shoot. for for displayed,slide (pg.(pg. (pg.slide Press the shutteris button zoom camera can automatically select faces the for playback zoomis (pg. 42),thezoom (54) Battery showsselect 75), shows way down way printingplayback the red (pg. 42), slide shows (pg. 75), (pg. Glows ), and (84)- 75), displayed, the camera can automatically select faces can aut for displayed, zoom(pg. 42), 84). shows (pg. 75), way down to shoot.NP-50 rechargeable battery printingplayback(pg. 84). (pg.42), slideis shows (pg. 75), is forfor (pg.(pg. and cropping 42), slide displayed,(pg. camera for playback zoom (pg. (pg. slide shows the charging. 54), way down to shoot. printing (pg. 54), and playback 54), and (pg. - playback zoom way down to shoot.cropping zoomandcropping (pg. 84). . for playback 42), (pg. playback zoom printing printing (pg. 54), and cropping slide84). Cprinting (pg. 54), and (pg. Battery for84). autions (pg. 54), cropping (pg. 84). shows (pg. 75), Cprinting (pg. 54),zoom cropping (pg. 84). Remove the (pg. 42), for playback zoom cropping (pg. shows (pg. 75), 42), slide and printing fully printing (pg. If B FACE DETECTION S REMOVAL ON C Cautions is detectedand cropping (pg. 84). (pg. 54), and cropping C CArrow autions C CCautions 54), and the shutter-release autions If no face green cropping (pg. 84). button printing Glows printing C autions (pg. 54), when If [] If the , REMOVAL is detectedCwhendetected when B B FACE REMOVAL be If no face FACE DETECTION SS REMOVAL ON C autions CC the shutter-release charged. B FACE DETECTION SDETECTIONON processed toON If no face ishalfway 98),the shutter-release battery. C Cautions is selected, picture will button (pg. thebutton focus If B FACE DETECTION S REMOVAL IfIfno face is (98) shutter-release on autions face is detected when camera will Unplug the B FACE DETECTION to REMOVAL ON is pressed is detected when the shutter-release button If B FACE DETECTION S IfIf no (pg.when the shutter-release on C is If IfIfB FACEbe .recorded. pressedON is pressed isthedetectedwhen button selected, theDETECTION S REMOVAL ON IfC Cface camera willthethe autions elected, the processedbe REMOVAL to halfwayhalfway thecameraCwill will focus picture FACE pictureit is S processed ON will before will S REMOVAL to noC 98), (28) on and shutter-release button no face halfway of focus camera focus button face the monitor reduce red-eyethe picture will beREMOVAL ON theCno atisdetected98), 98),the shutter-release button is selected, the picture will be processed ON autionsis detected when the red-eye on (pg. facedetected (pg. the B batterythe picture will beIfisBTerminals DETECTION S processed to subjectcenter when the shutter-release button , is B FACE DETECTION processed is selected, the picturerecorded. FACE to isIfpressed ishalfway (pg.98), theshutter-release button If no BC-50 If selected, REMOVAL the cameracharger and is no pressedhalfway focus selected, the picture will processed to to the . (pg. 98), monitor andwillfocus on is selected, charger processed reduce red-eye before it isit will be processed DETECTIONof halfway .thetheiscamera willdetect on is isispressed Blinks If when the camera and onon pressedS detected 98),ON fault. facefocus duce red-eye isreduce red-eye beforewill bebe the subject at the centerfacethe red(pg.cameracamera willred-eye when the before it is recorded. subjectremoved. (pg. of 98), pressedthe center is detected red-eyeIf no will focus not halfway (pg. Battery camera remove the be at is selected, the before itis recorded. reduce red-eye pictureisis recorded. is subject atmonitor andunable will focus reduce red-eye before ititwillrecorded. DETECTING theIFD atthe center98), the camera and red-eye subject atprocessed of the monitorwill red-eye the center of the monitor and red-eye is selected, the before recorded. picture is recorded. be processed thewill thepressedatatthe camera monitor anddetect on 98), th to picture will halfwaycenterof the monitor to halfway iswill not be removed. Ifpressedbe theIfcenter98),detectis pressedred-eyeon selected, to will the subject halfwaythe ofof the monitortoandfocus (pg. to is unable reduce red-eye before it is reduce red-eye is , the subject the the (pg. the not be a the subjectIntelligentcentertocamerais unable to red-eye face, notremoved.center theDetection unable todetect charger in. will the camerathe Face of the monitorand red-eye reduce red-eye before it is recorded. red-eye beforenotbe removed.(23) .and use DETECTINGPlug the DETECTING the turn be at is unable camera is off will not be removed. theof to atdetect DETECTING will subject the If If the camera unable battery. to detect reduce red-eye before it is recorded. turn Intelligentturnbe removed. Facecamera istheoff anddetect center of th removed.IfIfthe Detection unable to detect reduce the it is Intelligentcenter camera subject red-eye at notFacerecorded. off removed. will subject Intelligent and Detection and use DETECTING face, not(pg. 23).If, use isisunable use DETECTING a face,The reda will face,bebe DetectiontheFace the monitoroff andthe focus lock turnremoved. If the camera is unable to detect DETECTING DETECTING awill turn Face . off and use Plug the charger into a power outlet. face, turn Intelligent Detection off and aa face,turn 23). battery. camera is unable to detect If the cam will notIntelligent If the Detectionnotpressed, use not turn IntelligentshutterDetection be removed. be removed. Face DETECTING will is and use Charge theas the Face Detection off and use a face, (pg. a face, Face button off DETECTING focus subject (pg.Intelligent Face Detection off and use If the lock lock (pg.23). DETECTING a face, turn Intelligent charging indicator will light. focus lock (pg. 23). focus lock moves focus (pg. 23). focus lock(pg.Intelligent Face aface may (pg. 23). face, face, focus lock shutter23). as shutter button theby the If thefocuslockmovesbuttonthepressed,abuttonturnand subject not be If the subject moves thethe turn 23).is complete Detection pressed, use as lock (pg. as is CANCEL theirfocussubject movesthe the areawhen is offcharging indicated is Intelligent Face D IfIftheCharging 23). inasthe shutter button is pressed, thesubject moves theshutter buttonis (pg. 23). shutter Iffocus subjectmoves asthe area indicated exhausted lock not be notthe subject(pg. 23). inthe the taken.indicated pressed, If their indicatormoves green.area buttonby pressed, button the subject the be theby the fully is pressed, shutter CANCEL theirIffaceface whennotas asin shutterAfocus lockispressed, may moves picture is the turns the shutter button is pressed, CANCEL their face may green the subject moves as the border area their insubject not be the shutter button by the Ifbe face may indicated B Tip: Red-Eye Removal CANCEL CANCEL their face may not be in the area indicated by the CANCEL If face may taken. as theis taken. indicated by the indicated by moves CANCEL CANCEL theirthe face maymovesbe in the area indicated pressed, in the theirpicture takes about 2 area If and may area green border whennot the in thehoursthe 20isminutes green border whentheirbatteryisnot bebe picture is taken. subjectby the as the shu the face may the picturethe area indicated by the green border when B Tip: Tip: Red-Eye Removal : Red-Eye RemovalRed-Eye Removal SAVE ORG IMAGE option in not greenface when the picture is taken. B ON for the a CANCEL Select Tip: Red-Eye Removal CANCEL their border when be in CANCEL green border when the picture is taken.face may not be in the Tip: Red-Eye green bordermay not the picturearea indicated by the green border when the in the is their picture is taken. taken. B Red-Eye Removal B BON:forORGa SAVE ORG IMAGE option in Tip: Red-Eye B SAVE the Removal save unprocessed copies Tip: Removal to option in toborder when the picture is taken. charge. Select green border when the picture isgreen border when the picture t ON for the a Tip:ON for the a SAVE ORG IMAGE option in IMAGE the Select menu (pg. 86) SAVE ORG IMAGE option in setup ON for Removal B ON green taken. Select Red-Eye the a IMAGE option B (86) 86) SAVE ORG B Tip: ONfor the a the Select Red-Eye a 86) tocopiesIMAGE copies in the SelecttocreatedRemoval saveORGunprocessed copies setup menuforthe a SAVEunprocessedRed-Eye Removal etup menu (pg. 86) ON forfor the a SAVE removal.Tip: option in in save (pg. unprocessed save ofSelect setupmenuwith ON in pictures ONmenu(pg. to SAVE ORG IMAGE option red-eye ORG IMAGE option the . unprocessed copies Select ON for the a SAVE ORGSelect ON for the a SAVE ORG IMAGE option in thesetup menu (pg. 86) to save unprocessed copies (pg. 86) to save unprocessed copies the setup setup Select save unprocessed the of the pictures menu (pg. 86) to save removal. option in pictures menu with red-eye removal. tures createdof setupcreated(pg. 86) tored-eye unprocessed copies with red-eye removal. to save IMAGE copies the setup menu (pg. 86) red-eyeunprocessed copies of picturescreated with to save removal. the setup created with the setup ofof pictures menu (pg. 86)red-eye removal. menu (pg. 86) to save unprocessed copies pictures created with red-eye removal. of picturescreated with red-eye removal. created with of pictures created with red-eye removal. created with red-eye removal. of pictures created with red-eye removal. of pictures

3 33 3 33 3 3 3 4 1 44 4 44 4 4 4

3 4

First Steps

22 22 2222 22 2222 22 22 22

22

Focus Lock To Focus Lock compose Focus Lock Focus Lock photographs Focus Lock subjects:

Recompose the picture. in (AUTO) Mode Taking Pictures Keeping the shutter button pressed halfway, To compose photographs with off-center Recompose the picture. recompose the picture. compose photographs with off-center Tosubjects: the photographs with off-center Recompose thepicture. To Thecompose photographs with frame. To To the focus off-center 3 Avoiding Blurred Picturespicture. compose subject in Recompose the shutter button pressed halfway, Recomposethe the picture. PositionGrid photographs with off-center Keeping the compose Recompose picture. Framing subjects: Keeping theshutterpicture. pressed halfway, button Keeping,shutter button pressed halfway, subjects: a framing grid or to view or hide other subjects: Keeping the shutterbutton pressed camera recompose . To subjects: subject in the focus frame. If theKeepingis poorlythe blurring caused by halfway, subject the the shutter button pressed halfway, lit, Position the . 1 display recompose thepicture. the picture. picture. ISO AUTO(800) recompose recompose indicators in thethesubject in the the focus frame. shake recomposethe the picture. the G button can be reduced by pressing Position monitor, press in focus frame. Position the the subjectthe DISP/BACK button. Position the subject in thefocus frame. Position subject in the focus frame.

with off-center

1 1 1 1 2

3 33 3

ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800)AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) ISO 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

(dual IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button also reduces blur caused by subject movement. 250 F 5.6

250 F 5.6 Shoot. ISO AUTO(400) 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 250 F 5.6 Focus. 250 F 250 F 5.6 250 5.6 F 5.6 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Press the shutter-release button the rest of 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 205000AM 00 AM 12/ 31/12/ 10: 00 10: 2050 10: AM Press the shutter button halfway to set focus Shoot. the way down to take the picture. Focus. Shoot. Shoot. the Shoot. and exposure. Focus and exposure will 4 Shoot. shutter-release button the rest of Press Focus. the shutter button halfway to set focus Focus. Focus. Press Focus. 12/ 2050 theshutter-release button 10:therest of Press wayshutter-release button 00 rest of the Press the the . take the buttonAMthe rest of Press the shutter-release buttonthe rest of remainthe shutter button halfway to set focus locked while the shutter is the shutter-release31/picture. down to Press theshutter button halfway tobutton focus Press the exposure. Focus and toset focus Press the shutter button halfway setset 2 Presshalfway (AF/AE lock). exposure will the Pressdown to take the picture. and shutter button halfway to focus the way down to to take the picture. in way down to take the picture. theway turndown take the .picture. pressed the way dual IS on or off Icon appears and exposure. Focus and shutter button exposure. exposure will andand exposure. whileandand exposure will Press G to and exposure. Focus and exposure will is remain lockedFocus the exposure will Focus remainlocked while the the shutter button is monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on locked while the shutter button isis while the shutter button is shutter button remain locked remain pressed halfway (AF/AE remain locked while lock). option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). pressed halfway (AF/AE lock). Indicators halfway (AF/AE lock). Indicators Press the rest of pressed halfway (AF/AE lock). pressed halfway (AF/AE lock). pressed

More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography Basic Photography and More on Photography Playback More on Photography

2 22 2

4 4 4 4

displayed

hidden

Press 250 F 5.6 halfway Framing grid Press 250 F 5.6 displayed Press Repeat Press 1 and2502 as desired to refocus steps Press halfway 250 F 5.65.6 F Press 250 250 F 5.6 F .5.6 halfway beforehalfway the(AF/AE ). taking halfway picture. halfway use the framing grid, position as main subject at To Repeat steps 1 and 2 the desired to refocus . Repeat steps 1 1 2to refocus the Repeat takingand22as desiredone refocus intersection steps and picture. desired to refocus or align Repeat steps 11andand as as Repeat steps twothe 2 as desiredto of the before of 1 lines 2 desired to refocus before taking the picture. horizontal lines withthe the picture. focus lock (pg. before taking the picture. Use before taking the horizon. before taking picture. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

Sensitivity is raisedthe wayblur reduction is in effect. when down Press the rest of Note that blurring Press the of depending on the may stillrest of the occur Press way down Press thethe rest of the rest Press rest of scene. thethe way down way down the way down the way down

23
23

23 23 23 23 17 23

24 24 24 24

The AF-Assist Illuminator The AF-Assist poorly lit, Autofocus If the subject is Illuminatorthe AF-assist illuminator will Although the camera boasts a high-precision TheAutofocus is not charged at shipment. Charge battery The AF-Assist the Indicator AF AF-Assist Illuminator Autofocus Autofocus Illuminator The subject is The Autofocus assist autofocus system,camera be unableatohigh-precision light toThe Chargingfocus operation when the shutter focus on the Although the it may boasts IfThe AF-Assist Illuminatorlit, the AF-assist illuminator will the poorly the batterythe If the cameraais high-precision Although the camera , unable toon the IfIfthe subject the focusthe AF-assist battery high-precision Ifbutton the poorly lit, the AF-assist illuminator will the The pressed indicator high-precision AF charge Although before use. boasts camera be unable to focus focus to assistpoorly lit,AF-assistilluminator will high-precision Although charginghalfway.operationa when the shutter If the s the subjectis poorly lit, the shows illuminator will subject is , is camera boasts Although listed below. mayboasts aa is subjects the camera boasts light autofocus system, it . focus on the as follows: light statuspressedfocus operation when the on the autofocus system, usemaybe unable to unableon focus light to assist the mayoperationwhenfocusshutter light to assist the it . unable to the shutter to is halfway. light t autofocus system, ititmay the camera to focus focusthe unable autofocus listed battery inbelock (pg.is23) using autofocus, it may be unable to focus to the button assist the focus be subjects , focusthe charger. to on on autofocus system,focus operation when the shutter Place system, the below. If listed below. If(23) button is pressed halfway. subjectslisted below. Ifthe cameradistance toto focus button is listed below. If the camera is unable to focus the camera is unable to then subjectsispressed halfway. button pressed halfway. button subjects listed below. the same (pg.unable to focus the lock is 23) subjectsautofocus, useIffocuscamerais unableandfocus 12/ 31/ 205 another subject at using focus on Charging indicator Battery status Action Insert the . supplied BC-50 using autofocus, battery into thedistance focus on use focus same(pg. 23) to focus on using autofocus,use focus lock (pg. 23) to and on use focus lock lock to focus using autofocus, photograph. (pg. 23) to focus then using autofocus, use focus lock (pg. 23) Insert the on recompose the at the another subject Battery not camera focuses on sub battery charger as same making sure that anothermacro modetheinsameAF-assist illuminator When subject at is effect, the another subject at the shown,distance and then Off another subject at the same distance and then at distance and then another subject photograph. distance and then recompose the is in the same orientation. inserted. the battery the correct AF- battery. zoom control to frame pictures. recomposethe photograph. the photograph. AF-assist illuminator recompose recompose the photograph. recompose the photograph. Battery AF-assist illuminator AF-assist illuminator AF-assist illuminator Glows red To exit macro mode, press the selector left (L). Macro m charging. NP-50 rechargeable battery ANotes camera off or selectingBattery fully Remove the another shooting mode. Arrow ANotes AvoidGlows green AF-assist illuminator battery. into shining the directly charged. ANotes ANotes shining the See page 86 for information on Very shiny subjects such Fast-moving subjects. ANotessubjects eyes. AF-assist illuminator directly into ANot your Unplug the Avoid AF . ( car bodies.) ( ) Avoid subjectsthe AF-assist illuminatorinformation Use of shining the AF-assist illuminator directly into Avoid shining AF-assist illuminator. prevent blurinto directly caused Avoi asBC-50 battery charger mirrors or disabling the is AF-assist illuminator directly into Terminals Very shiny subjects such Fast-moving subjects. Avoid shining therecommended tofor . and on by cam your a tripod eyes. See page 86 AF 86 charger Blinkseyes. See(1ft.), Fast-moving subjects. red suchpageto focus using to on Battery information on fault. Verymirrors subjects shiny subjects such Fast-movingsubjects. your AF unablethe flashinformationlight the entire subjectsmay beSeeilluminator. failthe on eyes. Seepage 86 for information AF86 for may subjects such.Fast-moving subjects. such your subjects eyes. At subjects Very shiny Very shiny the your camera AF-assist page your The as Very shinyphotographed through a window or other ranges under 30cm 86 for remove the Subjects or car bodies. Fast-moving subjects. disabling subjects carbodies. . as mirrors or car bodies. as Plug the charger in. mirrors or as again. as mirrors or car bodies. trymirrors or AF-assist illuminator. . (25)be illuminator. using the disabling the AF-assist unable illuminator. disab disabling the AF-assist some cases. If is assistcamera may in reflective object. disabling the car bodies. to focusthe cameraAFThe illuminator battery. Subjects photographed . through a window or other camera may be unable to focus usingthe AF. The camera focusbe unable cases. window the AFSubjectsthe charger ( aabsorb rather The may in some to focus the the AFSubjects photographed through awindow The than The camera may beinunable to focus Ifusing camera is The through a Subjects into a powerwindowor other unableilluminator (pg. 25), try Dark subjects and subjects that a window or other assist to Plug photographed through or red Subjects photographedmacro mode using or other photographed through ,outlet. other reflective object. Charge the assist illuminator in in macro assist illuminator in some cases. IfIf the camera try assis assist illuminatorbattery. cases.modethe camera is reflective object. reflective object. in some the subject. (pg. 25), is reflective object.and subjectslight. absorb rather than increasing the distance to cases. If the camera is subjects reflect ). unable to focus some reflective object. as hair or fur. Dark light, such charging indicator will that unable to focus completethatsubject.(pg. 25), than Charging illuminator is subjects and subjects that absorb rather than Dark subjects such subjects that absorb flame. than unable to focus subjects when (pg. in25), L, unab Dark subjectssubjects, than and subjects fur. unable to the distance to themode therather try Dark AF-assist and in macronot available charging absorb Dark hair orthatsmoke orrather The subjects is in macro mode (pg. 25), try K, try Insubstantial and as such as absorb rather increasing focus in macro mode reflect light, ( such as increasingthe turnshairto thesubject. reflect light,such hairor fur. contrast ). indicator illuminator fur. increasing the distance or the subject. incre increasingH, I, and Otothenot available in K, L, reflect light, such as hair or fur. W, E, the distance is subject. reflect light, that as hair such as smoke or flame. the Subjects show or fur. little with reflectAF-assistdistance tomodes. fully exhausted The light, such as green. A Insubstantial subjects, The AF-assist illuminator 2 as available in minutes Insubstantialthat example,littlesmokeor flame. that is Thebattery takes and Ois notsmoke or20inK, L, Insubstantialsubjects, such subjects in or flame. the Insubstantial subjects, such hours and flame. L, subjects, suchas smoke clothing as smoke or flame. The AF-assist illuminator modes. AF-assist I, about is not available in K, L, illuminator is not available K, The Insubstantial (for show background subjects, such as contrast with W, E, H, Subjects W,E, H, I, and O modes. Subjects color asexample, subjects W, E, H, I, show little E, that W, E Subjects that show little contrast with the SubjectsH, I, and O modes. Subjects that(forshow background). in clothing that is W,to charge. and O modes. contrast with the the same that show little contrast with the the little contrast with the background background(for example,subjects in behind that is background (for as the background). clothing that is (for example, subjects in background (for example, subjects in clothing that is backgroundcolorexample,front of or clothing athatis Subjects positioned in subjects in clothing highthe same the same objectas the is also in of the same color as the background). the same color as that background).orfocus framehighcontrast color the background). the same color asthe background). behind a (for Subjects positioned in front the Subjects positioned in front in the behind aa high- a Subjects positioned in front of or behind a highhighSubjects positioned in isfront of or behind frame (for Subjects positioned in front of or behind a highexample, object that photographed against contrast a subject also of or focus contrast object subjectalso in the focus frame (for contrast object that is also in the focus frame (for that is photographed contrast object that is also in the focus frame (for contrast object that contrastingthe focus frame (for a backdrop ofahighly is also in elements). against example, example, a subject photographed against aa example, a subject photographed against a subject photographed against example, a subject photographed against a example, aof highly contrasting elements). backdrop 24 backdrop of highly contrasting elements). backdrop of highly contrasting elements). backdrop of highly contrasting elements). backdrop of highly contrasting elements). 24

Charging the Battery Autofocus

Macro mode can be used for close-ups Focus, Lock B, in A, Focus Lock Focus Lock Focus Lock 40). To select macro mode, press the selector left (L).

Focus Lock

First Steps

24

L Close-ups (Macro Mode) Macro Mode) ps (MacroL ( Mode) Mode) Close-ups (Macro ) LMacro mode can(Macro Mode) in Close-ups be used for close-ups

, A, B, (H, O, P), M and F modes (pp. 32 used for close-upsTo mode can be used(H, close-upsM and F modes (pp. (pp. 32 M and (pp. O, O, in , left (L). n be used for close-ups inA,A, mode, press the selector A, B, modes 32 P),. F modes 32 , B, , (32-40)(H, O, 40). in Macro select macro B, for (H,P),P), M and F L Close-ups mode, left left . mode, press the selectorcanmacro(L). close-ups in , A, B, cro mode,Macro the select be used for press the selector left (L). (H, O, P), M and F modes (pp. 32 press mode (L).(Macro Mode) 40). To selector L Close-ups (Macro Mode) L icon appears in 40). To select macro mode, press the selector left (L). Macro mode can be used for close-upsicon appears in in (H, ISO P), icon appears inmodes (pp. 32 O, monitorand F L in icon appears L , A, B, L M when camera is ISO Macro mode canISO monitor whenwhen camera be used for close-ups B,macro mode P), M (H, O, ISO monitor (L). 40). To select macro mode, press the selector leftcamera isin is , A, appears incamera is and F mod in L icon monitor when ISO 40). To select macro mode,modemode selector left (L). mode press the in macro in macro monitor when camera is in macro
AUTO(800) AUTO(800) AUTO(800) AUTO(800) AUTO(800)

12/ 31/ 2050 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 10: 00 AM

10: 00 AM

12/ 31/ 2050 monitor when monitor. When macro mode is in effect, the camera focuses on subjects near the center ofISO camera is Use the the 31/ 2050 10: 00 in effect, the When controlmodesubjects near nearcenter of the12/on subjects near the macro mode monitor. Use the camera focuses on is in subjects the the center ofmonitor.AM the thecenter of the monitor when camera is Use Use in de is in effect,zoom macrofocuses onpictures. camera focuses the monitor. the camera to frame effect, the in macro mode e pictures.When control to frame frame pictures. macro Mode) pictures. subjects near the center Use the zoom ose-ups (Macro mode is in effect, the camera focuses onMacro mode can also beof the monitor.turning the 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM To exit macro mode, press cancelled by frame pictures. zoom control(L). , the selector left (L). . 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM to Macro mode can also be cancelled by turning the press the the selector leftselecting another shootingleft (L). on left ode, press selector macro mode is pressmode can alsofocuses Macro by turning also be cancelled by turning the be cancelled mode can the camera off . the selector mode. exit macro mode, effect, the To or (L). Macro center of the monitor. Use the mode can To Whenfor close-ups in inmacro B,camera(L). Macro subjects near the subjects nearby turning the monit usedmacro mode, press the selector left O, (H, g anotherbe zoom control selecting another shooting mode. When , A, mode is in mode.the M and can also ecting another shooting or to frame pictures. shooting effect,P),camera focuses onbe (pp. 32 the center of the mode. exit mode F modes cancelled camera off ANotes select macro control to . mode, press the zoom shooting mode. pictures. camera off or selector left (L). frame . selecting another Use of ANotes a tripod is recommended blur caused by camera shake. To exit macro mode, press to preventleft (L). Macro mode can also be cancelled by turning the the selector mmended to prevent blur under 30cm (1ft.), the flash maypress light selector left (L).Increase mode can also be cancelled by t by camera shake. recommended to preventcausedTo exit macro to prevent blur the theicon appears in Macro the distance to the subject and ANotesranges or selectingby camerashooting mode. L by camera shake. At Use of a tripod caused another shake. camera off blur is recommended mode, fail to caused entire subject. ISO (1ft.), the flash flashamay light the entire subject.flash may fail tothe distance to subject. Increase fail to to light the entire or Increase another by camera shake. 30cm (1ft.), themayagain.failis recommendedthe prevent blur caused shootingthe subject and the distance to the subject and monitor subject and try ranges under 30cm (1ft.), to selectingthe distance toentire mode. UseAt tripod of camera off subject. Increase light the the when camera is
ISO AUTO(800) 10: 00 AM
AUTO(800)

L icon appears in in macro mode

L icon appears in

More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography

More on Photography

More on Photography

AUTO(800)

macro mode is try effect, the camera focuses on subjects near the center of the monitor. Use the in again. try again. ontrol to frame pictures.

ANotes At ranges under 30cm (1ft.), the flash may fail to light the in macro mode Increase the distance to the subject and entire subject. try again. , . ANotes again. prevent blur caused by try Use of a tripod is recommended to . camera shake. 30cm 12/ 2050 Use of a the flashrecommended the entire blur caused by camera shake. At ranges under (1ft.),tripod is 31/may10: 00 AM lightto prevent subject. Increase the distance to the subject and fail to 30cm .

At ranges under 30cm (1ft.), the flash may fail to light the entire subject. Increase the distance to the More on Photography

macro mode, press the selector left (L). Macro mode can also be cancelled by turning the off or selecting another shooting mode.

a tripod is recommended to prevent blur caused by camera shake. 25 25 ges under 30cm (1ft.), the flash may fail to light the entire subject. Increase the distance to the subject and in.

25

25

25 25

such factors as Flashis used, and sensitivity its position intodistancethat thedistance of subject, frame, Flash frame, and its camera. ctors as thesensitivitythe the brightnessthethe that Intelligentsubjectsystem instantlytheanalyzesfrom thecorrectlyon adjusted the is camera. When the of the used, the cameras Intelligentand system from analyzes the scene based on he subject, brightness flash isframe, and itscamerasthemain Flashits background lighting, eventhe dimly-lit indoor scenes position in the output ensure distance from the camera. correctly exposed while utput and itsWhen areflashsubject, its position intheare of ambient isensure instantly main subjectscene basedexposed w adjustedpreserving to Flash outputareflash is used, ofthat effects itssubject isin the frame, andanalyzes theindoor scenes.on the and brightness the ensure , subject is correctly in from the camera. are adjusted to main positionsystem instantly scene based main its distance , sensitivity ensure the ambient background lighting, even in while exposed while Use the effects of , that the correctly exposed dimly-lit utput and sensitivity the the subjectof the subject, dimly-lit indoor scenes.and the flash from the camera. such the background theeven in subject, When that preserving adjustedeffects offactors asas main when lighting, is poor, its position inwhen shooting its night or indoors under low light. ensurefactorsadjusted to the is correctly exposed while ing the to such ambient the brightness cameras Intelligent Flash the frame, Useat distance . of ambient infor example scenes. flash indoor the when brightness ing theis preservingoutputaswhen shooting of theevenlighting, even thelight. subjecttheisscenes. Uselow light. effectslighting, even the backgroundtodimly-lit shootingmain subject correctly from the camera. of outputeffects dimly-lit lightingscenes.indoors in the at Flashexamplebackground lighting, subject, under the dimly-litUse its distance exposed while are for example the that ensure suchambient andlighting isareat night ortoUse when that in mainnight or indoors underexposed while factorsandin sensitivitypoor,adjusted ensure flash low frame, and is correctly the flash its position Flash sensitivity adjusted t background . indoor indoor . ghting poor, for when for exampleand forToof ambientflash or indoors night or thelight. under low light. mode changes lighting isthewhen shooting ataadjusted to ensure the selector dimly-lit indoor scenes. Use thewhile poor, sensitivity night mode, press thateven main subjectThe flash exposed flash example when shooting at under low in right (K). is correctly indoors ghting isshooting at night or effects ambient background lighting, even in dimly-lit indoor scenes. Use the flash preserving To Flash output indoors undermode, preserving the effects of choose backgroundselector right (K). The flash mode changes e when poor, low flash are light. the lighting, ose a flash mode, press the choose aright (K). Thepressshooting at night or in other under low scenes. Use the flash when lighting selectorfor selectorThe flash mode changes 4, light. is timefor (K). . mode The flash dimly-lit indoor the poor, right the when isin lighting, preservingthemode, eachambient isselectormode at nightmodesunder low light.mode mode theselector of examplebackground modes ineventhan 4, the current current effectsthe time selector shooting changesor indoors when press each example pressed; pressed; other indoors than To lighting choose a osethe selector is flashis poor, press the when rightcurrent mode a flash mode, pressed; in modes other than 4, the (K). changes flash e The flash poor, changes mode meselector right (K).lighting is icon in the monitor. indoors under low light. is an shooting . AUTO the selector is pressed; than 4,other than night or eachwhen ,modes indicated byselectormonitor.mode flashChoose from the options time the mode following me the selectorchoose4,indicatedfor press iconwhen .(K).Choosecurrentthechanges following options isthan a is flash mode, example the theright (K).at The ( pressed; in mode, other in the in following options from mode bymodemodes the right 4, flash mode changes anthe ) To To in the monitor. Choose from press in modes other a (some 108 selector current the . ated by an choose flash current options are not availableThe shooting modes; see pg. 108): icon is iconchoose a flash mode, are from selector other (K). The flash mode changes an selector the monitor.modes right options icon ated byare not availabletheall shootingpressed; available in all thanin all modes;current mode anindicatedthe (some optionspress themodes 108):from the4, the see pg. 108): in by inselectorin is optionsininthe following than following options monitor. Choose not seeChoose shooting the current mode each To time each from the is modes; 4, monitor. Choose time the followingpressed; options pg. other (some options inby an icon Mode all shootingChoose see 4, following options not available in modes; options are not availableareall Mode is pressed; in modes other thanpg. 108): Description Description is is indicated pg. 108): indicated by shooting the monitor. Choose from the the current mode n all shooting each time the an icon inin the monitor. 108): from the following options modes; see selector modes; see pg. de Description 4 (no icon) flash required. Recommended in most situations. Mode (some options an icon in the all Thewhen fires whenseethe 108): is indicated byare not available monitor. ChooseDescription following from de Description modes; (some optionsrequired. available inin all shooting modes; see pg. 108): options are not Recommended shootingrequired. pg. o icon) The flash fires when4 (no icon) The flash firesmost situations. Recommended in most situations. subjects or for natural c in Description The flash fires whenever a picture is 4 (no icon) The flash not K (fill flash) firesmost situations.inDescription108): taken. Use subjects or for natural coloration w fires available in all shooting modes;mosttaken. Use for backlit for backlit when required. Recommended see pg. (some options are Recommended o icon) The flash fires whenever asituations.taken. whenever a picturefor natural coloration when The flash fires when required. . Use for backlit subjects or is situations. Mode required. Recommended in most picture isThe flash in . Description Mode AUTO( )

ing the Flash (Intelligent(Intelligent Flash) Flash) K Using ing the Flash) the Flash elligentFlash (Intelligent Flash) is used, the cameras Intelligent Flash system instantly analyzes the sc When the flash When Flash (Intelligent Flash) flash Flash the cameras Intelligent the system instantly K the cameras thesuch(Intelligent Flash) he flash is used, Using theIntelligentis used,system instantlyof the subject, scene based on frame, and its distance fro K Using the Flashcameras the brightness analyzes Flashits analyzes the analyzes the scene base the When the flashsuch Intelligent Flash Intelligent Flash system instantly position inon its based on is used, the he flash is used,Flashcamerasfactors as factors asin the of the) position in the camera. scenedistance from the cam the systemsubject, its the brightness frame,subject, its the Flashanalyzesand sensitivityandanalyzes the scene based and ( are adjusted to ensure frame, K Usingthe(Intelligent Flash) distance from the that the main subject is correctly eras Intelligent instantly positionsystem instantly its ctors as the brightness of Flash output the scene based on

K flash) flash) The flash fires whenever(fillpicture is taken. Useshooting in bright light. natural coloration natural coloration when bright taken. when backlit situations. (no The flash fires whenever a picture is light. Use forin most subjects or for when (noUse light. Description ever a picture 4flash)icon) Theaflash shooting infor backlit subjectsfire for most . subject is poorly lit. 0 will appear in the taken. subjects or required. Recommended Kis 4bright for fires when The colorationnot or even when the (fill Modeicon) The flash fires when required. Recommended in flash) shooting in backlitin bright .for naturalflash situations. does shooting does notshooting flash fires light. required. Recommended in most situations. at lit. 0 will appear in the monitor at in bright light. W The off) not lit. taken. subject is poorly The flash fire even when (flash picturefireiseven whenthatbacklit monitor for natural coloration when ght. 4 (no icon) flash doespicture taken. Use for backlit subjects ororblurred. a tripod is recomme when The flashoff) the subjectaisapoorly is will Use the in the subjects slow Usecoloration when speeds 0 will in natural of WThe does not whenever the subjectwarn for lit. , appear monitor at slow (flash fires whenever shutter . 0to isappear pictures may be forthe sh off) The flashK (fill flash) flash when the subject when warn0 will appear in the monitor Use of a tripod is recommended. fire even poorly K (fill flash)The shooting shutter speeds shutter(flash off) warnevenflash fires may poorlybothtaken. Use formay and the background that re even when thedoes notisfire 0in bright be blurred. Use is thatslow issubjectbe subjects at slow when shooting at night (no subject shooting bright light. in a picture a tripod recommended. will appear Capture monitor W speeds to poorly lit. in . light.istheto .of the pictures backlit blurred. or for natural coloration when The pictures whenever lit. at main sh off) shutter speeds to may pictures may tripod recommended. K (fill flash) that pictureswarn blurred. Use be blurred. the of a tripod is when shooting at shutter both the mainThe flash in bright that even when ofshooting at Use background brightly fire poorly lit. 0 will arn that picturesspeeds to warnshootingadoes not beeven when maysubject andrecommended. .in the monitor at slowthat bri tripod fire recommended. Capture may be blurred.subject andCapture both the when subject isisis D is selected for the SCENE night slow shutte the background the a subject night If appear TheUse ofdoes is light. main be overexposed).(note thatappear monitor at (note flash scenes the W Capture( notsync) may be )poorly lit. 0 will Anightin A SCENE POSITION, both and the subject and the Wboth the main(slow sync)(slow ,that picturesshootingblurred. Use of a tripod is recommended. shutter speed ma (flash off) T shutterT mainwarnlit 3be D is.shooting . (note that brightly Capturethe (flash off) shutter speedslitistobackground overexposed). If at when (notetripod appear in the monitor at slow subjectspeedsscenes that (notethethe subject is shutteraspeed brightly POSITION, whenbackground night willmay be selected thatat is recommended. for SCENE POSITIONdoes warn as slow as 3s. brightly w sync) lit scenes may be overexposed). If Dtonot fire even A that Use a poorly of 0 selected pictures may blurred. SCENE be ain subject and background when shooting at nightfor when may POSITION, Use lit. The flash sync) be as selected Use SCENE tripod. SCENE POSITION, overexposed). D is selected for A may W (flash lit w sync) as scenesis 3s. Use off)scenes mayboth the warnshutter a and thePOSITION, shutter speed mayshutter speed that brightly lit T (slowselected tripod. SCENE POSITION, thatIfA tripod. background Use of a tripod atrecommended. be slow a for A both the main subject and the background when shooting at night (note Capture night erexposed). If Dasmay be overexposed). If D isto main3s.for pictures may be blurred. when shooting is be (note that brightly speed shutter Capture speeds slow as subject as slow tripod. as slow T 3s. Use a tripod.as 3s. the flashoverexposed).will be selected forin the monitor when shutter speedbutton is pres as (slow sync) lit scenesUse a be will fire, X If D is displayed A SCENE POSITION, the shutter may be If may ripod. T (slow sync) the flash may fire, main subject andisthe background when shooting at night (note that brightly scenes both the If lit Capturewill be overexposed). If D selected for A SCENE POSITION, shutter speed may be ash will fire, , in the monitor . in the monitor when the shutter button is pressed halfw X will be displayed UseX will be the shutter button is pressed halfway. when displayed asas scenes C3s. be tripod. the monitorselected for A SCENE POSITION, shutter speed slowin be displayed in the D is when the pressed halfway. as 3s.aution a tripod. T (slow sync) X willthe Use a overexposed). Ifshutter button isshutter button is pressed halfway.may be lit slow asmay ash will inIf the flash be when the shuttermonitor is pressed halfway. fire, X will will fire, displayed C played the monitor C Cas slow as 3s. button when aution Use a tripod. on If the C Ifaution flash will fire, X will bemay fire several times shot.when the Do the camera untilpressed halfway. is comple C the flash will fire, X Thefire several times with each with each shot. shutter button is is pressedishalfway. willflash displayed the monitor Do not the not move the camera until shooting on The flash may be displayed inin the monitor whenmoveshutter button shooting complete. h may fire several times with each shot. Do not move the camera until shooting is complete. Ifmay fire The flash aution several X will be displayed in the monitor when until shooting is complete. shot. Do not h mayshot.severalthe flash will fire, times with eachis the camera move the camera the shutter button is pressed halfway. CCaution the camera until shooting CC each fire Do nottimes with each shot. Do not move complete. until shooting is complete. move 6, fire times with each shot. Do not move the camera until shooting is complete. 7 several . . C Cflash may The aution The flash may fire several times with each shot. Do not move the camera until shooting is complete. The flash may fire several times with each shot. Do not move the camera until shooting is complete. 26

26
2626 26

26

26

K Using the Flash (Intellig K Using the Flash K Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash) (Intelligent Flash) K Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash) Flash (Intelligent Flash) K Using the Red-Eye Removal "Using Mode K Using the Flash (Intelligent Fla Silent KTaking the Flash (Intelligent Flash) K UsingPictures in(Intelligent Flash) K Using thethe ( Mode Flash (Intelligent Flash) Flash) K Flash Using the Mode (AUTO) ) Flash (Intelligent Red-Eye Removal selected for When S REMOVAL ON is In situations " Silentcamera sounds or light from th in which Red-Eye Removal " Silent Mode oval " Silent is K Usi oval " Silent Mode When Detection (pg. 21), red-eye S REMOVAL ONMode selected for Silent Mode In situations in which camera sounds or ligh Red-Eye Removal " Intelligent Face flash may be unwelcome, press the DISP/BACK butto MOVAL ON is Red-Eye RemovalRed-Eye RemovalIn forDetectionwhichIn situations SilentModecamera the ON is S REMOVAL selected for situations (pg. cameraAvoiding or light from sounds unwelcome, sounds or light " in which " Silent Intelligent Face MOVAL WhenWhen FramingforON isONselectedIn situations in (V), 21), red-eye SilentBlurred Pictures may be light from thepress the DISP/BA selected removal (S) is available infor in which camerasituationsuntil Modeflash Mode orin the monitor. the sounds Silent from the sounds or light from in Red-Eye Removal The RemovalRemoval is selected fill maySilent Mode is displayed Red-Eye Red-EyeGrid " camera Intelligent 21),S REMOVAL (pg. 21), red-eye may4unwelcome,"fill theMode whichbutton sounds flash In " the DISP/BACK until the e Detection 21), red-eye (pg. Face red-eye flash press DISP/BACK press the When(21) removal (S)red-eyehide modes. (V), be unwelcome,camera caused byfromSilent Mode selected is which camera e DetectionTo display DetectionONis isselected (Z)unwelcome,Ifpressmay be lit, blurringoror lightsoundsthe light from t (pg. SSaflash ON ON REMOVAL ONmay be otherfor Inthe subject unwelcome," DISP/BACK button monitor. flashfor When Intelligent Face REMOVAL ONselected selected untilsituations in in In poorly monitor.is displayedfrom button flash displayed situations in sounds DISP/BACKcamera When S REMOVAL in and (V),viewavailable in 4In In situationsiniswhichbutton which camerain " from REMOVAL grid (pg.slow is for or lightfrom the framing When (S) REMOVAL (U),4 selected or be Red-Eye Removalsituationswhich cameracamerathe lightor light or the When available S ON is21), fill for for S Detectionisor to sync In situations in the press sounds in which sounds , the removal 4 (V), fill " may is availableAUTO (V), (U),, is displayed in the monitor. DISP/BACK . in until " ,Red-eye flash Intelligent isFaceDetection (pg. Detectionslow 21), red-eye modes." bedisplayed in bepress the DISP/BACK button 21),minimizes sync (Z) flash ismay is flash may by pressing the G is available indicators(S)Intelligent Face 4red-eyeis displayed in the monitor.beunwelcome, press the DISP/BACK button in 4 Face fillmonitor, press21), and (pg. button. flash maybeunwelcome, unwelcome, press the DISP/BACK butt until "fill red-eye shake can unwelcome, the monitor. be removal(pg. red-eyeWhen S REMOVALflash mayselected press the DISP/BACK button button Intelligent in Face Detection flash ON is be unwelcome, press the DISP/BACK DISP/BACK reduced for removal (V), until Intelligent and Detection (pg.in red-eye Intelligent is sync In situations in which c flashremoval Face theDetectionin 21), the21), red-eye (U), modes. available (pg. removal nd slow sync (Z)(S) is. (Z) modes. sync (Z) available modes. nd slowremoval (S) is slow slow(S) 4 (V), fill minimizes fill until "mode). In in in the monitor.in the monitor. removal inred-eyefill flash removal (S)and in light available fillIntelligent Facefrom untildisplayed " is monitor. isminimizes modes. available until " (dualthe isdisplayed in in pressing flash removal(S) Red-eye4 fill (V), red-eyeIS is (pg.until thethe the monitor. G button unwelcom (U), available syncis from the in is (V), until " is " displayed displayed Detection displayed mode, flash may be is available (Z) (V), Red-eye removalcaused when 4in 4 (V),4reflected reflected from is21), red-eye monitor. oval minimizes red-eye slow sync (Z) modes. red-eye the flash (U),subjects minimizes slow from the flash is and oval minimizes(U),removal (U), (Z) shownsync (Z) modes.atalso reduces blur caused by subject movement. Red-eye andflash caused as red-eye flash. and sync when light flash flash (U), andsync sync (Z) in the illustration right. slow retinas (Z) modes.removal until " is displayed in caused (U), reflectedslowslow and modes.modes. ight from the flash islight from from the is reflected from the the illustration at right. from the whenis removal the flash retinas as shown in (S) is available in 4 (V), fill flash reflected from the Red-eye when Red-eye removalred-eye from the subjects ight Red-eye removal from the flash red-eyeflash (U), and slow sync (Z) modes. The camera speaker, flash, AF-assist illuminator and caused light minimizes red-eye right. Red-eye removal minimizesillustrationred-eye red-eye Red-eye shown minimizes isminimizes removal the minimizes reflected subjectsthe illustration at right. in at as as shown in the illustration from the flash is reflected from the in retinas as caused when causedright. the from the flash is reflected from the self-timerThe camera speaker, that AF-assist illumi as as showncausedwhen light atshown inflashreflected fromright. light when subjects retinas as from flash is illustration at thethe caused causedlight from thethe lightflash is reflected from thecamera speaker, flash, lamps turn off (note flash,the flash will sti when when light from the is reflected from removal minimizes red-eye Red-eye illuminator and The camera speaker, flash, AF-assist illuminator AF-assistlamps turn off ISO AUTO(400) that the flas camera right. and subjects retinas as shown in the illustration the right. The at right. (note and subjects in in in shown at at speaker, flash, AF-assist illuminator mode). subjects retinas shown shown asThe illustration at right. The lamps fire off (note that Flash and will still and at illustration subjects retinas retinas as retinasillustration incaused when light from theturninis reflected AF-assist illuminator settings can no subjects as as shownthethe illustrationright. the speaker,self-timer the flash Aflash, from the volume self-timer cameraspeaker, will stillA mode). and volume that , flash, , self-timer lamps turn off The camerathe flash will stillAF-assistflash lamps turn off (note that the fire whileright. flash,flash in effect. inspeaker, illuminator and self-timer subjects retinas(notecamerabeflashAF,AF-assisttheFlash To setting adjusted The flash,volume AF-assist illuminator AF-assist The The camera illustration at that illuminator still speaker, off flash, settings can and as shown in the speaker,AF-assist illuminator will illuminator a Theself-timer speaker, camera(notesilent mode isnot and and restor camera lamps turn flash, ). ( A fire self-timer settings can (note mode). fire in A mode). Flash and volume settings and not that and volume Flash off not be fire in A mode). Flash inself-timerlamps turncan lamps pressthe (note will still isflash will s normal operation, turn off the mode lamps turnturn (note that silent can the flash fire self-timer self-timer adjusted while flash that button until th in A mode). Flash and volumethe DISP/BACK still in effect. settings (note turn off(note . willwill will still lamps off off that flashThe stillnot beself-timerislamps restore that thethe pressflashDISP/BACK butto is be adjusted while silentadjusted while silent mode effect. DISP/BACKcamera speaker, f adjusted while silent fire in A mode). To restore volume settings can not mode is in effect. To normal in To restore in 12/ 31/ 2050 00 AM be mode A effect. insilentand operation, 10:can restore , "Flash is Flash and Flash and volume settingsturn n Flash novolumedisplayed.Tocan can not can o mode).isvolume settings not fire in mode). icon and longer in settings not mode). A beoperation, while Flashand volume effect. the firefire A in A mode). DISP/BACK button until the lamps in adjusted press the mode settingsself-timer fire normal DISP/BACK button until the normal operation, press the DISP/BACK while silent mode is no effect. To restore operation, press the adjusted button until the is in longer displayed. "mode issilentbutton until the be Press G tobe adjustedicon offinIcon appearsin effect. To resto normal . while effect. To Toisrestoremode). Flas mode inTo restore normal operation, dual be is adjustedsilent mode is in . is beiconadjusted while pressIS onDISP/BACK in effect. in adjusted whileturn silent the mode effect. restore be while silent or fire A " icon is no longer displayed. operation, press the displayed. longer displayed. " icon is no longer" normalnowhennormalthetheDISP/BACK button until onbutton until t normal operation, IS ispress DISP/BACK button untilthe while " operation,longer operation,displayed depends the icon normalnormal no dualpress DISP/BACK button button until the silen press on (icon press the be adjusted until the monitor is operation,displayed. DISP/BACK DISP/BACK the " icon is no longer displayed. " " icon islonger displayed. MODE; see pg. operation, pres icon is longer displayed. " icon is no no" icon is no longer displayed. 88). option selected for Z DUAL IS no longer displayed. normal Indicators Indicators " icon is no longer d displayed hidden Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. More on on Photography Basic Photography and Playback More Photography Photography More on More on Photography More on Photography Framing grid displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the scene. More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography

27 27

27 27 27 27 17 2727 27

JSelf-Timer Self-Timer Using the J Self-TimerSelf-Timer J the UsingUsing the Self-Timer Using JJ Using the Self-Timer the the J J Using the Self-Timer Using the Self-Timer

The camera offers a ten-second timer photographers to The camera offers ten-second timer that allows photographers to appear in their own photographs, Thecamera offers a that that timer allows photographers to appear in their own The ten-second timer thataallows photographersthatallows in their appear in their own photographs, The ten-second a ten-second timer that allows photographers to appear in their own photographs, e camera offersoffers ten-secondten-secondallowsthatappear to appear in their own photographs,photographs, a camera offers photographers photographers to appear in their own photographs, offers acameracameraaoffers a timertimerallows used to2 photographers to appear in their photographs, to own photographs, The The camera offerscanthat cancanbe used avoidcamera movingappearthetheir own photographs, two-second a ten-second be usedtocausedblurcaused by the camera moving when the shutter timer thatcan that allows blur and a two-secondtimer that timerbe , allows blur caused by the camera shutterwhen shutter and a two-second timer timer thattoavoid photographersthe camerainmoving and a timercan ten-second can used blur avoid by by theto own when caused by camera and a two-second10used to bethatcaused bycaused by thecaused whenmoving when thetheshutter that timer used be blur the avoid moving when moving when the to and a two-secondavoid bluravoidavoid to camerablur the camerathe shutter movingshutterthe shutter d a two-second that be to cond timer two-second timerused can be used to avoid blur caused by the camera moving when the shutter thattimeris pressed. The self-timer is available in all shooting modes. can be . a button The self-timer self-timer in used in button is pressed. is available can shooting in all shooting modes. button is pressed. button is pressed.self-timerThe thatthatin all beavailableall shooting modes. button is pressed. Theself-timer is all shooting modes. tton isTheandand a two-second inself-timer is available to avoidshooting modes. camera moving when the shutter ssed. pressed. Thepressed. The Theisshooting is available in all blur caused by the self-timer is available timer available modes.in modes. all button is is pressed. The self-timer is available in all shooting modes. self-timer is available all shooting modes. Set the timer. SetSetthe timer. the timer. the timer. 1 button . Set Set the timer. timer.the timer. Set timer. self-timer . the monitor. To choose a different setting, press the the mode self-timer self-timer mode is displayed in the monitor. a . timer. The current self-timer mode is is monitor. in choose a different setting,different setting, The currentThe current self-timer mode is displayed the To choose a different setting, press The current is in is displayed To choose a monitor. To choose a a The current Set The the modedisplayed in To the monitor. Todifferentdifferent setting, press thethe self-timerdisplayed displayed in thedisplayed in different setting, choose setting, the rent self-timer TheSetiscurrentmode the monitor.in the monitor. To choosechoose a is the press press the press the mode press . current down (J). The selection changes each monitor. selector is pressed. selectorselection changes eachdisplayed selectortimethe To choosepressed. setting, press selector down (J). The selection changes each time thethepressed.pressed. setting, press the the selectordown (J). The selection changes the selector selector is is pressed. selector (J). (J). down (J). The is displayed thetheeach is pressed. selector The selection mode time in is pressed. The current self-timer time the each timein monitor. is selector downselection self-timer modeselection changeseach time To selector different down (J). Thedown The changesThe selectionis selectoreach the time the selector a different each changes selector down (J). changes time the selectorChoose pressed.(self-timeroff), is pressed. selector down (J). The selection changes each time theJChoose(self-timer(self-timer off),off), is from Choose off), Choose selector from J J (self-timer J off), Choose from fromChoose from J (self-timer off), (self-timer from J

11 1 1 1

ISO AUTO(400)

ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) Choose from J (self-timer off),(10s(10sdelay),b (2s (2s delay) ISO AUTO(400) c (10s ISO AUTO(400)ISO AUTO(400) Choose from(2s or or (2) off), c c (10),delay), (self-timer c (10s delay), or delay),delay) b delay) b J (self-timer c or bAUTO(400)delay) c (10s delay), or b (2s delay) or Choose from Jor b (2s delay) ISO (2s c (10s delay), (10s delay),c b (2s delay) b (2s delay) off), ISO AUTO(400) (10s delay), or c (10s delay), or b (2s delay)

n C Caution C Caution behind the camera whenusing the shutter button. Standing in front Stand when camera when shutter Standing button. Stand behind the camera theusing thethe shutter in front front Stand using Stand behind using button. Standing the shutterbutton. Stand Stand behind the camera when using when button.shutterStandingStanding in front the C Caution thethe camera when using button. button. in Standing in front camera ehind thebehind Stand behind the shutterthe. andandin Standing in front camera of thethe behind camerawith focus exposure.button. Standing in front whenthelens shutter the shutter can interfere with focus and exposure. of interferefocus and when focus front of using can lens interfere canthe behind thefocus and exposure. exposure. of lens cancan camera when lens with Stand andthe interfere with focus of theof the lens .interferewithusing andthe shutter button. Standing in front lens can interfere withexposure. exposure. using exposure. ns can interfere with focus can interfere with focus and exposure. of the lens lens can interfere with focus and exposure. of thethe timer. Start timer. Startthe the timer. Start

Focus. Focus. Focus. Focus. Focus. Focus. . shutter button halfway to focus. 2 the shutterthehalfway to focus.focus.to focus. Focus. thetheshutter button halfway to focus. Press button halfway halfway Press Press to focus. Focus. shutter button to Press Press . button halfway to focus. the shutterPressthe shutter button e shutter button halfway Press the the shutter button halfway to focus. Press shutter button halfway to focus. C C Caution Caution C Caution C Caution C Caution

22 2 2 2 33 3 3 3

12/ 31/ 2050

12/ 31/12/ 31/ 205000 10: 00 AM 2050 10: 12/ 31/ 2050 AM 00 AM 10: 12/ 31/ 2050 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 10: 00 AM 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

Start Start the timer. e timer.the timer. Start the timer. button the rest of the way down to start the timer. the Press timer. button the rest to start Press . rest shutter rest the button the rest of rest of down way down 3 Startbutton shutter button theway the way start to to start timer. Press of the way down Start shutter Press Press the the restthetimer. of the waystart the the todownthestart thethetimer. the shutterPress the shutter button thedownof timer. the timer.timer. the timer. e shutter button shutterthetheinbutton the toshowsof the way down to startremaining Pressin display thethemonitor number secondsthe remaining shutter shows the showsthe seconds remaining rest the the way to way down display in in thebutton the rest ofnumber down to start the timer. . of number of start remaining The thedisplay monitorshows the number of seconds timer. Thedisplay inthethe numberofthethenumber of seconds The displayThethe monitormonitor showsofremaining ofseconds remaining The The the monitorPress the shows of seconds seconds remaining play in display in the monitorshutter ismonitor To stop the remaining is shows in the display the . number of before the picture is monitor showsstop the timer seconds Theuntildisplay numberreleased. Tobeforenumber ofbefore the picture is until the shutter is released. timer thetimer seconds shutter the released. isstop stop untilreleased., DISP/BACKTo the timerthe the theistimer before theremaining theuntil thethe shutter released. Tothe stopbefore the before the picture is shutterthereleased.ismonitortheTo stop the timer picture is picture is shutter . shows until until the is released.in To To stop the timer before e shutter is shutterThe shutterDISP/BACK. To stoppicture picture is picture is the timer before the taken, press is released. taken, press DISP/BACK. taken, until the the shutter is released. To stop the timer before the picture is DISP/BACK. taken, until taken, press presstaken,press DISP/BACK. DISP/BACK. press DISP/BACK. ress DISP/BACK. taken, press DISP/BACK. taken, press DISP/BACK.
2828 28 28 28 28 28

J Using the Self-Timer J Using the Self-Timer J Self-Timer Using the

The self-timer lamp on the front . will blink of the camera 2 The self-timer lamp on the front of the camera will blink The self-timer lamp on the front of the camera will blink , picture is taken. If the two-second immediately before the .

L Close-ups (Macro Mode)

immediately before the picture isistaken. IfIfthe two-second immediately before the picture taken. the two-second timer is selected, the self-timer lamp will blink as the timer timer isisselected, used self-timer lampwill , A, B, timer Macro modeselected,the self-timer lampin willblink as the timer O, P), M and F modes (pp. 32 can be the for close-ups timer blink as the (H, counts down. 40).counts down. mode, press the selector left (L). To select macro counts down.
ISO AUTO(800)

L icon appears in monitor when camera is K in macro mode (Intelligent Flash) Using the Flash More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography

Intelligent Removal Red-Eye Face Detection " Silent Mode Intelligent Face Detection Intelligent Face Detection When macro mode ONin isfaces(21), be in focus,camera sounds or light from the Because effect, of portrait subjects will Insubjects near the center of is it ensures that the the camera focuses on in which Detection (pg. Use the When S REMOVAL is selected for situations Intelligent Face the monitor. 21) Because ititensures that the faces, 1 in focus, Intelligent . is be Because ensures using the self-timer for group portraits or self-portraits.IntelligentFace Detection (pg. 21) 21) . of portrait subjects will flash in focus,unwelcome, self-timer with (pg. button recommended when that the faces of portrait subjects will be use theFace DetectionIntelligentis zoom control to frame pictures. red-eye Intelligent Face Detection (pg. 21), may be To press the DISP/BACK recommended when using the self-timer for group portraits or self-portraits. To use the self-timer Intelligent recommendedset theusing thedescribed in Step 1 the shutter . with when timer as and then press button all the way down to start , self-timer for group portraits or self-portraits. To use the self-timer with Intelligent Face Detection, is available in 4 (V), fill removal (S) until " is displayed in the monitor. the Face exit set . described left and then press the shutter button all as down to start Face Detection, mode, press described in Step 1(L). then press the shutter button all the way by exposure To Detection,and the timerdetect modes.in Step and Macro mode can also adjust the way down to start selector the timer.macro setslowtimer asthefaces while the1 timer is counting down andbe cancelled and turning the The focus flash (U), camera will sync (Z) the timer. off orcamera willanotherfaces whilemode.timerisiscounting down and adjust focus and exposure the timer.The selecting detect shooting the timer move until the picture has been focus and exposure The camera will detect faces Be careful not to counting down and adjust recorded. while the camera before the shutter is red-eye immediatelyremoval minimizes released. Red-eye immediately before the shutter isis released. Be careful not to move until the picture has been recorded. immediately before the shutter released. Be careful not to move until the picture has been recorded. caused ANotes ANote when light from the flash is reflected from the ANote , , . ANote tripod asrecommended subjects turns shown in the illustration atpicture is taken, a different shooting mode is selected, playback The Use of a retinas isoff automaticallyto prevent blur caused by camera shake. self-timer when the right. TheAtself-timer turns off automatically when the to lightisistaken, aa different shooting mode is selected, playback self-timer turns off automatically when the picture entire subject. Increase the AF-assist the subject and The ranges under 30cm (1ft.), the flash may failpicture thetaken,camera speaker, flash,distance toilluminator and The different shooting mode is selected, playback mode is selected, or the camera is turned off. mode isis selected, or the camera is turned off. selected, or the camera is turned off. modeagain. self-timer lamps turn off (note that the flash will still try fire in A mode). Flash and volume settings can not be adjusted while silent mode is in effect. To restore normal operation, press the DISP/BACK button until the " icon is no longer displayed.

12/ 31/ 2050

10: 00 AM

29

29 29 29

5 Exposure Compensation 5 Exposure Compensation 5 Exposure Compensation 5 Exposure Compensation 5 Compensation 5 Exposure Compensation Exposure Charging the Battery

Use Use exposure Use exposure compensation exposure compensation when when ToTo choose value forfor exposure compensation: compensation when choosechoose a value for exposure compensation: To choose a for exposure compensation: Use exposure compensation when To a value a value exposure compensation: Use compensation exposure , photographing, very bright,shipment.or when : for exposure compensation: photographing very bright, very dark, or or when To choose a value for exposure compensation: photographing charged Charge very bright, very dark, dark, high- To choose a value compensation TheUse .very bright, veryor high-high- PressPress5the 5 button. battery exposure is not at very dark, photographing highThe the 5 button. the Charging5 button. Press the Indicator photographing Press button. contrastbattery before use. bright, very dark, or highcontrast subjects. very bright, very dark, or highsubjects. photographing very thecontrast subjects. contrast subjects. charging +/- .indicator (5). (5). 1PressThePressselectorselectorupup(5). Exposure Press the selector shows (5). charge the the 5 button. up battery Exposure Press the 5 button. up Exposure contrast subjects. Press the selector Press the Exposure Choose positive subjects.values Choose positive (+)(+) values Choose positive (+) Press will will highlighted in in contrast (+) values values Choose positive status as follows:selector up (5). the . the compensationthe selector be highlighted in the compensation bewill be highlighted in the compensation will up (5). Exposure be highlighted Exposure Press the Place the batteryvalues charger. compensation Choose positive (+) in the to increaseincrease exposurevalues to to increase exposure increasepositive (+) compensation will to exposure Choose exposure monitor. monitor.indicator Batterybe highlighted in the monitor. Charging status Action compensation will be highlighted in the to increase battery Insert the exposure into the supplied BC-50 monitor. monitor. to increase exposure + Battery not M Insert the monitor. battery charger as shown, making sure that M M Off M ISO ISO inserted. M ISO AUTO(1600) AUTO(1600) battery.AUTO(1600) ISO AUTO(1600) the battery is in the correct orientation. ISO AUTO(1600) M

1 11 1 1

First Steps

NP-50 rechargeable battery Choose negativenegative () values Choose negative ()() Choose negative values - values Choose () values Choose negative to reduce exposureexposure values to to reduce exposure values reduce exposure () to reduce Choose negative () to reduce exposure BC-50 battery charger to reduce exposure Arrow

2 22 2 2 Terminals

Plug the charger in. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The red charging indicator will light.

compensation. 3 333shooting mode. mode. ReturnReturn to shooting mode. 3Charge. mode. Returnthe battery. to Return to shooting 3Chargingtoisshooting tomode. the to Return to shooting return PressPress MENU/OK return return tocharging MENU/OK complete when to to 3 Press MENU/OK to tomode. to Return to shooting return Press MENU/OK MENU/OK Press MENU/OK to return to shooting mode. mode. to Areturn exhausted shooting MENU/OK shooting mode. shooting indicator mode. fully to . Press turns green. shooting mode. shooting about battery takesmode. 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

Battery ISO AUTO(1600) charging. SET SET SET Battery fully -1 SET -1 -1-1 the Remove SET Glows green -1 SET battery. -1 Choose . value. charged. Choose a value. Choose a value. a value. 2 Choose a value. Chooseselector up or down to PressPress selector down to Unplug the the selector or down to Press the selector up or down to the a value. up up or Choose a Press the charger and Press a value .a value value for fault. choosechoosered selectorexposure choose theaselector up or exposure for for down to Blinks Battery exposure to Press the a value up or exposure the choose for down remove choose a value for exposure compensation. a value for exposure compensation. compensation. choose compensation. battery. compensation. Glows red
2 3 2 3 2 23 3 2 3 2 3

30

3030 30 30

30 30

ANotes ANotes ANotes Choosing an Exposure Compensation Value Value Choosing an Exposure Compensation Value Choosing an Exposure Compensation Exposure compensation is isCompensationinand F F Exposure compensation available inin M M and Exposure compensation is available 5 Exposure available M and F BacklitBacklit subjects: choose values Backlit subjects:choose values subjects: choose values modes only. only. modes only. 2/3/3 EV to +13/3 2 2 EV to +12/ 2 modes 2/3 EV to +1 /3 from + + + from 5 Exposure Compensation 5 Exposure Compensation Compen from Pictures a (AUTO) Exposure At settings Taking 5 Exposureicon isicon Mode inin the th At settings other 5 ExposureaCompensation the in other than thanin5 icon is displayed than 0, 0, 55 displayed displayed At settings other0, a 5 Compensation is EV (for an explanation ofof the the EV (for (for explanation the EV an an explanation of ANotes monitor. Choosingterm EV, see the Glossary on an Exposure Compensation Valueon monitor. monitor. term EV,EV, the Glossary see see the Glossary on term Exposure compensation is available not and F camera M ANotes ure Compensation subjects: 107) Choosing an Exposure Compensation Value Exposure compensation is is in is reset when the camera Backlit Value ANotes Value Choosing anExposure Compensation Value ANotes Blurred compensation not reset whenwhen the camer ANotes ExposureANotes The Framingchoose values Avoiding Exposure compensation not reset the Pictures page Exposure Compensation page Grid 107) Choosing an Exposure Compensation Value Choosing anpage 107) 2/3 EV to +12/3 turned off; Exposure compensation ismodes only.turned A/Savailable in Misand Fcontrol, a availableisin M off; totorestore normal M and F incontro andExposureto . exposure control, Foff; is available in exposure Exposure is turned from + framing grid or to view or is : restore hoose values BacklitHighly:Highly+2/3EVsubjects or choose hide other compensation blurring caused by camera IfExposure compensation is compensation available M restore normal exposure Highly choose values To display a reflective subjects the subject 5 icon normal Backlit subjects: only. reflective modes or subjects Backlit subjects: choose values Backlit subjects: choose values very subjects:reflective ~ +1 or very veryvalues At0 poorlyofof 0. is displayed in the settings otheris a +2/3EV ~ +1 0, lit, 2/3 modes choose value value . 2/3 EV to +12/ 2 EV (for an(EV (e.g.,2 snowfields): choose thanmodes of 0. valuea 2/3EV+2bright scenes3 107 +12 2/3EV can be a 0.pressing the G (EV from +22/explanation3 of +snowfields):/3 modes only. reduced byonly. only. modes only.choose a 107 . button brightthe +12scenesthe EV the DISP/BACK button. scenes2/(e.g., press to indicators33EVbright from (e.g., snowfields): shake from EV to +1 /33 / from + /3in to monitor, 3 5 ). compensation is is than 0, when the flashflash icon is displayed compensation disabled whenin At settings other thancompensationis displayed in the Exposure At settingspressing displayed the (for +1EV nation of term EV,+1EVthe Glossary ofan explanation ofthan 0, a monitor.ISExposureInthanmode,5 icondisabled a 5whenis displayei theEV explanation onAt settings other the Exposure 0, a other disabled icon EV (for see ) EV (forof the an +1EV the At settings otherin the0, a 5 icon isthe G buttonflash At settings other than 0, a 5 . (dual 0 icon isisdisplayed in the the is is mode). an explanation Exposure set toto 4AUTO(auto with red-eye reduction); when compensation is not reset when the camera or V (auto with red-eye reduction); when monitor. 4 monitor. (auto set or to 4 or V e Glossarypage 107) on term EV, see theterm EV,on the Glossary on monitor. set term EV, see the Glossarymonitor. Glossary on also(, to restoreVby subject with red-eye reduction); when reduces blur: caused movement. see is reset when the is is set to is not U, when the camera off; ) +1EVto K exposure . set Exposure flash camera normal reset exposure compensation Highly reflective subjects or veryExposure compensation is notturnedthe compensation isoror when control, compensation the flash KU, exposure Exposure compensation not reset compensation page 107) Exposure K or U, exposure is flash is set to .not reset page 107) page 107) turned off; to restore normal a value the: +1EV compensationthe camera when the page 107) choose exposure 0. subject is dark. of control,subject disabled if the is is turned ifis turned subjectexposurenormal exposure c turned off;disabled is dark. dark. control, off; to restore normal exposure control, to restore normal exposure control, bright scenes (e.g., snowfields): is is ( if the off; to restore disabled the bjects or very HighlyScenes that subjectsvery +1E V reflective or sky: +1Esubjects or very reflective subjects or very is is turned is off; to restore normal is Highly reflective are mostlymostly sky:a are are Scenes that Highly reflective sky: Highly subjects or choose V+1E V Scenes thatmostlyvery Exposure compensation ISO is +1EV a value of choose a value of 0. snowfields):bright Spotlit subjects (particularly if if value of 0. againstchoose a value -2/3EV is disabled when the flashAUTO(400) bright scenes (e.g., bright scenes (e.g.,photographed against snowfields): choose a ) : of 0. 0. (,Spotlit(e.g., snowfields): ) : +1EV scenes subjects (particularly snowfields): is setagainstvalue of 0. is red-eye reduction); when Spotlit subjects (particularly if photographed choose or compensation is disabled when the flash is to 4 V (auto with Exposure photographed disabled when the flash compensation Exposure (compensation the flash is when the Exposure compensation is disabled when is disabled +1EV dark backgrounds): / 2EV 2 Exposure +1EV dark backgrounds): 23/3 EV/3 EV +1EV set dark backgrounds):to 4 or V (auto withthe toreduction); or U, exposure compensation flash red-eye is set to Vwhen with red-eye reduction); when set 4 or K -2/3EV set ): (auto set to Subjects with low reflectivityflash istreesto or dark-colored to 4 orsubject is with red-eye(auto with red-eye reduction Subjects with withreflectivity (pineset orK or U, exposureif the V (auto dark. or V reduction); when low lowthe (pine (pine trees or dark-colored compensation 4 trees dark-colored Subjects reflectivity is disabled is set to K or U, exposure compensation the flash is set to K or U, exposureor U, 12/ 31/ the flash compensation Scenes that are mostly3/3 EV V sky: 2 the U, set to K compensation the flash is set to K orflash isexposure2050 10: 00 AM exposure compe 2/ 2 EV+1E foliage): foliage): foliage): /3 EV is disabled if the subject is dark. disabled if the subject is dark. is disabled if the subject is dark.the subject is dark. is disabled to turnis disabledor off if Spotlit subjects are mostly sky: +1E V (particularly is Press G if the subject is dark. . Icon appears in tly sky: +1E V mostly: sky:if photographed against +1EV Scenes that are Scenes +1E V Scenes that dual IS on that V Scenes that are mostly sky: +1E are mostly sky: +1E V /3 EV rticularly dark backgrounds): 2Spotlit subjects (particularly :against if ( ) against photographed against Spotlit subjects (particularly if photographed -2/3EV monitor when Spotlit subjects (particularly if photographed photographed against dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on ( ) against Spotlit subjects (particularly if photographed :if-2/3EV s): 2/3 EV Subjects with low reflectivity2/(pine trees or dark-colored dark backgrounds): 2/3backgrounds): 2/3 EV option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). dark backgrounds): 3 EV dark EV dark backgrounds): 22/33EV Indicators foliage): 2/ with low reflectivity (pine trees or Indicators flectivity (pineSubjects 3 EV low reflectivity with low reflectivity (pine trees or dark-colored trees or dark-colored dark-colored Subjects with (pine trees or dark-colored Subjects displayed hidden Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. foliage): 2/3 EV foliage): 2/3 EV foliage): 22/33EV foliage): 2/3 EV Note that blurring may still occur depending on the scene. Framing grid displayed Basic Photography and Playback More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

31 3

More on Photography

31

3131 31 17 31

or type mode, a shooting mode, soft-toned Description Choose shooting a according subject. To orChoose a shooting modeshooting ofto the scene chooseSubject type of shooting mode according to mode, IconIcon Description Subject For soft-toned portraits with with For soft-to portraits or type Choose asubject. To choose according thethe scene of subject. aTo choose mode a shootingto scene Subject Icon For Description PORTRAIT Shootingsubject.the desired shooting mode, the desired setting (pg. 4).Fortones.Description with natural sk Modechoose a the to 4).(pg. mode, PORTRAIT mode dial PORTRAIT or modeofshooting to To accordingshooting4). to type of subject.Moderotate shooting mode, To choose a setting scene or or type ofto the To rotate rotate the a subject. desiredchoose a the type mode dial mode setting (pg. the dial naturalnatural skin tones. portraits with skin For soft-toned For soft-toned portraits with soft-toned portraits Choose Shooting Subject PORTRAIT PORTRAIT Icon PORTRAIT Shootingaredial to available: rotate theMode The a shooting (pg. 4). rotate subject.Mode natural skindaylight TheShootingtheTo thethe following modes are following For crisp, skinportraits rotate the mode dial Battery setting mode, to The following modesmode dialchoosedesired setting (pg. 4).available: natural skin tones.daylight For crisp, natural cleartones. with For crisp clear tones. orofthemodes are the desired setting (pg. 4). type mode available: desired Charging Mode toaccording to the scene Shooting mode For soft-toned Choosefollowing modes are available: a PORTRAIT TheChoose a shooting mode according to (pg. 4). following modes are available: Subject Icon shots buildingsclear daylight Description Thethe shooting to the desired setting the scene LANDSCAPE For crisp,buildings and clear daylight of crisp, and The following modes are available: LANDSCAPE shots Icon For LANDSCAPE daylight shots of of For crisp, tones. rotate mode dial natural skin clear Subject Description AUTO AUTO following modes available:.scene Choose a subject. To chooseAUTO the according to orof shooting modeshooting mode, type a Subject LANDSCAPE landscapes. shots Description shots of buildings and For soft-toned portraits with landscape LANDSCAPE Icon landscapes. ofclear daylightand of buildings buildings TheAUTO shooting modeChoose a shooting mode, LANDSCAPECharging Icon For For soft-toned portraits with battery not chargedaccording crisp, scene or type To at shipment. the scene PORTRAIT Choose a ofshooting mode according toCharge snapshots (pg. 15). shots crisp, Description and Choose aissubject.are choose for to theclear Subject Subject Icon Description The Indicator AUTO Choose theclear snapshots a(pg.Focus (pg. 4). or type ofcrisp, clearTo choose (4) mode, Choose rotate, (pg. 15). settingFocus for AUTOsubject. to the desired 15). crisp, landscapes. and PORTRAIT FocusFor night twilight natural skin tones. twilight For nigh for mode dial snapshots shooting For soft-toned landscapes. rotateof before use. choose a 15). mode, the subject. the desired shotsand buildings of oror type crisp, clear snapshotsa shootingFocus typesensitivity, theChoose of mode dial to choose(pg.sensitivity, image PORTRAITand For night landscapes.portraits with battery subject. clear quality, andsetting Focus For battery soft-toned portraits with For soft-toned and FINEPIXnatural skinskin tones.high with The shows tones. portraits Choose for forimageimage response, (pg. 15). (pg. 4). LANDSCAPE crisp, quality, and FINEPIX (pg. 4). response, .ToTo snapshots shooting mode, quality,charging indicatornaturaland charge scenes, FINEPIX rotate the mode clear the desired The following modes are available: setting Choose for response, .AUTO crisp, dial tosnapshots (pg. 15). Focus sensitivity, night and For For anighthigh twilight PORTRAIT scenes,scenes, crisp, using daylight PORTRAIT a For NIGHT clear twilight using For natural tones. night and landscapes. clear twilight The the mode dial the desired setting are available: rotate following modestothe v-MODE (pg. 4). rotate the mode to imagedesired and FINEPIX the quality, crisp, tones. daylight v-MODE menuForscenes, skinusingdaylight COLORPlacesensitivity,dialin available:can setting (pg. 4). LANDSCAPE sensitivity natural skin clear usinghigh sensitivity can the battery The following modes image quality, and Focus scenes, high response, be sensitivity,in the charger. beFINEPIX in NIGHT shots settingsetting twilight and COLOR response, sensitivity,thesnapshots (pg. 15).menu NIGHT thestatus as follows: sensitivityof a buildings high canresponse, adjusted v-MODE and adjusted be adjusted clearare COLOR crisp,a and to Choose following in image quality,menu FINEPIX for crisp, modes are available: to scenes,crisp,ofaclear daylight For For crisp, using daylight NIGHT The following The Sensitivity LANDSCAPE shots NIGHT For night clear AUTO can beadjusted the v-MODE menu NIGHT COLOR be battery (pg.Sensitivity the modes are selected v-MODE menu LANDSCAPE indicator minimize blurring. buildings to and 62). can be adjusted inavailable: Sensitivity sensitivity Charging minimizelandscapes. setting and minimize Battery of a setting Action sensitivity using setting to COLOR cancan adjustedintothe62). from FINEPIX (pg. 62).COLOR AUTO be can bein(pg. the AUTOAUTOcan be selected from AUTOshots statusbuildings high to from Insert the supplied blurring. response, sensitivity,selectedin v-MODE menu image quality, and BC-50 sensitivityof of buildings and scenes, landscapes. LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE shots shots , buildings and ChooseAUTO 62). for selected from Focus (pg. (800), crisp, and be the (pg.(pg. AUTO NIGHT (1600),AUTObeand AUTOAUTOmaking from AUTO minimize blurring. For minimize of night (pg.AUTO for(800), can shown,selected 15). 62). Sensitivity clearin(1600), AUTO AUTO Sensitivity as selected 15). ForBattery not andof twilight clear AUTO 62). chargercan be be v-MODE(800), (1600), (pg.Choose crisp, clear snapshots (400). sure that and AUTO (400).ForOtherlandscapes.close-ups For clea can clearlandscapes.blurring. the to close-upssetting battery adjusted snapshots from menu COLORAUTOSensitivity can (400). Other OtherFocus MACRO sensitivity night Insert .landscapes. For Off camera.minimize blurring.and twilight Choose AUTO(15) settings(pg. (400). Other for AUTOclear and . 15). , automatically by theflowers, etc. Foretc.MACRO close-ups of crisp, automatically camera. Other snapshots (400). Focus response, adjusted (800), andthebyare FINEPIXMACRO sensitivity, image AUTO (400). Other quality,the camera. and adjusted (800), and selected settings arebattery is in clear snapshots (pg. 15).FINEPIX For cleara close-ups of scenes, clearand twilight using inserted. flowers, night close-ups high flowers, e for automatically by (800), (1600), crisp, clear be AUTO from Focus settings (1600), AUTO crisp, can snapshots (pg. 15).AUTO are(1600),Sensitivity the imageAUTO and Focus adjusted sensitivity, correctquality, For scenes, aand clear battery. of (pg.Choose for 62). the orientation. response, Choose minimize blurring.and twilight MACRO using high NIGHT MACRO For night For night twilight MACRO response, sensitivity, automatically by by camera. quality, menu COLOR canareFINEPIX COLOR F-MODEandthe camera. be adjusted in the v-MODE , adjusted automatically settings are , sensitivity,automatically theand FINEPIX settings adjusted imageAUTO (400). FINEPIX flowers, etc. setting sensitivity aetc.using high to NIGHT scenes, flowers, Battery settings are canadjustedimagein theby the camera. flowers, etc. a close-ups high to AUTO (800), image quality, Other (1600), SCENE RECOGNITIONv-MODERECOGNITION red COLOR be adjusted response, sensitivity, and quality, and FINEPIX response, AUTO(1600), AUTO(800) ATO(400) For scenes, a using clear sensitivity setting of SCENE menu MACRO NIGHT Glows scenes, using high .(62) SCENESensitivity can be the v-MODE AUTO RECOGNITION by from menu COLOR in selected (pg. 62).can be adjustedNP-50 rechargeable battery B Tip NIGHT B Tip minimize blurring. sensitivity to charging. setting NIGHT Tip settings canSCENE from AUTO are can be RECOGNITIONthe camera. adjusted automaticallyv-MODE B menu menu COLOR62). Sensitivity can be the v-MODE COLOR be adjusted in in selected flowers, etc. blurring. minimize (pg. . sensitivity setting setting SCENE adjusted the (400). Other B Tip (pg. SCENE RECOGNITION Sensitivity RECOGNITION Simply subject, When (1600), pointing cameraselected the . When a to the can analyzedsensitivity close-ups ofto to a clear Battery camera, Simply by AUTO camera andbebe AUTOfrom AUTO a subjectsubjectsubject, theminimizeby theRemove not analyzed the the from Simply by(pg.62).62).Sensitivitycancan AUTOby pointing the cameraMACROnot be not be analyzedfullysubject can the beof pointing the (800), canbe to selected from AUTO Tip Glows green For When blurring. by the clear camera, (1600), AUTO (800), the subject, Arrow theOther Tip can (pg. 62). Sensitivityto andselected (400).AUTO B B For close-ups minimize blurring. (1600), AUTO analyzes and to toselects theAUTO When a subject be not be minimizeby close-ups settingsby(800),analyzesselects the camera. mode willcan set. not analyzed by blurring. be camera (400). and selects will flowers, etc. modecamera, Simply pointing the andand to automatically by pointing automatically (400). the charged. camera bySCENE RECOGNITIONthesubject, analyzesa ForAUTO etc.close-ups ofof be clear the . Simply are adjusted the camerathe subject,camera. AUTO willMACRO can not be analyzedclearby the camera, camera Simplyautomatically automaticallythe(400). Otherthemode MACROsubject cantheFor flowers, battery. set. of automatically adjusted andAUTO by subject,Other B Tip subject camera, SR(1600), are AUTO/ pointing (800), settings AUTO the camera AUTO by AUTO Other When be (1600), AUTO (800), camera and thethe the When a set. Foranalyzed the close-ups clear settings are automatically using usingtheselects the AUTO mode will be set. flowers, etc. Unplug the adjusted automatically by selects the most the by scene using MACRO camerabyare adjusted setting subject,camera. AUTO subjectwillwill set.set. automatically camera toand camera. When AUTO mode be be analyzes and selects the camerapointing theautomaticallyappropriate setting aMACRO can scene analyzedetc. the camera, mode. analyzes scenethe and camera. camera automatically analyzes SCENE mode most most settings are adjusted , appropriate automatically Simplyappropriate RECOGNITION the 1 Select . flowers,Select settings setting by by mode.not be flowers, etc. SCENE recognition. most appropriate mostBC-50 appropriate .selects the setting scene B Tip Blinks mode. recognition. battery chargeranalyzes and using sceneSelectAUTO mode red set.mode. fault. charger and dial to most automatically setting usingTerminals recognition. RECOGNITION scene B TipSelect will be mode. camera appropriate setting using Battery Rotate the mode SCENE RECOGNITION Select SR todial the B Tip mode dial not be to . Simply by pointing the camera to the subject, the WhenSelect can AUTO . by. remove the SCENE recognition. SCENE RECOGNITION sceneRotateRotateathe modemode. analyzedthe camera, recognition. recognition. Simply by charger setting to the most Plug thepointing the camera using subject, the B B a subject thecan notanalyzed appropriateRECOGNITION TipTip the mode dialdial When subject mode be to by the camera, Rotate the mode dial to .. camera, Rotate . Rotate Simply by pointing the in. camera to the subject, the When a subject can not be analyzed by thebattery. Select camera automatically analyzes and selects AUTO mode will be mode.to set. Simply byby pointinginto a power outlet.selects Simplythe charger the camera the subject, the camera automatically analyzes the The red recognition.pointing the camera totoand subject, the WhenAUTO subjectwillnot bebe analyzed by the camera, Whensubject can be set.analyzed by the camera, a a mode can not Plug camera appropriate analyzes and selects the automatically setting using scene AUTO mode the be set. will battery. to Rotate the mode dial . most Charge camera automatically willsettingandusing scene AUTO mode will bebe set. camera appropriate analyzes and selects the selects the most automatically analyzes AUTO set. Selectmode willmode. light. mostcharging appropriate Select mode. recognition. indicator setting using scene Charging is complete when the charging Select mode. most appropriate setting using scene most appropriate setting using scene recognition. Rotate the mode dial to . recognition. Select Select mode. mode. Rotate . indicator the mode dial to Rotate the turns green. A fully. exhausted mode dial to recognition. recognition. Rotatetakes about 2 hours and 20. minutes Rotate the mode dial to the mode dial to . battery

Shooting Mode

Subject

Icon

Description

First Steps

1 11 1 3 1 1 11 1

to charge. 32 32 32 32 32 32 3232 32 3232 32

A NATURAL & K (Dual Shot Mode) Shooting Mode Shooting Mode The camera analyzes a picture. he picture. Frame the2 Frame theA NATURAL & A NATURAL & results withShot (Dual Shot Mode This mode helps ensureA NATURAL backlit good K (Dual & K Mode) K (Dual Shot Mode) 2 picture. Taking in Shooting Mode (AUTO) Shooting Mode Shooting analyzes based on subjects A NATURAL & K (Dual Shot Mode) in otherThis mode helps difficult 2 The camera subject aTheThis mode The cameraand modeahelpssituationsPicturesensurewithMode with bac Frame the picture. camera analyzes a helps good results with 2subject thescene on recognition, subjectensureanalyzes the shutterbacklitwithresults good results Frame picture. A NATURAL & K (Dual Shot Mode) This ensure good backlit basedtime on based button is The based in other This mode subjects subjects analyzes a subjects and with difficult in pressed, Mode) a A in good results difficult appears in analyzesA situations helps ensure (DualShot with backlit situationsShotMode) 2 The Framingpicture. an subjectcameraandlighting. Each Avoiding Picturesand withoutwithwith backlit Frame thethen picture. . 2 scenethethe picture. iconThe camerasceneonon recognition, BlurredotherK(Dualother situations with diffic 2 2Frame Grid Frame recognition, subject recognition, A NATURALoneK good results NATURAL & shot NATURAL & & () Mode) the takes two helps K (Dual Shot the based cameraThis modeshots: ensure scene
Frame the picture.

Shooting Mode

Shooting Mode

recognition, the bottom portrait.). of the shot flash. ANotes subject(s) in analyzed subject(s)thethe bottom inleftthetheflashimmediately by a secondscene withfollowed Do lighting portrait.). lighting, followed illustration analyzedbottom leftleft of when in subject(s) of camera flash to preserve natural lighting,thefollowed to to preserve natural lighting, illustration showsmonitor the (The shows portrait.). the camera flash move preserve natural shooting isappears in when then an icon complete. monitor on (The not move the camera until shooting is complete. the cam (Theimmediately by aby a second shot with the flash. Do not thesecond shot with thethe flash. Do camera until with flash. ISO AUTO(400) B Intelligent analyzed subject(s)is portrait.). Face ANotes monitor Detection in turned immediately Do ANotesanalyzed subject(s) in when the camera immediately by a second shot left of the illustration shows when shows portrait.). camera illustration automatically. illustrationshows when thethecamera not notmove the camera until the bottom complete. shooting is move on B Intelligent Face Detection is not move the camera untilshootingcomplete. turned the camera until shooting is is complete. flash t nt Face B Detection is subject(s)portrait.). is turned on ANotes Intelligent turned on on a monitor (The analyzed Face in analyzed adjusts focus portrait.). ANotes The cameraanalyzed subject(s) inDetection face, or continuously subject(s)in portrait.). immed Face . automatically. automatically. B of Intelligent Detection is turned on illustration shows when 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM the camera 12/ the centerANotesIntelligent Face Detection is turned on area the monitor. B ANotes not mo The face, focus on a face, or ANotes camera continuously adjusts . ANotes or ontinuously focus on acamera continuously adjusts focus on a face, or adjusts The analyzed subject(s) in portrait.). Continuous automatically.will be audible and will Do not auto focus automatically. Detection monitor. B camera of the monitor. of the turned face, Intelligent Face area ANotes turned Press flashANotes IS on or off . Icon appears in turn dual a of the BtheIntelligent continuously adjustsis onor use whereG to photography is prohibited. monitor.Intelligentthe Face is focusturned on Detection B center area Facecenter Detection is on a on The camera increase battery drain. continuously adjusts focus on a The or ANotes The face, . and automatically. monitor when Do IS is use auto focusContinuous auto ofand monitor. Do not use whereflash fires even in silent prohibited.where flash depends on is prohibi will center area the will be focus and audiblephotography is mode (pg.27). be automatically.audible focus will auto audiblewill bewill flashANoteswill dual not on (icon displayed photography automatically. Continuous . when Macro modetheset is center is the ANotes Do not use where flashDUAL IS MODE; photography is the cameraarea adjusts focus on a face, or . prohibited. of set. monitor. increase battery be The continuously ery drain.TheThe camera continuously adjusts focus on a face, or silentoption selected for flash fires even in silent mode (pg.27). increase batteryauto focus willfocus audible and will ANotes (pg.27). FaceforDetection is see pg. 88). on camera continuously adjusts drain.on a fires even availablemode face,Only in or Bif memory remains Intelligent Z two pictures. turned Continuous auto The Indicators the center areadrain.focus will The flash is set. n ISO (27). silentmenu is fixed at prohibited. Continuous Macro mode is set when Indicators will The flash fires even in flash mode (pg.27). is prohibited. be audible and Do notin thewhere flash photography is use where option Do s set whenMacroset. battery the monitor. Only available The ANotes notfor available if . remains for two pictures is mode of monitor. is set. thethedisplayed of set drain. center area of the monitor. automatically. v-MODE memory ANotes center area is thewhen increase battery drain. pictures. photography ANotes use if memory remains for two pictures. if memory fires Only in silent mode (pg.27). in effect. remains hidden increase The flash twoeven mode (pg.27). AUTO 64). camera continuously blur reductionon Continuous isfocus will be be audible and will Only availableraised when photography is is a face, The flash where flash option in the prohibited. even in silent Continuous modeauto focus will isbe audible and willin(pg.Sensitivity isisn ISOadjusts focus (64). or auto set when and will Continuous auto focus will audible ISO option Donotnot usefiresThe flash photographyprohibited. menu is fixe The not usewhere fixed at AUTOis v-MODE Macro mode is set when Do The the Do use where flash the v-MODEfor two is fixed at v-MODE optionmemory remains for two pictures. The that blurring in photography is Macro is set. n set. Only available may still Notecenterismenumemory occur menuprohibited. Continuousthenavailable ifavailable. remainsdepending on the shooting area if the monitor. notof increase battery drain. The flash fires even in(pg. 64). Only ISO . silent mode (pg.27). pictures. increase battery drain. increase battery drain. AUTOin the mode (pg.27). is fixed at ANotes AUTO (pg. 64). TheThe flash fires evensilent mode (pg.27). menu AUTO n ISO option in the v-MODE menu is flash fires 64). option silent v-MODE The (pg. even in in Macro mode set when isis set. The Macro mode is set set when is set.set. Macro mode isiswhen scene.n ISO auto focusremains forispictures. fixed at Continuous Continuous shooting OnlyOnly availableifContinuouswill for for two pictures. will Do no available. available shooting remains be audible and Only available if memory shooting Continuous if 64).memory available. not available. Framing grid isnotAUTO (pg. memoryis notremainstwo two pictures. AUTO battery drain. 64). increase(pg.optionthethe v-MODE menu isisfixed at TheThe n ISO optionin v-MODE menu is fixed at at n n option in in is not available. The ISO ISO shooting the v-MODE menu fixed The fla Continuous displayed Macro mode shooting is Continuous is available. AUTO (pg. 64). set when not is set. AUTO 64). AUTO (pg. (pg. 64). Only a Continuous shooting not available. To use the framing grid, position the main subject at Continuous shooting is notnot available. Continuous shooting isis available. The n the intersection of two lines or align one of the AUTO horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 33 Contin 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center 33 33 of the frame in the final photograph.
More on Photography More on Photography

on

subjects the grid orThecamera analyzes iconsubjects and in the lit, blurring caused by camera left an The sceneicon appears in to This modeand in other goodbuttonwith difficult The view orrecognition, preservein natural other isbacklit difficult Tothen an icon appears inof analyzes otherThisappearstimeensuregood results with backlit display a framingbottomcamera the hide lighting. helps is poorlygood results with to camera analyzesaa If Each ensure shutter followed pressed, the subject situations then a helps camera backlit then an camera flashtwo This mode helps ensure situationsshots: mode thetwolighting, , the camera takes picture. takes two withone shot scene (The button. recognition, shake. oneresults with button lighting. Each time the , button is monitorpress the DISP/BACKtakeson shots:of canEachreduced byshuttershot without the without shots: subjectbasedthe on on one shot without thepressing the G pressed, A N based bottom leftbyFrame thetime the shutter pressed, indicators in the monitor, subject the based the subjects andand situations Do difficult the bottom left of subject appears in subjects secondin other flash.with isdifficult the an icon . lighting.and flash other preservebutton immediately.the be inshotto situations natural lighting, follow alighting, followed the ,difficult with subjects other situations with with then an toleft of the flash iconpreserve innaturalcamera takes two shots: one shot without the bottom appears in then the to preserve mode, pressing button illustration shows whenscene camera monitor flash . takes two shots: shot without the the scene recognition, (dualcamera naturalThe camera analyzes scene recognition, move the camera untilthe the complete.G the IS Each Inshooting is lighting, followed one the pressed, of (The monitor (The(bottom left (The lighting. mode). timethe shutterabuttonpressed, a This mo button the monitor recognition, shottoEachtime shutter lighting,ispressed, immediately subject is immediately not by the the an appears ina the lighting.withblur second shot second shot flashEach time flash.natural lighting, followed analyzed subject(s) in portrait.).then iconiconappears inlighting. reducespreserveshutter button theisflash. with the flash. also by by an an icon )in immediately preserve natural with based Do left of second camera . then bottom appearsthe flash to by a caused Dosubject movement. on then followed illustration shows when the

lighting. Each lighting. based the subject Each timeon shutter button is pressed, time the shutter button is press

shows illustration shows when the camera thethe camera takes two shots: camera until shooting is comple when the camera monitor the camera is complete. shot without the two shots: shot (The until shooting not move the one shot without the not move the camera not movetakescamera until shooting iswithout the subject monitor (The camera thetakes ashots: oneonewith the flash. Do immediately two second shot by complete.
More on Photography More on Photography Basic Photography and Playback More on Photography More onMore on Photography Photography More on Photography
3333

33 17 33 33 33

Shooting Mode Mode Shooting Mode Shooting 3 Press the selector up or down to an Modeappears in B NATURALlight, or where the under low LIGHT Shooting Shooting Mode Shooting Shooting Mode Shooting thenShootingModeMode Shooting to Shooting Mode Mode Mode Chargingindoors, The the LIGHT highlight A SCENE selector ShootingShooting Mode 3 Press up or down up Shooting Mode the the POSITION.ShootingiconModeMode or down Mode Mode B NATURAL Battery Shooting Capture natural light be used. flash can not ANote: Shootingof the selector 3 A SCENEto down Shooting Mode B NATURALNATURALlight indoors, LIGHT LIGHT is LIGHT 3 Press the 3 Press selector up the downdown toleftdown to Press up oror bottom or selector up B POSITION. highlight 3 Press SCENE selector orselected for to Press the up or the the under B NATURAL NATURAL low turns off and sensitivity or Capture where NATURAL LIGHT B natural the yv-CHROMEselector orup to 3ANote:3the the selectorselectordowntodown to to (The Press3 APress selectornot down or down selector 3Press3 highlightChargingPOSITION. toto the the selector upor the up up down BBflashlight, LIGHT LIGHT at shipment. ChargePress Pressthe SCENEupbePOSITION. the FINEPIX COLOR BNATURALCaptureLIGHT B NATURAL LIGHT highlight3Press the Aselectorupup monitor POSITION. B to LIGHT The NATURAL is LIGHT not ptureNATURALlowused.indoors, the Presshighlight A POSITION.menuor down and 33PressPressAselectorupIndicator orSCENE to 3 PressAselectoruphighlightdown(pg. to to 33Pressin theAcan oruporupup ortodown Pressselector selector ororA down thethe The v-MODE or down to selectorSCENE POSITION. down or BBCaptureNATURALTheThe nlight indoors,333Pressthethetheselector upordown downtoto toto n ISO is BBNATURALlight, orindoors, BcanNATURALLIGHT indoors, BBlightreducelightcharged NATURALbeindoors, LIGHT NATURALnatural lightwhere BnotNATURAL LIGHT NATURALlight LIGHT NATURALLIGHT LIGHT SCENE POSITION.66) highlight SCENE POSITION. down A flashnaturalNATURALblur.natural raisedbattery LIGHT undernaturalLIGHT option SCENE selector Capture natural light indoors, Capture 3A SCENE selector POSITION. Press selector POSITION. highlight highlight A SCENEup when B SCENE highlight the A Bor , LIGHT CaptureCapture natural the low indoors, natural light under LIGHT Capture natural before use. the NATURAL v-MODE Capturelightindoors,indoors, der Captureflashlight,lightlight , low underbattery in indoors,used. light,option or light indoors, Capturewhere where A POSITION. highlightANote:ASCENEPOSITION. FINEPIXthe camera highlighthighlight be64). shows orshows battery highlightillustrationPOSITION. the highlightA SCENE SCENEPOSITION. to highlightAnot POSITION.POSITION. highlightAcharging indicator highlightSCENEPOSITION. 3highlighttheASCENEup PressSCENESCENE for Bnaturallight, light indoors, flash turnsnatural naturalindoors, the or Capture Captureandlight,theor where the yv-CHROME ThetheSCENEPOSITION. down COLOR charge CaptureISOofflownaturalindoors,light,The Capture lowNATURALindoors, the Capturenaturallight orindoors, Capturenaturalsensitivitywhere natural light light light indoors, can light be fixedhighlightA selected POSITION. atcan A SCENE POSITION. 4 (pg. undernaturalnatural whereisthe under low indoors, not light highlight Capture natural

subjec POSITION. highlight A SCENE Shooting Mode scene recognition, Shooting Mo lightin the ca flash immed not mo under lowunderlight,light, light thethe or where the under lowlow light,Thecan indoors, or analyzed subject(s) in portrait.). Capture whereand shraised under light,blur. wherethenot used. ANote: can lowlight,light,beorThewhere the not light,low or belightthe the be light,or where flash used. A can SCENE highlight ANote:not POSITION. underunderreduceoratused.wherethe charger.The option ANote:status as follows: (pg. 66) and n the FINEPIX COLOR under under canused.offor or sensitivity is undertoflashlownaturalAUTOtheThe underunderisornaturalwhereindoors, under.lownot notwheren (pg. the lowCapturefixed where 64). lowlight, batterythe be low light,orlight,be used. light, can where where low low not the The or menuPlace thewhere The flash turnslight,orthe in the inANote: the v-MODE menu be selected for ISO is flash be can ANote:yv-CHROME undersensitivity Theused. or flashflash flashcan not bebe used.The can flash not flashis where The not low flash undercan notused.where the selectorfor the to ANote:Press shISOcancannotbe toused. beused.off and sensitivityyv-CHROME can notthethe indicatorright can display a and n ISO is turnsflash notlowbeused.TheThe The offcaninnotoffbebe or blur. is and low used. sensitivity ANote: turns is ANote: ANote: 64). selected be selectedthe FINEPIX COLOR the option .light,used.The the v-MODE lashflashflash turns andandbattery isThe n suppliedANote:atANote: Charging can not beBatterynotCOLOR FINEPIX COLOR FINEPIX COL flashflashturnsnot belight,TheThe The is flashcannotcanthebesensitivity into the can Insert reduceused. can canbe and where can not off or The not raisedbeused.used. The fixed ANote: in yv-CHROME FINEPIX be66) ANote: 4 ANote:ANotes can can notselected for for theselected for ANote: option be not ANote: ANote: (pg. FINEPIX COLOR flash underturnsnotused.sensitivity flash off sensitivity isused. is the(64) BC-50 yv-CHROMEbe selected for menustatus the Action yv-CHROMEscenes.v-MODE yv-CHROME flashturns Theand sensitivity is can offsensitivity is The notand to reduce is The n yv-CHROME (pg. notmenubenot 66) selected forCOLORCOLOR COLOR besensitivity blur. The ANote: flashto reduceand AUTO be used. turnsflash turns off sensitivity off can and flash flash blur. not (pg. 64). flash Scene raised turns offAUTO off Position flash offand sensitivity v-MODE list of ANote: can the for ISO and yv-CHROME cancan not betheselected forthe FINEPIX COLOR yv-CHROME option64). be and n ISOmenu (pg. for sed flashturnsturnsreducen isused.is The FIMEPIX COLORFINEPIX yv-CHROMEcanselectedBatteryforFINEPIX COLOR the option yv-CHROMEnot(66)selectedfor FINEPIXCOLORturned 66) and n ISO inyv-CHROME4 not bein be for thetheforInsertCOLOR theyv-CHROME selected forselectednotFINEPIX COLOR on v-MODEcanbe benot selectedthe theisFINEPIX COLOR v-MODE menu flash turnssensitivityblur.n n is fixed and and sensitivity lash raisedraisedat and blur. sensitivity is making sure yv-CHROMEIntelligentselected menu the theis and n ISO is flashflashturnsbatteryandblur. isas is n flash raisedoffoptioncharger Theshown, turnsflashreduce sensitivityisis flashturns totoand sensitivityThe turnsto and off in the off off sensitivity turnscan reduce The off ISO off not be fixed can not be be the FINEPIX FINEPIX option the be (pg.(pg. selected 66) COLOR Bthe v-MODE Face Detection n ANote: in notv-MODE . andthe ISO yv-CHROME canat cannotcan selected for FINEPIXandFINEPIX is yv-CHROME incanthenot notselected (pg. FINEPIX COLOR is yv-CHROME notcan bemenu (pg. for(pg.FINEPIX COLOR yv-CHROMEv-MODE menu thethe 66) n ISO can be for 66) selected optionyv-CHROMEright in that option selector menu to be66) and n andisn flashto reduceandsensitivity is turns raised raised reduceoffandThe nn is v-MODE option inoptionthe inthefixed at 4 menu (pg.66) nFINEPIXCOLOR reduce blur. blur. blur. raisedraised v-MODEblur.The n to turns The sensitivity Pressoption the v-MODE selected 66) theFINEPIX optionthe64). v-MODE menu (pg. 66) and OraisedtoYourreducetheblur.nnn n64). adaptedatoption(pg.v-MODEOff menumenu66)(pg.fornandISOisisisCOLOR optionreduce blur.blur.blur. The in the in reduce offof AUTO option the v-MODE selected the can (pg. 66) a n yv-CHROME fixed optiontheautomatically.can menudisplay66)66) theandISOISOISOis 4 in inthev-MODE not menu (pg. for ISO ISOAUTO aised raisedtothetoisreducetheinscenes, each raised option toblur.inv-MODE (pg.is raisedraisedoptionISOThe The correct raisedISO reduce Theblur. the totoflash to in reduce13 n raised turns fixed atThe The to to the blur. n to off the v-MODE reducereduce The reduce The n to in inthethein v-MODE not be66) andand ISO isISOis is is flash choice blur. option optionoptioninatininv-MODEnot (pg.(pg.(pg.n66)ISObattery. is is option optionthe(pg. (pg.v-MODEmenu64).andthenisn ISO optionthe v-MODEcan menu(pg. 66) andand n ISO in v-MODE menu (pg. inserted. ISOISOmenutobattery The n n fixedin the v-MODE menu(pg. 66) nnFINEPIX ISO is fixed 4 v-MODE menu (pg. yv-CHROMEmenu (pg.(pg. and andn ISO . in 64). 64). SP option in and sensitivity raised in thethe v-MODE ISO is fixed at AUTOv-MODEv-MODE orientation. list4 464).the(pg. 64). bemenu to for66) and n COLOR option optionreduce isblur. The n the (pg. theisv-MODE option (pg. the selector selected display a ISOISO inoptionin inv-MODE atn option to reduce blur. The AUTO (pg. 64). fixed at 4 in the(pg. 64). fixed fixed fixed Press (pg.v-MODE right (pg. 66) and n ISO is at fixed(pg.at464).64). raised inthe menu v-MODE at 4 ofoptioncamera (pg. scenes.4 continuously Sceneininthe ininv-MODE n ISO Positionv-MODE option v-MODE fixedat(pg. 64).v-MODE adjusts focus on a face, or at(pg.(pg. 64). 4 enu ISOoption is toin thetheblur. (pg. 64).or a specific type fixedat at4(pg. 64).64). 64). 64). fixed ISOoptionreducethe v-MODE SOISO ISO in at the v-MODE ISOmenumenu fixedv-MODE The 64). option is fixed fixed AUTO ISOmenu the shooting (pg. (pg. ISOparticular theat AUTO option option is v-MODE option in , option fixed offixedatThe 4right to display Battery right fixed the at at 64). the v-MODE menu (pg. fixed 4 (pg. 64). 64). at 4selector fixedat (pg. (pg. 4 4 conditions raisedoption Press at fixed 44selector thePORTRAIT display and display a ISO v-MODE fixedat 4(pg. 64). to display (pg. right PORTRAIT menu ismenu atis fixedinatthe v-MODE 13 optionatinofGlowsPress rightselector 66) a ton ISO is a fixedfixed at AUTO (pg. 64). menumenuScene(pg. 64). 64).64). is at AUTO ISO is AUTO(pg. (pg. (pg. the . fixed listthescenes. Press the right64). right ENHANCER the selector64). to display to the center selector right display Youris issubject,fixedAUTO(pg. (pg. assign, Press Press the(pg. of to right to display menu menuisfixedisatAUTO AUTO 64).64).adapted toabattery PressPressselectorred right charging.a a aa menu choicefixedatAUTO(pg. 64).NP-50 .rechargeable scene scenes.selectorselector display to display a menu isisfixedofAUTO at AUTO(pg. 64).To listPress the Press the selector monitor. display menumenuatatfixedatthe(pg.64). 64). menu AUTO64). (pg. menuat AUTOat assignedeach fixed fixed 13AUTO 64). fixedoption AUTO 64). is is fixed in Position at in (pg. v-MODE SP ISO option be at Sceneto 64). can scenes, (pg. fixed at 4 arealist thescenes.to the the selector LANDSCAPE right SPORT a to ANote ofPressPressselector right rightdisplayaaaa a Scenemenu isPosition (pg. 64). PositionPosition menu fixed Position Position fixedat AUTO AUTO PressPressselector selectorto totodisplay a Press 4listscenes. rightrighttoto will display PressContinuous rightright display thethe the auto ofdisplay a a Presstheselector right display the selector Press scenes. tofocus to the selector selector the display of SceneisPosition 13 scenes, Scene Position . particular Yourischoice follow theasteps below: adapted of scenes.of scenes. PORTRAIT . andthe shooting conditions (pg. to listlist ofthe selector soft Battery display a Press scenes. display menuposition, of fixed to theScenePosition 64). each SceneScene Position or specific type of list oflistscenes.scenes. greentoneright to be audible Position AUTO list oflist scenes. PORTRAIT with and ofPress scenes. Portrait ENHANCER scenes. of the ScenePosition list the selector right to fully aa Scene at each adapted to Arrow listlistscenes. ofGlowsselector right to displayRemove will Do n overall list increase of of to scenes. scenes. Sceneparticular Position . To assignscenes, eachtoadapted of battery LANDSCAPE PORTRAIT Scene Sceneshooting conditionseachspecific list of ofscenes. SceneSceneofofscenes, ScenePositionto Scene Position PositionPosition Scene ursubject,Sceneassigned13choice of 13 oraascene totype oflistofPress scenes.drain. tones charged. choicecan be Position scenes, each adapted to listoflistscenes. of Position 13 scenes, battery. list Your ofchoicePosition choice 13 Your scenes,adapted list of scenes. beautiful skin Scene Position The fl YourYour Yourchoice scenes, aeacheach eachadapted toto choice choice particular scenes,type to to Your Your choiceofof1313 scenes,each of adapted specific type mode is set when PORTRAIT ENHANCER PORTRAIT Your Scene13ofscenes, each each adapted choice of 13 13dial to of mode scenes, adapted Yourofof13 scenes,eacheachadapted toor to adapted list of scenes. SPORT Rotate 13scenes,scenes, adaptedto toto the13the13 . each adapted . adapted rticular choiceofofconditionsconditions oradaptedtotypeaofto Macroof PortraitPORTRAIT SET CANCELis set. shootingchoicescenes,eacheach conditions to scene or shooting aadapted of specificspecificassign a LANDSCAPE YourYourparticularfollowbeSPconditions orspecific type of Yourchoice choice13 13scenes, below: . adapted Your position,13 can 13 steps oradapted Yourchoice ofof of scenes, each a specific Yourchoice shootingscenes, to choice Unplug the 1choiceshooting assigned aor a specific type ofto with soft to the Your shooting conditionseach each type subject, shooting scenes, To adapted to particular shooting of 13 or a specific type type of particularconditions scenes,specific adapted Only a PORTRAIT ENHANCER PORTRAIT PORTRAIT PORTRAIT PORTRAIT ENHANCER overall tone and SPORT Your choicetoconditions or a a oraaspecific type of choice of conditions or specific type of 13To assign each ofTerminals particularparticular shooting. conditions shooting particular BC-50 battery can particular Your PORTRAIT PORTRAITPORTRAIT ENHANCERENHANCER PORTRAIT PORTRAIT PORTRAIT particular conditions bject, particularshootingconditions specificscenea typeofTo to can Yourthe position, 13 scenes, Tospecific be assigned of conditions or each adapted Press the LANDSCAPEPORTRAIT withPORTRAITdown to up or LANDSCAPE skin tones charger and particular shootingshootingchargertotoTo.specifictypetype of particular shootingassigned to orororaaspecificassignofof assign a scene beautifulselectorPORTRAITPORTRAIT ENHANCER particular shootingsubject, conditionsspecific ofofa particularcancan shooting or a theassigned to a scene particularshootingbeconditions.a specific type . particular canconditions a specificassign PORTRAITPORTRAIT ENHANCER PORTRAIT Portrait PORTRAIT ENHANCER PORTRAIT soft PORTRAIT PORTRAIT LANDSCAPELANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE SPORT PORTRAIT The n to choice conditions below: subject, cancanshooting to be To assign of a type of subject,shooting to follow ororstepsassign type be be assigned . a atype type subject, conditions . . type CANCEL SET PORTRAIT Blinks PORTRAITENHANCERENHANCERPORTRAIT red ENHANCER LANDSCAPE ENHANCER ENHANCER particular shooting below: LANDSCAPE PORTRAITPORTRAIT tone and PORTRAITSPORT PORTRAIT PORTRAIT SPORT PORTRAIT ENHANCER ENHANCER Battery PORTRAIT ENHANCER LANDSCAPESPORT PORTRAIT subject,subject,assignedstepsconditionsassign a scenescene can mode to the position, oraaspecifica below: highlightsoft sceneoverall ENHANCER ENHANCER fault. soft SPORT LANDSCAPE subject, follow the assigned to . ToTospecifica scene be be assigned particular assigned conditions.ora the scene Rotate the becanassignedtoTo Tofollowscenescene of dialassigned . To .assigna scene subject,beassignedtoto to assignaaaspecificscene canbetoto conditions assignaaascene be to . To To orTo scene type . scene a assign LANDSCAPE Portrait with a the subject,canposition,assigned.Toto.assignToassign sceneof position,beassignedassigned.to.assignbelow: scenescene (pp.softPORTRAIT ENHANCER with remove the beautifulLANDSCAPEENHANCER skin tones SPORT LANDSCAPE3537). SPORT PORTRAIT LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE SPORT LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPESPORT Portrait subject,thetocan beassignedtheto the steps below: subject, subject,position, follow . steps To assign subject, thecanbeassignedto the display thesteps subject, thecanshooting steps below: subject,can assigned canposition,MENU/OK subject, can be be assign AUTO particular bebe assigned to To assign PORTRAIT overall tone and overall tone and Portrait with soft with soft SPORT Portrait PortraitSET with to thesubject,can be assigned to below: assign a scene to the position, follow steps SPORT SPORT CANCEL Pressposition, the the skin with soft PortraitSPORT SPORT overall with SPORT tone LANDSCAPE tone down to Portrait tones up andwith soft soft LANDSCAPE Portrait overallor and soft to the position,Plug thefollow the steps below: to tosubject, can thefollowdial stepsTo assign a scene the beautiful PortraitCANCELtonesoftoverallSPORTandPORTRAIT ENHANCER skin tones battery. position, followsteps below: . . To follow beautiful Portrait with Press selectorandSPORTPortrait withskinandLANDSCAPE SET CANCEL thefollowthefollow beautiful skin tones overallPortrait withtone soft skin tones SPORT tone Portrait with soft softsoft SPORT overall soft beautiful SET Conti Portrait with beautifulwith andwith and Portrait with with softPortraittone tone tones Portrait overall soft overall MENU/OK the toto tothe position,canmenu.stepsin.below:To assign a. scene thetothetoposition,followthestepstotobelow: to totothetoposition,followmodestepssteps below: the theposition,followRotate the mode .dial position,Rotate followthesteps below:below: position,position,.the below:. to 2thefollowthe assignedbelow:.below: themodefollow follow the steps the position, the the steps subject, dial bechargerstepsbelow: beautiful skinoverall skinPortraitandand SPORT tones overall tone Rotate Rotate the the mode dialinto steps below: The red overall tonetone andbeautifulCANCELCANCEL overall beautiful tonetones with softCANCEL overall tonetone SET skin tonestones and tone and SET skin overalland and tone tothe position, dial the steps below: the position,follow follow beautiful Portrait toshooting tomode dial . a power outlet. Plug the charger highlight a sceneoverallSETselectortones or down to (pp. 3537). PressSETskinoveralltonesandbeautifulskinCANCEL Rotate mode follow the beautifulthe skin skinoverallwith soft up beautifulbeautiful tones tones tones beautiful CANCELtones tone beautiful skin beautifulCANCEL tones beautiful SET skin tonesSET overall tone soft SETwith and Rotateto the position,to displayto the.. below: theRotate the modedial to .dial Rotatemodethe modeto toto .. . Rotate the mode to to the dial ChargeSETSETskin skinCANCELskinandCANCEL beautiful CANCELdown to CANCEL SETSET CANCEL tones SETCANCEL CANCELtones SET Rotatemodedialdial . PresstheMENU/OKthetodialdial.the.. steps beautiful skin Rotatemodetoto to.to to. . light. Press the Press theupthe battery.down to up or down to selectorSETSETselectorSETtheCANCEL down to or Portraittone (pp. 3537). Press skinCANCEL RotateRotatethemodedial toto will . Rotate Rotate the dial dial Rotate the mode dial Rotate mode dial indicator Rotatethe mode the charging mode mode the highlight selector and CANCEL a overall up CANCEL beautiful Press Press selectorsceneortonesororwhen to to charging thethe selector down to down the upis orSETupupselector the Rotate the mode dial to . . Rotate the mode dial to display the highlightthePress (pp. 3537). orup sceneto to Chargingselector a or down complete Press a scene selector up uporordown 3537). selector selector CANCEL down to Press Press the highlight down (pp. Press the the up shooting menu. MENU/OKdial to Press the to Press thethethe aselectorordown down PressPress a selectororor oror down to Press theselectorscene upup3537). to Press the selector(pp.SET (pp.ortoto Presshighlight up up (pp. down to the selector scene or down the selector up down highlight (pp. 3537). 3537).down Press PressRotateMENU/OK to MENU/OK.the the displayPresshighlightselectorupup down3537). to totoexhausted MENU/OK to mode display Press scene turns up the Press the highlight a scene (pp.green. A fully indicator (pp. highlight highlight aascene 3537).or down to a scene selector(pp. or highlight a the aselector up 3537). Press scenescene(pp. 3537). highlight(pp. (pp.3537). down to shooting display display Press MENU/OKdisplay thedisplayto the MENU/OK menu. display the to Press MENU/OK to to display the highlight a scene selector3537).(35-37) highlight scene scene(pp.3537).or highlight aaascene(pp. 3537). highlightscene scene (pp.up highlight (pp. highlight ascene3537). 3537). highlight (pp. 3537). a a 3537). Press the a scene (pp. 3537). Press menu. MENU/OK to menu. MENU/OK to shooting the PressPress MENU/OK to display the Press MENU/OK to shooting MENU/OK MENU/OK todisplay display the 5 highlight a scene (pp. 3537). and 20 minutes highlight takes about 2 hours battery PressshootingMENU/OKtoto to displaythe Press Press menu. to displaydisplay the the Press shooting menu. display thethe PressMENU/OK tomenu. display the Press Press Pressshooting to display the MENU/OK MENU/OK MENU/OK Press highlight a scene (pp. 3537). shooting shooting menu. to display the menu. menu. shooting menu. shooting MENU/OK to display the Press MENU/OK shooting menu. to display the to charge. shooting menu.menu. shooting menu.MENU/OK shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting Press shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting menu. Capture natural light indoors,

B NATURAL LIGHT

Shooting to 3 Press the selector up or down Mode Mode This m subject Shooting on based

22 1 1 11 11 12 1 1 11111 11 1 1 12 2 22 22 2 2 2 22222 22 2 2 2
34

1 2

4 4 44 44 4 4 4 44444 44 4 4 4 5 5 3 5 5 5 55 55555 55 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 4

First Steps

4 34 5

34 34 34 34 34 34 34 3434 3434 3434 34 34 34 34

Shooting Mode photographing moving Shooting Mode Shooting Shooting Mode Until a new scene is chosen as described above, the subjects. Quick AF (w) Shooting ModeMode is Shooting Mode Press MENU/OK to L scene assigned to select selected whenever SPORT will be the selected automatically and Press MENU/OK to to select the select the L SPORT Press L Shooting Mode highlightedMENU/OK to select ChooseSPORT the modeoption.is select dial PressPress MENU/OK rotated tothe the L SPORTthis mode whenin Shooting Press MENU/OK to select the . The default SPORT this is Taking Picturesfaster (AUTO)Mode MENU/OK to L L SPORT mode when Shooting Mode Shooting priority highlighted option. Choose highlighted Choose modeto when Mode Press MENU/OK option. L SPORT this givenwhen highlighted Choose photographingmode moving selection option. highlighted option. to select the Choose this speeds mode when highlighted is C.option. Choose this this (pg. when mode moving shutter 63). photographing Until a new scene chosenselect the above, the L Quick AF (w) as described photographing moving highlighted option. Choose when Press aMENU/OK tochosen . MENU/OK L SPORT photographing moving subjects. MENU/OK scene to 6Pressassignedis as described above, the SPORTthis modemovingis Until aFraming Grid is chosen select the above, the photographing Pictures(w) is described photographing The new scene select asthe described above, the Avoiding Blurred AF moving UntilPORTRAIT is chosen as newto subjects. this Quick Until a sceneis, scene is C Pressscenenew scene tochosen asbe selectedabove,L SPORT subjects. Quick . is Until MENU/OK is chosen asdescribed above, the subjects. NIGHTmode(w) (w) is Untilaa new newoption. will be selected whenever Choose Quick AFwhen described whenever this AF (w) the Choose Quick mode (w) and photographing AF moving highlighted to to or to be or highlighted option. will will viewselected other subjects. automatically is subjects. is poorly when selected scene newassignedchosen as described hide whenever the D Quick AF lit, blurring caused by camera assigned is grid is To display scene subject Untilscene a dialto above, the subjects. Quick(w)and selected automatically Choose the scene framing will be be selected whenever AF modeautomatically highlighted option.to is mode be tosoft- . The default photographingsensitivity fasterandis ChooseIf selected when scene a assignedthis towill forselectedThe default selected automatically is and assigned is rotated to scenemodeassigned rotatedwillselected whenever this high given toand moving selected reduced by setting Acan automatically priority automatically and the the mode monitor,willas described above, the (63) AF to pressing the G button modesceneto chosen as the DISP/BACK button. dial dial is press described above, the selected is given moving . whenever photographing indicators the shake . scenetonedsceneis to Untilaanewinsceneis chosen natural The The default new portraits rotated Until the isis chosen be SP . default priority is given(w)and priority be rotated selection dial Untilmode C. is iswith described whenever subjects. isautomatically to is a assigned new the mode isdialrotated asto selected above, the subjects. speeds moving fasterfasterthe default the SP mode dialrotated to to. The. Thephotographing isQuick (pg. 63). faster default (dual selected given faster SP AF priority givenAF mode, faster shutter selection chosen will betoselected whenever selected isQuick(pg. 63). to is IS given to Until a scenemodeisC. tois as described above, whenever priority mode).isIn automatically to G button new sceneis dialC. rotatedbe selected the default priority speeds (w)to(w)pressing the selection is to . The sceneskinisC. is C. assigned to will be selected whenever priority is AF assigned . shutter selection subjects. Quick automatically 63). is scene assigned will selection istones. selection C. given blurring to selected automatically subject for selectedspeeds (pg. (pg. 63). shutter speeds (pg. and minimize also shutter speeds 63). and reduces blur caused C PORTRAIT will rotated to whenever default shutter speeds (pg. 63). byfaster movement. shutter scene the PORTRAIT is rotated to assigned to C. is be selected . . The default selection is dial the mode dial is rotated to mode . D NIGHT given to C dial selected automatically 63). faster the C PORTRAIT mode . The default priority speeds (pg. andand twilight The shutter is given to faster is recording D NIGHT Choose this D NIGHT the mode C PORTRAIT to soft-The default prioritypriority NIGHT night dial C PORTRAIT mode for softC PORTRAIT mode D selection isC.this mode A speeds (pg. setting selection isthisrotated for for. softChoose is D ishigh sensitivity63).chooseis from DNIGHTsensitivity63). selection is C. Choose this mode for Cis C. C.mode for natural PORTRAIT shutterspeedsto faster shuttergiven sensitivity setting is scenes. (pg.To setting is A NIGHT high Choose mode for softtoned portraits with soft- softA ISO AUTO(400) selection Vportraits with natural Choose this Choose this Dhighhigh to NIGHT sensitivity setting A (pg. 63). toned PORTRAIT ENHANCER shutterA high high automatically is 1 speeds sensitivity setting to Aselected sensitivity setting is is M EXPOSURE TIME Chooseportraits this shutter speeds C PORTRAIT with natural C PORTRAIT mode withsoftselected toned natural skintoned portraits natural portraits automatically tonedtones. portraits withsmooth skin effect in soft- NIGHT between to s tonedChoose thiswithforfor natural A selectedautomatically for NIGHT automatically D automatically to D high sensitivity settingto to selected blurring is automatically minimize mode a skinskin tones. selected 8 s, select selected C PORTRAIT portraits withfor softtoned this . and Choose tones. softChoose this mode . automatically D NIGHT minimize blurring ON8 for skin tones. mode fornatural skin skin tones. tones. selected night blurring for the A high sensitivityblurring for for high is Aminimize blurring minimize setting to recording blurring1~ is minimize sensitivityand twilight p minimizeLONG setting for Choose thisfocus portraits. natural mode forwith natural soft, c EXPOSURE ON skin tones. toned portraits toned portraits with A highrecording automatically from 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM sensitivityautomatically twilight recordingTo andistwilight minimize night choose to blurring twilight for selected night and and twilight to selected nightnight and recordingsetting twilight night scenes. (86). SET recording recording in the setup menu (pg. and toned skin tones. with ENHANCER portraits LANDSCAPE option skin PORTRAIT natural scenes. K V tones. selected scenes.night To choose fromM EXPOSURE1.0" automaticallybetween for TIME recording To choose from Press speeds choose from minimize to To To choose off minimizeblurringIS from s Icon blurring twilight scenes. To andto for shutter turn dual V V PORTRAIT ENHANCER scenes. G The choose . can appears in scenes. speeds shutter speed skin tones. PORTRAIT ENHANCER crisp, effect in minimize blurring for on or1 fromM EXPOSURE TIME TIME 86). V this mode mode shutter night and twilight between Choose ENHANCER ChoosePORTRAIT ENHANCER . V PORTRAIT ENHANCER for skin effect in soft- recording night choose(icon1 s 1Ms EXPOSURETIME TIME V PORTRAITthis for a smooth skin scenes. whenspeeds between MEXPOSUREM EXPOSURE TIME shutter dual IS twilight andshutter To betweenfrom ON the Choose for a smooth soft- recording select and between 1 s M EXPOSURE this mode . Choose this mode forshots of skin effect in shutter8 speeds twilightfor 1 displayed depends on V PORTRAIT ENHANCER smootheffect in soft- soft-monitors, 8bespeedsis onforpressingM the selector up and then select between the selected by 1 Choose mode for for a smooth skin effect in shutter selected between 1ssMODE; see pg. this a andand speeds choose from 8 daylight focusclear mode for aasmooth skin effect in soft-soft- options,speedsfor ONDUALfors the EXPOSURE TIME 88). portraits. mode smooth skin recording night 8andselect ONfrom the Chooseportraits. Choosethis this shutter Z IS scenes. s, select ON ON p scenes.s, select choose the and s,Toselect for the s,To ON for for c8 focus and LONGpressing the selector and LONG EXPOSURE focus portraits. Choose this and V Indicators mode landscapes. The Indicators PORTRAIT then EXPOSURE the or right V PORTRAIT ENHANCER focus portraits. c 8 LONG between 1 buildings scenes.shutter s, choosebetween p left EXPOSURE TIME SET focusLANDSCAPE for a smooth skin effect in soft- shutterTospeeds EXPOSURE s pEXPOSURE TIME to choose a focusportraits. ENHANCER portraits. and c in the setup menup MMM EXPOSURE TIME 8 1 c speeds from M(pg. option LONG ON Kdisplayed mode a smooth skin effect in soft- c LONG select EXPOSUREEXPOSURE TIMEM EXPOSURE TIME EXPOSURE (pg. V PORTRAITthisturns offfora smooth skin effect in soft- c LONG isEXPOSUREforps p1.0"SET isSETin effect. ENHANCER hidden focusflash portraits. Choose thismode for value. in setup s menu Choose LANDSCAPE options, select ON1 forblur reduction in Press setup the Sensitivity between menup (pg.SET 1.0"SET raised when K LANDSCAPE automatically. shutterand LONGselect ONspeed when settings are complete. speeds the the MENU/OK the (pg.1.0" 1.0" K this c option shutter 8s, for can and option insetup menu (pg. 1.0" SET 86). 8 The the setup menu optionUsethe EXPOSUREis (pg. depending to prevent optionin the setup menu occur 1.0"SET in shutter ChooseChooseLANDSCAPE for skin effect in softthisK mode K LANDSCAPEsmooth crisp, K LANDSCAPE focusmode this mode crisp, portraits. Note that of for menu (pg. focusChooseformode for for crisp, portraits. a 86). 86).in ON tripod Choose this and 8c LONGselected may still p the selector on the s, LONG Thea shutter speed the recommended up and optionTheblurring byspeedp can K LANDSCAPE mode crisp,crisp, c select the setupspeed can can EXPOSURE can 1.0" EXPOSURE 86). shutter speed can The shutter speed mode shotsfor of Choose then be clear this mode for 86). The shutter pressing 86). camera shake. The focus portraits. this this shotscrisp, Choose daylight for Choose daylight scene.be then EXPOSURE menu can the selector up up SET SET SET clear c LONG thenselected by pressing therightselector andand SET 86). beselected byspeed left shutter pressing Choosedaylightlandscapes. of optionThebe selected by (pg.theselector up and the the pressing the the optionpressingsetup p pressing selectorchoose K clear thisdaylight.The 1.0" K LANDSCAPE shotsshotsof of 1.0" daylight then in be setupselector SET buildings for then then the selected by pressingrightselector upaand thenbeinselectedby menu (pg.or 1.0" to choose a clearLANDSCAPE.shots ofFraming grid clearclear andmodeshots crisp, daylight of then be pressing selector canleft 1.0" right up and buildings andand landscapes. The landscapes. The option86).thepressing theby(pg. canthe selector to choose a in thenselected thewhenleft or orare complete. a setup MENU/OKpressing left or right to choose menuspeed 1.0" K LANDSCAPE offmode shotscrisp, The buildings and for thenpressing the selector left or right to choose clear turns landscapes. The of 86). then pressingselectorleft or right to choose aa The shutter speed settings to up and The shutter the selector selector Choose this mode for crisp, this landscapes. The Choose daylight landscapes. buildings value. flash displayed then pressing the then Press MENU/OK when settings are buildings and automatically. buildings and value. Press speed can left or selector up and 86). The shutterPress MENU/OK when settings complete. Chooseflash turns off for automatically. this mode off crisp, buildings off off automatically. thenvalue. MENU/OK pressing the right complete.a then value. Press byiswhen settings aretoare complete. 35 clearturns off automatically. of daylight shots clear flash turnsautomatically.of daylight shots Use be selected selector settings areto up and of a tripod when prevent value.be selected MENU/OK when settingscomplete. Press MENU/OK recommended are complete. value.pressing theby pressing the selectorchoose Press flash flash turns landscapes. The flash turnsandautomatically. then then Use a byathe selector left or right tocomplete. selectedof MENU/OK recommended tochoose To use theand landscapes. The the main subject at beUseUse shake. tripodwhenselector uptochoose a framing grid, position clear buildings andshots of The daylight is settings value.ofaaoftripod selectorrecommendedpreventa flash turns thenof Presstripodisisrecommendedareandprevent pressing the is recommended to to prevent pressingapressing therecommended prevent buildings off automatically. landscapes. camera tripod Use of shake. tripod is left or right to to prevent Use camera a shake. the the value.ofthe selectoris when settings arecomplete. buildings and landscapes. two lines or align one of then pressingPressMENU/OK when settings areto a Use camera MENU/OK recommended complete. value. Presstripod left or right to choose prevent camera shake. flash intersection of The turns off automatically. flash turns off automatically. camera shake. horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock value. camera shake. when settings are complete. (pg. Press MENU/OK flash turns off automatically. camera a tripod is recommended to prevent Use of shake. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of a tripod is recommended to prevent 35 Use camera shake. camera shake. 35 35 of the frame in the final photograph. camera shake. 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 17 35

6 66 6 6 6 6 6

More on Photography More on Photography More on Photography

More MorePhotography Playback More on on Photography on Photography Basic Photography and More on MorePhotography on Photography More on Photography More More on Photography on Photography

More on Photography

W FIREWORKS W FIREWORKS W FIREWORKS W FIREWORKS Slow shutter speeds are used Slow shutter speedsBattery Slow shutter the are used Chargingspeeds are used Slow shutter speeds are used W capture the expanding to capture the to FIREWORKS expanding to capture the to capture speedsexpanding Slow shutter the expanding burst of light from aare used W burstbattery isfrom charged at shipment. Charge burst of light from a firework. of light from firework. W FIREWORKS a firework. The FIREWORKS a firework. not burst of light the expanding to capture speeds or right W FIREWORKS left or W FIREWORKS use.are used Press shutter Slow shutter speeds are used Press selector leftright 2.0" the selector Press the the selector Slow the selector left or right the battery before left or right 2.0" Press offrom 4 2.0" 2.0" burst shutter speeds firework. . light Slow shutter the a are used Slowcapture speeds are used shutter speeds to choose fromshutter speeds to choose from expanding to choose fromshutter speeds shutter speeds to choose from. capture the expanding batteryor right 1/firework. Presscaptures the expanding of a the to capture and 1 s. Use 2.0" to light from expanding of a tripod is between selector 1 s. Use of a tripod is burstPlace4thefrom a 22 in the of 4 betweenlights the left.charger. tripod is between 4ss and /2 s. Use burst of 1/2s. Use of a tripod is between fromand a /firework. supplied BC-50 to choose 4theandpreventright The flash turns off battery burst of light to a firework. of burst Insertselectorpreventright The flash turns off recommended shutterorinto the 2.0" to a speeds Press thelight frompreventblur. The flash turns off the selector left or blur. recommendedfromleftfirework. The flash turns off recommendedto to blur. 2.0" Press recommendedand ass.shown, 2.0" blur. between selectorprevent right of a sure that Press the selector left speeds 2.0" the from left Press batteryscharger1/2or right making tripod is automatically. to choose from shutter speeds choose 4 automatically. shutter or Use 2.0" 2.0" automatically. to automatically. to prevent blur. The flash turns recommended shutter speeds of a tripod is the 4 to choose from is 2 speeds to choose fromand in11the correct orientation. off betweenbatteryshutter s. Use / between 4 ss and 11/22 s. Use of a tripod is E SUNSET E automatically. to ESUNSET SUNSET s. Use of a turns is between 4 E SUNSET and 1//22 s. blur. The flashturns off between 4 ss andpreventblur. The flashtripodoff recommended recommended to prevent Use of a tripod is Choose this mode to record Choose this prevent blur. The flash turns off Choose this mode to record recommended to NP-50 Choose this mode to recordrechargeable battery recommended to prevent blur. The flash turns off automatically.mode to record vivid colors E . sunrises and automatically. in sunrises and thevivid colors in sunrises and the SUNSET in sunrises and the vivid colors automatically. the vivid this mode to record automatically. in Arrow Choose colors sunsets. E SUNSET sunsets. E SUNSET sunsets. sunsets. colors in sunrises and the SUNSET mode to record E SUNSET E vivid this Choose Choose this mode to record Terminals BC-50 sunsets. this mode to record Choose colors in sunrises and Choose this mode to and the vivid battery sunrises the vivid colors incharger record Fvivid colors in sunrises and SNOW F colors in sunrises and theSNOW vivid the SNOW sunsets. F Plug sunsets. F SNOWthe charger in. Choose Choose for sunsets. for crisp, clear shots sunsets. for crisp, clear shots Choose thecrisp, clear shots charger into a Choose for crisp, clear shots Plug F . brightness of that capture the of thatSNOW the brightness power outlet. The red that capture the brightness of capture the of that capture crisp,brightnesslight. charging Choosedominated clearshining for shots scenes dominated by shining F SNOW SNOW indicator will scenes dominated by shining scenes by F scenes dominated by shining that SNOW the brightness of F capture F SNOW crisp, clear shots white snow. Choose for white snow. crisp, clear shots white snow. Choose for white snow. scenes dominated clear shots by shining Choose for crisp, clear shots Choose for crisp,brightness of that capture the brightness of that capture the white snow. the brightness of that capture that capture the brightness of scenes dominated by shining scenes dominated by shining scenes dominated by shining scenessnow. white dominated by shining white snow. white snow. white snow.

Shooting Mode G BEACH G BEACH G BEACH G BEACH Shooting Mode Choose for crisp, clear shots Shooting Mode Choose for crisp, clear shots Choose for crisp, clear shots Shooting Mode Choose for crisp, clear shots Shooting Mode G capture the brightness of Shooting Mode that capture the brightness of thatBEACH the brightness of that capture the brightness of capture that Choose for crisp, clear shots sunlit beaches. GBEACH BEACH sunlit beaches. sunlit The G beaches. sunlit beaches. brightness of thatBEACH Charging Indicator G capture crisp, G BEACH crisp, clear shots Choose for the clear shots Choose for The charging clear shots sunlitcapturecrisp,brightness shows battery charge . for the indicator Choose for crisp, clear of Choose 4 shots that beaches. that capture the brightness of status as MUSEUM . follows: H capture H MUSEUMthepicture. that capture thatMUSEUM . sunlitFrame the brightness of beaches. HMUSEUM H the brightness of sunlit beaches.indicator Battery status Chargingwhere Action The Choose where flash Choose flash camera analyzes a sunlit beaches. sunlit beaches. Choose where flash Choose flash H MUSEUMwhere Battery not based the on Insert subject photography is prohibited or is prohibited or photographyOff prohibited or photography is prohibited or is photography where battery. Choose of the shutterinserted. recognition, the sound of may H sound of the shutter scene the MUSEUM the shutter flash H MUSEUM the shutter may the sound may the sound of is prohibited or may Battery photography whereThe flash, an icon appears in H MUSEUM where MUSEUM H Glows red The flash then be unwelcome. The flash, Choose flash be unwelcome. The flash, Choose be unwelcome. flash, be sound of the shuttercharging. the unwelcome.prohibitedand prohibited or Choose self-timer Choose self-timer lamp, flash bottom left of the speaker, self-timer photography where lamp, is or speaker, self-timer lamp, may and photography where lamp, flash is the speaker, speaker, . ,andfully Remove the and unwelcome. Battery be illuminatorturn off or photography the shutter flash, photography theprohibited monitor AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. (The the sound ,is prohibited or sound of shutter may may AF-assistGlows is turn the of greenThe charged. AF-assistilluminator turn offautomatically. automatically. , AF AF-assist illuminatorlamp,off automatically. battery. speaker, self-timershows flash, the unwelcome. The may the sound of the shutter flash, illustration when the camera be . The and unwelcome. be sound of the shutter may ANote ANote Unplug the ANote AF-assist self-timer The flash, ANote illuminatorlamp,off automatically. be unwelcome. turn and be unwelcome. The inand analyzed subject(s) portrait.). speaker, speaker, self-timer lamp,flash, altogether in and Photography may be prohibited charger some Photography may be prohibited altogether in some Photography may be turn and Photography may be lamp,off automatically.in some Blinks red Battery speaker, illuminator lamp,off automatically. some self-timer prohibited speaker, Obtain permission beforealtogether in the AF-assist illuminator prohibited altogether AF-assist self-timer turn andfault. remove ANote Obtain permission before shooting. settings. ANotes settings. Obtain permission before shooting. settings. shooting. settings. Obtain permission before shooting. AF-assist illuminator automatically. off . AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. Photography turnDetection is battery. on B may Face turned ANote ANote Intelligent be prohibited altogether in some ANote . I PARTY I PARTY permission before shooting. I PARTY settings. Obtain I PARTY may battery. ANote automatically. ANote Photography may be prohibited altogether in some Photography may be prohibited altogether in some Charge the be prohibited altogether in some Photography Capture indoor background Capture indoor background focus on a face, or background Capture indoor background The camera continuously adjusts CaptureObtain permission before altogethercharging Photography may complete when the settings. Photography may be prohibited shooting. in some settings. Obtain permission before shooting. in some I indoor be prohibited shooting. PARTY under Charging settings. Obtain permission before altogether lighting area is low-light lighting Obtain permission before shooting. lighting under under low-light low-light the center under of monitor. settings. indoor background lighting the low-lightA fully exhausted settings. Obtain permission before shooting. Capture indicator turns green. conditions. IPARTY PARTY conditions. auto focus will be audible and will conditions. Continuous I conditions. under about 2 hours and 20 minutes . lighting indoor background low-light battery I PARTY I PARTY takes background Capture indoor increase Capture battery drain. conditions. under background to charge. set background Capture Capturemode is when is set. lighting under low-light Macro indoor lighting indoor low-light lighting under low-light low-light lighting conditions. under conditions. conditions. conditions.

AN
First Steps

This m subjec lightin the ca flash immed not m

36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36

ANote Do n The fl Only The n AUTO Conti

O FLOWER Choose for vivid close-ups of Choose for vivid close-ups of flowers. The camera focuses in flowers. The camera focuses in the macro range and the flash the macro range and the flash turns off automatically. turns off automatically. O FLOWER OThe Framing FLOWER O FLOWER Grid P TEXT for vivid O TEXT for vivid close-ups of OFLOWER FLOWER Choose for vivid close-ups of close-ups of Choose Choose P display a framing grid or to view or hide other To clear Take . close-upsorof Choose The camera focuses in Choose for vivid of text or flowers. The vivid close-ups in flowers. pictures of text flowers. Thecamera focuses the Take clearfor the monitor, press of DISP/BACK button. pictures indicators in camera focuses in drawings TherangeThefocuses in flowers. in range and camera flowers. in print. and camera the macro range The focuses in the macro camera the flash the macro print. andthe flash drawings Thecamera the flash focuses offautomatically.theflash the macro range and the off the macro range. turnsmacrorange and the flash turns in automatically. turns off the macro range. focuses in automatically. turns off automatically. turns off automatically. P TEXT P TEXT P TEXT P TEXT pictures of text or P clear Take pictures of text or Take clear clear Take TEXT pictures of text or M MANUAL M MANUAL The camera print. Take clearin pictures of text or Take clear print. of text or drawings inpicturesThecamera drawings inmode The camera control over drawings complete Choose this print. for . . Choose thisinmode Therange. drawingsinthe macro range. drawings the macro camera control print. for complete focuses inin print. Thecamera focusesin the macro range. 30), metering over focuses exposure compensation (pg. (pg. exposure in the macro range. 30), metering (pg. focuses in the macro range. focuses compensation (pg. 68), white balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72). 68), white balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72).

F Aperture/Shutter Priority AE

2 2 1 1 1 M MANUAL M MANUAL M MANUAL 1 Indicators mode for complete control over 1 Indicators M MANUAL M MANUAL Choose this mode for complete control over Choose this Choose this mode for complete control over displayed mode for complete metering over Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. hidden(pg. compensation (pg.68), (69) exposurethis mode for (pg. 30), metering (pg. 2 Press MENU/OK to display the Choose (30),(pg. 30), metering over 2 Press MENU/OK to display the Choose compensation complete control (pg. exposure compensation (pg. 30), control exposure this (30). 2 Press MENU/OK to display the AF 68),(72) exposure compensation (pg. 30), mode (pg. (pg. 2 shooting menu. to occur depending on the exposure balance (pg. 69),(pg. 30),mode (pg. 72). Note that blurring may to display the 68),white compensation and AF mode (pg. (pg. white balance (pg. 69), and AF metering 72). Press MENU/OK 68), white balance (pg. 69), and AF metering 72). 2 shooting menu. still display the Press MENU/OK shooting menu. 68), white balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72). scene. 68), white balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72).
68), white balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72).
Framing grid displayed

F mode offers a choice of aperture priority AE F mode offers a choice of aperture priority AE (autoexposure), in which you adjust aperture to (autoexposure), inTaking Pictures in Shooting Mode which you adjustShootingMode aperture to (AUTO) Mode soften background details or Shootingboth bring ShootingMode Mode soften background details or Shootingboth bring background and foreground into focus while letting background and foreground into focus while letting A/S / AE F Aperture/Shutter Priority AE F Aperture/Shutter speed for AE F Aperture/Shutter Priority AE the Avoiding Blurred Pictures camera control shutter Priority optimal the ( ) , for AE A/S camera control shutter Priority AE F mode offers aa choice ofspeed camera FAperture/ShutterofPrioritypriority AE Aperture/Shutter aperture optimal F mode offers choice of AE, in which you exposure, and isshutter-priority priority AE If the subject poorly lit, blurring caused priority F F mode offers choice aperture a aperture by exposure, and shutter-priority AE, in which youAE F mode offers speed you aperture priority to F can choice of adjust priority AE shake the offers a choice freeze the G button (autoexposure), which apertureaperture choosemodebe reduced bytoyouapertureAE (autoexposure), in freeze or shutter a which pressing or blur motionto (autoexposure), inspeed of adjust aperture to choose AEin whichtoyou adjustblur the shutter motion , IS mode). Inin which controlorthe aperture to (dual G (autoexposure), pressingaperture. both (autoexposure), which you aperture soften backgroundmode,you adjust bring both while letting theincamera adjust bringbutton soften background details or aperture. both background details or bring Toto details soften while reduces blur caused letting the by control camera subject movement. To also soften background AE focusbring letting soften background details or while background and foregroundpriority letting choose between details and shutterbackground and aperture into focusbring both background and aperture into or while both . foregroundinto focus while letting choose between foregroundpriority and shutterbackground control shutter speed for optimal background control shutter focus for letting the camera and foreground intofocus for optimal prioritycamera andforeground intospeed while optimal the AE: the camera control shutter speed whileletting priority AE: the camera control shutter speed for ISO AUTO(400) the camera shutter-priority AE, in which you optimal exposure, andcontrol shutter speedinfor optimal which you exposure, and shutter-priority AE, in which you the mode . 1exposure, and A/Sdial to to freeze or blur motion Rotate shutter-priority AE, F. Rotate the shutterspeed to freeze in which you the mode speed exposure, and shutter-priority AE, or blur motion exposure, shutter dial to to freeze or which you choose the and shutter-priority AE, in blur motion choosethe shutter speed F. choose chooseletting the camera tocontrol aperture. To choose the the speed freeze aperture. To while lettingshuttercameratocontrol or blur motion while the shutter camera freeze or blur motion while letting the speed control aperture. To while between aperture control 2050and shutterwhile MENU/OK camera priority 10: 00 the to display12/ choose letting the aperture . aperture. To choose between aperture priority and shutterMENU/OK 2Pressletting control31/theand AMshutterchoose between camera priority aperture. To Press between aperture priority and shutterMENU/OK aperture priority and shutterchoose AE: to turn to display the choose between priority AE: menu. dual IS on or off . Icon appears in priority AE: shooting priority Gmenu. Press shooting priority AE: dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on priority AE: monitor when mode dial to F. Rotate the mode dial to F. Rotate the F. Rotate the mode dial to IS MODE; see pg. 88). option selected for Zdialto F. Rotate the mode dial to F. Rotate the mode DUAL

More onon Photography More Photography More Basic Photography and Playback More on on Photography More onon Photography More Photography Photography More on Photography More on Photography

1 1

shooting menu. shooting menu.

To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

37 37

37

37 37 17 37 37 37

Choosemode, aperturesspeed aperture exposure. thefor optimalwhile the In this small bring objects camera adjusts shutter (large In this mode, you indicator The charging choose shows battery charge f-numbers) toyou choose the aperture while the apertures objects Choose small (large for optimal exposure. f-numbers) as follows: speed for optimal exposure. bring camera andto shutter camera adjusts apertures (large status behind adjusts shutter speed . small front of the Choose to in Place the battery in the charger. f-numbers) and bring objects behind ( front in ) of the subject (the crayon in main Charging aperturesobjects Action Choose small (the of the f-numbers) bring (large Insert the battery into the supplied BC-50behind and in toapertures(largestatus Choose small indicator Battery main subject front crayon in ( ) the center oftoin bring objects not the illustrationthe Battery Insert the f-numbers)(thebring objects to illustration at behind and battery charger as shown, making sure thatmain of Off crayonof at f-numbers) subject the center the front in Press battery is in the correctdisplay left) intoand in front of the battery. . focus. front ofinserted. main the the selector right to orientation. behindsubjectillustration at in Press the selector right to display the behindofand in(the crayonthe center the left) into focus. Battery shooting mode options. display main subject apertures (small subjectthe illustrationin (the crayon at crayon in main large red Press the selectoroptions. shooting mode right to left)the center of (the ) into Glows Choose ( focus. charging. Choose large apertures (small Press up down to the of the illustrationat left) into emphasize at the selector 4 Press the selectorNP-50 battery centerof the the the center focus. illustration shooting mode options.right to display or rechargeable f-numbers) to . Press the mode options. to display Choose into focus. f-numbers)apertures Battery fully Remove the Press the selector right down to . Glows green (small shooting option right left) subject Press the selector up or to display left) large to emphasize the highlight anselector (pp. 3840). Arrow main into focus. by blurring Choose large by blurring charged. battery. Press the selector options. down to highlight mode options. f-numbers) to emphasize the main subject apertures (small shootingan option (pp. 3840). mode up or shooting selector up or down to background toapertures(small Press an option (pp. 3840). the Choose largeapertures (small f-numbers) and foreground emphasize the Unplug the Choose largeand foreground highlight blurring background 5 Press selectortoup or3840). the Terminals main subject toby by blurring objects. subject emphasize the Press the an (38-40). to down highlight selector up select f-numbers) main MENU/OK BC-50the option (pp.or down to battery charger f-numbers) to foreground background Blinksemphasize the fault. charger and objects. and red Battery Press MENU/OK to(pp. 3840). the select remove the highlight an option main subject blurring background and highlighted option. (pp. 3840). highlight an option main subject by blurring objects. , byforeground To choose the aperture: PressPlug the charger in. MENU/OK to select the highlighted option. battery. To choose theand foreground background aperture: objects. background and foreground highlightedMENU/OK into select the BothMENU/OK chargeryou a power outlet. The redTo1 the selector up. modes give Plug option. . 6 Press the to control of exposure objects. the. Press the battery. objects. aperture: Both modes give you control the exposure choose the selector up. Charge Press MENU/OK to select the highlighted option.to Press MENU/OK 30), select of the aperture: Press compensation indicator metering (pg. 68), white To choose . charging (pg. Both (30), 30), will light. of exposure modes give you Aperture will complete when the monitor. compensation option. control (pg. 68),AF Charging highlighted option. metering highlighted (pg. (68), (69), white Aperture is be highlighted in the charging Tochoose thewill beup. choose selector highlighted in the monitor. aperture: balancemodes give AF mode (pg. 72). exposure ToPress the theaperture: Both (pg. 69), and (72) 69), 30), you control of compensation .AF mode (pg. 72). white Press the selector up. balance (pg. (pg. and metering (pg. 68), indicator turns green. in the exhausted Aperture will be highlightedA fullymonitor. ISO 200 Both(pg. 69), and AF30), metering (pg. exposure modes give mode control of exposure compensationgive you control of 68), white (pg. you (pg. 72). ISO 200 Both balance modes Press thewill be highlighted in 20 minutes Aperture selector 2 battery takes aboutup. Press the selector up. hours andthe monitor. ISO 200 compensation(pg. 30), metering (pg. 68), white (pg. 30), mode (pg. 72). balance (pg. 69), and AFmetering (pg. 68), white compensation Aperturewill be highlighted in the ISO 200 monitor. to charge. willbe highlighted in the monitor. Aperture balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72). ISO 200 balance (pg. 69), and AF mode (pg. 72). SETTING APERTURE
SHOOTING MENU the highlightA SHOOTING MODE. battery A SHOOTING MODE. use. highlightbefore SHOOTING MODE SHOOTING MODE SHOOTING MENU SHOOTING MENU

3 Press the selector up or down to 3 Press theA SHOOTING MODE. to selector up or down highlight A Charging the up or MODE. 3 Press the the selector up down to to selector Battery highlight A SHOOTING camera adjusts shutter speed for optimal exposure. 3 Press or down A APERTURE choose the In camera adjusts shutter speedaperture while the this mode, youPRIORITY AE optimal highlight A SHOOTING MODE. AE PRIORITY AE 3 Press selector up. to Chargecamera adjusts Charging Indicatorfor for apertureexposure. 3 the not down AAPERTURE you speed the SHOOTING shipment. this small while Thehighlight selector up oratdown battery 3 Press the isA chargedorMODE. to AInAPERTUREapertures (large The shutter choose Choose mode, PRIORITY AE optimal exposure. the 1 4 4 4 4 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 6 5 6 6 6 2 6 6
PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY SHOOTING SHOOTING MODE MENU WHITE BALANCE AUTO PHOTOMETRY WHITE BALANCE AUTO OFF CONTINUOUS SHOOTING MENU WHITE BALANCE AUTO OFF CONTINUOUS SHOOTING MODE AF MODE OFF CONTINUOUS AF MODE PHOTOMETRY SET - UP SHOOTING MODEAUTO AF MODE WHITE SET - UP MENU BALANCE SHOOTING SHOOTING MENU PHOTOMETRY SET OFF CONTINUOUSUP WHITE BALANCE AUTO AF MODE SHOOTING MODE SHOOTING MODE OFF PHOTOMETRY SET - UP CONTINUOUS PHOTOMETRY AF MODE WHITE BALANCE AUTO WHITE -BALANCE AUTO SET UP OFF CONTINUOUS OFF CONTINUOUS AFAF MODE MODE SET - UP SET - UP

Shooting Mode Shooting Mode Shooting Mode A APERTURE PRIORITY AE A APERTURE PRIORITY AE Shooting the In this mode, you choose the aperture whileMode Shooting Mode A APERTURE PRIORITY AE the aperture while the In this mode, you choose

First Steps

1 3 1 1 1 1 1

38

38 38
38 38 38 38

SETTING APERTURE 1 2// 3 320 SETTING APERTURE F4.5 12 3 320 F4.5 ISO 200 ISO 200 1 2/ 3 320 F4.5 SETTING APERTURE 1 2/ 3 320 F4.5 SETTING APERTURE 1 2/ 3 320 F4.5 SETTING APERTURE SETTING APERTURE 320 F4.5 F4.5 2 / 32 / 3 11 320

Shooting Mode Shooting Mode

2 Choose an aperture. 2 Choose an aperture. Choose an aperture. Press the selector left or right to Press the selector left or right to 2 Press ananaperture. Choose aperture. 2 choosetheanselector left or right to Choose aperture. choose anaperture. choose an aperture. . 2 ThePress the selector left or right to 2 Take . to Choose an selector left or right Framing Grid Press the aperture. 3 displaypictures. gridleft to view or hide other 3 pictures. or or right to Take a framing Take the selector choose an aperture. To Press pictures. choose an aperture. Take pictures. IfIf the Take pictures. press choosethe monitor, If the Take an aperture. the indicators inpictures. 3 .exposure can not Take 3 correctpictures. can notthe DISP/BACK button. Take pictures. correctexposure correct exposure not 3 be achieved atcanthe 3 at Take achieved Take pictures. pictures. If the the Take achieved atIf the be pictures. be
ISO 200 ISO 200 ISO 200

ISO 200 ISO 200 Take pictures. cannot selected exposure can the SET correct aperture, correct the , selectedexposure If the selected aperture, the 3" 3" SET2.82.8 1 /1 / ISO 200 aperture, not SET F F correct .the be achieved 3" at shutterachieved will be be shutter exposure will not speed can 3" F 2.8 1 / 3" shutter speed will be speed at the be 3" be achieved whenthe shutter button is at selected in red when displayed inaperture, the shutter button is selected inred whenthe shutter button is aperture, the SET SET displayed red . displayed the 3" F 2.8 1 / selected halfway. will be shutter aperture, be 3"SET F 2.8 1 / pressed halfway. will the aperture until the shutter speed Adjust Adjust aperture until the pressed halfway. aperture until the pressed speed Adjust 3" F 2.8 1 / shutter exposurewill bethe shutter button is speed be displayed in red -- achieved. , when correct exposure can be the shutter button is displayed in red can be achieved. correct exposure when . correct can achieved. . when the shutter button is displayedhalfway. Adjust aperture until the pressed in red pressed halfway. Adjust aperture until the Ifpressed halfway.outside aperture until the Ifcorrect exposureoutside achieved. the subject is can be Adjust Ifthe subject isis outsideachieved. the subject correct exposure can be ISO 200 ISO 200 ISO 200 the metering range be achieved. the metering range of correct exposure can of the metering range of If camera, the shutter outside thethe subject is shutter If camera, the shutter thethe subject is outside the camera, the Indicatorssubject is outside Indicators ISO200 ISO 200 Ifthe metering range of the speedmeteringwill showof SET the speeddisplay will show speed display range ISO SET displayed display will show ---- SET5.65.6 hidden 200 1 /1 / F F the meteringthe shutter ---the Press ---. camera,therange of ---- F 5.6 1 / the Press the shutter ---. camera,the shutter ---. Press the shutter the camera, the shutter exposure again. speed display will show button halfway to measure exposure again. speed halfway to measure SET button display willmeasure exposure 1again. button halfway to show ---- SET speed Press the shutter ---- SET F F5.65.6 1 / / ---. Press will show ---. displaythe shutter ---- Framing1grid / F 5.6 ---. Press thetoshutter exposure again. button halfway measure displayed button halfway tomeasure exposure again. button halfway to measure exposure again.
2 32 23 3 2 233 23 2 32 3 23 2 233 23

3" 3" 3"

Shooting Mode Shooting Mode SSSHUTTER PRIORITY AE S SHUTTER PRIORITY Pictures in Shooting Mode SHUTTER PRIORITY AE Taking AE shutter speed In this mode, you choose the shutter(AUTO)while In this mode, you choose the shutter speed while In this mode, you choose the speed while theSHUTTERPRIORITY AE for optimal exposure. SSSHUTTERadjusts aperture thecamera adjusts aperture for optimal exposure. the camera adjusts aperture for optimal exposure. camera PRIORITY AE S AE PRIORITY AE SInthis mode, you choose the shutter speed while SHUTTER Avoiding Blurred Pictures In this mode, you choose the shutter speed while Choosemode, you shutter speed while Choosefast shutter aperture caused exposure. choose the In the subjectadjusts speeds toforoptimalby camera this fast is Choose fast shutterapertureto optimalexposure. the camera adjusts speeds for If poorly lit, blurring the camera shutter speeds to freeze motion. optimal exposure. freeze motion. the camera adjusts aperture for the G button freeze can be reduced by pressing shake motion. . Choose fast shutter speeds to Choosemode). In mode, pressing the G button (dual IS fast shutter speeds to Choosemotion. freeze fast shutter speeds to freeze motion. caused by subject movement. also reduces blur freeze motion. Choose slow shutter speeds Choose slow shutter speeds Choose slow shutter speeds ISO AUTO(400) to suggest motion by blurring to suggest motion by blurring . motion by blurring to suggest Chooseobjects. slow shutter speeds moving objects.shutter speeds Choose moving objects. moving slow Choose slow shutter blurring to suggest motion by speeds to suggest motion by blurring to suggest motion by blurring 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM moving objects. moving objects. movingGtheshutter speed: off . Icon appears in objects. to To choose,dual IS on or To choosethe turn Press To choose the shutter speed: shutter speed:

BasiconPhotography Playback Photography and More on More More onon Photography MoreonMore Photography Photography More on Photography Photography

1Tochoosethe selectorDUAL IS Press the for 1Tooption selectedselectorspeed: MODE; see pg. 88). 1 . Z up. Press the shutter up. Press the shutter up. choosethe selectorspeed: 1 1 1

monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on

Shutter speed will be highlighted in the Shutter speed will be highlighted in the To choose . highlighted in the the shutter speed: Shutter speed will be Press Sensitivity isthe selector up. reduction is in effect. monitor.raised when blur Press the monitor. selector up. monitor. Note Press thespeed will be highlighted on the that blurring may still be highlighted in the Shutter selector up. Shutter speed will occur depending in the Shutter speed will be highlighted ISOISO 200 in200200 the scene.monitor. monitor. ISO monitor.
ISO 200 ISO 200 SETTING SHUTTER SPEED SETTING SHUTTER SPEED ISO 1000 SETTING SHUTTER3SPEED 200 1 2/1 2/ 3 1000 F4F4 1000 F4 1 2/ 3 SETTING SHUTTER SPEED SETTING SHUTTER SPEED 2 1000 F4 1000 F4 1 21/ 3/ 3 SETTING SHUTTER SPEED 1000 F4 1 2/ 3

To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

39 39 39
39

39 39 39 17

3 Take thenotshutter speed. 2 Choose the Choose shutter speed. 2 isthe shutter speed. 2TheChoosepictures.chargedthe shipment. Charge 2 batterythe. Ifleft at right to Take pictures. Press selector or 1 3 33
23

Choose the shutter speed. Press the selector left or right to choose the shutter speed. Charging the Battery

Shooting Mode Shooting Mode Shooting Mode The Charging Indicator The charging indicator shows battery charge status as follows: Charging indicator Battery status Action Battery not Insert the Off inserted. battery. Battery Glows red charging. Battery fully Remove the Glows green charged. battery. Unplug the charger and Blinks red Battery fault. remove the battery. First Steps

the selector left or . ISO 200 thePress selector or right to batterythe use. can notright to Press before left correct exposure speed. choose the shutter choose the shutter speed. choose the shutter speed. F3.6 be the battery in the Placeachieved at the charger. Take pictures. pictures. selected shutter speed, supplied BC-50 Take pictures. SET 3 . battery into the 200 F3.6 1 / Insert Take the Take charger the aperture be Take pictures. asIfshown, making sure ISO 200 pictures. If battery will that Take pictures. Ifthe the ISO 200 correct exposure can not orientation. ISO 200 exposure can not , red when displayed in correct exposure can not the shutter button is the battery is in the correct correct . F3.6 be achieved at the the F3.6 pressed halfway. Adjust be achieved the shutter speed until F3.6 be achieved atat selected shutter speed, NP-50 the correct exposure can 200SET achieved. selected shutter speed, rechargeable battery . selected shutter speed, beSETSET F3.6 1 / 1 / aperture will will be 200200 F3.6F3.6 1 / be aperture aperture be Arrow If the subjectwill outside , shutter button is displayed red is the displayed inin red when the shutter button is when the displayed in red when of shutter button is F--" . the metering range shutter speed ISO 200 pressed halfway. Adjust Adjust until pressed halfway. Adjust shutter speed until . pressed halfway.apertureshutter speed until Terminals the correct charger camera, the BC-50 battery exposure can be achieved. the correct exposure can be achieved. the correct exposure can be achieved. the display will show F--. SET 1/ F --50 Plug subject is isoutside If the the shutter outside Press subject is in. button If If thethe chargeroutside the subject ISO 200 200 Plug metering rangea power again. ISO ISO 200 the the to measure of halfway charger into the metering range exposure outlet. The red the metering rangeofof charging indicator will light. the camera, the aperture camera, the aperture the camera, the aperture the display will show F--. SET display will show F--. display will show F--. 50 SETSET F --- 1 / 1 / 50 F Press the shutter button the shutter button 50 F --- --- 1 / Press the shutter button Press halfway to measure exposure again. to measure exposure again. halfway to measure exposure again. halfway
23 23 23

23

23 23 23

Charge the battery. Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

40

4040 40

40

Single-Frame Playback Single-Frame Playback To Choosing a Display Format Single-Frame Playback Single-Frame Playback view the most recent picture in the monitor, Single-Frame Playback Single-FramePlayback Single-Framerecent picture in the monitor, To view press the D button. Choosing a Display Format the most Playback (AUTO) Mode Single-Frame Playback picture in the monitor, Taking Pictures inPress the DISP/BACK button to To view the most recent
indicators in the monitor, press the DISP/BACK button. display formats as shown below. display formats asshown below. shown display can be12/reduced AMbelow. 31/ shake formats as2050 as 00 by pressing the G button display formats 10: shown below. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM (dual IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button Press the selector right10: reduces blur caused by subject movement. 12/ 31/ 2050 to AM also 00 view 12/ 10: 00 10: 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 2050 AM 00 AM

press the Dmost recent picture in in monitor, Choosing Display Format playback through To view button. recent picture in To view the the most recent picturethe the monitor,Press the DISP/BACK Format to acycle display formats as shown bel Choosing a Display button To most To viewthe the press the D .the monitor,displayChoosing a Display Format recent the mostrecent picture in the monitor, button. Choosing a Display Format To viewview mostbutton. picture in the monitor, Choosing DisplayFormat Format Choosing aaDisplayPictures DISP/BACK button to the formats a Display button to through playback as Press Formatcycle press the D button. press the thethe most recent picture in the monitor,Press the DISP/BACKshown below. cycle through cycle through pl D Grid To Framing button. view D The Avoiding Blurred button to Choosing Press the DISP/BACK playback press press the D button. press the D button. DISP/BACK buttonto cyclecycle through playback Press DISP/BACK to shown playback Press the the DISP/BACK buttoncyclethrough playback display to Pressdisplay formatsbuttonformats as throughbelow. display formats as as shown below. To press the framing grid or to view or hide other thethe DISP/BACKshown below. cycle through playback display a D button. If .the DISP/BACK lit, blurring caused by camera subject is poorly button to Press

hidden hidden 12 / 31 Indicators displayed displayed Indicators . Indicators 2050 2050 ANote ANote ANote image) icon during playback. other cameras are indicated by a 2050 2050 Pictures taken using Indicators hidden e (gift hidden displayed 2050 displayed hidden ANote Pictures using other cameras are hidden indicated Pictures taken using other cameras are indicated by aby a displayed displayedtakene other image) icon during playback. aSensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. hidden 2050 displayed 12 / 31 Pictures taken using other cameras indicated by Picturestaken using (gift cameras are indicated by a taken using cameras are are Pictures (gift image)otherduring playback. indicatedaby 1/13 e e (gift image) iconiconother cameras are indicated by a during playback. Pictures taken using Sort by date e image) icon during playback. e (giftimage) icon during playback. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the 12 / 31 e (gift(gift image) icon during playback. 1/13 12 / 31 12 / 31 e (gift image) icon during playback. Sort by da 1/13 1/13 12 / 31 12 / 31 scene. Sort Sort by date by date 12 / 31 1/13 1/13 1/13 Sort by 12 / 31 Sortby date date by date Sort 1/13 Framing grid Sort by date displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

12/ pictures AMAM 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10:2050 Press the selector right to view 12/ 31/ 2050 31/10: 00in10:the order recorded, 00 100-0001 N Pressrecorded, left 12/ 31/view 00pictures in reverse the selector right 2050 view to 10: AM pictures in the order rightview ISO 100 Press the selector right to view to Press the the selector to to , 100-0001 ISO AUTO(400) the selector to view right view Press selectorpictures in the order. Press view pictures reverse order selectorright view right N Press theselectorintorecorded, recorded, left pictures in the order . to ISO 100 100-0001 the order recorded, pictures in the recorded, Press in right to view 100-0001 N pictures order recorded, picturesin the order in left pictures picturesto viewthein view inand hold the selector to scrollN 100-0001 the recorded, rapidly order. viewtheorder to reverse Press reverse N ISO 100 100-0001100-0001 100-0001 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM left to view pictures in reverse left pictures pictures to in pictures in reverse order recorded, N ISO 100 ISO 100 N 1000 F2.8 . view pictures in reverse left leftand holdorder. selector through rapidly to ISO 100 left to view pictures in reverse to scroll your pictures. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ISOISON100100-0001 Press to view pictures in reverse the N 100 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM order. order. left ISO 100 order. 1000 F2.8 order. your Press and hold Indicators order. andandpictures. selector to the selector to scroll rapidly through hold the the selector scroll rapidly 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Press Press order. ANote 12/ 10: 12/ G to00 10: 2050 31/ appears Press holdhold selector to to scroll rapidly Indicators2050 AM 00 AM 1000 or Indicators Press andand hold the your to scroll rapidly holdthrough selector to scroll rapidly the scroll rapidly Press and andpictures.selector pictures. scroll rapidly Press31/2050F2.810:2050turn00dual IS onF2.8 off . Icondisplayedin 2050 AM 1000 1000 12/ 31/ 12/ 31/ 00F2.8AM 00AM10: 12/ 31/ 2050 through your the the selector to taken using other cameras10:are10:indicated by a pictures. through your hold Press 1000 F2.8 ANote your pictures. Pictures 1000 F2.8 F2.8 Indica 1000 12/ 31/ dual hidden through your pictures. displayed 2050 00IS Indicators through through youryour pictures. monitor when F2.8 2050AMis on (icon displayed depends on pictures. 1000 Indicators Indicators Indicators Indicators through using other cameras e (gift image) icon during playback. for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. ANote selected 88). Indicators Pictures taken are indicated by a Indicators hid 2050 optionIndicators Indicators displayed Indicators Indicators ANote ANote

41

41 41 41 41 41 41 17

More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback Basic Photography and Playback MoreMore on Playback on on Playback MorePlayback More on Playback

41

left to viewSingle-Framereverse pictures in Playback Sin Single-Frame order. Single-Frame Playback Single-Frame Playback P Single-Frame Playback Single-Frame Playback ANote Playback Zoom Single-Frame Playback rapidly ANoteThe maximum zoom ratio varies selector to size. Playback Press and hold the with Single-Frame Playback Single-Frame ack Zoom image scroll 12/ ANote elect ACharging the Battery The maximum zoom ratioyour pictures. Single-Frame Playback to zoom in on imagesPlayback Zoom through varies with image Single-Frame Playback 1 ANote ANote Single-Framean ANote available with picturessize. atPlayback Playback Zoom Zoom Playback ANote Playback ANote is not taken Playback Zoom Playback Zoom A to in in on images The maximum ck Zoom ZoomZoom displayedzoomsingle-frame playback;Select Playback zoom is not 3. images picturesmaximum zoom ratio zoom ratio varie available with The ratio at an taken ANote ANote image size. Indi A zoom The The maximum zoom ratio varies with varies with ima Playback A Select ANote battery Select zoom to on size in on ANote Playback edPlayback out.playback;zoomontoshipment. image3. of varies with Indicator varies with imagenot available with in single-frame to zoom inA in images inCharge The maximum zoomimage varies with image size. Theimages of images maximum zoom ratio Playback zoom is size. zoom Select A Zoom ANote The in Zoom to electPlayback A to not charged displayed maximumANote ratio zoom zoom availablesize. ispictures takenwith at an tak to zoomZoom zoom in on onimage single-frame Playback ratio is not available not available taken Playback Zoom Playback The maximum zoom ratio with with size. maximum zoom not available withimage pictures atan A to B Select images at images insizeThe ANote zoomis variespicturesimagepicturesdisp zoom A is zoom in on images Playbackon tosingle-frame zoomplayback; maximum iszoom takenzoom are indicated atsize. playback; not ratio with with of Playback The Charging varies varies . 3. size. an The image size Select zoom in use. in playback; A battery displayed in displayed playback; Pictures 3. notPlayback with using other cameras with taken available BSelect displayed intosingle-frame on images to zoom out. A in single-frame in single-frame isThe maximumiszoom sizeat3.with image by a displayed before on images Playback PlaybackPlaybacktaken pictures variesofan picturesimage size. Face not The Detection the to Select A to zoom in onplayback; with zoom zoom not availablevaries battery charge with d in Select A toplayback;in on toselectimage size ofIntelligentmaximumofzoomratio ratio playback. imagesize. at an single-frameto zoomzoomA images B Intelligent The Detectionisimage)isicon pictures . taken at an out. maximumzoom ofimage pictures taken image size zoom not indicator with size charging during shows 3. Select single-frame playback; imagesto zoom Face image sizeratio varieswithtaken at an size. image The ofavailableavailable with image 3. Select B inselect in single-frametoplayback; Playback Select A tozoom in B zoom in . Select 3. e (gift displayed in single-frameimages displayed to zoom outzoomzoom out. . out. to select zoom select B B A out. on playback; out. Playback is 3. pictures Face displayed Playback 3.isofas follows: with pictures taken image status not not image size zoomzoom is available withwithIntelligentat an at not available ct B to zoom outB to zoom to zoom theplayback; If the current pictureIntelligent Face Detection Face Detection at an an B to zoomselectPlace single-framein playback; If the currentPlaybackof zoomwas taken availablepictures taken takenDetection out. in displayed in image size of 3. displayed in Select battery in Intelligent wassize select B to zoom out. displayed B single-frame playback; select B to zoom the single-frame charger. to zoompicturesize size Detection in out. Select A Intelligent of taken 3. Face Intelligent 3. indicator select BSelect B to zoom out to zoomIntelligent Faceout image ofin ofto zoom to zoom out. B Select out to zoom image zoom3. Face Detection Battery status 400 Action was taken zoom out. Select Select B usingimageto Intelligent Face Detection Select A size in If A using Intelligent Face Intelligent to A in zoom BC-50Detection If Charging Ifpicture was the current picture select B to zoom out Insertto the to Select B to out. Select Detection picture select BSelectzoomzoom out in Select A to zoom(pg. Intelligent currentFace Detection taken taken in B toselectout to zoom Abattery into the supplied in 21), B theFace Detectionthe the current400picture was taken Detection zoom B toSelect out. zoom appearFace Detection the the current If will picture Intelligent using Select B to zoom out ASelect A (pg. current pictureIfwas currentFace Detection taken Select B battery outzoomout shown, making21), in that appeartaken Intelligentwas Battery notIntelligent the to zoom charger as Select Select A the sure will Intelligent Face Detectionwas Detection Detection to zoom to zoom in If in zoom B Intelligentpicture was taken Face Insert Face Select B to to If the current picture the Intelligent Face . , the If the currenttheFace Detection was Press picture button Face using Intelligent using 400 using using Off taken Intelligent 400 to in monitor. Intelligentin B wasFace Detection current (pg. Select Bzoom outSelect A A monitor. in zoom in Select Selectbattery Select Selectto using Intelligent If theIf Detection inserted.21), B willthe400 B toB to out in the correct zoom Press FaceIf B Face Detection21),takenwill appear in appear in the zoom is A zoom using Intelligent picture Detectionin the to orientation. battery.400 400 taken button will the to zoom out the the (pg.B around wasin the using currentwill Face Detection once tothe currentB willwas takenDETECTED FACES frame If display 21), pictureB (pg.taken B current picture appear in the 400 400 (pg. a Intelligent Face Detection 21), 21), was appear appear (pg. Intelligent using

(pg. 21), B will appear in the ,Press the B button400B button using around Intelligent monitor. monitor. Press the 400 once to display21),21), B FaceFace thebutton a frameselected theDETECTED in the monitor. Detection (pg. will B with Detection the(pg. usingB21), Press PresstheFACESin Battery subjectIntelligent willDetection B button usingmonitor. appearthe B button Intelligent Face appear Press appear a frame around 400 (pg. Glows in the once monitor. battery the monitor. with willred B frame around display400 FACES Press selected once will appearto . a to B button to indisplay frame around (pg. DETECTED FACES the NP-50 rechargeablesubject(pg. 21), B the button around button FACES a (pg. 21),display a frame around 21), to B displayB the B DETECTED FACES monitor. B a button DETECTED DETECTED monitor.onceDetection, thenininthe Press Press the press charging. DETECTED FACES Zoom indicator Intelligent Face will appearonce the the to Press DETECTED FACES frame once B display the B button monitor. will appear B button selected with once to display a Detection, then presstheselected theFACES subject with monitor.display selected Remove om indicator Intelligentzoom in on framegreen thenwith the zoom FACES the Face frame around theBframe around fully DETECTED DETECTED monitor. to aGlows buttonBattery once subject thecan around display subject to once to thisPresstheYouframeB with withDETECTED FACES subject. B button use the the Press a the button subject around monitor. Pressdisplay selected subject selected the to once a ZoomArrow Intelligent FACES When the picture isZoom indicator the zoomed in, indicatorto zoom in on this subject.with can then use around thenDETECTEDFacethen press the B the indicator selected toYou subject once selected Face Detection, display around charged. press Detection, then p Zoom thedisplay the to . Intelligent selected the zoom Detection, button subject the a frameframe then DETECTED FACES battery. with control once to display a frame aroundwith described B button zoom subject a Intelligent Face once Intelligent subject in and out asto DETECTED FACES B B button to Intelligent Face selected with press the the the picture is Zoom indicator areas of zoomed in, the subject m indicator beZoom indicator the Intelligent to zoomzoomed zoom inDetection, then press the on this the zoomusecan Face is the subject Face Detection,buttonYou subject. Yousubject. You th Detection,to in,inthe selecteddescribed can Unplug can then then presson this subject. this in the zoom in on zoom then use the B with elector Zoom indicatorindicator can Zoom to view used the subject Detection, control Intelligent zoomDetection,out with then press the B button selected Intelligent selectedto as press can then use the zoom subject on this thenwith control use the to Face in onand subject. zoom press to B button Intelligent Face Detection, then Face use the picture is When the picture picture is above. in, the rhe imageused Whenindicator is zoomed in,tothe zoomedthesubject. You canthis subject. Youthe B button. subject in a can be WhenZoom indicator of zoomed in, the Terminals the to subjecttheYou can thenthe zoomzoom tothe picture is view not Zoom battery When the zoomedzoomthe usedin, to zoom insubject.zoomcan thencanthe and buttonthe currentlyareas Intelligent Detection, thenthenuse B and to control in fault. as Zoom the picture indicator charger e pictureWhenBC-50 visible in the in, above.beon this toto Blinks Detection,YouzoomtheB theasin and out as de is zoomed in, theis zoomed Intelligentthisin Face the then You can inB usedescribed selectorthe to in to zoomcontrolFaceon of red subjectthenusedescribed can of Intelligent Face Detection, subjectpress thenzoom button view in on thensubject. toin press the the described in on control this subject.Batteryand the chargerzoom Zoomselector can be used to be used indicator zoomed in, the control areas performedthe pressand taken out zoom zoom You on subject out subject to zoom to zoom the described theout use the zoom zoom in on this subject. You can then as When the is used zoomedareas of view areas subject and out as When the picture picture is to view view areas Red-eye removal above. button age not currentlythe picturethe to view areas the to zoom thetoof can be this above. pictures visible selector can in, of control selector can be used can display. used to ,bein ofis in, the not currentlycontrolonin zoom theYou canout anduse the described When view areas to above. to subject subject in and out as described this to zoom in can be selectorthe picture zoomedin, the Red-eye removal zoom inabove.subject. pictures takenuse theas zoomthe above. the subject. subject then theareas of the controlcan zoom thiszoomon(pg. and then described imagein with Intelligentin on to the thein 77). in as out remove visible Detection You can to zoombe performed zoom Whenbepicturetousedcurrently the zoomed control Whenthethe can becurrently view visible thepicture image not in the iszoomedvisible currently visible in control to zoom the subject in and out asbattery. in, in the When can Plugimage currently selectorselector .is not to view above. used used areas view the Face the image not the to described the image the chargerto display. of selector can Navigation windowofareas can be used in. be the to and out as removal above. above. zoom(pg. 77). ininremovalas described can taken control Detection the subject be Red-eye described out can be performed performe e notselectorcanvisibleusedto view visibleareas of Intelligentcontrolto zoom the subjectcanand performed on picturesbeon picture currently be notincurrently view showswith selector above. Face Red-eye Red-eye can to into a power the image not visible visible in the selector imagethe chargerviewareas in outlet. The redcanRed-eye removal can be performed on pictures taken the image not currentlydisplay. inareasofRed-eye removalabove. performedremoval performed on picturesFace Detection (p the of display. Red-eye removal can be taken Intelligent taken above. display. Plug not window shows display. beusedcurrently visible in the the Navigation above.be Charge on pictures battery. with portion image with Intelligent Intelligent (pg. 77). with Red-eye Red-eye removalperformedDetectionon taken taken removal can beFace Face on (pg. on Detection with Intelligent Face Detection (pg.Face pictures (pg. the the image not currently visiblethe imagenot currentlyvisible in visiblelight. the imagecharging indicator will currently the display.display. notcurrentlyofcurrently inthewith Intelligent Facewith IntelligentthecanDetection pictures pictures taken 77). Red-eye removal can be performed 77). be Detection (pg. can be performed77). display. portion displayed inNavigation window Navigation windowIntelligent77).shows performedpictures taken of image Navigation windowshows showsNavigation windowbecomplete (pg. 77). pictures taken Navigation window Red-eye removal can Face performed when the charging shows can Red-eye removalis performed on pictures monitor shows Red-eye removalDetection (pg. 77). on on taken Chargingcurrently display. with Intelligent be Detection with Intelligent Face display. Navigation window shows portion of image Face Detection (pg. 77). display. with displayed in monitor image image currently with Intelligent Face Detection (pg. 77). portion of Navigation window shows Navigation window currently ofwith Intelligent Face Detection (pg. 77). portion of shows portion image currently indicator turns green. A portion of image currently Intelligent monitor Navigation window shows portion of image currently displayed in withdisplayed inFace Detection (pg. 77). fully exhausted Navigation Navigation window shows portion of image currently . currently monitor portion of imageofin windowdisplayed in monitor Navigation window showsshows displayed image currently monitor displayed in monitor battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes portion displayed in monitor portion of image currently portion monitor monitor displayed in currently displayeddisplayed incurrently of image ress DISP/BACK to exit zoom. portionin of imagemonitor to charge. displayed in monitor displayed monitor SP/BACK to exit zoom. displayed inin monitor

First Steps

Press DISP/BACK to exit zoom. DISP/BACK to zoom. Press DISP/BACK exit zoom. DISP/BACK toPress . Press Press DISP/BACK toDISP/BACK to exit zoom. exit exit zoom. P/BACK to exit zoom. Press DISP/BACK to exit zoom. Press DISP/BACK to exit zoom. zoom. Press DISP/BACK to exit Press DISP/BACK to exit exit zoom. PressPress DISP/BACK tozoom. DISP/BACK to exit zoom. 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42

42 42

shown full-frame in in images shown a picture is In the nine- highlight images and displayed, select B whenfull-frameof the monitor. MENU/OK Use thetheIn the to andimage full frame. displays, presp to view selector nine- and hundred-frame displays, highlighted hundred-frame To change the number the monitor. displayed, select B whenimages MENU/OK to view the highlighted image fullandpress To change number picture the hundred-frame full frame. more To change , ais of images Use Use to highlighteduphighlight to frame.pictures. highlight images and displayed, selectwhentheB when ais is MENU/OK thethetheselectorto imagedisplays,viewframe.press to view andtotheto up or image to view more displayed, select the number ofpicture MENU/OK selector selectoror downimages full press B the B when of highlighted down press MENU/OK full selector tohighlight image press shown full-frame inselect picturea picture is the a number monitor. In the nine- theview the the highlightedimagesandframe.pictur To images Use displayed, MENU/OK view The change Avoiding to view shown Framing Grid B when a picture is In the nine- selector the displays,displays, frame. displayed, select B . and toBlurred Pictures highlighted . view hundred-frame displays, press when MENU/OK down view displayed, the monitor. monitor. picture In the selectornine- andthe highlighted full frame. MENU/OK hundred-frame moreimage full shown full-frame in select in the monitor. apicture isis100-0001 thenine- MENU/OK9-viewto hundred-frameimagepress shownfull-frame in the the monitor. 100-0001 full-frame B when a In the the orto 100- pictures. full frame. andand highlighted image hundred-frame up B Tip: Two-Frame Display press displayed, select grid or . isB Tip:the to view causeddisplays, press To shown a full-frame inmonitor. display full-frame in the monitor. If In nine- and Two-Frame Display the selectornine-ordown blurring more pictures. N other shown framing In the nine- view shown full-frame in the 100-0001 to view or hide theN selectorthesubjectuppoorly lit, more pictures.pictures. press In the or downor and hundred-frame by camera theup the nine-to hundred-frame displays, press selectorup down more displays, shown full-frame in theN monitor. In selector and downviewcanusedused the be reduced by to to bethe displays, press indicators in the monitor, press100-0001 DISP/BACK button. Tip:shake can Displayup ordisplay canview beG pictures. the pressing more pictures. Two-frame display B Two-Frame Two-frameorhundred-framemorebutton the selector up theTip: 2- selector up Display down to view pictures. or down to view more 100-0001 B Tip:: Two-Frame Display down to view more pictures. 100-0001 100-0001 N B Tip: Two-Frame compare pictures taken the mode). to B Tip: Two-Frame Two-FrameInbe or pictures taken in in B IS selector up used pressing the G button N to (dual Display compare mode, 100-0001 N Two-frame display canDisplay N
B Tip: Display Two-frame Two-Frame NATURAL B can be caused Two-Frame 2- Displaybeby& K Two-frame display canDisplay display can in A can B Tip: Tip:displaytaken be used also reduces blurused be Two-frame displaypicturesA used & K movement. Two-frameTwo-Frame Display subject (dual shot) to compareTwo-FrameNATURALused (dual shot) B Tip: pictures takenbe Two-frame to compare taken () display can inused 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM to pictures pictures in Two-framemode. can display to compare comparedisplay can taken be used to compare pictures be Two-frame mode. shot) used A NATURAL & K (dualin taken in in 1/1000 F3.3 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ . be 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM A to&compare&pictures shot)used 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM AM ATwo-frame &shot) takentaken in NATURAL display can taken 1/1000 F3.3 A mode. compare pictures NATURALto K (dual&K (dual shot) ANATURAL K (dual shot) NATURAL pictures (dual to A compare K& K (dualin F3.3 1/1000 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 1/1000 F3.3 1/1000 F3.3 ISO AUTO(400) to taken in mode. compare pictures (dualshot) 1/1000 00 AM 12/ 31/ F3.3 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 2050 10: 00 AM mode. NATURAL (dual shot) shot) A NATURAL & K mode. A NATURAL & K mode. 1/1000 F3.3 1/1000 12/ 31/ 2050 F3.3 00 AM 10: mode. A NATURAL & K (dual shot) 1/1000 F3.3 mode. mode. Select B to to Select B mode. increase the the increase Select A to to Select A Select B to 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Select reduce the the Selectincreaseto number of of BSelect B to to number Select A reduce the to Select B to to Select increase the of pictures displayed reduce the A to number Press increase 2B Select of images increase the thepictures displayed A Select A to number of images G to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in Select to increase the Select A to B to SelectSelect B number increase to Select 9number of the 100of . numberB to nine, or number ofSelecttoA to reducethe A to to two, increase nine, number ofnumber of to two, a a reduceA displayed. monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on reduce the the increase the of images pictures displayednumber the or reduce theSelectSelect the displayed. . reduce increase Select pictures displayed the pictures displayed of number of A to option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). number reduce the pictures displayednumber of hundred. displayed.Indicators number number of images images pictures displayed number of images to two, nine, or a displayed hundred. ofreduce the images Indicators picturesnumber number reduce displayed. the images to two, nine, or a of to orpictures or a two, nine, displayed. of number to two, nine,hundred. displayed a nine, displayed. number of images to displayed or a two,displayed displayed. of images pictures two, nine, or a hidden to hundred. displayed. pictures displayed number of imagesSensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. to hundred. two, or a nine, displayed. hundred. hundred. or a to two, nine,hundred. displayed. to two, nine, or a displayed. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the hundred. hundred. hundred. scene. Framing grid displayed
N 100-0001 100-0001 10: 12/ 31/ 2050 31/ 2050 AM 00 AM 12/ 10: 00 N100-0001 N F3.3 1/1000 1/1000 F3.3 N

Multi-Frame Playback Multi-Frame change number of of images Multi-Frame Playbackthe the number images Multi-Frame Playback To To Playback change Use Use the selector highlight images andand p the selector to to highlight images pres Multi-Frame Playback Multi-Frameof select when a pictureUse the Multi-Frame Playback displayed, displayed,Playback is MENU/OK to view the theand press image full fr MENU/OK to images highlighted To change the numberselect B B when a picture is selector to highlight view highlighted image full frame images Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Multi-Frame Playback To number number of images To change change the number of images the Use the Use the selector to highlight and press press selector selector to images images and To change the of images Use the to highlighthighlight images and press

More on Playback More on on Playback More Playback Basic Photography Moreon Playback Moreon Playback on Playback More on Playback More and Playback

More on Playback

More on Playback

To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

43

43

43 43 43

43 43 43 17 43

To change the number of images displayed, select B when a picture is Sort Date Sortby by Date monitor. shownbyDate in the Sort full-frame
100-0001 N

Sort Date Charging Date Sort byby the Battery 1 single-frame playback, press DISP/ In single-frame press 11In1single-frame playback,thetheDISP/DISP/Charge 1 Inbattery ,playback,press DISP/ BACK is not sort-byIn single-frame playback,sort-bypress The 1- repeatedly untilat shipment. 1 BACK repeatedlyplayback, press DISP/ In single-frame charged until

2 22 2 2 3 33 3 3 2

B Tips: Rapid Scroll B Tips::RapidRapid Scroll selector up or down to scroll dates Scroll B Two-Frame Rapid Scroll Tip: Display B Press hold the selector up or down to scroll dates The B Tips:Tips:and hold the Press and Charging Indicator DISP/BACK . Presshold holdcan be used up or .dates Pressrapidly.displayselector down to scrollscroll and and the selector up or dates BACKBACK screen isuntiluntil the sort-byrepeatedly use. the sort-by The date repeatedly thedate screen is displayed.the . battery before displayed. rapidly. hold the selector upshows battery dates Two-framecharging the down to charge Press and indicator or down to scroll BACK repeatedly sort-by1- until Press and hold the selector left scroll or right to rapidly rapidly. datedate picture is displayed. screen is displayed. in rapidly. screen displayed rapidly. hold to compareaspictures taken inor right to rapidly scroll Press. the selector left and status the date picture is displayed. 2050 2050 screen displayed TheThe thedisplayed inAM charger. and hold follows: Presspictures takenselector sameleft or right to rapidly scroll left or Place 12/ The The picture 31/ 2050 in00the in picture battery 10: in 2050 NATURAL & the selector right to rapidly scroll the single-frame 2050 displayed 2050 A Presstaken onK (dual shot)or right to rapidly scroll Press and hold the on same date. selector pictures and holdthe the left date. 1/1000 F3.3 The displayed in the picturesingle-frame the supplied BC-50 pictures taken on the same date.status single-frame Action into theInsert the battery remains pictures takenthe same date. on Battery mode. Charging indicatorthe same date. pictures taken on playback single-frame single-frame thethe playback charger as shown, making sure that remains Battery not Insert the battery playback remains Off selected. playback remains 12 / 31 playback remains 12 /orientation. 1/13 1/13 inserted. battery. selected. the battery is in the correct3131 selected. 12 / 1/13 selected. 12 / 31 selected. Battery 12 / 31 1/13 1/13 Select B to Glows red charging. NP-50 or Select A to Press the increasethe selector up rechargeable battery Press the selector up or the or Battery fully Remove the select date. 2Pressnumberselector aup.reduce the of down to date. Press select Glows green Arrow Press thethe selector up or downto select aadate. or to selector up charged. battery. downdisplayed pictures to select a date. number of images down to select a date. down Unplug the to two, nine, or a displayed. Press the charger and BC-50 battery selector or or Press hundred. chargerleft left rightright Terminals the selector left or right to to selector to Blinks red Battery fault. remove the select picture. Press the selector or right a picture. 3Press the a selector left left or right to Press to the select select a picture. Plug the picture. in. battery. select a charger select a picture.

Use the selector to highlight images and press MENU/OK to view the highlighted image full frame. In the nine- and hundred-frame displays, press theB Tips: Rapid Scroll selector up or down to view more pictures.

More First Steps on Playback

Plug the charger into a power outlet. The red charging indicator will light.

Charge the battery. Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge. 43

44 44 44 44 44 44

usedused delete deletepicturespictures movies, movies,deletedelete options. used toto to to still still still used delete still pictures and andand delete pictures and movies, movies, delete options. delete options. options. delete options. ncreasing usedthethedeleteof still space available thethe increasing the amount of space available onon on increasing amountamountspace availablethe movies, increasingtoamount the of space available on and of pictures the increasing ininorinternalof memory (for (foron the the internal internal memory (for amount memory available space PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENU MENU PLAYBACK memory cardcard or in in Pictures (for memory card oror memory M card memory Deleting internal memory PLAYBACK MMDeletingPictures in single-frame MMDeletingPictures internal single-frame(for MMDeletingPictures single-frame MDeletingon deletinginin in single-frame Minformation deleting pictures in memory MDeletingPicturespictures MDeletingPictures MM MdeletingPictures MDeletingPictures Deleting cardpictures Deleting Pictures Deleting Pictures DeletingPictures DeletingPictures memory or ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE TakingMENU BACK in Pictures (AUTO) Mode Deletingpictures Pictures BACK BACK BACK Pictures Deleting Pictures nformation on deleting Pictures information Deleting information on M on REDRED EYE REMOVAL EYE REMOVAL EYE REMOVAL RED RED EYE REMOVAL FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME ERASE BACK IMAGE ROTATE ROTATE FRAMES FRAMES FRAMES IMAGE IMAGE IMAGEALL FRAMES ALL ROTATE ALL ROTATE information onoption in deleted pictures deleting the playback pictures be pictures in single-frame FRAME PROTECT PROTECT selector PROTECT The see20). Note that that deleted menu can ERASE 20). Note deleted pictures Press COPY COPY RED EYE REMOVALright to display thePROTECT ALL playback, see page 20). NoteNote that playback, see page page that deleted pictures playback, see page 20). playback, FRAMES COPY TheTheERASEoptioninintheplayback menu deletedbebe PressPresstheselectorrightrightdisplay . TheTheERASEoptioninthethe20).playbackmenucan be bePress thetheselectorrightrighttotodisplay display TheTheERASEoptiontheplaybackmenucancanpicturesPressthetheselectorrighttotodisplay to TheERASEERASE see intheplayback menu can canbe canPressthetheCOPYselectorrightto ALLdisplay TheERASETheoption pagetheplaybackmenucanbebe Press the theselectortotodisplay TheERASEoption option thetheNotemenumenu bebe Press theselector right to totodisplay TheERASEoption ininthe theplaybackmenucanbe be Press theselector right ROTATEtodisplay TheERASEoption in inin inplayback that can be TheERASE option the theplaybackmenucanbe TheERASE option intheplaybackmenu cancan ERASE option ERASE option in the playback menu ERASE option in playback menu can option theplayback menu be in playback menu can playback menu Press VOICEselectorright display Press theselector right to display Press the right to display Press Press selector Press selector selector right selector IMAGE selector PROTECT right display display display MEMO used recovered. Copy important pictures deleteselector right to options. Therecovered. Copyin still pictures to ERASE to can notcan Copy important picturespictures be Press the MEMO MEMOselector display can notThebe recovered.optionimportantto canto can beplayback, to GridCopythe playback menu can movies, Press the VOICE VOICE MEMO rightrightdisplay notnot beERASEdelete in playback toand be 3 AvoidingVOICE the Pictures be The Framing recovered.option important pictures Blurred COPY usedusedtotonotdeletestillstillpicturesandandandmovies,movies, options. options. MEMO usedusedtotodelete recovered.picturesand movies, deleteoptions. used useddelete deletestillpictures andandmovies, used todeletestilldeletepicturesimportant delete delete options. VOICE used to todelete tostillstillpicturesandandmovies, used to tototodelete stillpictures andand movies, delete options. used to used deletestillpictures picturesmovies, delete options. used candelete stillstillpictures and movies, used to to deletestill still pictures (movies, todeleteoptions. used delete still picturesandand movies, delete options. used delete still pictures delete delete pictures andmovies, pictures movies, movies, delete options. delete options. delete options. delete options. delete options. deletedelete options. be or the amountdevicedevicemovies,ondelete options. Copy device available pictures the delete options. movies, to other movies, a acomputer storageof space or hide other Pressthe selectoruppoorlyup blurringto to by camera a computer other storage storage viewand and computeroror ora other still still). beforebefore a usedincreasing other pictures before computerdelete storagepictures before To framing grid device the amount selector up lit, down down or increasing thetheamountofamountavailableononthethe on theIf thethe selector down toto caused increasing thetheamountofspace available thethe Pressthe selector isuporor PLAYBACK MENU down increasing increasing amountspaceofavailableonthethe Press subject increasing display the theofspaceoravailableon onthebefore the increasingcomputer or ofof spacetoavailablethethe Press increasingtheamount of space space available the the increasingtheamount of ofof of available on theon increasingthetheamountspace available device the increasingtheamountof other storage onon increasing theamount ofofspaceavailable the increasing theamount ofspaceavailable onon increasing theamount space available available increasing amount amount 20 space available on space space space available a memorythe monitor,of in internal memory increasing in amount space availableononon the (forshake canthe reducedor up or down to button card or space DISP/BACK increasing the . the available button. highlight FRAMEMENUMENUFRAMES. amount press proceeding proceeding proceeding proceeding Press PLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENUMENUALL pressing the G indicators bePLAYBACKMENUMENU by PLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACKPLAYBACKor PLAYBACKMENU MENU PLAYBACKALL PLAYBACKor MENU PLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENU MENU MENU MENU FRAMEALL ERASE orPLAYBACKMENU MENU orselectorFRAMES. ALL PLAYBACK memoryproceedingorininininternal memory (for(for highlight FRAMEPLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENU FRAMES. BACK memorycard ororor inininternal memory (for(for (for (forhighlight PLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENU MENU MENU memory cardcard orin ininternalin memory (for(for highlight FRAMEPLAYBACKMENU MENU MENU FRAMES. memory cardcard orororininternal memory memory memory cardcard or inininternal memory (for(for memory memory or in, internalmemory(for(for memory card or internal internal (for(for memory card cardin internal memory (for memory card ininternal memory memory card or in memory card or memory card or memory card internal memory internal memory internal memory internal memory internal memory PLAYBACK PLAYBACK memory card on deleting pictures in single-frame(dual IS mode). InPLAYBACKmode,REMOVAL or pressing the information or in internal memory (for memory memory highlightERASEERASE ERASE BACKBACKEYEBACK FRAMES. G button RED ERASEFRAME or ALL ERASE ERASE ERASEERASE ERASEERASE ERASEERASE ERASE ERASE ERASEERASE ERASEERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE FRAME BACKBACKBACK BACKBACK BACK BACKBACK BACKBACK BACKBACK BACK BACK BACKBACK BACKBACK Press informationdeletingpicturesininininsingle-frame Press MENU/OKMENU/OKdisplay pictures single-frame PressMENU/OK deletingpictures single-frame Press informationinformationdeleting displaysingle-frame information onondeletingpicturestheinthein single-frame information MENU/OKdeletingpicturespictures in single-framealso reducesERASEERASEREMOVALFRAMEFRAMEBACK ALLBACK information onondeletingpicturesininininsingle-frame informationonon deletingtopicturessingle-frame informationondeletingon picturesin single-frame informationonon toto topictures in single-frame informationonondeletingdeleting single-frame information deleting display thein single-frame information deleting pictures information onon information deleting pictures insingle-frame information ondeletingdisplay deletingpictures single-frame pictures the pictures single-frame BACK REDREDREDREMOVALREMOVAL 1 REDEYEREDEYEREMOVAL ERASE ROTATE REDREDREMOVALREMOVAL IMAGE REDREDREDEYEREMOVAL REDREDREDEYEREMOVAL REDREDREMOVALREMOVAL REDEYEREMOVALREMOVAL REDREDEYEEYEREMOVAL EYEEYE EYEEYEEYEREMOVAL EYEEYEREMOVAL EYEEYEREMOVAL EYEEYEREMOVAL REDREMOVAL REMOVALREMOVAL REMOVAL REDEYE RED EYE RED ERASE EYEREMOVAL EYE FRAMES ERASEFRAMEFRAME FRAMEFRAME subject FRAMEFRAME FRAMEFRAME FRAMEby FRAMEFRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME RED EYEFRAMEFRAME BACK REMOVAL blurROTATEROTATEALLFRAMESFRAMES FRAMEmovement. causedFRAMESFRAMES PROTECT RED EYE FRAMEFRAME BACK REMOVAL REMOVAL playback, see page single-frame information MENU/OK to picturesthatthe on 20). display . pictures deleting Note in deleted RED EYE FRAME IMAGEIMAGEROTATE EYE ALLALLFRAMES IMAGEIMAGE ALL REMOVAL FRAMES IMAGEROTATEROTATE ALLFRAMES IMAGEIMAGEROTATE ALLFRAMES FRAMES IMAGEIMAGEROTATE ALLALLALLFRAMES IMAGEIMAGEROTATE ALLFRAMES FRAME IMAGEIMAGEROTATE FRAMES IMAGEIMAGEROTATE ALLALLALL IMAGEIMAGERED IMAGEIMAGEROTATE ALLALLFRAMES ROTATE ROTATE FRAMES IMAGE ROTATE ROTATE ALLFRAMES ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE IMAGE ROTATE Presspage20).NoteNotethatdeletedpictures ALL FRAMES FRAMES FRAME FRAMES ALL IMAGE ROTATEFRAMES COPYFRAMES MENU/OK20). Notethatdeletedpictures 1seeseepage20).NoteNotethatdeletedpictures Press MENU/OKMENU/OKIMAGEROTATE ALLALLFRAMESALLALLFRAMESFRAMESALL FRAMES ALL PROTECTPROTECT PROTECTPROTECT ROTATE PROTECTPROTECT PROTECTPROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT playback seeseepage20).NoteNoteNote that deleted playback seepage20). 20). Note deleted pictures playback playback playback, menu. page20).Notethatthatdeletedpictures picturesMENU/OK toCOPYCOPYCOPY PROTECT IMAGE MEMO FRAMESfor for playback, seesee see20).20).20).thatthatdeletedpictures Press Press to display IMAGEoptions FRAMES playback, seeseepage20). Notethatdeletedpictures playback, seeseemenu.Note thatthatdeletedpictures playback, playback,page Notethatdeletedpictures playback, menu.page 20).Notethatthat deleted pictures Press MENU/OKPROTECTCOPY IMAGE ROTATE ROTATE for playback, seepage see20). that deleted playback, pagepage Note 20).deleted pictures playback, page 20). page playback, page playback, menu. playback, seepage playback, deleted pictures deletedpictures pictures ALL playback, see page 20). Note that deleted pictures to to COPY COPY options display COPY COPYCOPY PROTECT PROTECT options COPYCOPYto PROTECT VOICE COPYCOPYCOPY options ALL COPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPY display COPY COPY display for COPY COPY can not playback, be recovered. Copy important pictures VOICEMEMO display VOICEVOICEMEMOMEMO COPY VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEMEMO MEMO VOICEVOICE MEMO VOICEVOICE COPY VOICEVOICECOPY VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO MEMO VOICE MEMO MEMO MEMO VOICE MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO VOICE cancannotberecovered.CopyCopyimportantpicturestoto to selected itemitemVOICEMEMOtoMEMO pg. 46). cancannotberecovered.Copy important pictures tototothe thethePress MENU/OKMEMOpg. 46). options for cancannotbeberecovered.Copyimportantpicturesto pictures selected itemVOICEitemMEMO MEMO MEMO cancannotberecovered.Copyimportant pictures to toto the to selected VOICEVOICEMEMOMEMO 46). cannotbe notrecovered.Copyimportantpictures to toto cannotnotberecovered.Copyimportant important cannotnotbe recovered.Copyimportant pictures to cannotnotbe be recovered. Copy important pictures not be recovered. recovered.importantpictures not beplayback menu.Copyimportantpictures can becan recovered.Copyimportantpictures recovered. benot be recovered.Copyimportantpictures recovered.Copyimportant pictures important pictures pictures VOICE VOICE (see (see 46). pg.(see VOICE can arecovered.Copy other storage device before selected(see pg.MEMO Copy computer or ISO AUTO(400) Press the up selected PLAYBACK aaaaacomputercomputer otherstoragedevicebefore aaaaacomputerorororotherstorage device devicebeforebefore thetheselectorupselectordowntototo a computer orPLAYBACK otherstorage device before beforePress thetheselectorupupordown tototo computer PLAYBACKotherMENUorstoragedevice before computer orororMENUother storagedevice before computer ororMENUotherstorage device before a computer ororororotherstorage device before PressPresstheselectorupupordown tototo computer acomputer other storage storage before Press the theselectoritem oror down to computer other storage device before Press the theselectorupup(see down down to computer or otherMENUstorage device device computer PLAYBACK computer other Playback other storage device before other storage device before Press theselector up up ordown 46). to other other storage device before Press theselector upor ororpg. to device before Press thetheselectorupor ordownor aMulti-Frame MENUstorage computer a ERASE ERASE ERASE Press Deletingselector up down to Press PicturesPictures or down Press selector selector down Press the the down proceeding PLAYBACK Press the selector BB B Deleting theselector FRAMEor or down to to Tips: Tips:Tips:selector Tips:BPressPictures selector or updown or down Deleting Press up orupdown to Pictures 4DeletingDeleting Pictures up ordown ERASE highlight ALL FRAMES. Press selector proceedingproceedingEYERED EYEERASE proceeding proceeding proceeding proceeding REDRED EYE REMOVAL REMOVAL proceeding proceeding proceeding proceeding EYE REMOVAL proceeding proceeding proceeding proceeding REMOVAL proceedingIMAGE RED ROTATE ROTATE highlight FRAME .ALLFRAMES. willwill highlight FRAMEcardorALLFRAMES. FRAMES. highlight FRAMEorisoror or FRAMES. highlightaFRAMEororALLFRAMES. highlightFRAMEor ALL inserted, pictures highlighthighlight inserted, FRAMES. highlightFRAMEorFRAME or ALL highlightFRAME ALLALL FRAMES. highlightcard is or FRAMES. FRAME is ALLpictures or is FRAMES. highlight IMAGE IMAGE IMAGE ROTATE WhenhighlightFRAMEorcardALLFRAMES.will be be be highlightFRAMEALLFRAMES. pictures WhenB Tips: memoryorALLFRAMES. ahighlightFRAME ALLor ALLpictures ahighlightFRAME orALLALL FRAMES. memory FRAME inserted,FRAMES. memory FRAME ALLFRAMES. a card highlight FRAMES. RED EYE REMOVAL PressROTATEMENU/OKROTATEto ofdisplay the When WhenmemoryFRAMEcard inserted,images bewillwill be PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT from When selector card; is inserted, pictures memory COPY COPY PressTo MENU/OK MEMOtototoMEMOdisplaythethe the the deleted from from memory memoryotherwise, 31/ 2050 10:and press PressPressMENU/OKMEMOtototodisplay thethe Press PressMENU/OKtoCOPYnumber thethe Press MENU/OK COPY MEMOtodisplay thethe Press MENU/OK VOICE toto todisplay thethe Press MENU/OK theVOICEdisplayto display Press change to display thethe Press MENU/OK MENU/OK display the Press MENU/OK to display images Press MENU/OK to displaydisplay Press MENU/OK Press Press MENU/OK display MENU/OK MENU/OK IMAGE display display deleted Use thefrom the card;highlight pictures 00 AM deleted the a memory to card; otherwise,pictures deletedthethe memory otherwise, 12/ pictures card; otherwise, pictures MENU/OK PROTECT display VOICE playback menu. Press VOICEselect Bto display the MENU/OK COPYwhen a picture is the displayed, will bePressMENU/OKtointernal memory card;for willPress MENU/OKtotodisplay options forforfor full pictures willPressMENU/OKtofromdisplayoptions options for bePressMENU/OKtodisplayoptions for for deletedMENU/OKtointernaloptions for otherwise, willdeleted fromto display display image be deleted toMENU/OK to options deleted Pressview display options from playback menu. menu. VOICE MEMO playback menu. playback menu. playback menu. playback menu. menu. playback playback playback menu. playbackmenu. playback menu. playback menu. playback menu. playback menu. playbackmenu. menu. playback PressMENU/OKMENU/OKdisplayISoptionsforforfor for frame. PressPressMENU/OKdisplaydisplay ormemory. appears in PressMENU/OK fromto displayoptionsforfor PressMENU/OK internalthe highlighted.options Presswillfrom tototurnmemory.memory.for Pressbe MENU/OKtototo memory.options PressMENU/OKMENU/OK internal off Icon Press deleted display options for MENU/OK to display memory. MENU/OK to internal options MENU/OK display options display on options Press selected item display Press nine- and display(see playback Press cannotdual options the Press deleted from not deleted. display shown the menu.in down toto to to full-frameororthe monitor. Inselecteditem(seecanbe46). options for thepictures(see(seepg. Protectedselecteditemitemtohundred-frameRemove press Protectedpicturesitemitem(seepg.46).bepg. 46).Remove thetheselecteditem(see (seeto46).46). deleted. Remove Protected beMENU/OK(seepg.46).46). displays, theselectedpictures(seepg.deleted. Remove Protecteditemitemnotnot46).46). picturescan (seepg. 46).46). can pg. pg.46). MENU/OK be be 5monitorGitemitempg.46).deleted. Press the the selector up up down Press Pressselectorup Press selectorselector PLAYBACKor down the up or MENU down the thethe selected (seepg.can(icon46). 46). depends on theselected when dual ISitem (see displayed thetheselecteditem (seepg.pg. not pg. deleted. Remove thetheselected item(seepg.46). be thetheselected item (seepg. theselected item selected selected is on pg. selected selected pictures (see selected the any up or pictures toto to (pg. the (46). protectionProtectedany any Pictureswish 46). more pictures. protection selected pictures wishyou wishdelete protection from item you pg.view (pg. thefrom any pictures (see towish delete delete (pg. selector down PLAYBACKMENU MENU PLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACKselector PLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACKMENU PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACK MENU MENU PLAYBACK MENU MENU B Tips: Deleting you you PLAYBACK highlight ERASE.PLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENU down to protection fromfrom picturesany picturesISdeleteto see (pg.88). (pg. highlightPress PLAYBACKPLAYBACKMENUMENUMENU up or . highlight ERASE.PLAYBACKMENU MENU MENU highlight thePLAYBACKMENUMENUMENU ERASE.PLAYBACKMENU MENU ERASE ERASE. MENU option selected for Z DUAL you wish to pg. MODE; PLAYBACK 2 IndicatorsPLAYBACKERASEMENU PLAYBACKEYE REMOVAL PLAYBACK delete BBBTips:DeletingPictures BBTips:DeletingDeleting Pictures B Tips:Tips:Tips: Picturesfrom BBB Tips:DeletingPictures Tips:Deleting Pictures Tips:B Deleting Pictures B 79).protectionPictures Tips:Tips:DeletingPictures B Tips: Deleting Pictures Tips:DeletingPictures B Tips: Deleting Pictures Tips: DeletingPictures Deleting Pictures Tips: Deleting Pictures Deleting DeletingPictures RED IndicatorsBBBTips:DeletingPictures Pictures 79). 79). B Tips: Deleting Pictures card is inserted, pictures will be 79). ERASEERASE ERASEERASE ERASEERASE ERASEERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE ERASE highlightERASEERASEEYEREMOVAL ERASE ROTATE 100-0001 ERASE. IMAGE ERASE B Tips: Deleting : When a memory REDREDREDREMOVALREMOVAL REDEYEREDEYEREMOVAL REDREDREMOVALREMOVAL REDREDREDEYEREMOVAL REDREDREDREMOVAL REDREDREMOVALREMOVAL REDEYEREMOVALREMOVAL REDREDEYEEYEREMOVAL EYEEYEREDREMOVAL EYEEYEEYEEYE EYEEYEREMOVAL EYEEYE REMOVAL EYEEYEEYEREMOVAL REDREMOVAL REMOVAL REMOVAL RED ERASE RED EYE REMOVAL EYEREMOVAL

11 1 1 1

3333 3 3 3333 3 333 44 4 4 4 55 5 5 5 4444 4 4 4444 4 444 5555 5 5 5555 5 555

More on on Playback More Playback More on Playback More on Playback Basic Photography and Playback on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback More on Playback

1111 1 1 1111 1 111 22 2 2 2 2222 2 2 2222 2 222

B Tip: Two-Frame Display hiddenWhenWhenamemorystatingisisisinserted,pictureswillwillbeeffect. IfIfWhen aaamessage iscardcardwhen blurpictureswillwillimages a messageamemory statingisisstating selectedpicturesiswillbebe IfWhenaappears cardcardinserted, pictures otherwise, aWhenamemory from thatinserted,pictures willwill When appears stating inserted,pictures willwill messagememory is inserted, pictures be If appears the images When aamemory appearscardthe thatpictureswillwillbebe pictures aWhenSensitivity cardcardtheinserted, thepictures willbebebe When Whenmemorycardisisinserted,selectedpicturesbebe When 79).deletedcardcardinserted,pictures imagesin be messagememory cardcardinserted, pictures willbe will When memory raised inserted,the pictures willwill be When aaaamemorycardthatisthatinserted,selectedbe When memory card isisisinserted,reduction be When memory card isismemoryselected images When amemory card inserted, card; a memory is memory memory inserted, pictures inserted, pictures inserted, pictures When memory is pictures acan statingis inserted,, be be When a memory card card memory from DPOFthememory is otherwise, pictures will will a a a order, , inserted, aredeleteddeletedtheblurringorder,card;press otherwise, pictures aredeletedIffromtheprintthe memoryotherwise,deletepictures partdeletedfromthethememorycard;otherwise,pictures on aredeletedfromthememorycard;card;otherwise,pictures part Two-frame thememorycard;otherwise,pictures ofNote from the order,card;card; otherwise,delete partfromthe memory card; otherwise, to pictures are afrom be the memory card;otherwise,pictures print deletedoffromfromtheprint maybeMENU/OK memory.picturesthe deleteda fromfromDPOFmemory . delete deletedfromthememoryorder, card; MENU/OKpictures deleted DPOF thememory stillMENU/OK topictures images deletedpartthat display presspress otherwise,pictures deletedof willprint memorypressusedotherwise,pictures deletedfrom thememory fromcard; MENU/OKdelete deletedDPOFthememorycard; card; thatto pictures deleted message appearscard;otherwise, selected deleteda of frommemorycard;card;otherwise, pictures deleted from from deleted memory internal depending memory occur the pictures otherwise, to otherwise, pictures otherwise, deleted the the memory otherwise, pictures deleted from from memory card; card; otherwise, pictures part thewillwillbebedeletedfrominternalmemory.not delete thewillbebebedeletedfrominternalmemory. be deleted. Remove pictures.aredeleted afrominternalmemory. thewilldeletedfromfrom internalmemory. pictures. deleted internalinternal memory. pictures. frominternal pictures. DPOF willwillthebedeletedfrominternalmemory.press MENU/OK to willwillbebebe frominternalmemory. willbe deletedinternalmemory. willbetodeletedfromfrominternalmemory. willwill deletedfromprint order, bebebecompare picturesmemory. willdeleted from frominternalmemory. willwilldeletedfrom from . in willbedeletedof internal memory. bedeleted frominternal taken deleted deleted deleted pictures memory. internal memory. internal memory. memory. scene. deleted from from internal memory. Protected & K (dual can will be deleted internal memory. will be (79). A Press the selector up or down to Protectedthepictures cancannotnotshot)deleted.Remove pictures Protected pictures cancannotnotbedeleted.Remove Protected NATURALcancannotnotbedeleted.Remove Protected pictures can cannotbe deleted.deleted. to Protected protectioncannotnotbe deleted. Remove Protectedpictures. cancanany bebedeleted. wish Remove Protected pictures cancan notpictures you Remove Protected pictures fromcanbebebebe Protected pictures cannot benot deleted.Remove Protectedpictures not not deleted. Protected pictures can be be deleted.Remove Protected pictures Protected pictures Protected pictures pictures pictures deleted. be deleted. Remove deleted. Remove deleted. Remove deleted. Remove Remove Remove Remove Framing grid Protected picturespicturesnotnotbebedeleted.Remove delete (pg. Protected pictures can can be deleted. Remove PressPresstheselectorupupordown down to to Press thetheselectorupselectordowntototo Press the thethe theupupordown tototo Press Pressselector upuporor down toto Press the theselectorupor oror or to to Press the theselectorupupupdownto down Press theselector upor orordown to Press theselector Press the selector or ordownor Press theselector up down to Press Press selector down Press selector selector or down selector up down selector down down Protected pictures not not be deleted. Remove Protected mode. highlight ERASE. up Press the selector up or downdisplayed protection fromfromanypicturesyouyouwishdelete (pg.(pg. (pg. to protection fromfromanypicturesyouyouwishtotodelete (pg. protection fromfrompicturespictureswishtototodelete(pg. protection fromany anyany youwishtowish delete (pg. protection 79). from pictures youyouwishtodelete (pg. (pg. protection fromany anypictureswishtodelete(pg. protection fromany pictures youyouwishto(pg.(pg. protection fromanyany pictures youwishtodeletedelete protection fromfrompicturesyouwish wishtototo (pg. (pg. protectionany pictures you wishdelete (pg.(pg. protectionfromanyanypictures wish wish to delete protectionfromany pictures you youdelete (pg. protection from pictures you wishto delete protection any DPOF protection any pictures pictures you to delete pictures wish delete delete delete protection from frompictures you wish wish to delete (pg. highlight ERASE.ERASE. highlight ERASE. ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight highlight highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlight ERASE. highlightERASE. ERASE. protection MENU/OK to delete protection ,any any pictures you . (pg. highlight ERASE. highlight 79).79). 79). If a message appears stating that the selected images 79).79). 79). 79). 79).79). 79).79). 79).79). 79).79). 79). 79). To use the framing grid, position the main subjectIfIfaaaamessageappearsstatingstatingthetheselectedimages 45 45 atmessage 79).appearsstatingthattheselected images images 45 IfaaaaIfmessage appearsstatingthatthatselected images 45 to delete IfIfmessageareappearsa statingthattheselectedimages If IfIfIfIfIfmessageappears statingthatthetheselectedimages IfIfaaamessageappears DPOF print theselectedimages messageappearsappears thatthatthat selectedimages messageappearsof stating thatthethethe selected messageappearsstating thatthatthe selected images Ifamessage part stating thattheorder,selected images aaIfmessageappearsstatingthat the selected images amessage appears stating the selected images message appears stating that the selected images message appears stating that selected MENU/OK message appears stating that the press images appears stating stating selected images selected images If a appears stating that the selected If a message appears stating that the selected images 45 a message the Select B to of two lines or align one of thearearepartofofamessageorder,presspressMENU/OKtotodelete images intersection are arepartofDPOFDPOFprintorder,pressMENU/OKtodelete delete arepartpartaaaDPOFprintprintorder,pressMENU/OKdelete are arepartaofofDPOFprint order,pressMENU/OK to tototodelete arepartareapartaDPOFprintorder,order,MENU/OKtotodelete areare partaofDPOFDPOF printpresspressMENU/OK todelete areareofof DPOFaprintprintorder, pressMENU/OKdelete areare ofof theapictures. order,press MENU/OKtototodelete part part aaa ofDPOFprintorder,pressMENU/OK delete are of ofof DPOFprint order,press press MENU/OK delete partpartDPOFprint order,order,press MENU/OK delete partpart DPOFprint print order, press MENU/OK to to part of aDPOFprint order, MENU/OK to delete part of a DPOFprint press MENU/OK aDPOF order, press MENU/OK delete DPOF order, print MENU/OK delete delete are are part part of a DPOF order, press MENU/OK to delete horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg.thepictures. of a DPOF print print order, press MENU/OK to delete increase the Select A to the thepictures. the pictures. thethepictures. thepictures. thepictures. thepictures. thepictures. thepictures. thethe pictures. thepictures. thepictures. thepictures. pictures. pictures. pictures. the pictures. the pictures. 23) to focus onof be in the number subjects that will notreducethe center of the frame in the final photograph. number of images pictures displayed 45 to two, nine, or a displayed. 45 hundred. 454545 45 454545 45 4545 45 45 45 45
ERASE REMOVAL RED EYE displayedIMAGEIMAGEIMAGEROTATEROTATE EYE REMOVAL IMAGEIMAGEIMAGEROTATEREMOVAL IMAGEROTATEROTATE REMOVAL IMAGEIMAGEROTATE EYE RED IMAGEIMAGEROTATEEYE PROTECT IMAGEIMAGEROTATE IMAGEIMAGEROTATE IMAGEIMAGE RED IMAGEROTATE ROTATE IMAGEROTATE ROTATE RED IMAGEROTATE IMAGE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE IMAGE ROTATE IMAGE ROTATE COPY IMAGE IMAGE PROTECTPROTECT PROTECTPROTECT PROTECTPROTECT ROTATE ROTATE PROTECTPROTECT PROTECTPROTECT PROTECTPROTECT PROTECT IMAGE PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT COPYCOPYCOPY PROTECT PROTECT COPYCOPYCOPY PROTECT VOICE MEMO COPYCOPYCOPY COPYCOPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPY VOICEVOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEMEMOVOICEMEMO COPY VOICEVOICEMEMOMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICEVOICECOPY VOICEMEMO MEMO COPY MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO VOICE MEMO VOICE MEMO VOICE MEMO VOICE MEMO 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 1/1000 F3.3

17 45 45

More on Playback

FRAME: Deleting Selected Images ALL FRAMES: Deleting All Images : FRAME displaysImages ERASE OK? ALL FRAMES: Deleting Images ERASE ALL OK? ALL FRAMES: Deleting All Images FRAME: Deleting Selected Images battery is charged atImages FRAME: Deleting Selected Images FRAME: not Selected FRAME: Deleting Selected : Deleting All All Images ALL ALL ALL Selecting Deleting the shipment. Charge FRAMES:Deleting AllAll Images Selecting FRAMES: FRAMESImages The FRAME: Deleting Selected FRAME: Deleting Selected ImagesImages ALL FRAMES: Deleting All ImagesMAY TAKE A WHILE ALL FRAMES: Deleting The Charging Indicator Selecting FRAME displays the the ERASEERASE OK? Selecting FRAMES ERASEERASEOK?OK? OK? OK? Selecting ALL confirmation Selecting FRAME displays the ERASEERASE OK? Selectingbefore displays the SelectingFRAME displays the OK?OK? FRAME displays Selecting the ALL FRAMES IT MAY ALLWHILEALL Selecting ALLALL FRAMES IT ERASE ALL ALLALL OK? ALL FRAMES TAKE AOK? ERASE OK? ERASE OK? dialog shown atFRAME displays the. battery Selecting FRAME use. displays the OK? ERASE OK? Selecting charging ALL FRAMESIT TAKETAKEWHILE OK? Selecting right. Selecting FRAMESERASETAKEWHILE ERASE ERASE ALL OK?A IT MAYMAY WHILE A ALL IT MAY A WHILE TAKEMAY ERASE IT A The . the dialog shown atat at right. IT MAY displays right.theconfirmation IT MAYbatteryTAKE A WHILE dialog shown right. dialog shown right. dialog shown right. at right. displays the confirmation displays the confirmation TAKE A WHILE charge displays the indicator shows confirmation confirmation shown at dialog shown at displays as follows: confirmation dialog shown at right. displays the OK CANCEL status Place the battery in the charger. shown atat at right. shown right. shown right. shown right. CANCEL CANCEL OK CANCEL CANCEL shownCharging indicator Battery status OK OKOKOKAction CANCEL CANCEL at at right. shown at right. YES CANCEL SET OK CANCEL OK Insert the battery into the supplied BC-50 CANCEL YES YES CANCEL SETSET SET YESYES YESCANCEL CANCEL CANCEL SET SET YES CANCEL YES CANCEL SET Pressbattery charger or right making sure that Highlight OK and pressBattery not SET Insert the the selector left as shown, the Off inserted. battery. Pressthethe selector left right thethroughispicturesright orientation. selector left the orand or or right Highlightbuttonand press the OK and press the Press in left correct Press selector right the selector left right Highlight OK to press all Highlight OK the Highlight OK and press to Press battery left orleft or right scroll the selector or MENU/OKMENU/OKanddelete thethe Press OK Press the the selector Highlight OK and press press Highlight OK and the Battery to toscroll through picturestheand scroll through pictures MENU/OK button to to deleteall all toto scroll throughpicturesand MENU/OK . MENU/OK button MENU/OK throughdelete and MENU/OKGlows red toto delete allall button press scroll through pictures and MENU/OK to pictures unprotected button delete all all pictures. delete to scroll scroll NP-50and MENU/OK button to delete to through pictures and MENU/OK button to delete battery (MENU/OK todelete the the delete the press MENU/OK to to deleterechargeable deleted unprotected pictures. charging. pressMENU/OK press picture to delete the press MENU/OK (the the unprotected pictures. unprotected pictures. unprotected pictures. current MENU/OKto delete picture is press press ). unprotected pictures. Battery unprotected pictures. MENU/OK to delete the current picturecareful (the picture isArrowdeleted is fully Remove the current picture (the picture current current be picture (the picture deleted The dialog shown at right deleted Glows green immediately;picture (the not topicture thedeleted .dialog shown delete deleted shown right is current picture (the (thepicture is isisis wrong TheThedialogshown at atrightisisis current picture picture is deletedThedialog duringat atright charged. battery. The dialog showndeletion. right immediately; bebecareful not totodeletethe wrong DISP/BACK ( is immediately; DISP/BACK not delete thewrong displayed dialog shown at immediately; careful not nottodelete wrong The The immediately; careful not to delete the wrong careful to delete the wrong picture). bebecareful not .thethe wrong dialog shown at right right is Unplug the immediately; be be careful immediately; to delete displayed cancel during to deletion. displayed during deletion. displayed during deletion. deletion. Press displayedduring deletion. DISP/BACK displayed during deletion. picture). displayed picture). picture). picture). Terminals picture). battery charger when all the desired ).Press DISP/BACKduring been picture). to exit Press allBlinks red to tocancelfault. charger and Press DISP/BACK havecancel Press DISP/BACK to Battery DISP/BACK cancel cancel PressBC-50 DISP/BACK before DISP/BACK to toto cancel CANCEL pictures Press Press DISP/BACK cancel remove Press DISP/BACK to deleted.whenall all thedesired before all allpictures have been CANCEL PressDISP/BACK toexit when all the the desired before (any pictures have been Press have been to exit when the desired Press DISP/BACK desired before pictures have pictures have been CANCEL CANCEL the pictures DISP/BACKto exitexit when allall thethe desiredbeforeallallall pictures been PressPlug DISP/BACK to exitwhenwhen all desired deletedall pictures have have been CANCEL Pressthe charger in. exit DISP/BACK to CANCEL before been before pictures deleted CANCEL deleted (any pictureswasdeleted CANCEL battery. deleted pictures have been deleted. pictures have been deleted. pictures have been deleted. pictures have been deleted (any pictures deleted deleted (any pictures deleted deleted (any pictures pressed pictures have chargerdeleted. pictures have deleted. power deleted (any pictures deleted deleted (any Plug the been been deleted. outlet. The red before the buttonpictures deleted can not be into a before the the button waspressed can can not bebe Charge button waswas pressed cannot not be thebutton was pressed can notbe battery. before the button before before recovered).thethe button pressed can not be be before the button was waspressed can not before pressed charging indicator will light. recovered). Charging recovered). is complete when the charging recovered). recovered). recovered). recovered). indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

Charging the Battery

M Deleting Pictures MM Deleting Pictures Deleting Pictures M Deleting Pictures M Deleting Pictures M Deleting Pictures M Deleting Pictures

First Steps

46 46 46 46 46 46 4646

A Recording A Recording Movies A Recording Movies Movies ARecording Movies Recording Movies Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode A Recording Movies A Recording Movies A Shoot short movies at movies 25 second. per second. 2scene using thethe zoom A Recording short25 25 frames frames Shoot Movies A Recording Moviesframesatperper second.2 Frame thetheFrame the scene using the zoom 2 Frame scene usingusing zoom scene Shoot short movies at zoom short movies at 25 frames the second. 25 . second. Shoot recordedis recorded via per built-in microphone; do thecontrol. using the Sound Shootshort is movies at theat frames per do Frame the scenescene the zoom using the Sound Grid built-in microphone; 2 control. 25 2 Frame ShootShootrecorded via via the frames second.do 2 Frame the Pictures. zoomzoom Sound is short movies25frames microphone; 2 Frame the sceneusing the control. The short . at25 built-in per per second. Avoiding Blurred Framing movies

Shoot short movies the25 frames per second. Shoot short notvia at 2525 frames per second. movies Frame the scene using the zoom Frame Sound short recorded atthe frames per second. control. the scene using the cover Sound is recorded via grid built-in microphone; do control. Shoot isis coverframing atviabuilt-in microphone; do recording.control.scene using the zoom not recorded microphone microphone; do built-inorrecording. Sound cover ismovies the built-induringmicrophone; doIfFrame the is poorly lit, blurringzoom by camera control. . recorded via not is is thethe via the themicrophone during To Soundrecorded the built-in microphone; do display a microphone duringmicrophone; hide the subject caused Soundis recorded viavia theduring recording. other Sound recorded the built-inviewrecording.dodo control. built-inrecording. control. control. not cover the microphoneor to during recording. not cover the the microphone recording. Sound the the monitor, press themicrophone; not in not cover covermicrophone duringDISP/BACKto A (movie indicatorsthemicrophone during Arecording. shake can be reduced by pressing the G button RotatedialA (movie button. the to recording. mode(movie dial not cover Rotatemicrophone during not cover the the modeduring recording. microphone during 13s Rotate the mode dial not cover the microphone toto (movie 13s (dual IS mode). In mode,13s pressingSTANDBY G button the Rotate the mode dial dial to A (movie Rotate the mode dial A (movie STANDBY 13s STANDBY mode). Rotate the mode). A Rotate the modemodeto A (movie dial to mode).the mode dial to A (movie 13s STANDBY by subject movement. 13s also reduces blur caused 13s 13s indicator indicator Rotate Rotate Zoom STANDBY Zoom indicator Zoom mode). STANDBY 13s STANDBY mode). Rotate the mode dial to A (movie mode). mode). the mode dial to A (movie 13s STANDBY STANDBY Zoom indicator Zoom indicator Zoom indicator mode). mode). Zoom indicator STANDBY mode). Zoom indicator Zoom indicator Time available is

11 1 111 1 1

2 22

monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on Choosing Choosing Frame Size the Choosing the the Frame Size Frame Size Choosing the Frame Size option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). Choosing choose To Frame frame Indicatorsthe Frameframe Size the frame size, Choosing thethethechoose size, MODE Indicators MODE MENU To To Choosing the SizeSize size, choose Frame Size MODE MENU MENU Choosing the Frame Size size, Choosingthe Frame To Frame Size the v button hidden QUALITY choosethethe press size, and MODE MENU and the v button frame ToChoosing the frame size, choose press To choose the press the v frame and button 26s Todisplayed the frame size, MODE MENUMODE MENU choose QUALITY QUALITY Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. 26s 26s 52s ToTo thesize, MODE MENU choose the button size, frame press choose button Fand press right the v the frameand and QUALITYright the v selectorsize, frame MENU press the thebutton and Topressthe the right to toMODEMODE QUALITY choose QUALITY v press press vselector buttonselectorMENU MENU to26s26s 52s 52s Note that blurring may still occur depending on the 26s MODE QUALITY 26s 52s pressselect selector rightand Press QUALITY Press52s26s 26s 52s the v QUALITY. and QUALITY button press v select oto the the selector right to 52s presspressselector button to toQUALITY the v andQUALITY. 26 press the oo selector right the the select QUALITY. press . button Press right scene. 52s 26s press the QUALITY. up press o selector right to the selector right select o QUALITY. orPressto the down 52 52s selectthe QUALITY.right down Press press selectselector or selectorto orFramingto 52s the o oup selector QUALITY.to select the selector up down to Press grid 640(640480 ) Press select o QUALITY. Press select o up tdownPress the selector QUALITY. (640480 (640480 or down to choose down to t theselector up or up or selector t choose up selectthe selectorordown to o Press , QUALITY. )to thechoose320(320240 (640480 the selector up or(640480 thepixels) selector or down down better displayed choose t pixels) for to choose t t (640480quality, pixels) for choosefor up(640480 to the selector quality,to (320240s (320240 up or down s pixels) better (640480 choose fortbetter quality, s (320240 pixels) for pixels) for choose better (640480 t s pixels) framingquality, s (320240 subject movie . for better longer (320240 pixels) for pixels) better grid, MENU/OK to return to movie TochooseMENU/OKquality,movies.the (320240 pixels) for to movie use longer movies. (640480 the t (640480 Press MENU/OK to pixels) for choose for t quality,position Press MENU/OK to return longer movies. Press s (320240 return to at pixels)pixels) for better quality, s mainpixels) for for . MENU/OK(320240 pixels) for pixels) for betterPress MENU/OKor(320240 pixels) for pixels) for better quality, sto return to movie quality, longer movies. mode. s to align one movie longermovies. Press MENU/OK to return pixels) formovie movies. quality, mode. return to of the recording mode. two lines (320240return tothe intersection of Press MENU/OK to to movie recording Press s pixels) for better recording longerlonger movies. longer movies. Press MENU/OK longer mode. movie recordingmovies. Press MENU/OK return toto movie recording mode. horizontal lines with the horizon.toto return lock (pg. longer movies. mode. return to recording recording mode.Press MENU/OK toUse focus movie recording mode. recording mode. that will not be in the center 23) to focusmode. recording on subjects of the frame in the final photograph.

12/ 31/ 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 20502050 00 AM AM 12/ 31/ 10: 10: 00 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

12/ 31/ 2050 10: indicator Zoom 00 AM Time available Time available is is ISO AUTO(400) 12/ 31/ 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 2050 10: 00 AM available is Time 12/ 31/ 10: 00 Time Time available is available displayed in monitor 12/ 2050 10: 00 AM displayed in monitor Time available isis displayed in monitor31/205012/ 31/ 2050AMZoom can not be adjusted once recor 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 10: 00 AM .in monitor Time available is is Time available Zoom can AM displayed Zoom 31/ 10: 00 not be be adjusted once recording 12/ 31/ can 10:AM not 00 displayed monitor Time available isin monitor Zoom31/12/20502050notbegins.adjusted once recording displayed displayed inin monitor 12/ 2050 can 00 AM be adjusted once recording Zoomcan 10:can be adjusted once recording can be be . displayed in in monitor displayed monitor begins. not adjusted once recording ZoomZoom not adjusted once recording begins. cannot be adjusted once recording displayed in monitor Zoom can not be adjusted 31/ 2050 10: 00recording Zoom not 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ once AM begins.

Movies Movies Movies Movies Basic Photography and Playback Movies Movies Movies Movies Movies
47

begins. Zoom begins. begins. can not be adjusted once recording begins. begins. begins. to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in Press G

47 47 47 47 4717 47 47 47 47

3 Press the shutter button all the way 33Press thenot chargedall the the wayCharge downthestartshutter button the way to shutter button 3batterystart recording. at shipment. Press shutter button button The Press . way is the shutter 33Press 3theshutter button all the way the way Press thethe recording. all all all down to start recording. all the way Pressto downrecording. down to start to recording. down shutter button the battery before use. recording. down to start start down to start recording. 1 Place the battery in the charger.

Charging the Battery

There is no need to shutter B Tip is during is no no need keep the shutter button pressed Battery button pressed There isrecording. to keep the shutter button pressed pressed There is no need to keep the keep thebutton pressed displayed in monitor There There is no need to shutter shutter button need remaining are monitor displayed in monitorin monitor Thereno need redkeep the the shutter button pressed displayed in monitor displayed in Glows to to keep displayed displayed in monitor during recording. to keep charging. button pressed recording. Thererecording. is during recording. the shutter no need during during NP-50 rechargeable battery during recording. during displayed in monitor ANote recording. during Battery fully Remove the ANote recording. Glows ANote ANote are recorded as monaural JPEG ANote 2GB 1 motion JPEG files Movies ANotegreen ANote Arrow ANote charged. . ANote Movies are recorded as 109 minimum length are recorded as monaural motion JPEG files recorded as monaural motion JPEG files ANote are recorded monaural a . JPEG files ANoteis ANote ANote set when recording begins; exposure and Moviesmaximum file ofmonaural motion battery.files Focus with a are ANote Movies are recorded recorded andmonauralJPEG filesJPEG files ANote Movies Movies Movies aresize as GB as motion JPEGthe as 2 monaural motion motion Unplug Focus is set when recording begins; exposure and with aSee are 109 for as 2 GB and a minimum length and file size of 2 length ANote set when recording begins; white is Focusare recording begins; exposure and with a maximum file size size GB and a minimum length 1s. on JPEG files Focus balancewhenset when recordingexposure exposure Moviesawithrecorded moreofsize ofaaminimumminimum length Focus is set set is adjusted automatically throughoutandwithaamaximummaximum 2 GB2and and a minimum length Focus set when recording ( with maximum file size of fileinformation charger and when recording begins; exposure with page maximum size of 2 GB and minimum length GB GB and a FocusBC-50 battery charger is is begins; exposure and of and maximum file file of monaural2 motionrecording begins; a Terminals are adjusted automatically throughout . white balance are adjusted automaticallyexposure the ofwithSee page 109file size of 2 GB and a minimum length balance are adjusted automatically throughout of 1s. See page 109 for more information on recording 109 for Focus is balance set that adjusted lamp throughout recordingwhite are adjusted adjusted automatically and of 1s. 1s. page See page 109 for more information on (note balance AF-assistbegins;willthroughout light throughouta maximum for more information on recording white balance are recording automatically if times.See See page 109 more information on recordingrecording white balance whenthe are ( throughoutof 1s. SeeofBlinks red more information on recording Battery fault. white of white automatically 1s. page 109 for for more information on recording 1s. ), remove the recordingpoorlythat the white is (note that the the AF-assist lamp light if the times. balance are the AF-assist lamp will light AF- times. subject - (note that(noteAF-assist disabling ifwill of times. 1s. recording for informationlamp will lightlight iflighttimes. See page 109 for more information on recording recordingrecording thatautomatically will theAF the if the times. recording (note adjusted the on . if the AFPlug the chargerAF-assist AF-assist throughout lamp will light the recording (note lit; that AF-assist lamp will lamp if the times. (note that the in. battery. subject is poorly lit; for information onand brightness of is poorly page The colorlamp will light if the poorly lit; for information on disabling the AFlit; for information on recording is poorlyfor86). lit; forondisabling the AF- AF- times. (notelit;poorly informationdisabling the the the AFthat the AF-assist disabling AFassist lamp, see 86 subject is subject is lit; information disabling disabling subject is for information on the AFsubject the subject poorlycharger into a power outlet. The red Plugpoorly lit; for information onon brightness assist lamp, see page 86). The color and brightness of ). lamp, The brightness of subject assist page 86). The color andcolor the AFthe assist is see page see pagecolor andand brightness assist image see lamp, 86). color Thedisablingbefore of assistsee seevary86).86). The color of lamp, page assist lamp, may pagefrom that displayedand brightness ofCharge the battery. lamp, The 86). and brightness of . begins. vary from that displayed before the image mayindicator willthat displayed beforeof image assistcharging vary from light. and brightness recordingthe may vary 86). varycolordisplayed before the the lamp,maymay may Thethat displayed displayed beforeCharging is complete when the charging the image may pagevary from from displayed before imageimage the image see vary from thatthat that before from recording begins. begins. the image begins. recording recording begins. recording begins. vary from that displayed before recording may indicator turns green. A fully exhausted recording begins. recording begins. battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes

. automatically when the movie end automatically the movie automatically when the the ends movie reachesrecording. whenwhenmovie or automatically Recording movie automatically when length the status asmaximum follows: reaches is maximum length movieor automatically when length length or reaches reaches maximum memory maximum length or reaches maximum lengthor reaches full.maximum the or Action Charging indicator Insert the battery into the supplied BC-50 memory is full. full. Battery status reachesis full. REC and time 12s REC memory memory is full. length or memory maximum is memory is full. Tip Battery not Insert the REC and time battery charger 12s shown, andare time that B memory Off as 12sREC andand 12s REC is full. remainingREC and REC making sure time B Tip 12s REC REC REC time REC andtime time REC REC 12s 12s REC B Tip is no need to keep the shutter button pressed B Tip Tip B Tip There inserted. B remainingin . are B . battery. Tip the battery isREC the correct orientation.are in 12s remainingremaining REC andmonitor displayed are are remaining aretime remaining remaining are

4 4 Press 4 thebutton halfway to shutter recording. Recording shutter shutter button to . 4 Press thePressshutter button halfway to to 4 the shutter button halfway to 44endPress the button endsto Press The Charging Indicator halfway halfway the end recording.when Recording Press recording. theRecording ends the shutter Recording ends button recording. Recording movie endend end recording. halfwayends automatically indicator showsends recording. end charging Recording ends charge The battery

A Recording Movies A Recording Movies A Recording Movies Movies A Recording Movies A A Recording Movies Recording Movies A Recording A Recording Movies Press the shutter button halfway to

First Steps

to charge.

48 48 48 48 48 48 48

48

D Viewing Movies D Viewing Movies D Movies Viewing Movies DViewing Movies Viewing D During playback (pg. 41),

Taking Pictures in

(AUTO) Mode

During playback (pg. 41), (41) in movies displayed During playback The Framing Grid During areare displayed 41),the playback (pg. movies playback (pg. (pg. 41), During .in thethe 41), monitor framing gridright. view or hide 100 100 - 0002 as into shown in the at moviesaare displayedorright. To displayas displayed other movies are shown at the monitor - 0002 movies . shown at right. The are the monitor, monitordisplayed in right. indicators following at press the DISP/BACK button. in as monitoras shown atoperations as shown right. The following operations monitor be performed while a 12/ 31/ 205031/ 205000 AM 00 AM 12/ can The following operations PLAY PLAY 10: 10: The following operations can be performed while The canfollowing operationsa a 12/ 31/12/ 31/ 205000 10: 00 AM 2050PLAY movieperformed while a 12/ 31/ 2050 10:10: AM AM is displayed: be performed while canbe performed be 00 movie is displayed: while a PLAY can movie is displayed: PLAY movie is displayed: movie is displayed:

Progress is shown in monitor during playback. Progress is shown in thethe monitor during playback. 100 - 0002 monitor during playback. Progress is shown in 30s . 100 - 0002 Avoiding Blurred Progress shownPictures30sthe Progress isis shown in the monitor during playback. in the monitor during playback. 100 - 0002
If the subject is poorly lit, blurring caused by camera 30s 30s shake can be reduced 30s pressing the G button by Progress Progress bar bar (dual IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button Progress bar Progress bar STOP also reduces blurPAUSE PAUSE by subjectbar caused Progress movement. STOP
STOP

STOP PAUSE B Viewing Movies on Computer B Tip: Tip: Viewing Moviesaon a Computer Operation Description ISO AUTO(400) Operation Description Copy movies Moviesaon a Computer BB the computer before viewing. Tip:Tip: Viewingto computer before viewing. on Start/pause , Press the Description Operation Description / Press the selector down to start playback. B Tip: Viewing Movies on a Computer : Viewing Movies Computer Operation Start/pause selector down to start playback. Copy movies to thethe computer before viewing. Operation Description Copy movies to playback Press againpause. Start/pausePress again selector to to start playback. Copy movies to the computer before viewing. Press selectorto pause. C Cautions . playback Start/pause Pressthe the to downdownstart down start Copy movies Press the selector up to playback. Start/pause Press .endplayback. If C Cautions to the computer before viewing. the selector to pause. playback. to playback Press the againpause. C Cautions Do not playback PressPressselector up to end playback. If C Cautions cover the speaker during playback. Press againpause. to 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM / to not playback again C Do White vertical or Cautionscover the speaker during playback. paused, pressing not cover or speaker during playback. appear in the is EndEnd playback/ Press the selector to end playback.If Ifthe White vertical thethedark horizontal streaks may appear in playback/ Press playback paused,topressing the If Do Do not coverdark speaker during playback. playbackselector up up playback. Press .is to end end playback. horizontal streaks may the selector up to turn dual IS on bright Icon appears is selector is delete Enddelete selector up up will deletepressing the Do not cover .playback. mayin normal playback/ playback will paused, thethe current Press Gvertical or dark during . subjects. This appear in movies the speaker horizontal streaks White containing very or offstreaks This is normal Enddelete playback/ playback paused, current the movies containing horizontal subjects. may appear White dark on (icon streaks may appear pressing . End playback/ playback isis up will ,pressing the when or darkvery brightdisplayed depends oninin paused, delete the current monitorvertical or is horizontal dualindicate a bright subjects. This is normal IS movie. delete movie. up current White vertical not selector movies containing very malfunction.This delete selector / selector up will delete the will delete thecurrent does indicate a bright subjects.normal andandselected forveryDUAL IS MODE;This pg. 88). does not movies . see is containing very malfunction. delete option does Z bright subjects. Press the movie. selector right to advance, advance, left to and does notnot Indicators movie.the selector right to .left to movies containingindicate a malfunction. is normal Indicators movie. Press and .indicate a a malfunction. indicate malfunction. rewind. selector rightis paused, the the and does not If playback advance, left to is paused, Press If to hidden displayed Press the selector right to advance, left to Advance/ rewind. the playbackadvance, MENU/OK the selector is paused, Advance/ Press rewind. playback orleft to one Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. movie Ifright to rewind advance or paused, the movie If Ifwill advance rewind one rewind. playbackis rewind rewind. will. ispaused, the the Note that blurring may still occur depending on the Advance/ frame each time the selector is playback rewind Advance/ movie will time the rewind one advance selectorone . MENU/OK or or rewind is Advance/ movie each will rewind frame . advance rewind movie will advance or rewind one is scene. pressed. frame rewind pressed.each time thethe selector frame eacheach time selector is is selector Framing grid frame Press pressed. time the pressed. MENU/OK Press MENU/OK to to pause playback and displayed pressed. MENU/OK pause playback andand display Press volume controls. Press to pause Press the display volume controls. playback the Press MENU/OK to pause playback and Press selector up or controls. adjust MENU/OK to the main to and Adjust framing display volume down adjust the To use the volume grid, volumepause playbackPress the positiondown to subject at Adjust volumedisplay volume controls. Press the selector up or controls. Press display MENU/OK again the Adjust volume selector up orMENU/OK to of the the intersectionvolume; up or or alignto adjust the to of volume; press down again to two lines down Adjust volumeselector uppressdown to one adjust Adjust volume selector playback. MENU/OK again to adjust the resume volume; orpress horizontal lines with theplayback. Use focus again to lock resume horizon. MENU/OK again (pg. volume; press volume; press MENU/OK to resume playback.be in the center 23) to focus on subjects that will not resume playback. resume playback. of the frame in the final photograph.

STOP

PAUSE PAUSE

49

49 49 17 49 49 49

Movies Movies Movies Movies Basic Photography and Playback Movies Movies

Viewing Pictures on TV Printing via Viewing Pictures on USB Viewing Pictures on TV TV TV via USB Printing Pictures

Connect printercamera to TVTV and tune the televisionPrinting Selected show pictures and slide television video video channel to Pictures slide the channel to If the the camera to a and tune Connect the supports a tune the television to the video channel pictures and and Connect the TV a TV andPictBridge, the to theto . showto show pictures slide camera to TV A/V shows (pg. 75) tosupports The supplied A/V cable connects asasbelow. below. camerato a group.aThe supplied A/V can be a group. The supplied If the printer to group. PictBridge, the A/V cable connects shown below. Pictures shows (pg. 75) connected directly to cable connects as shown shown Printing Selected shows (pg. 75) . Press the selector left or right to printer and pictures can be printed camera can be connected directly to the Connect Connect selector Insert into A/V Insert into A/V A/V Connect yellowaplug toplug toleft ortoright to display yellow you wish print. picture Press the yellow plug to without first being can cableprinted copied connector printer and pictures Insert into A/V to a be video-in jack video-in cable connector video-in jack a picture you wish to print. cable connector display jack computer. Note that copied on a without first beingdepending to the printer, Press the selector up or down to not all the functions described on the printer, computer. Note that depending below may be choose the number of or down Press the selector up copies (up to supported. not all the functions described below may be 99). choose the number of copies (up to Connectplug to plug supported. Connect white Connect white white 99). plug to to Connecting the Camera Repeat steps 12 to select additional audio-in jack audio-in jack audio-in jack Connecting the Camera as shown and pictures. Press MENU/OK to display a Repeat steps 12 to select additional Connect the supplied USB cable confirmation dialog whendisplay a pictures. Press MENU/OK to settings turn the the supplied USB cable as shown and Connectprinter on. are complete. confirmation dialog turn the printer on.second to turn the camera on. The camera monitor turnswhen settings voice Press D . camera , TV . voice off and pictures, Pressabout a second Press D Dfor about a to turn the camera on. The , monitor turns off and pictures, for 1 are complete. PRINT THESE FRAMES TV back on the TV. Note TV . . that the camera volume controls have no memos, and movies are playedon the Note that the camera volume controls have no effect effect memos, and movies are played back TV. TOTAL : 9 SHEETS THESE on sounds played on the TV; use the television volume controls to adjust PRINTthe volume. on sounds played on the TV; television volume controls to adjust the TOTALthe volume. on sounds played on the TV; use the use the television volume controls to adjustSHEETS FRAMES volume. :9

1 1 2 2 3 3

ANotes Notes ANotes A AC-5VX AC AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC (94). YES for CANCEL Use anan optionalAC adapterabout a andDCto powerto power thefor extended periods (pg. 94). (pg. 94). Use optional for DC CP-50 turn Press the D button CP-50adapter second to coupler to the camera camera extended periods Use an optional AC-5VX AC-5VX ACand CP-50 DC coupler coupler power the camera for extended periods (pg. 94). . Image quality duringduring movie playback. to turn Image quality button for playback.playback. in the Image quality the D drops during movieadisplayed Press MENU/OK toYES CANCEL start printing. the camera drops movie about second Press drops on. w USB will be Press MENU/OK to start printing. monitor, the aution on. w by will PictBridge in the C C camera CC aution followed USB the be displayeddisplay C Caution shown , right. monitor, followed cable, sure the connectors When connecting the A/V be sure the connectors are fully When connecting the A/V the PictBridge WhenA/V below at bebe connectorsdisplayare fully inserted. connecting the A/V cable,by cable,the sure. are fully inserted. inserted. Connections Connections

Connections Connections

Connections

4 4

shown below at right. USB


USB

PICTBRIDGE TOTAL : 00000 PICTBRIDGE TOTAL : 00000 00 SHEETS FRAME SHEETS 00 OK SET SET

50

50 50

50

FRAME OK

51 51

If the printer supports PictBridge, the be connected directly to the selector left or right to camera can PrintingPress the Pictures Selected printer and can be to Press the camera can pictures printer and the directly camera can be connected directly via USB to the printeda picture you wish print. Printingbe connectedvia USBpictures can bethe selector selector rightortoright selector left ortoright Picturescopied printed display to Printing Picturesprinted printed without first can be can be to being Press Press the left or left to a picture you wish print being display printer and pictures without first a printer and Printing Pictures via USB pictures copied to a display a you wish to Pictures in (AUTO) Mode picture you print. to print. wish Printing Pictures via display aPress the selector Taking computer.first being viaon the Note that computer. picture without being depending to the USB copied via aUSB or down Printing Pictures USB withoutPrinting PicturesPictBridge,USB printer, Printing Selected upPress the selector up or down first to USB If the printer supports copied Noteathat depending on the printer, Pictures to Printing functions depending below may If theallthe printer supports PictBridge, the be Printing the numberPictures to supportsdescribed PictBridge, the notNotethe Pictures on the printer, Selected up copies (up computer. Note that notvia thetothe printer, If printer depending directly onthe choose may or Selectedor to computer. that connected Press the selector of choose the number of copies (up down functions described Printingupbe downPictures below camera can , all be the selector cameraprinter connectedPictBridge, the may Press Printing Selectedleft or If PictBridge can the can functions described to the supported. be supports PictBridge, the the not If printer Grid PictBridge, all the Press Picturesof copies (up to camera supports below If printer connected to the Framing described directly may 99). numbernumber Pictures Printing of Selected Pictures not all the Thethebe supports be printed the be Printingtheselector left99).toright to functions supportscan directly be Avoiding Selected choose Blurred copies (up right to printer printer pictures supported. below and PressPress selector Pictures right to the the selector or or choose the If the can be connected directly to the the PictBridge, If . and be supports PictBridge, the printer printerpictures can, the camera pictures be printed supported. display a picture youPictures camera can andbe copiedview or ahide 99). Printing Selected left left right to by camera supported. cameraacanconnected directly to the other 99). the selector select to print. To printer displayfirst connected to to printed grid If the subject is poorly lit,wish to print. blurring caused withoutcan be connected orcan be the being to Press steps 12 to wishor or to Connectingconnected directly to camera and framing Camera printed Repeata picture youleft left right print. display a wish camera and andbeing Connectinga aCamera displaythe the selectorRepeat steps G to select addition Press selector youoradditional without can be firstpictures directly to the button. first pictures can can printed copied DISP/BACK printer the beingdirectly to printed pictures can be be to be the without printer in the monitor, presscopied the printer, 1 Press pictureby pressingtoright tobutton printer Note. indicators the shake can abe selector left orto print.to12 reduced the Press thePress MENU/OK to down to selector wish display computer. pictures depending on thatCamera printed Press thepicture youleft orwish to print. display a picture you youortoright a steps 12 to up additional printer and supplied can be printed Connecting Note being cableon shown printer,(dual IS 12 to select additionalrightthe G button pictures. Repeat display selector select down to print. printer the picturesthat be the supplied and picture wish computer.theCameracandependingthe printer, cable asdisplay aIn mode, pressing MENU/OK to display Note being USB copied a that without and first depending to to the USB first the Connect to on a Repeat steps mode). and up pictures. Press being copied as a copied Connect Connecting the functions described below may be PressPress. wish toor down to the computer. without first shown the selector or display a picture you wish to settings print. up print. not without all being copied to a display a picture youof copies (up to without the beingdepending on shown be chooseMENU/OKMENU/OK to display the number pictures. selector display down to without all Noteon. that ascable to the the and a not all thefirstsupplieddependingbelow printer, computer.first that USB shown on turncomputer. Note described as below printer, choosethe blur causedofwhena movement. pictures.confirmation dialogupconfirmationa to reduces number by subject Press or copies (up not the computer. Note functions described the printer, ConnectConnectprinterUSB cable dependingandmay may bealsoPressthePress selectorcopies (up to dialog when settin thethe functions copied supplied on. choose the to of Press thethe numberor down to supported. Note that depending on the printer, up computer. functions turn the printerthe printer, that the . are Press selector up or down to confirmation dialogsettingsor down computer. Noteon. depending below may be 2 99). of copies (up that on supported. described below maymay be 99). complete.when up are complete. not notUSB the functions described below be all the functions described on Press the selector when settings turn all on. the printer confirmation dialognumberup copies (up to to Press the selector of or down to choose the number (99) (up the the number of copies not supported. all turn the printer 99). choose choose not all the functions described below may be all the are complete. PRINT THESE FRAMES not supported. the Camera below may be complete. steps 12 to select additional . supported. functions described choose the number of copies (up to Connecting are choose the number of copies (up to 99). supported. Repeat ISO AUTO(400) 99). 99). Connecting the the Camera TOTAL Repeat stepssteps:to select additional TOTALPRINT THESE FRAMES 12 9 SHEETS to supported. Connecting Camera supported. 99). 99). Repeat FRAMES 12 FRAMESselect additionalSHEETS PRINT THESE pictures. Press MENU/OK to display a : 9 Connect the supplied USB cable as shown and PRINT THESE Connecting thethe Camera shown and the Camera as Camera Press MENU/OK select display Repeat steps 12 12 to to additional Connecting supplied cable Connect the supplied USB USB cable as shown and pictures.steps MENU/OK settings a Connecting pictures. TOTAL SHEETS whendisplay a to Repeatsteps: 9to select additional Repeat 12 to select additional 1-2 TOTAL : 9 SHEETS Press dialog turnConnect the the printer on. Repeat steps dialogselect additional Connecting the Camera as shown and 3 confirmation 12 to select Repeat steps Pressdialogtoadditional when to display pictures. Press MENU/OK to display a turn the printer on. on.USB USB cableshown and and confirmation 12 to MENU/OKdisplay a a Connect the printer the supplied USB cable as as shown supplied cable . confirmation Press MENU/OK when settings pictures. MENU/OK settings pictures. turn Connect the the supplied Connect are complete. MENU/OK to display a10: 00 AM pictures. . YES CANCEL settings Connect printer on. for about a as shown and Press pictures. Press MENU/OK to 12/ 31/ 2050 are complete. dialog whendisplay a YES CANCEL confirmation Connectprinter on. on.USB cable second to turn turn the the supplied Pressthe the supplied USB cable as shown and the D button are complete. confirmation dialog when settings confirmation turnturn the printer Press the D button for about a second to turn dialog when settings confirmation dialog when settings turn the printer on. for will be second in the are complete.TOTALPRINT? Press MENU/OKdialog when settings dual CANCEL YES turn camera on. on. . Press G to turnSHEETSFRAMES to printing. the the printer thesecond to turn USB will confirmation CANCEL:YESTHESEISFRAMES or off . Icon appears in are complete. THESE on Press button button a camera on. w the D 1 about Press Press the D forw USB about adisplayedto turn beare complete.TOTALPRINTstart (icon displayed depends onprinting. displayed dual : 99 are complete. ISSHEETSPRINT THESE monitor whenin theis on9 SHEETS FRAMESMENU/OK to start monitor,w USBw be displayeddisplay MENU/OKMENU/OKprinting.printing. followed USB displayed in the in the PictBridge start to startFRAMES FRAMES by the PictBridge .the are complete. PRINTTOTALPRINT THESE PictBridge by Press Press to display THESE: FRAMES PRINT THESE the on. monitor, followed the camera camera on. will be will TOTAL : 9 option selected forPRINTSHEETS: 9FRAMES IS MODE; see pg. 88). Z DUAL TOTAL : 9 SHEETS SHEETS TOTAL THESE Indicators Indicators PRINT THESE FRAMES monitor, followed by the below at right. TOTAL :: 9 SHEETS monitor,shown below at right. PictBridge display display followed by the shown PictBridge TOTAL 9 SHEETS displayed at right. hidden YES CANCEL shown below Sensitivity is raised YES when blur reduction is in effect. PICTBRIDGE shown below the D button for aboutUSBa second to turn PICTBRIDGE right. CANCEL Press atUSB YES CANCEL TOTAL a PressPress D button for about: 00000 second to turn turn:Note that blurring may still occur depending on the the the D button for about a second to TOTAL 00000 Press MENU/OK toYES CANCEL start printing. USB the camera on. w USB will PICTBRIDGE be displayed in the USB start CANCEL printing. the camera on. w TOTALforUSB be a beadisplayedto turnscene. Press MENU/OK toYES . USB about displayed in in Press the D buttonw will about secondturn the Press MENU/OK to YES startCANCEL the the button PICTBRIDGEfor will second to turn 4 MENU/OK YES CANCEL printing. D D buttonabout a second to the for TOTAL : 00000 the followed : 00000 Press camera on. by the PictBridge display Press YES CANCEL monitor, D button for SHEETS Press the followed by about a second display Press the D buttonw by will be displayeddisplay Press MENU/OK to start printing. monitor, camera w USBUSB 00the displayedto turn theSHEETS Press MENU/OK to start printing. PictBridge in in the the camera followed will be Framing in the monitor,on. on. for about a second to turn the camera on. w USBthe bedisplayed gridthe 00 Press MENU/OK to start printing. FRAME shown below at w USB will PictBridge the right. OK SET the camera on. right.by will 00be displayeddisplay FRAME SET MENU/OK to start printing. in the OK Press MENU/OK to start printing. SHEETS the camerabelow at 00 SHEETSby be PictBridge display Press shown below at w USB the the displayeddisplay monitor, followed right. PictBridge shown followed the PictBridge monitor, followed by will FRAME displayedin monitor,on. monitor, followed by the PICTBRIDGE SET PictBridge display USB monitor, followed by the PICTBRIDGE PictBridge display shown below at right.FRAME SET OK below at right.OK 51 shown USB framingat right. TOTAL : 00000 PICTBRIDGE subject at shown USB To use the below grid, main TOTAL : 00000 shown below at right. position the: 00000 shown below at right. lines PICTBRIDGE USB 51 the intersection of two orTOTAL align one of the 51 PICTBRIDGE USB USB TOTAL : 00000 PICTBRIDGE

1 2 3

1 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4

1 2 3

1 1 2 2 3 3

Connections Connections Basic Photography and Playback Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections

Connections

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

TOTAL : SHEETS PICTBRIDGE USB 00 00000 horizontal lines with the horizon. TOTAL : 00000 Use focus lock (pg. PICTBRIDGE USB TOTALSHEETS 00000 00 :: 00000 TOTALFRAME 00 SHEETS 23) to focus on subjects that will notFRAME in the center be OK SET FRAME 00 SHEETS SET OK 00 SHEETS SHEETS SET 00 of the frame in the final photograph. OK SHEETS 00 FRAME SHEETS SET 00 FRAME FRAME OK OK SET FRAME OK FRAME OK SET OK SET SET

51 51

51 51 51 17 51 51 51 51

B Tip: Printing the Date of Recording Printing Printing the DPOFPrinting Order viaPictures via USB Print Pictures USB Printing Pictures via USB Pictures Printing Pictures viavia USB USB Printing Printing USBvia USB Printing Pictures via Printing Pictures To print the date of recording on pictures, pressPrinting the Printing Pictures PrintingPictures via USBvia USB B Tip: DISP/ ToDate of Recording order created Pictures via USB the DP print the print r PRINT Printing Pictures via USB Pictures via USB Printing withPrinting USB BACK in steps 12 to display the PictBridge menu (see B Tip: the the Date B ChargingDate of Recording of RecordingTo print the date of recording DPOF Print Order (pg. 54): Tip: Printing the PrintingBattery ORDER (DPOF) in the DPOFmenu print the PrintingPrintingthe playbackDISP/ ToOrder print or the on pictures, press Print the Date of heB Tip: B PrintingDateprintDate Print ofonPrinting pictures, Printing the the PictBridge menu (see DateBB Tip: Printing of Recording ofTo Tip: Printing Recording date Order, below). Press stepsPrinting the PrintPrint Order Recordingthe theDate of Recording recording press DISP/ press Print Order PrintOrder BB Tip: Printing the Date theDPOF of Recordingpictures,on thePrintingthe DPOF Print Print Order Tip: Printing PrintingTo the Date of Recording Printing the the of Recording Tip: Tip: Date of the the Recording the DPOF the the order Printing DPOF DPOF DPOF Print DPOF BACK Printing the DPOFDPOF Order DISP/ Bprint:Printing the Date of Recording Printing print the Order Order B battery isofDatecharged at shipment. Charge 12 to display the order created Order with(DPOF) in th Tip:the date of recording on pictures,PRINT in To the selectorofup thenot onDISP/ on press DISP/ ORDER Tip:ofpictures, pressof totohighlight DISP/ DISP/ ToB datePrintingof ofstepsonRecording press press DISP/ theToPrintingDPOF Print with r PRINT r PRINT printstepsdateinrecordingpictures, pressDISP/ DISP/ date recording pictures,thepress (see recording display press WITH DPOF PrintPictBridge display, presscreated ThethePrinting orto down pictures, pictures, PictBridge menuprinttheTheprint orderprint Press with r PRINT In the Order, below). DISP/ e print the print theBACK ofdisplay the on of recording o ToprintTotheinon therecording pictures, pictures, menu DISP/ To print the print DPOF Print Order To printprint date date ToBACK print recording on 12on PictBridge Printing the date recording Charging Indicator (see theorderr r PRINT the 12 To print ofand pressrecordingtoTo pictures,.orderPrintingordercreated with withPRINT date of MENU/OK on print thepress print Tothe (54) created with rwith r PRINT press Toprint printprint print order created created PRINT DISP/BACK date created open PRINT print print To steps the 1-2recording PictBridge the To DISP/ theprint order order created r r PRINT recording DATE PictBridgedisplay (seePictBridge print printBACK ORDER the playback menu y before use. the return menu To To the the with created with playback the 12 to 12 menu the on pictures,selectorDISP/ Toprint the in the playback menu (pg. 54): PictBridge menu. InPRINT 2BACKin BACK12steps displayofthePictBridge below). PictBridge ORDER Thethe print order created with r54): (pg. 54): to stepsin inbatterydisplaythe PictBridgemenumenu below). Press the (DPOF) in (DPOF) created with r charge ACK in BACKTothesteps the thePrint Order,presstheup ORDER (DPOF)print order in theWITHbattery PRINT BACK display inin toto 12 to displayOrder,menu to(see PictBridge or down tocharging order created with r PRINT inBACK 12 to display MENU/OK menu (see steps printthe DPOF the DPOF PictBridge (see (see(see To print the highlight PRINTshows (pg. menu PictBridge steps12 the datethedisplay PictBridge (seePress (see display toPrint 12 to PictBridge PictBridge menu menu print to Printing steps BACK in Printing to the (pg. ORDER playback the playback menu menu (pg. ORDER To print in the inin 54): menu menu ORDER (DPOF) in the indicator the BACK DPOF DPOF to (see (DPOF) menu playback menu (pg. 54): display Printing the Printpictures the ORDERtheofmenu (see (DPOF) inin the print playback (pg. 54): (pg. 54): Print without to (DPOF) in theORDER (DPOF)playback playback menu BACK the(or below).the dateORDER(DPOF) (DPOF)return playback (pg. 54): 54): POF PrinttheDPOFsteps DPOFup Order, below). highlight the and press MENU/OKas the the playback menu (pg. DISP/ Printing Printing upbelow). Printdisplay the Press PRINTrecording, ORDER PictBridge PictBridge display, press 54): to open the PrintingtheOrder,(toDPOFdowndisplay the PictBridge menu PRINT ORDER (DPOF) indisplay, PictBridge (pg. 54): PrintingPrintingthe printOrder, toOrder, Press WITH WITH status In follows:to the press DISP/ Printing DPOFPrint12Order,below). PictBridge Pressthe the below). below). theDPOF Press below). the the the to selector Order, Order,below). the down Press the selectorin stepsPrintbatteryOrder, charger.Press y or12 Print in the Press Press highlight Print DATE). The dateDATE the ORDER (DPOF) in the playback menu (pg. 54): In the BACK the selectPlace DPOF Print Order, not ). Printingand theto and highlight WITHdisplayIn In down DATE ordownortodownto to tohighlight PRINTPress In display, PictBridge , of DISP/ DISP/ to ory down WITHOUTto highlightbelow). Press the PictBridge display, open the elector selectororPRINT highlightPRINT to PRINTWITH(to print1PictBridgedisplay,display,DISP/ DISP/ selectorselectorupuporororDPOFhighlightreturn below). will to the the PictBridgeDISP/ thePICTBRIDGEDISP/ PictBridge menu. selector selector upthe down tohighlight InPRINTPictBridgethe InIn the PictBridge pressDISP/BACK selectorhighlight pressdown press MENU/OK thePictBridge PictBridgePictBridge display, press DISP/ upPrintingup PRINT Print to return WITH the pictures without todisplay, recording, up up down tohighlight Order, the PRINT WITH WITHbe In the PictBridge date press DATE down WITH PRINT WITH WITH y MENU/OK thepress BACK display, In the PictBridge press menu. Charging indicator DATE Battery selector MENU/OK MENU/OKto tohighlight PRINT BC-50 BACK to PictBridge press press DISP/ down return PRINT printed ifuppress down clockreturn tosupplied WITH the .return highlightthe camera to set Insert the PictBridge towas to the PictBridge battery to thethe PRINT WITH WITHOUTopen the PictBridge press DISP/ and up orMENU/OK toto the PictBridge or MENU/OKto return not PictBridge the DATE y andtothe(toreturnpictures toPictBridge date of recording,theopen thePRINTdisplay, press be y print pictures without thewithout PictBridge display, status selector and presstoto returnintothePictBridge when BACK BACKIn the DATE). PictBridge menu. DISP/ Action ress yDATE pressdisplay to DATEMENU/OKyreturnMENU/OKMENU/OK to return to of recording,BACKtoBACK the PictBridge WITHmenu. press DATEDATEand(to and press print DATEy and pressMENU/OK y to y press and press PictBridge select the date In display, display the date tothe PRINT BACK to thePictBridge DPOF DATE menu. PICT PictBridge the The WITHOUT will DATE y and press MENU/OK to return to the PictBridgeto toopenopen PRINTPictBridge menu. Insert the PictBridge openthe PictBridge menu.not to open thePRINT BACK menu. the.Battery menu. open PictBridge DATEbatterypictures withoutofof recording,PictBridge open to to open the menu. menu. picturepictureswithoutwithout the BACKof recording, PictBridge to PictBridge PictBridge not waspictures withoutdate date of of recording, taken.recording, thereturn totheopen BACK making BACK pictures(toDATE print WITHOUT DATE). the date therecording,the camera clock Off PICTBRIDGE set when the date isplay display (to picturespictures the dateThedate recording,be will not BACK to open the PictBridge menu. display displaypictures withoutMENU/OK to therecording,sure that displaydisplayPRINT press theas shown,DATE). printed if (towithout yselectpictures WITHOUT date ofThe date (toprint(to print charger without recording, not print theprint without the print date was not be PRINT W select (to print of PICTBRIDGE display (to and PRINT withoutof date will recording, inserted. battery. PRINT W display (to WITHOUT be theWITHOUT The date clock be PICTBRIDGE displayThe date will in camera date not of ITHOUTselect (tobatteryifistheThe correctdatewas not thePICTBRIDGE DATE).PRINT WITHOUT without the notwill elect PRINT PRINTtheWITHOUTclock date Thenotwillof recording, taken.the PICTBRIDGE PICTBRIDGE DATE selectselect WITHOUT camera DATE). was the orientation. be when selectPRINT WITHOUT DATE). DATE). Thewilldate be not set select PRINTprint picturesthe The not datewill not be PRINT PRINT print picturesThe datewill date whenbe was not PRIN PICTBRIDGE PRINT WITH PICTBRIDGE PICTBRIDGE ANote printed PRINT WITH DATE printedWITHOUT DATE).DATE). The datebewill not be select ifPRINT DATE). notDATE).will set picture be PICTBRIDGE PRINT WITHOUT DATE selectif the camerawas DATE). not set whennot be WITHOUT not set The date will the DATE). The the will Battery PRINT WITHOUT DATE PICTBRIDGE printed wasnotclockwas wasthewas whenset the the DATE if the camera taken. was not datewhen not WITH clock setnotwhenwhen the PRINT WITH DATE select PRINT are camera ifprinted pictures set selectedwaswasthe MENU/OK button is rintedprinted cameracamera was not setthe printed clock wasif picture whenclock set , PRINT printed ififIf the camera WITHOUT not theno thetaken. clock theif clock set PRINT PRINTDATEPRINT WITHWITH DATE PRINT WITH DATE PRINT DATE WITH WITH DATEredPICTBRIDGE PRINT DPOF GlowsPRINT WITHOUTDATE PRINTWITH DATE DPOF MEMU/OKcamera not picture camera clock clock when when ANote PRINT WITHOUT DATE printed the when the PRINT WITHOUT PRINT PRINT PRINT WITHOUT DATE PRINT WITH PRINT WITHOUT WITHOUT DATEDATE charging. WITHOUT PRINT printed the PRINT DPOF picture was taken. NP-50 rechargeable battery printed PressPRINT PRINTDATEDATEPRINT WITHOUTDATEDATE or down to the DPOF PRINT DPOF DATE PRINT PRINT DPOF PRINT PRINT WITH DATE DPOF selector up DPOF WITHOUT n. icture picture taken.ifthe camera clock was copyset the currentDPOF picture was taken.taken. will . not set when the picturepicture wasiftaken.camera clock was not of when the waspicture was the camera print one was was taken. PRINT DPOF PRINT pressed, ANote PRINT WITHOUT DATE PRINT DPOF picture wastaken. was taken. taken. ANote If no pictures are selected when thePRINT DPOFDPOF. fullyis Remove the MENU/OK button picture highlight x PRINT Battery green picture. ANote Arrow the camera will Glowsone copy of charged. Press ANoteANotepictures no pictures are selected when the MENU/OK button is print ANote ANote ANote ANote If are selected when the MENU/OKpressed,is battery. the selecto the current If no ANote are selected when the MENU/OK button is If whenselected selected theis the print is button selector selector up or down to highlight eno nopicturespicturesMENU/OKthe whenMENU/OKbutton picture.of is current the Press theup or down to Unplug the x PRIN selectedIfANote selectedselectedMENU/OKcopy ofone copy is IfIfno If nonoareareselected when camera thebutton theiscurrent the Press picturesno arethe camera will thewhen the MENU/OK button pictures pictures are whenprint one MENU/OK button is If no pictures are when thewhen will MENU/OK is pictures pressed, button MENU/OK buttonbutton pressed, theare selected the selector oror If no the camera will Press the Press Pressselectorto or or up PRINT toto Press Press downselector down down the the selector the highlightthe up up upor orto PRINT to mera willpressed,picturesprintselectedcopycopycurrentthebutton is the Pressthe xselectorupup downDPOF. a printcamera camera one print of ressed, theIfcamerathewillarethewillcopyoneoftheof currentcurrentPress 2 orselectorupup ordown ordown tocharger and pressed,pressed,BC-50 willprint oneprintofofcopyMENU/OKcurrent is Press thehighlight downtodisplay to pressed,thenoone camera printprintcopyonethe MENU/OK button up selector MENU/OK DPOF. to down to pressed, camera batterywill print one the current selector thePress x the the willcamerachargerwhen copy of the current one when copythe the picture. selected one picture.pictures arewill current the ofof current pressed, copycamera will print one copy theTerminals Press the selector up or down to selector Batterydown highlight x red DPOF. pressed, of the current highlight BlinksDPOF. . DPOF. highlight xx x x PRINT DPOF. highlightPress x PRINT highlightx PRINT picture. pressed, copy of the current DPOF. PRINT PRINT DPOF. confirmation PRINT DPOF. icture.picture. picture. picture. the camera will print one highlight x PRINT highlightPRINTDPOF. DPOF. fault. remove the MENU/OK picture. picture. the highlight PRINT Press highlight x dialog. picture. highlight x PRINT DPOF. picture. Plug the charger in. Press Press MENU/OK MENU/OK to a battery. a to display display confirmation dialo

1 11 1 111 1 2

First Steps

2 2 2 2 22 2 223 2 2 3 2 3 Press 3 Plug the charger into a 3 Press MENU/OK 3 3 MENU/OK MENU/OKdisplaydisplay a a a power outlet.33 PresstoPress MENU/OK toto dialog. The red Press display confirmation display a 3 Press33MENU/OKMENU/OK display a Press 3Press MENU/OK battery. display MENU/OK to a aa confirmationthe display display MENU/OK dialog. to 3Pressdialog.to toto adisplay Charge to Press MENU/OK confirmation dialog. to display a charging indicator will light. confirmation confirmation Chargingdialog. dialog.confirmation dialog. confirmation dialog. dialog. confirmation MENU/OK confirmation is complete when the charging dialog. . confirmation
PRINT DPOF OK? TOTAL : 9 SHEETS

52 52 52 5252 52 52 52 52 52

4 Press MENU/OK to s 44 MENU/OK toMENU/OK to start printing. Press 4 Press start printing. Press startto start 4 Press MENU/OKPress MENU/OK MENU/OKprinting.printing. start Press MENU/OK start printing. printing. 44 to 4 44MENU/OKMENU/OKtotostart printing. 4 PressPressPressto starttoprinting.printing. PressMENU/OK to startprinting.printing. MENU/OK 4PresstoMENU/OK tostart printing. start Press MENU/OK to start 52
YES YES CANCEL YES CANCEL YES CANCEL CANCEL YES YES YES CANCEL YES YES CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL YES CANCEL YES CANCEL CANCEL MENU/OK YES .

confirmation dialog. confirmation dialog.OK? PRINT DPOF PRINT DPOF OK? indicator turnsgreen. : 9 A OK? fully exhausted TOTAL SHEETS TOTAL : 9 PRINTSHEETS DPOF OK? PRINT DPOF OK? PRINT PRINT OK? PRINT DPOF PRINT DPOF DPOF DPOF DPOF TOTAL 9 SHEETS : 9 SHEETS : 9 SHEETS TOTAL :aboutCANCEL : 9 SHEETS 9 SHEETS DPOF OK? battery9:SHEETSOK?:OK?PRINTYESOK? OK?OK?2 hours and 20 minutes takes :PRINTSHEETS TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL 9 SHEETS :PRINT DPOF TOTALPRINT DPOF OK? 9 TOTAL : 9 SHEETS to MENU/OK TOTAL : 9 SHEETS Presscharge. to start printing.

P TOTA

YE

Printing Pictures via USB

Printing Pictures via USB Printing Pictures via USB ANotes Taking Pictures in Pictures via USB Printing USB (AUTO) Mode uring Printing Printing Pictures via USB USB Printing Pictures via Use an optional AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC message shown at right is PRINTING ANotes power the camera for extended periods. During Printing coupler to ANotes Blurred ANotes ayed during printing.Printing During Printing The Framing Grid Avoiding During Press ANotes Use an optional AC-5VX AC Pictures and CP-50 adapter ANotes During all Print pictures from internal memory or a memory card DC CP-50 DC he message shown Printing is at right During Printing PRINTING BACK to cancelmessage at right is view or hide other IfUse an optional CP-50DC by camera before framing at right to Use subject isAC AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC Thedisplay a shown To message shown grid or is the an optional AC-5VX AC adapter and The printing. Press the an optionalextendedAC adapter and CP-50 AC-5VX coupler to formattedoptional AC-5VX blurring caused DC DC PRINTING poweran in the poorly AC-5VX adapter and CP-50 Use Use camera for lit, AC periods. PRINTING camera. displayed duringThe message shown at right isPRINTING that has been coupler to power the camera for extended periods. The (depending message shown at right ures are printed. DISP/BACKpressis DISP/BACK button. coupler to PRINTING can power the or memorythe displayed duringmonitor, Pressthe indicators in the printing. shake nottobe reducedcamera for extended periods. displayed during printing. Press Print pictures from powercamera for extended periods. internal . card coupler power the the camera for G button If the printer does coupler tomemory by apressing orextended periods. ISP/BACK printing may CANCEL Press cancel during printing. PrintIS mode).fromdate printing, the card pictures from internal memory thememory he printer, todisplayed before all end displayedcancel before all to during printing. Press support ora memory card internal memory a Print pictures the camera. DISP/BACK to cancel before all In mode, DISP/BACK that has DATE y option willfrombe available or or a memory (dual Print pictures internal pressing Print pictures from not internal memory G button PRINT WITHbeen formatted informatted in memoryin a memory card card pictures current picture to cancel all all are DISP/BACK tohas , before printed (depending before ( . DISP/BACK cancel thatreduces formatted in the camera. re the that has been has the camera. pictures are printed (depending alsodoes beenbeen subject movement. pictures are printed (depending PictBridge blur caused by , PictBridge that has not support not the the camera. CANCEL pictures printed (depending are ). the If the printer theandbeendate will datebe incamera. printing, the the formatted in printing, the on the printer, printing may end (depending pictures are printed menuthat has formatted printed printing, the ed). If DATEprinter does not support date in If the printer does not support date CANCEL CANCEL on the printer, printing may end on the printer, printing may end y be If the the optionnot DPOF If printer does not support date printing, USB Printing Pictures via the on PRINT WITHWITH DATEwill notavailable date printing, before the currentprinter, printing may may end CANCEL CANCEL the pictures in the DPOFprinterorder. optionsupport be available in the on the the printer, printing end on picture has PRINT print doesoption will not be PRINTWITH the y not will not DATE . before before the current the current picture has the printer page PRINT WITHdate willsettings are be available in and DATE y nting is interrupted, press D picture has . PictBridge menu andy optionbe printed available in in topicture has turn the camera PRINT WITH printDATE y optionnot not be available will will Default size printed). before the current before the current picture has the PictBridge quality, the PictBridge menu and the date will not be ISO AUTO(400) menu and the date will not printed USB printed). on the printingin USB connection.the datenot be printed nd then on printed). again. the PictBridge . anddate will thedirect print DPOF PictBridge menu used whenpictures thethe DPOFin theand theprint order.willbe printed viapicturesmenu order. print order. not be printed printed). printed). on the pictures ANotes in the DPOF on printing is interrupted, press D to turn the camera During Printing Default on the the pictures quality settings order. in the on size and print the DPOF If printing is interrupted, press D to turn the camera printer pageprinter page inDPOF printprint are settings are If printing is interrupted, press D to turn the camera Defaultpicturespagesize and printorder. settings are Default via direct AC-5VXand print quality size AC adapter and Use an optional off and thenthe Camera is interrupted, press is to PRINTING on If printing shown at turn the the camera printing printer page size and print quality settings are sconnecting If printing " right D Theagain. onis interrupted, press D turn camera message again. to used when Default printer USB connection. quality CP-50 DC are Defaultprintingpage size and print quality settings printer via direct USB 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM off and then on again.. off and then used when power the camera for extended periods. coupler to used when printing via direct USB connection. connection. . USBon again. off and thenthen ondisplayed in the displayed is not again. irm that PRINTING during printing. Press off and usedused when printing via direct USB connection. when printing via direct USB connection. Disconnecting the Camera turn before all Print pictures turn dual IS on or off . Icona memory card from internal memory or appears in itor and press D to cancelthe camera off. DISP/BACK Press G to Disconnecting the Camera Disconnecting the Camera Disconnecting the Camera that has been formatted in the camera. Confirmthe USB cable. printed the displayed in the Disconnecting (depending onnect that PRINTING PRINTING is not displayed in the pictures that is not Camera monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on Confirm are PRINTING is not displayed in the Confirm that to turn the camera off. monitor and press that that PRINTINGnot not displayed the the If the printer does not support date see pg. 88). the Confirm D PRINTING is CANCEL Confirm on the printer, press D to turn displayed in in option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; printing, monitor and printing may endis the camera off. monitorcable. press D to turn the camera off. and Disconnect theIndicatorscurrent press D turn turn Indicators off. off. PRINT WITH DATE y option will not be available in USB and press D to to the the camera monitorthe and picture has camera monitor before Disconnect the USB cable. Disconnect the USB cable. displayed hidden the PictBridge menu and the reduction is in effect. Disconnect the USB USB cable. Sensitivity is raised when blur date will not be printed Disconnect the cable. printed). on that blurring the still occur order. Notethe pictures in mayDPOF print depending on the If printing is interrupted, press D to turn the camera scene. printer page size and print quality settings are Default off and then on again. used when printing via direct USB connection. Framing grid displayed Disconnecting the Camera Confirm that PRINTING is not displayed in at To use the framing grid, position the main subjectthe monitor and press D to or the camera off. the intersection of two lines turn align one of the Disconnect the USB the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. horizontal lines with cable. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph. 53 Connections

Basic Photography and Playback Connections Connections Connections

53

Connections

Connections

Connections

53

53 17 53 53 53

Press MENU/OK followfollowstepsbelow.below. PressPressMENU/OKand follow thethestepsbelow.via USB PressPressMENU/OK and follow stepsstepsbelow. via USB PressMENU/OK and and follow thesteps Pictures via USB PressPressMENU/OKfollowfollowPrinting Pictures PressMENU/OK and and follow steps stepsbelow. Press MENU/OK and followthe stepsbelow. Press MENU/OK followfollowthe below.below. Press MENU/OK and followsteps stepsbelow. Press MENU/OKfollowthe the steps Pictures MENU/OK and followthe Printing below. Press MENU/OKand the the steps below. MENU/OK and and the steps below. MENU/OK and and the the steps the below. below. Creating DPOF PrintOrder Creating aaDPOF PrintPrintOrder Creating a DPOF PrintPrintOrder Creating a DPOF PrintOrder Creating a aaDPOF Print Order Creating DPOF PrintOrder Creating aaaDPOFPrintOrder Creating aaDPOFPrint Order Creating aDPOFPrint Order Creating DPOF Print Order Creating DPOF Print Order Creating DPOF Order Creating DPOF Order Printing RINT TheThe raPRINToption (DPOF) option in in the Press theandselectorthe or or right steps below. ORDER rPRINT ORDER inOrder option the the MENU/OK selector left steps below. the left the The PRINT ORDERDPOF PrintPress the selector Press or right to and follow the to r (DPOF) ORDER (DPOF) option in Press PressPress MENU/OK left or right to CreatingPrint (DPOF)optioninintheinthe PressPressthetheselector leftleftororright toto steps below. aORDER(DPOF) option theinthe PressPress the followleft leftleftrightrighttoto Orderthethe PressPress the selector left rightright toto CreatingrDPOF ORDER (DPOF) option the the PressPress selector left or right right Printing Pictures via U The The PRINTPRINTORDER (DPOF) option inin the PressPressthe Press left left oror to to The The r PRINT ORDER (DPOF) option inin the The The PRINTPRINTORDER a(DPOF) option the the Press selector left or right to The The PRINT ORDER (DPOF) optionoptionin the Press the selector left right right Ther r PRINT ORDER (DPOF) option in The PRINT ORDER (DPOF) optionoption Order r r PRINT ORDER (DPOF) r PRINT ORDER (DPOF) option in The r PRINT ORDER (DPOF) r r PRINT The r PRINT r r ORDER (DPOF) option in The ORDER (DPOF) in the selector MENU/OKoror follow the selector left or or right the the selector left or to the selector the theselector or and right selector left selector or selector to to to v-MODE menu can be Creating canbe used to create displayPressthe selector wish right right tothe USB used to display to include playback v-MODE menu createDPOFto create playback v-MODE menu can used Print picture you wish aapicture you wishto steps playback v-MODE menu beOrder create createthedisplaypictureandyou wishinclude below. Creatingv-MODEmenu be beused totocreate displayaMENU/OKthe followwishtotoinclude a DPOF can option in a playback v-MODE DPOFcancanusedusedtototocreatedisplaydisplaypictureyouyoutheinclude rightvia USB playback Thev-MODE(DPOF)becanbeusedcreate in displayMENU/OKpictureyouwishinclude via playback v-MODE menumenucanusedusedthecreatePressdisplayPresspictureyou wishleftinclude to playback v-MODE menuORDEROrdertocreatecreate displayaapicturepicturewishtothetotoorbelow. playback v-MODE menumenubebe beusedoption playback v-MODE menu can (DPOF) create playback v-MODE Batteryusedto create playback v-MODE menu canused usedtocreate Pressdisplayapicture selector include below. playback rathe menu be Order tocreate Press MENU/OK picturewishrighttotoinclude playback v-MODE menu canbebeto to create displayaaselectoryoufollowto include playback ORDER playback v-MODE Printcanbeused tocreate displayapicture you wish to toinclude playback v-MODE Printcanbe used v-MODE menumenube usedto menucan can can be to used PRINT can display a apicture followto include display a a and wishPrintinginclude display picture you to to Pictures picture you you wish include picture you or to steps a and you wish to include Press picture you you the to include The digital print order forfor Print ORDER remove from thedisplaypicture wish wishstepsPictures r for PictBridge-compatible PRINT Creating a order PictBridge-compatible optiondisplay aafromyouwish wishUSBinclude or right to left print Printinginclude Creating DPOF PRINT ChargingThe rforPictBridge-compatible in in theremove from the printselector left print order the in or (DPOF) print order. a aadigital print order the order. orin remove aa digitaldigitalprintv-MODEforPictBridge-compatible in orPressremovefrom thetheorder.order. aa digitaldigitalprintorder PictBridge-compatible to createorremove from Pressprintorder.order. a digitaldigitalprintorder forforPictBridge-compatible in orremove fromthe the printorder. digitalr print menuforPictBridge-compatible digitalprint printorder for(DPOF)can be used aaadigital PRINT order PictBridge-compatible adigital print order forPictBridge-compatible in orinororremove the the includeorder. aadigital print orderPictBridge-compatible adigital order orderPictBridge-compatible a print print orderforPictBridge-compatible print order for print order for print order for order PictBridge-compatible PictBridge-compatible PictBridge-compatible inororremove a picture printorder. PictBridge-compatible playback remove fromthe printprintorder. remove selector printprintorder. inpicture inorremove from the order.order. oror remove wish left print in display the the order. or remove from to print the from the order. playbackdigital51)supportforcanforPictBridge-compatibleusedorinacreate Pressfrom theprint wish to include below. Thedigitalprintor ORDERformenu option in the in ininremove fromfromtheyouorright wish g. 51) printers v-MODE playbackthat (DPOF)tooptionininbe displayinremovefromfromprintprint order. to stepsinclude orprinters Creating v-MODE Print can the in orPressorremovefromprintprintfollow to devices (pg. PRINTORDERabe used option Order MENU/OKremovefrom theorder.right the to that or DPOF. support create The (pg. PRINTordevices that support DPOF. the Press Pressthe and display theor right to toMENU/OK youMENU/OK and Ther 51) devices (DPOF) menu r 51) that support DPOF. ORDER DPOF DPOF. the selector left picture you the selector leftor DPOF(pg. 51) 51)oror devices support DPOF. printers (pg.a 51)devices thatsupport DPOF. DPOF. printers (pg.digital 51)ordevices can besupportDPOF. inPress the infromand upup wishdown below. printers (pg.(pg. 51)51)ordevicesthat support DPOF. printers (pg.(pg. or 51)ordevices support DPOF.DPOF. or removeselector follow athetoprintbelow. printers battery devicesthat that support toCharge Press MENU/OK or or the include printers 51) is devices thatsupport DPOF. create printers (pg. ordevices printers v-MODEdevices Order DPOF. printers 51) ornot orPictBridge-compatible printers orderordevices at PictBridge-compatibleup or the followorder. to to printers (pg. or charged that support printers (pg. for devices for support devicessupport a order Creating(pg.51)devices that that support DPOF. Print that used Press down to print . or remove thea selectorIndicator steps to down a printersprint(pg.or51)digital thatthat shipment.the selectorPresstheThetheselectorfromdowndowntoto digitalprinters(pg.orDPOF PrintthatsupporttoDPOF. PressPressthetheselectorupupdowndowntoto playback51) a aprintdevicescanorderusedDPOF. The (pg. 51) DPOFmenu that support DPOF. displaythe selector youupdownto the print order. pictureup removesteps order. youupwishdown toto Press selector you up downdown Creating playback v-MODE menu can be for PictBridge-compatible a picture or uportodown to print be used create Pressdisplaytheselector or oror down to PressPressselectorin or or downinclude PressPressthe selector up or orto to Press selector up or ordown Press a selector up Press selector Press selector the the the selector selector to to playback v-MODE menu Order to create PressPresstheChargingup up selectorinclude display the Press up wish ordown from optionchoose thepicture upcopiesordown in the the(upselectoror or(up to F-MODE of or remove to DPOF r51) or devices PRINT ORDER (DPOF) DPOF. 1Pressthethenumber thecopies order.to or DPOFprinters (pg. use. devices (up printersDPOFDPOFprint ORDER(pg. PictBridge-compatible choosethePressthefromofcopiescopies(uptoto to (pg.DPOF aDPOFDPOF The r(DPOF) DPOF. PictBridge- choosethe number of the ofcopiestoleftto Thedigital print orderor (DPOF) that supportthe choosecopiesnumberofofcopies(up(up(upto right to the DPOF before51) for51) or choose the number choose number indicatorcopiestototo ininThe number of print(up(up DPOF the selector a adigital playback that PictBridge-compatiblePress DPOF.thetheselectorthe copiestotoPictures DPOFDPOF PRINT printers optionthat choose the charging oforofdown(up(up toto via USB DPOFdigital printorder forsupportdevices inin support choose removenumberofcopiesorto toto charge DPOFDPOF PRINT DPOF for(DPOF)option be the chooseorthe selectorprintright(up DPOFDPOF DPOFbattery DPOF DPOF shows choose number ofleft of copies(up choose thedisplay copies (up(up choose number theofor order. choose thenumber left you down choose thenumberof copiesorder. choose number of orup toto the number Printing order PictBridge-compatible to create thethenumberof printright(up to include inchoosethenumberacopies(up or selector from picture towish remove numberof copies (51) ORDER used choosethethenumbercopiescopies battery from the remove the al Print DPOFThe r(pg.standardmenu can standard can remove 99). Press remove up picture to include or down to Order Format) is 51)devicesisthat supportTocreate 99). a 99).aremovepicture from thethe picture from a Press wish selector up the DPOF Print Order Format) standard DPOF (Digital Print Orderv-MODE menu (Digital Order Format) isisstandard Print Format) is ToTo as follows: . a the printers PrintPrintor OrderFormat)isisisstandard playback(DigitalPrintOrderFormat)standard displayTo removeaapicturefromfrom the DPOF(Digital(pg.Order Format) isisstandard printers v-MODE Format) thestandard DPOFplaybackPrintPrintOrderFormat)thatstandardDPOF. DPOF(DigitalPrintPrintOrder .standard to DPOF. 99).99).99).choosecopiesfromfrom the to DPOFDPOF (DigitalPrintbatteryFormat) isisstandard DPOF. DPOF(Digital(DigitalOrderOrderFormat)charger. DPOF(Digital (pg.a51) orOrder Format)bestandard DPOF(Digital thePrint OrderFormat)issupport DPOF Place OrderorFormat)isisstandard DPOF(Digital PrintOrder in is standard (Digital Print PrintOrder Format)standard DPOF(Digital Print devices that isisstandard DPOF(Digital Order Format) is isstandard (Digital DPOF Order Format) DPOF(Digital 51) Order Format) standard (Digital Print Order Format) DPOF(Digital Print devices DPOF(Digital Print Format) used standard standard 99).99).statuspictureofpicture fromfrom the 99).Pressremove aa picturepicture copiesthe 99).displayintheaaapicture of from the 99).99).Tonumbera picture or from print To remove aa youapicture down the 99). remove 99). ToToremove numberfromthe To ToToremove aapicture from To remove 99). To a picture apicture the To remove 99). the remove picture the To 99). remove picture the from the from the the remove picture from used for picturesDPOFprinterspictures to bemenu canprint PictBridge-compatibleToremovepicturetheorfrom the(up order. to to beallows pictures be be printed from support press the order,PressToremovepicturefromfrom the from order print thatthatallowsprint digital print order print to createchooseor removeuntil remove(upuntil to copies (up that printedpicturesto printedPictBridge-compatible selector press the or you downtotothe to that allows v-MODE printed from print allows pictures to to befor from be order, DPOF printed fromprint Press pressselector up or number of chooseup order, downselector up downinclude pressthe theselector downuntil the from the wish order. selector print down down a that allows picturesbeprintedprintedfromprint digitalpicturestotobetoprintedfromfromprint inorder,99).theindicatorselectordownuntilto the order, pressselector downdown until that aallowspictures toorderbeprinted printprint BC-50 order,order,presstheselector picture until thatallowsallowspicturestotobeforprintedfromprint that that allows(Digital beprintedfromfrom print thatallowsDPOF picturesbeprinted from from print thatthat allowsOrder batteryprintedthefromprint thatallowsallowsthetoFormat)printed print print that allows pictures tobebeprintedprint print allowsallowspictures tobeprinted print that Print pictures tobeprinted from allowspictures tobe bebeintoFormat) that allows pictures to printed print that pictures tobe be that pictures that pictures from print from from order,order, pressthe selector downuntil order,removethepicture Batterydown until order,presspressselector downdown until order,press the selector fromdown until order, the the selector until order, the from selector until order, To the selector until press press the the the selector the Charging remove a DPOFordersallowsinpicturestoprintedPrintfromthestandard of99).ANotes removeselectorofdownuntil until (Digital stored picturestoprintedfromor on a that Toorder, press copies downstatus to inispress pressselector downuntil choose thecopiesselector down to red in ordersdigital PrintingonPrint Order or devices numberstandard numberpressthe selector copies auntil Action internalDPOF printDPOFa(Digital standardonisFormat) memory in internal memory or 51)PictBridge-compatible the order, press number of0. down from orders Insert printers (pg. is that or supplied support DPOF.or theanumber is of the(uppicture stored in internal memory on a 0. choose of number print order. copies DPOF 99). the the the remove number choose the copies copies DPOF in internalinternal orders that storedinininternal memoryonor a printersstoredininternal memory orsupporton devices ordersordersstoredininternal memoryOrderon aaaa is ordersordersstoredbeorinternalmemoryor oraaona DPOF. copiesnumberofofcopiesis 0.isisis0.0. not (up oruntilfromto ordersDPOFstored51)ininternaltomemoryonoron aaa ordersstored storedor internal memoryonoraona a ordersDuring in51) inininternalfrom ororsupport print orders storedtointernalmemory printedoron orders(pg.in internal memory print aonon orders storedin inprinted memoryonon orders stored internalmemory or on orders (pg. internal memory or on orders storedin pictures memoryor orders allows internal memory stored in stored in stored internal that or memory or memory or 2UsethenumbercopiesisTo selector (upto to thePressnumbercopiescopies0.0.0. the thenumbercopiescopiesis0.adapter the 99).annumberofAC-5VX0.oris until the down thenumber of ofofcopiesBattery thethe numberPress0. AC0.down and number of copiesisis0. is the Totheselector is (99) the numberofofcopies is number of press picture the number ofcopies theorder, ofofcopies number ofcopies number a down is0. thatordersstoredstoredininformationmemoryoraaonDPOF.fromorder,number removecopiesis0.is0.fromup Insert the DC allowsstoredTheinternaldevices memoryorfrom sure thatprintthethetheof selector up0.selector down CP-50 picturesThethatinternalinbe themaking press optional a picture the selector printers rd. The information in the order as Format)order printed DPOF (Digital The informationthe is standard memory card. information in thetoorder memory (Digital chargerat Format) is memory card. Print Order Format) theorder order DPOF battery information in intheorder or press from DPOF card. The The information standard 99).PRINT remove a the number the To .(DPOF)(DPOF) DPOF(card.information in order ), memorycard.Theinformationshown,orderorder The card.The Theinformation the order memory card.card.TheTheallows inintheisinorderorder ORDER (DPOF) 99). To ORDEROff order,upinserted.0. of the down to memory message storedinformationininstandard on a memory card.card. Printinformationtheinorderorder PRINT memory (Digitalcard.TheOrderrighttheinthetheorder memorycard.card.TheOrder internalininintheorder memorycard.card.information picturesthebe order memorycard.PrintTheinformationinorder order memoryinThe showninformationmemory memory card.information inor onthe order memory The The informationis the memory card.The information memory The information in the aPRINTING memory internal memory in the memory card.information the the memory The information PressPRINT ORDER(DPOF) tobattery. until theremove of picturefrom copies (up selector copies down or is orders DPOFnumber of from print in PRINT ORDER number ordersthe pictures toistobestored DPOF : 00009 stored pictures to e picturesincludesallowsandordersandinternal memory orthe numberthe(DPOF)ORDER(DPOF) is 0. copies extended periods. to be printed picturesinprinted inand the number ofPRINTORDER that the pictures be beprinted and number of includes allowspictures tototheprintedandthe number of on a order,ORDERORDER(DPOF) selector (up to includes thebattery printing. correct orientation. of ORDER DPOF presschoose of (DPOF) the(DPOF) DPOF DPOF ::PRINTORDER (DPOF) PRINT:DPOFPRINTPRINT (DPOF)(DPOF) cameradown until PRINT(DPOF)(DPOF) PRINT ORDER00009ORDERthe PRINT PRINTPRINTORDER (DPOF) PRINT ORDER(DPOF) ORDER (DPOF) PRINT ORDERpower (DPOF) PRINT ORDERPRINT ORDER PRINT ORDERORDER0 PRINT to(DPOF)number PRINT ORDERPRINT (DPOF) PRINT PRINT(DPOF) (DPOF) ORDER(DPOF) PRINT copies PRINT ORDER PRINT ORDER ORDER that the picturesthe to printed andthe number of thatthe thepictures printed and andnumber includesthe thepicturesbe printedandtheprintnumber number order,ORDER0000900009::00009(DPOF)theselectorfor a until press of displayedthepicturesbe printed and and number of order,00009(DPOF)00009(DPOF) prints copies includesDPOFthetotobePress fromFormat)numberof includesthe pictures totobetobePrintand andthethenumberofof chooseORDERDPOF0000900009 (DPOF)selector downpicture from the includesallowsthepictures bebebeprintedandnumberofofofofof coupler00009PRINT:(DPOF)ORDERthenumber down until includesthe pictures to be printedprintedthenumberof ofof includestheDPOFtoto tobeprintedfromthenumber includesthe thethepictures printedprintedandthenumber includes pictures to beto printed the number of includes thepicturesbeto beprintedandthethenumber includes pictures (Digitalinformationandthe number includes the picturesThe beprintedthe the order includes during to beprinted the print number includes pictures includes pictures includes the pictures be printed memory in internal printed card. DPOF DPOFDPOF::: :: :99). DPOF 00009press DPOF ::::00009DPOF 00009 DPOF 00009the 00009 DPOF 00009:DPOF 00009 DPOF 00009 DPOF number of DPOF DPOF DPOF DPOF 00009 : 00009 DPOF DPOF DPOF chooseDPOF:DPOF00009 the remove of ofto memoryincludespicturestobetoprintedand theandthenumberofof PrintTotal0000900009:00009theinternal Batterycopies is 0. card. stored pictures to beprinted and the ach picture.orders each informationisin on a is in the order theDPOF:::00009DPOF:0000900009 ofToTotalmemory(up ofprints card To remove copiesTotal from or a memory . from a (DPOF) Total number of prints (Digital picture. Format) Order copiesordersThePrintmemory inmemoryinformation standard 99). DPOF :::00009number ORDER picture number prints copies ().in internal theThe oror a copies eachstored Orderbefore all standard a of of each picture. of storedpicture. card. order on picture. internal memory or on pictures PRINT copiesTotal numberprintsprints number of isnumbernumberofprints 0.Totalnumberofofprints DPOFof eachofeachpicture. orderseachto cancel in picture. Glows of 00009a TotalTotalfromofprintsofprints red TotalTotal numberprints prints copies(Digitaleachpicture.pictures the number of number of theORDER (DPOF) DPOF : copies Total numberprintsprints ofof ofpicture.Order to be printed and from eachthat be printed memory printed DISP/BACKeach topicture. Format) to standard the print TotalTotal numberofofprints Totalnumber of theprints Totalthe numberof prints Total number number of Total the number of number Total number PRINT number isisTotal number of 0.0. copiescopiesofeach picture. copiescopiesofeach picture. copiestheeach picture.allows copiesofofeach picture. copiescopies picture. copiesof ofof eachpicture. copieseach each . copieseach picture. copies each picture. and be copies copies picture. of the number of Totalnumber ofofprints DPOF pictures picture. Print 99).00009 been order, picture camera.prints includescopiesofofeachthe picturesNP-50 rechargeable battery the number of remove pressthe (DPOF)numberofprints until of includes PRINT charging. DPOF : To memory card. Theto information istheto order copies Number copiesnumber of that Number the selector :ORDERof selector downprints has in 00009 of copies pictures that allowsare each(depending in the be printed and Number of until Number Total memory card. The information in the order 01 SHEETS memorypictures information from print card. Theto bethe in infrom print order, 01pressofformatted DPOFNumberofcopies downcopiescopies picturespicture.includesprintedinternalorder printed be printed Number ofofcopies of (DPOF) 01 SHEETS 01 SHEETS PRINT ORDER (DPOF) ATEcopiesincludes DATEy/WITHOUT DATE the number of a order,01SHEETSSHEETSthe numberNumberofofofRemove the y/WITHOUT pictures storedprinted and memory or on that DATE y/WITHOUT Numberdownofcopies Number offullycopies Number of copiescopies Number copiescopies Number ofofofuntil Number copiescopies Number prints Number of Number of Number copies Number Number Number number copies 0.Total of each the orders be WITHcopiespictures toof memoryDATE a WITH allows DATE picture. DATE on DATEiny/WITHOUT or press does selectorofofofcopiesiscopies number of prints the TotalBatteryofcopiescopies (DPOF) PRINT SHEETS ORDER SHEETS 01:01SHEETS SHEETS SHEETS SHEETS SHEETS SHEETS 01SHEETS SHEETS DPOF 00009 0101SHEETS SHEETSSHEETS (DPOF) 0101SHEETS 0101ORDER 0101SHEETS PRINT SHEETS 01 SHEETS 0101SHEETS 01 SHEETS SHEETS 01 01 SHEETS 01 01 printer of WITHWITHDATEy/WITHOUT DATEthe number of If the0101SHEETS0101SHEETS00009SET not is 0. WITHWITHDATEy/WITHOUT DATE Arrow ofSET WITHDATEDATEy/WITHOUT and the a FRAME includesstoredpictures to be end DATE number ordersDATEDATEy/WITHOUT DATE WITH DATEDATEy/WITHOUTDATE WITH DATEy/WITHOUT DATEDATE WITHprinter, printing may printed and WITHDATEiny/WITHOUT DATE includesDATEcopies be memory DATE WITH they/WITHOUT DATE CANCEL WITH they/WITHOUT DATE WITH pictures to each DATE WITH y/WITHOUT picture. DATE y/WITHOUT y/WITHOUT printed FRAME DPOF : 00009 SET copies support date printing, the FRAME SET SET FRAME Glows onWITH DATEinternalPRINTDATE on thestored y/WITHOUT DPOF : orders the picture.card. The internal the DPOF copiesorder, memoryprintorder, theorrrPRINTorder the numberSETgreeny option copies beof copies in print card. select print order,select r PRINT FRAME FRAMEFRAME SETSET FRAME FRAMESET FRAME FRAMESET FRAME FRAMESET FRAME FRAMESET SETcopies is 0. FRAME FRAMESET SET SET FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME SET FRAME SET SET SETSET SETSET SET SET ToTocopies thetheDPOF rorder,ininformation in the modify ofof DPOF information selectorderPRINT modify each DPOF print theFRAME FRAMEFRAMESET01ofSETSETNumber TotalNumber battery. number SHEETS charged.not ofof prints Total number ofavailable of will Total number prints prints To modifytheDPOFDPOFprintDATEtoselectr PRINT ToToTomodify the TheDPOForder,order,selectPRINTPRINT Tomodify they/WITHOUT order, select r PRINT Tomemorythe eachDATEprint hasselectr PRINT modify of DPOF DPOFprintorder, selectr PRINT Tocopiesthethepicture. y/WITHOUTr r PRINT modify theDPOFprintprint order, selectr PRINT modify WITH DPOF print order, selectr PRINT ToTomodifytheDPOF order,select r PRINT To DPOFprint order,select r r Tomodify the DPOF print select DATE Tomodify includes order, select modify thepicture. pictures modify The print the print print Number PRINT 01 SHEETS before picture ToORDERmodifyv-MODEorder,order,selectPRINTPRINTnumber WITH DATE DPOF :ORDER (DPOF) numberUnplug theof copies WITHmodifyeachtheDPOFprintorder,theselectPRINTDATE PRINT Tomodifythe DPOF print order, order r memory DPOFthe playbackselect rmenu (DPOF) 00009 POF) ORDERDATEcard./themenu inandbe printed and the B B Tip:ofPRINT ORDERFace Detectionthe date will not be printed in the playback currentinformationv-MODEnumber of FaceB Tip: Intelligent Face Detection of copies FRAME SET01 SHEETS (DPOF) in , F-MODE (DPOF) in WITH DATE y/WITHOUT Detection PRINT ORDERmenuDetection thethe playbackv-MODE Intelligent playback menu SET PictBridge (DPOF) B includes (DPOF) theintheplaybackorder, menu ORDER the(DPOF)inofplaybackv-MODE menumenu B BBIntelligent Face DetectionNumber DPOF : 00009 DPOF (DPOF)in thethe playbackv-MODE menu (DPOF) printed). (DPOF) in playback v-MODE menu ORDER (DPOF) picturesintheprinted DATE Tip:menumenuB Tip:BIntelligentFaceFaceFaceDetection SET ofof copies number of prints ORDER (DPOF) copiesinplayback v-MODEselectmenu B Tip:BTip:Intelligent DetectionFRAMENumber copies ORDER the(DPOF)thetototheplaybackrthe menumenu B theFRAMETip:IntelligentFaceandDetection ORDER (DPOF)in theintheplaybackv-MODE menuPRINTTip:Intelligent Face Detection ORDER (DPOF)in printplayback v-MODE number of B Tip:BIntelligentFace FaceDetection ORDER (DPOF)y/WITHOUT and PRINTmenu BTip:Tip:Intelligent FaceFaceDetection ORDER DPOF ininplayback v-MODE Terminals ORDER modify thethe playbackv-MODE menu ORDER the in in the beplaybackv-MODE menu ORDER (DPOF) DPOFpicture. v-MODE r ORDERDATE ORDER(DPOF) order, print v-MODE ORDER (DPOF) be playback v-MODE in the playback the v-MODE To pictures eachprinted v-MODE (DPOF) SHEETS Tomultipress thebattery charger theupup or down toselect r Intelligent FaceFace Detection modify BC-50the To modify selector print order, Total includes DATE y/WITHOUT DATE BtheTip:IntelligentDetectionNumber Tip:BTip:DPOFIntelligentFaceDetection order.charger and Tip:Tip:Intelligent theDetection BBTip:Intelligent Face Detection BPRINTIntelligent FaceDetection Intelligent Face Detection print Tip: 01Intelligent Detection Intelligent in Face Detection Tip:Intelligent DPOF Tip:01 : SHEETS Intelligent selectorDATEor selectortoDPOF down WITH upmultidown to 00009 01 the andcopies of eachmulti selector up Ifor down topictureon current SHEETSpicture wasTotal numberIntelligent press and WITH WITH y/WITHOUT prints created SET FRAME IfIfwas current picture was created with Intelligent current SET Intelligent with ofIntelligent picture created and modify themultimultiselector DATEordown and and presseachmultimultiselector oruporv-MODEtotoIfIftheIfIfIfthepictureswithwaswaswascreatedwithIntelligent andToandpressistheDPOFselector up selectordown totoIf thethecurrentFRAMEpicturewascreatedcreatedwithprintsthe andand press inthe multiprintselectorup downdown to Ifthecurrentcurrentpicture created fault. with Intelligent and(DPOF) multi selector orturn ordown to the thethecurrentpicture was Detection Intelligentof copies andcopiespress interrupted, selector up downdown menu thecurrentpictureSETwas Face created withof Intelligent and ORDERpicture.selector playbackorr down and press the multi press up orupdownto press press multimulti the D up down to and pressthe selector or the down press the multimulti selector up down to press press the playback up or or current press the the multi and the multi selector up the the multi the selector up the selector or down to to FRAME Total ORDERpressorthethe(DPOF) inselector upuporDATE. totoIfIfIftheIfthethecurrentpagewas was createdwithwithIntelligent thecurrent Face redpicturewasprintwith Intelligent Iftheprinter picture Battery numberwith Intelligent thecurrent Detection created with Intelligent the Blinks picture and created Intelligent current picture created with remove current was created with Intelligent picture was was created Number picture size created quality picture was was with Intelligent Ifand press the DPOF orselector select r PRINT printing y ORDER print order,the menu PRINT the thecurrent thepicturewas created Intelligent . WITH highlight WITH DATEDATE.order,to selectDATE. v-MODEIfthe currentIntelligentBwascreatednumberIntelligent DATETo modify DATE yyorv-MODE playback BIfTip:IfIfIfcurrentcurrentpictureIntelligentwithwith settings are WITHOUT (DPOF) in Face Detection, To(DPOF) the picture.DATE WITHOUT the PRINT Face Intelligent picturepicturewasofsetswith Detectionof of modify order, menu picture number created with Intelligent highlightofWITHWITH y WITHOUT DATE.camera pressingcurrentTip:pressing01 SHEETS setscreatedwith Intelligent WITH DPOF printory/WITHOUT DATE Default Bcurrentpressingcreated the copies Intelligent r Face Detection, Face B sets the ofthe number Tip: B setsFace number highlight(DPOF) inDATEyororWITHOUT DATE. highlight PlugWITHagain. yWITHOUT DATE.DATE. FaceFaceDetection, pressingBsetssetssetsnumber of Intelligent highlight WITHWITHDATEoryorWITHOUT DATE. highlightand WITHDATE oryorWITHOUT DATE. highlightthe WITHDATE yWITHOUT DATE.menu FaceFace Detection,BpressingNumbersetsnumber of ofofof highlightWITHWITHselectoryorWITHOUT DATE. highlight the y/WITHOUTWITHOUT to down FaceFace Detection,pressingNumbersets thethenumber ofof highlight press DATE yWITHOUT DATE. highlight WITH DATEorWITHOUT up DATE. FaceDetection, currentpressingB sets thenumber highlight oncharger yorWITHOUT highlight DATEDATE highlight DATEy or highlight DATEy WITH y and highlight WITHDATE multiorselectorDATE.DATE. If FacecurrentDetection,Face picturesetssetsIntelligentofofofofof press WITHDATEthe playbackWITHOUTDATE. ortoFaceDetection,pressingBBBsets thethenumber ofof orv-MODE down Detection, pressingDetectionBthe the number Detection, pressingFRAME BBsets thebattery. Face Detection, pressing sets sets the number Face Detection, pressingsets the number Detection, pressing B B sets the number Face SHEETS pressing B sets the Detection, pressing B B connection. Face picture pressing B created with Detection, Detection, pressing USB of Detection, B was number number off andWITHDATEinyplaybackWITHOUTor menu FaceFace Detection, pressing BSET the number ORDERthen WITHDATEin. WITHOUT DATE.menu theusedTip:01Intelligentwaspressingsetsthe number of of the WITH DATE and y or uporWITHOUTto the numberdowntoDetection,pressingdetected. copiesnumber ORDERDATEmultiPrint press the DATE selector up r FaceTip:IfFRAME printingthecreatedB the number of with Intell (DPOF) in the of v-MODE multi BDetection,number ofdirect detected. thenumber ORDER (DPOF) the the DPOFDATE order, the of facestoSHEETS 01 copies IntelligentIfFacefaces detected. was towhen number Detectiondetected. theIntelligent via Detection number faces faces :detected. WITH DATEWITHWITH DATE y: v-MODE select copiesBtotothenumberofoffacesfacesdetected. created Bcopiestothenumberfacesdetected. NU Tocharger intoDATE y: Print date of red copiescopiestotothenumberfacesfacesdetected. print down PRINTFacenumberFace currentwith MODEMODE MENU y: MODE MENU WITH MENU DATEy/WITHOUT Printoutlet. The DATE.copiestoTip:thethenumberfacesfacesdetected. the number of date playback DATE. of to copiescopiesthe number ofofof facespicturesets highlightmodifyDATEy:y:Printr PRINT FacecopiestotheFRAMEtheSETnumberoffacesthedetected. of yselect date of or :copiesof WITHOUT DATE power or copiesto to theDetection, ofof facesdetected. copiesthenumber of of pressing detected. copiestonumber of faces copies to tothenumber of detected. copies number copies the number of detected. copies thenumber faces detected. to number faces B number detected. faces detected. highlightMODEpressMENUMENUhighlightselector PrintPrintdate WITHOUTcopiesthetothetheSET of facesofdetected. WITHMODEMENU multi WITH ay: Print or selector Printdate ofdate WITHOUTy:Printdate of andMODEPlugMENUMENUDPOFWITHWITHDATE y:Print date ofofto copiesto thetopressingoffaces detected. with up date ofdate To andpressthethemultiWITHorder,DATEPrintdownofofto copiesthe thetonumberof Bofsets detected. Intelligent modifyMODEMENU printWITHDATEy:Print date of of MODEMENU MODE MENU MODEMENUMODE MENU MODEMENUMODE MENU MODEMENU MODE MENU MODEMODE MENU the yWITHWITHy: y: date ofdate of MODEMENU MODE MENU MODEMENU MODE MODEMENU MODE MENU the MENU MENU MODE MENU MENU MODE MODE MODE number WITH DATE DATE y: date of WITHWITH y: Print y date WITHDATEy: Print down DATE DATE Print date of DATE y: y: Print date WITH DATE y:date DATE y: WITH DATE DATE y: WITHDATE WITH Print andDisconnectingDPOFWITHDATEDATE y: Print date of the CameraWITHonon Print date or DATE.current picture was created with B pressORDERWITHWITHDATEtheuporPrintofPRINT or If created , Intelligent OW battery. SLIDESLIDE SHOW the the multi selectorpictures. SLIDE SHOW on SHOW TorecordingSHOW pictures.print order, upplayback v-MODEDetection, the Face Detection, pressingIntelligent the numb modifySHOW sets If IfCharge to the number with the current picture was Face Detection (DPOF) menucurrent picture was created the recording inon select r recordingWITHOUT DER (DPOF) PRINTPRINTSLIDESHOWSHOW indicator will light. pictures. menu ORDER Intelligent faces SLIDE charging MENU recording on pictures. SLIDEPRINTSLIDE SHOWMODE in SLIDEORDERSLIDESHOW SLIDESHOWSLIDE (DPOF) SLIDE SHOW SLIDE SHOW SLIDE SHOW(DPOF)SHOW SLIDESLIDE SLIDE(DPOF) SLIDESHOW SLIDE SHOW SLIDESHOW SLIDE SLIDESHOW SLIDE SHOWORDER SHOW SLIDE SHOW WITH DATErecording pictures. SLIDE SHOW SLIDE highlightSHOWSHOWDATE(DPOF) DATErecordingpictures. of DATE. of Bto ChargingBFace theof sets detected. detected. y oron ononpictures. WITH DATE ORDERSHOWSLIDEORDERSHOW(DPOF) WITHrecordingononpictures. DATE. copiesFaceDetection,ofpressing. the number of (DPOF) playbackpictures. y: number Tip: Detection when recording on WITHOUT DATE. recordingor pictures. recording WITHonpictures. recording pictures. recordingononpictures. recordingonpictures. recording onpictures. recording date recording pictures. pictures. WITH WITH DATE WITH Intelligent pressing B sets the charging MODEPRINTORDERPRINTORDER(DPOF) DATE yy:WITHOUT MENU PRINT(DPOF)ORDER(DPOF) highlightWITHDATESHOW(DPOF)DATEthe MODErecordingv-MODEPrint date down thecopies facesto Bnumberthenumber ofof WITHDATEDATE recording onPrintonpictures. in or PRINT ORDERPRINTORDER(DPOF) in the playback v-MODE menu PRINT ORDERPRINTWITH PRINT ORDERORDERORDER (DPOF) PRINT ORDER(DPOF) ORDER (DPOF) PRINT ORDER(DPOF) (DPOF) (DPOF) PRINT ORDERPRINTORDER (DPOF) PRINT ORDERPRINT ORDER PRINT ORDERORDERORDER PRINT PRINT(DPOF) (DPOF) ORDER(DPOF) (DPOF) PRINT(DPOF) (DPOF) PRINTPRINT PRINT(DPOF) DATE PRINTORDER PRINT ORDER PRINT WITH (DPOF) (DPOF) ORDER highlight(DPOF)WITHWITHDATE recordingoronpictures.WITH DATE the Print date ofDetection,copies detected. the faces y multiDATEpictures. y: Tip: is complete B sets of number DATErecordingonselector up WITHOUT DATE Faceto Intelligent Face Detection ORDER WITH DATEDATEWITHSHOW (DPOF)DATE Face Detection, pressing picture was created with Intellige WITHWITHOUT WITHDATE WITHWITHOUTDATE DATE WITHDATEWITHDATEDATE WITHDATE WITHDATEpress the not displayed WITHDATE WITH WITHDATE WITH WITH DATE WITH WITH DATE DATE DATE PRINTING is DATE WITH WITH WITH andDATEDATEDATE MENU ConfirmWITHOUTDATEDATEWITHDATEDATE thatDATEWITHOUTDATE B Tip: WITHOUT RESET ALL If the current RESETtheWITHOUT RESETDATE RESETDATE ALL DATE ALL ALL WITHOUT WITHOUT DATE DATE WITHOUT WITHOUT DATE WITHOUT DATE WITHOUT WITHOUTDATE multi WITHOUTWITHOUT DATE WITHOUTSLIDE DATE WITHOUTWITHOUT DATE WITHOUTWITHOUT DATE WITHOUT DATE DATE WITHOUT WITHOUT andWITHOUTWITHOUTPRINTWITHOUTDATE SLIDE SHOW DATEup oron pictures. pressWITHOUTDATEWITHOUTALLDATE selector y: Print date ofto SLIDE SHOW recording down MODERESETALL ALL multi WITH pictures. MENU RESETRESET If copies to the picture green. detected. exhausted RESET ALLRESET ALLrecording on DATE: Print pictures RESET RESETRESET ALL pictures RESET ALL RESETALL ALL RESET ALL RESET ALL RESET ALL ALL ALL RESET RESETRESET ALL Print RESET ALL indicator turns of faces A with copies to the number ofof created fully number PRINT (DPOF)RESETtheALLALL WITHOUT DATE: Print andORDERWITHRESET ALLALLRESETORDERWITH DATEWITHOUTDATEuppicturesdate on pictures.the current Face Detection, pressing B sets the number pressDATE:RESETALLALL WITHOUTDATEtheorordown off. selector ypictures monitor RESET ALLALLRESET(DPOF)DDATE:PrintPrintWITHOUT DATE. currentnumberwasfaces detected.Intelligent and RESET press WITH(DPOF) : cameraof to to DATE: MODE MENUhighlight WITHOUTturn y: recording WITH DATE:DATE: Print pictures DATE If copies to the picture wasfaces detected. Intelligent the created with PRINTWITHOUT y: Print pictures ORDER WITHOUT DATE:DATE:Print pictures WITHOUT DATE:DATE:picturespictures WITHOUT WITH DATEPrint Print pictures WITHOUTDATE:DATE:pictures WITHOUTDATE:Print Print pictures WITHOUTDATE Print pictures WITHOUT Print pictures WITHOUT DATE:pictures WITHOUT Print Print pictures WITHOUT Print pictures WITHOUT DATE:Print pictures WITHOUT DATE:Print pictures WITHOUT Print highlight MODE MENU DATEALLDATEWITHOUTDATE:Print pictures of WITH WITHOUTwithoutDATE:DATE:PrintDATE. yWITHWITHOUT date or date. pictures. WITHOUT SLIDE date. Face Detection, pressing 2 hours and number of without SHOW (DPOF)USB without date. DATE recording on battery takes about B sets the 20 detected. SLIDE WITH without date. SLIDE the DisconnectSHOW DATEDATEwithoutdate. on pictures. cable.recording highlightALLDATEWITH(DPOF) RESETwithoutdate.date.pictures. ydate.date. or WITHOUT WITHOUT on RESET SHOW PRINT ORDER recordingdate. DATE: DATE. Face Detection, pressing number of facesminutes copies PRINT ORDER (DPOF) withoutwithoutdate. DATE y: Print date of to the numberto the B sets the number of without date. date. without RESETPrint pictures Print pictures copies without date. date. without date. date. withoutALL date. without without without without without without date. PRINT ORDER DATE MODE MENUwithout date.WITH WITHOUT WITH DATE WITH WITHOUT DATE: of faces detected. MODE MENU WITHOUT DATE to WITH DATE y: Print date ofDATE: Print picturescharge.number of faces detected. WITHOUT DATE WITHOUT WITHOUT copies to the RESET ALL DATE SLIDE SHOW

1 2

11111 1 1111 1 1 1 1 1 11 22222 2 2222 2 2 2 2 11 2 22 22

1 2

1 2

First Steps

54 54 54 545454 54 5454 54 5454 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54


54

MODE MENU RESET ALLALL RESET PRINT ORDER (DPOF) SLIDE SHOW WITH DATE PRINT ORDER (DPOF) SLIDE SHOW WITHOUT DATE WITH DATE PRINT ORDER (DPOF) RESET ALL WITHOUTDATE WITH DATE RESET ALL DATE WITHOUT RESET ALL

54 54

WITH DATE y: date. date of Print without date.withoutPrint picturespictures. WITHOUT DATE:recording on recording on pictures. pictures without WITHOUT DATE:pictures. date. WITHOUT DATE: Print recording on Print pictures without date. without date. without date. WITHOUT DATE: Print pictures WITHOUT DATE: Print pictures WITHOUT DATE:without date. Print pictures without date. without date.

Connections

Printing Pictures via USB print order. Press MENU/OK to save To cancel the current print Printing RESET DPOF OK? via USB PrintingPictures via USB Pictures the print order when settings are the order, RESET ALLALL in Printing Pictures via USB select RESET the Repeat steps 12 to complete Repeat steps 12 Press MENU/OKexit save Printing complete, order. to complete the without RESET cancel Taking Picturesprint DPOFMode r PRINTALL the current USBPictures via USB ORDER (DPOF) in Pictures via USB print or DISP/BACK to to To Printing (AUTO) RESET OK? Repeat stepsPress to complete save RESET ALL current print Repeat the 12 to complete the cancelALL print thesteps print MENU/OK to the are order. To RESETThe confirmationin the DPOF OK? the RESET ALL RESET changing print12 order. menu. RESET DPOF OK? order complete the when settings order, select Repeatorder. Press MENU/OK to save steps 12 MENU/OK to cancelALL YES CANCEL To RESET at the currentin the print order. Press to settings To cancel RESET will OK? RESET RESET right ALL print the print order whencomplete are order, ALL ORDER be shownselect the Repeat stepsto complete the cancel or to (DPOF) DPOF OK? steps 12 . 3printFramingorder whenDISP/BACK save exit withoutr PRINT current inprint RESET DPOF OK? Repeat number1-2 to the Avoiding the Pictures print print print order DISP/BACK to save without order,ALL current inthe To RESET Blurred,the RESET DPOF OK? The complete,MENU/OKsettings are is The order. Press to of are the print Grid 12 MENU/OKprintsexit the total or when settings order,select RESET ALL to remove all pictures selectORDER ALL RESET (DPOF) menu. theThe complete, Press print order. save r PRINT press current print displayed; current print MENU/OK print order. order. MENU/OK to To cancel cancel confirmation DPOF OK? RESET print changing the MENU/OK to exit To displayed orderthe order. to without menu. (DPOF) blurring RESET DPOF by monitor. Tothe print thePressgrid or to Press hide other rthe subjectRESET ALL RESET caused OK? camera display a or DISP/BACK or If complete, framingwhen settings save without order, selectthepoorly lit, in the , YES CANCEL complete, inor DISP/BACK to are rPRINTTheis ORDER (DPOF) (DPOF) changing orderDISP/BACK viewexit fromPRINT ORDERright in will the printtheorprint press the DISP/BACK without ALL the order.atconfirmation beYES G button print order DISP/BACK to exit button. when settings are settings are order, selectORDERALL in the select RESET ALL pressing the CANCEL RESET (DPOF) shown reduced by the CANCEL the The themonitor, when order,. YES . of prints is complete, total r PRINT be confirmation indicators intotheprintnumber shake MENU/OK changing exit. order. menu. can Theright will be The changing print order. menu. at confirmation shown complete, or DISP/BACK to exit to r PRINT (DPOF) MENU/OK YES complete, number the r . (DPOF) The displayed DISP/BACKmonitor.is without shown mode). right mode, be to YES G button total print of (dual displayed;Inconfirmation the CANCEL ANotes at ORDER will pressing remove changing theor in order. prints exit without PRINT press pressMENU/OK remove allCANCEL all pictures menu.IS at ORDER will shown fromTheconfirmation displayed;The right to MENU/OK be pictures YES Thechanging the print currentprints is Press pictures innumber of in the order. changing the print order. prints is menu.memory card tobe movement.a print the confirmation The total number . MENU/OK total also reduces right will subject modify 4The MENU/OK to of menu. the blur caused by tocreate orYES all CANCEL The order. displayed the monitor. Press shown displayed; press Remove . the order. MENU/OK displayed;at press MENU/OK to remove allCANCEL pictures remove CANCEL pictures 100 --0001 0001 YES from The total in the monitor. Press number print .the monitor. Press order areexit. exit. by aprints is indicated of shown the pictures in internal memory.all pictures at right will to remove right will be be displayed in displayed shownfor order. MENU/OK to number of prints is orderthe press displayed;at ISO 100 ISO 100 The total innumbermonitor. Press total from the order. MENU/OK from ANotes The duringexit. displayedtoexit. in xMENU/OKpicturesthe the current is icon displayed; press The MENU/OKto playback. of prints ANotesRemove contain a maximum of 999 pictures displayed; press MENU/OK card to create or pictures Printorders can memory to remove all modify from the order.theMENU/OK to remove all pictures. a print ISO AUTO(400) displayed in the monitor. Press 100 --0001 0001 Thedisplayed exit. the current by a pictures in the monitor. Press MENU/OKorder are indicated to ANotes memory card to create OK? a print ANotes order., from the theforcardpictures in internal memory. print If a the order the is inserted Remove order. or DPOF OK? to exit. from memory RESETmodify 100 0001 0001 0001 MENU/OK to in ISO 100 TheMENU/OK arein the current 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM/ 100---0001 ISO 100 The pictures exit.the current 1000 F2.8 pictures indicated by a print order during playback. 1 F2.8 ANotesPrint a memory card to create or modify999print Remove theorders order created maximum of aaprint Remove the memory x . containing pictures card to a icon order for the print can contain create or modify pictures. 100ISO-100 --0001 ISO 0001 ISO 100 100 1000001 0001 ISO -100 Theicon during indicated by ANotes . in internal memory. print pictures inindicatedby aa print order are playback. x order are in the current ANotesfor thememory in internal memory. pictures. Remove thecan contain a to create of 999 order ordersmemory card maximumor modify a print orderanotherpictures in internal by a pictures card isthe memory. camera, Print for The pictures in the current pictures indicated by a the current 100ISO 100 0001 - 100 ISO-ISO 100 ISO0001 100 If Theiconduring playback. AM print order are for the 999 create31/ 2050modify aOK? memory card to inserted orderorders can containinternal 12/ of 999 00 pictures. Remove to or 10:RESET DPOF print x icon during playback. x 100 0001 0001 Remove Print orders memory card maximumor modify a print ISO 0001 100 message shown at print order createRESET DPOF OK? If a memorypictures in awill be card right amaximum RESET DPOF print order are playback. by a 12/ 31/ 2050 12/ 31/ 2050 10:ISO---100AM/ Print forthe cancontaininserted memory. OK?pictures. order are indicated by a 12/ 31/ 2050 100000 AM 10000-0001 indicated 1 F2.8 F2.8 createdof 999 containing a is in internal memory. . print during 10: 00 AM order for the card 10: x icon ISO 100 ISO 100 ordermemorypictures inserted RESET appears memoryprint orderinsertedoff . IconDPOF OK? pictures. Print topicturesis MENU/OK contain maximum of DPOF NO YES 1 1000 F2.8 F2.8 aa orders dual a on or IfIf Press Gaanother is inIS memory. OK? in ISO 100 ISO 100 turn internal 1 // 1000 F2.8 F2.8 displayed.thePressing created containing cancard camera, the 999 x icon during playback. by 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 0000AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: AM x icon during playback. Print orders can contain a maximumRESET 999 pictures. of Print orders can contain created 1 /1 / containing aaprint order inserted If a memoryprint ordercreated 1000 F2.8 1000 F2.8 F2.8 F2.8 containing card is a maximum of 999 pictures.

3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Printing Pictures via USB

Basic Photography and Playback Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections Connections

23

23

23 23

2 32 3

Indicators displayed

12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 1 2/ 3 1000 F2.8 F2.8 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM / 3 12 1000 F2.8 F2.8 1 2/ 3 1000 F2.8 F2.8

Indicators hidden

Framing grid displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

monitor the print order; (icon cancels when dual a newwill be DPOF OK? RESET by camera, displayed depends on another message IS is on the If a another shown at right is RESET DPOF OK? ,another card created be by a order a printcamera, thedescribed above. NO Ifoption selectedcardrightcreated containing mustfor Z DUALtheMODE;DPOF OK? order inserted by memory be is inserted IS pg. print memory . MENU/OK 88). RESET message shown camera, willas displayed. atPressing see YES MENU/OK containing a print order created containing aPressing MENU/OK by . the anotherprint right will be YES NO message shown atorder created new message at right will be YES NO displayed. showncamera,order; a . print by cancelsPressing another the when the Sensitivity shown at rightMENU/OK by another camera,a new YES message Pressing MENU/OKreduction in be displayed. isorder camera,will the as YES isNONO effect. displayed. raisedorder; created described above. cancels the print must be blur print message blurringat right awill be depending on the be Note thattheprintbe created occur YES above. message shown may MENU/OK displayed.shown order;stillnew Pressing cancels themust atorder; willas described NO cancels print right a new print order YES NO displayed. Pressing a YES NO scene. ordermust be creatednewdescribedabove. displayed. Pressing MENU/OK cancels the print order;MENU/OK print order must be createdas described above. print as cancels the print order; a new cancels the print order; a new print order must be created as described above. print order must be created as described above. print order must be created as described above.

Connections

55

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 17

55

Viewing Pictures on a Computer Viewing Pictures on a Computer Pictures on a Computer Viewing

The supplied FinePixViewer software can be used to copy pictures to a computer, where they can be FinePixViewer , . The suppliedviewed, organized, and be used used to copy, to a computer, where , be to , computer, where can can they they below. stored, FinePixViewer software can can copy pictures . The supplied . printed. Before proceeding, install FinePixViewer as describedbe pictures to a FinePixViewer FinePixViewer softwarebe stored, viewed, organized, and printed. computer until installation FinePixViewer as described below. Before proceeding, install is complete. Do not viewed, the camera to printed. Before proceeding, install FinePixViewer as described below. stored, connect organized, andthe DoFinePixViewer camera to the computer installation is complete. not connect the camera to the computer until until installation is complete. Do not connect the Installing FinePixViewer
FinePixViewer Windows Macintosh . 56-57, Macintosh 58-59 Installing FinePixViewer Windows andWindowsversions. Installation instructions for Windows are Installing FinePixViewer FinePixViewer is available in Macintosh .

FinePixViewer is available in Windows and Macintosh versions. Installation instructions for Windows are are on pages 5657, installation instructions for Macintosh computers on pages 5859. FinePixViewer is available in Windows and Macintosh versions. Installation instructions for Windows onFinePixViewer : Windows instructions for Macintosh computers on pages 5859. pages 5657,FinePixViewer: Windows for Macintosh computers on pages 5859. on pages 5657, installation instructions Installing installation Installing FinePixViewer: Windows Confirm that the computer meets the . 1 Installing FinePixViewer: Windows following system requirements: Confirm that the computer meets Windows Vista, Windows requirements: (Service Pack 2 or later), Windows XP Confirm that the computerof the following system XP Home Edition Preinstalled versions meets the following system requirements:

1 1 1

C Caution C Caution Caution versions of Windows are not supported. Operation is not guaranteed on home-built computers or C Other Window OtherOther that of Windows aresupported. earlier Operation isguaranteed on home-built computers or or versions of Windows are upgraded from computers . not supported. versions of Windows. versions have been not Operation is not not guaranteed on home-built computers . computers that have been upgraded from earlierearlier versions of Windows. computers that have been upgraded from versions of Windows.

OS Windows Vista, Windows XP Home Edition, Window XP Professional, Windows2000 Professional Professional (Service PackWindows Windows XP 2000 Home Edition (Service 24or later) Windows XP or 2 or Preinstalled versions of Windowsor later),Vista, Windows XPProfessional (Service Pack Packlater), later), Windows XP Preinstalled versions of 2 Vista, or Windows Home Edition (Service Pack OS Windows Vista: 800MHz later), or Windows 2000 Professional 4 or better recommended) Professional (Service Pack 2 Pack 2 or later), or Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or later) better (3GHz Pentium (Service Pack 4 or later) Professional (Service or Pentium 4 orPentium4 ) Windows CPUWindows Vista:Vista: 800MHz Pentium 4 or or better (3GHz Pentium or or better recommended) Windows XP: 800MHz Pentium4(3GHzbetter (2GHz Pentium 4 4 better recommended) 800MHz Pentium 4 or better Windows Vista: 800MHz Pentium 4 (3GHz Pentium 4 or better recommended) Windows XP: 800MHz Pentium4 (2GHz Pentium4 ) CPU Other versions Pentium 4 or better better (2GHz Pentium 4 or recommended) CPU CPUWindows XP: 800MHzof Windows: 200MHz Pentium or better or better better recommended) (2GHz Pentium 4 WindowsWindows : 200MHz4Pentium XP: 800MHz Pentium or Otherversions of Vista:of Windows: 200MHz GBor better better Windows Windows: 200MHz Pentium or more recommended) Other Vista: 512 MB or more (1 Pentium or Windowsversions512 MB (1GB ) RAM Windows XP: MB or MB more Windows Vista:XP: 512 512 more (1 GB or more recommended) 512 Windows 512 MB or Windows Vista: MB or more (1 GB or more recommended) RAM Other versions of MB or more RAM RAM XP: 512XP: 512Windows: 128 MB or more Windows Windowsmore 128 MB Windows MB or : Otherversions of Windows: 128 required for more Free disk A Other versions of Windows: 128 more installation with 600 MB available when FinePixViewer is running (15 GB or minimum of 450 MB MB or MB or FinePixViewer , 600MB 450MB (Windows Vista 15MB , Free disk A minimum of 450 MB required for installation with 600 MB available FinePixViewer is running (15 GB(15 GB or minimum of 450 MB required for installation with 600 more recommended under Windows XP) Free disk space more recommended under Windows Vista, 2 GB orMB available when when FinePixViewer is running or A Windows XP 2GB ). more more recommended Windows Vista, GB or GB or more recommended Windows XP) space Video recommended under under Windows2Vista, 2 more recommended under under Windows color recommended) space 800600 pixels or more with 16-bit color or better (1,024768 pixels or more with 32-bit XP) Video Video 800600 more 16 bit 16-bit color Operation is not(1,024768 or more with 32-bit color recommended) Built-in pixels or recommended. color or (1,024768 pixels other USB 800600 pixels USB portwith (1024768 32bit )more with 32-bit color recommended) 800600 or , more with 16-bitor better better guaranteedpixels or ports Other InternetUSB port recommended. Operationguaranteed other USB ports ports Built-in USB port recommended. Operation is not is not guaranteed otherto use FinePix Internet Service; Internet Built-in connection (56kbps or faster recommended) required USB connection and e-mail or faster recommended) required to Other Other Internet connection (56kbps or faster recommended) required to use FinePix Internet Service; Internet Internet connection (56kbpssoftware required to use e-mail option use FinePix Internet Service; Internet USB . USB . connection and e-mail e-mail software required to use e-mail option connection and software required to use e-mail option OS
OS

56

5656

56

Viewing Pictures on a Computer

2 computer. Log to an account .. 2 Start the . in with administrator privileges before proceeding. Start applications Log in to an account with administrator privileges CD-ROM drive. 32Exit anythe computer.that may be running and insert the installer CD in a before proceeding. CD 33 CD-ROMbe running and insert. Exit any applications that may the installer CD in a CD-ROM drive. Windows Vista

Viewing Pictures on a Computer

If the Installer Does Not Start Automatically Windows Vista If the not Not Start Automatically installer does start automatically, select Computer or My Computer from the Start menu (Windows If AutoPlay (Windows Vista/XP) SETUP.exe. dialog is displayed, click Account dialog will then be displayed; If an the Installer Does Vista/XP) or double-click the My Computer icon on A User Control (Windows 2000),the the desktop (Windows 2000), then double-click FINEPIX CD FINEPIX CD Computer or My Computer from the Start menu (Windows If theAllow. does not start automatically, select SETUP SETUP.exe . click installer FINEPIX CD icon to open the FINEPIX CD window and double-click SETUP or SETUP.exe. Vista/XP) or double-click the My Computer icon on the desktop (Windows 2000), then double-click the FINEPIX CD to to start automatically; Player or follow or and follow The DirectX Media Installing FinePixVieweron-screen the on-screen prompted iconinstall Windows click , DirectX, the SETUP.exe. 4 If installer will open the FINEPIX CD window and double-click SETUP . instructions to

2 Start the computer. Log in to an account with administrator privileges before proceeding. to . instructionsinstallstart Installing FinePixViwer on-screen be requiredfollow the on-screen Windows CD may FinePixViwer The any CD FinePixViewer (noteclick theinsert the installer CD in aand during installation). automatically; that Installing FinePixViewer CD-ROM drive. 3 instructions towill runningthat the Windows CD may be required during installation). Exit installer and (Windows applications that may be ). install FinePixViewer (note

If an Window Vista AutoPlayVista is displayed, click SETUP.exe. A User Account Control dialog will then be displayed; Windows dialog Viewing Pictures on a Computer click Allow. SETUP.exe . User Account Control . If an AutoPlay dialog is displayed, click SETUP.exe. A User Account Control dialog will then be displayed; ALLOW . click Allow. The installer will start automatically; click Installing FinePixViewer and follow the on-screen

computer. Store the installer CD in a dry location out of direct sunlight in case you need to re-install FINEPIX CD or contacting FINEPIX support. open the SETUP or SETUP.exe. the software icon to version customerCD window and double-clickCD label for reference when updating the software. The number is printed at the top of the If prompted to install Windows to Connecting . . the Camera on page on-screen instructions to the software complete. Proceed Media Player Installation is nowor contacting customer support. or DirectX, follow the60. complete installation. Installation is now complete. Proceed to Connecting the Camera on page 60. When prompted, remove the installer CD from the CD-ROM drive and click Restart to restart the 57 computer. Store the installer CD in a dry location out of direct sunlight in case you need to re-install the software. The version number is printed at the top of the CD label for reference when updating57 the software or contacting customer support. 57

complete installation. CD-ROM 5 WhenIf prompted,DoesCDStart AutomaticallyCD fromCD-ROM and click Restart to restart the Not 5 the Installer remove the installer the drive . re-install CDCD in a dry select Computer or Mysunlight in from the Start menu (Windows . CD If the installer does not start out of direct Computer case you to re-install computer. Store theremoveautomatically, location CD-ROM drive and click need to restart the 5the software. The version numberComputer icon the. (Windowsreference when updating When prompted, installerthe installer CD from the desktop Restart or double-click the on Vista/XP) My is printed at the top of the CD label for 2000), then double-click the

instructions to install (note Windows 4complete installation. FinePixViewerMedia that theor DirectX,CD may be required during installation). If prompted to install Windows Player follow the on-screen instructions to

Connections Connections

4 5

Connections

Viewing Pictures on a Computer


FinePixViewer : Macintosh Installing FinePixViewer: Macintosh

1 . 1 Confirm that the computer meets the following system requirements:


Power Macintosh G3, PowerBook G3, Power Macintosh G4, iMac, iBook, Power Macintosh G4 Cube, Model Windows Vista, Windows XP Home Edition, Window XP Professional, Windows2000 Professional PowerBook G4, Power Macintosh G5, MacBook, MacBook Pro, Mac mini, or Mac Pro CPU PowerPC or Intel CPUOS PowerPC Intel Mac OS X version 10.3.910.4.11 (as of July 1, 2008; visit http://www.fujifilm.com for more information) RAM 256MB or more 256 MB RAM Free 200MB disk space A minimum of 200 MB required for installation with 400 MB available when FinePixViewer is running Video 800600 600 pixels or more with thousands of colors or better 800 , Built-in USB port recommended. Operation is not guaranteed other USB ports USB USB . Other Internet connection (56kbps or faster recommended) required to use FinePix Internet Service; Internet (56kbps) connection and e-mail software required to use e-mail option

2 After starting the computer and quitting anyCD CD-ROM running,FinePixCDthe installer 2 , applications that may be . insert
OK 3 3 An , FinePixViwer . start installation. Enter an installer dialog will be click Installing . , displayed; FinePixViwer FinePixViewer to .

CD in a CD-ROM drive. Double-click the FinePix CD icon on the desktop and double-click Installer Installer for Mac OS X . for Mac OS X.

administrator name and password when prompted and click OK, then follow the on-screen instructions to install FinePixViewer. Click Exit to quit the installer when installation is complete.

58

58

Viewing Pictures on a Computer Viewing Pictures on a Computer

44Remove the: CDfrom the CD-ROM drive. Note that you may be unable to remove the CD ifif FinePixViewer installer CD from the CD-ROM drive. Note that you may be unable to remove the CD Remove the installer Macintosh Safari is running; if necessary, quit Safari before removing the CD. Store the installer CD in a dry
running; if necessary, quit Safari before removing the installer CD in CD-ROM CD the The version number is software. 4 Safari is out of direct CD . Safari needto re-installthe CD. Store . , a dry location sunlight in case you need location out of direct sunlight in case you to re-install the software. The version number is

55

CD at the top of the CD label for reference when updating the CD printed Safari . software or contacting customer the top of the software or contacting customer printed at .the CD label for reference when updating CD support. . support. Select in the Finder Go the applications Applications in the Finder . 5SelectApplications Gomenu to openapplications menu to open the folder. Double-click the Image Capture icon and select Preferences (Preferences) . folder. Double-click the Image Capture icon and select Preferences from the Image Capture application menu. from the Image Capture application menu.

displayed. 6 Image . dialog will be 66The Capture preferences . Choose The Image Capture preferences dialog will be displayed. Choose /FinePixViwer FPVBridge Other in the When a camera is connected, open menu, then select

Other in the When a camera is connected, open menu, then select FPVBridge in the Applications/FinePixViewer folder and click Open. FPVBridge in the Applications/FinePixViewer folder and click Open.

Connections Connections

Select Quit Capture from the Image Capture . 60 Image . application menu. Select Quit Image Capture from the Image Capture application menu. . Installation is now complete. Proceed to Connecting the Camera on page 60. Installation is now complete. Proceed to Connecting the Camera on page 60.

59

59 59

cameraViewing Pictures start will automatically and the Save a Computer the Battery camera on. FinePixViewer Wizard FinePixViewer 1 If theChargingpictures youcopy to copy are stored on a the thedisplayed. on. Follow onImage will startwill pictures you the card into stored on a memory 1 If the wish to wish are the camera card, insert automatically and the SaveImage Wizard willwill be automatically andfor about a Image Wizard the toon-screen Press the turn Connectingcard, card memory card, insertthe insert the card into the Press the D D second,second on-screen the (pg. The If not charged atinto the camera 3 3be button for button ato turn to computer. 9). battery Camera Camera 1 3 camera instructions toon.for the Save the willon-screen displayed. the memory the Connectingno cardthe Camerashipment.will be 3 Press becameraabout aFinePixViewer theturn is Charge copy Follow FinePixViwer pictures to Connecting is inserted, pictures will be The D button displayed. Followsecond thethe Charging IndicatoraboutWizard" . start (pg. 9). from internal memory. pictures inserted, copy copied IfIf no card Ifis use. wish inserted, picturesthe a camera camera on.Save Image on. FinePixViewer picturesstart the instructions toto copypicturesto pictures, to (pg. 9). will the battery before you the pictures card is copy are stored on To instructionsindicator copying.computer. exit charging On-screen and FinePixViewer automatically the shows battery start Wizard will 1 Ifcopied1from internalnoinsert aretocardare camera be theTheandasthe withoutSave willImagewill charge click the pictures copied fromcopy to copy on a , you wish 1 tomemory.storedinto the on a 1 If the pictures you internal memory.stored, automaticallywithout Save thewillthe computer. wish the To exit the copying pictures, memory card, . automatically To displayed.CANCELcopying Wizard will click Image CANCEL. Save Image Wizard pictures, click exit and . on-screen C Caution in the charger. status follows: without be Follow 1 card, insert is could camera of Place battery into the memorymemorythe the card the card into the camera displayed. Follow the on-screen CANCEL. C Caution9).card, insert . result in lossbebe be (pg. no card If displayed. Follow the on-screen Loss of power during transfer inserted, pictures will CANCEL. C is instructions to copy Battery status Action C Charging Caution InsertCaution (pg. 9). If no 9). Ifthe inserted,inserted, pictures will instructions to copy indicator to pictures to the computer. card no battery into the will be BC-50 card is pictures supplied the computer. Loss of power during transfer memory. the in loss be of copied from internal could result result in loss of instructions pictures picturesnot theInsert the click data or (pg. Loss to power during transfer couldmemory damage of internal memory or CFinePixViewer does not to pictures, Caution without copying To Cexit to copy Battery start computer. automatically, the battery charger as shown, copied from internal internal memorymaking memory exit IfwithoutOffcopying pictures, click internal To data Charge frombattery memory. or the sure that damage to memory.before card. or copied the damage to internal connecting the exitCaution not copying FinePixViwer , automatically, data If FinePixViewer does not start or software without does not pictures, click may correctly battery. C Caution is in the correct memory or the memory ToCANCEL. beinserted.start automatically, the the the battery orientation. and If . installed. Disconnect FinePixViewer card. Charge the optional AC-5VX AC adapter CANCEL. camera or use an battery battery before connecting C CautionC Caution Charge thebefore connecting the the CANCEL. may not be Battery card. software correctly installed. the camera and reinstall the software. Disconnect could result in loss of Loss of power during transfer
First Steps

Connecting the Camera Connecting the Camera Connecting to Camera 1 If the pictures you wishthecopy are stored on a

3 Press the D button for about a second to turn 3 Press camerabutton FinePixViewer willto start the Press the D buttonfor aboutaaasecond turn on. Pictures Computer 3 the D Viewingfor aboutonsecond to turn
Viewing Pictures on a Computer

2 2 2

Glows camera orcoupler.transfer AC-5VX in loss of use an optional C software may Caution . CP-50 DC camera or transfer could adapter and and and reinstall the software. Loss of power of use could result AC result of Caution the camerared not be correctly installed. Disconnect NP-50 . Loss during duringan optional AC-5VX AC adapter charging. data power or damage to internal rechargeablein lossC C Cautioncamera and reinstall the software. the information start automatically, the CP-50 damage to internal memory or the memorythe memory For If FinePixViewer does noton using FinePixViewer, DC memory or battery coupler. more data or data or damagecoupler. memory or the memory AC-5VX AC CPCP-50 off and connect the supplied card. Charge to internal If theFinePixViwer Battery fully Remove the does not start automatically, the Turn the 50DC . before connecting FinePixViewerGlows green , FinePixViwer Help cameraDC the battery If more information FinePixViewer For software may not Use on installed. FinePixViewer, correctly card. Charge the battery and connect theArrow the HowFinePixViewer to benot start automatically, the in the How does using card. Charge use before connecting the the battery making sure ForUsebe correctly correctly installed. Disconnect Turn the camera or off an optional AC-5VX AC adapter and selectnotmore not be installed. Disconnect Disconnect camera shown, offbefore connecting the supplied to FinePixViwer charged. software software may information on using FinePixViewer, USB or use an optional AC-5VX ACand connect the supplied may camera and reinstall the . battery. cableTurn the camera as toto Use FinePixViewer the software. camera camera or use an optional AC-5VX ACand adapter adapter and select How Help Use FinePixViewerin in the menu. select How USB 2 shown, Connect sure camera and reinstall the software. software. Unplug the the cable as coupler. USB making sure the FinePixViewer CP-50 DC fully connectors are cable inserted. making the FinePixViewer reinstall the the CP-50 DCCP-50USBcoupler. as shown, Terminals the the camera and Help menu. coupler.battery DC BC-50 charger computer;Connect the . more information on fault. charger connectorsconnectors are fully inserted. a theForFinePixViewer Help menu. are fully inserted. do camera directly to the connectnot supplied ANote Blinks red using FinePixViewer, and Battery using FinePixViewer, Turn the camera off and Connect the use more information on For remove the USB select to Use using automatically Turn theTurn and connect connect the supplieduseANote How will turn off . the while cameracamera offtodirectlyandthe computer; do not camera noton FinePixViewer in directly . to the supplied a For more information FinePixViewer, the computer; do not use The ANote USB hub . the charger shown, making sure theHow to Use FinePixViewer in the orthe keyboard. camera a USB cable as in. select select How to Use FinePixViewer in the Plug camera off battery. The camera a Help menu. off automatically while will not turn FinePixViewer computer. USB hub oras shown, keyboard. makingthe USB cable USB hubas shown, sure keyboard. making to USB cablecharger into a inserted. Connect the connectedmenu.will not turn off automatically while sureFinePixViewerThe camera connectors or fully power outlet. The the FinePixViewer Help menu. are Help Plug the red connected to a computer. Charge the a computer. connectors are fullyare fully inserted. Connect the inserted. connectors indicator theConnect the not use a ANote connected tobattery. camera directly to will computer; do charging light. Charging is complete when the charging camera directly to the computer; do not use a ANote ANote camerahub or keyboard. The camera will not turn off automatically while USB directly to the computer; do not use a The camera will not willturns turn off A fully exhausted turn off green. automatically indicator not automatically while while USB hubUSB hub or keyboard. or keyboard. The camera to a computer. connected connected to a battery a computer. 2 hours and 20 minutes computer. takes about connected to

2 22

to charge.

60
60

60

60

Viewing Pictures on a Computer Pictures on a a Computer Viewing Pictures on aComputer Viewing Taking Pictures in (AUTO) Mode Viewing Pictures on Computer

C Cautions CThe Framing Grid Cautions Disconnecting the Camera Disconnecting thePictures C Cautions Disconnecting the Camera Avoiding Blurred Camera Disconnecting theCamera mory cards that the indicatorConfirm D is out and press D to that have been formattedthat have been formatted inin out and press Use only memory cards that have been lamp is that the indicator to Use only memory cards in to view orformatted in Confirm that thepoorly lit, lamp isis out and byUSB D to Use only a framing grid that have been hide other memory cards or Confirm formatted Viewing Pictures on press To. thepictures taken with the display taken with , FinePixViwer . is indicator lamp out andapress D to IfConfirm that the indicator lamp caused Computer the subject blurring and containthe camera and contain picturesthe camera off. the turn the camera off. Disconnect the USB cable. camera the camera and contain pictures taken with the pictures the camera and contain the DISP/BACK button. turn taken with Disconnect the camera off. Disconnect the USB G button turn the USB cable.Disconnect the USB cable. cable. indicators in memory turn the camera off. the monitor, shake can be reduced by pressing the emory cardcamera. IfFinePixViwer cardpress containing a large number camera. a memory card containing a large number camera. IfIf a memory card containing a large number (dual IS mode). In a containing a large number mode, . C Cautionsbe ainserted, may Uninstalling before nserted, there images isbefore a adelayFinePixViewer Disconnecting pressing the G button ofofimages isisinserted, there may be . may delay there maybe a delay before Uninstalling FinePixViewer FinePixViwer FinePixViewer be delay before of images inserted, . also Uninstalling the Cameraby subject movement. Uninstalling FinePixViewer there reduces blur caused Use only starts and FinePixViewerUSB may be Only before the indicator lamp reinstalling starts and FinePixViewer starts and been formattedbe Confirm thatreinstalling the before and press D to FinePixViewer FinePixViewer may in FinePixViewer may be Only uninstall memory cards and FinePixViewer FinePixViewer uninstall FinePixViewer is out the FinePixViewer starts that have may be Onlyuninstall before reinstalling the FinePixViewer Only uninstallFinePixViewer before reinstalling the the camera aand oror save images. Use aor with card softwarecamera it Disconnect required. FinePixViwer . port or save images.toto importcontainimages. Usetaken whencard no longer required. off. is no longer the USB cable. unable toimport or save images. Use a memory it turn or when . memory cardpictures the software memory card the or when itit is no longer required. unable import save unable Use a memory is software software or when is no longer required. camera.totransfer pictures.containing ISO AUTO(400) sfer pictures.readertotoatransfer . a large number reader memory card reader If transfer pictures. pictures. Windows users Windows users Windows users Windows users the control panel & use "Programs and ofThe indicatorlamp during may be the control images is lamp blinksThe indicatorinserted,blinksgreenOpenaorange duringpanelOpen use "Programs and and Features"(Vista) Add/ lampblinks green and orange before The indicator lamp blinks greenand .during green and orange there orange during Uninstalling Programs and FinePixViewer and use "Programs and and delay Open the Open Pro control panel FinePixViwer . Remove the control panel and use "Programs and FinePixViewer Make sure the indicator lamp out Make sure FinePixViwer Make sure the indicator lamp is is, Only uninstall"Add/RemoveFinePixViwer,reinstalling the data indicator surethe indicator lamp is out the transfer. starts FinePixViewer may out Vista) or grams"( ) before FinePix Resource, Features" (Windows . data transfer. Make out data transfer. lamp isand Features" be (Windows Features" FinePixViewer Vista) "Add/Remove FinePix Studio(Windows Vista) or "Add/Remove Features" (Windows Vista) oror "Add/Remove unable turning the save images.Programs" (other the import . disconnecting the Programs" (other versions 2050 g the camerabeforeturning the camera off orordisconnecting the software or when it uninstall of Windows) to00uninstall beforeor disconnecting the off or disconnectingcard off of Windows) to versions of Windows) turning or camera 12/ 31/ before to thecamera off Use a memory versions .versionsof Windows) 10:touninstall Programs" (other OK Programs" (other is no longer required. to AMuninstall reader cable. observe this precaution FinePix FinePixViewer, FinePix Resource, and FinePix Studio. Failure precaution could ilure to observe cable. Failure totoobserve this , could Resource, and FinePix Studio. USB cable. Failure tocould Windows users FinePix Resource, and FinePix Studio. . FinePixViewer, USB to precaution observe this precautioncould USB this transfer pictures. FinePixViewer, FinePixViewer, FinePix Resource, and FinePix Studio. Press G to turn indicator result in loss ofof memory or and orange.or The data damage toto duringor more confirmationdual IS on or confirmation dialogs f data or damage toin loss lamp oror damage Under Windows, one orMacintosh one or more off . Icon appears in Open Windows, one or more use "Programsdialogs Under the control dialogs and confirmation dialogs result loss ofdata or damage to internal memory internal memory result ininternaldata blinks green internal memory or Under Windows, panel(icon displayed depends on Under when dual one or more confirmation and monitor Windows, IS is , on datamemory card. transfer. Make lamp is out ard. the memory card. sure the indicator displayed; read the contents carefully before contents carefully before FinePixViwer(Windows the Features" displayed; read Vista) or "Add/Remove may be may be displayed; read the contents carefully before the the memory card. may be may beselected for ZViwer see pg. 88). option displayed; read the contents carefully before DUAL IS MODE; before turning camera before or disconnecting e camera before inserting or camera before clickingIndicatorsthe Programs"OK.FinePix Indicators Disconnect the camera before inserting OK. Disconnect the removing inserting removing Disconnect the the camera off inserting oror removing clicking OK. . or removing clicking (other versions of Windows) to uninstall clicking OK. USB cable.cards. to observe this precaution could FinePixViewer, FinePix Resource, and FinePix Studio. s. memory cards. Macintoshhidden users displayed memory Failure memory cards. Macintosh raised Macintosh users Macintosh users when blur reduction is in effect. Sensitivity is users result FinePixViewer orcopy voice After quitting FinePixViewer andWindows, one or more confirmation dialogs ewer to copyUseFinePixViewer totodamage tomemos. memory or Use FinePixViewer tocopy voice memos. Underquitting FinePixViewer and depending on the After quitting FinePixViewer and disconnecting the voice memos.data copy voiceinternal Use in loss of memos. After disconnecting still After quitting FinePixViewer and disconnecting Note that blurring may the occur disconnecting the the memory card. may not perform as expectednot performcamera, dragwhen "FinePixViewer" folder from contents carefully before FinePixViewer may not perform asasexpected when may camera, drag the "FinePixViewer" folder from FinePixViewer may when FinePixViewer may not performas expected when scene.be displayed; the "FinePixViewer" folder from expected the camera, drag read "FinePixViewer" folder from camera, drag the the run from network. computer overa a network. Disconnectanother computer over network.removing her computer over a another computer over "Applications" into the clicking OK. select Empty "Applications" into the Trash and select Empty Trash and run from the camera before inserting or grid run from another a network. Framing "Applications" into the Trash and select Empty "Applications" into the Trash and select Empty memory bears rs all applicableusercards. allallapplicable fees charged Finder menu. The user bears all applicable fees charged by the Macintosh users in the The fees charged by the The user bears applicable Trashchargedby the feesdisplayed by the Trash inin the Finder menu. Trash the Finder menu. Trash inthe Finder menu. Use service provider Internet service provider when any or Internet FinePixViewerororcopy voiceserviceprovider when phone company or Internet service provider when After quitting FinePixViewer and disconnecting the phone company Internet memos. phone company to when Tousingthe framing grid, position the expected when FinePixViewer that not perform as connection. that requireusingservices that require an Internetmain subject at using services may require an Internetconnection. an Internet connection. an Internet connection. use services that require camera, drag the "FinePixViewer" folder from run intersection computer over align one the from anotherof two lines ora network. of the "Applications" into the Trash and select Empty horizontal bearswithapplicable fees charged by (pg. The user lines all the horizon. Use focus lock the Trash in the Finder menu. phone company or Internet service provider when 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center using services the require an Internet of the frame in that final photograph. connection.

Connections Basic Photography and Playback Connections Connections Connections

61

Connections

61

61 61 17 61

v-MODErange shooting conditions. optionsfor Pressthehighlighteditem. to the Press Press the selectorright display settingsThev-MODE rangeofshootingconditions. contain optionsPresstheselector buttontoitem.thewhere they can be settingsTheforawiderangerangeofshootingconditions.can optionsoptionsforhighlighteditem.item.displaythe settingsfor aforaforawiderangeofshootingconditions.contain optionsPressforhighlighteditem.to displaythe settingsforaaThefor rangeofFinePixViewermenuscontainoptionsPressthehighlighted totototodisplaythe settingsforv-MODEand andofshootingconditions.contain optionsfor thehighlighteditem.item.display settings widesuppliedofshootingshooting conditions. usedforforthehighlighted item.displaythe settings v-MODE rangeof ofshootingconditions. be optionsforthevselector right displaythe settingsforawiderange shooting conditions. settingsforawidewide range of conditions. for settings awide of shooting menus widewideand shooting software a shootingmenus conditions. optionsforvthehighlighted to item. options vselector item. display for highlighted highlighted The Thewide range andshooting menus Press thethethethebuttoncomputer, Pressthe thevbutton right display Press theforbutton right v highlighted button vbutton to the selector a The settings shootingmenus. TheF-Mode aand shooting menuscontain v-MODE wide range conditions. Pressoptionsvbutton righttotodisplay v-MODE and contain Press copy selector to toto display Press the pictures rightdisplay the The TheThe aforviewed,shooting shooting containbe usedoptions formenu. FinePixViewer. they can be Thev-MODEwide range of of at and printed. Before v-MODE forformenu. right item.described below. v-MODEand FinePixViewermenus contain proceeding, install highlighteddisplay and organized, shipment. Charge options forselector to right item. as shooting software Press thethe highlighted toitem. where the menu. the the settings for a wide range of shooting conditions. for wide rangeshootingmenus contain Press menu. highlighted display a is not charged menus can shooting conditions. the 3Press for pictures rightcomputer, settingsstored, settings supplied for options The selectorIndicator to display The v-MODE range ofof shooting conditions. v-MODEhighlighted item. v-MODEmenu.highlighted item. v-MODE selector a item. v-MODEthemenu. to v-MODEmenu. battery and of shooting conditions. to v-MODEhighlighted copy the settings forthewide Menushooting a wide options Charging UsingUsingthev-ModeMenu Usingsettingsthev-ModeMenu toconditions. untiloptionsMODEtheMENUMENUMENU MENU item. Usingthe v-Mode range ofof shootingthe computer options forMODEMODEMODEcomplete. item. Usingthev-Mode MenuMenu conditions. Usingthev-ModeMenuof shooting conditions. options forMENUisMENUMENUMENU Usingthev-Moderange camera conditions. Usingthefor av-ModeMenu Usingthenot connect the shooting the Dov-ModeMenu Using v-Mode v-Mode settingsstored, viewed,MenuMenu printed. Before proceeding,MODE highlighted item. described below. settings for a wide range Menu for a wide use. options MODE MENU MODE MODE for the highlighted MODE installationMENU MODE FinePixViewer settings for wide range for the highlighted shows the batteryv-Mode Menu before organized, Usingathe Menu ThePOWERinstallMANAGEMENT chargingMANAGEMENT indicator F-Mode v-Mode Using the v-Mode Menuandthe computer until installationMANAGEMENTMENUMANAGEMENTPOWER SAVE as battery charge the v-Mode Menu to UsingDo not connect the camera Using the the v-Mode Menu POWERMANAGEMENT POWER MANAGEMENT POWERPOWER POWER MODE MENU POWERPOWERMODEMODE MENU POWERPOWER MENU MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT POWER SAVEPOWER SAVESAVE POWERPOWERPOWER POWERPOWER POWER POWERMENU SAVE MODE MENU complete. MODEMODESAVESAVESAVESAVE MODE MENU SAVE MODE Usingv v vbutton displaythe the v-Mode display ISOISO ISO isMODE MENU MODE MENU ISO ISO MENU MENU MENU ISO ISO MENU PressUsingthebuttonto FinePixViewer PressPressthethebuttonbutton displaythethe PressthePressbutton buttonto tothethethe PressPress vthebuttondisplay display Press thethebutton tototodisplay thethe Pressthe thevbuttontoMenu PressInstallingtotodisplaythe the v vbutton display the the v-Mode toMenu v v display QUICKQUICK AF QUICK QUICK AF QUICKAF AF QUICK POWER QUICK AF QUICK QUICK statusISO ISOISOMODEMODEMODEAFAFAFAFAFPOWER SAVE as follows:QUICKMANAGEMENT UsingPressv v-Mode intodisplay the UsingPlace v-Mode Menu QUALITYQUALITY QUALITYPOWER MANAGEMENT SAVE QUALITY QUALITY MODE MENU QUALITY QUALITY MENU MANAGEMENTPOWER QUALITY MODEPOWER MANAGEMENT QUALITY QUALITY PressPres PressPre Press th Press t Press th DISPLAYPOWER POWER DISPLAYDISPLAY POWERCLEAR CLEAR MANAGEMENT the battery . Using menu.buttondisplay the CLEAR MANAGEMENTMANAGEMENT CLEARPOWER MANAGEMENT SAVE CLEAR ISOCLEAR DISPLAY CLEAR MODEPOWERMANAGEMENTDISPLAY MODE ISO CLEAR CLEAR MENUDISPLAY DISPLAY MENU F the v button to display the v 1 menu.menu. F-Modedisplay the POWERCOLORMENU MANAGEMENTDISPLAY POWERCLEARMANAGEMENT QUICK POWER POWER DISPLAY POWER POWER POWER MANAGEMENT DISPLAY themenu. toto the charger. display COLOR COLORPOWER SAVESAVE COLORPOWER COLORCOLOR QUICK AF COLORCOLOR COLORPOWERSAVE AF COLOR MANAGEMENT ISO QUALITY Press ISO MANAGEMENT POWER MANAGEMENT ISO MODEISO v-MODE FinePixViewer is available in Windows and Macintosh versions. InstallationCOLORAUTOAUTOAUTO v-MODE Installing FinePixViewer v-MODEmenu. menu. v-MODEmenu.v button v-MODE the button v-MODEmenu. v-MODEmenu. v-MODEmenu. v-MODE v-MODE QUICKCLEAR Press the v Press the AF QUICKAF AF ISO ISO ISOQUALITY POWER AF DISPLAY ISO ISO POWER instructions for Windows are SAVE SAVE QUICK CLEAR DISPLAY QUALITY QUICK AUTO QUALITY QUALITY POWER ISO longer ISO CLEAR ChargingforISOsavingQUALITYISOforCOLORAF AUTOAUTOAUTO N Action Press the vthe battery display the PressInsert v menu. totointo the the the button highligh highligh highlig highli high high hig Power Power savingindicatorPOWERDISPLAY N N status Powersaving forsaving for for forMANAGEMENTBattery N N Power savinglonger longer QUALITY CLEARCOLORSAVE saving for Power QUALITY forMANAGEMENTAF N PowerPowerPower POWER QUALITYDISPLAY Powerlonger saving for longerQUICK AF N saving longerlonger QUICK DISPLAY for Power saving longer SAVE longer POWER MANAGEMENT DISPLAY saving CLEAR QUALITY longer QUALITY QUALITY CLEAR QUALITY POWER v-MODE button to display supplied BC-50 FINEPIX COLOR QUALITY life COLOR QUALITYCOLOR POWER SAVE Presson pagesbutton installation the Press the 5657, the menu. display v-MODE menu. batterybattery lifelifelife life life life COLORCLEARAF DISPLAY STD batterylife life battery battery battery battery ISO ISO life battery CLEAR QUICK DISPLAY COLOR COLOR v-MODEvmenu.is available in Windows and Macintosh versions.batterybatteryISOPowerCOLOR COLORSTDDISPLAYSTD not for Windows are v-MODE v button to display the Press the menu. to display the Power COLORQUICK AFSTD QUALITYonforpages QUALITY saving for longer COLOR COLOR instructions FinePixViewer InstallationCOLORSTD STD STD QUALITY saving longer v-MODE menu. v-MODE v buttonas shown, instructions for Macintosh computers savingCOLOR forQUICK AF 5859. Insert the Power saving life longer DISPLAY PowerPower batteryfor longer CLEAR Power battery forCLEAR Battery savingsaving life longer batteryMENUMENUMENUMENU making sure that COLOR OffPower lifefor longerpages 5859. v-MODEMODEMODE chargerinstallation instructions for Macintosh computers savinglongerlonger CLEAR DISPLAY v-MODEMENU5657, menu. menu. battery MODE MODE MODE MODE MODE MODE MODE MODE Powerbattery life battery savinglife for COLOR battery for life v-MODEMENUMENUMENUMENU MENU menu. on pages FinePixViewer: orientation. Press Pressselector selector fordowntodown InstallingPOWER MANAGEMENTMENU correctWindows Press Press thethe selector updowndown tototo battery. battery life Pressthethethe selectorsavingorlongerupdown to to PressPressselectorupup lifefor orlongerorinserted. Press thethe selectorbattery onfor longer down to PressPressselector Power saving oror ortoto the selector up Power saving or down the selectorPowerbattery lifeup down to the batteryup or down selector down uplifeup up or or thePOWERPOWER MANAGEMENTMANAGEMENT battery MODEinMANAGEMENT is MODEthe MENU POWERMANAGEMENTMODEMODE POWER POWER MANAGEMENT POWER MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT POWER MANAGEMENT MENU POWER POWER MENU MANAGEMENT PressPres PressPre Press M Press Press MODE MENU MODE MENU battery life ISOISO ISO ISO ISO AUTO AUTOAUTOAUTO ISO ISO ISO ISO AUTO AUTO Press thetheoption.upupdowndown thedesiredoption.ordown to Press desireddesiredoption.downtoto to thedesired upupordownto selector up up down MODE MENU the computer meets the following thethe desired option.or or down to MODE POWER MANAGEMENT InstallingISOMODEMODEMENUNAUTOAUTOAUTO NAUTO Windows highlighthighlightrequirements:orBattery totototo FinePixViewer: highlightPresstheselector option.oror down highlightthe thethe selector up up or . highlightdesiredselectoroption.down highlightthethethe selector upor down highlight desiredoption. or highlight selector option. highlight selectoroption. highlight selector desired Pressthe Glows up Press Confirm QUALITYMANAGEMENTN N N N N AUTO system selector QUALITYQUALITYthatPOWER N QUALITY QUALITY POWER MANAGEMENT QUALITY QUALITY QUALITY MANAGEMENT QUALITY QUALITY MANAGEMENT N PressPress desiredoption.orordown toto Pressthe selector up Press desired selector 4Press theselector up option. red POWERMANAGEMENT POWER ISO N POWERISO MENU MENU highligh highligh highlig highli high high hig AUTO Press the Press down MODE COLORCOLOR STD STD COLOR POWER MENU STDAUTOAUTO COLORISOFINEPIXSTD STD STD STD STD COLORCOLOR COLOR COLOR COLOR STD COLOR MANAGEMENT STDAUTO ISO QUALITY POWER MANAGEMENT NP-50 rechargeable battery ISO ISO QUALITY AUTO N highlight desired or charging. N Press theHomethe desired menuitem.to Press theselector option. up highlight requirements: or down QUALITY highlightthe selector menumenu 2 highlight the desired option. Confirm POWER MANAGEMENT computerof Windows Vista, Windowshighlightthedesiredmenuitem.toto that MANAGEMENT AUTO STD STD meets the followinghighlightthedesiredmenuitem.item. later), Windows XP system desired (Service QUALITY Press thethe desired option. ISO ISO POWER QUALITY the COLOR N NN STD QUALITYMANAGEMENT highlightthethe thedesiredmenuitem.or highlight selector desiredor Pack highlight desiredup option. highlight desired up down COLOR AUTON Preinstalled versions XP POWER COLOR STD STD highlight thethedesiredmenuitem.item.Remove the highlight the Edition option. down COLOR QUALITY COLOR ISO QUALITY COLOR AUTOAUTO ISO N STD N OS ISO AUTO highlight Home desired option. fully highlight the desired Battery the desired option. 4 Professional (Service PackWindows Vista, Windows XPProfessional (Service Pack Pack later) later), Windows XP Windows QUALITY COLOR QUALITY COLOR N STD STDN Glows Preinstalled versions of 2 or later), orPressPressMENU/OKtoEditionselect thethethe QUALITY N Arrow Press Press2000 MENU/OKtoselectoption.ortheor battery. Press PressMENU/OK to totoselectselect 2the Press MENU/OK MENU/OK selectselectthe the Presshighlight the to tototoselect PressPress MENU/OK select charged. MENU/OK to green (Service the MENU/OK MENU/OK MENU/OK select the select the COLOR COLOR STD STD OS COLOR Windows Vista: STD Pack 2 or later), or Windows 2000 Professional (Service Packselect 800MHz Professionaldown totoPentium 4 or better (3GHz Pentium MENU/OK to to select later) the (Service tototo 4 Press 4 or PressPress thetheCPU selectordowndown Pentium 4 or betterhighlightedoption.betterto select or the Unplug the Press Pressselector upup up oror ortoto Pressthethethe selectoror updowntodown PressPressselector upup or updown to Press thethe selector up ororXP: 800MHz PressPressselector or updown to the selector up Windowsdown the selector the selector ordown down selector or Press MENU/OK recommended) highlighted option.option. highlighted option. betterto highlighted option. option. select the highlighted MENU/OK recommended) the highlightedoption. highlighted 4 option. highlightedoption. highlightedor highlighted Press Press MENU/OK (2GHz Pentiumoption. to recommended) the MENU/OK MENU/OK Windowsup or down Vista: 800MHz (3GHz Press thedesiredmenuitem. Windows: 200MHz Pentium PressMENU/OK or option. select the the desiredupitem.down to selector item.item. desired menu oritem.item.to 4 or better Press Pentium 4 option.to select menudown toPentium item. to 2theBC-50thedesiredmenuor to Terminals or Press MENU/OKbetterto . the charger and 5highlighted option. to select the Press highlighted highlighthighlightdesiredmenumenu highlight the desired menu item. 800MHz Pentium 4 or better (2GHz PentiumMENU/OK recommended) the highlight thedesired menu upXP: of highlight thedesired desired or item. highlight the CPUselector item. down highlightthe desiredOther versions highlighttheselectorcharger highlightthebattery Windows highlight selectorup Press select Press the the menumenu Press the better highlighted option. highlighted better Press MENU/OK select 4 or red Press the selector up orordown toto Press the selector up menu item. highlighted option. highlighted option. Blinks highlight desired up or down the desired or item. Press .the desiredversionsitem. toto Press the selector upVista:ofitem. the or highlight the desired menudown Windows highlighted option. highlighted option. highlight theselector menudown or 200MHz GB or more better highlightselector up menu512 MB to Press thethe desired menudown more (1 Pentium or recommended)option. Battery fault. remove the Other Windows: highlighted highlight the desired menu item. or more highlight RAM desired menu item. Windows XP: MB highlight the desired menu512item. or more (1 GB or more recommended) highlight Plug charger in. item. Windows Vista: item. highlight the desired menu512 MB battery. Other versions of Windows: 128 MB or more RAM Windows XP: a power outlet. Plug the charger into512 MB or more The red Free disk A Other versions of Windows: 128 MB orinstallation with Charge the battery. 600 MB available when FinePixViewer is running (15 GB or minimum of 450 MB required for more charging indicator will light.under Windows Vista, 2 GB or more recommended under Windows XP) space more recommended Free disk A minimum of 450 MB required for installation with Charging is complete when the charging or 600 MB available when FinePixViewer is running (15 GB Video 800600 pixels or more with 16-bit color or2 GB or (1,024768 pixels or more with 32-bit color recommended) space more recommended under Windows Vista, better more recommended under Windows XP) exhausted indicator turns green. A fully Built-in pixels or recommended. Operation is not guaranteed other USB ports Video 800600 USB port more with 16-bit color or better (1,024768 pixels or more with 32-bit color recommended) battery takes about 2 hours and Service; Internet Other InternetUSB port recommended. Operation is not guaranteed otherto use FinePix Internet 20 minutes Built-in connection (56kbps or faster recommended) required USB ports to charge. connection and e-mail software required to use e-mail option Other Internet connection (56kbps or faster recommended) required to use FinePix Internet Service; Internet

settings settings a widerange ofshooting conditions. shooting conditions. optio optio opt op Using UsingMenus:ShootingModeModesettingsfor forwidewiderangeofshootingconditions. Using the theMenus:ShootingMode Usingthe Menus: Shooting Mode UsingtheMenus: Shooting Mode UsingtheMenus: Shooting Mode settings foraforawiderangeofofshootingconditions. Usingthe Menus: Shooting Mode Usingthethe Menus: Shooting Using theMenus: Shooting Mode settings foraforawiderangeofshooting conditions. options Using theMenus: Shooting Mode settings awiderangerangeofshootingconditions. options Menus: Shooting Mode settings forawiderange ofshooting conditions. option Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: ShootingComputerUsingthev-ModeMenu Using the Menus: Shooting ModeUsing thethev-ModeMenu Viewing Pictures on a Mode Using thethev-ModeMenu Using the Menus: Shooting Mode 3PressUsingv-Moderightdisplay Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using selectorv-ModeMenu Using thev-ModeMenu Menu Usingv-MODEandshootingmenuscontaincontain3Using thev-ModeMenudisplay Using The Thev-MODEandMenus: Shootingcontain33Press thethe selector right tototo display The Thev-MODEandandshootingmenus containcontainPress3theselector selectortorightdisplay The v-MODEtheandshooting menuson contain 33Press Press thethe selector rightdisplaydisplay Thev-MODE andPictures menuscontain Press Pressselector right to totototo display Thev-MODE theshooting a Computerthethethe selector right display Thev-MODEandshootingshootingmenus Mode PressPressselector right rightdisplay TheCharging shootingmenus containMode 3 the selector right to Thev-MODE Menus: Shooting v-MODE andshootingmenusmenus v-MODE shootingmenus contain right display Using andtheshootingmenuscontaincontain 3Press theselector right to display : shooting Viewingand Battery menus 3 The v-MODE and Press the selector

33 3 111111 1 33 33

111 1111 1 11 11 1 11 11

444444 4
First Steps

1 1

222 2222 22 22 2 22 22 2

444 4444 44 44 4 222222 2 44 44 555 5555 55 55 5 55 55


Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

555555 5

6262 62 26262 6262 62 56 62 62 62 62 6262 56 62

Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus MenusMenus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

C Caution 62626262 626262 C Caution Other versions of Windows are not supported. Operation is not guaranteed on home-built computers or computers that have been upgraded from earlier versions of Windows. Other versions of Windows are not supported. Operation is not guaranteed on home-built computers or computers that have been upgraded from earlier versions of Windows.

connection and e-mail software required to use e-mail option

v-Mode Menu Options v-Mode Menu Options v-Mode MenuMenu Options v-Mode Menu Options Description v-Mode Menu Options v-Mode Options v-Mode Menu Options Menu Menu Options item v-Mode Menu Options F-Mode v-Mode Menu Options v-Mode Menu OptionsDescription Menu item v-Mode v-Mode Menu OptionsDescription POWER performance for increased Menu item Menu item Menu item item Optimize camera Description Description Menu item Optimize camera performance for increased Description Menu item Menu Description m POWER Menu item Description v-Mode Menu Optionsperformance for increased Description Menu Menu item Optimize camera Description for increased mPOWER item Optimize life, quick performance quality (pg. 63). MANAGEMENT Optimize camera focus,performance for increased battery camera Description or display POWERPOWER

Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using Menus: Shooting Mode Usingthe Menus: Shooting Mode the Menus: Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting :Mode Usingthe Menus:Shooting Using Shooting Mode Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode

Options Default Options Default Options Options Default Default Options Options Default Options Default Default v/w/x Options Default v Options Options Defaultv Default Options Default v/w/x Optimize camera performance for increased increased POWERPOWER Optimize life,,performance for forfor(pg. POWER POWER Optimize cameracamera performance increased performance POWER Optimize camera focus, or display qualityincreased performance , camera Description Menu item Options Default MANAGEMENT battery Optimize camera performance for 63). quick camera for increased Optimize camera performance for increased m POWER v/w/x mmm Adjust ISO camera performance Choose increased4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/v v v v/w/x v vv v/w/x POWER Optimize sensitivity (pg. 64). POWER Optimize Optimize performance increased m MANAGEMENT battery quick or display qualityfor 63). 63). v/w/x v/w/x m v/w/x POWER MANAGEMENT life,life, life, focus, display m MANAGEMENT battery quick quickfocus, or displayfor(pg. (pg.63). v/w/x MANAGEMENT battery life, camera focus,(pg.display qualityincreased or or 64). forquality 63). (pg. Options m v/w/x v/w/x v v MANAGEMENT OptimizeISOlife, quickperformance Choose(pg. 63). batterybattery quick focus, or . higher focus, or increased mMenu m v/w/x v Adjustbatterysensitivityfocus,or display quality (pg. 63). nPOWERitemMANAGEMENT batteryquick quick or quality quality (pg. 63). 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ vDefault ISOMANAGEMENT battery life, focus,Descriptiondisplayquality higher life, (pg. m ISO v/w/x MANAGEMENT Optimize ISO sensitivityis(pg. display Choosehigher 4/4 (1600)/4 battery life,camerafocus, (pg. 64).quality (pg. display n POWER MANAGEMENT ISO life,subjector(pg.display quality (pg.63).4/43200/1600/800/400/200/100 valuesISO sensitivityperformanceChoosehigher 63). whenISO quick focus, Choose thesensitivity poorly for Adjust ISO sensitivity poorly lit. Choose higher 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ v (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ Adjust quick sensitivity(pg. 64).Choosehigher AdjustISOISO (pg. is (pg. 64).lit. 63). (800)/4 Adjustlife, quick focus, or 64).64). quality increased 4/4 (1600)/4(800)/4 (400)/6400/ (pg.64). 64). Choose higher 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ v MANAGEMENTAdjustAdjustsensitivity (64). Choosehigher 4/4 (1600)/4(800)/4 (400)/6400/ batteryAdjust sensitivity(pg.display 64). Choose higher 4/4(1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ (pg. higher 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ when the sensitivity (pg.64). Choose higher 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 Adjust ISO subject sensitivity Adjust ISO nmISO ISO n n ISO ISO ISO QUALITY ISO values and quality (pg.Choose higher yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 yN v/w/x (400)/6400/ n n MANAGEMENT values values quick thesubject is64).lit. 65). (pg. 63). ISO n Adjust ISO the the subject is poorly lit. (pg. 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ on ISO Chooselife, when focus, is lit.lit. n valuesvalues whensize poorly image the 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 when when the subject is poorly lit. 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 batteryISOwhen subject qualitypoorly65). values thewhen andsubject poorly lit. 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 values valuessensitivity(pg. 64).(pg. lit. 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 Adjust whensensitivitysubjectpoorlyChoose . 4/4 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ n ISO values when thetheis or is islit. lit. 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 o QUALITY Choosewhen the subject isdisplay quality higher yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 yN image size subject values subject poorlypoorly poorly 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 n o QUALITY Choose Choosesizein standardquality (pg. 65). or in 4/4 (1600)/4 (800)/4 (400)/6400/ yNyN values when the size and or saturated 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 Shoot pictures size sizequality (pg. 65). color yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 o yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 yN Choose thein size and quality (pg. 65). ooISO QUALITYChoosewhenimage subjectand(pg. 65). higher yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3yNSTD QUALITYo QUALITY ShootChoose image sizeandpoorly 65).65).65). or in yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3yN yN and poorly lit. Adjust picturesimage sizeis isquality (pg. 65). sensitivity quality (pg. yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3yN o QUALITY yN o QUALITY COLOR valuesimageimage standard quality (pg. 65). image image andand (pg. Choose size and QUALITY QUALITY Choose qualityqualitylit.. yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 yN ChooseISO image size and or saturated color image subject(pg. 64). (pg. yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 Choose quality 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 Choose FINEPIX STD/ / no QUALITY ISO o o FINEPIX COLOR valuesShoot pictures instandard or(pg. 65). color oror inyF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 yN QUALITY ShootShootimagestandardstandard or lit. colorcolor or Choose pictures and quality saturated color size STD/ / STD Shoot black-and-white (pg. 66). 3200/1600/800/400/200/100 pictures pictures standard or saturated Shoot size and Shoot imagepictures standard or saturated color in yN o QUALITY FINEPIXShoot picturesthestandardisor saturated color or orin in Choose pictures insubjector saturated COLOR wheninin in 66). poorly saturatedor inin STD/ STD STD FINEPIX COLOR Shoot pictures inininquality saturated . in FINEPIX black-and-whitein in standard or saturated color in STD/ / FINEPIX COLOR COLOR Shoot pictures standard or (pg. 65). color or or yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 STD STD STD/ STD//// / STD STD FINEPIX Shoot pictures (pg.standard COLOR STD/ / STD/ STD FINEPIX COLOR (pg. 66). (pg. 65). STD/ / / FINEPIX FINEPIX COLOR black-and-white(pg.qualityor saturated color or in STD/ FINEPIX STD/ / 66). black-and-white (pg.66). yN oFINEPIX COLORblack-and-white (pg. standard or saturated color or in yF/yN/y3:2/0F/0N/1/2/3 STDSTD QUALITY COLOR black-and-whitesize66).66).66). saturated color or in Chooseblack-and-white (pg. or imagein(pg. (pg. 66). black-and-whiteand 66). black-and-white (pg. FINEPIX COLORShoot pictures standard STD/ / STD black-and-white m POWER MANAGEMENTstandard POWER black-and-whitein 66). STD/ / STD black-and-white mFINEPIX COLORMANAGEMENT(pg. 66). or saturated color or in m COLOR Shoot pictures (pg. FINEPIX POWER MANAGEMENTfor increased battery life, quick focusSTD/ / STD m MANAGEMENT (pg. m MANAGEMENT Optimize camera performance response, or improved display m POWERPOWER MANAGEMENT increased battery life, quick focus response, or improved display m m POWER MANAGEMENT for POWERPOWER MANAGEMENT black-and-white m POWER MANAGEMENT Optimize camera performance 66).

m m POWER MANAGEMENT effectavailable in L mode. Detection is on. when in m automatically when the camera is whenin in L mode. ANotes POWER MANAGEMENT not .anmode. AC-5VX on. Intelligent Face Detection turns on mv POWERMANAGEMENTtake is notpowered L mode. AC-5VX AC adapterIntelligent Face Detection turns on POWER not available Intelligent m POWER SAVE does not take effect availableby an optional AC-5VX AC adapter CP-50 DC coupler. MANAGEMENT the is is not powered bymode. Face AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler. is CP-50DC POWER MANAGEMENTnot available in Intelligent Face vPOWER SAVE does notis is is not available LL Detection is AC CP-50 DC coupler. automatically when automatically the camera is powered by an optional m POWER MANAGEMENTcamera when IntelligentoptionalAC-5VX is on. and Face DC coupler. automatically whenwhencamera effectSAVE; inin an optional dim Detection is on. and CP-50 Detection turns turns ANotesAt settingsdoesthannoteffecteffect when anmonitor will dim automatically Intelligent Faceare Detection turns on v POWERwhen thethantakePOWERwhenbyL mode. DetectionACon.on.Intelligent Facearecoupler. turns on on v POWER SAVEother . is powered Intelligent Face AC-5VX ACisadapter no operationsDetection turns on POWER thannot POWERwhen the Intelligent Face Detection is on. and CP-50 DCDetection for SAVESAVE does taketakepowered the L mode. Detection adapter Intelligent Faceperformed for does does v POWER SAVE; Intelligent Face Detection is Intelligent notcamera is effect when monitor will dim automatically if no operationsFaceperformed for not veffect SAVE; the optional take not available monitor will Face on v POWER SAVEthenotv takeavailable by Intelligent Face automatically if if and At settings does m v At settings other vPOWER MANAGEMENT is POWER SAVE other Intelligent automatically no operations are Detection v POWER SAVE If v camera available an optionalFace automatically Intelligent FaceDCperformed effect when v automatically doesIfnot POWER is poweredmonitor Facedim (pg.AC theon. andwill turnDCDCDetection if if no for msettings SAVE alsothe notistake is SAVE; byAUTO an optional AC-5VX adapterif will CP-50 automatically no on At POWER other thancameraselected for o Intelligent willAC-5VX 90), isis adapterCP-50 off Detection operations are performed automaticallyseconds, doescameraselected for obybyoptionalOFFDetectiontheon.IntelligentCP-50automaticallyturnsfor the the selected when Intelligent 30 seconds, than OFF is is effect for o , 90), adapter nowill turn DC arecoupler. automaticallyMANAGEMENTisisis by monitor willOFF (pg. 90), the cameraand turn off automatically if no when also If OFFpowered theAUTOoptionalOFF automatically (90) performed the OFF CP-50 off coupler. automatically when 30take notSAVE; thein LPOWER dim(pg. , ifand operationscoupler. camera powered an mode. AC-5VX adapter an POWER Detection POWERwhenwhenv POWER poweredAUTO POWERAC-5VX ACACACcameranoand Facecoupler. turns on 30 seconds, 30 camera At settings other also ; OFF automaticallyother than v POWER o AUTO monitor will dim automatically if no turn arecoupler. for no vAt settings other v is POWERis 5 minutes. by monitorOFFDetection adapter operationsoffcoupler. POWER whenthan v POWER when an optional 30 settings SAVE are v selectedpowered by monitor will AC-5VX90), the if ifandnoCP-50 DCautomatically if for operations are performed forSAVE; the At settings other thanthe cameraeffectSAVE; thean optionaldim automaticallyno nowilloperations performedif onfor At 30 At settingswhen thev POWERfor o the thePOWERdimAC-5VX AC is on. ifIntelligent Face are are performed for settingsoperations OFF camerafor 5 powered monitor will will dim automatically and turnDC automatically for other than performed seconds, also If does POWERis for SAVE; Intelligent dim(pg. AC adapter no operations are performed automatically automaticallyalso Ifthan is selected5SAVE; AUTO POWER OFFautomaticallycamera operations Detection turns no At seconds,otherare performedminutes. monitor will Face (pg. 90), the camera will operations are performed operations OFF not takefor SAVE; the minutes. . if CP-50 off performed 5 than v POWER SAVE; the monitor will dim automatically if no operations are performed for automatically Ifperformedis selectedo At settings otherOFF is selectedis o AUTO POWER OFF (pg. 90), the camera will turn off coupler. operations are also Ifisv POWER powered by an POWER OFF (pg. 90), the camera willoff automatically if no63 for 5 for o if 30 operationsotherIfthanOFFselected SAVE;AUTO POWER OFFAC-5VX the adapterno operationsautomatically if if 63 no seconds, are OFF OFF for 5 minutes. AUTO POWER dim 90), 90), the if and will turn automatically for 30 seconds, alsoalsoOFFselected for forfor o AUTO optional(pg.automatically cameraCP-50 DCoff automaticallynono At settingsalso when theiscameraminutes.o AUTO POWER OFF (pg.ACthe camera will turn offoff automatically 63 3030 seconds, performedis selected for the monitor willOFF (pg. 90), camera will turn turn are performed no seconds, also 30 seconds, If If if 30operations are than is 5 minutes. seconds, performed also performed minutes. operations are performed selected minutes. monitor will dim automatically if no will turn off automatically no 63 Atseconds, alsoperformed POWERfor o AUTO POWER OFF (pg. 90), the camera operations are performed no settings are If OFF isfor forfor 5 SAVE; the operations areother If OFFvfor 55 minutes.AUTO POWER OFF (pg. 90), the camera will turn off automatically if iffor 63 operations 30 selected for o 63 operations also If OFF is 30 seconds, are performed for 5 minutes. 63 63 operations are performed selected for o AUTO POWER OFF (pg. 90), the camera will turn off automatically if no 63 63 for 5 minutes. 63 operations are performed for 5 minutes. 63

Optimize camera performancefor increased battery for increased m POWER following performance available: battery life, quick focus response, or improved display Optimize quality. camera performance are for increased battery quick focus response, improved display The MANAGEMENT Optimize Optimizecamera options areareforincreased batterylife,quick focus response,or orimproveddisplay Optimize TheMANAGEMENT forforavailable:battery life,life, quick focus response, ororimproved display mOptimize camera performanceincreased battery life,life,quick focus response,or improveddisplay POWER following options life,quick focus response, quick focus response, improved display Optimizecameracameraperformance increased camera performance increased quality. MANAGEMENT forare available: quality. quality.The performance for are available: battery life, quick focus response, oror improved display quality. The following optionsavailable: The performance rate is reduced. If no following are available: Optimizecamera Monitor refresh available: cameraperformance for increased improved display m following optionsoptions available: battery operationsfocus response, or improved display POWERSAVE: following optionsareincreased batterylife, quick are performed for 10s, the monitor will v POWERSAVE: Monitor options v v following options are quality.POWERThe following refresh rate is reduced. If If no operations are performed for 10s, the monitor will will quality.The POWER SAVE: Monitor refresh rate is reduced. no operations are performed for 10s, the monitor The Optimize The following options are available: quality. quality.vcamera , for rate isis battery operations focus 10s,improved will The followingMonitor are increased POWER performance reduced. If nolife, . response, or the rate reduced. performed , SAVE: Monitor refresh available: quick are performed for 10s, the monitor display quality.The POWER SAVE:options refreshis reduced. If recommended when the camera. extended options rate This option no no operations performed for 10s, the monitor will Optimizev SAVE: Monitor refresh ratereduced. IfisIf Ifoperations are areperformedfor 10s,10s, monitor willwill dim automatically to save refresh Thisis option If operations when quality.automaticallyMonitor power.available: isis recommendedare arethe camera isforusedthe extended v POWER SAVE: SAVE: to save power.is is reduced. recommended when performed used thefor monitor will POWER following refresh are POWER Monitor v v dimSAVE: Monitor to saverate rate This optionnorecommendedare the camera is used formonitor will v POWERautomatically refreshpower. Thisreduced. nono operations performed for is used extended operations for is the extended option dim automatically refresh available: dim following . power. This option recommended when the camera 10s, the monitor save camera used for monitor extended dimTheSAVE: Monitor to save power. is10s, for for : v POWER options10 isoption is Ifisis vertical streakswhenthecamera isin photographs. will v POWERautomatically to power.rate option is recommended when performed periodsperiods attemperatures toThisprevent mottled vertical streaksare theappearing10s, the for extended at high high temperatures to prevent mottledoperations when appearing is photographs. high to temperatures Thisreduced.recommended are when dim automaticallyhigh temperatures prevent optionIf novertical streaksfromappearingforusedused extended dim automaticallyhighto save power.prevent mottledrecommendedfromappearingisin used for for extended save power.rateto option no operations from camera in photographs. quality.periods atMonitor refreshareprevent mottled vertical streaks fromthe the camera used monitor will SAVE:at to to save performed for is for extended dim. temperatures to tois This mottled vertical streaks from the camera inphotographs. automaticallysave power.Thisreduced. is recommended when appearing photographs. is dim automatically in is used periods at SAVE: Monitor refresh rate is reduced.isIfrecommendedare performed for 10s, the for extended periods dimQUICK option periods at QUICK temperatures to toThisensuringvertical streaks whenappearing camera willwill focus at v POWERhigh AF: to save focusing prevent mottled operations from the cameraphotographs. will w QUICKAF: Reduces power.This ensuring noquick streaks response.appearingphotographs. at The at at at temperaturesfocusing time, ensuring aquick shutter The camera monitor w high AF: Reduces to to time, mottled aquick shutter response. . periodsautomaticallytemperaturesprevent mottledavertical shutter whenappearing cameraphotographs.at periodswAF: Reduces focusing preventensuring averticalshutter response. The inis usedwill extended photographs. periodsQUICK temperatures mottled w AF: Reduces prevent QUICK focusing time, ensuring vertical from appearing in in quick streaks shutter dimhigh highto save power.time, a streaks from Thecamera will focus at w automatically Reduces power.time,option is recommended from the camera ininusedforfocus at periods atofReduces ,toto option. shutter response. camerain forfocus at highfocusingto3in.) to ensuring recommended 3) The camera will extended temperaturestime, infinity. a quick shutter from appearing camera willfocus prevent mottled vertical streaks response. from appearing is photographs. dimAFReduces1mfocusing time, mottledavertical shutterresponse.photographs. at at at automaticallyaboutfocusingtime,toensuringa quick streakswhen the The camera will focus to savefocusingThisinfinity. is quick 1m(3 response. The camera will focus distances of AF: Reduces (3ft. time, infinity. (3ft. distances high: temperatures(3ft. prevent wQUICKQUICKReducesfocusing 3in.) infinity. wwdistances ofof about 1m3in.) 3in.)ensuring QUICK AF: about 1m 1m 3in.) AF: periodsdistances of about (3ft.(3ft. to to infinity. at AF: about . ensuring quick shutter response. The camera will focus a quick w QUICK response. The focus distances 1m w CLEARReducesChoose a a brighter, higher quality display. QUICKDISPLAY: 1m focusingtime, for for AF: DISPLAY: periods of DISPLAY: Choose option infinity.brighter, higher quality display. x of about, Choose3in.) to ensuring quick wdistancesaboutChoose this to infinity.for .shutter response. x CLEAR of of about focusingthis infinity.mottled vertical streaks response. CLEAR DISPLAY:1m (3ft. 3in.) tooption a a brighter, higher quality display. distances xaboutChoose3in.)thistooption a brighter, higher quality display. The camera will focus at distances AF: Reduces(3ft. this to time,ensuring a aquick shutter from appearing in photographs. x high:temperatures option for CLEAR option xQUICKatCLEARDISPLAY: 1m (3ft. thispreventfor brighter, higher qualitydisplay. The camera will focus at distances (3ft. 3in.) infinity. w QUICK AF: about 1mfocusing time, ensuring a quick shutter response. The camera will focus at 1m (3ft. 3in.) to infinity. ANotesANotes Reduces (3ft.this option forbrighter, higher quality display. xdistancesDISPLAY: Choose 3in.) to infinity.brighter, higher quality display. CLEAR of distancesDISPLAY: Choose thisthis option for a brighter, higher quality display. ANotes CLEAR DISPLAY: Choose x x CLEAR about 1m this option for a aa brighter, higher quality display. x CLEARof DISPLAY: Choose option for ANotes x POWER Choose this is not availablebrighter, higher quality display. x CLEAR of about 1m (3ft. 3in.) to infinity. distances DISPLAY: Choose this option for brighter, higher quality display. ANotesmDISPLAY:MANAGEMENToption for a a in L mode. m mCLEAR POWER MANAGEMENT isisavailable in inin mode. L mode. ANotesPOWER MANAGEMENT is. available brighter, higher quality display. ANotes m notnot availableLL mode. ANotes POWER MANAGEMENT not POWER SAVE does not not available in Intelligent Face Detection is on. Intelligent Face Detection turns on ANotes ANotesv POWER SAVE does not take effect when Intelligent Face Detection isis on.Intelligent Face Detection turns on x POWERPOWER Choose not option for a L mode. m CLEAR MANAGEMENT is take effect when v ANotesv DISPLAY: SAVE doesthis take effect when Intelligent Face Detection on. Intelligent Face Detection turns on

Menus Menus Menus Menus MenusMenus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

63

Using the Menus: Shooting Mode

00 6400 ISO 0 n, m, p 4 B, yF, yN, y3:2 4 1001600 4M, F 4 (400)4 (1600) 1001600 4 (400)4 (1600) 3200 3:2 4 (1600) 4 n, m, p 3200 600) 0 (400)4 (1600) 4 6400 Settings other than 4 are shown by an icon in the monitor. 6400 than 4 are shown by an icon in the monitor. Settingsshown icon inicon in the monitor. other by an the monitor. ISO100 her thanAUTO are by an 4 4 an 4 areSettings than 4 are . icon in the monitor. shown other ISO100 shown by an ANote 4 ISO100 ISO100 4 (400)4 (1600) ISO100 ANote(400)4 (1600) 4 Sensitivity is not reset when the camera is turned off or another shooting mode is selected. ANote Sensitivity is reset when the camera is turned off or another shooting mode is selected. not is turned off or another shooting mode is selected. not reset when the . shooting mode is selected. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM et when theSensitivity is not reset4 are shown bymode is selected.monitor. camera other off or another camera is an icon or another is turned shooting Settingscamerathan 4 are shown byturned offin the monitor. an icon in the Settings other than when the ISO100 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ISO100 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ANote ANote Sensitivity is not reset when the camera is turned off or another shooting mode is selected. ISO100 Sensitivity is not reset when the camera is turned off or another shooting mode is selected.
12/ 31/ 2050 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 10: 00 AM

n ISO n ISO Control the cameras sensitivity to light. Higher values can be used to reduceMenus: Shooting Mode lighting is n ISO Using the blur when lighting is e camerasControl light.camerassensitivity to light.beto reducepictures be used to reduceisblur when4, Mode sensitivity cameras sensitivity be usedHigher values can be used to reduce blur : lighting If eras sensitivity to theto light. Higher values can appear to reduce blur whenhigh sensitivities.Shooting 4 poor; note, however, that mottling light. Higherin blur cantaken at Using the Menus:when lighting is Control the Higher values can to may used values when lighting is however,poor; mottling may 4 mottling may the camera will adjust sensitivity automatically 4, 4 that note, however, ver, that mottling may appear that(400) is selected,appearsensitivities. taken at 4 sensitivities. Ifin response taken at high in pictures If 4, high (1600), 4 (800), or appear in pictures taken at high sensitivities. If 4, 4 poor; note, however, in ing the Menus: Shooting Mode 4picturesselected, the camera will adjust sensitivity automatically If 4, 4 n 4 (800), or that mottling may appear in pictures taken at high sensitivities. in response ISO (1600),selected, the camera willis will adjust sensitivity automatically in response (400) adjust sensitivity automatically in nshooting selected, 4camera selected, thethat will be selected by the camera at settingsresponse ISO4 conditions. The maximum value camera will adjustresponse automatically in of 4 (800), or 4 . or 4 (400) is(400) is (800), or the (400) is . , to (1600), sensitivity Control the cameras sensitivity to light. Higher values can be used to reduce blur when lighting is to shooting conditions. that will be selected camera be be settingsreduce the Control the (800), value The maximum value by respectively.at used tothe 4blur settingsof 4 Higher will can gitions. The maximumAUTO, orthat will bemaximumvalue400 valuesat settings ofby cameraat when lighting is conditions.shootingcameras sensitivityselected byor that selected by4 camera atsettings AUTO800, (1600), 4 value 4 (400) is 1600, 800, the that will be selected to The maximum thatThe toAUTO400 the camerataken at high sensitivities. If 4, 4 conditions. AUTO800, light. appear in pictures of . AUTO1600, of 4 . however, AUTO1600, poor; note, (800), or 4 (400) is 1600, 800, or 400 in pictures taken at high sensitivities. If 4, 4 (1600),note, 1600, 800, that mottling may 4 however, or 400 respectively. poor;1600, 800, 1600, 800,may appear respectively. mottling 400 . (800), or 4 4 or 400 respectively. or 4 (400) is(400) is (800), or 4 (400) is 1600, 800, or 400 respectively. (1600), AUTO400 lighting is reduce blur when or 4 (400) ISO vary with shooting mode. In M andautomatically the options (1600), 4 (800), or 4 (400) is selected, the camera will adjust sensitivity automatically in response The options available for n is selected, (1600), 4 (800), camera will adjust sensitivity F modes, in response TheISO varyconditions.for n ISO mode. the shooting be selectedoptions camera at settings options ghavailableThe options n ISO are for n ISO varybywith that A/SF modes,byQUALITY (pg. 65). the of 4 If ISO vary with shooting In withand will mode. In 4 options s sensitivities. options with further limited value option selected the otheand F .(65 shooting to for nfor available The mode. . MF modes, forIn by the modes, lable for nshooting conditions. varyMIn that and be selected Mthe cameramodes, the of 4 available4, available The maximum value shooting M and F at settings options the to shooting maximum will mode. available responseoptionoption selected or option ) ity automatically infor by theby the further limitedby QUALITY selected 65). r n ISO are furtherforn ISOare (400) is 1600, 800, the400QUALITY (pg. for o QUALITY (pg. 65). (1600), 4limitedmode (400) is 1600, 800, or 400 respectively. or 4 selected for by the option selected SO are further limited (800),ISO4further limitedofor o,A, (pg. 65). for o QUALITY (pg. 65). available Shooting n M, F (1600), 4 (800), or are respectively. Shooting mode ,A, M, F he camera ISO settings of 4 ,A, ,A, at hooting mode options available for n ISO vary with shooting mode.yN, y3:2 M, F B, M, F yF, In M andM, 0 mode n, m, p Shooting mode F The options available for n ISO vary with shooting mode.yN,M and F modes,n, m, p B, ,A, yF, In n, m, F modes, the options the options The ISO 0 B, yF, yN, 0 y3:2 yF, yN, y3:2 0 yF, yN, p n, o QUALITY 0 1001600 B, are further limited by they3:2 selected form,y3:2 p (pg. 65). n, p B, ISO m, available for n ISO are further limited by the option selected for o QUALITY (pg. 65). 1001600 available n ISO for option 1600 3200 1001600 and F modes, the options 3200 00 Shooting mode ,A, M, F Shooting mode M, F 6400 ,A, 3200 UALITY (pg. 65). 6400 B, ISO yF, yN, y3:2 0 n, m, p

s selected.

64 64 64 64 64
64

12/ 31/ 2050

10: 00 AM

asp require less memory, the Menus:more pictures Shooting Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using allowing Shooting Mode Using the Menus:the Using the Menus: Shooting Modeto Menu Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using o QUALITY Aspect Ratio Mode be recorded. Using the Menus: ShootingUsing the Menus o QUALITY Choose the size and quality at which still pictures Pictures taken at anAspectthe Menus: Shooting Mode imagePrints settingto y3:2 quality of Using Ratio at sizes (AUTO) Mode o QUALITYChoose the size and quality o QUALITY Aspect Ratio Using the Menus: Shooting Mode o QUALITY o QUALITY can be printed at haveOption Ratio Pictures Pictures in asupframe of 35Aspect Ratio Using Ratio at an Ratio o QUALITY o Aspect Ratio Taking taken same image : setting of y are recorded. Large picturesQUALITY at which still pictures ratio Aspectthe Menus: quality Aspect an aspect of 3:2, the Aspect Shooting a o QUALITY size and quality at and qualitypictures still pictures at an image quality setting of3624cm/ 3225cm/1310in. Choose the size and quality Large pictures which printed taken at an image quality Ratio or quality setting of y Choose the are recorded.QUALITY still pictures Pictures taken at image quality setting y3:2 Aspect Ratio Choose the size and quality at which still pictures at yFtakenpictures taken (y)3:2, ofany3:2 Choose with Choose the quality; small pictures image Aspect of Choose the size at quality Pictures at large sizesthe size and quality at which stillandcan bemmwhichPictures an an aspect at ansettingatof y3:2 a frame no drop osize which still pictures Pictures taken at an image other settings of y3:2 in at which Pictures still Pictures at quality setting have an film. taken 149in. highChoose the size are quality at which be printed atbeatprintedaspecthave (y3:2). ratio takenofthe same as quality s are recorded. and sizes withLarge be printed at have anRatio at an image quality settinga framesame o QUALITY largerecorded. recorded. in quality; smallwhich aspectmm film.aspect Choose 3:2,frameimagequalityhav o less memory, allowing no drop printed at Picturesratioatprinted of 3:2, PicturestakenyF imageas a frame QUALITY Large pictures can still printed at have an aspect have at 3:2, the same as a atan of 35are recorded. Large pictures moresizeLargequality aspect anbe of 4:3.ratio of 3:2, the sameof aat the for 35recorded. Large pictures can pictures can can be pictures y3:2 have Ratio the same as are recorded. Aspect still ratio of are Framing yN Blurred Pictures pictures have an aspect ratio an Pictures takena frame of 35-the se the same as ratio of settings are picturesAspecttaken pictures 3:2,haveratioaspectframe of 3:2, of same can Ratio ratio of y3:2 for as aspect of 35other oThe GridLarge pictures can pictures to QUALITY Choose the be and require Avoiding Aspect an sizessizelarge quality atquality; still in pictures small pictures ratio prints, at same settings have an are recorded. Large qualityin recorded.printed picturesmm film. printedimage quality an as 35mmat y3:2an large sizes with no drop. small pictures can film. Pictures image quality settingframeother settings ha Choose sizessizerequire lessinatwhich withpictures inPicturesfilm. atpictures the ,settingsy3:2anthe same an taken an atratioat other a Choosesizes sizeand quality memory, smallno drop havey3:2 Picturesoftaken3:2 otheraspectof 35-an the with no picturesquality; small pictures quality;aspect taken Pictures taken ratioof ratio and sizes withwhich still pictures large the with no droplargecan besmall quality; Picturesfilm. quality have ansettingof have drop in quality; still pictures mm taken ataspect3:2, at other settings have no dropLarge at mm be Pictures taken at 4:3. settings have at other mm large large pictures the subjectPictures taken of other of 3:2, more mm to3:2.poorlyfilm. Choose with no grid are tosizesor and be recorded. drop in which the framing quality; allowing Ifpicturessmallat an image mm film. Pictures taken To display with no a or at view an lit, other largerecorded. memory, allowingmorehideatto mm film.takenispictures atquality caused byAUTO(400) 35sizesless require allowing . other in pictures . aspect ratio 4:3. require less memory, allowing more pictures in picturesPicturesAUTO(400) 3:2,blurring settingsISO camera are droplessquality;printed atto have an aspectofratioof toratioaspectsetting ofhave 35- at other s aspect ratio 4:3. are recorded. Large moreprinted morePictures aspectratiotaken the sameasPicturesy3:2 require less Large pictures can more pictures to have an ratio of 4:3. of film. large can smallpictures aspect aspect ratio of 3:2, mm 4:3. as frame of an aspect ratio require in theLarge pictures sizesbe printed require less memory, pressmemory, allowing atto quality; small ofISOaspect bythe sameratio of 4:3.button be recorded. sizes DISP/BACK no drop 0F be reduced same as a frametaken require be pictures more pictures are recorded. memory, allowingupless memory, allowingto of 4:3. of3:2, the 4:3.aaframe of 35pictures can towith be button. indicators the shakean pressing the have ratio of Option require lesswithmonitor, inatquality; small pictures aspect can Pictures taken at 7in.) ratio Ghave an be sizes with large recorded. no recorded. recorded. pictures mm morePictures taken atother AUTO(400) of G button ISO settings ISO AUTO( largerecorded. no drop in quality; small pictures (dualfilm. pictures to(9.5 aspect settings have an be sizes memory,Printsbe .recorded. be drop require less memory, to allowing film. 24 be sizes with Option allowing more pictures up mm film. of 4:3.18cm be mode). In AUTO(400) mode, other AUTO(400) large recorded. no drop in quality; or 3624cm/ to mm 0NPicturesISOtaken at pressing the 4:3.ISOAUTO(400)an other settings have Prints ISO AUTO(400) 3225cm/1310in. (y) small at sizesto aspectISratioof 4:3. ISO AUTO(400) ISO ISO AUTO be recorded. memory, allowing more pictures ISO AUTO(400) ISO require less memory, allowing moretopictures to to also reducesof 4:3.ISO AUTO(400) by subject movement.AUTO(400) require less memory, allowing more pictures to aspectratio of 4:3. ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) yF recorded. Option 149in. (y3:2).be at sizes up to for (y) or aspect ratio 17 13cm (7 5in.) Option Prints at sizes up Prints at sizes up at sizes 1 blur caused Option PrintsOption up to require less Option Prints at sizes up to Option Prints at sizes yF ISO AUTO(400) Choose 3225cm/1310in. highPrints 3624cm/ 00 AMISO AUTO(400) up2050 10: to 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ISO AUTO(400) be recorded. be recorded. yN 3225cm/1310in. or 3624cm/ or 3624cm/ yF (y) Option 3225cm/1310in. (y) aspect Choose yF for31/toor 3225cm/1310in. (y) be yF quality prints,Prints at sizes up 3225cm/1310in. sizes12/2 14 10cm (5.3 4in.) recorded. Option up 3225cm/1310in. (y) or 3624cm/ y3:2 (y) or 3624cm/ of 149in. anto or ratioPrints ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) ISO AUTO(400) yF 3225cm/1310in. for (y3:2). 3624cm/ at (y)high- ISO AUTO(400)12/ 31/ yF 149in.yF 149in. up to3624cm/14 yF 149in. (y3:2). yFup or 3624cm/ y3:2 3225cm/1310in.atsizes toyF Choose yF for high- 3624cm/ 2050 10: 00 AM yN 3225cm/1310in, Choose yF for highISO AUTO(400) (y3:2). (y) 3225cm/1310in. (y)12/ yF 00 AM high3:2 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM (y3:2). (y3:2). Option 3:2. Prints at Choose yF for highOption 149in. (y3:2). Choose yF forfor an aspect ratio2050 4:3 4cm 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AMSuited 10: 00 ISO AUTO(400)12/ 31/ 2050the00 AM Prints Choose y3:2 highor of 10: 00 AM (2 quality prints, yF yN 149in. (y3:2). sizes 12M, 3:2 12/31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 31/ 2050 to e-mail or 31/ 2050 5 00 AM 10: for yN Option Prints to yN at sizes up149in. for high- Choose12/31/ 2050 3624cm/ 1.5in.). 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ISO AUTO(400) 10: 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 9in, 12/ 12/ 31/ 10: yN Menus Menus Menus Menus Basic Photography Menus and Playback Menus Menus Menus Menus

yN quality(y3:2). Choose an y3:2ratio yN qualityy3:2 y3:2 prints, aspect high- of 3 of prints, 3:2.yFfor or 3624cm/ prints, y3:2 quality 4:312/ 12/ 31/ 205010: 10: 00 AM 3:2 12/ 31/ 20 3225cm/1310in. yN an aspect ratio of (y) or for for y3:2 (y3:2). for 0F 149in. y3:2 . for yF3624cm/of aspect ratio 10: web. high31/ 2050 00 AM 12/ 2050 AM yN 3225cm/1310in.yNfor149in. prints, y3:2 for 31/ yF004:3 ratio of y3:2 quality prints, y3:2 for an aspect ratio an Choose an aspect y3:2 quality prints, 7in.) (y) an aspect ratio of 3225cm/1310in. or 3624cm/ yF quality prints, y3:2 (y) quality ratio of yF 243:2. 00 AM y3:2 3:2. y3:2 (9.5 3:2. for an aspect 3:2 18cm 4:3 3:2 4:3 12/ 31/ 2050 10:4:3 3:2 12/ 31/ 2050 y3:2 quality for high4:3ratio of 3:2 4:3 3:2 yF (y3:2). Choose yF prints, y3:2 for an aspect Choose yF for 3:2. 3:2. 0N 149in. 0F y3:2 149in. (y3:2). y3:2 (9.5 7in.) high12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 00 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM yN 3:2. yN 149in. (y3:2). 18cm 3:2. for high4:3 AM of pictures12/31/ 2050 10:4:3AM be taken at 3:2 AM 24 Choose yF ratio of The 2050 10: 00 0F 13cm (7 y3:2 0F 12/that 10: 00 31/ 2050 can 12/ 31/ number 0F yN quality prints,y3:2 for an aspect ratio of 0F 24 prints, y3:2 0F 24 prints, 5in.) 0F 3:2. 0N 24 1 quality18cm (9.5 7in.)for an aspect 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM y3:2 quality18cm (9.5 7in.) for an aspect ratio of 7in.) current4:3 y3:2 17242418cm(9.57in) 18cm (9.5 7in.) (9.5 3:2 0F 3:2. 18cm (9.5 7in.) 4:3 3:2 0N 14 18cm (9.5 177in.) settings (pg. 109) is displayed to the right 0N 24 y3:2 3:2. 18cm1 7in.)0N (7 18cm 0N 0N24 10cm (9.5 4in.) 13cm 24 5in.) 0F 0N (5.3 2 3:2. 4:3 3:2 0N 1 17 13cm (7 5in.) 13cm24 4in.) (9.5 7in.) Press G to turn dual IS on or off the monitor.in 1 17 13cm 1.5in.). 0N (7 13cm 17 13cm (7 14 Suited 17 18cm 13cm (7 5in.) of the image quality icon in . Icon appears 1 5in.) 0F 5 4cm (2 (7 5in.) 10cm (5.3e-mail or the 0F 1 171713cm(75in)17 1 to 5in.) (7 5in.) 1 24 18cm2 7in.) 0F 17 13cm (9.5 5in.) 18cm (7 (5.3 7in.) (9.5 24 10cm 4in.) 3 1 2 14 18cm2 7in.) 10cm (5.3 13cm 2 (9.5 4in.) 14 0N 24141410cm(5.34in) 2(2171.5in.). Suitedto e-mail or when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on 0N web. 10cm (5.3 4cm 4in.) (7 5in.) monitor the 2 14 10cm (5.3 5 4in.) 2 10cm (5.3 4in.) 0N 141410cm3 4in.)1 14 10cm (5.3 4in.) ANote 2 17513cm (7 5in.) 214to 10cmSuited4in.)e-mail orselected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). 4cm (7 1.5in.). Suited to e-mail or the option 5 4cm (2 1.5in.). Suited to e-mail the (2 web. e-mail or 1.5in.). or 1 174cm (5.3 1.5in.). Suitedto4cm (2the Suited to the 1 e-mail or to 554cm(21.5in)5e-mail (2 (5.3 the 513cm (2 5in.) 4cm (2 5in.) Indicators4cm 3 1.5in.). Suited5 Indicators1.5in.). e-mail or 3 3 1 17 13cm (7 Image quality is the 3 web. 1.5in.). 3 The3 14web.of(2pictures Suitedcan e-mail(2or 1.5in.). Suited to e-mail or not reset when the camera is turned off 4cm web. 2number 2 5 10cm(5.3 4in.)that to 4cm taken at web. be the web. displayed (5.3 4in.) 5web. hidden 3 14 10cm 4in.)3 2 web. The number of pictures that can Sensitivity is raised the blur reduction 14 when 10cm (5.3 displayed to the right be or another shooting mode is selected. is in effect. taken at current 5 4cm (2 1.5in.). isSuited to e-mail or the settings (pg. 109) 5 4cm (2 to e-mail or the number ThepicturesSuited pictures takencan be taken blurring may still occur depending on the The number of 1.5in.). Suited web. be taken at to the right (2 The 4cm of pictures that can be displayed of pictures that to e-mail pictures can 3 number current settingsnumberbeistaken at that can be taken at 3 5 . pictures that can be or the of can The image quality1.5in.).in the (pg. 109)of that at Note that at The number of numberthatmonitor. taken at of3 web. the web. icon The The number ofcurrent109) is displayed of ispictures that the right taken at web. current settings the imageis displayed to the right to can current settings (pg. 109) is displayed to the right (pg. settings (pg. be inthe at displayed number current settingspicturesThequality iconto (pg. right isscene. be the right current settings (pg. 109)that can 109)taken right displayed to of (pg. 109) is displayed to the 109) current settings the monitor. ANote image quality iconthatthe monitor. the at current imageof(pg. 109) currentcan be taken at to (pg. of number ofquality icon inquality be taken monitor. The settingsquality imagethecanFraming grid109) is displayed to the right The the imageof pictures isthat can iconthe right in the monitor. number ofpictures ofdisplayedbe taken at of the in the monitor. monitor. the icon in thesettings in of the image quality icon that image quality icon of the in the monitor. The number pictures displayed (pg.109) in the monitor. turned off Image image quality 109) is displayed quality reset when the camera is of the quality is noticon is the image tothe right current settingsANoteof displayed toright in the monitor. current settings(pg. 109) is displayed to the right icon ANote current settingsANote isANote reset when the camera is turned off (pg. quality is not ANote shooting mode selected. . ANote orANote another quality icon in the monitor. the Imageicon in the monitor. of Imagethe framing grid, position the main subject atoff ofthe image quality icon in the monitor.is turned Tothe image quality quality is the camera is turned off is turned off useimage is Image when not reset when the camera ANote quality is not reset when the camera is turned off ofImage quality isnot reset when the cameranot reset when the camera is turned off the Image quality is not reset when the camera is turned off Image quality or another ANote quality isis selected. not reset shooting mode the another shooting modeshooting mode turnedthe of modeImage align of off Image or another shooting mode is selected. one reset when is selected. or intersection or anotherImage camera is or ANotequalityshootingtwo linesselected.shooting mode is selected. ANote or another shooting mode or the quality is notselected. the camera is turned off or another is not reset when another is is is selected. ANote horizontal linesnotreset whenthe camera is turned off with the horizon. Use focus turned off lock (pg. or another shootingresetwhenanother shooting mode is selected. mode is selected. 65 Image quality is not Image quality is or the camera is Image quality is not reset when the camera is turned off 23) to focus on subjects that will not or another shooting mode is selected. be in the center or another shooting mode is selected. or another shootingfinal photograph. 65 65 of the frame in the mode is selected. 65 65
65 65

65 65 17 65

Using the Menus: Using the Mode Shooting Mode Shooting Menus: Using the the : Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Menus: Shooting Mode Using Menus: Shooting Mode

EPIX COLOR FINEPIX FINEPIX COLOR PIX COLOR FINEPIX COLOR FINEPIX COLOR ce contrast and color saturation or take pictures in black pictures in black and white. and white. Enhance contrast . take pictures in black and white. Enhance contrast and colorpictures in black and pictures and take saturation or contrast and Enhance contrast and color saturationtake white. in black and white. color saturation or color saturation or or take

Option Displayed in Option Displayed in Option Displayed in Option Displayed in Displayed in Option v-STANDARD v-STANDARD Standard contrast and saturation. Recommended in Recommended in most situations. most situations. Standard contrast and saturation. contrast and saturation. Recommended in most situations. . situations. F- v-STANDARD Standard -STANDARD Standard contrast and saturation. Recommended in most Recommended in most situations. v-STANDARD color. Choosecontrast and saturation. or enhanced greens and Standard for Vivid contrast and contrast andvivid shots of flowers shots of flowers or enhanced greens and . / Vivid contrast and color. Choose for vivid . F- v-CHROME Vivid color. Choose or enhanced greens and v-CHROME Vivid contrast and color. Choose for in and color. Choosevivid shots of flowers and or enhanced greens and SR AUTO contrast . of flowers or vivid and of modes. SP Vividlandscapes. shots and formodes. shots flowers blues in landscapes. Not available vivid Not available in forenhanced greens v-CHROME blues in landscapes. Not available in v-CHROME v-CHROME Not available in blues in in landscapes. Not available in andand modes. blues inpictures in black and white. landscapes. and modes. R-B&W blues modes. v-B&W Take v-B&W Take pictures in black and white. v-B&W Take white. v-B&W Take pictures in black andpictures in black andand white. v-B&W Take pictures in black white.

s ANotes ANotes ANotes IX COLOR isFINEPIX COLORthe camera is turned off or another shooting mode is selected. mode is selected. not reset when or FINEPIX COLOR is not notis turnedthe camera is turned off mode another shooting mode is selected. not reset when off the another shooting COLOR is not reset when theiscamera v-CHROMEor anotherturned offinoffis . selected. FINEPIX the camera is shooting FINEPIX COLOR is reset whenmay not be visible or another shooting mode is or selected. nding on theDepending on the subject, reset whenof v-CHROME may not be visible in the monitor. subject, the effects of Depending on the subject, the effects of camera is turned the monitor. in the monitor. Depending , subject, effectsmay not be themay notvisible the the v-CHROME . be visible in the monitor. v-CHROME may monitor. ng on the subject, on the v-CHROME the effects of visible in not be effects of

. s other than v-STANDARD are shown by anare shown by an icon in the monitor. icon in the monitor. Settings other shown by an icon in the monitor. Settings other than v-STANDARD are are shown by an than v-STANDARD other than v-STANDARD are shown by an icon in the monitor. icon in the monitor. Settings other than v-STANDARD

66 66 66

66

UsingUsingtheShootingMenu Using thetheShootingMenu UsingtheShooting Menu the Using thetheShooting Menu Using Shooting Menu UsingShooting MenuMenu Using the Shooting Menu Using Shooting Menu Shooting the Shooting Menu Usingthe Using the ShootingMenu Using the Grid Menu The Framing UsingMENU/OK the Shootingdisplay the 1 PressPressMENU/OKShootingdisplaythethe hide 1111ToPressMENU/OKto totodisplay. PressPress MENU/OK displayMenuthethe MENU/OKMENU/OK to display the the Using theMENU/OKtototoMenuview the Shooting 1111shootingaMENU/OKtoto display thethe Press MENU/OK 1Press menu. to display Press MENU/OK displaythe Using themenu. to Menu or Shooting display display framing to 1Press MENU/OK 1Pressmenu.MENU/OK grid ordisplay the Press MENU/OK to display 1 Press display shooting shooting
shooting menu. shooting SHOOTING MENU MENU menu.SHOOTING SHOOTING MENU shooting menu.MENU MENU SHOOTING MENU MENU SHOOTING MENUMENU SHOOTING SHOOTING SHOOTING SHOOTING
SHOOTING MENU PHOTOMETRYSHOOTING MENU PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY SHOOTING MENU PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY AUTO PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY WHITE BALANCE BALANCE AUTO AUTO WHITEPHOTOMETRY BALANCE WHITE SHOOTING MENU SHOOTING MENUBALANCE AUTO AUTO WHITE BALANCE WHITEPHOTOMETRY WHITE WHITE BALANCE OFF BALANCE WHITE AUTO OFF WHITE AUTO CONTINUOUSPHOTOMETRYBALANCEOFF AUTO AUTO CONTINUOUSBALANCE CONTINUOUS PHOTOMETRY WHITE CONTINUOUS WHITE BALANCE AUTOOFF OFF AUTO OFF OFF CONTINUOUSMENU CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS AF MODE CONTINUOUS BALANCE AF MODEAFMODE BALANCE OFFOFF AUTO AFCONTINUOUS SHOOTING WHITE PHOTOMETRY OFF OFF PHOTOMETRY CONTINUOUS AF-CONTINUOUS AF UPSETAF UP MODEAF-MODE AF AF MODE MODE MODE MODE SET - UP SET OFF WHITE BALANCE AUTO AF-UP- BALANCE MODE - -UP AFCONTINUOUS MODEUP WHITESET AUTO SETSETUPSET SET SET - UP - PHOTOMETRY UP AF MODE SET CONTINUOUS SET - BALANCE - UP OFF OFF CONTINUOUS WHITEUP AUTO AFSET MODE AF MODE - UP OFF CONTINUOUS SET -SET - UP UP AF MODE SET - UP

shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting menu. shooting menu. indicators MENU/OK 1Press menu.monitor, display the Press menu. 1shootingMENU/OK toto press the DISP/BACK button. shooting menu. shooting menu. 1shootingin the to display the Press MENU/OK display the

3 33333Presstheselector right totodisplay 3333optionstheselectorright to toitem. Press thetheselector right totodisplay Press the selector right to display Press selector right display display 3 Press the the 3 display Press selector right to display 3Press thetheselector right item.display 3Press the highlighted item. Pressforhighlighted right optionsoptionstheselectorright item. options forforforhighlighted item.item. for Avoiding for the highlighted item. optionsthethethe highlighteditem.display options forfor selector right toitem. optionsthe thehighlighted item. options Blurred Pictures item. to display optionsfor the highlighted display theselector thethe highlighted highlightedto highlighted for the highlighted Press 33options theselectorhighlighted item. by camera Press forfor the right .. options options other 3 the subject isthe highlighted item. If Press forselector lit, blurring display poorly right to caused options options for the highlighted item.
OFF PHOTOMETRY CONTINUOUS MODEAF-MODE AF AF AFMODE AVERAGE OFF MODEMODE MODE SPOT SET - UP AF-CONTINUOUS SETAF UPSETAF UP MULTI AVERAGE OFF MULTI WHITE AF MODE UPUP AFCONTINUOUS WHITESET - BALANCE SPOT AUTO AVERAGE SETSETUPSET -UP SET -UP- BALANCE SPOT AUTO - SETMODE UP PHOTOMETRY AF MODE SET CONTINUOUS SET - BALANCE MULTI OFF - UP OFF CONTINUOUS WHITEUPUP AVERAGE AUTO AVERAGE SPOT AFSET MODE AF MODE OFF CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SET -SET - UP UP AF MODE SET - UP

Using Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the the Menus: Shooting Mode the thethe Shooting Mode Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode UsingMenus:Menus: Shooting Mode UsingtheMenus: Shooting Mode Using Menus: Shooting Mode Using Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Using the Menus: Shooting :Mode Using the Menus: Mode Using the Menus: ShootingMode Taking Pictures Shooting in (AUTO) Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Press thethe the selector tothe Menus: Shooting Mode Press selector right right display Press selectorUsing to to display right display

MENUSHOOTING options be SHOOTINGSHOOTINGMENU for SHOOTING MENU the MENU MENUMENU highlighted item. shake can SHOOTINGreducedMENU pressing the G button SHOOTING MENU by SHOOTING SHOOTING SHOOTING MENU SHOOTING MENU PHOTOMETRYSHOOTING MENU PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY MULTI (dual IS mode). BALANCESHOOTINGAUTOMULTIMULTI AUTO In PHOTOMETRYMENU MULTI mode, MULTI PHOTOMETRY MULTI AUTO PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY pressing the G button PHOTOMETRY WHITE WHITE BALANCE WHITE BALANCE MULTI SPOT SHOOTING MENUMULTI MULTI PHOTOMETRY AUTO SHOOTING BALANCE SPOT AUTO MENU WHITE WHITE BALANCEMULTI AUTO WHITEPHOTOMETRY WHITE BALANCE SPOT MULTI BALANCE OFF WHITE AUTO WHITE BALANCE CONTINUOUSBALANCESPOT AUTO AUTO PHOTOMETRY AVERAGE SPOT SPOT AVERAGE WHITE BALANCE AUTO OFF MULTI also reducesCONTINUOUSWHITECONTINUOUSSPOTOFFOFF AUTO movement. blur MODECONTINUOUSbySPOTSPOT OFFOFF causedBALANCEsubject CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SPOT OFF CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS SHOOTING AF MODE CONTINUOUS BALANCESPOTOFFOFF AUTO AF CONTINUOUSMENUAVERAGE AF MODE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE WHITE PHOTOMETRYAVERAGE

4 PressPressthethe selectororupupdown totototo 44444the thethe selector up ordown tototo PressPress the selector or ordown up 4444Pressselectorselector upororordown to Press theselector up down down Press selector upor or down selector down 4Press theselector up up or to Press 4Press thethedesiredupoption.down to Press desired option.or down selector Press thethedesired up thethe desiredoption. highlight thetheselector option.or downtoto highlight thethedesired upoption. highlightthe selector option. down ANoteANote ANote highlightthethe option. highlight the desired option. highlight desired desired highlight selector 4highlight thedesiredupuporor down to Press ANote ANote ANote ANote ANote ANote 4highlightdesiredoption.down toto Press the selector option. 4highlightthethedesired option. . highlight selector upoption. ANote ANote highlight desired or down ANote TheTheThe options displayedshootingshootingmenuvary 4 Press thethe desired option. optionsoptions displayedtheshooting menu varyvary menu highlight Theoptions displayedthe shootingvary varyvary highlight the desired option. Thedisplayedinthe the shooting menu vary The options the in in shooting menu vary The displayed in inin inin theshooting menu The options displayed options displayed menu shooting menu The optionsdisplayed the shooting vary ANote displayed inin the ANoteoptionsdisplayed thetheshooting menu vary The options displayed mode.shooting menu vary Press Press MENU/OK select select the The on the the the shooting mode. options displayedthethe shootingmenu 5 5 PressMENU/OK the desired option. the inmode. depending optionsontheshooting mode. depending onon the shooting mode. depending the the The . ANote Press MENU/OK to off depending onshootingshootingmode. menu vary 55Press MENU/OKto dualto select . Iconthe depending onon shooting inmode. depending on the shooting mode. menu vary 5 Press GMENU/OKto IS on select theappears in depending on shooting mode. depending depending Press MENU/OK to toto select the 5Press when turn selectthe Press MENU/OK 5 highlightoption. to orselect the Press MENU/OK select The options displayed in mode. The optionsontheshooting themode. menu vary 5 5Press MENU/OK to to select the the depending displayedshooting shooting depending on the shooting mode. the shooting Press MENU/OK depending displayed in the shooting on the in the shooting The the selector shootingdown to menu vary 55 highlighteddual IS is on (icon displayedthe optionson the up down to 5highlightedoption.toto select the Press MENU/OK select monitor highlighted option.option.to select thedepends on highlighted MENU/OK to to select the option. 2 PressPressdependingselectorshootingdowntoto 22222thedepending on theupuporor to to to PressPress theselectoror upordown to to Press theselector up or ormode. the the selector downdown selectorselector up or down selector up or down up shooting mode. highlighted option. highlighted option. highlighted option. highlighted option. depending 5highlightedoption. Press 2222highlightselector upuporitem. Indicators 5highlightedMENU/OKZ DUALselect . the pg. 88). Press the the on the up or down Press down 2Press thethedesired Press highlighted IS MODE; highlighted for 2Press thedesireddesired item. mode. Press selector 5 Press MENU/OK select see Press MENU/OK MENU/OK option. 5 option selectedoption.to. the Press the desired menu item. highlight thetheselector menu ordown toto highlight thethedesired menu item. to menu menu item. Indicators the desiredmenu down highlighted option. highlighted option. highlightthethe desired up oritem. toto highlight thethe desired menudown highlight thedesired menu oritem. highlightselector up menu item. highlight selector down theselector menuitem. highlight the desiredmenu item. Press up 22Press the the desiredoror down to hidden the 2highlight desired highlighted option. displayed highlight item. 2highlight selector upmenuitem. Press
12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

ISO AUTO(400)

. highlight the desired menu item. highlight the desired menu item. highlight the desired menu item.

Framing grid displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the scene.

67 67 6767 67 67 67 67 67 6767 67 17 6767 67

Menus Basic PhotographyMenus and Menus Menus Menus MenusPlayback MenusMenus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus
67

F/G/H/I/O/P u u (pg. 4/Q/p/q/ A POSITION Choose a scene Choose different 34).sources in M C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ A SCENE POSITION SCENE37). aaAdjustcolor formode for (pg. 34). (pg.F/G/H/I/O/P (pg. 4/Q/p/q/s// t//CC 4 C A SCENECA SCENEChoose Adjust forfor scene for(pg.lightmode (pg. M and F modesC/V/K/L/D/W/E/ t C // A SCENE POSITION 37). POSITION MODE Choose a37). scene mode mode 37). 34). ACWHITE BALANCE SHOOTING POSITION scene color for different light sources in 34). and F modesF/G/H/I/O/P s A/S C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ Default modeF/G/H/I/O/P C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ CC WHITE Choose scene for a mode (pg.34). F/G/H/I/O/P A SCENE Choose aChoose aperture-prioritymode C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ (pg.C/V/K/L/D/W/E// a for C u (pg. 4/Q/p/q/ F/G/H/I/O/P s ChooseSCENE POSITIONBALANCE aascene forhowsceneDescriptionor sources 34). and FF C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ / t/CC A4A aperture-priorityChooseChoose for exposuremode (pg. (pg. 34). MenuA SCENE POSITION Adjust color modeDescription shutter-priority AE for Options N/O/P Options rA/S Aitem A a POSITION BALANCE 69).scenea a sceneF(pg.light B SCENE POSITION scene mode C r A SCENEscene SHOOTINGor shutter-priority metered in M scene mode 34). AAMenu POSITIONChoose (pg.Choosescenedifferent mode (pg. in M A/S modesC/V/K/L/D/W/E/ Default 4 SCENE POSITION Choose Choose SP forformodeis 34).34). C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ N C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ ChooseSCENEitemfor POSITION 37).69).34).forforAE mode(pg.(pg. 34).(pg. 34). and F modes (pg. 68). N F/G/H/I/O/P C F/G/H/I/O/P C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ C C C PHOTOMETRYMODE a in M and Fforfor (pg. 68). WHITE ismode A F/G/H/I/O/P F/G/H/I/O/P C ChooseSCENE POSITION Choose howChoose a scenemetered M andAEininmodesmode (pg. F/G/H/I/O/P meteredhow forfor modeshutter-priority F/G/H/I/O/P F/G/H/I/O/P A for C A SCENE POSITION scene for Choose69). Choose is ismode in is metered34).M and (pg. modes (pg. N/O/P N/O/P C a Choose how metered is M scene B N/O/P N B PHOTOMETRY SCENE POSITIONaperture-priority exposure(pg.34). (pg.F/G/H/I/O/P (pg. 68). F/G/H/I/O/P/ 37).A PHOTOMETRYPHOTOMETRYaShoot exposuremetered(pg.in34).andF MF (pg. 68). B PHOTOMETRYPHOTOMETRY howexposurefor different(pg.meteredFformodesF68). (pg. 68). R/S/n/o/m/OFFN OFF N B SCENE exposure Choose Shoot acolor howpictureslightM and for M and FmodesF/G/H/I/O/P s/ tNC OFF N/O/P r A how POSITION Choose Adjusta seriesisoforexposuremode AE modes F (pg. a37). series of pictures 34). 70). scene mode N aperture-prioritymodes (pg. 70). inin N/O/P68). or (pg. is metered M and (pg. shutter-priority C/V/K/L/D/W/E/u / A EBMODE ChooseChoose how forexposuremetered in M F mode modes (pg. 68). N/O/P ECONTINUOUS Chooseexposureexposure isin(pg. sources F and F modes F/G/H/I/O/P CONTINUOUS R/S/n/o/m/OFFA C N 4/Q/p/q/ F/G/H/I/O/P B N F/G/H/I/O/P A SHOOTING MODE Choose sourcesaexposureA/S different34). Fand (pg.68).68).modes (pg.C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ A SHOOTING PHOTOMETRY howexposure metered inisin(pg. and F modes (pg. / t/ (pg. 68). N4/Q/p/q/ N A/S A/S N/O/P AB PHOTOMETRY scene is mode in F B PHOTOMETRY Adjust colorAdjusthowlight modes (pg.Mand Mmodes modes4/Q/p/q/ / N/O/P / /N Choose Choose andispictures in light F N/O/P Adjust colorSCENE PHOTOMETRY colorinforin McolorFsourceslight sourcesmodes(pg.(pg.F(pg. 68).N/O/PN/O/P / Nt/ u 4 C CONTINUOUS B N B PHOTOMETRY POSITION and and N/O/P / / BB PHOTOMETRY BALANCE how Choose howof formetered in modesF and 68).4/Q/p/q/s/tt/ / / s tN PHOTOMETRYdifferent ChooseShootdifferent formeteredMM M Finmodes (pg. howforWHITE Choose how exposuremetered in(pg.M and Fandand F exposure Adjust how different exposure Mand metered Adjust color light sources inM4/Q/p/q/ 68). M and F metered N/O/P E is light 69).exposureis ismodes (pg. 68). (pg. in M F s R/S/n/o/m/OFF modes modes u/ Adjust how a series metered focuses inC/V/K/L/D/W/E/ N/O/P t/ u modes 4/Q/p/q/ E ChoosePHOTOMETRY WHITEChooseControl howscenemetered inin 70). sourcesFM modesmodes (pg.4 ssxuu/ sN u/ / OFF4 A MODE 37). for is N B PHOTOMETRY PHOTOMETRY colorforfor different light sourcessourcesand modes (pg. (pg. 4/Q/p/q/ N/O/P 4 and in in and r (pg. (pg. w/ FAF WHITE37). AF w/ C BALANCE Adjust a is is different M F and F modes 4/Q/p/q/ C WHITEscene MODE POSITION (pg. exposuretheismetered M in and and F modes 68). (pg. (pg. N/O/P t T/ t//N N 69). B WHITE Bfor Adjust colorhowdifferentthe camera in modesourcesmodes and (pg. modes (pg. N/O/P//x////Ts//4u// wC ChoosePHOTOMETRY Choose howforforhowforforcamera lightMMM and F modes4/Q/p/q/s/s ruu//ttN mode Control different different meteredMFM and F modes 68). C F/G/H/I/O/P 34). C WHITEBALANCE Adjust colorChoose howA/Sdifferent in inand Mmodes (pg.(pg. 4/Q/p/q/ s /t /u / uu w C a FC SCENE BALANCE color for different light sourcesMMin34).FF (pg.(pg. 4/Q/p/q/ /t /u / BALANCE BALANCE Adjust color exposureforlight sources MandF 68). 72). N/O/P t B Choose for exposureexposure focuses and F M (pg. 68). (pg. 72). F/G/H/I/O/P 4 4 Adjust Adjust color camera light 4/Q/p/q/s/ (pg. / 4/Q/p/q/ different Control how theFis metered in modes F t68).72). F modes /u Adjust colorPHOTOMETRY69). Choose69). M light sources light sources and and F modes (pg. 4/Q/p/q/ss 4 / N w forWHITE BALANCE sourceshowcolor lightin in MandinFmodes (pg. C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ different light Adjust color anddifferent focuses in M M F modes 4/Q/p/q/s xr in exposure sources in modes (pg. r 4 C rN/O/P F MODE BALANCE Shoot a F/G/H/I/O/P r w/ r 69). 69).different light sources 4 C WHITE POSITION 69). C BC CONTINUOUS BALANCE Adjust scene for for light setupin M and modes F 4/Q/p/q/s tt u E AF WHITE BALANCE Perform basic of light sources insources in Mmodes modes 4 C CC WHITE BALANCE Choose aPerform different modesources70). asand F modes (pg. 4/Q/p/q/s/ t/// T/ / t/ u OFF WHITE BALANCE different light and (pg. 4/Q/p/q/s 4 / u/ E ShootSCENE BALANCE Adjust colorAdjustseries camera(pg. (pg.such andchoosing a languageC/V/K/L/D/W/E// 4C / 4 for and R/S/n/o/m/OFF r 69). color mode (pg. 4/Q/p/q/ A WHITE C PHOTOMETRY color for differentpicturesis34).such asand F modes (pg. (pg. (pg.4 r / N/O/P 4 N A WHITE B WHITE BALANCE color for basicpictures (pg. choosing a language and scene of Adjust a in of and camera setup inM F N/O/P 68). X/Y/K/L/M 69). r r R/S/n/o/m/OFF OFF 4 C WHITE GE WHITE69).(pg. seriesMpictures(pg.picturesmetered in M and r modesR/S/n/o/m/OFF u OFF BALANCE 69). CaSCENE POSITION 69).69). Adjust colordifferent 70).(pg.(pg. 70).R/S/n/o/m/OFFand OFF r s/rrt/ uC GSET-UP isChoose69). of for a F(pg. light 34). M SET-UP X/Y/K/L/M E E CONTINUOUS pictures69). 70). Choosepictures (pg. setup 68). inasMand F amodes(pg. 72). NR/S/n/o/m/OFF ChooseWHITEBALANCE Shoot aaseries Shoothowcamera 70).(pg.such 70).choosingFlanguageF/G/H/I/O/P/ T 4 how BALANCE Shoot setting picturesexposure sources metered 69). fortime modes E CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS aPerformhowseries of70). focuses in E seriesexposure69). Shoot series a time camera R/S/n/o/m/OFF OFF OFF w C CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS setting the seriesand date (pg. 85). M and Fmodes (pg.R/S/n/o/m/OFF Shoot OFF /4 4/Q/p/q/s/ r F AF CONTINUOUS Controlofbasic of and date (pg. 70). MODE 69). Shoot theseries of pictures (pg. 70). the of rrw/x 85). r E camera69). a seriesaofapicturesdifferent light sources in M and/ F modesF/G/H/I/O/P s/ tOFF/ OFF Shootseries forpictures 72). R/S/n/o/m/OFF4 OFF G SET-UP X/Y/K/L/M WHITE R/S/n/o/m/OFF E CONTINUOUS Shoot a seriesinandtimefocuses in M Shoot Shootcamera and modes and R/S/n/o/m/OFF w Controlcolor for F AF Shoot a69).settingofacamerameteredMfocuses F modes F modes R/S/n/o/m/OFF T OFFu how E AF Choose focuses Control F F date w/ /w color of pictures 4/Q/p/q/ series OFF E AF PHOTOMETRY MODE aseries Mpicturesismodesin M85). R/S/n/o/m/OFF(pg. w/x/ /TTw/ OFF EE CONTINUOUS Shoot70).in the camera (pg.(pg. 70). in(pg. 70).inin modesx T R/S/n/o/m/OFF ShootPHOTOMETRYpicturesChoose howofpictures A/Sfocuses infocuses Fmodes (pg. 72)./ t/R/S/n/o/m/OFFx/ Tw seriesF BALANCElight how camera 72). x Tw/ w FCONTINUOUS different ControlPerformthehow focuses70). Mand Fchoosing(pg. s AdjustaCONTINUOUS MODEShootsources exposurecamera 70). (pg.such4/Q/p/q/modes R/S/n/o/m/OFF / OFFN and (pg. FCONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS a seriesexposure is meteredin and M anda(pg. 68). (pg. 72). wR/S/n/o/m/OFF F AF MODECONTINUOUS(pg. how thepictures (pg.70).setup(pg. AFCEof AF Shoot a series ofM (pg.camera MODEC Control Adjust a series of(pg. 72). 72). R/S/n/o/m/OFF OFF w/ R/S/n/o/m/OFF w/ w BCONTINUOUS WHITEControl howControlpicturesthe70). (pg.(pg. 70). M and Flanguageu/(pg. OFF x/ r x/ B MODE the CONTINUOUS seriesof thebasic the M and 68). N/O/P N/O/P N 4 E AF BALANCE series OFF E CONTINUOUS MODEShoot aControlof pictures (pg. 70). focusesas M and F modes (pg. 72). 4 70). E F MODE setup Controlcamera focuses in M in and F how the pictures camera w/x w CE PerformAFMODEcamera Controlhow 69).the picturescamera MM andMmodes(pg.(pg. 72).(pg. andw/xx/w/x/ T wOFF w EAF MODESET-UP Control suchShoothow thea focusesfocusesand F modes (pg. 72). (pg. 72). w/ /x/ T x/ T w R/S/n/o/m/OFFT OFF F AFcameraControl howofcamera focuses in(pg. and in inF modes modes 72). andX/Y/K/L/M w F AF how F and F F EG PHOTOMETRYasserieshow lightsuch asfocusesandaalanguage/ aand 4/Q/p/q/T/w/ u AF basic Control MODE the AF MODEAdjustbasic PerformFsetup sources Fmodes modes language and w /Ts/ t/ u/ focuses how different the in the camera camera M different language 72). w/ F modes 69).FMODECONTINUOUSPerform howthecamerabasic choosingM and (pg.72).and 4/Q/p/q/ T / r // , Perform setting the of setup sources M and modes x 72). Performhow the cameraandsuch in choosing as choosing a basic andbasic light BG AFSET-UPControlbasicforcamera the cameraMandMX/Y/K/L/M X/Y/K/L/M w w B G MODEControlcolor choosing focuses insetup85).FF aand (pg. modes (pg. and w/x T s t AdjustShootControlcameramodesin insetup suchF 72).language w/x/X/Y/K/L/M modes T X/Y/K/L/M time focuses M choosing modes a(pg. 72). date in Msuch choosingr (pg. (pg. and Control cameracamera setupM in as F 72). X/Y/K/L/M F SET-UPB PHOTOMETRYforthebasicpictures such70).and FMlanguagelanguage and R/S/n/o/m/OFFw OFF w AFAF MODE PHOTOMETRYa camera setup camera focuses asandchoosing a language 72). w/x// T x T 4 MODE Fand date (pg.colorPerformhowcamera (pg.asassuch Fchoosing and Control how the camera focusessetupininsuch asF language (pg. X/Y/K/L/M w/x T w/ F the w Perform G WHITE time SET-UP ControlPerformcamera setup such (pg. such as a language G WHITE G F w/ w 4 C SET-UPBALANCE Perform basicascamera setupsuch date choosing language and C SET-UP camera Perform 85).basic camera acamera as (pg. 85).a amodes (pg. settingaAF MODEof CONTINUOUS suchShoot setupfocusessetupchoosing choosing andand R/S/n/o/m/OFF OFF Performhow the basic language (pg. 85). Performthe settingdate of exposure 70). language PerformSET-UPBALANCEhow(pg.the basic andseriestime 85). as choosingandand modeslanguage and OFFw/x/ T basicG SET-UPsetting basiccamerabasic(pg.such choosinga F F (pg. X/Y/K/L/M Shoot SET-UP E SET-UP69). thethetimechoosing setupand as as inin M language a and 72).X/Y/K/L/M setting Performmeters pictures and M time and date date setting the time such r 69). X/Y/K/L/M Choose setup cameraathe (pg. such choosingas language and X/Y/K/L/M G series SET-UP setting 70).basic camera setup 85). setup suchX/Y/K/L/M X/Y/K/L/M G SET-UP AFG pictures Control how meters and dateas 85). M choosing modes. and r GG F GMODE how thebasictime andsetup(pg. 85). as choosingand F amodes. X/Y/K/L/M w SET-UPChoose Perform camera the camera focuses in R/S/n/o/m/OFF Perform basic camera as Performthe camera time and 85). setting date Perform basic the date exposure 85). language and X/Y/K/L/M / and X/Y/K/L/M setting camera the (pg.such(pg. Control how and 70). w/x w setting time modes settinga 85).time camera (pg.setup 85). Choose setting Performtime pictures (pg. date (pg. 85). a a language language theseries basicmeters exposure 85). G SET-UPShoot thethe Mthe date(pg.camera 72). G SET-UP time AF MODEsettingasettingof andFsetupdate (pg. choosing and F modes.R/S/n/o/m/OFFT OFF setting SET-UP Fand how(pg.thetimeofanddate the(pg. such focuseschoosing aF/ modes (pg. 72). wX/Y/K/L/M theB PHOTOMETRY timeand time and 85). (pg.in in M w/x T G CONTINUOUS datefocusesseriesandand date (pg. 70).such as M aand language andX/Y/K/L/M Control how G X/Y/K/L/M E CONTINUOUSMULTI: Shoot in E N cameraAutomatic scene recognition 85). OFF camera setting the time pictures (pg. 85). date N to adjust R/S/n/o/m/OFF METRYB SET-UPtheMULTI: setting the time and date (pg. 85). (pg.is used to adjust exposure for a wide range of shooting setting the time the time (pg. 85). X/Y/K/L/M of B AFAFbasic B PHOTOMETRYscene focuses(pg.M such Fchoosing a72). exposure for aT BPHOTOMETRYAutomatic and basicrecognition is usedmodes (pg.language and for / wide range of shooting PHOTOMETRY suchsetting andand and date and Perform date N SET-UP setup PerformG SET-UP PHOTOMETRYthe cameracamera setupand Mmodesadjust exposure w/x/ wide range w shooting F PHOTOMETRY the camera meterslanguage Min used to F modes. F MODEBMULTI: Automatic scene date inin andis as MODE camera Control how time w B PHOTOMETRY Choose how exposure exposure in the G PHOTOMETRY X/Y/K/L/M B Choose PHOTOMETRY cameratime andin M 85).X/Y/K/L/M BPHOTOMETRYControltheas choosing recognitionandFFand(pg.F modes. w/xa T B PHOTOMETRY setting the camera a focusesin 85). andFandand 72). PHOTOMETRYhowhowM andexposureexposure in Mmodes. modes. PHOTOMETRY the setting themeters exposureandMmodes. B the camera meters exposure conditions. METRYB thehow and date (pg. 85).camera F modes.M inF modes. the BChooseconditions. camera meters the Performmeters exposure such as choosing a language and Choose time the camerabasic camerameters exposure Choose howPHOTOMETRY how how camera meters setting PHOTOMETRY thebasic camerametersin as (pg.is in M to adjustmodes. BMULTI:A/S B PHOTOMETRYAutomatic scene setup date choosing a and F and exposure for a wide range of shooting B SET-UPChoose Perform camera meters exposure in usedlanguage modes. X/Y/K/L/M conditions. B PHOTOMETRY Mand F modes. Choose how the meters setup in conditions a the F PHOTOMETRY meters exposure exposure for modes. N SPOT: howcamera to F modes.M exposure is camera meters in conditions at the F modes. frame. Recommended when ChooseMTheAutomaticexposuresuch used andusedwideadjust for a frame. range G SET-UPhowSPOT: camera in camera exposure in Mused center ofX/Y/K/L/M rangewhen the G B O the how camera meters lightingM andM and center of exposure for a wide Choosemeters MULTI: themetersandexposure M andin.to rangeexposure forRecommended ofof shooting ChooseOrecognitionthe timemeters lightingin M toFat and exposureof shootingrange of of shooting the how theThe Automatic daterecognition to isF modes. theMULTI: scene recognitionrecognitionto F modes. the camera Mrecognition85).is used is adjust to F camera meters scene is used Choose Choose setting time scene(pg. exposure adjust how the ChooseMULTI:N camerascene and meters exposure in adjust exposure the a wide range range camera Choose settingthe camera date recognition utomatic MULTI: NAutomatic theusedrecognition85). M andMmodes.adjust for a wide a wide shooting shooting N MULTI:Automaticcamera meters lightingM and Fatand F modes. frame. Recommended when the N scene the how N how the camera meters exposure exposure the for of shooting (pg. Choose howAutomatic metersand adjust ininconditions the center of the wide ChooseO SPOT:camera scene exposure isin M and F modes. Choosehow theThe how camera meters exposure F modes.

Using the Menus: Shooting the Using Shooting Mode Using the Menus: the Menus: Mode Mode Using the Using the Shooting Shooting Mode Using Mode Menus: Shooting Shooting Menus: Menus: Mode Shooting Menu Options Using Shooting Menu Options Using Mode the Menus: Shooting Mode Using Menus: Shooting Using theMenus:the Menus: Mode Using Using theShootingMode Menus:ShootingShooting Using thethe Menus: Shooting Mode Mode Using the Menus: Shootingthe Menus: Shooting Mode Mode Using the Using theShooting Mode Mode Menus:Options Shooting Shooting Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Menu item Description Options Menu item Description Default Using the Menus: Menus: Mode Default Shooting Choose aperture-priority Menu Options MenuShooting MenuMenu Options or Description thefor F mode (pg.Using the Menus: : Default Options item Menu Options Choose ShootingOptions Menuaperture-priority shutter-priority AE Menus: Shooting Shooting Menu Optionsaperture-priority or shutter-priority AE for F mode (pg. Mode the Menus: ShootingA Mode Shooting Menu OptionsOptions or shutter-priority AE for F mode (pg. Using Shooting Mode Shooting Menu Options A SHOOTING MODE Choose A/S A SHOOTING MODE A/S A Using Shooting 37). Shooting Options Description Shooting 37). ShootingMenu itemOptions Shooting Menu Options Menu Description Menu 37). Options A Menu item Menu Options A/S A ShootingSHOOTING MODEMenu Options Menu Options Menu item Menu OptionsDescriptionDescription Options Using theOptions Options Default Default Options Default Menu item Menu Choose Description Options Shooting Menu Optionsaperture-priority or shutter-priority AE for F mode (pg. Default Menu item Menu item Menu Description Description Options Shooting Mode Default Shooting Menu item Options Using C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ the Menus:Options Default Menus: Shooting Mode Default Shooting Shooting C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ Default Description Options Default Menu item Description a sceneorDescriptionDescriptionforfor FAE for(pg. mode (pg.Options Options Default ChooseShootingChoose aperture-priorityfor F modeorDescription F mode (pg.F mode (pg. Options A/S aperture-priority Choose Options ororDescriptionor shutter-prioritymode or Menu SCENE Choose Choose aperture-priority (pg. 34). Options Options Default Default C MODE A Default mode (pg. MenuASCENE POSITION aperture-priority forshutter-priority AE for Menu item POSITION Choose a scene for Description shutter-priorityOptions F item Options Default C mode Menu Aitem MenuMenuaperture-priority shutter-priority AEAE F modefor(pg. itemSHOOTING itemshutter-priority AE Description Default Choose AE C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ shutter-priority Choose aperture-priority (pg. 34). DE A/S AA/SA/S F/G/H/I/O/PA A F/G/H/I/O/P itemA Menu item 37). Options Options Default Default Shooting Choose a sceneorF mode (pg. AEAE A/S C A MODE mode A OptionsMenu item MODEaperture-priorityDescription or shutter-priority mode (pg. A A SHOOTINGMODESHOOTING Menu Optionsshutter-priority AE for AE for (pg. mode SHOOTING SHOOTING A/S Menu SCENE POSITION aperture-priorityorfor Description shutter-priority mode Options Default MenuAMenuAitem item37).or shutter-priorityaperture-priority orDescriptionfor FAE for F mode (pg. OptionsOptions A/S DefaultDefaultA A A 37). SHOOTINGAMODE Chooseaperture-priority forshutter-priority AE 34). FFAE for F mode (pg. Choose Choose aperture-priority orDescription (pg. for shutter-priority ChooseSHOOTING MODE 37).MODE Choose aperture-priority or shutter-priority mode F(pg. (pg. aperture-priorityChoose aperture-priority or shutter-priority for F mode (pg. 37). F/G/H/I/O/P A A SHOOTING MODE Choose AE A/S A 37). Choose how exposure is metered in M and F for 37). Menu Choose aperture-priority oror shutter-priority AE for FAE modes (pg. 68). C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ SHOOTING MODE Choose how exposure isDescriptionin Mfor F modeF mode (pg. A/S A/S N/O/P A/S A B MODE A/S A/S A SHOOTINGA SHOOTING MODE aperture-priority or BPHOTOMETRY Options aperture-priority or shutter-priorityF modes PHOTOMETRY metered for NA SHOOTING MODE AA A DE AA SHOOTING MODE Choose 37). A/S AA/S N/O/P Choose aperture-priority shutter-priority AEAE andmode (pg. 37). Choose 37). A/S mode (pg. ShootingMODE37).mode (pg.Choose scene for shutter-priority34). FforOptions (pg.(pg. 68). C C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ N A Menu Description Options Default A SCENE POSITION C 37). A SHOOTING A/S A SHOOTING MODEMenuChoose aperture-priority/ AEF modes (pg. 68). A/S 37).ShootingMenu itemDescription how exposure ismode (pg.C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ Default N/O/P A SHOOTING MODE 37). MODE Choose a A/S B PHOTOMETRY metered in M and F C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ A A A a scene 37). Options A/S A C/V/K/L/D/W/E/ N or shutter-priority AE modeC/V/K/L/D/W/E/ (pg. N ChooseSHOOTING for 34).

Using the Menus: Shooting Mode

N DE

N B MULTI: N PHOTOMETRY recognition conditions. METRY N MULTI:recognitionmuchrecognition darkerin Mforadjustadjust exposure wide awithofof shooting 23) background is scene scene adjust subject. for be a N MULTI: AutomaticAutomatic recognition is used is adjust . forfor a wide wide of shooting N MULTI: : brighter or used to to exposure exposure for wide range of shooting Automatic wide range adjust conditions.conditions. is used scene or is is used is the toto exposure Can a for range of shooting shooting background scene subject. Nconditions.MULTI: Automaticrecognition usedthan theamainexposureof aa widefor a with focus lock (pg. 23) utomaticMULTI: NAutomaticmuch recognition isexposureisadjustwideadjust exposure usedrange range lockshooting sceneNAutomatic scene scene recognition is used to adjust exposure for wide range of to adjust Choose how Automatic brighter recognitiontotoused exposure for shooting range shooting shooting conditions. MULTI:theisscene recognition darker thanused mainexposure Can abe usedrange focus ofof (pg. Automatic M recognition is used M F range scene exposure adjust BN MULTI: SPOT::howcamera meters lightingused totoandmainmodes.of the frame. range of shooting 23) NPHOTOMETRY AutomaticForconditions center forwide ofof shooting is BMULTI: conditions. camera meters exposureused in adjust to exposure Can a a with . (pg. background conditions.MULTI: thebrighter recognition tousedthe F modes. a be used wide range N MULTI: The much and Automatic conditions. Choose off-center subjects. to conditions. scene recognition is theused adjust when a wide range of shooting OAutomatic PHOTOMETRY scene at meters darker than the adjust exposure forwide range shooting the cameraNtoconditions.isscenesubjects.modes.conditionsRecommendedforRecommendedfocus lock the the meterscamera meters lighting conditions atframe. atat the centerfor frame. Recommended when exposurecamera meters lighting isconditions exposure conditions.The SPOT: Theincamerathe center of .theatandofsubject. ofof thewideRecommended when the conditions. camera e camera metersO SPOT: The meters lighting conditions at center ofthe frame.the Recommended when thewhen lighting conditions the O conditions.meter off-center scene recognition conditions at theof the frame. frame. Recommended when the O SPOT:toconditions. meters lighting conditions atthe center center of the frame. Recommended The Automatic subjects. O SPOT:MULTI: camera camera scene lighting conditions. MULTI:The camera meters lighting the to the center O SPOT:meter The the conditions. SPOT: TheAutomatic .amain subject. of shootingRecommendedof shooting conditions.camera camera lightinglighting than Fcenter range Canframe. with when the howSPOT: conditions meters conditions for F modes. frame. Recommended when the ChoosePmeter off-center thelightinglightingCanat the center theframe. (pg. 23) Recommended the exposure sceneO SPOT:cameramuchorset centerdarker andusedentirecenter Provides used with when the O brighter camera Exposuremeterstosubject.conditionstheentireof the of usedRecommendedfocus23) across O SPOT:N is is muchmetersbrighter or than the main the the Canframe.Canwithconsistentrange lock SPOT: The camera much atexposure inin thethecenter main the frame.Can for focus lock(pg. 23) The is muchbrighter brighter average for centerof subject.usedbe backgroundExposure lightingrecognitionat the modes.Can Provides AVERAGE: meters backgroundor muchis isis metersor darker oroftheandthe center offrame.be the Recommendedexposure across AVERAGE: meters darkerconditions is Choose PlightingThebrighterisbrighter thanMat frame.atatto center betheRecommendedfocus(pg.when 23) OOconditions.camerabrightermainconditionsconditionssubject.frame.lockRecommended when lock when the Thebackground meters to conditions at be the wide subject.usedframe. widelock e is muchSPOT:howrecognitioncameraismeters lightingMmainusedtheoftheCanframe. be thefocus lockexposure(pg.(pg. 23) camera SPOT:OThe camerathanusedortheto thethe theforsubject.adjustbeof when usedRecommendedlock the dutomaticmetersOthedarkermeterslightingadjustdarker.subject.offocusexposure withafocus the23)(pg. the darkerthe center the with when ,the than the frame. be focus backgroundThe cameraisbrighter oraveragethantheRecommendedProvides consistentwhen the 23) background meters lighting the exposuremaincenter of the frame. Recommendedfocusthewhen 23) main subject. Recommended when the background camera is is muchset to the thanconditions atwiththe frame.Canframe.used withwhenlock across darker or averageat the center center Recommendedexposure (pg. (pg. tobackground The camera O SPOT:backgroundExposurebrighter or isis used for the entire the frame.a consistent shooting(pg. O SPOT:O SPOT: : set conditions atthan adjust of PAutomatic brighter darker O MULTI:The is muchmeters lighting conditions to the exposure used widefocus lock when the SPOT: The camera muchrecognition darker N brighterAVERAGE: isthan theorthanused main the main subject.for with used with (pg.when N Omultiple shots scene lighting conditions atmain subject. Can be Canwithfocus lock and 23) MULTI:conditions. meters meters orthan and atsubject.subject. backgroundAutomaticisscenesubjects. lighting,theto theparticularlyCan for usedbelandscapes and lock background is shots with subjects. than theand adjust center of the usedbe range ofof (pg. 23) background meterssame much lock multiple off-center darker main main Caneffective forused with landscapes shooting brighter same backgroundto much subjects.theor darker thanCanthansubject.exposureused wide used with focusportraits of is muchoff-center subjects. main particularly effective d-center backgroundThe camera recognitiondarker.subject.focus beframe.with range lock (pg. 23)the23) is muchmeterSPOT:ismetersubjects.themain subject.thethan isusedmain Canbe locka(pg. with focus focus(pg. 23)(pg.of or darker with brighter or darker than subjects.meter much much or or darker conditions the subject.subject. usedbe used with focusportraits 23) tobackground is muchisbrighter orlighting than the beis the mainCan be Can bewith focus lock (pg. 23) (pg.of to Thesubjects.oror darker than the main at the Can of used 23)focus lockand 23)when 23) meter off-center brighter than the main particularly effective for Recommended lock to meteroff-centeroff-centerthe darker lighting,the mainthe withcenterbe theforwith focus lock (pg. 23) to meter off-centerbrighter subjects.lighting conditionssubject. Can be Canframe. focus lock portraits the off-center brighter meters lighting, and is subject. is much brighter background meter Exposure is setdarker of the for theRecommended be Provideslandscapes with multiple background is muchcamera darker to SPOT: background much subjects shots brighter P off-center with conditions.off-center subjects. thewhite. eExposuremetersmeterdressedsetbrighteraverageaverageframe.the subject. frame.Provideswith focus (pg. (pg. across camerameteroff-centeris subjects.theissamethe thethan entire frame. frame. usedacross Recommended 23)across toOExposure subjects. toconditions.the averageis set to entire to forthe the for frame. Provides be usedconsistent exposure to meter lighting subjects.black setaverage Provides to meter much to in metersubjects dressed in black is to -center toAVERAGE:AVERAGE:conditionssubjects.darkeraverage entireentire Provides when the consistentlock setoff-center subjects. the center to AVERAGE: is set for backgroundoff-center subjects.white. to to AVERAGE:meter off-centertoatisoraverageforaverage main entire Provides consistent exposureexposure Pmeter off-centeroff-center subjects. frame.for the forconsistent frame. consistent exposure exposure across tooff-center subjects. or white. P ExposureExposure set to P isAVERAGE: ExposureExposuretheorto or darker than thethe entire Can Can be used with focus lock (pg. 23) subjects. off-center subjects. theor set the average for the entire frame. Provides consistent exposure across Pmeter P AVERAGE:is much brighter the the entire main subject. consistent consistentacross frame. exposureProvides exposureacross across totoSPOT: TheorcameraExposure set tosubject. Can the the withtheeffective Recommendedexposure subjects dressed P multiple average in blackthe frame. the the shots for O brighter AVERAGE: Exposure the conditions thefor center Providesconsistent exposure across Pmeter AVERAGE: is is to particularly forfor andentire entire Provides (pg. of exposure across lighting the dExposureAVERAGE:Exposureshots setthemainaverageaverageandparticularlyProvides Recommended when portraits ofofof is withPmeter TheExposurewithistheissametheeffectiveandusedframe.frame.lock consistent exposure and across P PAVERAGE: AVERAGE: theissameis the same average entiretheeffectiveframe.Provides exposurewhenofof AVERAGE: off-center subjects.lighting, lighting,beis frame. entire effective frame.consistent background metersto average is for multiple multiple isissetsetlightingaverage forparticularly frame. theforportraits landscapes andacross AVERAGE: Exposure set thetheaverage andProvides center PO tosamethe withExposure to lighting,theforthe particularly ofoffocus effective 23) consistent exposure across isSPOT:P camera Exposure entire conditions entire consistent frame. landscapes and portraits the set darker than the set to and isthe for frame. frame. consistent and exposure to exposure across ots muchtheANoteExposuremeterstotolighting,lighting,isatat entire entireProvidesProvidesforconsistent across portraits and multiple shots with the same lighting, entire particularly effective forconsistent and of shots same effective Provides ANote with is fortoto or to and for particularly entire Provides consistentand PExposure and multiplemeterlighting,thesetwith issame lighting,theand landscapesCaneffectivewith landscapes(pg.portraits ofof P AVERAGE:shotsdressediswithsubjects. theforthethe entire frame.Provideslandscapes landscapes(pg. portraits multiple shotsExposurewithblackthe white.thanthemain istheparticularlyforusedfor landscapesportraits P AVERAGE:AVERAGE:theisin sameorsetaverage forisand foris is frame. Provideslandscapes exposure across across P AVERAGE: Exposurethesetthe the averageaverage is subject. Can beforconsistent focusportraits23)of particularly landscapes exposure toshots with the subjects Exposure is the samethan backgroundmeter off-center particularlyand is isthemain subject. andbelandscapes and lockandacross background is muchand same lighting,lighting,particularly effectiveProvides consistentportraits portraits much brighterlighting, and or the with and exposure f-center multiplemultiple dressedset set tosameaverageparticularly effectiveeffectiveconsistent andlockandofacross of subjects. shots inshotssameblackaverageand for for is frame. multiple withbrighter thelighting,effectiveand particularly effective for landscapes across ANote iswithshots samewhite. white. multiple shotslighting,blacksame or white.is particularly effective forforused for landscapes and ofof multiplewhite. shots theor darker and . landscapes forportraits offocus portraits portraits shots orwhite. darkerlighting, particularly effective for landscapes exposure 23) withblack with the or with landscapes and portraits portraits multiple ots withblacksame theB dressed in dressedor lighting, lighting, and entire frame. ssed multipleorshots withthe iswithavailable when Intelligent Faceparticularlyisfor landscapes and portraits ofof in multiplePHOTOMETRY is notinthe is is particularly effectiveon. landscapes P multiple black the particularly subjects subjects AVERAGE: with the notwhite. or white.Intelligent Face Detection is effective for landscapes subjects subjects withExposureblack subjects dressed inthe in available and multiple dresseddressed insameisentirewhen Providesisthe effective on. landscapes and portraits of across shots shots portraits subjects subjects. lighting, entire exposure tomultiplewhite. inshots orin black white.and particularlyDetection for to isBdressed black samewhite. lighting, meter PHOTOMETRY same lighting, off-center the black set Exposure meterto the indressednotblacksamethe average particularly effective foracross andand and portraits of subjects subjectsdressed averageisfor the lighting, and is particularly effective for subjects dressed inwith oror same when dressed black white.or or B off-centerin subjects.white. PHOTOMETRY ssed subjects orsubjects dressedtheblack or toframe. and is for consistent frame. Provides consistent exposure of in subjectssubjects dressed inwhite. or white. Intelligent Face Detection is on. blacksetP AVERAGE: black in availablewhite. ANote multiple shotsblack oror white. portraits subjectsANote inshotsiswith to the average for thefor is particularly effectivelandscapes dressed blackset to the same effective entire frame. Provides consistent exposureand portraits of white. subjectsmultiple in black is particularlylighting, and landscapesProvides consistent exposure across subjects dressed in black or white. dressed is set the average for the entire frame. and portraits of ANote ANote AVERAGE: Exposure for landscapes across ANote B PHOTOMETRY black or white. Pthe sameExposure and ANote ANote P AVERAGE: dressed 68 ots with68 subjects lighting, inis not available when Intelligent Face Detection is on. ANote 68 ANote ANote ANote is Intelligent Face when IntelligentIntelligent Face on. ANote B when is available available is TRYANoteavailablePHOTOMETRYsamewhen Intelligent Face Detection effective foron.landscapes and portraits of not PHOTOMETRY not the not B PHOTOMETRYwith not is is black or white. on.Face Detection Detection isforon. B black orshots isdressed in when IntelligentIntelligent Face isDetection B PHOTOMETRY multiple B PHOTOMETRYsame lighting, and Face Detection on. shots and ANote B subjects nottheis not notDetectionwhen particularly Detection is is essedisin multiplePHOTOMETRY availablelighting, when isis particularlyiseffectiveon. landscapes and portraits of ANote ANote with available available when Intelligent Face is on. ANote white. is B PHOTOMETRY is not available when Intelligent Face Detection is B when is available when Intelligent Face Detection Detection on. BPHOTOMETRY is inin available available Intelligent Face Detectionon.on. PHOTOMETRY is notblack Face when when on. TRYBB ANote dressedIntelligentor when Intelligent Face DetectionDetection is is on. is subjectsB PHOTOMETRY ornot available when Intelligent Faceis is on. not PHOTOMETRYnotnot availableavailable is Intelligent Face is on. availablePHOTOMETRY is not Detection 68 B PHOTOMETRY is not available when Intelligent Face Detection is on. dressed is not available when Intelligent Face Detection is on. B subjects PHOTOMETRY is not available white. Intelligent Face Detection on. when B PHOTOMETRY is black white. Intelligent Face Detection is is on. 68 6868 B PHOTOMETRY not available when 68 68 ANote 68 6868 68B 6868 ANote B PHOTOMETRY is not available when Intelligent Detection is on. 68 68ANote PHOTOMETRY is not available when Intelligent Face Face Detection is on. 68 6868is not available when Intelligent Face Detection is on. 68 ETRY 68 PHOTOMETRY not available when Intelligent Face Detection is on. B PHOTOMETRY is is not available when Intelligent Face Detection is on. B 68

Using the Menus: Shooting Mode

a value for white balance. DisplayedMeasure Displayed inThe effects of custom white at vary with shooting conditions. Play pictures Q in pictures balance settings. Option also Results othercustomcan be balance can not be Option Displayed in Displayed in The effects of custom white can not subject movement. be reduces blur caused by not be . The balance effects Option For automatically. direct teWhite balance p White balance adjusted automatically. in the monitor.back afterof customtowhite balanceincan monitor. balance adjusted automatically. in sunlight. adjusted subjects Displayed inpreviewed The effects of custom white balance the not be The effects of 4 previewed in thepreviewed in the monitor.white colors can not monitor. in shooting check 4 White balance adjusted automatically. previewed the monitor. asure a value4 for white balance.for white balance. vary with shooting conditions. Play pictures for white For subjects in the balance. Measure a Q qWhite balance shade.Results value Measure aavalueadjusted automatically. vary withpreviewed conditions. Play pictures Q Measure for white balance.Results value shooting in the monitor. vary ISO AUTO(400) Results vary with shooting conditions. Play pictures Q s Measure a white balance. subjects in directdirectUse under daylight fluorescent lights. shooting to check colorsshooting conditions. Play pictures sunlight. value for sunlight. after shooting toResultscolorswith in the monitor. For subjects in For subjects in direct sunlight. sunlight. check vary in theshooting conditions. Play pictures Results with back back after p For subjects in direct p back after shootingmonitor. colors in the monitor. to check back after shooting to check colors in the monitor. p the shade. subjects in direct sunlight. subjects in theint ForUse under warm white fluorescent lights. shade. back after shooting to check colors in the monitor. For subjects q Forsubjects in the shade. subjects q For in the shade. q subjects shade. in the under daylight fluorescent lights.lights.fluorescent lights. Use under s u ForUse under cool daylight under daylightwhite fluorescent lights. s Use fluorescent Use under daylightfluorescent lights. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM under daylight fluorescent lights. under warms r Use lights.lights.fluorescent lights. white fluorescent Use under t UseUse under incandescent lighting.lights. warmUseunder warm white fluorescent t white fluorescent under warm white t white fluorescent lights. fluorescent lights. Use under warm white under cool cool Use under cool white fluorescent lights. white fluorescent lights. Use under u 4 does not produce the desired result (for Press G to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in u white ( lights. If AUTO Use under cool fluorescent, u under cool white under incandescent lighting. incandescent lighting. lights. Use under r Useunder incandescentfluorescent incandescent lighting. , monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on ), r Use under Use when taking a close-up), example, incandescentlighting. choose r Use under , the option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). . result (for lighting. es not not 4 does not producethe light Indicators (for 4 does produce the desired result (for source, or use produce desired option that matches the desired result Indicators not produce IfIf 4 doesthe . the desired result (for 4 a close-up), choose the when takingcustomwhen choose athe(pg.70). Once custom a close-up), produce the desired result (for ple, whenIf takingdoes not taking a close-up), choose the displayed hidden example, white balanceclose-up), choose the Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. example, when taking

UsingANotes Menus: ShootingMenus: Shooting Mode the Menus: Using the Shooting the Menus: Shooting Mode Mode C WHITE BALANCE UsingMode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Taking Pictures in : Using the (AUTO) For natural colors, choose a setting that matches This option is available in M and F modes only. ANotes At settings other than Q, auto white balance is used BALANCE the ANotes HITE BALANCE lightBALANCE an explanation of white ANotes C WHITE source (for C WHITE BALANCE ANotes the and Pictures Cchoose aBALANCE . option ANotes and modes only. flash off (pg. WHITE see the that with The Framingsetting Glossary Grid This 107). in M colors, choose a setting that matchessetting that matches Avoiding BlurredF modes . modes only. This a on pageoption is available This option isflash. Turn the and F tural colors, balance,colors,choosematches that matchesis available in MFA/S only.F modes26) to take For natural option available in M For natural colors, chooseaasetting that matches Thispicturesis available in M and F modesonly. Thisauto auto white balance and only. For display acolors, choose white settings otherotherIfQ, whiteother settings. is . naturalexplanationwhitesetting orAt settings than thanoption at availablelit, blurring caused by camera is At To the subjectisis balance poorly in M Q, ource (for (forexplanation (for anor to view of other of ght source anlight source (forgridofexplanation hidewhite At settings,thanQ, used white balance is used an framing At otherthan Q, autoused the light explanation of the Option source (for an Displayed in the white thesettingsotherof auto white balance is used be The At settings other (pg.to . can off custompressingbalance to not white (pg. 26) is take the lightpagepage 107). explanationwith flash. flash. shake theeffects off 26) the take white balancebutton source an the DISP/BACK button.Turn Turn flash flash(pg.than Q, auto take the Gcan used with of white indicators in monitor, press by to 26) ee see the Glossarysee the Glossary. 107). the ce,the Glossary on seethe107). with flash. with the be reducedthe flash off 26) to take the flash. Turn the flash off on page balance, White Glossary on page 107). at other settings. previewed inTurn monitor. off (pg. to take 4 on balance, seethebalance adjusted automatically. at other(dual pressing(pg. 26). withISthe flash the balance, Measure a value for whitepictures the Glossary on page 107). mode). Turn . G button the pictures settings. atflash.mode, pictures other other settings. pictures at In settings. Q balance.

Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Basic Photography Menus and Playback Menus Menus

example, balance is set, ause use when source, choose the at that matches light light takingtheclose-up),remains (unless Note that blurring may still occur depending on the the n matches whitethat matches or thelight source, or use option the source, light source, or use option that matches the orsetting option that regardlessthe iflight battery is or use matches ofcustom source, removed hite balance (pg.70). balance (pg.70). Once custom scene. m white custom white OnceOnce (pg.70). Once custom balance (pg.70). customthe changed), custom white balance nce is set,custom the camera. the setting remains custom balance white setting remainsthe setting remains (unless isthe balance is balance (pg.70). Framing grid set, thewhite is set, (unless from setting remains (unless Once (unless white balance set, whitetheifbattery set, theremovedremains (unless regardlesschanged), the batteryof if setting displayed of if balance is is removed ed), regardless of regardless ofisif the battery is removed changed), regardless of if the battery is removed changed), regardless the battery is removed amera. from the camera. he camera. the camera. from the camera. grid, position the main subject at To use from the framing
the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

69

Menus

69

Menus

69
69

69 69 17 69

If COMPLETED! is displayed, press MENU/OK to set E CONTINUOUS Q: Custom varies with Q: :Custom White Balance E CONTINUOUS shutter Q: Custom Q:batteryBalanceBalance BalanceE CONTINUOUS Q: White White CONTINUOUS Q: Custom White Balance Frame rateCharging Indicator speed. CustomCustom WhiteBalance E E CONTINUOUS The White isto Balance white value. This CONTINUOUS The not charged ChargeCONTINUOUS white balanceE the measured to Q: Custom Whiteadjust white shipment.E value in a series of pictures. E CONTINUOUS E CONTINUOUS Choose Q at Capture Choose Q to Balance Capture motion in a of Capture to to adjust CUSTOMWBWB Custom white E CONTINUOUS series CUSTOM ChoosetoQ Whitewhite white WB ChooseWBQ to adjust Capture a motion pictures.of motion in white CONTINUOUS: S TOP WB hoose CUSTOMthestored adjustadjust motion in aCUSTOMbatteriesCapture motion series of . 12 pictures. a series of pictures. QWBQ: adjustbefore use. CUSTOM WB cameraseriesCapture motion in motion in a series of pictures. pictures. ite Chooseis Q Capturelighting in a WB of pictures. Capture motion in a series ofshows battery charge e batteryeven adjust the CUSTOM series of pictures. E in a seriesindicator pictures. when are Choose for Capture motion CUSTOM CUSTOM WB balance Q to . The charging unusual white balance Q unusual lighting Choose for to lighting white adjust Capture motion in a ANotes balance forlighting lighting balance ANotes alance forremoved reselected WB for unusual lighting camera follows:series of pictures. while the unusual unusual be for unusual can lighting The status as takes up to 12 pictures ng balanceconditions. unusualoptions at conditions.ANotes ANotes g balance forandThe options CUSTOM by pressing ANotes ANotes at The options ANotes at balanceThe unusual lighting for ANotes Place The options at Continuous shooting A available in A or conditions. options at Theat . onditions.conditions. the ANotes in the charger. options are frame a The optionsbattery Continuous not in is not p ANotes button is at t conditions. will when customframe abalance not available in shutter pshooting availableavailable orARorp 12 are avail MENU/OK be displayed; white right willWB displayed; A orshooting indicatorisisnot available. or p conditions. displayed; frameshooting isavailable in Continuouspressed. availablepA or FINAL The optionsshooting is notbe ContinuousChargingshooting not A TOP 12 p shooting shooting is mode. S Ain rightInsert displayed; frameatthe suppliedContinuousContinuous TOPavailable in available in and available Batteryin or Continuous at A or S is not NEW conditions. frame a intoa battery BC-50 mode. pis not 12 12 A or p NEWWB WB right will be The mode.S TOP 12 and not in FINAL in orare mode. 12and R available in A or R , L,12 F NEW object so that it fillsContinuous shooting is not FINAL 12 are available ghtrightbeWBdisplayed; frame aoptions WBa NEW WBwhite CHANGE mode. S TOP TOPand shooting andRare statusMareAction p will NEWright will be theContinuousNEW a will bewill be displayed; frame CANCEL mode. 12 R FINAL only are FINAL available Continuous and NOTCHANGE CHANGE ea a displayed. somode. NOT CHANGE CANCEL CANCEL right displayed; that itS TOP 12 NOTNOTCANCEL CANCEL 12 arethe 12S TOP12/R is 12 1212 not available NEW WB S NOT and R press the mode. S ,TOP way FINAL whiteCANCEL charger fills the object that the FINAL available TOP Battery object it fills NOT whitebattery so mode. it Sthe 12 monitor andFINAL 12 are available L, 12 and R FINAL 12 are available CHANGE right CANCEL it fills the the fillsTOPCHANGEandNEW WB FINALmode. ANote:SL, MRFR flashavailableInsert the NOT CHANGE NOT CHANGE CANCEL only NEW only button TOP mode. mode. in M white object so will be displayed;as shown,Rsure that shutterL,SFtheM and Themode. turns off automatically (pg. 26). objectobject so that it frame a making only , only inin MallOff 12or F mode. so . or F or F FINAL 12 are available mode. ! ,only in MENU/OKthe he white white that thatsoonly init fillsL, MbuttonWBall the way inL, ,M or ,,,L,mode.orFeffect, sensitivities under 400 e CANCEL white object press the fills, L, M or F mode. only balance. thatthe shutter or NOT CHANGE measurein F inserted. only these options or in monitor battery is monitor and all the the all the way shutter down mode. white only flash turns. previously-selected whiteUNDER press displayed, , object the and orientation. turns are mode. off (pg. 26). If press and that fills the button wayThe The inoff L, M or automatically (pg. mode The monitor the so isshutter , correctraise to exposure Whileturns automaticallyautomatically (pg.battery. is restored when monitor andall theandshutterinitthebuttonbuttonautomatically (pg.Thein flashL, Moff F mode.26). 26). flash26). The flash The flash turns off automaticallyE(pg. 26). turns The turns (pg. (pg. ter monitor. press press theflashbalance.off automatically automatically and The button downway press the shutter button all the way flash automatically off is selectedor above 26). The er button monitorway the Thebutton turns all wayallway (pg.are 26)., OFFraised . The The image alland to The white turns off the shutter flashbalance.again.allIfthe The flash off 26). The The to Battery 400 measure the shutter button . wayis previously-selectedoffflash mode is restored whenThe automatically CONTINUOUS. previously-selected automatically (pg.when OFF MENU/OK down to measure white and try monitorwhite balance. the previously-selected flash mode is restored OFF when OFF compensation (pg. 30) OVER previously-selected flash modewhen mode is for down to measure balance. COMPLETED! is displayed, MENU/OK to set The flash mode is restored raterestored shutter speed. Glows red flash Frame is restored 26). own to measuretoand presswhite balance. If flash mode is restored press OFF turns .when OFF OFF down to measure white white balance. flash mode is restoredsizes over 1 are set to 1. Settings with when OFF previously-selected OFF varies ance. nce. down measure . measured value. for value previously-selected when previously-selected when flash previously-selected flash charging. that NP-50 rechargeable and try CONTINUOUS. restored have been to UNDER , is selected for E flash mode is down to measureexposure compensation battery selectedselected ThisE CONTINUOUS. displayed, loweris white balance. white balanceto the forisE CONTINUOUS. mode is restored when OFF previously-selected is selected for E CONTINUOUS. for E COMPLETED! displayed, E is MENU/OKto set is camera for E CONTINUOUS. the displayed, E MENU/OK IfIfCOMPLETED! displayed, set even set selected selected varies are Battery fully IfOVERset is is forpressMENU/OK is selected altered rate CONTINUOUS. speed. Remove COMPLETED! selected forpress CONTINUOUS. is E COMPLETED! todisplayed,ispress MENU/OK CONTINUOUS. set rate varies with shutter If MENU/OK Frame Glows values selected by pressMENU/OK is tosetdisplayed, press press to storedsetto value the Framefrom theshuttershutterCONTINUOUS: user are shown ress COMPLETED! is , displayed, varies with . when varies with withgreen shutter speed. S TOP 12 the is selected varies CONTINUOUS. again. balance is the rate MENU/OK to This Frame rate variesbatteries with The camera takes If COMPLETED! Frame rate varies value. Arrowto set Frame rate for Ewith speed. speed. MENU/OK to white balance to the measuredwith shutter speed. be in yellow. shutterwith shutter speed. up to when the value. press value.This speed. Frame rate varies speed. charged. Ifwhitethe measured measured value.valueFrame COMPLETED! measured value. removed value is displayed, press value This value MENU/OK battery. and set pressing white balance to Frame measured This shutterto can rate reselected byThe original settings are restored12 pictures while white value.This value the to the measured value. This value balance to balance This white balance to Frame rate varies S ured This ed value. white value storedeven whenthe camera batteries are E CONTINUOUS: 12 shutter speed. Unplug batteries E another option is with shutter MENU/OK E CONTINUOUS: Tipbalance camerathecamera are when are E CONTINUOUS: S TOP 12 isisstored eventothe cameracamerabatteries custom CONTINUOUS: optionsS TOP 12 button is pressed. the whitewhenevenwhenmeasured S TOP This value white balance S TOPare TOP for the the batteries are are isBstored arethe whenCONTINUOUS:value. 12 E CONTINUOUS: S TOP 12 selected 12 E CONTINUOUS. stored even is stored stored when E CONTINUOUS: S TOP E S TOP camera batteries , the camera batteries E camera takes up to12 TOP 12/R while the amera batteries are andcan be batteries by12pressing The camera takes up to12 12pictures while the is even even when displayed. are E CONTINUOUS: S TOP pictures reselected and when charger BC-50 removed and can cameracamera bytopressing isremovedbe can colorreselected Terminals removed evenbe charger bytakesupbatteries picturesThe camera takes pictures pictures while the The are pictures emoved byTo pressing Thebethecast pressingphotographs, cameraCONTINUOUS:toup ANote: Sfault. the FINAL 12 and and giveand Thereselected to yourby 12 picturesThe takes up12 up to1212 pictures the can battery camera takes pressing The removedstoredacan reselectedreselectedupto pressing The camera to redpressed.12while arewhile the and deliberate be reselected by pressing Blinks Battery while in effect, sensitivities under while the while up takes 12 to selected by pressing custom white byIf balance12 is camerashutter button is up While12 pictures while the lected removed a value for be can custom white UNDER usingdisplayed,takesbutton is pressed. these options remove the . balance options are shutter the exposure MENU/OK and custom white measure whencan to MENU/OK custom white white balanceby pressinga shutterpressed. is pressed. options are button removedwhen custom buttonbalance options shutter button is takes reselected are shutter The camera MENU/OK whenshutterbebalance pressed. are are button is raise pressed. are automatically raised to 400 or above and im ENU/OK when custom white balance isisoptions MENU/OK when when custom pressed. button shutter button e balanceMENU/OKinsteadcharger in. options options are30) shutter button is pressed. options balance options arethe shutter white balance Plug If battery. colored are of a white object. compensation are and try again. TOP is pressed. over displayed. displayed. MENU/OK when custom white balance options(pg. ANote: STOP OVER isFINAL 12 12/R sizes isplayed. displayed. the charger into a power outlet.ANote: SANote: SFINAL12/R FINAL 1212 1 are set to 1. Settings that have b displayed. Plug displayed, lower ANote: ANote: S FINALtry FINAL compensation 12 TOP 12/R TOP 12/R displayed. The exposureS TOP S TOP 12/R FINAL 12 from the values selected by the user are sho red ANote: 12/R and 12 altered ANote: S TOP 12/R FINAL 12 ANote: S TOP 12/R FINAL 12 displayed. While options are again. UNDER indicator raise exposure ANote:these are12/R FINALeffect, sensitivities under 400 exposure While Charge the are inin IfIf UNDER isWhiledisplayed, exposure exposure While these options battery.12 sensitivities under 400 UNDER isis thesewill raise While these While these in in are effect, under 400 settings are options S options sensitivities sensitivities are TOP The UNDER exposure displayed,raiseraise raiseinin effect, sensitivities under 400 effect,are inineffect,sensitivities 400 image restored w is displayed, displayed, Ifraise If exposure Whiledisplayed, light.are effect, sensitivitiesareautomatically iseffect, sensitivities under under 400 is exposure While are automaticallyraisedineffect, whenoriginalunder 400 optionsraise are these raiseUNDERcharging is (pg. these optionsagain. exposureis these optionsoptionsraisedtoyellow.sensitivitiesand image Ifcompensation(pg.displayed, try again. IfIf OVER areunder 400options are inanother option above under 400 UNDER 400 the these to automatically to or toto400 or image charging 30)and try again. toexposure automatically raised raised above and above andforimage and tryraised If OVER is While Charging 400 complete ororabove and E CONTINUOUS. B Tip compensationis try30) and are orabove and raised If (pg. (pg. 30) displayed, 400 effect, or 400 above is selected 70compensationare automatically raised is 400 automatically image are set to 400 or and image image are 30) and try again. OVER is are indicator raised 1. A above exhausted abovesizes over 1 and image ompensation UNDER and andagain. If OVER to If 400orare sizesautomaticallyturns togreen.Settings that have been 30) (pg. automatically raise try is trycompensation islower exposure compensation and is sizesautomatically raised 1. Settings that have been again. IfIf OVER is try again. compensation (pg. 30) again. If OVERdeliberatetry 1 are set1 are set to 1. Settings that and image OVER OVER colorare 1your set are1.toSettings havehave been been fully and To cast over 1 photographs, to displayed, displayed, exposure compensation give a and try try compensation exposure compensation and over sizesto balanceare setato 1. Settings that have try set and value for is displayed, lower exposure compensation sizes sizes that overfrom to Settings 400 or above have been totry 1. have to over 1 set splayed, lower and lower (pg. 30) andare setmeasureIfa OVERtry that alteredare 1. values selected by been20 minutes displayed, exposure compensation again. trySettings over white been the setaboutthat that and have been ompensationand try sizes over 1compensation altered fromaltered been the usingbyselected by the user are shown mpensation lower try sizes over 1 areand to 1.Settings custom havefrom the valuesto 1. hoursthe user are shown displayed, lower exposure and 2 Settings from sizes values selected the user user are shown the shown the values selected by shown again. loweraltered fromcompensation and alteredalteredbattery takes selected arethe that are shown fromover values selected by the by the user are shown the 1 are again. displayed, exposure the values selected byathe user yellow. altered from the values selected by the userin are shownThe original settings are user are again. altered values settings are restored when colored instead of try white object. from gain. again. again. in yellow. The values are are restoredrestoredwhen altered from The original settings are user are when the towhen settings selected by when charge.original in yellow. original settings restoredthe restored shown in in restoredThe The when yellow. The original settingsare yellow. yellow.option original settings are restored when are in original ininyellow. The original settingsyellow. restoredwhen The is selected for E CONTINUOUS. again. B Tip another B Tip another option is selected for E CONTINUOUS.
CUSTOM WB

Charging the Battery

white object so that it fills the only in , L, M or F mode. monitor and press the shutter button all the way The flash turns off automatically (pg. 26). The Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode down to measure white balance. Using previously-selected Menus: Shooting Mode is Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode the theflash mode Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode UsingMenus: the Menus:when OFF Using Shooting restored :

Using the Menus: Shooting M is selected for EUsing the Menus: Shooting Mode CONTINUOUS.

NEW WB NOT CHANGE

CANCEL

First Steps

in is selected is E CONTINUOUS. another B Tip Tip B Tip another optionyellow. The original settings are restored when B another optionoptionforselected for E CONTINUOUS. another option another option is selected for E CONTINUOUS. is selected for E CONTINUOUS. B Tip another To give deliberatecolor castis selected for E CONTINUOUS. option is selected for E CONTINUOUS. B give deliberate color your 70 your photographs, To Tip a adeliberateto colorcast to your photographs, To give a colorcolor cast tocast totoyour photographs, another option is selected for E CONTINUOUS. oto To givephotographs, cast color cast to your photographs, a deliberate photographs, t give a photographs, value for custom white balance using a toyour deliberatea deliberate your photographs, your To give a measureadeliberate color cast to your photographs, measure To give measure a measure balanceusinga avalue for custom white balance a white balance measure a fora value for custom white balance using a white white balance using a white a value usingfor customcustom balance using using a white balance value custom for white object. using a measure a colored a value colored of avalueof white object. colored white of for measure instead a a olored instead of ainsteadobject. custom white balance using a coloredcolored instead of a object.object. insteadinstead of a white object. white white ect. t. colored instead of a white object.

70

70 70 70 70 70

70

Using F AF MODE F AF MODE: x MULTI F AF MODE MULTI the Using F AF MODE: x Usingthe Menus: Shooting Mode the Menus: Shooting Mode Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode the Using the isMenus: Shooting Mode Mode In M and F modes (pg. 37), this option When the shutterbutton Menus: Shooting button pressed halfway, In M and F modes (pg. 37), this option When the shutter Using the ispressed halfway, the Shooting Mode Using Charging the Battery focuses when camera detectsMULTI the Menus: :near the controls how the camera focuses when F AF MODE F AF detects high-contrast subjects controls how the camera F AF MODE: x MULTIcameraMODE: x high-contrast subjects near the E F AFMODE center of : xbutton AF F AF MODE: x MULTI Intelligent Face Detection 37), off (pg. FIntelligent Face modes (pg. isis off (pg. 21).FAFthemonitor and selects the focus the MODE F MMODEF Detection When the shutter21). WhenAF MODE: x MULTI the pressed the focusarea AF and InAFAF is this charged at shipment. optionbuttonFMODE: xhalfway, and selects halfway, area this Charge F AFAF of shutter is F AF MODE not option MODE: MULTI centerAF MODEmonitor F modes M MODE 37), is the the The battery F (pg.and F A/S (37) MULTI Fpressed The Charging Indicator InRegardless Fmodescamera 37),thisthisoption cameraAF MODE: x MULTI is pressed 37),halfway,the InInInMand howthethe (pg. 37),37),thisoptionwillWhen thethe shutterbutton isispressed halfway,option M andF the option selected, the camera automatically. high-contrast subjects this the In and modes controlsA/S focuses modes (pg. option WhenMshutterFbuttonhalfway,the near M andof modes selected, thethis will Whenthesubjects button is pressed halfway, the modes (pg. 37), this option automatically. near When theshutter button pressed (21) Regardless(37) camera detects high-contrastdetects button the is (pg. halfway, thethe of Foption (pg. focuses when camera w the controls Fthewhen (pg. 37), thecharging . subjects , camera how the battery before use. camera focuses option camera shutter indicator shows battery charge In M and . modes WhenThe shutter (21) when camera detectsmonitor and selects the near thethe detectshigh-contrastpressed focus area focus the controls on the subjectcameracenterfocusesmonitor cameraof detects high-contrastsubjects near the high-contrast controls on the subject cameracenter of the when center detects focus area subjects controls (25) focuses Intelligent how thethein21). center of (pg.monitor thehow high-contrast subjects nearwhen Face Detection focuses 21). off the controlsis the incamera focuses when how (pg. the is focuses when camera detects the camera near the focus howoff (25) the monitor and selects the high-contrast subjects near the of , camera ace Detection controls Intelligent how Detection is charger. (pg. when centerstatus as monitorand selects off (pg. Face the camera off Detection the follows: when Intelligent macro mode is on the25). off (pg. 21).21).center of ofthe.ISOISOand selects thethe focus area Intelligent Face camera will(pg.isis off (pg. will automatically.monitorAUTO(1600) selects the focus area Regardless Facebattery in(pg. automatically. 21). Intelligentmonitor AUTO(1600)and selects focus area 21). Intelligent the Detection 25). off (pg. whenPlace the option selected, off (pg. 21). center thethe monitor and selects the focus area macro mode Detection is is on the the option selected,of Face . selected,the camera21). center ofof the Face Detection isthe focus area Intelligent ofFace option Detection is the camera will automatically. monitor and status center Charging of Regardless thethe optioninto thethe the monitor automatically. ofindicator Battery the inselected, thethe camera will automatically. the option selected, the camera will Action Insert the battery Regardless the the option selected, supplied will option camera BC-50 Regardless ofof the monitor Regardless focus on of subject Regardless of the option selected, the camera will automatically. subject infocuscenter ofsubject inthe center of camera will the AF MODE: w CENTER center on MODE: CENTER Regardless w selected, of the monitor automatically. ISO AUTO(1600) Battery not F AFthe Fbattery :chargerthe shown, ofof the monitor AFthe subject inasthecentermaking sure that Insert the focus onmacro modein on the center thethe monitor the subject center monitor ISO AUTO(1600) focus on the subject in the center of the monitor when camera focusesthe the (pg. 25). focus on the Off ISO AUTO(1600) mode is focus on modeisthe onThe camera subject in on of the monitor (pg. 25). focus on the focuses on The macro subject in the 25). whenthe battery is inon (pg. center of battery. ISO AM AUTO(1600) 31/ 2050 00 AUTO(1600) ISO when macro mode the (pg. orientation.AUTO(1600) on on correct (pg. when macro mode isis on (pg. 25). M M ISO AUTO(1600) when 12/12/ 31/ 205010:mode is oninserted. halfway macro 10: 00ISOAM AUTO(1600) (pg. 25). halfway when macrothe center of25).25). mode is 25). Press ISO ISO AUTO(1600) . in mode is on Press subjectin center the when macro w CENTER of(pg. F AF MODE: subject the the Battery : w CENTER F AF MODE: w CENTER . Glows red monitor. focuses can The AF MODE:Thisoption on thebe M F cameraw CENTER can be F AF MODE: w CENTER F12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 w CENTERcharging. AF MODE: AM monitor. This option battery focuses F AF MODE: w CENTER NP-50 rechargeable ISO10: 00 AM on F AF MODE: w CENTER the the M 12/ 31/ 2050 AUTO(1600) The camera focus lock. on camera center 31/ 2050 The used withfocuses ISO AUTO(1600) the Thecamera thefocuses onthethe MM The 31/12/Press00halfway camera10: 00AMAM BatteryPress halfway the fully M Remove Thethe used camerafocuseson on the lock. 12/ 12/ 2050 2050 10:focuses on the 31/ 2050 12/ 31/ 10: 10: AM 00 AM e centersubject in focuscenter of the M M 12/ 31/ 2050Arrow AUTO(1600) of with 10: 00 ISO AM The camera focuses of focuses Press Glows00green ISO AUTO(1600) 31/ AMAUTO(1600) 12/ subject in the center on be Press halfway Press halfway subject ininthethecenterofofofthe thethe charged.halfway battery. subject inthecenter can the 12/ M 2050 10: 00 ISO ISO AUTO(1600) subject 31/ 2050 the AM in 10: 00 center of the Press halfway ISO AUTO(1600) monitor. This option ISO AUTO(1600) subject in the center of the Press halfway s option can be This option can be subject monitor. focusoption can Unplug the monitor. This option can be be monitor. This option can be monitor. This option can be monitor. This lock. us lock. used with This option can be 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00Terminals monitor. focus charger AM used with12/focus lock. Focus battery 00 AM 31/ lock. used with focus2050 lock. used with focus 10:lock. used with focus lock. Battery fault. charger and Focus used BC-50 focus lock. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Blinks red 12/ 31/ 2050 2050 AM 00 AM used with with 12/ 12/ 31/ 10: 00 10: AM 31/ 2050 10: 00 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM remove the frame 250 F5.6 frame 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 250 F5.6 Plug the charger in. battery. Focus Focus ANote Plug the charger into a power outlet. The red ANote Focus Focus frame Focus Charge the battery. Focus 250 F5.6 Focus 250 The focus areaframe F5.6 willnot bedisplayed ifthe camera not F5.6 displayed frame the charging indicator will light. The focus area will complete whenframe camera isis frame frame 250 F5.6 Charging is the250250beF5.6 Select if the charging F5.6 250 unable subject. wframe CENTER and 250 F5.6 ANote to detect the subject. Select w CENTER and unable to detect ANote indicator turns green. A fully exhausted ANote the picture using focus lock (pg. 23). compose ANote compose area picture be displayed if the camera is ANote ANote the the camera is Thedisplayed if will notusing focus lock (pg. 23). focus The focus area will not be focus areatakesnot hours and 20camera is ANote The battery not about 2 minutes TheThe to area will not be displayed wthe camera is focus will be displayed camera is unable area wbe displayedtheCENTER and The focus detectwill subject. Selectif ifif the is . unable to detect the subject. focus detectthe not be displayed ifcameraand Selectarea will subject. Select w the and to charge. subject.focus lock (pg. CENTER is The focus area CENTER will unable detect thethenot beSelectif the camera to picture using displayed CENTER and unable to the w compose 23).

F When came cente autom


First Steps

unable tolock unable detect the detect . 23). subject. Select w CENTER and compose the picture using focus tothe(pg.the subject. Select w CENTER and unable to detect using focus Select (pg.CENTER and compose picture the subject. lock (pg. 23). compose the thepicture using focus lock w 23). compose the picture using focus lock (pg. 23). compose picture using focus lock (pg. 23). compose the picture using focus lock (pg. 23).

ANot The fo unable comp

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Using the Menus: Shooting Mode Taking Pictures in : (AUTO) Using the Menus: Shooting Mode

F AF MODE: T F AF MODE: T CONTINUOUS AF : CONTINUOUS F AF MODE: T CONTINUOUS F AFthe shutter button is While Framing Grid CONTINUOUS The MODE: T

While the shutter button is is A/S the shutter While (37) button ISO AUTO(1600) While the a shutter the camera pressed halfway, the To displayhalfway, the camera framing button to grid or is ISOAUTO(1600) AUTO(1600) pressed halfway, pressed (21) camera view or hideISOother ISO AUTO(1600) pressed halfway, the focus to DISP/BACK button. continuouslythe monitor, camera adjusts focus to . indicators in adjusts press the continuously continuously adjusts focus to , continuously distance (25) to changes adjusts focus the changes in distance from the in from changes in distance from the changes in distance from 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM the main subject around the cross subject around the cross main . main subject around the cross 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM main (note that continuouscross 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM subject around the mark (note that continuous auto mark auto mark (note that continuous auto mark (notebe audible and will increase battery drain). that continuous auto focus will be audible and will increase battery drain). focus will focus will be audible and will increase battery drain). focus willthis audible and willphotographing moving be option when increase battery drain). Choose this option when photographing moving Choose Choose this option when photographing moving Choose this option when photographing moving subjects. subjects. subjects. subjects.

Avoiding Blurred Pictures If the subject is poorly lit, blurring caused by camera shake can be reduced by pressing the G button (dual IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button also reduces blur caused by subject movement.
ISO AUTO(400)

Menus Menus Playback Basic Photography Menus and Menus

12/ 31/ 2050

10: 00 AM

Indicators displayed

Indicators hidden

Press G to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the scene.

Framing grid displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

73

73 73 73 17 73

manage the picturesand and playback menus the to ontoPressforoptions for the highlighted display the highlighted Thememory card.card. playback internal memory or to the to options selectoritem. toto item. The memory in playbackon used are the Themanageand pictures are are to v-MODE the playbackin internal v-MODE the pictures menus used v-MODE the the the righttoto display selector selector display memory manage in memoryThe card. card.and playback menus menususedoptions PressPress for the highlighted item.display memory memoryv-MODE andmenus ormemory or onPressthe the selector right display to memory v-MODEinternal memory are are used used Press selector right right right card.The card. card. F- The v-MODE and playback ormemory the options forthehighlighted v-MODE inin internal memory or or used MODE MENU right to memory pictures inin internal memory on the on 4 foroptions highlightedright to display card. pictures in internal on MODE MENU the memory managepictures not playback memoryareor areortooptions Thethe forMENU item. display card.the the pictures charged menus on the Chargethe PressPressMENU MODEhighlighted item.item. Themanage.internal at shipment.on used to optionstheChargingMODE MENUitem. battery the internal memory menusthe is for highlighted The card.and the MODE highlighted managememory manage pictures manage the the optionstheMODEselectorMENU for MODE MENUselector item. Indicator MODE SHOW . SHOW SHOW NORMAL item. MODE SHOW SLIDE SLIDE MENU SLIDE SLIDE SLIDE SHOW MODE MENU SLIDE the for SHOWfor PRINT ORDERNORMAL Using the v-Mode Using the v-Mode Menu Menu memory or on the optionsPRINTMENUPRINT(DPOF)highlightedshowsitem. charge Usingmanage v-Modeuse. inMenu Using card. thepictures Menuinternal or on the Usingcard.thethe pictures Menu Using card.v-Mode themanage card.Menu the v-Mode internal the v-Mode NORMAL SLIDE SHOW (DPOF) NORMAL highlighted thememory v-Mode battery memory the before in Menu memory optionsNORMALORDERNORMAL(DPOF) the SHOWNORMAL memory memory card. v-Mode Menu memory ORDER PRINT (DPOF) PRINT ORDER The PRINT ORDERORDERNORMAL ORDERNORMAL charging(DPOF)(DPOF) (DPOF) indicator battery Using the Menu NORMAL PRINT NORMAL NORMAL SLIDE NORMAL NORMAL Usingcard. v-Mode Menu SLIDE SHOW F- MODE MENUSHOW MENU MENU MODE Using the v-Mode D button to enter NORMAL MODESLIDEORDERFADE-IN (DPOF) FADE-IN FADE-IN FADE-IN MODE FADE-IN NORMAL MODE MENU Using D card. PRINT MODE MENU FADE-IN (DPOF) MENU memoryD button FADE-IN statusORDERNORMAL MODEPRINT ORDERNORMAL as follows: SLIDENORMAL (DPOF) Press memoryD the D buttonthe to enter PressPressthe the buttonto inenterenter Pressthe Placethe battery to toenter enter thePress thebutton to enter charger. Press D button button to the the D FADE-IN FADE-IN FADE-IN PRINT FADE-IN FADE-IN FADE-IN NORMAL FADE-IN SHOW FADE-IN SLIDE SHOW NORMAL Using v-Mode the Menu SLIDE SHOW SLIDE MENU MODEMULTIPLE SLIDE SHOW NORMAL SLIDE SHOW SHOW MULTIPLEMULTIPLE MULTIPLE NORMAL MULTIPLE MULTIPLE FADE-IN MENU Using 1playback(pg. 41). Menu to enter Using thethethe41).v-Mode Usingmode v-Mode 41). thethe the (pg. to Menu FADE-IN Press D (pg. . FADE-IN NORMAL PRINT ORDER (DPOF) ORDER Press Usingv-Mode(pg.button Menu thePressv-ModeMenu FADE-INNORMAL NORMAL MULTIPLE (DPOF) PRINT ORDER PRINT ORDER (DPOF) PRINTORDERPRINTFADE-INNORMAL PRINT ORDER (DPOF) NORMAL playbackthe mode Press mode 41). Menu playback modemode (pg. 41). the supplied BC-50 playbackplaybackv-Modeenter to enter playbackD button41). button playback (pg.(pg.battery 41). NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL SLIDE ChargingMULTIPLE(DPOF)SHOW SLIDEMULTIPLE status indicator(DPOF)Battery Action UsingmodetheDD 41). Menu enter the mode FADE-IN Insert mode (pg. button to into FADE-IN FADE-IN MULTIPLE Using Dbutton toto toto enter v-Modeenter FADE-INORDER (DPOF) FADE-IN NORMAL PRINT FADE-IN SHOW NORMAL playback D FADE-IN playbackPressPress mode button enter enter NORMAL the PRINT FADE-IN FADE-IN ORDER (DPOF) Press mode D 41). button41). Press the theD button Pressthe (pg. the (pg. FADE-IN FADE-IN FADE-IN playback charger as shown, making sure that MULTIPLE NORMAL not FADE-IN Battery Insert the MULTIPLE MULTIPLE battery Pressthe v display to the Press Press vbuttonthebuttontotothe the the Pressthe the playbackto (pg.to display enter Press Pressselector selectordownorto down to Pressplayback buttonbuttondisplay enter thev v mode41). display the Press vv button the the display Press mode F- 41). button selector Pressthe Pressselector upupdownortodownto PressPress the Off MULTIPLEMULTIPLEdown to to to thePress the up or orFADE-IN down the the selectorup or selector up or or FADE-IN the selector MULTIPLE up FADE-IN down 2 Pressthemodeto41). button playback F Press(pg.(pg.Ddisplay . playbackbutton button(pg.the the to mode D to battery. Press modeto display Pressplayback button(pg.is in the to display the thev-MODE v41). 41). to display the Pressdesired desiredMULTIPLE or down to selector up option.upinserted. v-MODE menu. Press the menu. v-MODEvmenu. menu. 41).to41). orientation. Press thehighlight theselector up to down to v-MODE the batterymode (pg. display the v-MODE menu.v button correct v-MODEthe v (pg. menu. mode playbackmenu. button the highlight desired MULTIPLE Press the option. option. highlighthighlight desireddown or highlight desiredselector option. highlight the theoroption.option. the desired option. playbackbutton to display the v-MODE menu.button to display the highlight the thethethe desiredupBattery Pressv button vto to display the vmenu. Pressbutton v-MODE v-MODEbutton display the the menu.vthe to display the highlight thered or or or Press the the Press the v Press selector down highlightPressdesiredthe desired downto down to v-MODE Press the the Glows up up downdown to Pressthe Press selector or oroption. to Press selectoroption. up option.to the the selector desired up selector up highlight - MODE MODE button MODE MENU PressPressMENU MODE MENUMODE MENU 5Presshighlight the . v-MODEv MENU MODE MENU the the selectorcharging. button to display v-MODE v-MODEvMODEMENUto display the the v-MODEthemenu. menu. NP-50 rechargeable batteryhighlight the theselectordesired option. to to v-MODE SLIDEmenu.MODE MENU menu.the SHOW SHOW menu. SLIDE SHOW highlight desired option. up option. highlight Pressthe desired to or selectdown highlight desired option.Battery or the MENU/OK option. down the desired up MODE MENU SLIDE SLIDE SLIDE SHOW SLIDE SHOW MODE MENU Press Press Press MENU/OK to to to select the fully the Press MENU/OK MENU/OK select select the Remove the Presshighlight MENU/OK tooption.the Press MENU/OKdesiredto the MENU/OK the select select to v-MODESHOW (DPOF) menu. (DPOF) PRINT ORDER PRINT ORDERORDER PRINTmenu. SLIDE SHOW PRINT ORDER(DPOF) ORDER (DPOF) PRINT ORDER PRINT (DPOF) v-MODE MODESLIDE (DPOF) SHOW Press MENU/OK to the SLIDE SHOW highlight the option. PRINT ORDER (DPOF) Arrow Press MENU/OKGlows green desiredselect thebattery. MENUSHOW MENU MODE (DPOF) MENU Press MENU/OK select the MODE (DPOF) MODESLIDE MODEMODE PRINT MENU PRINT ORDER MENU MENU ORDER highlighted Press to select highlighted option. option. to charged. the highlighted option. option. highlighted option.option. highlighted option. highlighted select PRINT ORDER (DPOF) SLIDE MENU highlightedMENU/OK select the the SLIDE SHOW SLIDE MENU SLIDE SHOW MODE SHOW MODE SHOW SLIDESLIDE SHOW SHOW highlighted option. to toto select the Unplug the MENU/OK PRINT PRINT ORDER (DPOF) Press PressPress Press highlighted option. to the the Press MENU/OK option. MENU/OK MENU/OK select select PRINT ORDER (DPOF)ORDER (DPOF) PRINTPRINT ORDER (DPOF) ORDER (DPOF) ORDER (DPOF) PRINT highlighted to select SLIDE SHOW 6PressPress Options SLIDE v-Mode Menu Terminalshighlighted option. Options select charger and v-Mode Menu OptionsOptions the the v-Mode MENU/OKMenu . v-Mode Menu option.select v-Mode Menu Options v-Mode Menu to to Menu Options PRINT ORDER (DPOF) highlighted highlighted option. MENU/OK BC-50 battery charger SHOW (DPOF) PRINT ORDER highlighted MENU/OK Options highlighted option. Options option. v-Mode red v-Mode Menu Battery fault. remove the v-ModehighlightedMenu Options Menu Blinks option. Options v-Mode option. Press Pressselector selectordownorto downtoto Pressthe Pressselector upupdownortodown to PressPress the up or or up down to thePress the selectorup or to the the up or or selector selector up down the selector down highlighted Option Option Option Menu Options Description battery. Option v-Mode Menu Options OptionMenu Options Description Description Description Description v-Mode Options Description Pressdesired desired in. to down to F- Option Plugtheup menu menu down charger up or item. Press thehighlightthe selector item.or item. to selector theselector up item. ormenu item. down v-Mode Option Menu Description Description v-Mode v-Mode Menu Options Description highlight Press desired menu highlight the thethethe menu highlighthighlight desired highlight desired menu item. highlight the thedesired menu item. the desired Option View pictures a slideDescription(pg. (pg. Option 3thePlug the chargerup menuor down to red v-ModeView ViewViewapicturesshowslide show (pg. MenuViewinOptions (pg. (pg. Optionsshow (pg. View pictures picturesa in show show View in a slide a show pictures in inin slide slide a a Option pictures in pictures slideslide show (pg. selector down highlightPressdesiredthe desired downtoitem. the q Option q q SLIDE SHOWOption battery. Description show q SLIDEq SLIDE SHOW pictures in a slide showa(pg. q SHOWSLIDESHOW the View SLIDESLIDE SHOW Press the. selector item.or power outlet. The SLIDE SHOW v-Mode Menupictures inDescription (pg. Press highlight the desired menu item. Press the selector upinto up to toto thePress selector up or or a selector up highlight menu ordowndown Charge q SHOW 75). 75). View Description a slide 75). pictures in OptionSLIDEView75). 75). Description slide show (pg. Option 75). Option Description q SLIDE SHOW Presshighlight the menu light. the desired up up 75). highlight desired menu or menu q OptionOption completeDescription ashow show (pg. SHOW highlight charging indicatoritem.down item. to SLIDE SHOW View isView picturesprinting. highlight Pressthe desired menu item. to highlight theselectordesired item. down q the desired menu will or the the selector item. 75). 75). Selectpictures slideprinting on(pg. Chargingpictures Viewapicturesshowslide (pg. in on Select printing printing View pictures picturesshowon(pg. pictures inprinting Descriptionon a Select View75). forpicturesslideprinting on Select pictures pictures forslide (pg.charging SelectSelect forforfor afor printing on picturesin a slideon show picturesinwheninthe highlight the desired menu item.item. q Select pictures for DPOF- printing for q SLIDESLIDEPRINT ORDER View pictures in aon printing on qPRINT PRINTSLIDE pictures 75). q ORDERORDER SLIDE ORDERORDER SHOW Select SHOW SHOW PRINT q SLIDE SHOW SHOW 75). for PictBridge- PRINT PRINT ORDERPRINT ORDER highlight the desired menu Select PictBridge-compatible DPOF- pictures for printing and A fully slide r PRINTDPOF- DPOF- and slide show show (pg. indicator and andView pictures. (pg. turns PictBridge-compatible on green. PictBridge-compatible in a 75). DPOF- DPOF- and PictBridge-compatible DPOF- PictBridge-compatible exhausted rPRINT ORDER SHOW75). 75). DPOF- and PictBridge-compatible rr q SLIDE ORDER and PictBridge-compatible rr Select (DPOF) (DPOF) r (DPOF) ORDERand PictBridge-compatible printing (DPOF)(DPOF) DPOF- SelectSelect pictures for PRINT r q SLIDE devicespictures54).for printing on r (DPOF) (DPOF)batterySHOW 75).54).pictures 54). printing on on 75). devicesSelect picturesprinting on 20 minutes devices (pg. 54). (pg. 54). andon devices (pg. 2(pg.printing (pg.devices(pg. 54). devices for for (pg. 54). takes DPOF- and PictBridge-compatible about Select pictures forhours Select devicesand PictBridge-compatible r (DPOF) (DPOF) PRINT ORDER ORDER DPOFPRINT PRINT PRINT ORDER ORDER (pg. 54). pictures for PRINT ORDERdevices SelectDPOF- and PictBridge-compatible (DPOF) r charge. DPOF- PictBridge-compatible and PictBridge-compatible DPOF- and and PictBridge-compatible andSelect pictures for printing r r PRINT ORDER DPOF- devices (pg. 54). printing on on r r (DPOF)(DPOF) DPOF- PictBridge-compatible devices (pg. 54). to (DPOF) (DPOF) (DPOF) PRINT ORDER

Using Menus: Playback Mode UsingUsing the Menus: Playback Mode Usingthe Menus:Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using thethe Playback Mode the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus:Menus: Playback Mode Using the Playback Mode Using Menus: Playback Mode the playback menus The the Menus: Playback Mode are 4 the selector Using theandplaybackplayback menusused usedPress Pressselector selectorto to to to display Using v-MODEMenus: Playbackto to to 4toPress Pressthe selector right display Usingv-MODE and playback areMode 4 Press 4 selector right display TheThe v-MODE Menus:menus aremenusto Mode4 4thePress theright to rightdisplaydisplay Thev-MODEv-MODEand Menus: Playback Mode Press selector right display todisplay v-MODEandandthe Playbackusedusedused to the the selector rightright The TheUsingandand playbackareusedare 4 to The the playback menus v-MODE playback menus are are Using the internal memory or onor on Press options the forselectordisplay item. Thepictures in inandmenus arememory the Modefor the highlighted item. to v-MODEtheinternal memory are used The manage the pictures internalinternal menusorareor on optionsoptionsthehighlightedright to item. v-MODE thethethe Menus: theonused the the forforfortherighthighlighted to display andpictures in:in Playback options selector selector right the picturesBatteryor onto 4 theto ChargingMenus: Playback Modeto 4 Press highlighted item. item. display Using picturesplayback menustheorused options the the the highlighted item. manage pictures in internal memory the options the to highlighted The Press for highlighted manage manage the internalplayback or on manage manage playback inmemoryused manage v-MODE and memory menus the pictures in the item. internal memory on the optionsthe the for

44 44 4 4 4

1 11 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 11 2 1 2212 2 12 1 2 2 2 22 22 2 2 2

3 33 3 3 33 2 3 3 3 3 33 33 3

5 55 5 5 55 5 5 55 55 5 5 6 66 6 6 66 5 6 6 66 66 6 6 6 3

DPOF-(pg. 54). and r r devices (pg. devices (pg. DPOF- 54). 54). devices devices (pg. 54). PictBridge-compatible (DPOF)(DPOF) devices (pg. 54). and PictBridge-compatible devices (pg. 54). 54). devices (pg.

First Steps

74 74 7474 74 74 74 74 7474 4 74 74 74 74

View pictures in an MODE MENU NORMAL Press selector left or right to go back or skip ahead one frame. Select FADE-IN automated slide show. SLIDE SHOW Using the Menus: Playback Mode NORMAL PRINT ORDER (DPOF) the Menus: Playback Mode NORMAL FADE-IN UsingUsing the Menus: Playback Mode for fade transitions between frames. Choose the type of show and FADE-IN Taking Pictures in : (AUTO) Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode FADE-IN As above, except that camera MULTIPLE press MENU/OK NORMAL B q SLIDE SHOWto start. Press Option Displayed in q SLIDE SHOW any time during automatically zooms in on faces OptionOption Displayed in in DISP/BACK SHOW q SLIDE at ViewSLIDE SHOW in pictures an left or MODE NORMAL Blurred Pictures orDisplayed intoback or Face Option Avoiding BPress selector with right go back or selected ViewqThe Framing Gridin on-screen MODE MENU When a movieNORMAL PressDisplayed go toor pictures . MENU an anhelp. selector left left or to go back right right FADE-IN skip ahead one frame.Intelligent the Viewshow pictures Select FADE-IN automated to view inshow. slide in SLIDE MENU MODE NORMAL Press selector to go back or View an PRINT SHOW hide detection. MENU (DPOF) To display slide . to viewNORMALwill other the subject ahead selector left Select FADE-IN poorly lit, NORMAL blurring caused by camera skip skip one or right automated pictures movie show.SLIDE SHOWMODE If FADE-IN isPressaheadframe. .Select FADE-IN show. playback ORDERNORMAL MENU/OK a framing grid or or NORMAL begin is displayed, slide one frame. FADE-IN automatedtypeslide SLIDE SHOW for fade transitions between frames. PRINT ORDER (DPOF) FADE-IN Choose the of showshow. DISP/BACK(DPOF) NORMAL skip frame.the G button ahead one pictures at once. automated the show andandthe SLIDE SHOW NORMAL DISP/BACK of monitor, press . PRINT ORDERNORMAL FADE-IN canfor fade transitions between . MULTIPLE reduced several Select FADE-IN Display by pressing frames. be indicators in button. shake FADE-IN for Choose the type type of show and show willNORMAL FADE-IN FADE-IN PRINT ORDERNORMAL (DPOF) automatically, and the slide continue NORMAL B As fade transitions between frames. Choose the type start. Press above, except that camera FADE-IN for fade transitions between frames. FADE-IN FADE-IN MULTIPLE press MENU/OK to of,and Choose the Press FADE-IN show (dual B As above, mode, pressing thecamera In FADE-IN except that MULTIPLE presspress MENU/OK toends. The show can be ended at NORMAL Bautomatically zooms in G button MENU/OK movie start. Press FADE-IN to start. NORMAL IS mode). As above, except that camera MULTIPLE when . time during on faces the any MENU/OK except that camera DISP/BACK at MULTIPLE also reduces blur caused by subject movement. press at any MENU/OK to duringPress start. NORMALautomatically zooms in B As above, on faces faces DISP/BACK time by time timeMENU/OK. . automatically zooms . Face with in on any DISP/BACKto view on-screen help. When a movie at pressing during any time during FADE-IN B selected , Intelligenton faces the show automatically Intelligentin Face zooms DISP/BACK FADE-IN B selected with with Intelligent Face the showshow at view on-screen help. When a movie to view any a movie selected FADE-IN B detection. with Intelligent Face the show to on-screen help. When will movie selected isthedisplayed,view on-screen help. When abegin movie playback FADE-INdetection. . B ANote tomovie playback will begin detection. is displayed, MULTIPLE Display several pictures at once. ISO AUTO(400) movie is displayed, not detection. automatically, and the slide show will whilebeginMULTIPLE Display several pictures at once. The camera will movie show will begin automatically continue is displayed, playback will MULTIPLE Display several pictures at once. automatically, and the turn off playback continuea slide slide slide show will continue will . MULTIPLE Display several pictures at once. automatically, ends. The when the movieand the slide show willended at show is in progress. automatically, and the show can be continue when the movie ends.ends.showshowbe ended at at when the movie ends. The show can be ended at the movie The The can can be ended any time by pressing MENU/OK. when pressing MENU/OK. 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM any time time by pressing MENU/OK. any by any time by pressing MENU/OK. ANote
ANote ANote The camera will not turn off automatically while a slide ANote The camera will not turn off automatically while while a slide a slide The is in progress. show camera will not turn off automatically showThe camera will not turn off automatically while a slide is in progress. Indicators Indicators show is in progress. show is in progress. displayed hidden Press G to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). Menus

Menus Menus Basic Photography Menus and Playback Menus

Framing grid displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the scene.

75

75

75

75 75 17 75

Charging Playback Menu Using the the Battery 55 the the selector orup option. ordown Usingthe Playback Menu UsingPlayback Menu 555Presshighlightselectordownoption.downto PressPress selector upupupdown to to Pressthe selector up oror oror down Pressselector selectorup up down Press the up 5Press555Pressthethetheselectorupdowndowntototo Pressthe5Presstheselectorupdowntoordownto PressPressthetheselectoror ordowntoto to theselector uporor highlight the desired down Using thethe Playback Menu Using thePlayback Menu UsingPlayback Menu Menu UsingPlaybackMenu the the Playback Menu the Playback Playback Menu the Menu Menu Playback Menu UsingUsingthePlayback Menu Using PlaybackPlayback Menu the thethePlayback Menu 5highlighttheupdesiredupoption.. to or 5highlight theselectorupupororordownto 5highlightselectoroption. down Pressthetheselector up down to Press selectordesired or to the the selector selector Using Using thethethe not charged at to Using Press Playback Menu Using the is D button shipment. Charge highlightthetheselectorupordownto to Using Using the Playback Menu enter 5 5 Presshighlighttheselectoroption.ordownto the1 batteryPlayback Press thethedesiredoption. down theoption.option. desired Using the Playback Menu Press desired desired option. 5the desireddesiredIndicator The highlight theCharging option. highlight the 5highlightthe desired option. highlightPress thedesired option. the the the desired up Using The the desiredoption. option. 1Using the D button to enter highlight5highlightdesireddesired 1 Press the D button to enter Press highlight highlight highlight desired option. option.

Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using Menus: PlaybackMode UsingUsingthe Menus: Playback Mode Usingthe the Menus: Playback Mode Using Menus: Playback Mode the the Menus: Playback Mode thethe Menus: Playback Menus: Playback UsingUsingUsingMenus:Playback Mode Mode UsingUsingthethe Menus: Playback the thethePlayback ModeModeMode Menus: Playback Mode Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using Playback Mode UsingUsing the Menus:Menus: Playback Mode the Using the Menus: Playback Mode Menus: Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Using the to Using upMenus: Playback: Mode Press the selector or down

11PressPressthetheDDDbuttontotoenterenter Press playback buttonto enter Press Press theDbutton to toenter Pressthe thebutton 41). to Press D button 1 the mode button the before button highlight the desired option. PressPress batteryDDbutton .enter the D D D use. enter enter (pg. highlight the indicator shows option. 11 playbackthe (pg.(pg. enter enter the the button buttonto highlight MENU/OK 1111playbackthetheDbutton41).to totoenter PressPresstheD modebutton toenter enter Pressthe DDbutton 41). Press 11Press11theplaybackmode(pg.(pg.buttontoenter enter toto The 6Press chargingdesiredoption. battery Press the desired 1playbackmode(pg.41).41). Press (pg.mode 41). playback modemode41).41). to toenter playback mode41).41). button playback (pg.D (pg. 41). mode D(pg. 1playbackmode(pg.(pg.buttondisplayenter 6 Press66PressMENU/OKto toselectselectselectthethe charge Pressmode(pg.(pg. 41). the(pg.(pg. to playback mode mode 41). playback mode41). 41). 66PressMENU/OK option.toselectthe the PressMENU/OK to to selectselectthethe MENU/OKto totoselect the the MENU/OK toto selectthe mode 41). playback (pg.MENU/OK 41). the playback mode playback the battery in playback Press status as playback1 playback mode (pg. 41). charger. mode Press highlighted Press MENU/OK follows: select select MENU/OK playback MENU/OK to Place 6highlightedoption. select select 66highlighted option.selectselectthe the Presshighlighted option. select Press MENU/OK option. PressMENU/OK 22Press MENU/OK to 41).display the 6666PressPressMENU/OKto to select the the display MENU/OK MENU/OK 2222Pressplaybackmodeto todisplay thethethe PressPressPressoption. option.theselect the Press playback MENU/OK the thethe Press MENU/OK to todisplaydisplay the 2playbackMENU/OK display thethe MENU/OK to MENU/OK 2Press2222PressMENU/OKtototointo thethethe 6 BC-506PresshighlightedtotototoBattery statusthetheAction PressPress PressMENU/OKto(pg. display. PressPress MENU/OKdisplaydisplay the supplied highlighted Charging indicator to select MENU/OK MENU/OK to display MENU/OK menu. display to battery display display the the MENU/OK 6highlightedoption. highlighted MENU/OK highlighted MENU/OK highlightedoption. highlighted option. 66PressMENU/OK option. . 2PressMENU/OK to toto todisplaythethethe highlighted Press MENU/OK toOptionsthethe display 22playback menu.menu. Press playbackmenu. PressMENU/OK Press MENU/OK 2 playback PressMENU/OK to display the MENU/OK MENU/OK Insertto the option. highlighted option.option. select highlighted option. highlighted option. highlighted option. Press menu. menu. option. Menu 2playback menu. Press display highlighted Playback option. Battery not Insert the playback menu. playback menu. playback menu. playback 2playbackmenu. display highlighted menu. MENU/OK highlighted playback menu.charger as shown, making sure that playback menu. playback MENU/OK playback playback menu. menu. battery
Delete all orcharging. selected Description Description Description Description Description DescriptionDescription Description pictures (pg. 45). Description Description pictures (pg. Description Description DescriptionDescription M Option M selected MERASEM Option Delete oror allor selected picturesRemove the MM a ERASEDelete DeleteallselectedDescription 45). (pg. ERASE ERASE EYE Delete all selected pictures (pg. (pg. 45). ERASEERASE DeleteDeleteselected pictures pictures 45). ERASE RED all all all allselected(pg. (pg. (pg. 45). Delete orselected pictures 45). pictures pictures Battery reduced 45). fully M ERASE M ERASEOptionDeleteselectedor or selected (pg.(pg. 45).45).(pg. 77). MMM ERASE allDeleteororor picturespictures (pg. 45). 45). ERASE Delete allall allselectedDescription(pg.(pg. 45). Delete Delete orall or selectedDescription45). 45). orall or selected pictures 45). 45). eye Deleteselected pictures (pg. (pg. M ERASEERASE EYE all orDelete all picturespictures M ERASE Delete M ERASE ERASE allall or selected pictures M ERASE Ma RED EYE Glows Createor selected pictures (pg. 45). selected copies withpictures red (pg. 45). Arrowa RED EYEREDRED EYEDeletegreencopieswith reduced red eye (pg. 77). Ma REMOVAL Deleteselected reduced redbattery. 77). selected pictures (pg.(pg. all with pictures (pg. 45). 45). aREDREDRED EYE aaEYEEYE REDa RED aaaEYEERASECreate Deletecopiesselectedreduced(pg. eye (pg. 77). a M RED CreateDelete ororwith reducedeye (pg. 77). 77). EYE EYE RED EYE EYE Create allwith reduced . Create withor charged. red eye eye77). M ERASE a RED RED Create Createwithwith reducedeye eye 77).(pg. a EYE EYE Create copies withred red red red (pg. copies reducedwith red Create with copies reduced red eye (pg. (pg. a REDaa RED REMOVAL copiescopiescopiesreduced (pg. (pg. 77).77).77). EYERED EYE EYE CreateCreate copies with reducedeyeeye (pg. 77). Create reduced redred(pg.(pg. 77). copies with with reduced red(pg. 77).77). copies reduced red eyeeye. REMOVAL aREMOVAL Create copies RED (pg. N IMAGE a REMOVAL Create reduced (pg. 77). eye REMOVALRED EYE Create copies with reduced eyeeye (pg. 77). REMOVAL EYE copies with copies redreduced red eye 77). REMOVAL Create eye red Press the selector up or down to REMOVALaREMOVAL Create copies with reduced78). redUnplug(pg. 77). REMOVAL Create copies with with reduced red eye the REMOVAL RED Rotate pictures reduced red eye Create copies (pg. REMOVAL REMOVAL REMOVAL REMOVALREMOVAL N IMAGE N ROTATE copies Press theselector selector down REMOVAL N IMAGE IMAGE N IMAGE IMAGE PressPressthetheup upupupdown downto Terminals N N N Rotate Createpictureswith78). . (pg. 77). Pressthe selector chargerormenutoto to Pressselector selectororup downto to to Press selector up or ordown Press selector desired oror item. the NN IMAGEREMOVALRotate pictures Rotate pictures (pg. PressthePressthetheup selectorordowndown toto N IMAGEN IMAGE Rotate(pg. (pg.(pg.78).78).78). charger and theselectorselector upup upordownto highlightselector up ordown the BC-50 NIMAGEIMAGE IMAGE IMAGE Blinks Rotate pictures (pg. IMAGEREMOVAL Rotate red pictures (pg. 78). N IMAGE IMAGERotate pictures pictures 78). 78). pictures (pg. (pg. pictures (pg. (pg. Presshighlight theselector ordowndown Pressthe theselectorupdowntoto item. to Pressthe selectordesired up downto the the theorordown or or item. selector up or menu to or Rotate pictures 78).78). pictures 78).(pg. PressPressPress thebatterydesiredmenudown to to N IMAGE NNIMAGE RotateRotatepictures78).78).78). accidental ROTATE Rotate pictures pictures from deletion ROTATE Rotate pictures Battery fault. NROTATE RotateRotate(pg. 78). Pressthetheselectorupupdowndown to up item. item. highlight selectororitem. the desired menu item. menu down N ROTATE Rotate 78).(pg.(pg. 78). ROTATE IMAGE ROTATE pictures (pg. 78). (pg. Press ROTATEROTATE picturesProtectpictures (pg. 78). remove the ROTATE Rotate ROTATE N IMAGE highlight the theselector menu item. highlight the the desired menu highlight desired menu or highlight themenu menu highlight desired highlightPress thethe desireditem.item. highlight the thedesired menu item. the O Rotate pictures 78). ROTATE PROTECT Rotate pictures (pg.from accidental deletion ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATEROTATE highlight desired item. Protectpictures (pg.from accidental Protect pictures accidental deletion Rotate pictures accidental deletion highlight the desired menu item. item. highlightdesired desired up menu highlight the desired menu item. ROTATE Protect picturesaccidental accidental deletion highlight highlight desireddesired item.item. the. the desired menu desired (pg. ROTATE Protect . fromaccidental deletion pictures from from highlightthemenu menu item. Protect 79). fromaccidental deletion deletion O ROTATE Protect Protect picturesaccidentaldeletion deletion PROTECT Protectpicturesfrom accidental deletion highlight the menu Plug the charger in. Protectpictures from accidental deletion pictures highlight the desired right to display O PROTECTO PROTECTProtect(pg.picturesfromfromaccidentaldeletion menu item. OOO PROTECTProtect pictures accidentalaccidental battery. OO PROTECT Protectpictures from from deletion deletion PROTECT PROTECT Protect79).pictures from accidental deletion PROTECTProtect picturespictures from accidental deletion PROTECT O Protect from pictures from accidental deletion pictures from O PROTECTProtect(pg. (pg.Protect from memory Press selector Protect Copy deletion O PROTECT (pg. 79). 79).79).79). pictures between internaldeletion O O PROTECT (pg. (pg. 79). pictures O PROTECT PROTECT 79). (pg.(pg. 79). OO PROTECT (pg.Protect PROTECT (pg. Press thetheselector intoto power outlet. O PROTECT PROTECT (pg.(pg.79).79).pictures betweenaccidental Press selectortherighttotodisplaydisplay The red O O (pg. 79).(pg.79).79). picturesfrom accidentalmemory the selectorhighlighted display theforselectorright display to display P COPY (pg. 79). 79). pictures between internal memory (pg. 79). 79). Plugselectorright rightdisplay theselector right a totoitem. charger display display Copypicturesbetweeninternalmemorymemory Copy . card (pg. internal PROTECT Copypicturesmemory between memory Press the selector right to todisplay Pressthe the selector right display Pressselector Press Press the PressthePresstheselector rightrightdisplay theselectorselector rightto to display options right right and 79). (pg. a Copy(pg. between betweeninternal memory Copy picturesbetween Copy ChargeCopy battery.betweeninternal memory the picturesbetween memory memory Copy Copypictures pictures internal memory pictures 79). between internalmemory internal internal memory P COPY CopyCopypicturesbetweeninternal internal Pressoptions thethe highlighteddisplay Press the theforrighttotorighttodisplay Pressthe selector to item. the selector display to display (pg. picturesinternal memory memory PressPressPress theselectorright to item. P COPYPP COPY CopyCopypicturesbetweeninternal80).memory for the highlighted display Copyamemorybetween 80). pictures card (pg. internal memory betweeninternal internal Press the thethe highlighted P COPY P PP COPY COPY Copy picturespicturesbetween (pg. internal COPY Copy between pictures options P PP COPY a and memory pictures (pg. 82). Press optionschargingselectoritem. item. item. options forfor selector right item.display P COPYP P COPYCOPY andandaandamemorymemos(pg.80).internalcharging options forthe highlighted to options for highlighted item. Press the selectorright MEMOmemory memorybetween80). optionsoptionsthe forindicator rightitem. options. thehighlightedlight. for for thehighlightedwill to PCOPY Q a memory apictures cardbetween80). memory COPY COPYand and aandCopypicturesbetween 80).the memory COPYCOPYChargingaandcomplete80).80).. memory P COPY andCopy cardcard (pg.card (pg. andAdd card 80). 80). memory pictures (pg. to memory card (pg. 80). a memory card memory card a voicecard 80). options the highlighted item. highlighted is a card (pg.(pg. PP VOICEand a aCopy memory(pg. 80).80). internal options theforforhighlighted item.item. optionsfor thefor highlighted item. options for highlighted item. highlighted item. options optionshighlighted highlighted item. for theforhighlighted COPY andandcard (pg. memos(pg. and memory(pg. 80).(pg. pictures memory card cardwhen a memory80). card Q and memoryaAddcard (pg.(pg. pictures VOICE MEMO and memory (pg.card 82). options for the highlighted item. PVOICE aMEMO voice memorymemos to 80).(pg.(pg. 82). options the highlighted item. the item. R VOICEAdd and voicememory to(pg. 80). (pg. 82). TRIMMING memosmemospictures (pg. (pg. 82). Create cropped topictures QQQMEMO MEMOAddAddmemos tocardpictures 80).(pg. 82). 84). QQ VOICE MEMOAddAdd memos toto pictures80).82). (pg. (pg. VOICEQ voicevoiceto memos copies of 82).82). VOICECOPY MEMO Addand memos pictures82). . VOICE MEMOAdd Add a voice memos to(pg. (pg. (pg. 82). MEMO voice Add voice picturesto pictures voicevoice voicea memos to(pg. pictures voice (pg. options for the PLAYBACK MENU Q VOICEVOICEVOICE MEMO Add voicememory pictures 82).(pg. 82). Q QQMEMO Add voicevoice memospicturesfully82).82). VOICE VOICE MEMO Addturns memos to pictures 82).exhausted MEMOVOICE Add voiceamemos toto pictures (pg. Q MEMO Add PLAYBACK MENU indicatorandmemos to picturesof(pg.(pg. 82). 84). green. Q VOICETRIMMING Add voicepictures copies (pg. Q Q MEMO VOICE MEMO Q VOICE MEMO VOICE MEMO memos tomemos cardpictures (pg. R Add voiceCreate cropped memosof82). of pictures84). 84). R TRIMMING Create cropped copiesApictures(pg.84). Create copies pictures (pg.(pg. (pg. cropped toto pictures (pg.85). croppedcopies pictures 84). 82). pictures PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENU QTRIMMINGCreate Createvoicecopiescopiessetup(pg. (pg. 84). memosof of. 84). 84). Perform of pictures RTRIMMINGVOICECreateCreate cropped pictures (pg. (pg. RR R TRIMMING Add copies of copiesto (pg. 84). (pg. TRIMMINGCreateCreateCreate copies cameraofpictures (pg. TRIMMING MEMO cropped copies of topictures TRIMMING cropped memos of pictures 82). cropped PLAYBACKMENU MENU PLAYBACK MENUMENU MENU PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACKERASE MENU ERASE R TRIMMING Q MEMO Create voicebasic copies pictures(pg.(pg. 84). RRR TRIMMINGCreate Add croppedpicturesof pictures 84).84). R G SET-UP cropped cropped copiespictures (pg.(pg. 84). TRIMMING Create cropped copiespictures (pg. 84).84). VOICE PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK BACK BACK PLAYBACK RR Q Create cropped copies copies of ofof pictures 85). R TRIMMING TRIMMINGbattery Create cropped 2 hours pictures 85). R TRIMMING TRIMMING cropped copies of setup (pg. cropped pictures takes cropped copies pictures (pg. about camera setup R TRIMMINGG SET-UP Create Performbasic camera(pg.and 20(pg. 84). PLAYBACKPLAYBACKRED EYE REMOVAL PLAYBACK MENU RED EYE MENU MENU MENU PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACKERASEMENUREMOVAL FRAME G SET-UP Perform Create basic camerasetup pictures (pg. 84). Perform camera setup of(pg. (pg. ERASE RSET-UP Perform basicbasic camera setup84).85). minutes TRIMMING Performcameraof camera setup85). (pg. 85). Createbasic basicsetup (pg.of(pg. 85). FRAME PLAYBACK MENUROTATE BACK BACK G SET-UP TRIMMING Perform cropped copies of 85). 85). G SET-UP SET-UP G Perform setup setup basiccropped (pg. 85). PLAYBACK ERASE IMAGEREMOVAL ERASEERASE IMAGE MENU ERASE EYE REMOVAL G SET-UPG R TRIMMINGbasicbasicbasic camera 85).(pg. 85). GG SET-UPPerformPerform basic cameracopies (pg. 85). Perform camera (pg. setup (pg. R ERASE ERASEERASERED ERASE ROTATE RED EYE BACK BACK ALL FRAMES PLAYBACK MENU BACK FRAME BACK BACK FRAMES ALL Perform camera setup (pg. BACK GSET-UP PerformPerform basicbasiccamera setuppictures G G SET-UP Performcamera camera setup 85). 85). SET-UP to basicCreate basic (pg.setup (pg. SET-UP G SET-UP SET-UP Perform setup camera (pg. PROTECT G SET-UP GG SET-UP charge. basicbasic camera85).(pg.(pg. 85).(pg. 84). REDEYE REMOVAL ROTATE EYE REMOVAL EYE REMOVALFRAME REDREDEYE EYEEYE REMOVAL ERASEERASEREMOVAL BACK 1 ERASERED IMAGE ROTATE ERASE RED PROTECT BACK BACK ERASE EYEREDRED EYEERASEREMOVALFRAMEBACK RED REMOVAL REMOVAL FRAME FRAME IMAGE FRAME GG SET-UP Perform camera setupsetup 85). 85). SET-UP Perform BACK IMAGE FRAME ALL ERASEERASE BACK BACK BACK FRAME RED COPY EYE ALL Perform basic camera setup (pg. REDIMAGEIMAGEREMOVAL RED EYEEYE ROTATEROTATE FRAME FRAMES EYE REMOVAL REDPROTECT IMAGE ROTATEEYE FRAME FRAMES FRAMES IMAGE COPYALLALL FRAMES ROTATE REDIMAGE ROTATE IMAGEREMOVALFRAMEALLALL FRAMES EYE REMOVAL ROTATEERASE REMOVAL FRAMES IMAGE REDROTATE REMOVALFRAMEBACK BACK PROTECT G SET-UP Perform basic camera setup (pg. 85). FRAMESFRAME FRAME ROTATEFRAME FRAMEALL
PROTECT REDEYE REMOVAL REMOVAL EYE REDEYE EYE REDERASE RED EYEEYE REMOVAL ERASEERASEREMOVAL REMOVAL ERASE REMOVALROTATE PROTECT ERASE EYEREDRED EYEERASEREMOVAL RED REMOVALRED IMAGE ROTATE IMAGE ERASEIMAGE RED COPY EYE IMAGE ROTATEEYE REMOVAL IMAGE ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE REDIMAGEIMAGEREMOVAL RED EYEEYE ROTATE EYE REMOVAL RED ERASE COPY REDIMAGE ROTATE IMAGEREMOVALREMOVAL EYE REMOVAL ROTATEPROTECT ROTATE IMAGE REDREMOVAL PROTECT ERASE RED IMAGE IMAGE COPY ROTATE EYE IMAGE PROTECT PROTECTPROTECTROTATE PROTECT ROTATE MEMO IMAGE ROTATE IMAGE PROTECTEYE REMOVAL VOICE VOICE MEMO PROTECTIMAGEPROTECT ROTATE REMOVAL PROTECT ROTATERED EYE COPYROTATE RED IMAGE IMAGE ROTATE PROTECT COPY PROTECT COPY COPY PROTECT IMAGE MEMO PROTECT ROTATE PROTECT COPY COPY VOICE MEMO COPY PROTECTCOPY COPY VOICE PROTECT MEMO COPY COPY MEMO COPY VOICE MEMO COPY VOICE VOICECOPY MEMO PROTECT MEMO COPY VOICE MEMOVOICEVOICE MEMO VOICE VOICE MEMO PROTECT COPY VOICE MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO VOICE COPY VOICE MEMO VOICE VOICEVOICE MEMO COPY VOICE VOICE MEMO MEMO VOICE MEMO

Playback OptionsOptions PlaybackMenu Options Menu Options playback menu. PLAYBACK MENU Off playback menu. Playback Menu options are Playback Menu Options Playback MenuOptions PlaybackMenu Options Menu Playback MenuMenuOptions Playback Menu Options available: playback menu.PLAYBACK MENU The following PlaybackMenu Options Playback MenuOptions PlaybackMenuOptions PlaybackOptionsOptions PlaybackPlaybackoptions are inserted. Menu Menu Options the battery PLAYBACK MENU correct orientation. Playback Menu Optionsavailable: battery. is in the Playback optionsareOptions PLAYBACK MENU The followingMenuavailable: The options available: available: Playback Menu available: followingare areOptions Playback options are available: PLAYBACKMENU MENU PLAYBACK MENU ERASE PLAYBACK PLAYBACK MENU ERASE The following options are areare Description TheThe following optionsavailable: Thefollowing options areareavailable: following following optionsare available: The following optionsavailable: PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENU MENU PLAYBACK PLAYBACK MENU TheThe The followingare available:available: following optionsoptions available: PLAYBACK Option PLAYBACKPLAYBACK MENU REMOVAL PLAYBACK MENU RED EYE MENUERASE EYE The The following options available: Thefollowing options . Battery The The following red are are available: following options are following options RED PLAYBACK MENU PLAYBACK MENUMENU REMOVAL The followingfollowing options are available: ERASE PLAYBACK MENU ROTATE The options are available: Option Glows PLAYBACK ERASE ERASE ERASE MENU ERASEERASE IMAGE ROTATE EYE REMOVAL Option Description Description ERASE ERASEERASERED IMAGEREMOVAL RED EYE PLAYBACK MENU The following options are available:
M Option Option Option Option Option OptionOptionERASE Option NP-50 rechargeable battery Option Option Option Option Option Option

First Steps

3 333333 3 333333 33 3 3 2 44 44 444444 44 444444

RED VOICE MEMO IMAGE PROTECTPROTECT ROTATE PROTECTALL FRAMES FRAMES IMAGE COPY REMOVAL ALL BACK ROTATE EYE EYE FRAMES FRAME ROTATERED ALL IMAGE PROTECT VOICE MEMO FRAMES IMAGE ROTATE IMAGEROTATEALLALL ALLALL FRAMES PROTECTIMAGEPROTECT ROTATE FRAMESALL FRAMES PROTECTALL COPYROTATE REMOVALFRAMES PROTECT REMOVALFRAME RED FRAMES IMAGE EYE PROTECT VOICE MEMO PROTECT COPY PROTECT COPY COPYCOPY IMAGE FRAMES PROTECT COPY COPY PROTECT ROTATE ALLFRAME FRAMES COPY PROTECT MEMO COPY VOICE ALL IMAGE PROTECT ROTATE ALL FRAMES VOICECOPY MEMO MEMO MEMO COPY MEMOCOPY COPY COPY PROTECT COPY VOICE MEMOVOICEVOICE MEMO MEMO VOICE VOICE MEMO VOICE VOICE PROTECT COPY VOICE VOICEVOICE MEMO VOICE MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO VOICE COPY VOICE MEMO COPY VOICE VOICE MEMO MEMO VOICE MEMO

76 76 7676 7676 7676 7676 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76

Using the Menus: Playback Mode message shown Using the Menus: The a RED EYE REMOVAL Press MENU/OK. Playback Mode E REMOVAL Press with pictures taken using This option is used MENU/OK. The message shown Using theat left will be displayed while below Menus: Playback Mode Using message shown Press MENU/OK. The the Menus:Playback Mode a RED EYEwith REDEYE REMOVAL Face below at Presscreatedisplayed while Usingthe Menus:analyses: Mode REMOVAL shown a pictures taken using Press message the the Menus: Playback Mode is used a RED EYE REMOVAL left MENU/OK. The that Taking message the image; if Intelligent Detection towill be copies MENU/OK. The Pictures inshown (AUTO) Using camera Playback Mode is option ThisRED create used with processedtaken using red eye. be atleft will red-eye is shown is to with copiesbeen using to remove will at left while This option used that below displayed be displayed while aused EYE REMOVAL pictures camerausing Face Detection option isispictureswith pictures takenbelow at leftbelowMENU/OK.willbe message detected, the message analyses Press image; if The displayed while the have taken the Intelligent REMOVAL copiescreate copiesthat message elligent a remove Face used FaceRED EYEFaceDetection pictures copiesusing 2 Press camera will below shown cameraPress MENU/OK. analyses the right ifif analyses the Thebe displayed while Intelligent REMOVAL the camera image; ThisDetection to Detection to that option is create below at , at shown processedaRED EYEred eye. with to create takenthedetected,the MENU/OK.analyses ifthe image;will be displayed wh to RED red-eye is that the message shown image; MENU/OK left a EYE Grid Play the REMOVAL Press MENU/OK. The message message Avoiding is the The message shown the (pictures Pictures haveoption isis used with picturesredeye. red-eye red-eye left detected, the shown ve been This Thebeen processedwithremovered taken inrightmonitor atBlurredwillbe displayed. shown to create processed to eye. picturetakenatusing willbelowcamerawilldisplayedwhile if image to used detected, is analysesthe processes have Framingremove to pictures back using been red-eye Intelligent processed Detection to create eye. copies the detected, the image; be displayedwill messagethe whilethe This option Faceusedred remove below that is below atleft while displayed message shown be camera Thisinoption framing taken pictures taken using If the subject left be displayed while the below , while picture back display Face Detectionor with Intelligentother atDetectionatare poorlybe blurring if by camera Face the willatbeanalyses displayed while the the a is To . withto view copiesbelow grid lit, below at detected, be caused Intelligent monitor (picturestocreate orcopiesthat below will have backpicture back in (pictures hide that red-eye is displayed while the camera image copy image; if Intelligent processed remove monitor processes rightcamera right thethe message the camera right will image; Play the in Detection the a Bcopies that PlayIntelligent beenFacemonitor,to areto byDISP/BACK (pictures theto reducedaby reduced the G button the pictureFaceFacethe monitorto create eye.button. select a RED beiscreatewith pressing red-eye. shown Play the picture indicated create icon) and back the red Intelligent the Detectioninthe monitor (pictures shake can EYE analyses the copy the camera analyses the image; if indicators ith Detection have been inprocessedto press red eye. camera processes theprocessesthebe displayed while copy red-eye processes theimagecopycreateaa the to camera detected, the to create image to below havetaken processed toremove redDetection red-eye.camera isisimage willcreate a message shown beenwith Intelligent Face areeye. red-eye is detected, the message shown mode). In taken with taken select a RED EYE the inwithplaybackare (dual IS76). at right mode, pressing the G button Intelligent FaceREMOVAL red eye. (pictures Detection Detection are haveandtheprocessed to removemonitor been with Intelligent Facethe reduced menu (pg. .detected,DETECTING message shown remove red-eye the REMOVING 1 Play picture back in d by a B icon) ( with reduced withreduced red-eye. displayed while the with below reduced red-eye.image to create the red-eye.right will be below at processes by displayed while the indicated by aIntelligent and monitor RED EYE reduces right will be Play thewith (pg. backin the select a (pictures alsocameraatblur causedthe subject movement.a copy indicated byPlaythe pictureB icon) and monitor (pictures aindicated and), the select DETECTING B a select a a icon) by back in RED EYE B icon) Face Detection EYE RED are REMOVING below at right will be displayed while taken AL in the playback menu camera processes the imageREMOVING createaacopy REMOVAL (pictures Play the picture back in the monitorOK? picture 76). withDETECTING reduced REMOVING red-eye. . camera processes the imageto create copy to REMOVING DETECTING REMOVAL Intelligent Face Detection REMOVALtaken playbackthe playback menu (pg.REDare in REMOVALinIntelligent and select a 76). EYE the with the playback camera processes the indicated a menu (pg. 76). Detection DETECTING with reduced red-eye. image to create a copy taken withbyin B icon) Facemenu (pg. 76).are REMOVAL OK? taken with Intelligent Face Detection are with reduced red-eye. indicated by aa BREMOVAL OK?and select a RED EYE icon) with DETECTING reduced red-eye. CANCEL REMOVING REMOVAL B OK? the playback menu (pg. 76). ISO AUTO(400) indicated byin B icon) and select a RED EYE REMOVAL OK? indicated by a REMOVAL OK? and select a RED EYE icon) REMOVING DETECTING REMOVAL in the playback menu (pg.CANCEL 76). REMOVING DETECTING REMOVAL in the playback menu (pg. 76). REMOVING DETECTING REMOVAL OK? REMOVAL in the playback menu YES 76). (pg. CANCEL ANotes

2Using the Menus: Playback Mode

22 2 22 2

11 1 11 1

Menus Menus Playback Menus Menus Basic Photography Menus and Menus

YES

ANotes Red eye may not be removed if the camera 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM ANotes CANCEL ANotes ANotes YES CANCEL YES CANCEL YES CANCEL Red eye may not be removed if the camerato detect a face or the face is in profile. Res is unable CANCEL Press CANCEL Red eye the face bein may turnResults on or isifunable the scene. not eye may not the camera if Icon appearsunable Red iseyeprofile. dualremoved .the on Red G to not be IS may differ depending camera unable to detect a face or mayANotesremoved ifbe removed offthe camera isisin Red eye ca CANCEL YES CANCEL monitor when faceor removed isisin the camera whitemay to oreye maydual ISprofile. befromprofile.and is unable detectRed eye orthe faceResultsblackdepends on pictures, pict to detect theReddetectaaface in isremoved ifin profile. Results face is can on face may to differ depending onaANotes the facenot be the (icon displayed Results may scene. not YES CANCEL ANotes YES CANCEL ANotes dependingZ DUAL IS MODE;processed using YES CANCEL option the not differ differ the scene. profile. be removed from black anddiffer dependingoronthealreadythecameracanunable red-eye white may not the scene. Red may scene.onremovedififthe Redeye Results may to on selected for Red eye innot besee pg. 88). Red detect a not pictures that can not Red eyepictures, beremoved is if been eye is unable Indicators Indicators dependingeye facebe haveface canthe cameraisisunable be Red eye mayred-eye removal,increated with not or pictures that camera pictures, white pictures, removed from black the white pictures,Resultsnot that removed fromdiffer depending and.profile. other that black andfrom black facescene. Red Resultsmay white on and isis removedface orthe pictures picturesmay have already been processed usingfaceor be removed inprofile.eye picturesdevices. to detect a can be to detect a displayed hidden Sensitivity a raised the red-eyein red-eye to blur to already been the face reduction Results be have . beenprocessed profile. needed that been dependingusing Red eye is in removal, have already or pictureshave alreadydetect is faceblackprocessedusingtime can removal,process th created withdifferdepending onwhen scene.removal, ,not may other devices. , scene. Red eye can effect. differ processed or The face is usingred-eye. removed from onthe amount not be the white of eye canon be and scene. pictures, picturesthe Red Note pictures differ withprocess may stillother devices. the not or pictures created variesother devices. with or of time created other devices. number ofremoval, or toblurring occur The amount pictures thatfromcreated andwhite pictures, pictures that neededdepending on withwhitethedepending faces removed frombeenthe image using red-eye detected. have already black and with removed from blackprocessed pictures, that scene. amount of time needed toimage picturesimage removed been time neededpictures, removal, . amount blackwith other devices. pictures that The already createdCopies created process the The amounthavetime detected.toprocessedusingprocess a RED EYE REMO of faces needed processed theto red-eye the image Thealready been process using red-eye removal, of and white with varies with the number have or pictures Framingvaries grid have already faces areby been processed detected. number the number of faces a indicated icon Copies created withapicturesof with neededusing red-eye removal, withthe pictures createdtime other devices. RED EYE of with other orvaries withcreateddetected.faces detected. the image The amount REMOVAL of to processduring playback. orvaries with the numberother devices. displayed or Copies iconThe pictures createdwith a faces detected. theimageare created amount the time neededREDprocess the image Copieswith of with of RED process Copies a RED EYE a devices. created with EYE indicated by a during playback. time neededto EYE REMOVAL . with creatednumber REMOVAL areREMOVAL are varies The amount of to The amount a indicated aindicatedduring time needed playback. the image indicated byof icon a RED EYE REMOVAL are icon faces to process with by number of Copies the number during detected. To use the framing grid, position the main subject at byvaries iconcreated playback. faces playback. varies with the a with ofduringdetected. varies with the number of faces detected. indicated by a icon during the intersection of two lines or align one of the Copies created with a RED playback. Copies created with a RED EYE REMOVAL are indicatedcreated icon during playback.REMOVAL are Copies by with a RED EYE REMOVAL are EYE horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. indicated byaa icon during playback. indicated by a icon during playback. 77 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center 77 77 77 of the frame in the final photograph.
CANCEL REMOVAL OK? REMOVAL OK? REMOVAL OK?

CANCEL

CANCEL CANCEL

Menus

Menus

7777

77 77 17 77

red-eye is detected, the message shown below at right will be displayed while the pictures camera processes Charging the the image to create a copy on are N IMAGE ROTATE Battery with reduced red-eye. ED EYE By default, pictures taken in tall orientation are N IMAGE ROTATE N ROTATE IMAGE N IMAGE ROTATE DETECTING N IMAGE ROTATE The , battery is not taken inatREMOVING shipment. Charge 76). By default, wide chargedin Use orientation are displayed inpictures tall orientation are orientation. tall orientation are By default, pictures taken in tall this option to taken By default, picturesuse. By default, beforeorientation. tall . in Use this option to the battery pictures taken orientation are . displayed display wide correct Use this pictures in orientation. Use this option to displayed in wide the option to in displayed in wide orientation. orientation in the displayed in wide orientation. orientation in the Use this display pictures batterycorrect charger. option to monitor.pictures in the correct orientation in the display It has no in the in pictures displayed the . Place the effect correct display pictures in the onthe orientation in on display pictures in the correct orientation in the amonitor. ItIthasother device. pictures displayed on computer or no effect into the supplied BC-50 Insert has battery on monitor. CANCELthenoeffect on pictures displayed on monitor. It has no effect on pictures displayed on monitor. or other device. no effect on aANotes It hasother device. pictures displayed on computer or other as shown, making sure that battery computer aacomputer orcharger device. ANotes a computer or other device. the correct orientation. Redthe eye ANotes battery is inremoved if theis ANotes may not be . camera unable

2 Press the selector down to rotate the 2 Press down the 90 2 Press theselector down to rotate the selector to rotate 90 2 picturethe90 clockwise, up rotate the 1 Press the selectorIndicatorto to rotate 2the pictureCharging downup to rotate Press the selector down to the The clockwise, picture 90clockwise,up rotate , clockwise, up counterclockwise. picture to rotate picture 9090 to rotate

Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus:Playback Mode Playback Using the Menus: : Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode

picture 90 clockwise, up to rotate picture 9090 . shows battery charge clockwise, up to rotate 90 indicator theThe chargingcounterclockwise. thepicture 90 counterclockwise. picture the picture 90 counterclockwise. thestatus as follows: picture 90 counterclockwise.
Charging indicator Battery status Action Battery not Insert the Off inserted. battery. Battery Glows red charging. Battery fully Remove the Glows green Using the Menus: Playback Mode charged. battery. First Steps

Menus

ANotes Protected pictures can not be rotated. Remove face or to detect ANotes before rotating picturesprofile. Results may Protected a protection pictures the face is be (pg. 79). Remove Protected pictures can not be rotated. Remove can not in rotated. Remove rotated. . Protected pictures can not beRed eye can not be Protected pictures can pictures rotated. Remove differ the not . depending not rechargeable on be pictures rotate protection before rotatingNP-50be (pg. 79). battery The camerabeforerotating scene. to(pg. 79). pictures may rotatingpictures (pg. 79). able protection protection before rotating pictures (pg. 79). protectionfrom black and removed pictures created withbeforedevices.white pictures, Arrow that The cameraother not be able to rotate pictures The camera may not be able to rotate pictures may The camera may not be able to rotate pictures created with other devices. able to red-eye removal, The camera been not be using rotate pictures may processed have alreadyother devices. created with created with created,play 1To pictures aother devices. the picture back and rotate created with other devices. or picture, devices. with other charger To rotate a ofROTATE the process back and N IMAGEpicture, play select Nbattery. in to picture Terminals TheBC-50 IMAGE ROTATE the picture backimage time play the and To amounta picture, needed the playback menu rotate
IMAGE ROTATE

Unplug the 1 the charger 1 To rotate aapicture, play the picture back and 33Press Press thered toto Batteryrotating the and 2 MENU/OK to confirm rotate selector downfault. the to 1 To rotate 3 Press MENU/OK to confirm the MENU/OK without confirm 1 selectdefault, picture, play theinpicture back and are operation (to90 (remove the Press Blinks MENU/OK confirm 1(pg. 76).NIMAGE ROTATE in the playback menu 3 Presspicture(to exitclockwise, up tothe MENU/OK By pictures faces rotate Press MENU/OK without varies with the number oftaken the playback menu 3 operation exit to confirm the playback menu selectN IMAGE ROTATE in thetall orientation 3the picture, press DISP/BACK). rotating select N IMAGE ROTATE in detected. operation (to exit without rotating without DISP/BACK 2Copies N IMAGE ROTATE in the playback menu to operation (to exitDISP/BACK).rotating battery. Plug the in with orientation. REMOVAL are charger in. select created wide a RED EYE Use this option (pg. 76). displayed the picture 90 counterclockwise. operation (to exit without rotating (pg. 76). (pg. 76). ). the picture, press Plug (pg. 76). by charger into acorrect outlet. The red the the picture, press DISP/BACK). indicatedthe a icon the playback. display pictures induringpower orientation in The the picture,thebattery. is played back, it will next timethe picture 3 the picture, press DISP/BACK). Charge press DISP/BACK). charging indicator will light.
IMAGE ROTATE IMAGE ROTATE

IMAGE ROTATE IMAGE ROTATE The next time the picture is played back, it will monitor. It hasIMAGE ROTATE no effect on pictures displayed on next time the completeiswhen the charging automatically bethepicture is played back, ititwill rotated. The Charging is played The next time the picture . back, it will next time The ,picture automatically be rotated. is played back, will a computer or other device. automaticallybeturns green. A fully exhausted rotated. indicator berotated. automatically be rotated. automatically SET CANCEL battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes ANotes SET CANCEL 77 SET CANCEL SET CANCEL to charge. SET SET CANCEL Protected pictures CANCEL not be rotated. Remove can

protection before rotating pictures (pg. 79). The camera may not be able to rotate pictures created with other devices.

78 78 78 78 78 78

1 To rotate a picture, play the picture back and 3 Press select N IMAGE ROTATE in the playback menu
(pg. 76).
IMAGE ROTATE

MENU/OK to confirm the operation (to exit without rotating the picture, press DISP/BACK).

The next time the picture is played back, it will

O PROTECT Protect pictures from accidental deletion. The O PROTECT O PROTECT O PROTECT following options from accidental deletion. The Protect pictures are available. O PROTECT O PROTECT O PROTECT Protect pictures fromavailable. Protect options from accidental deletion. The followingpictures are accidental deletion. The O PROTECT Protect pictures from accidental deletion. The O PROTECT are available. FRAME Protect options from accidental deletion. The Protect Grid from accidental deletion. The OThe pictures PROTECT followingpictures are . following options are accidental deletion. The ProtectFraming available. followingpictures fromavailable. Protect pictures from Protect selected pictures. accidental deletion. The options are available. FRAMEoptions are available. followingpictures from accidental deletion. The following options Protect a framing . To display following options areavailable. followingoptions are grid or to view or hide other FRAME FRAME options are available. Protect selected pictures. following in the monitor, press the DISP/BACK button. FRAME available. indicators the selector left or right to FRAME Pressselected pictures. Protect selected pictures. Protect selected pictures. FRAME Protect . picture. right to FRAME selector left or FRAME desired display the Protect selected pictures. Protect selected pictures. Press the FRAME Protect selected pictures. or right to Protect the selector picture. right to Press selected pictures. or . Press the selector left the Press selected pictures. or right to 1displaythe desired left or right to Protect the selector left right to Press the selector left or PressPROTECTtheselector picture. display the desired picture. right OK? display OK? desired left Press the selector left or right to display the desired picture. UNPROTECT to Press the selector left or display the desired picture. right to display the desired picture. UNPROTECT OK? Press OK? selector left or PROTECT display the desired picture. display the desired picture. PROTECT OK? display the desired picture. UNPROTECT OK?OK? PROTECT OK? UNPROTECT PROTECT OK?

1 1 11 1 1 1 1

2 2 22 2 Press MENU/OK to protect the picture. 2 Ifpressing is,image.thepicture. Ifthe MENU/OK isalready theremove the picture protect protected, already will Press MENU/OK MENU/OKpicture. the picture already protected, 2protection fromtothe image.protected, IfPresspicture isto already protected, the MENU/OK to protect picture IfPress MENU/OK isthe will protected, 2Ifprotection MENU/OKprotectprotected, pressing . already theremove pressing MENU/OK MENU/OK will picture. from IfIf the picture is already remove the picture is already remove pressingpicture is 12 will protected, the 3 Repeat picture thealready protected, to pressing steps isthe will protect pressing from If the protection MENU/OK will remove from pressing MENU/OK will remove MENU/OK protectionimages.12image. remove pressing from Press will MENU/OKimage. additional from theimage. remove DISP/BACKFraming to 3 protectionsteps the image. protect grid Repeat to protection from protection from pressing MENU/OK will remove displayed protection12 tocomplete. 33exit1-2 steps the image. protect Repeat steps the image. protect Repeat steps 12 image. to DISP/BACK to 3protectionimages.theimage. protect when from 12 to additionalthe operation Pressis 3 Repeat , the to protect protection from 3 additional steps 12 DISP/BACK Repeat images. DISP/BACK protect additional images. Pressto to DISP/BACK exit when steps 12 isto protect 3ToRepeat framing grid, position the main subject at Repeat images. Press tocomplete. additional steps 12 DISP/BACK to 3exit.whenthe operation isDISP/BACKto Repeat the operation protect use the steps 12 . additional images.Press is complete. additional images. 12 DISP/BACK to 3exitintersectionoperation isDISP/BACK toone of the Repeat the operation to protect steps Press complete. when images. Press complete. exit the of two lines or align additional the when images.Press DISP/BACKto additional Press to
exit when the operation isDISP/BACK to exit when the operation is complete. additional images. Press exit when the operation is complete. horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. exit when the operation iscomplete. complete. exitfocus on subjects that will not be in the center 23) to when the operation is complete.
of the frame in the final photograph.

Picture not protected Protected picture YES CANCEL YES YES CANCEL YES CANCEL picture YES CANCEL Picture notCANCEL protected Protected CANCEL YES CANCEL YES Press MENU/OKprotected the picture.picture to YES CANCEL YES YES CANCEL YES CANCEL Picture not CANCEL protect Protected picture protected Picture notCANCEL Protected picture YES YES Picture not protected Protected CANCEL YES If the MENU/OK to protect theProtected picture Press picture is already protected, picture picture. CANCEL Picture not CANCEL YES not protected YES Picture protected Protected CANCEL Picture not protected Indicators not protected the Protected picture Indicators Picture MENU/OK Press MENU/OK protectedwill theProtected picture picture. pressing not to protect the remove IfPress MENU/OK is already protected, the picture to protect picture. Press MENU/OKto protect thepicture. hidden Picture Protected MENU/OK to 2PressMENU/OKprotect. picture displayed picture.

PROTECT OK? PROTECT OK? PROTECT OK? YES CANCEL PROTECT OK? PROTECT OK? YES CANCEL

UNPROTECT OK? UNPROTECT OK? UNPROTECT OK? UNPROTECT OK? YES CANCEL UNPROTECT OK? UNPROTECT OK? YES CANCEL

Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode SET ALL Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using theall Press MENU/OK to Using the Menus: ALLPlaybackMode protect Menus: Playback Mode SET ALL SET OK? Using the Menus:Playback Mode (AUTO) Using the Menus: A WHILE SET MENU/OK toDISP/BACK to ITinSET : ALL press Taking Pictures MAY TAKEPlayback Mode SET pictures,ALL Press or protect all SET ALL ALL OK? SET MENU/OK to protect all ALL TAKE A SET press protect all ALL changing picture Press MENU/OK to DISP/BACK all IT MAYSET ALL WHILE Press exitSET ALL protect pictures,ALL SET OK? or OK? SET Press MENU/OK to protect to IT MAYMAYALL A WHILE SET ALL OK? without TAKE TAKE Press MENU/OK to ALL TAKE OK? Press MENU/OK DISP/BACK all without press pictures, ALL changing picture ITITITMAY TAKEWHILE pictures, press to SET AA WHILE ALL OK? Avoiding status. MENU/OK to DISP/BACKto MAYSETTAKE WHILE exit SETMENU/OK protect to Press or press to protect all MENU/OK orBlurredDISP/BACK all pictures, or toPictures IT MAYSETAALLWHILE ALL OK? OK? Press protect all SETTAKE A OK? pictures, or changing picture MAY CANCEL press DISP/BACK to A pictures, or changing all Press exitthe subjectchanginglit, blurringYES TAKEWHILE exit without , without press DISP/BACK to SET OK? status. MENU/OK poorly picture IT IT MAY TAKE A WHILE If without press DISP/BACK is to protect pictures, or press DISP/BACK to IT MAY ALL A by exit DISP/BACKchangingpictureto causedWHILE camera pictures, or YES CANCEL exit without changing picture exit without changing picture status. canor . picture status. shake exit without changingby pressing the CANCEL pictures,ALLpress DISP/BACK to YESYES G button RESET be reduced picture status. exit without CANCEL status. YES status. MENU/OK exit status. ALL CANCEL Press without changing picture RESETthe G button remove (dual IS mode). Into mode, pressingYESALL OK? CANCEL RESET YES CANCEL status. YES IT MAY TAKE A also movement. CANCEL status.MENU/OK caused by subject RESETYESWHILE CANCEL RESET from protection ALL allto remove Press reduces blur pictures, or RESET ALL YES OK? RESET ALL to remove IT MAY TAKEALLWHILE CANCEL RESET ALL A RESET from pictures, or RESET ALL OK?OK? Press MENU/OK all to remove Press MENU/OK remove press DISP/BACK to to without protectionALL RESET ALL RESET Press MENU/OK exit remove IT MAYMAY TAKEALLWHILE RESET ALLWHILE RESET ALL TAKE OK? A Press MENU/OK pictures, or MAYRESETA WHILE OK? TAKE Press MENU/OK to remove RESETfrom pictures, or MENU/OK from protection tostatus. ITITMAY TAKEALLWHILE ISO protectionALL to from pictures, OK? changing picture allto without ITRESETAALL OK? AUTO(400) press DISP/BACK allexit remove IT MAYALLWHILE Press MENU/OKall to or protection from all pictures, or Press MENU/OK MAYRESETAALL OK? remove YES A WHILE TAKE OK? protection fromto exit without IT ITRESET WHILE , DISP/BACKall to without TAKE A CANCEL protection Press MENU/OK pictures, press DISP/BACK toall pictures, or press DISP/BACK status. RESET changing picture exit withoutor MAY TAKE A OK? protection from exit remove press DISP/BACK to. or IT MAY TAKEALLWHILE protection to exit without from all pictures, A CANCEL press DISP/BACK toall pictures, or YES press DISP/BACK of pictures protection from exit without changing picture status. changing picture exit without Ifpress DISP/BACK tostatus. the number status. changing picturetostatus. press DISP/BACK exit without CANCEL changing picture status. CANCEL 31/ 00 AM changing picture exit without YESYES CANCEL press DISP/BACK affected number tostatus. the 12/YES2050 10:CANCEL very status. YES changingis picture large, If changingpicture of pictures the YES CANCEL YES CANCEL changing picture status. or YES CANCEL IfIf the numberwillof pictures the is very display atnumber oflarge, on in off . Icon appears in affected G to turn dualpictures Press right IS IfIf the number of appearthe pictures YES CANCEL the pictures If monitor isis very whileon the affectedatwhenvery ofappear the affectednumber of ,the the the rightdualoflarge,(icon displayed depends on monitor willlarge, display numberofis pictures in IS pictures IfIf large, the number affected number pictures CANCEL the is very large, the affectedatright for large, the affected isrightwill large, the If the is very displaymonitor progress. Press displayat is very will in IS operation will ofappearin MODE; see pg. 88). the option number whilepictures affected rightvery appear the . is in display at selected willZ DUALin affected right large, in is very the displaymonitor willappear the display at is. appear the CANCEL at appear in affected exit while the monitor verywhile Press DISP/BACK isin progress. the monitor while DISP/BACK atright before thethein CANCEL complete. operation is operationtoright will large, the display at right willappear in the display appear CANCEL the monitor progress. Press Sensitivity the monitorprogress. blur display operationat isinraised whenPressin CANCEL complete. operation exit while the DISP/BACK isis inprogress. Press reduction is in effect. theaution is in will appear monitor while the operation to rightbefore the the depending on the CANCEL the that is in progress. Press monitor whilestill operation is while occur CANCEL CNote C blurring may the operationCANCEL operation to in progress.the the CANCEL operation is exit before the monitor while the DISP/BACK to exitprogress. Press DISP/BACK operation complete. complete. operation is in before deleted DISP/BACK picturesprogress.Press when isis complete. is complete. operation C Caution toexit before theoperationCANCEL memory Protected to isin before thePress will be scene. DISP/BACK tois in progress. Press DISP/BACK to exit before the operation the is complete. operation exit before the operation is complete. DISP/BACK C Caution pictures will be formatted (pg. 90).complete. C cardCaution exit or internal DISP/BACK memory is theoperation is memory operation is Protected C Caution to exit before deleted when thecomplete. DISP/BACK to exit C Caution before the operation is C Caution pictures will beformatted (pg. DISP/BACK MENU/OK Protected pictures , the memory card autionpictures will be deleted when the memory or internal memory is deleted when 90). memory Protected deleted when the C CCaution Protected will be C Caution Protected pictures will isis . the C or internal memory formatted (pg. card or internal memory beformatted (pg. 90). memory Protected pictures will be deleted when the memory card deleted when 90). Protected pictures will is deleted when the card or internal memory beformatted (pg. 90). memory
Protected pictures will is the deleted (pg. card or , formattedwhen90). memory card or internal memory beformattedwhen90). memory Protected pictures will is the deleted (pg. DISP/BACK card or internal memory beformatted (pg. 90). . memory is formatted (pg. 90). card orinternal memory is internal card or . internal memory is formatted (pg. 90).

79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 17 79

Basic Photography Menus and Menus Menus Menus Playback Menus MenusMenus MenusMenus Menus

Copy pictures between internal memory highlight FRAME ALLUsing the Copy pictures between internal memory andand aa highlight FRAME or ALL FRAMES. Menus: Playback Mode Copy pictures between internal memory anda a Copy pictures between internal memory and highlight FRAME oror ALL FRAMES. highlight FRAME or ALL FRAMES. FRAMES. Using the Menus: Playback Mode memory card. memory card. memory card. memory card. Using the Menus: Playback Modeor down P COPY Press the selector Mode up Using the Menus: PlaybackMode Using the Menus: Playback : Chargingselector uporordownto to the or or down Press theselectorup Copy pictures to the selectorBattery down P selector upup down to between internalPressMENU/OK.the selector up or down or ALL FRAMES COPY Press Press MENU/OK.and Using the Menus: Playback Mode Press MENU/OK. a Press MENU/OK. memory highlight FRAME to Press the Press the Press Phighlight d INTERNAL MEMORY COPY Press the selector up or down to Copy highlight FRAME or memory internal memory P d INTERNALMEMORY Pressselector ALLALL FRAMES. highlight ddbetween internal memory and a and aPress theFRAME orup or down to highlight pictures between card. highlight INTERNAL MEMORY the selector up FRAMES. PCOPY is INTERNALMEMORY COPY the Copybattery pictures. Charge 3 highlightChargingor down to Pg pictures not(copy from Press The selector up or down to TheCOPY CARD charged at shipment. Indicator ipictures (copy pictures from iCARD(copy pictures from memorybetween picturesfrom card. Copying selector upPress MENU/OK. Copy icard. (copy internal memory and B Tip: PresstoPictures Between Memorydown to highlight FRAME or ALL FRAMES. ggi CARD between Press thememory and aaBB Tip: Copying Pictures Between Memory Cards g pictures CARD P COPY B Copyingthe FRAME or ALL FRAMES. Tip: .Pictures BetweenorFRAMES. Copy internal selector up Tip: highlightFRAME or ALL shows battery charge Copying Pictures Between Memory Cards Cards memory before use.to internal memory and aor downThe charging indicatorMemory Cards Copy pictures between the memory highlight the battery memory internal memoryto the memory memory card. the to internal ord INTERNALToTocopy pictures between two memory cards, insert the internal memory toselectormemorydown and aTo copy pictures between twoALLmemory cards, insert the internal Press internalcard. the memory Copy pictures betweenthe up memory to copy pictures MENU/OK. memory memory highlight To highlightas follows:or memory cards, insert the copy picturesFRAME two memory cards, between memory card. i CARD g d INTERNAL MEMORY Press between two FRAMES. insert the card) or Press thei CARD or INTERNAL source status copy the pictures to internal memory, card) or or i dupgg ddto (copy picturesPressand andcopy the pictures internal memory, card)Place the i CARD the down INTERNAL source card MENU/OK. the pictures to internal memory, CARD INTERNALINTERNAL sourcecard and copy memory card. selector ing id MEMORY source Press MENU/OK. the pictures toto internal memory, 1card) orbatteryup g charger. cardcard copy highlight Press the d INTERNALorMEMORY down to Press and . Battery status Press the (copy picturesfrommemory card the selector up or.memorycard then from the selector into the CARD MEMORY(copy picturesorfromaamemoryBC-50 4 Press MENU/OK. Charging Action highlightthe battery upfromdown to card then removeMENU/OK.source card, Copyingthe destination Memory Card Press (copy pictures remove source Insert MEMORY g selector from down to from thethen MENU/OK source card, Tip: insert Pictures Between MEMORY (copy CARD (copya a memory to then Press MENU/OK.sourceBcard, insert the destination MEMORY i picturesinternal supplied card memory thethe ) remove the indicator card,insert the destination remove insert the destination pictures highlight selector uppictures memory Press the d INTERNAL MEMORY or MEMORY down to B Tip: Copying Pictures Memory Cards To from internal memory. copy pictures between highlight d INTERNAL MEMORY d (copy tointernal charger as memory). card,and copy Pictures BetweenBetweenmemory. and copythe picturesBattery notCards Insert two the ginternalmemory). shown, making sure that card, and Copying Off pictures from internal memory.the memory c i memory). CARD INTERNAL from to internalinternal memory to the memory card, andd INTERNAL from internal memory. to highlight to battery internal memory). card, copy the pictures from Memory copy the pictures internal B g i memory to card) memory highlightCARD (copy picturesor i CARD g Tip: To copy pictures between twoCards battery. pictures to d (copy pictures from source card inserted. g iCARD (copy picturesorientation. B Tip: Copying Pictures Between Memory memory the internal CARDINTERNAL MEMORY g icard) itheto display pictures from a memory card Between Memory Cards insert the the the selector right from correct Bcopy pictures between twoMemory Cards in the MEMORY g 2Pressibattery isorrightdisplayfrom d INTERNALTip:Copying Pictures BetweenBattery and copy cards, insert theinte To Tip: Copying Pictures copy the pictures source card, insert B Press CARD internal memory rightthe memory Press theselector CARDto todisplay INTERNAL B Tip::Copyingbetween twoMemory Cards to internal memory, th Pressthe. (copy pictures from selector to CARD (copy display remove g theselector right thegmemory card and then memory cards, internal memory to to memory To copysourcePictures Between memory the insert the card) i to internal memory(copythe item. memory). To copypictures red memory cards, insert the pictures between two memory cards, Glows options or highlighted item. d highlighted memory memory To copy pictures between source to insert memory, to g card, the card) or i to NP-50 item. memory card source then remove the pictures copy the pictures from options for for (copy CARDtheitem. ad INTERNAL card card and between two and card,cards, insert the internal options forforthei picturesinternalfrom abattery optionsMEMORY CARD pictures d INTERNAL To copycard and copy charging. internal insert destination the highlighted from internal the thehighlighted g d INTERNAL MENU/OK copy the twomemory cards, the memory , DISP/BACK card) or source pictures copy the card, insert internal memory, rechargeable MEMORY i CARD g card) or source card the source pictures to the destination then removeand the pictures to internal memory, source card and copy the Battery to internal memory, the pictures from Remove the MEMORY (copyCARDPress card) to internalpictures g theamemory card tothen removeandcopy .the destination or (copy pictures from a memory card source remove the source picturesinsert the destination i memory). d INTERNAL card,and copy the picturesfully internal memory. then card MEMORY from memory card card, remove the picturescard, insert memory. display green to internal memory). source from internal destination card, to internal memory, MEMORY (copy picturesfrom a selector right and Glowsthe source insert the then copy , card, battery. COPY pictures to internal memory). options a memory MEMORY (copyCOPYselectorfrom forto Arrow card then and copythe source card, insert thememory. card, remove the pictures charged. tointernal memory). internal memory). Press COPY COPY MEMORY CARD right the highlighted. copy the pictures from internal memory. theINTERNAL display card,and DISP/BACK from internal destination item.and copythe pictures from internal memory. to card, Press the selectorMEMORYCARD CARDto Unplug INTERNAL INTERNAL MEMORY MEMORY CARD FRAME to internal memory).rightMEMORY display card, and copy the pictures from internal memory.the INTERNAL FRAME FRAME . optionsINTERNALCARDtheFRAMEFRAMES display for INTERNAL MEMORYFRAMES highlighted item. ALL to CARD CARD CARD INTERNAL MEMORY Press the selector INTERNAL MEMORY to displayTerminals right ALL ALL Press the the highlighted charger and options battery chargerrightFRAMESitem. BC-50 for selector ALL FRAMES Press the selector right to display COPY Blinks red Battery fault. options forselector right to item. Press theforthe highlighted item. options the highlighted display remove the options for the highlighted item. CANCEL YES CANCEL CANCEL YESYES YES CANCEL COPY INTERNAL MEMORY CARD FRAME options thethe highlighted item. Plug for charger in. battery. CARD INTERNAL MEMORY COPY ALL FRAMES COPY FRAME Plug the charger intoINTERNAL MEMORYINTERNALCARD aCARD powerMEMORY outlet. The red COPY MEMORY CARD INTERNAL COPY ALL FRAMES Charge the battery. FRAME CARD INTERNAL MEMORY INTERNAL COPY MEMORY ALL FRAMES charging indicator willCARD light. CANCEL YES FRAME INTERNAL MEMORY CARD CARD MEMORY INTERNAL MEMORYINTERNALCARD FRAME Charging is complete when the charging ALL FRAMES CARD INTERNAL MEMORY FRAME CARD ALL INTERNAL MEMORY INTERNAL MEMORY CANCEL CARD FRAMES ALL FRAMES YESFRAME CARD INTERNAL MEMORY indicator turns green. A fully exhausted CANCEL FRAMES YES ALL CANCEL YES CANCEL YES battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes CANCEL YES CANCEL YES to charge.

Using the Menus: Pl

1 111

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 444 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

3 4

3 4

First Steps

80 80 80 80 80 5

80 80 80 80 80 80

80

Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Taking Pictures in : (AUTO) Mode Using the Menus: PlaybackMode

FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME The Framing frames. Copy selected. Copy selectedGrid Copy selected frames. selected frames. Copy frames. Copy selected frames.

100-0001 100-0001 To display a framing grid or to view or hide other 100-0001 indicators in the monitor, press the DISP/BACK button. 100-0001 100-0001

COPY OK? OK? COPY OK? COPY OK? COPY OK? COPY OK?

ALL FRAMES ALL FRAMES ALL FRAMES FRAMES ALL ALL FRAMESPictures Avoiding Blurred to copy all Press MENU/OK COPYOK? OK? Press MENU/OK to copy all Press MENU/OK to copy all ALL OK? MENU/OK COPY ALL COPY ALL OK? Press MENU/OK to copy all COPY ALL 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 Press MENU/OK DISP/BACK all MAY OK? , DISP/BACK poorly copy to IT TAKE ALL by 100-0001 If the subjectpress DISP/BACK to MAY COPY pictures, or press DISP/BACK ITcausedOK? camera pictures, or press DISP/BACK to AWHILETAKE MAY pictures, or press to to ITITWHILETAKE or is lit, blurring AAMAY TAKE 100-0001 pictures, or press DISP/BACK to A WHILE TAKE WHILE . be reduced by pressingIT MAY pictures, copying pictures. A WHILE G button shake can the exit without copying pictures. exit without copying pictures. exit without exit without copying pictures. exit without copying pictures.
(dual IS mode). In mode, pressing the G button YES CANCEL YES CANCEL YES CANCEL also reduces blur caused by subject movement. YES CANCEL
YES CANCEL

the selector left or 11Press the selector left or right to 1 Press the selector left or right to Press left or right to the selector 11Press.desired right to Press the selectorpicture. left or display the desired picture. right to display the desired picture. display the display the desired picture. display the desired picture. 22Press MENU/OK to copy the picture. 2 Press MENU/OK to copy the picture. Press MENU/OK to copy the picture. MENU/OK copy the picture. 22Press MENU/OK to . Press MENU/OK to copy the picture.

YES YES YES YES YES

CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL

C CCautions C Cautions C Cautions autions C C Cautionsendswhen the. is full. Copying ends destination is full. ISO AUTO(400) Copying ends when the destination is full. Copying when the destination is full. Copying ends when the destination Copying ends when the not copied DPOF print information is destination (pg. 54). DPOF print . (pg. 54). DPOF print information is not copied (pg. DPOF print information is not copied is full.54). DPOF information is not copied (pg. 54). DPOF print information is not copied (pg. 54).
12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

Menus Basic PhotographyMenus and Menus Menus Playback Menus

33Repeat steps 12 to copy additional 3 Repeat steps 12 to copy additional Repeat steps 12 to copy additional steps 12 copy additional 1-2 33Repeat toDISP Repeat Press 12 to copy exit when . images. Press DISP/BACK to exit when images. Press DISP/BACK to exit when images. steps DISP/BACK /BACK when to additional images. Press DISP/BACK to exit
displayed

. images. Press is complete. the operation is complete. exit when the operation is complete. the operation DISP/BACK to Indicators Indicators the operation isiscomplete. the operation complete.

Press G to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in monitor when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Note that blurring may still occur depending on the scene.

hidden

Framing grid displayed To use the framing grid, position the main subject at the intersection of two lines or align one of the horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

81

81 81 81 81 17 81

Q VOICE MEMO Press Q VOICE MEMO Battery Press MENU/OK again to end Charging the to a still Toadd aavoice memo to a still add voice memo recording. Recording ends REC STANDBY 30s Q VOICE MEMO Press MENU/OKRecording to ends again end To VOICE MEMO recording. REC STANDBY 30s Menus: Q VOICE MEMO Press MENU/OKagainagain Playback MENU/OK Q VOICE select PressMENU/OK Using thetoseconds. Mode picture,MEMO QQVOICEMEMO not chargedstill shipment. ChargePress PressMENU/OK againagaintotototoendend QQVOICEMEMO memo to VOICE REC STANDBY QVOICEbatteryMEMO Q VOICE QVOICEVOICEMEMO Q a at QVOICEVOICEMEMO QVOICEMEMOis QVOICEMEMOMEMO QQadd MEMO QVOICEMEMO Q select QVOICE MEMO VOICEaMEMO VOICE MEMO Q VOICE MEMO Q MEMO MEMO Q VOICE Q VOICE VOICE voice MEMO Press recording.MENU/OKagaintotoend ends 30 Press automaticallyagain againto end end PressPressMENU/OK again30 . PressPressMENU/OK after againto toendend PressMENU/OKMENU/OK again end end Pressautomaticallyagainagain toto end PressPressMENU/OK againagain end end PressPress MENU/OKRecording toendend PressMENU/OK again30 to to end PressMENU/OK after again end end Press MENU/OKagain toto to Press MENU/OKagain seconds. MENU/OK MENU/OK MENU/OK again end MENU/OK again to MENU/OK MENU/OK to end end 3 recording. To , REC STANDBY 30s picture, The The ChargingRecording Indicator 30s To add voice toa still still Recording ends To aavoicevoice memoto stillRECSTANDBY recording. Recording ToToaddTovoicevoice memostillMEMORECSTANDBYRECRECRECSTANDBY30s30s30s30s30s 30s30s30srecording. Recording seconds. ends ToToaddaaddvoicememoaastillSTANDBYSTANDBYSTANDBY30s30s30s30s 30s30s30srecording. ToToaddaddvoicememotoQatoaaRECSTANDBYSTANDBY 30s30s30s30s 30s30s recording. ToaddMEMOvoicememotoaaatostillatheSTANDBYRECRECSTANDBY30s30s30s30s 30s recording. MENU/OKRecordingends ends ToaddaddavoicevoicememoastillaaastillRECSTANDBY RECSTANDBY30s 30s30s ToToTo,avoicevoicedisplaying stillstillRECSTANDBY STANDBY 30s 30s addToaaddaaamemomemostill a stillRECRECSTANDBY STANDBY 30s Toaddadd aaaafter memostillto theRECSTANDBYREC STANDBY addadd a voice memo aVOICE STANDBY STANDBY Toa aadd voice memoto REC STANDBY REC addbatterymemoto to still REC STANDBY REC add voice memomemoa To add voice VOICEto REC STANDBY a voicebefore use. memo to memo a recording. recording. Recording recording. Recording recording. recording. recording. Recording toends ends recording. . recording. Recording recording. Recording ends ends recording. Recording recording. Recording ends ends recording. Recording ends ends Recording ends ends Recording ends Recording ends Recording ends REC RECSTANDBY REC REC STANDBY STANDBY FINISH picture, a voice Q toatototo stillSTANDBYSTANDBY automaticallyRecording shows battery 30 Tovoice memototo a still REC REC REC MEMO aselectmemostill stillREC STANDBY 3recording. afterRecordingendsends Press Toa aadd after memoto tostillstillRECRECSTANDBY STANDBY recording. Recording seconds. ends charge the voice memodisplaying REC RECSTANDBY The charging FINISHagain seconds. indicator picture,select QQVOICE selectQVOICEVOICE Q VOICE VOICE automatically30after30seconds. afterseconds. end picture, select Q Q automatically Recording seconds. picture . picture,picture,afterselectVOICEVOICE to a START picture,picture,inselectQVOICEVOICE picture,picture,selectQVOICEVOICE picture, selectselectQmode. the picture, selectselect QVOICE memo picture, selectplaybackQvoice picture, selectselect addVOICE picture, selectselect QVOICE picture, selectselect VOICEVOICE picture, select Q Q VOICE picture, in playback Q VOICE picture, select displaying picture, select mode. picture, Q VOICE Q Q Q Q VOICE automatically afterafter30seconds.ends automatically after 30afterseconds. automatically after afterseconds. automatically after30after30seconds. automatically afterafterseconds. automatically afterafter 3030seconds. automatically afterafter seconds. automatically after30seconds. automatically after303030seconds. automatically after30seconds. automatically 30seconds. automatically after3030seconds. automatically FINISH 30 seconds. automatically 30 automatically 30 seconds. automatically 30 automatically seconds. a still recording.follows: MEMO picture CANCEL picture, after To automatically status as MEMO the displaying Q VOICE MEMOFINISH30 seconds. FINISH MEMO displaying the automatically FINISHFINISH after MEMOANoteafterdisplayingthethethe Q VOICE CANCEL MEMOMEMO after displayingthethe MEMOMEMO after displaying thethe START MEMO afterinafter batterythethethe MEMO after after displaying the MEMO after displayingmode. the MEMO after displaying thethethe MEMO after playback the the MEMO Placedisplaying the the MEMO after after displaying MEMOafter after picture, in MEMO after displaying MEMO after displaying MEMO displaying select MEMO displaying after displaying after displaying displaying displaying displaying pictureafterdisplaying the charger. CANCEL FINISHFINISH FINISH FINISHFINISH FINISH FINISHFINISH FINISH FINISHFINISH FINISH FINISHFINISH FINISHFINISH FINISHFINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH MEMO in playback mode. pictureplaybackmode. after the suppliedCANCEL To addChargingFINISHmemo to a still a voiceFINISH FINISHFINISH Battery statusREC STANDBYAction 30s ANote in playback mode. displayingSTART indicator pictureplaybackbattery BC-50 the picturepictureininplaybackmode. STARTSTARTSTARTSTARTCANCEL protected pictureVoiceplaybackmode.mode. STARTSTART STARTCANCEL CANCEL picturepictureplaybackmode. added STARTSTART STARTCANCEL CANCEL picturepictureinplaybackmode. pictureininplaybackmode.mode. toSTART CANCELCANCEL CANCEL pictureinplayback canmode. into STARTSTART STARTCANCEL CANCEL pictureininplaybackmode.be picturein in ininplayback mode. STARTSTART STARTCANCEL CANCEL picture playback mode. mode. STARTmoviesCANCEL CANCEL picturein memos mode.mode. STARTSTART CANCELCANCEL CANCEL pictureInsertplayback pictureplaybackMEMO picture in the mode. picture playback in playback not in in playback mode. pictureplayback mode.inadded toSTARTSTARTSTARTCANCELCANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL START START START START or START CANCEL START CANCEL START START START REC RE - REC ANote in playback be playback mode. CANCELCANCEL that picture, select REC VOICE not Q Battery Insert the Voice battery canpicture as shown,START CANCELCANCEL memos charger not moviesCANCELsure or protected CANCEL RE - REC makingCANCEL ANote Remove protection from pictures before Off ANote ANoteANote Removenot be added to movies or protected MEMO after displaying- REC ANoteANote ANotepictures. ANoteANote ANoteANote ANoteANote ANote memos can protection from pictures before ANote ANote ANote ANote ANote ANote ANote pictures. Voice the inserted. battery. the ANote batteryANotebe added to movies or protected ANotes REC RE ANotes . Voice memos can is in the correct orientation. not REC RE - REC REC recordingcan canadded addedto or protected REC REC RE --REC Voice memosmemoscanbenotaddedtomoviesmoviesorprotected picture in playbackRERECRECREC-RECRERERERECREC Voice Voice memosnotbebe(pg.totomoviesororprotected protected If a voice memoRECRECRERECREC--RECRECRERERECRECfor Voice pictures.cancannotmemosbetoto tomoviesorprotected or Voicememos memoscanbenotbeaddedmoviesororprotected Voicerecordingcannotcannotaddedtotomovies picturesprotected VoiceVoice memosnotcanaddedtoaddedtomoviesprotected Voicememosmemoscannotaddedaddedtomoviesprotected VoiceVoicememoscanbenotmemos 79).nottomoviesormovies Voicememosmemosnotbenotadded79)..orprotected Voicememoscancanbenotaddedtotomoviesmovies or protected VoiceVoice can cannotVoiceadded can moviesor orto or protected Voicememoscan not bebebeadded to tomoviesorprotected Voicememoscan can not addedmoviesmoviesor protected memos canvoicenotaddedaddedfromor protectedbefore Voice memos not be be (pg.movies or protected memos cannotnot be be to movies or orprotected Voice Voice can memos be to movies added or protected memos voice be be tobe orprotected Voice protectionmovies protected memos not be added addedmovies protected memos not memos added be RECRECREC REREREC ----RECREC-RE-- REC REC RECREC RE-REREREREC RE- --REC REC REC REC REC REC REC REC REC RERERECREC- Battery REC REC RERECREREC REC REC RE-RERECREC REC REC mode. REC RE-REREC-REC - REC- REREC -------REC -RERE REC RE REC RE REC RE RE Remove added added to movies protected already exists REC RE - REC PLAYBACK MENU CANCEL pictures. START a voice pictures. Remove protection from pictures before pictures.pictures.Removepictures.(pg.NP-50frompicturesbeforebefore ANotes Glows red the charging. PLAYBACK MENU pictures.pictures.voiceprotectionRemove from picturesbattery beforeIfthe current picture, exists for pictures.pictures.Removeprotectionfrompicturespicturesbefore ANotes memo already options pictures. RemoveRemoveprotection frompicturesbeforebefore ANotes pictures. RemoveRemoveprotection picturespicturespictures pictures. Remove Removeprotection from picturesbefore pictures. Hold Remove protection from ofpicturesbefore pictures. Remove protectionatfrom pictures picturesbefore pictures. Remove protection from protection about 20 cm pictures. Remove protection from pictures before before pictures. Remove protection from from pictures before pictures. Remove camera afrom rechargeablebefore pictures.Remove protection from pictures before before pictures. Remove protection from pictures. Remove protection pictures before pictures. Remove memos Remove protection from from Remove protection distance protection from pictures before protection from pictures before protection pictures before protection pictures before from before before recording the protection 79). pictures from pictures. Removeprotection from from pictures 20 cmANotesvoice memo already exists for ERASE ANotesIfANotes picture, the options PLAYBACK MENUREMOVAL ANotesthe current ANotesANotes ANotes a ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes ANotes recordingvoice memos (pg. 79). voice (pg. 79). Holdvoicememos(pg.79).79).79). (pg. 79). thememos(pg.79).(pg.memos camera79).79).79). at(pg. 79). a 79). ANote memo already exists for recordingmemosmemos79). distance of about ERASE EYE ANotes RED recording voice memosmemos(pg. 79). recording voice voicememos(pg. recording voice memosmemos79). 79). recording (8in.) voiceface(pg. 79). 79). recordingvoice memos(pg.(pg. microphone. recording voice and memos recordingmemos(pg.(pg. recordingvoicevoice memos 79). recordingvoicememosmemosvoice recordingvoicevoice recording (pg. recordingvoicememosmemos79). recordingvoicememos(pg.(pg.(pg. recordingvoicememos (pg. recording voice (pg. 79). recording voice (pg. 79). recording memos the recording recording voice (pg. Ifat voice memo already exists forfullyPLAYBACKMENU Ifa voice will be displayed. Select PLAYBACK MENU a right Battery PLAYBACK MENU REMOVAL 1recording memos(pg.at recordingthevoice20cm79).a distance of about 20 cmIfIfaavoiceavoicememodisplayed.existsfor REDRemove the voiceIfmemomemoalreadyexistsPLAYBACKMENUMENU EYEMENU exists IfIfaIfvoiceamemo memoalready forforfortoPLAYBACKPLAYBACK MENU IfIfaavoiceavoicewillmemoalreadyexistsPLAYBACK MENUMENUMENU ROTATE IfvoiceIfmemoalreadyalreadyexistsPLAYBACKmoviesROTATE If avoiceIfrightmemo already exists PLAYBACK MENUMENUIMAGE MENU IfVoicememoalready exists forfor forPLAYBACKPLAYBACK MENU avoicevoice memoalready forexistsPLAYBACKMENUIMAGE Ifthememo already exists forSelectforMENUMENU voiceamemoalready exists forforPLAYBACK MENUMENU avoicememosalreadyexists existsforPLAYBACK PLAYBACK voicevoice memo already , PLAYBACK MENUERASE aIfaavoice memo alreadyfor PLAYBACK MENUMENU atIf memo alreadyexists for PLAYBACK MENUMENU IfIf current alreadyalreadyexistsfor MENU PROTECT voiceamemopicture,exists for PLAYBACK PLAYBACK voicevoice already exists for PLAYBACK MENU amemo already exists for for MENU voice already the memo green exists memo already be memo already exists exists Glows Hold andcamera microphone. (8in.) the face the at a distance of about 20 cmaIfIfaaaIfvoicevoicememonotexistsoptionsforMENUMENUERASEMENUMENU PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACK PLAYBACK Arrow . the current be current picture,the options PLAYBACK RED EYE REMOVAL picture, the optionsPLAYBACKPROTECTbattery. BACK charged. PLAYBACK MENU Holdcameraatataaadistanceofofaboutaboutcm cm20 cmthe the currentcantheaddedPLAYBACKPLAYBACKPLAYBACKREMOVAL cameraadistanceofaboutaboutcm20cm . the optionsPLAYBACKMENUCOPYor protected HoldcameraatatHoldataaadistanceabout2020cmcmthe current replacethetheexistingERASE ERASE MEMO the cameraadistanceofofataboutaboutaboutthetheatcurrentwill bethetheoptions ERASEERASE IMAGEERASEREMOVAL BACK cameradistanceofofofabout2020cm cmthecurrentcurrentpicture,options ERASEERASE COPYERASE atat adistanceabout20cm20 thethecurrentpicture,picture,the optionsERASE ERASEEYE a adistanceofofabout20 cm currentcurrent replace options ERASEERASE ERASE to picture, the optionsERASE VOICE 1aaadistance ofabout2020of2020cmthecurrentpicture,picture,thetheoptionsERASEERASEERASEEYEREMOVAL before the distance aofof20 20 20 cm thecurrentpicture,thetheoptions ERASEERASE ERASEROTATE cameraaboutabout cm the currentcurrent picture,optionsexistingERASE RED distance cm20 the theRE-RECpicture,theoptionsSelectERASEERASE RED picture,theoptions from pictures options ERASE RED EYE Hold thethecameraata atamicrophone.about20 cm cmthecurrent picture, picture,options ERASEERASEERASE MEMO Hold Holdcameracameraadistance of ofofabout 20 Hold (8in.) the camera atatdistanceabout 20cm cm the the current picture,optionsoptions ERASEVOICE Holdthethecameraatat atat distance ofabout HoldHold and face atdistance HoldHold the camera ataa distance of about Holdthethethe camera distance of aboutcm Holdthe the camera distance Holdthe camera the distance HoldHoldthe camera Hold camera at at the camera Hold camera Hold camera the the Hold the the camera distance distance currentpicture, the options options the current displayed. current picture, the the optionsERASE the current picture, the options ERASE ERASE the currentto the the picture, the the the picture, the the currentpicture, options right RE-RECpicture,the protection ERASE ROTATE pictures.current picture,options REDREDREDREMOVALREMOVALREMOVAL the REC IMAGE REDREDREDEYEIMAGE ROTATE REDEYEEYEEYEREMOVALREMOVAL REDRED REMOVALRED EYE REMOVAL REDEYE REMOVAL EYE REMOVAL REDRED EYE REMOVAL REDRED REMOVALUnplug REDREDREMOVALEYE EYE EYEPROTECT EYE REMOVALREMOVAL EYE EYEREMOVAL REDREDREMOVAL REDREMOVALRED EYEEYERED REDREMOVAL EYEEYEREMOVAL RED REMOVAL EYEEYEEYE EYEREMOVAL REMOVAL EYERED REMOVAL RED REMOVAL REMOVAL REMOVAL RED at right Removedisplayed. SelectEYEROTATEROTATE EYE REMOVAL RE be at IMAGE at atwill will displayed.Select REDREDEYEEYEREMOVALEYEEYEREMOVAL REC ROTATE PROTECT ROTATEPROTECT IMAGE IMAGE ROTATE ROTATE atatatrightrightbedisplayed. Select SelectIMAGEROTATECOPYEYEROTATE atatrightatwillwilldisplayed. theSelectSelectIMAGEROTATEIMAGEROTATE atrightatwillrightbedisplayed.SelectSelectIMAGEROTATEIMAGE ROTATE atrightright bebewillbedisplayed. SelectIMAGEIMAGEROTATEMEMOROTATE atrightwill rightwilldisplayed.SelectSelectIMAGEROTATEIMAGEROTATE atbebedisplayed.SelectSelectIMAGEROTATEROTATE atrecordingwilldisplayed.Select SelectIMAGEROTATECOPYROTATE rightatright willdisplayed. (pg. 79). IMAGEIMAGEROTATEIMAGEREMOVAL atatmemo.willreplaceRE-REC SelectIMAGEROTATE ROTATE rightright displayed. IMAGEIMAGEROTATE rightwillbetowillbebedisplayed. rightright voicedisplayed.Select IMAGEIMAGEROTATE rightrightbe bebedisplayed. rightwill be displayed.Select IMAGEROTATERED atwillwill willbe displayed.Select IMAGEIMAGEROTATE will displayed. right be be displayed. will displayed. Select IMAGEROTATEROTATE be displayed. Select IMAGEIMAGE (8in.) and andfacethemicrophone.the microphone. (8in.) (8in.)facefacethemicrophone. (8in.) and face thefacethemicrophone. (8in.)(8in.)face thefacemicrophone. (8in.)(8in.) and themicrophone. (8in.)(8in.)face facemicrophone. (8in.)and and themicrophone. (8in.)and face face microphone. (8in.)and and face the microphone. (8in.)and and the microphone. (8in.)andfaceface the microphone. and face face the microphone. (8in.) and the the microphone. (8in.) and face (8in.) and face (8in.) face facethe microphone. (8in.) and the microphone. (8in.)face the microphone. and and thethe microphone. and and the microphone. Terminalsatatrightatwillwillbewillbedisplayed.existingIMAGEROTATEIMAGEROTATE RE -BACK the microphone. microphone. RE-REC will be displayed. memo.bedisplayed. Select PROTECT memos existingIMAGEPROTECTCOPY right to replace Select PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECTPROTECT PROTECT VOICE PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT PROTECT RE-REC the

33 3 333333 333 33 3 3
30s

Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using UsingagainMenus:Playback Using thetheMenus:PlaybackModeMode UsingUsingMenus:PlaybackMode Mode UsingUsingthe Menus: Playback Mode UsingUsingMenus:PlaybackModeMode UsingtheMenus:Menus:Playback Mode UsingtheMenus:Menus:Playback Mode UsingUsingMenus:Playback Mode Mode UsingtheMenus:PlaybackMode UsingUsingthe Playback Mode Usingthe the Menus: Playback Usingthe the Menus: Playback UsingtheMenus:PlaybackMode thethe the Playback Mode the Menus: Menus: end Mode Using Menus:toPlaybackMode Using the Menus: Playback Menus: Playback Mode the Playback :Mode Menus:Playback the Playback MENU/OKthetheMenus:PlaybackModeMode

REC STANDBY

3 Pres
First Steps

FINISH

START

CANCEL

reco auto

11 1 111111 111 11 1 1

REC

RE - REC

PLAYBACK MENU

2 22 2 Press MENU/OK to start recording. Press MENU/OK to start recording. 2PressMENU/OKto startrecording. 222PressPressMENU/OKtototostartrecording. 22Press2MENU/OKMENU/OKtorecording. 2PressPress MENU/OKstartrecording. Press MENU/OK totostarttostartrecording. 22PressMENU/OKtotostarttostartrecording. PressPress MENU/OKstartrecording. PressPressMENU/OKstartrecording. PressPressMENU/OKstartrecording. PressMENU/OKtoto totostartrecording. PressMENU/OK to to start recording. MENU/OK tostart tostart recording. MENU/OK start start recording. Press MENU/OK recording. Press MENU/OK start recording. MENU/OK MENU/OK start recording. recording. recording. 22 Press MENU/OKstartrecording.
RECORDING
RECORDING

RE-REC to replace existing replace charger and . memos RE-REC to replace the existing RE-REC to replace thethe existing RE-RECRE-RECtoreplace330KBBatteryVOICEVOICEVOICEVOICEMEMO RE-RECVoicereplacereplaceexisting asVOICEMEMOMEMOVOICEMEMO REBACK RE-RECRE-RECreplacetheexistingexistingVOICEMEMOVOICEMEMO RE-RECRE-RECreplacetheexistingexistingMEMOMEMO VOICEMEMO RE-RECtototoreplacethethethe existingVOICEMEMOMEMOMEMO MEMO RE-RECtotoreplacereplaceexisting VOICEVOICEMEMO VOICE MEMO RE-RECtotomemosthethethe existingVOICEMEMOCOPY RE-RECtototototoreplace theexisting VOICEVOICEMEMO RE-RECmemo.toto replacethe existingVOICEMEMOMEMO RE-REC toreplacethearerecorded VOICEVOICEMEMO RE-REC replace replacerecorded VOICEMEMOMEMO RE-REC replace the existing VOICEVOICE MEMO RE-RECtoreplacetheexistingexisting VOICE MEMO RE-REC Blinks the existing as VOICE MEMO RE-REC toreplace existing fault. RE-REC to to the existing VOICEMEMO the the Voice replace the existing existingMEMO VOICE memo. replacethe existing REC RE-REC replaceredtheexisting VOICEMEMOVOICEremoveRECREC-RERECREC VOICE VOICE MEMO are memo. RERE-REC--REC-theREC RE -REREC---- REC -REREREC REC RE size RE--RERECREC RE-RECREREC RE --RE- REREC RE RERE REC -RE- REREC ---RE REC RE REC RE RE REC MEMOREREC-RECREC --RE PCM-format WAV files a withof maximum-REREC- REC memo. the camera at (pg. 107) with aaboutREC-RECREREREC-REC Holdmemos arefiles (pg.distance a maximumcm 20 size RE memo.memo. memos are . as memo.memo. WAV recorded 107) memo. memo. memo. memo. WAV recorded memo. memo. memo. Voice memo. memo. memo. memo. memo. memo. memo. memo. memo. Voice PCM-format as Microphone Plug the charger in. Microphone battery. PCM- 330 KB. the microphone. Voice memos are recorded as memos are recorded as ofmemos arerecorded about VoicePCM-formatarerecorded asasas asasmaximum size Voice ofmemosmemosrecordedasasasasaas Voice Voice memosWAVrecordedasas as Voice Voice memosrecorded asaswithas Voicememosandarerecorded asas as VoiceVoice memos recorded 107) VoiceVoice memosarerecorded Voicememosmemosrecordedas VoiceVoice memosrecorded Voice(8in.) 330WAVarerecorded VoiceVoice areare are recorded VoiceVoice areare are recorded Voicememosarerecordedrecorded memos areface recorded memos areare recorded memos are are recorded memos memos are are (pg. memos memos memos are recorded PCM-format files recorded about Plug the charger into a Microphone The red Voice about 330KB. files (pg. 107) with aamaximum size power outlet. PCM-format WAV files (pg. Microphone PCM-format the (pg. (pg. 107) with maximum size of PCM-format WAVWAVfiles(pg.107)withaawith aamaximum size PCM-format WAV filesWAV(pg.107)107)aamaximum sizesizesize PCM-format WAV files (pg.files(pg.107)awithmaximumsize size PCM-format WAV files files(pg.107)with with maximumsizesize PCM-format WAVWAV(pg.files107)withmaximum size sizesize PCM-format WAVfiles(pg.files(pg.107) awithaamaximum size PCM-format WAVWAV(pg.107)(pg.107)with aamaximum size PCM-format WAVKB. (pg.107)(pg.107) awith amaximum size PCM-format 330 WAVbattery.withwithwith maximum PCM-format WAVfiles (pg.107)with maximum size PCM-format WAVWAV(pg.107)with awith amaximum PCM-format WAVKB. files (pg. with maximum size PCM-formatWAVfilesfiles 107) 107) aamaximumsize PCM-format files files (pg. with aamaximumsize PCM-format WAV files 107) with maximum size PCM-format files files (pg. with maximum size PCM-format files (pg. 107) with maximum size PCM-format WAV (pg. 107)with amaximum PCM-format WAV 107) 107) maximum files maximum maximum Charge files of about Press MENU/OK torecording. start . recording. Microphone PCM-format KB. Microphone MENU/OK 2 Press MENU/OK to startMicrophone recording. ofofofaboutaboutKB.330KB. complete107) the charging of about charging indicatorMicrophone will Microphone light. Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone of about 330 ofofofabout330KB.KB.KB.is ofof about330330330KB. ofaboutof330KB.330 KB. ofabout330330KB. KB. aboutaboutKB. 330KB. ofofabout330330 KB. aboutofCharging KB. ofaboutabout330 about330 KB.330 about330 KB.KB. about330 330 of about KB. of 330330KB. about KB. KB. of about of about about 330 when 2 Press Microphone MENU/OK to start of

BC-50 battery charger

1 3 2

ERASE RED EYE REMOVAL IMAGE ROTATE PROTECT COPY BACK BACK RE - REC COPY BACK VOICE COPYCOPYCOPYCOPY MEMOBACKBACKBACK- BACK COPYCOPY PROTECTMEMOBACKBACK REBACKBACK COPYCOPY COPY RE - RECBACKBACK BACK COPYCOPY VOICE MEMO BACKBACK BACK COPYCOPY VOICE COPYCOPY VOICE COPYCOPY COPY COPYCOPY COPYCOPY COPY COPYMEMO COPY COPY BACKBACK COPY COPY COPY BACK BACK BACKBACKRE - REC BACK BACK REC BACKBACK BACKBACK BACK BACK BACK BACK

RECORDING 28s RECORDING 28s RECORDING 28s RECORDING 28s RECORDING RECORDING 28s28s28s 28s 28s28s RECORDING RECORDING 28s28s28s RECORDING RECORDING 28s28s28s RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING28s 28s28s RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING28s 28s28s RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING 28s28s 28s28s RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING RECORDING 28s 28s 28s 28s 28s 28s28s RECORDING 28s
REC REC

82 82 82 82 8282 828282 8282 8282 8282 82 8282 82 82 82 82 82 82

REC RE - REC REC RE REC REC RE - REC REC RE --REC - REC REC --REC RECRECREC RERE--REC-REC-RE RE-RECREC REC RECREC RERECRE-RECREC -RE-REC REC REC RECREREREREC-REC RE RECREC REC REC REREREC-----RECREC RE-REC REC REC RE-REREREREC RE - REC REC RE-RE-REREC REC REC REC-REC REREC REC REC RE--RE--RECREC RECREC REC REC RECRE -REC RE REC REC REC REC RE RE REC RE - REC

28s remaining Time Time Time remainingremaining red Blinks Time remaining red Blinks remaining red Blinks Timeremaining Time remaining TimeTimeremaining Time remaining Time remaining Time remaining Timeremaining TimeTime remaining Timeremaining Timeremaining TimeTime red TimeTimeremaining Timeremaining Timeremaining Time remaining remaining remaining Time remaining Time remaining remaining Time remaining remaining Blinks REC RE - REC RE - REC Blinks red RE - REC Blinks redred redred Blinks Blinks red Blinks redBlinksred Blinks redred red BlinksBlinks red BlinksBlinks red Blinksred red red BlinksBlinks BlinksBlinks Blinksred BlinksBlinks Blinksred Blinksred red Blinks red red

28s 28s RECORDING

indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes Microphone to charge. Press MENU/OK to start recording.

ANote If a vo the c at rig RE-RE mem Voice PCMof abo

82

RECORDING

28s

Time remaining Blinks red

REC

RE - REC

Playing Voice Memos Playing Voice Memos Pictures withmemos are indicated a a h icon during playback. Playing Voice Memosvoice memos are indicated byby h icon during playback. Playing Voice Memos Playing Voice Memos Pictures with voice Playing Voice Memos ToTo play withvoice memo, pressindicated . the play the memos memos are the selector down. Toduring playback. selectorby h icon during press down. To pause, voice memo, press Pictures Pictures the voice are indicatedindicatedby aaduring pause, press the with voicevoicememos aretheby a h icon h iconplayback.playback. Pictures with , Pictures with . indicated by a h icon during playback. are selector again;memos selector down. thepause, up. , the the voicememo, press down. Topause,Press the to the selectorpause, To playselector downvoicepressto end playback, pressdown. Topress thepressthe the play the voice memo, press the selector Tothe pressthe voice down again; end playback, press selector up. Press memo, To play To the selector To play the voice press the selector down. To pause, press the memo, . selector left end right controls selector again; to again;to rightplayback, press Volume controlsPress the fast forward. Volume, selector selectorleft totorewind, endtoto fastthepress the Press thePressbe down down rewind, to end playback, selector up. can the selector selector up. can be selector down again;playback, pressforward. the up. .the MENU/OK button; press the selector up or down selector down again; toMENU/OK . the end playback, press the selector up. Press displayed by pressing fast forward. Volume the selector up or down displayed leftpressing to MENU/OK button; press Volume controls can be selector selectorrewind, right theright to fast forward. controls can be leftby to rewind, right to fast forward. controls can be selector . MENU/OK Volume . to left to rewind, selector left to rewind, right to MENU/OK again Volume controls canSTOP fast forward. playback. be todisplayedthe the MENU/OK MENU/OKpress thepressthe selector up or down adjust the volume, and MENU/OK button; selector up playback. displayedto adjust by pressing thepress MENU/OK again toto resume downor down by pressing volume, and press displayed by pressing the button; button; press resumeor up the selector displayed by pressing the MENU/OK button; press the selector up or down to adjustto adjust the volume, and press MENU/OK again to playback.playback. the volume, volume, and press MENU/OK again to to adjust the and press MENU/OK again to resume resume ANote ANote the volume, and press MENU/OK again to resume playback. to adjust resume playback. The camera may not play voice memos recorded with other devices. ANoteThe camera may play voice memos recorded with other devices. ANote not . ANote ANote The camera may notmay not play voice recordedrecordedwith other devices. The Thecamera play voice memos memos with other devices. devices. camera CCaution may not play voice memos recorded with other devices. C camera may not play voicememos recorded with other The Caution not cover playback. DoCaution the speaker during . C Caution not cover the speaker during playback. C C Do Caution C Caution Do not cover thecoverthe during playback.playback. Do not cover thespeaker during playback. Do not speaker speaker during Do not cover the speaker during playback.

Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: PlaybackPlaybackMode Using the Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Mode : Mode Using the Menus: Playback Progress is shown Progress is shown in the monitor. inProgressis shown isthe monitor. shown 15s Progress Progress is shown 15s 15s Progress is shown in the 15s .monitor. monitor. monitor. in the in the inProgress bar the monitor. Progress bar PAUSE PAUSE PAUSE Progress bar bar Progress bar Progress Progress bar PAUSE PAUSE
15s 15s 15s PAUSE

STOP STOPSTOP PAUSE STOP STOP STOP

Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Menus

83

8383 83

Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

83 83 83

Using the To create a cropped copy of a picture, play the will be displayed. Menus: Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Mode To create a cropped and select picture, play the in the be displayed. will picture back copy of a R TRIMMING R TRIMMING Press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog REC OK? R TRIMMING menu (pg. 76). Press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog pictureplayback select R TRIMMING in thethe Menus: Playback Mode back and Using R TRIMMING Press MENU/OK. the Menus: Playback Mode Using OK? RTo create a cropped copy of a picture, play the Press MENU/OK.UsingA confirmation dialog Mode TRIMMING AUsing RECthe Menus: Playback Mode confirmation Playback Mode Using the Menus: Playback Using the Menus: Playback Mode will be displayed.the Menus:dialog :Mode Using To create menu (pg.Battery picture, play the copy will be displayed. the Menus: Playback playback a acropped76). of a picture, play the To create the ToCharging cropped copy of ato zoomUsing the Menus: Playback Mode create cropped copy R TRIMMING the picture aback and zoom ofRpicture, playin and outwill be displayed. Use the select a TRIMMING in the andwill be displayed. picture back and selectcontrol MENU/OK. in confirmation dialog the REC OK? picture zoom select Press picture backbackthecontrol toR TRIMMINGAinand Press MENU/OK.confirmation dialog the REC OK? Use the R menu and 76). TRIMMING Press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog playback use not charged zoom the picture the theMENU/OK.,confirmation dialog Rplayback menu select R TRIMMINGand (pg. 76).R TRIMMING inCharge 2Press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog RTRIMMING play selector will bein and out TRIMMING MENU/OK Rof a (pg. 76). to scrolldisplayed. until Press MENU/OK. A A Indicator TRIMMING R Press The A A pped copyTheTRIMMING (pg. to scrollat ashipment.play the Press dialog Charging REC OK? REC OK? REC dialog battery selectorthe playbackamenu 76). copyPress MENU/OK. A exitthe single- MENU/OK. confirmation dialog playbackpicture,(pg., picture, play confirmation bebe displayed.confirmationCANCEL menuis use thecropped copy ofispicture, play until picture the To create cropped portionof aa picture, play the to will willdisplayed. croppedcopy a thepicture,(tothe . displayed. REC desiredcopy of ofofdisplayed play the ToTo create aa a(76). To create cropped control zoom in andplay the create a a zoom use. will The displayed. be CANCEL copy picture, will be displayed. the TRIMMING battery To Use will be charging cropped copy a a picture, d copyTo[] create thecroppedselect toof TRIMMING out and will be displayed. indicator shows battery charge R create before the to zoom desired portion is R R zoom in and singlepicture zoomandplaybackTRIMMINGandinand ed selectpicture backframeincontrol zoom indisplayed.outaand of a Use the zoomthe displayed (toincreating and will be and in out pictureUsebackand select toRTRIMMINGoutthe theOK? pictureuseback selectorselectRwithout exit to intheRECcropped statusCopy size (0, 1, 2, or 3; see page 65) backthe and to andand select TRIMMING Usepicture, play select Rto TRIMMINGin the the back zoom control picture back selectorcontrolRthe picture in inthe picture the and selectscroll TRIMMING until the REC as follows: OK? OK? pg. 76).R TRIMMING in(pg. 76). thethe picture until the REC OK? REC OK? REC OK? use playback to scroll the frame the(pg. 76). scroll the Place playbackselectorpress DISP/BACK). REC REC selectplaybackthethecopy, 76). scroll the creating untiluntil the the Copy sizeshownOK?at OK?2, or 3; see page 65) OK is REC CANCEL is (0, 1, CANCELtop; if the size is 3, the use menu playback menuselectorwithout charger. ato singleplayback menu (pg.76).displayed (topicturecropped menuportion 76). use menubattery in playback menu(pg.tois to picture to singleplayback the(pg.(pg. is displayed (to exit theOK? 1 desiredDISP/BACK). the exit REC REC CANCEL desiredand out 76). into , supplied BC-50 portionand Chargingat the top; ifCANCELstatus is 3, OK is indicatorREC Battery size Action copy, press battery Insert portion is g. 76). is shown the m control to zoomthe zoomis displayed (toandsingledisplayed in yellow. When you crop (trim) an desiredthe control to and portion to zoom in ( desired inzoomcontrol to in(to exit cropped Use /,control displayedexit toaoutand outsingleframe playback without creating aout and Copy size (0, 1, Battery not crop page 65) 2, oryou see page 65) 3; see (trim) an Use zoomuntil the to creatingout out and Usethethe control toto zoom in andsure that Usethe zoom Zoomzoommakingout and thepicturecontrolwithout and cropped the zoom controlshown, in and and zoomcharger to zoom and zoom Insert the frame playback as zoom in in and , indicator battery Use the displayed(0,the resulting 3; will be in yellow. When tor to scrollUseframe selector to creating a cropped CANCEL Copy sizeOff 1,1, 2, orimagesee page enlarged. image, 1, 2, or see cropped frameinselectorDISP/BACK).the the picture a theREC playback scroll use the out and without picture size size (0, 2, ontrol to zoomtheandplayback scroll the creatinguntilthe copy, pressZoom the battery. is Copy (0,resulting if or 3;3;page 65) 65) 3, use the batterytototo scroll the picture Navigation Copyshown atRECREC top; CANCELthe size isbe enlarged. use the selectoris to scroll the picture until the the the to ). the selector without copy, exit single-scroll use copy,selector toindicator picture until the orientation. the is until TRIMMING image, However, CANCEL CANCEL the youiscrop, the resulting the theREC the inserted.will is3, OK is if on isscrolluse use pressselectorinscroll the picture untilsingle- window isshown atattheRECtop;thethe size 3,3,OK is is displayedDISP/BACK DISP/BACK).correct(to exit until the (to press DISP/BACK). REC REC copy, portion is displayed (to exit tosingleDISP/BACK). shown top;image is the ifCANCEL if size OK desired press displayed (to(toNavigation top; CANCEL moreyou OK is to the pictureportion is displayed exit tototo window of shown at theyellow.CANCELBattery size until is displayed desired portionTRIMMING displayed (to exitsingle- portion is displayed inred moreWhen crop,crop (trim) an desired portioncropped desired portion the is is is exit toto singlesingle- CANCEL REC desired a displayed (to size (0, singledisplayed in yellow. When you crop copies desired However, the yellow. will resulting ck displayed creatingportion indicator Copyexit a shows image 3;Glows in 1, you you the (trim) an When (trim) frameplayback indicator creating croppedof playback creatingshows portion1, displayed seeyellow. When or willpage 65) without creating cropped cropped Copy size (0, 1, 2, or be )see (trim) 65) in 1, 2, image reduced; allan is withoutframeexit to Zoomwithout creating aa cropped 2, orsize size (0,quality charging.cropcrop, an have (toplayback without NP-50 rechargeable battery Copy displayedpage 65) 2,you3; see enlarged. singleCopy (0, resulting reduced; seepage Zoom image, (0, will 2, 3; frame playback without creating image currently Copy sizequality1, 2, or3; seecopies65) a Copy ((0, 1,is image will bepage have 65) frame playbackwithout is shown atcropped theimage, the resulting2, 3; allbepage 65) frame Zoom indicator image 3, 1, image Zoom indicator Copy thethe OK be of3; see pageenlarged. SP/BACK). frame playbackTRIMMINGwithoutcreating a acropped if image,size an aspect ratioor oror 3; see enlarged. sizesize (0, is bepage 65) copy, Navigation window will withoutcopy, pressaDISP/BACK). creating press DISP/BACK). Copy size (0,the top; monitor image,at theresultingthe4:3.is is is3, OKthe is 0.3M image currently in is is 3; resultingif image size bethe OK OK TRIMMING Navigation 1, 2, or is shownthe themoreBatterysize will enlarged.is window However,thethetop; ifif the size is isRemoveis is is displayed copy, press cropped copy, pressDISP/BACK). press DISP/BACK). DISP/BACK). shownseeatatgreen top; if the crop, 3,resulting is shown page top; . 3,OK is at top; sizefully3,, copy, press DISP/BACK).YES displayedArrow window is isshown at atthe65)anthe thecrop, 3, resulting However, OKsizeis the you . OK copy, Glows (trim) top; the an aspect the more you crop, 3,resulting shown ratiotop; if if you size the OK shown the of 4:3. charged. the resulting TRIMMING Navigation of TRIMMING Navigation in in monitorWhen(), the window you the more CANCEL However, yellow. shows portion battery. However,3,yellow. be to you the (trim) /BACK). displayed yellow. displayedyellow. When save crop (trim) shows is shown atportion of thedisplayedPressmorereduced;cropcopies anan size is crop yellow. you . anhave the top; if displayed inin inOK is Whencrop, cropcopies have image qualityMENU/OK displayedbe enlarged. When you all croppedan crop m indicator image in When you shows portion displayedquality will be reduced; all (trim) the displayed yellow. When you crop (trim) an YES CANCEL shows image,portion of resulting imagecrop ininwillwill youyou all(trim) an Zoom indicatordisplayed theyellow.of image image resultingbe reduced;crop enlarged. image currently will When copies currently When youwill MENU/OK anseparate file. copies have quality yellow.reduced; cropped (trim) have be save will all enlarged. Pressthequalityof image thewill bebeenlarged. to4:3. image willbeUnplug image Zoom indicator Zoom indicator Face Detectionin Zoom indicator image, theratio a B Zoom indicator Tip: indicator an aspect resulting ZoomIntelligent copy to image, 4:3.image will image, the(trim) of image be enlarged. resulting an thethe ratio imagethe more image, aspect resulting image will becharger and currently IMMING Navigation window image,aspectresulting4:3. enlarged. image currentlymonitor you image,the resulting4:3.image will be enlarged. the resulting displayed in However, resulting crop, indicator Navigation monitor an will be ratioratio of file. BC-50 battery charger wasNavigation window an B Tip: Intelligent Face DetectionNavigation Terminals image However,a the moreBatterycrop, the resulting aspectthe separate copy TRIMMING the in inin monitor However,Blinks red4:3. you crop,the resulting TRIMMING picture TRIMMING Navigation window theTRIMMING CANCEL image,displayedwindow shot displayedwindow However, toenlarged. youyoucrop, the resulting with TRIMMING TRIMMINGof Navigationwindow TRIMMING Navigation window However, the of haveyou crop, the resulting more showsIfportionYES displayed portion of YES CANCEL However, the more savecrop, cropped However,the more youthefault.the resulting themore Press MENU/OK to be reduced; the image TRIMMING monitor quality of G Navigation windowCANCELshot However,portion more be reduced;the copieswill save thecrop,all remove have Press MENU/OK to YES Face Detection (pg. If the picture was CANCEL with showstheofofwill you crop, allquality more you cropped resulting shows portion shows YES image MENU/OK to save resulting reduced; all copies the shows portion MENU/OK will bebe reduced; all copies have 3Press MENU/OK willsavereduced; allallcopieshave imageIntelligent Detection shows portion ofof currently Pressquality image quality towill reduced; allcropped have image quality willbe file. the battery. theFace Face in. an shows portion charger image quality will reduced;copies have copies imageto a be file. BPlugIntelligentwill be displayed in the ratio of 4:3. image quality separatebethe cropped copies have Tip: portion of Face Detectionimage currently Intelligent Detection (pg. aspect image currently copy . shows B Tip: :21), B Intelligent copy to a separate image currentlywill image currently an all a separate4:3. aspect aofof 4:3. image currently displayed charger into image qualityin monitor in monitor BIntelligent Face Detection power outlet. The red anan copies have4:3.file. Tip: Intelligent Face Detection image currentlybe reduced;copy to ratio of 4:3. anan to ratio separate anaspect ratio of 4:3. aspect ratio of file. aspect B If Plugcurrently was shot a Tip: picture copy aspect ratio of the be was shot withdisplayedmonitor aspect ratio 4:3. displayed monitor the picture displayed in displayed in in monitor image monitor. Press with button in monitor TRIMMING 21), B will YES CANCEL , B displayed in If CANCELthe the displayed monitor the Charge the battery. TRIMMING displayed 4:3. YES If the If the pictureYES. Bwill(pg. TRIMMING TRIMMINGinofTRIMMING CANCEL the cropped was shot with Press ratio to CANCEL YES chargingzoomwas shot with indicator an aspect IntelligentPressYESDetectionthe MENU/OK YES savePress MENU/OK tototo savethe cropped PressMENU/OK save the thecropped MENU/OK save cropped cropped monitorin on light. YES CANCEL displayedpicture CANCEL CANCEL button monitor. inFace Detection (pg. Intelligent Face theCANCEL selected to YES Press MENU/OK isto save the cropped charging Press MENU/OK tocomplete when the Charging TRIMMING save the Press t Face DetectionB B willFace Detection(pg. toYES separate file. Press MENU/OK to save the cropped Intelligentbe displayed copy a Detection CANCEL Intelligent Face Face selected MENU/OK to save the cropped a separate file. CANCEL 21), IntelligentDetection (pg.the copy to separate file. toTip: Intelligent Detection in zoom in Face Detection the on the in Press BB B.B will Face Detectionin the B Tip: Intelligent Face Detection Tip:21), Intelligent Tip: Intelligent be displayed copy toseparate file. green. A fully exhausted copy tototo a separate file. copy a a separate file. B 21), B will Face displayed indicator turns Tip: face. Detection copy toaa separate file. copy was shot withTip: IntelligentbeFaceB button B TRIMMING monitor. Press was in the face.will was the picture with ace Detection21),monitor.be displayed withcopy to TRIMMING a IfIf Ifthe picturePressshotB with TRIMMINGTRIMMING the picture was shot button TRIMMING If monitor.picture thetheshot with TRIMMINGTRIMMING CANCEL file. the the Press was theshotwith picture TRIMMING battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes If If monitor. in was B shotbutton TRIMMINGseparate thezoom Press wasshotselected B with Detection (pg. the pictureon thebutton YES to zoom in YES to TRIMMING selected as shot with Intelligent Face Detection (pg. TRIMMING TRIMMINGCANCEL Intelligent inFaceDetection (pg. IntelligentzoomFacethethe (pg. (pg. YES YES Intelligent Face Detection selected CANCEL CANCEL Intelligent Faceinon selected Intelligent on Detection (pg. Detection to Face Detection (pg. on the to charge. displayed into 21), B will be displayed in the the zoom face. etection (pg. BBwill bebe displayed in the 21),face. will be displayed in the 21), 21),will bebe displayed the 21), B displayed in 21), face. will the B button84BTRIMMING displayed in the face.B will Press the B in the played in monitor. Press the BB button the monitor. monitor. Press the B button TRIMMING Press the monitor. Press the B button monitor. button TRIMMING n the selected zoom Press the button TRIMMING 84 monitor. YES in CANCEL B button TRIMMINGTRIMMINGCANCEL TRIMMING to on the selected YES YES YESCANCEL CANCEL CANCEL YES

1 1 1 11 11 1 11

2 2 2

22 2 22

First Steps

3 3 3 3 3 33 3 33

e B buttonzoomTRIMMINGininon the selected toto tozoom in ononthe selected to zoom on the the selected in selected to zoom in on the selected zoom CANCEL the selected face.YES face. face. face. 84face.face.

YES YES

CANCEL CANCEL

84 84 84
84

848484 84 84 84

The the SetupSetupMenu Setup Setup UsingUsing thetheMenu Menu UsingUsingthe MenuMenu Using ThetheSetup Menu Using the Setup Menu the Setup Menu Using Menu Using Setup Menu Thethe Setup Menu Setup Setup Using the Setup Menu setupthemenu. menu. Thethe setup setupMenu Menu 1 1Using1the Setupsetupmenu. Display the setup Menu menu. 1UsingDisplay theSetupmenu. Displaythe themenu. menu. 11 UsingSetupsetup Menu 1Display the Menu 1Display Setup menu. Display the setup Display the the setup Display Using the Setup Using the Setup Menu 1PressPressthe setupdisplay display the Display the setup menu. 1 1.1thethe Setup menu. DisplayPressMENU/OKdisplay 1.11Press1.1 MENU/OKthemenu. display the 1.11.11.1 PressMENU/OKmenu. the the 1.1MENU/OK toto to Menu PressPress MENU/OK display Press setup setup UsingMENU/OK display to display The Framing MENU/OK toto the the Grid 1 1.1DisplayDisplayMENU/OKtotodisplay the the

The Setup Menu The Setup Menu The Setup Menu

1.1 menuthe selector currentor MENU/OK up the down 1.2 Press1.2 theforfor the currentup or 1.21.21.21.2 Press theorormode.down Press1.2Pressselector upmode. down 1.2the selector currentupup ormode. Press Press selector down down Pressmenu selectoror or down Pressselector upup down the selector up the or down menuthe the forselectorto display the 1.1 menu selector . the MENU/OK up or mode. menu highlighttheSET-UP.down 1.2 totoPressthe current toto to toPressforSET-UP. SET-UP. or down highlightPress GG SET-UP. highlight GtheSET-UP.mode. highlight SET-UP. SET-UP. totohighlight G current highlight forselector up highlightG G highlight G G SET-UP. 1.2 menu for up current 1.21.2 Presshighlight G SET-UP. mode. Press the selectortheup or down to the selector or down 1.2 to1.2 the selector up or down PressPressselector up or the G SET-UP. 1.2 to highlight Gdown SET-UP. highlight to highlight G SET-UP. up or to highlight selector SET-UP. 1.3 Press1.3 Presstheselectorrighttorighttodown 1.31.31.31.3 1.2theselectorrightrighttorighttoto Pressthe Presstheselector SET-UP. to 1.3 Press selector selectorrightto to PressthePress the selectorright 1.3Pressthe the selector right Press theGselector .to highlight G to 1.3thedisplay menu. menu.right Press the setup G selector displaydisplaysetup menu.menu. right to display displaysetup setup menu. to display setupthesetup menu. display the the menu.SET-UP. the highlight menu. the setup displaythethe selector 1.3 Pressthe setup the selectormenu. 1.3 1.31.3 Pressthe rightto to Press the setup right display selectorselector right to 1.3 display the 1.3 display the setup menu. PressPress the setup right to .the selector displaySET-UPSET-UPSET-UP menu. menu. setup SET-UP SET-UP 1.3 the SET-UP setup selector right to Press the menu. displaySET-UP the display theSET-UP setup menu. SET-UP SEC IMAGE DISP.IMAGEIMAGE IMAGE 1.5 SEC SEC1.5 SECSEC SEC IMAGE DISP.DISP. 1.5 DISP. DISP.DISP. IMAGE 1.5 DISP. IMAGE SEC1.5 1.5 IMAGE 1.5 displayFRAMESECNO.DISP. 1.5CONT.CONT. the setupCONT. SET-UP FRAME CONT. menu. FRAME NO. FRAME FRAME SET-UP NO.CONT. CONT. CONT. FRAME NO. NO. FRAME NO. NO. NO. CONT. FRAME
IMAGE 1.5 SEC DUAL DUAL IS MODEMODE MODE MODE ISSET-UP ISDUAL DUALDISP. MODE MODE IS MODE IS DUAL DUALDUALDUAL IS IS IS MODE SET-UP ORG SET-UP IMAGE CONT. OFF SAVE SAVEIMAGEORG IMAGEORG IMAGE OFF SEC OFF 1.5 SEC ORG ORG IMAGEFRAMEOFF ORG IMAGE OFF OFF SAVE SAVE OFF SAVESAVE SAVE SAVE NO. ORG ORG IMAGE IMAGE IMAGE DISP. IMAGE DISP. 1.5 OFF AF ILLUMINATOR FRAME AF ILLUMINATORSECCONT. ON CONT. AF ILLUMINATORILLUMINATOR ON ON ON ON ON AF ILLUMINATOR ISFRAME NO. AF ILLUMINATOR AF DUAL ILLUMINATOR ON IMAGEAFAFON 1.5 DISP. NO. MODE AF ILLUMINATOR ZOOM IMAGE OFF SET-UP DIGITAL ZOOMZOOMZOOMMODE IMAGECONT. 1.5OFF OFF OFF SEC DIGITAL DUALSAVEDIGITAL ZOOM DIGITALNO. DIGITALDUAL IS DISP. OFF OFF DIGITAL DISP. ZOOM DIGITAL ZOOM OFF OFF FRAME IMAGEDIGITAL ZOOMMODE SECOFF 1.5 IS ORG AF ILLUMINATOR NO. CONT. ON CONT. DUAL ISFRAME NO. SAVE ORG IMAGE MODE FRAME OFF SAVE ORG IMAGE OFF DIGITAL ZOOM OFF SAVE ORG IMAGE AF ILLUMINATOR ON OFF 1.5ON DUAL DUAL IS MODEIMAGE DISP. AF ILLUMINATOR IS MODE SEC AF ILLUMINATOR IMAGE ORG IMAGE SAVE ON OFF OFF SAVE ORG DIGITAL ZOOM OFF DIGITAL ZOOM FRAME NO. OFF CONT. DIGITALAF ILLUMINATOR ILLUMINATOR ON ZOOM OFF AF IS MODE ON DUAL DIGITAL ZOOM OFF OFF DIGITAL ZOOMSAVE ORG IMAGE OFF AF ILLUMINATOR ON DIGITAL ZOOM OFF

1 menu forforMENU/OKmode. Displaycurrent to display menu 11 menu1.1theMENU/OKgridmode.mode.thehide other If thetohighlightmenublurring by camera Displayforforsetup.mode. to to highlight aitem. item. 1.1 Press thefor mode.to mode. setup menu. menu menuframingthemenu.mode. menu menu the current display for the the current the the or a a menu item. menu for current display the To 1.1 formenuMENU/OKcurrent view or the display a Pressthe the current mode. subject Press lit, a to 3.1 is poorly selector to the right 1 Pressthecurrentcurrentto mode. the 3.23.23.23.13.2highlighttheselectormenucausedG button Display theto current the setup menu. Press 3.2 Presstheselectorrighttorighttodown Pressthe Press theselector item.righttoto 3.2 .highlight a selectorrightto toto 3.2 Presstheselectorrightrighttoitem. Presstheselector menu right or 3.2Pressthe the selector up Pressto highlight selector 1.1 PressinMENU/OKthe press the DISP/BACK display for indicatorsmenu monitor, to display the button. shake can be reduced by pressing the 1.1 MENU/OK 1.1 PressPress MENU/OK to display
displaydisplay In options pressing the G display display the for the the the display options display options for optionsmode, options for the display (dualdisplay Press options forforfor rightthe button IS mode).the selector for forthe 3.2options options the 3.23.2 Presstheitem.item.selector to to to Presshighlighteditem. right the display selector highlighteddisplay optionsright movement. highlighted the the by subject for to the highlightedcausedoptionsright right to highlighted selector for the highlighted item.selector highlighted item. item. item.item. highlighted 3.2 Press also3.2 blur options reduces Press for the 3.2 display display Press the selector right to options highlighted item.for the 3.2SET. SET - UPdisplay- UP - SET UP options UP SET - UP UP display - SET -SETitem. for the highlighted item. highlightedSETSETUP- UPoptions for the highlighted item. options for the SET UP display-/item. DATEhighlighted item. DATE DATE /DATE DATETIME TIME / TIME/ TIME TIME TIME / TIME DATE / TIME / DATE highlighted DATEOPERATION VOL. / ISO AUTO(400) SET OPERATION VOL. OPERATION VOL. VOL. OPERATION -OPERATION-VOL. VOL. OPERATION VOL. UP SET VOL.OPERATION UP OPERATION SET SHUTTER VOLUME - UP SHUTTER SHUTTER SHUTTER VOLUMESHUTTER/VOLUMEitem. SHUTTER VOLUMESHUTTER VOLUME DATEVOLUME TIME highlightedVOLUME SHUTTER VOLUME SET SHUTTERSET - VOL. - SOUNDSOUND OPERATION SHUTTER SOUNDSHUTTER SHUTTER SOUND SHUTTER SOUND SHUTTERUP SHUTTERUP SOUNDSOUND
DATESHUTTER SOUND / TIME DATE / TIME PLAYBACK DATE VOLUME PLAYBACK VOLUME PLAYBACK OPERATIONVOLUME VOLUME SHUTTER VOLUME VOL. PLAYBACK PLAYBACK VOLUME PLAYBACK VOL. VOLUME VOLUME OFF OFF OFF OFF /PLAYBACKOFF VOLUME OFF TIME PLAYBACK OPERATION OFF LCD BRIGHTNESS DATEBRIGHTNESS / TIME LCD BRIGHTNESSVOL.SETDATE VOLUME OFF LCD BRIGHTNESS SHUTTER LCD SHUTTER BRIGHTNESS LCDLCD VOLUME LCD SOUND BRIGHTNESS OPERATION LCD BRIGHTNESS SHUTTER BRIGHTNESS / TIME - UP PLAYBACK VOLUME VOL. SHUTTER VOLUMESHUTTER SOUND OFF OPERATION OPERATION VOL. SHUTTER SOUND LCD BRIGHTNESS VOLUME SHUTTER SOUNDVOLUME / TIME SHUTTER SHUTTER PLAYBACK PLAYBACK VOLUME DATE 12/ 31/ 2050 OFF VOLUME OPERATION VOL. PLAYBACKBRIGHTNESSBRIGHTNESS SHUTTER SOUND LCD SHUTTER SOUND OFF OFF LCD LCD LCD BRIGHTNESS VOLUME VOLUME PLAYBACK PLAYBACK SHUTTER VOLUME OFF OFF LCD LCD BRIGHTNESSBRIGHTNESS SHUTTER SOUND PLAYBACK VOLUME OFF LCD BRIGHTNESS 10: 00 AM

3 3 Adjust3settings.settings. 3 AdjustAdjust settings. 33 Adjust settings. 3AdjustAdjust settings. 3 Adjust settings. Adjust settings. settings. 3PressPress selectorselectororup indown Mode Adjust settings. Pictures Taking 3 Press thesettings. updown (AUTO) Adjust selector up upup or or down 3.13 3.13.13.1settings.the selector updown Press3.1 Adjustthe selector down down 3.1the the the up down Press settings. the the selector Press Press selector 3 3.1Adjust3.1Pressselectorororup ororordown 3 to3.1tohighlightitem.item.item.or down Adjust settings.menuor down 3 toAdjusthighlightmenu upupitem. 3.1 Presshighlight item. item. to highlightPressmenu menu up to to highlightselector highlight menu menu a thethe selector a a a aa menu to settings.a menu Press the settings. 33.1Avoidingtohighlight. item. 3.1 a menuor down 3 highlight selector upitem. or down Adjust Pictures Press the selector up or down to highlight aselector up item. Blurred the 3.1 the 3.1 PressPressselector or down
to the selector right to 3.2 Press highlight a menu item.

2 2 2 22 2 Choose a page. 22 2 Chooseselectorpage.leftrightor right the the 2PressPress selector left left or right 2.1 PressChoosethe aselectoror orleftor right 2.12.12.12.1the . selectorleft ororright 2.1thePress selector or left right right Press theathe selector right 2.1 Presspage. Press the left selector 2.1 Choose selector Press 2chooseachoosea . 12.1 2 2totoChoosetoathe page.page. leftleft or right ChoosePresspage.selector left or right 2.1 toachoose page. the choosechoosea page. to toChoose a aapage. choosepage. selector toa page. the page. to Press a page. choose page. apage. choose a 2 2.1 selector left rightFraming 22.12.1 Presschoose a page. or or right grid Press the selector left to 2 2.2choosethepage. downleft to 2.12.2 Choose athedown down displayed PressPressselector to page. 2.2 Press2.2 Pressthepage.adown downortoto 2.22.22.2 to2.1thechoose selectorordown to Presschoosetheaselectorleft down right 2.2 Pressto selector selector to right PressPress aselectorpage. to Press the theselector the selector selector to the Pressthe selector down to
2.1 Press the Press choose selector left or right enter2.2 the menu.menu.page.down to enterto entermenu.selector enterchoosemenu. the menu. thepage. enter to thea menu. enterthe menu.a the enter the enter the menu.

Indicators displayed page. Choose aChoosepage. Choose page.a page. Choose page.aa page. Choose a page. Choose Choose a a

Indicators hidden

3.3 Press3.3 the selector selector ororor down 3.33.33.33.3 Press selectororor or updown Press3.3Pressthe selector down down 3.3the selector up upupup or down Press the the selectorup down Press the the up down Press the selector up or Press selector down 3.3 totoanan option.option. Press highlight anan anoption. . Icon appears in G highlight ISan up toto to toPresshighlightoption. up down highlightPress the an onoption. or down highlight thedualselector or tototo turn selectoror off highlight an option. highlight option. highlight option. 3.3 the 3.3 Presshighlight onupup displayed 3.33.3 selectoroption. down Press the selector (icon or to monitor when dual selector up or depends on IS is an or down 3.3 to3.3 to highlight .down PressPressselector up or down the highlightthe an IS option selected for Z DUALoption. see pg. 88). to highlight anan option. MODE; down option. toMENU/OK the to toselect 3.4 Press3.4 PressMENU/OK selector selectthe 3.43.43.43.4 3.3MENU/OK an selectoption.thethe Press3.4Press highlight select up the 3.4 MENU/OK MENU/OKtotoselect or the Press highlightto tooption.select Press PressMENU/OK tothe the Pressto MENU/OK anselect Press to select the MENU/OK 3.4 highlighted option. reduction highlightedPressoption. bluroption. is in highlighted highlight an to select highlighted whenoption. highlighted option. highlighted option. highlighted option. SensitivityPress option.option.select thethe effect. is to MENU/OK to 3.4highlighted select 3.4 Press raised MENU/OK select the MENU/OK 3.43.4thathighlighted to to occur depending on the Press blurring the MENU/OK option. MENU/OK may still Note PressPress MENU/OKselect the 3.4 MENU/OK option. the 3.4 . highlighted to to select highlighted option. highlighted option. scene. highlightedMENU/OK to select the 3.4 Press option. highlighted option. highlighted option.

Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Basic Photography and Playback Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

2.2 Press . 2.2 to choose selector to the menu. down To use Pressgrid, position the main subject at 2.22.2 the framing selector down to to Press the the the a page. down enter selectorselector down 2.2 the menu. PressPress the lines the two the 2.2 enterenter the menu. down tooneto the intersection of selector or align of enter the menu. selector down to 2.2 enter the menu. enterPressmenu.horizon. Use focus lock (pg. the the horizontal lines with the enter the that will 23) to focus on subjects menu. not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

858585 858585 8585 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 17 85

The Setup Menu The Setup Menu



Menu item Menu item a IMAGE DISP. IMAGE DISP. a b NO. b FRAME NO. FRAME Z DUAL IS MODE a IMAGE a SAVE ORG IMAGE SAVE ORG

Setup Menu Options Setup Menu Options


Description Description Choose how long pictures are displayed after shooting (pg. Choose pictures are displayed after shooting (pg. how long (87). 87). 87). (88). Choose how files are named (pg. 88). Choose how files are named (pg. 88). Choose when image stabilization is performed (pg. 88). (88). (pg. 88). Choose when image stabilization is performed Choose (21). whether to save unprocessed copies of pictures taken Options Options / 3 / 3 SEC/1.5 SEC/ SEC/1.5 SEC/ ZOOM() (CONTINUOUS) ZOOM (CONTINUOUS) / CONTINUOUS/RENEW CONTINUOUS/RENEW k CONTINUOUS/ k CONTINUOUS/ l SHOOTING ONLY l SHOOTING ONLY Default Default 1.5 SEC SEC 1.5 CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS k k OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF m m 2 2 7 7 0 0 ENGLISH ENGLISH 2 MIN 2 MIN k k ON ON

X Z DUAL IS MODE X

Choose whether to save unprocessed copies of pictures taken ON/OFF ON/OFF using red-eye removal (pg. 21). using red-eye removal (pg. 21). AF AF ON/OFF (24). off (pg. 24). AF ILLUMINATOR Turn the AF-assist illuminator on or off (pg. 24). ON/OFF AF ILLUMINATOR Turn the AF-assist illuminator on or ON/OFF c Enable or disable digital zoom (pg. 89). ON/OFF (89). c DIGITAL ZOOM DIGITAL ZOOM Enable or disable digital zoom (pg. 89). ON/OFF c LONG EXPOSURE LONG EXPOSURE Choose whether shutter speed can be adjusted in D mode c Choose whether shutter speed can be adjusted in D mode ON/OFF (35). Y ON/OFF Y p (pg. 35). p (pg. 35). e DATE/TIME DATE/TIME Set the camera clock (pg. 13). (13). e Set the camera clock (pg. 13). d VOL. Adjust the volume of camera controls. . controls. q (high)/m (mid)/ d OPERATION VOL. OPERATION Adjust the volume of camera q (high)/m (mid)/ n (low)/o (mute) e SHUTTER VOLUME volume . sound. Adjust the volume of the shutter sound. n (low)/o (mute) Adjust the of the shutter K e SHUTTER VOLUME K SHUTTER Choose made . 2 SOUND 1/3 SOUND 2 SOUND the sound by the shutter. SHUTTER SOUND Choose the sound made by the shutter. 2 SOUND 1/3 SOUND 2 f VOLUME voice memo playback (pg. 89). f PLAYBACK VOLUME Adjust volume for movie and voice memo playback (pg. 89). PLAYBACK Adjust volume for movie and (89). g LCDBRIGHTNESS LCD BRIGHTNESS Control the brightness of the monitor (pg. 89). 5+5 the brightness of the monitor (pg. 89). (89). g LCD Control 5+5 m Format internal memory or memory cards (pg. 90). or memory cards (pg. 90). m FORMAT FORMAT Format internal memory (90). n /LANG w Choose a language (pg. 13). See page 111 (13). 13). nw Choose a language (pg. See page 111 o AUTO POWER OFF (90). (pg. 90). AUTO POWER OFF Choose the auto power off delay 5 MIN/2 MIN/OFF o Choose the auto power off delay (pg. 90). 5 MIN/2 MIN/OFF L p k HOME/j LOCAL L p TIME DIFFERENCE (9). (pg. 91). TIME DIFFERENCE Set the clock to local time (pg. 91). Set the clock to local time k HOME/j LOCAL . q q BACKGROUND BACKGROUND Choose a background color for the monitor display. Choose a background color for the monitor display. COLOR COLOR u GUIDANCE DISPLAY . Choose whether to display tool tips. ON/OFF u GUIDANCE DISPLAY Choose whether to display tool tips. ON/OFF

86

86 86

The Setup Menu

The Setup Menu

ures are displayed in the monitor afterareChoose how long pictures are being recorded to the memory card. fter shooting. 3 SEC: Pictures shooting. for about 3s before displayed in the monitor after shooting. displayed played fora card. Pictures are3displayed for are displayed for about 3s before being recorded to the memory about 3s before being recorded to the memory card.1.5s before being recorded to the memory card. IMAGE DISP. SEC: Pictures about ecorded to the memory 1.5 SEC: isplayed for abouthow longcard. are displayed until the MENU/OK button is pressed. Pictures mem Choose memory (CONTINUOUS):1.5 to Pictures are card. displayed in memory the monitor after shooting. g recorded to : pictures recordedSEC:the . displayed for about 1.5s before being recorded to thetaken the 1.5s before being are Pictures . ZOOM 3 Pictures button Pictures are for 3 before being recorded tofine details (see page 42). Note that this opt are3displayed untilPictures taken buttoncan pressed. Pictures check the memory card. MENU/OK button is press the MENU/OKabout(CONTINUOUS): Pictures taken at is SEC: ZOOM . ENU/OK 1.5 is : pressed. displayed than p 3s be zoomed in to are displayed until the at qualities larger 1.5 p can be 1.5pagePicturescheck fine details (see page 42). thanbeingcan bemodememory card. to A. (see page 42) zoomed MENU/OK for about 1.5s before and when zoomed to is rotated this the () :in Note that this option mode (pg. 70) that recorded to theindial qualities larger Note e details (see SEC: 42). to disabled in continuous .p option check fine details is are displayed (CONTINUOUS): Pictures dial is rotated to A. MENU/OK uous mode ZOOM70) and when the modeareisdisplayedin continuous modebutton is pressed. the modetakenisat (pg. . disabled until . Pictures dial rotated to the (pg. 70) and when mode dial is rotated to A. ANotes qualities larger than p can be zoomed in to check fine details (see page 42). Note that this option ANotes The colors displayed at settings of 3 SEC and 1.5 SEC may differ from those in the final picture. is disabled in continuous from (pg. in the final picture. settings of 3 SEC and 1.5 SEC may differmodethose 70) and when the mode dial is rotated to A.
Menus Menus Menus

Menu item Description Options The Setup Menu Description VIDEO SYSTEM Default r 50). NTSC/PAL Menu itemmode Options Default Choose a video Optionsfor connection to a TV (pg.Description Choose a NTSC/PALChoose video mode for DIFFERENCE, r VIDEO settings except aDATE/TIME, TIME connection to a TV (pg. 50). TV (pg. 50). video mode for connection to a TV (pg. 50). Reset all SYSTEM NTSC/PAL Reset DIFFERENCE, BACKGROUND COLOR, Reset SYSTEM to except DATE/TIME, TIME DIFFERENCE, TIME all settings except DATE/TIME, TIME DIFFERENCE, MenuM s RESET item Description and VIDEO all settingsdefault values. A Options Default BACKGROUND COLOR, and VIDEO SYSTEM to default M confirmation dialog willBACKGROUND COLOR, the selectorSYSTEM to default values. A left or values. A default values. Ar SYSTEM be displayed, press and VIDEO NTSC/PAL TV connection to a TV (pg. 50). VIDEO Choose a video mode for . s RESET confirmation dialog will be displayed, press the selector left orto highlight OK and press MENU/OK. right confirmation dialog will the selector left or Reset all settings except DATE/TIME, TIME DIFFERENCE, be displayed, press the selector left or right to highlight OK and press MENU/OK.DATE/TIME, TIME DIFFERENCE, , press MENU/OK. M BACKGROUND COLOR, and VIDEO SYSTEM right to highlight OK and to default values. A s a IMAGE DISP. . , RESET confirmation dialog will be displayed, press the selector left or OK MENU/OK . a IMAGE displayed in Choose how long picturesand press MENU/OK. the monitor after shooting. right to highlight OK are DISP.

Defa N

The pictures The colors displayed at settings of 3 progress when n differ PERIOD in the final fer from those in the finalpicture. are not displayed while recording is in SEC and 1.5 SEC mayLONGfrom thoseis selected 3 1.5 . displayed ANotes while E n recording isCONTINUOUS (pg. pictures are . while in progress for not displayed The gress when n LONG PERIOD is selectedwhen70). LONG PERIOD is selected forrecording is in progress when n LONG P . 70). E CONTINUOUS (pg. differ The colors displayed at settings of 3 SEC and 1.5 SEC may 70). from those in the final picture. The pictures are not displayed while recording is in progress when n LONG PERIOD is selected for E CONTINUOUS (pg. 70).

87

87

87

87

ANotes ME NO. ANotes b FRAME NO. The Setup Menu If pictures Frame number New the frame number reaches 999-9999,number tures number reaches 999-9999, Menu Frame the shutter If the frame The Setup Menu The Setup the shutter 100 - 0001 - 0001 The Setup Menu ed in release will be disabled (pg. 104). arerelease will be disabled (pg.100104). ANotes stored in Setup b FRAME NO. Charging the Battery sRESET (pg. 87) does not reset frame Selecting sRESET (pg. Thedoes notMenuframe Selecting File number 87) reset files FileIfnumberframe number reaches 999-9999, the shutter image files b pictures ANotes the Frame number New FRAME NO. ANotes b FRAME NO. numbering. numbering. using 100 - 0001 b inis not charged at using Charge ANotes will be disabled (pg. 104).999-9999, the shutter FRAME NO. named shipment. release The the ANotes frame Frame If the with other cameras number reachesthe New b battery are FRAME NO. The pictures Frame numbers pictures frameIf number Charging 999-9999, shutter New picturesstored Directory number Frame number fornumbertaken Directory number reaches Indicator for pictures taken with other cameras Frame numbers , number reaches 999-9999, the shutter -digit 100 0001 Frame number the frame number(pg. Newbattery before100use. a may -differ. number release willIfbe disabled999-9999 , 104). four-digit Selectingwill be disabled (pg. does not reset shutter sRESET File - 0001 are pictures Ifrelease charging differ. 87) shows battery charge the frame (pg. 104). reaches 999-9999, the frame Frame number New stored in imagepictures the files are stored in . The may indicator 100 0001 100 --0001 mber - 0001 are stored files in file 100numbernumber release will(pg.disabled(pg. 87)reset not Selecting sRESET (pg. 104). File release will befollows: (pg. 104). image using numbering. as doesframereset frame RESET disabled are in status be 87) (pg. 87) reset frame image named last file number in Z DUALFileMODE Selecting sRESET sRESETdoes not does not files stored the battery File numberIS number Place the charger. number lastFrame numbers for pictures87) does not reset frame d by addingimage thefiles one to numbering. . Directory assigned by adding onenumbering.file number Z DUAL IS MODE with other cameras to the Selecting sRESET (pg. taken Selecting named files image using a four-digit named number Insert the battery into the File numberBC-50 performed taken with other cameras Charging displayed he file using four-digit during Directory number image stabilization Frame numbers taken with other cameras Actionperformed is may differ. Choose whether Frame numbers during indicator Battery status is for pictures for whether . numbering. Directory named using numbering. used. The suppliednumberdisplayed Choosepictures image stabilization is file number is a named aas shown file numberNO. controls shown, makingthenumber is in shootingnumbers for pictures takennot other cameras four-digit battery charger as at all times when sure that using Framediffer. Battery with Insert the Directory number may mode k atfilefour-digit right. FRAME a. four-digit playback as . NO. controls pictures taken with othershooting shown at cameradiffer. Frame numbers for may in cameras a assigned by adding Directory right. FRAME may at all times when the camera is battery. mode file numberingnumber is inone correct last file number when DUAL IS MODE number is the battery whenthe to the orientation. only Z the shutterOff differ. file reset to adding one(k CONTINUOUS),number differ. k), inserted. the( a or reset may when 0001 file number whetherdisplayed during to 0001DUALaIS ((MODE stabilization is performed filelast file Choose image or only when shutter numbering is CONTINUOUS), assigned one number is Z whether file adding by The assigned used. number theto the 0001 by inserted orfile lastto theis pressed Z DUAL IS MODE current newfile last card is halfway Z DUALGlows red ), . emory cardassignedThe adding one button number number (l SHOOTING MODE is Battery (l SHOOTING is used. by adding displayed during battery at thetimes IS MODE pressed halfwayis performed stabilization assigned as shown number thedisplayednumber or Choose whether image charging. by file to memory file during the last file inserted playbacknumber isatone toFRAME NO. controls whether image button camera is in shooting mode right. isrechargeable Choose Z DUAL IS stabilization is performed all current when the used. internalfile . NP-50 card or Theplayback asformatted.at right. FRAME NO. controls is formatted. memory file numberONLY). card or internal memory used. The is numbering memorydisplayed when a (Choose whether image stabilization is performed is displayed during Choose whether image Battery when is performed ONLY). or stabilization Removemode at all timescamera is camera is in shooting the used. The shown is playback whether file right.the last is NO. controls at as shown at file number reset to 0001 during k CONTINUOUS), in shooting mode shutter when the when the only fully the UOUS: Numbering continuesshownFRAMEis FRAMENumbering all times fromtimes when the camera is in shooting mode : 0001 when playback as shown at right. FRAME NO. controlsa buttonCONTINUOUS), orcharged. shooting shutter last whether filefrom reset to 0001 when a current at all Glows green halfway when the mode playback as card at right. resetor NO. controls at all theis pressed camera is in new memory numbering CONTINUOUS: Arrow continues (ktimes when the whenonly (l SHOOTING is inserted to the (k CONTINUOUS), or only battery. whether file numbering is the shutter umber used new file is reset toorused when afirst (k CONTINUOUS), or only when the shutter or thememory card is inserted 0001 or the whether first available . when a ONLY). file pressed or only when Unplug the file numbering memory to formatted. filereset is 0001 (k CONTINUOUS), halfway (lthe shutter number the current available is SHOOTING whether fileis or internal . is memory cardnumberingor the current button is button new memory higher. this card pressed halfway (l SHOOTING er, whichever BC-50Choose inserted ,Terminals is inserted is higher. Choose is memory card card or the current battery internal memory is new memory card is number, whichevercurrent button this pressed halfway (l SHOOTING new memory memory inserted or formatted. CONTINUOUS: Numbering formatted. the the last memory card or: internal or charger iscontinuesisfrom button is pressed halfway fault. charger and ONLY). ONLY). Blinks red Battery (l SHOOTING to reduce theCONTINUOUS:or internal memory is formatted. last ofONLY). with 0001 of pictures with option memory card or internal memory reduce thethefile ONLY). remove the number . memory card Numbering fromto isavailable file Numberingused or the first formatted. number continues continues from number pictures CONTINUOUS: the ate file names.CONTINUOUS: Numbering duplicate file last the last number, theNumbering continues Choose this battery. filePlug whichever in. available from number the first the first from used is higher. file available file CONTINUOUS: charger or continues names.the last file number reset toor0001 after used Numbering file Plug the charger or isa power outlet. The reset to 0001 after is number used into higher. available file the first available red RENEW:first picturesiswith Numbering number, whichever Choose this file number isused or the Charge the battery. number, option to reduce the number of Choose file higher. ting or when whichever reduce theisnumber ofthis a new whichever charging indicator light. pictures this number,memory card is is higher. Choose new when with card is option file names. number, the number willhigher. with duplicatetowhichever offormatting orChoosea this memory Charging is complete when the charging reduce pictures d.option tooption to reduce the number of pictures with inserted. of pictures after duplicate option Numbering indicator turns green. A fully exhausted duplicateRENEW: to reduce theisnumber to 0001 with file names.file names. reset duplicate Numbering to reset to 0001 is RENEW: duplicate file names. formattingfileisnames. aisnew memory cardafter or when battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes RENEW: Numbering reset 0001 after inserted. Numbering is a reset memory card is RENEW: Numbering is reset to 0001 after formatting a new memory card 0001 after or when new to is RENEW: to charge. formatting or when formatting or when a new memory card is inserted. formatting or when a new memory card is inserted. inserted. inserted. 88

First Steps

88 88 88 88 88

The Setup Menu AL ZOOM f PLAYBACK VOLUME The Setup Menu The SetupThe Setup Menu Menu The Setup Menu The Setup Setup Menu Taking Pictures in The(AUTO)Menu The SetupMode Menu elected, selecting A atZOOM up PLAYBACK VOLUME c DIGITAL the maximum Press the selector f or down VOLUME cON is trigger digital zoom, at the maximum PressPLAYBACK VOLUME DIGITAL ZOOM f the selector up or down oom position ZOOM selecting A to choose volume for movie VOLUME will selected, VOLUME c If DIGITAL DIGITAL f PLAYBACK VOLUME VOLUME c DIGITAL DIGITAL ZOOM f PLAYBACK c ZOOMZOOM PLAYBACK c f PLAYBACK7 VOLUME c theFRAME ZOOM DIGITAL ANotes volume cONimage. ZOOM bThe Framing Toposition will trigger voice memo f choose selector up movie Ifoptical selected, selecting Adigital zoom, playback and or is zoom and f PLAYBACK VOLUME agnifyingONDIGITAL NO.cancel digitalat at the maximum f PLAYBACK VOLUME down to Avoiding Blurredup for down VOLUME Grid A at the maximum Press the Press theup or down Pictures ON selected, selector If selected, selected,selecting A the maximum the maximum the If ON is IfIfON selecting A at atthe maximum Press the selector upupor down VOLUME selector selector or or VOLUME ON selecting selecting Press frame If toON isisselected, digital willA at Framemaximum select. the numberfor down999-9999, the shutter ON is pictures selecting A To cancel zoom, Press theselector up or down 7 VOLUME VOLUME Ifoptical zoom position zoom view the hidedigital Press the selector MENU/OK VOLUME the If the New selected, selecting or MENU/OK to and voice memo up lit, blurring VOLUME trigger digital other tothe subjectvolume or down further om outopticalisis selected,.image.atpressmaximum Press choose ,playbackmovie caused by camera minimum magnifying grid or A , Totheposition will trigger trigger digitalnumber to for poorly CANCEL and display a position the digital zoom, zoom, framing will to Ifchoose volume for reaches is movie movie SET optical optical zoom position will trigger digital zoom, tochoose will volumeformovie zoom positionwill trigger digital zoom, to release volume forfor(pg. 104). volume opticalzoom inposition will trigger digital zoom, to . volume for movie opticalzoom positionthe minimum digital to choose choose volume zoom out to will 100 - 0001 trigger digital zoom press MENU/OK to select. movie 7 7 zoom, tochoose be disabled movie choose optical magnifying thepress are stored the monitor, image. To cancel digital shake zoom, zoom and voice be reduced by 7 and 77 7 memo playback nd select furtherzoom . the DISP/BACK digital and voice memo playback and B. indicators in button. further magnifying the image. To gcancelBRIGHTNESS canmemo playbackpressing7 the G button further further magnifying the image. ToTocanceldigital voiceand voice memo and(pg.and doesSETnot CANCEL frame magnifying the image. To cancel cancel digital and Selecting sRESET further magnifying the image. Tocancel digital and voice memo playback 87) further magnifyingthe image. FileLCD digital and voice voice playback mode, and memo memo playback and reset number further magnifyingtoB.image. Todigital and cancel image and select the minimum digital zoom (dual IS mode). In playbackpressing the G button position files zoom, zoom out the press MENU/OK to select. and CANCEL zoom, zoom, ISO AUTO(800) out to totheminimumPress the zoom MENU/OKMENU/OK to select. SET CANCEL SET CANCEL zoom zoom out to the minimumdigital zoom pressLCD BRIGHTNESS to zoom,zoom the minimumminimumdigital zoom pressreduces blurselect. zoom,zoom out to the digital digital selector g MENU/OK to select. the digital zoom up MENU/OK to caused press MENU/OK select. zoom, out usingselectthe minimum digital zoom pressorMENU/OK toLCD BRIGHTNESS by subject movement. numbering. ISO SETSET zoom, zoomZoom to B. minimumzoom press press to select. to select. also down namedzoom out CANCEL CANCEL positionAUTO(800) out indicator and SET SET CANCEL SET CANCEL position andB. B. position position and select B. ISO AUTO(800) and select select B. ISO AUTO(800) to choose monitor g LCD selectorfor pictures taken with other cameras brightness Frame BRIGHTNESS position and select B. position and select B. Directory number Press thenumbers up or down LCD BRIGHTNESS position and select a four-digit Zoom indicator LCD g LCD BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS g g LCDdiffer. BRIGHTNESS g LCD g LCDtheBRIGHTNESS down to may BRIGHTNESS or ISO AUTO(800) LCD 0 Press BRIGHTNESS and press MENU/OKgchoose monitor brightness to LCD selector up down file number ISO AUTO(800) ISOISOISOISOISO AUTO(800)Zoom indicator ISO AUTO(800) AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) AUTO(800)AUTO(800) AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) AUTO(800) ISO Pressselect. MENU/OK updown LCD BRIGHTNESS the selectordownor LCD BRIGHTNESS 0 BRIGHTNESS Press theselector toor ordown LCDLCDLCD BRIGHTNESS ISO AUTO(400) selector selector upselect. Press the up or upupor down Pressthe the BRIGHTNESS ISO AUTO(800) and the selector up PressDUALselector or down ZoomAUTO(800)Zoom indicator indicator file number Press chooseMODEbrightness LCDLCD BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS Zoom to press IS CANCEL monitor Zoom indicator assigned by adding oneISOto Zoomlastindicator choosechoose monitor brightness the indicator to Z Zoom indicator SET tochoose monitor brightness . to monitor monitor brightness choose monitor brightness to tochoose monitor brightness to MENU/OKbrightness select. choose MENU/OK to stabilization is CANCEL and press file number SET 0 m indicator, used. The Zoom indicator, is displayed during and press MENU/OK to select. 0 Choose whether image 0 0 0 performed and pressand pressto select. select. MENU/OK MENU/OK to select. and press MENU/OK to select. press MENU/OK 0 0 Zoom indicator, at right. Zoom NO. controls and press MENU/OK to to camera is in shooting mode andall times when theselect. L ZOOM off playback DIGITAL ZOOM on FRAME indicator, as shown at 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM SET CANCEL DIGITAL ZOOM off DIGITAL ZOOM on SET SET CANCEL SET CANCELSET CANCEL SET CANCEL shutter numbering is reset to 0001 when a Zoom indicator, Zoom indicator, whether file (k CONTINUOUS), or only when theCANCEL SET CANCEL Zoom indicator, Zoom indicator, Zoom indicator, indicator, Press G to turn dual IS on or off . Icon appears in Zoom indicator, Zoom indicator, Zoom Zoom Zoom indicator, off Zoom indicator, indicator, Zoom indicator, Zoom indicator, Zoom the DIGITAL ZOOM DIGITAL ZOOM new memory card is inserted indicator,on on is pressed halfway (l SHOOTING DIGITAL off ZOOM off DIGITALor ZOOM on DIGITAL DIGITAL ZOOM offDIGITAL DIGITAL ZOOMcurrent button when dual IS is on (icon displayed depends on ZOOM ZOOM off ZOOM ZOOM on monitor DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL ZOOM off DIGITAL on ZOOM on om (up to 3DIGITAL ZOOMinternal memory is formatted. ) Optical or off memory card zoom DigitalDIGITAL ZOOM on ONLY). selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). option (3X) (3X) Optical zoom (up to 3 ) Optical zoom Digital Indicators to 3 ) Indicators (up zoom CONTINUOUS: Numbering continues )from zoomlast the (up to 3 displayed Optical zoom (up to 3 ) Optical zoom hidden Digital file number used the first Optical zoom (up totoOptical zoom zoom Optical zoom (up zoom ) (up 3 3 )orOptical zoom available file Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction is in effect. Digital Digital Optical zoom (up 3 ) ) Opticalto 3 (up to ) Optical Digital Optical zoom (up toto 3 ) Optical to zoom Digital C Caution whichever isOptical zoom Digital this Note that blurring may still occur depending on the Optical zoom 3 Optical zoom Digital zoom number, quality images (up(up 3 3 ) zoom higher. ) ) zoom Choose (up to 3 ) (up 3 3 zoom zoom om produces lower than to ) (up quality zoom (up toto 3 images ) Digital zoom produces lowertoto 3 ) pictures than (up zoom option to reduce the number of with scene. m. C zoom. Caution C Caution Framing C Caution C Caution . grid C optical Caution C file names. Caution C duplicate produces lower quality images than Caution Digital zoom Digital Digital producesproduceslower reset tothan than zoom zoom produces quality quality images than lower Digital zoomproduces lower images images than Digital zoom. produces lower quality images than quality images Digital zoom Numbering lowerquality displayed than RENEW: is 0001 Digital zoom produces lower quality images after optical zoom optical zoom. optical zoom. zoom. optical zoom. optical zoom. optical zoom. or whenposition the main subject atis optical the framing grid, a new memory card formatting To use inserted. the intersection of two lines or align one of the Menus Menus horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. 23) to focus on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph.

The Setup Menu

Menus Playback Menus Basic PhotographyMenus and Menus Menus MenusMenus

89 89

89

88

89 89 89 89 8917 89

89

m FORMAT o AUTO POWER OFF The Setup Menu Choose before the camera AUTO POWER OFF AT m FORMAT memory of o Format m FORMAT the length or time FORMAT o AUTO POWER AT OK? AT m FORMAT internalautomatically awhenAUTO POWER OFF POWERlength of time before the camera oFORMAT OK? operations Choose the OFFOFF o AUTO turns off memory or or a no are off the length of when before the camera The Setup Menu Format Choose length of time L DATA FORMAT memory acard.FORMAT a memory FORMATALL DATA operationsMenu Format or internal Ifmemory a internal Choose automatically time no The SetupMenu the camera ernal memory performed. Shorter times Choose the length turns the POWER OFF beforeTheSetupare of AUTO Format internal card.theaormemory increase battery life;turns off before the camera no The Setup Menu Chooseifthe length of time before theoperations are camera m FORMAT FORMAT the camera, FORMAT OK? otime automatically when Charging If Ifa a FORMAT ERASEFORMAT memory memory Battery OK?ERASE OK?DATA CANCEL card is inserted in OK? memory Shorter increase battery turns off automatically when ard.memory card.internalmemory orFORMAT ALLmust be turned performed.no lengthtimes areoperations are life; if If memory card.ERASE ALL memory camera OKFORMAT automatically automatically when timeno operations are a Format If selected, the a ERASE DATAoff CANCEL turns off whenthe operations no before the camera memory is a DATA turnsALL Choose of increasebe turned off OFF displayed camera, DATA ERASE cardFORMAT is performed.POWER OFF Shorter battery life; i be in in the selected, camera, ALL performed. POWER OFF m inserted o AUTO POWER camera ooff POWER times m iswillinserted in the memory OK OKwhen Shorter OFFAUTOShorter times increase battery life; if rted in cardcamera,in the thecharged at shipment. CANCEL performed.isShorter timesOFFlife; if must operations if times increase theOFF m FORMATdisplayedis o theincrease no The will battery cardtheinsertedbe camera,in the performed.Charge o AUTO battery battery life; ismFORMATisOKnot a CANCEL available SETALL DATACANCELv POWER AUTOautomatically whenmust be turned are memory card. right and this If turns The Charging Indicator when v if off manually. OFF in. FORMAT OK? i FORMAT at memory the OKa ERASECANCEL OFF selected,length of time before the POWER camera before the camera is selected, is camera must be turned off time before the camera camera dialog be manually.the the available iFormatinternal memory or a OFF is internal Choose OFF of time FORMAT Formatdisplayedinin internal memory or Formatthe displayed the or Choose must be turned off be turned off life; FORMAT selected, the Choose the length SET e displayed willisshown use. for or aPOWEROK? is camera Formatshown SET memory this length of of the i will beSAVE before the andm a SETFORMAT OK? OFF isChoose the length availableshows .charge card performed.the is times FORMAT OK? card. Ifdialogbattery isformat and this SET OFFFORMATMANAGEMENT.theShorterindicatorincrease batteryPOWER no inshown atselected camera, FORMAT OK? internal selected, camera must battery OFF dialog inserted If manually. automatically time before the camera OFF v OK card. option thiscard. atIfIf aa the manually. If noismanually. selected when operations areif SAVE The automatically when no operations memory card. right memory . memory turns off chargingavailable when no v memory be a memory ERASEALLALL OK? the turns is is v POWER no operations are memory at card.righta , ERASEFORMATDATA OFF option isoffautomatically when whenbe POWERare turns off whencamera no operations are wn at rightshown willright Notethisin memoryFORMATDATAof CANCEL manually. OFFOFF available .must and(pg. card. and memory ERASEALLDATA availableselected, for m POWER MANAGEMENT , turns offselected the POWER MANAGEMENT dialogmemory 63). If v i is OFF 63). automatically turned splayed and will will displayed dmemorySET card. Ifand SAVE is statusis follows:m when MANAGEMENToff that the ERASE ALL DATA regardless as optioninserted inserted,in the charger. If nono performed. forfortimes increase POWER life; ifif format the be displayed SAVE selected regardless ofbatteryoption is Note thattimes increase .life; if memoryinsertedbatterycamera, card will option Place format the camera, the no card is inserted in the If memory card. the camera, performed. MANAGEMENT Shorter times increase the performed. Shorter times increase battery l Press card is will theatin. this card.OK is selected for (pg. for mism POWEROFF battery life; the shown thethe camera CANCEL card selected,is inright and will will inserted in performed. Shorter CANCEL optioncard is the memory SAVE no and Charging indicator statusofbatteryoption format inserted, d OKdisplayed SAVE m POWEROFF POWER MANAGEMENT is dialogmemoryformat camera,memory. Press the selected, the that the POWER manually. Shorter ory.formatthewillis card. internal bebeOK If notCANCELturn (pg. selectedNote regardless not voption if off 63). , that available when life; memory be displayed in the supplied BC-50 OFF 63). (pg. is Note OK Battery Action Insert this d card displayed into memory card is displayed in willthe displayed and thatOFF is selected, camera will of theturned off i will be inserted, and the OFF the camera must be turn off camera turned i option the battery in connected to aCANCEL rd is inserted,willwillwill d the (pg.SET card.Noteno (pg. Note of the regardlessmustbe regardless option SET i option d will the memory. in OFF selected for camera must turned memory will willbe formatthe be displayed and printer 63). is selected, the m Battery the beInsert off inserted, that camera MANAGEMENT option be displayedinternal If to automatically when connected to be turned off SAVE s MENU/OKicard isbe willdisplayedOKmemorySET63).Press (pg. selected,isselected,regardless willnotnot printertheoff to automatically internaland , . is selected, the camera this willleft toformatwhen this press MENU/OKthe manually. the is availableofmust aoption offoff selected, OFF camera POWERvturn (pg. the is will when turnPOWER SET Press the selectorshown at right and this making sure will dialog shown highlight manually. OFF is available not v battery at right and dialog shown is internal thewill Press dialog shownformatPress d memory. that 63). camera available when thePOWER willthis this internalformatinserted,shown,selected,a slide showmanually. Note is turn off when voffoption format option cardcharger as memory. when thetheselected, . OFF that will notwhen vPOWER not will dialog or to at right MENU/OK at OK POWER option right and this orpress MENU/OK tocamera the OFF memory memory. (pg. this (pg. will Off regardless a a battery. is inserted. aof selectorwill format and memory card. highlight 56) orientation. no manually. whenforavailable automatically connected turn printer is begin leftbattery in OK toand be displayed and SAVE is selected printer POWER MANAGEMENT slide show selector51)left computer the memory card. If no 51) or computer for m POWER to printer (pg. to format option will format SAVE is selected connected option and highlight75). pressautomatically the SAVE is selected for m (pg. OK optionformatting.(pg. theOKmemory card. If automatically when when m POWER MANAGEMENT t to selector leftthewillwill formatthecorrectMENU/OKPress whenSAVE is selected (pg.mPOWERprinter (pg. (pg.off highlight. pressisMENU/OK and press MENU/OKIftono automatically theconnected to atoMANAGEMENT connected to a for 56) or whenMANAGEMENT optionformatting. OK the memory card. If no 51) or computer (pg. 56) or will not turn is to will highlight this option format and internal memory. to selected, (pg. 75). camera Battery a slide show in progress begin card is inserted, d will be displayed and in or 63). Note red regardless of the option progress or iswhen memory (pg. 63). Note that regardless of the memoryleft is inserted, d will be displayed and 51)56) 63). Glows(pg. 56)regardless slide show is atting. begin formatting.highlight d will 51) displayed and(pg.(pg. computerawhen showwhen a ofshow option C Cautionscardis inserted, OK willbe or computer memory card is beginmemory cardto inserted, NP-50 rechargeable battery or(pg. or when 56) orconnected to athe isoption formatting. 51) automatically that computer Note that selector Tip: Reactivating the d andbe displayed and (pg. 63). Note slide when a slide the option press MENU/OK to in progress(pg. 75). regardless of printer (pg. (pg. that B Camera reswill this be option will format internal memory. Press the in progress (pg. 75). cameracharging. not turn off this dataincluding selected, the camera will Tip: computer CC Cautions will formatprotectedmemory. Press the B : Camera will fully Remove off Cautions thisoption will formatinternal memory. Press the selected, the the 56) will not turn off All option pictureswill be this option will format internal memory. Press the selected, the camera will not turn off internal in progress (pg. 75). selected, the (pg. Battery not turn begin formatting. 51) orReactivating camera een C Cautions To left - - . into automatically whenCameraor when aaslide show is copied dataincluding protected after itMENU/OKtoprogress (pg. 75). green connected to aaprinter the to reactivate the files have been copied to automatically when has off selector Be to highlight OK and pictureswillturned B Tip: the the connected to printer (pg. left to importantOK and press Arrow press MENU/OK automatically when (pg. Glows ON/OFF selector leftsurehighlightOK and press MENU/OK be Reactivating75). connectedit to selector leftto highlight camerapictureswill beto BTo progresscamera charged.to a printer (pg. All deleted. Tip: Reactivating when connected has printer (pg. turned off Allprotected pictureswill OK and press MENU/OK to Camera dataincluding protected selector highlightthebe Bbutton, or pressthe D 1 Camera after to ON/OFF Tip: Reactivating the automatically the . battery. in reactivate(pg. includingdataincluding protected pictureswill be B Tip: Reactivating the Camera 56) or when a slide show is Cformatting. storage device. . 51) reactivate the(pg. 56) or button, a slide showis Cautions sure important All deleted.formatting. press filesbeen copied to automatically, press(pg.ON/OFFafter it ahas turned D begin BeBe or other 51) or computer (pg. beginformatting.important files have 51) or computer (pg. 56) or when a slide show is begin automatically, have been copied to ToTo or computer camera afterwhen orslide show off adeleted. sure computer camera or when turned the is press the reactivate the formatting. 51) or computer the 56) e suredeleted. Be files have about aprotected To12). important dataincludingfiles have been copied to To camera Reactivating the Camera off it turned off ormatting. beginbutton forbeen copied to.reactivate the reactivateafter itcameraturned it has has Unplug off B progress (pg. second All sure in Tip: the has a not open the storage C computer or other storage device. formatting. be automatically, press75). after 12). DoCautions batterybatterysecondduring cover (pg.pictureswill in progress (pg. 75). in progress (pg. 75). ON/OFF automatically, press the (pg. press computer important Terminals charger D BC-50 in progress the red r or other aCCautions Be sure important files have been copied to the ON/OFF press(pg. athe ON/OFF button, or orthe Dthe D storageor or othercharger device.automatically, press button for aboutor75). button,button, press the and device. Cautions Cdeleted.other storage device. a computer Blinks press Battery press automatically, button, ON/OFF the D orfault. C Cautions

First Steps

To forfor aboutsecond (pg. 12). camera DoDo not open the battery cover during formatting. be buttonreactivate athethe Camera after it has turned off open the battery formatting. about a second (pg. remove the B Tip: 12). All dataincluding cover formatting. en the batterynotdataincluding storage duringpictureswill buttonbuttonReactivatingthe Camera 12). a Allcomputer or other protected pictureswill be B Tip: Reactivating the Camera Do notAll dataincluding protected button for aboutbesecondTip:Reactivating the Camera button, or press the D open the battery coverprotected pictureswill be B Tip: Reactivating (pg. ON/OFF during for (pg. a cover during formatting. automatically, press B about a second the 12). All Plug the charger in. device. dataincluding protected pictureswill deleted. Be sure important files have been copied to To reactivate the camera after Be sure have camera after has turned off turned deleted.Be sure important fileshave been copied to To reactivate the camera after it has battery. off deleted. open theimportantfiles duringbeencopied to To reactivate the second (pg. 12).itit has turned off deleted. Be sure important files have been copied to To reactivate the camera after it has turned off Do not battery cover button for about a Plug the other storage power formatting. a computer orother storage device. computer or other storage device. automatically, the the ON/OFF button, or press the D press the ON/OFF aacomputer or charger into adevice. outlet. The red automatically, press battery. button, or press the D automatically, pressthe ON/OFF button, or press the D Charge press the ON/OFF button, or press the D a computer or indicator willdevice. automatically, charging other storage Do not open the battery cover during formatting. button for about a second (pg. 12). Do not open the battery coverlight. formatting. button for about is second (pg. 12). button for about aasecond (pg. 12). Charging complete when the charging Do not open the battery coverduring formatting. Do not open the battery cover during formatting. during button for about a second (pg. 12).

indicator turns green. A fully exhausted battery takes about 2 hours and 20 minutes to charge.

90

90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
90

p TIME DIFFERENCE travelling, use this When travelling, use this option to switch the time zone. Whenlocal time and your home p TIME DIFFERENCE Switch between the local time at your option to switch t to destination. When travelling,Setup from time, to this camera clock instantly and your camera clock instantlythis option to switchzone from your home time the To set between local time and your homehome time zo the between clock timelocal your home switch camera local touseMenu option The Switch p TIME TIME DIFFERENCE Switch between local time and your home Whenp DIFFERENCE travelling, use time zone. pthe local time at your destination. TIME DIFFERENCE Switch jcamera clock press difference betweentime the Specify at localSetup Menu time The Setup Menu destination. to highlight The time, time LOCAL and instantly(AUTO) To home loca WhenWhen travelling,this option to switchzone the time zone. zone. localclock theyour from your cameratravelling, use this option to switch the clock instantly use this option to switch To set thetocamera Picturesto MENU/OK. Taking in The Setup Mode When travelling, use from your home time the local and at home time, p TIME DIFFERENCEyour home time zone time zone. to thecamera youryour destination. 2 Switchthe cameratimetheclocklocal localMenu local tim between local time in yourhome time time, set the clock LOCAL andtimehome time zone. to theand your to MENU/OK. To instantly to camera clock instantly from your home time zone set j the to thecamera instantly from your home time zone the To 2 To the between local time to localhome local time differencefromthis highlight set camera clock difference between Specify clock your destination. option to switch camera clock theatptravelling, between local time To timeSwitch set select Specify press your time, clock If and LOCAL is When TIME DIFFERENCE use zone. the local timetime to thetoTIME DIFFERENCEzone.use this option time zone 2set To highlightkSpecify press press yourTo or To local local time atWhenatdestination. your home to switch thezone, set j to j HOME.press and your To your travelling, highlight j LOCAL your homeMENU/OK. up down and anddifference home pDIFFERENCE destination. TIME camera clockyour from Switchzone. theLOCAL time MENU/OK. between between. jtime zone. local time home time thetimethe LOCAL local thelocalselector home clock cameratime into the and MENU/OK. your time, 1.1 Press and Framing instantly pThe your home Switch to the local time at your destination. local time highlight j willanddisplayed in Avoiding between clock Specify to Grid difference your home time zone, set Blurred Picturesandin If MENU/OK. monitor time travelling, use between camera time instantly from switch the clock option local your zone. clock to highlight To the clockHOME. timejhome the camera When the the at option to zoneselected,zone. thetoand inthejtime, is time set to be theclock to, home jk When Specifyto locallocalthisyourdownto switch the Ifset highlightsecondsand blurringcameraToenters down travelling,the differenceyour destination. other use this or destination. time time set thehighlight LOCALafterand your MENU/OK.LOCAL. time zone. 1.1 time in your homeup or theselect to the timepresshome timetime clock poorly lit, your press LOCALcamera Specify the selector up To displaytheframing gridtime to viewlocal time or the threeclock to LOCAL caused by To subject . difference between local local and Press a instantlyzone.at betweentime zone selected,set isselectcamera your home time timetime, Press If j k HOME. to local 1.1 your home time from your or hide the the for set the j will be displayed jIf j LOCAL select the . the selector MENU/OK HOME. clock LOCAL is Specifyclock Specify the differencehome cameraclock difference betweenbetween local time zone, zone, the the time in the in is Toselect kcamera clock the monitor 1 instantly press zone. camera highlighthomefrom yourDISP/BACK button. zone,canset mode, HOME.pressing j LOCAL. k to . home LOCAL time, your indicators inhome j LOCAL.the home time zone shakeTo,kto andhighlightselector upisor down the monitor, time bytime If LOCAL local set the clock HOME.If in jto G button andtoandhome time zone.difference zone, be reducedthebe the yourthein istimebe selected, and your your 1 at down will displayed MENU/OK. the selected, j will LOCAL the camerawill ismonitor displayed date enters to the local time time home time zone. between local timeshootingselectInj HOME. jin the button your the highlight j 1.1 Press thepressmonitor To jk and Specifydestination. your up or 1.1 Press the selector zone. . for three j will bedisplayed inIfthe theselector To zone,j Press press MENU/OK. j to the local time atand your home time zone. your destination. highlightyellow.1.2to and in monitor (dualselected,in selectbemode,highlightthemonitor right to IS mode). will be after and the jG selected, secondsLOCALpressing LOCAL displayed 1 selector up or down , displayedthree seconds time camera home enters forthe seconds after inmovement. after 1.1 Press Press the LOCAL. down or down for reducessecondstothe the camerathecamera time three seconds and time inin yourhome time enters setthemode, toafter subjecttheenters be clock after the camera LOCAL. the the date monitor to 1.1 the selector the selector up highlight j up or down shooting j will be displayed. difference. will 1.1 difference between local time also for blur caused by the the time 3 three setselected, 1.1 Press the the Press up or for three clock display your enters Specify selector 1.1 1.1 Press j Specify the selector LOCAL. for shooting and shooting three seconds HOME. datejbeLOCAL is to zone, mode, and the thethe date will Press date If will to shooting selectmode,HOME. camerawill be will enters 1.2 to highlight jhighlightright to up or down Press to highlight j the between local time the difference selector displayed inselect k after the date jLOCAL be yellow.and the zone, mode, and ISOthe Ifselector be to highlight j LOCAL. LOCAL. LOCAL. j LOCAL. shooting mode,1.2kandAUTO(800) date will beright is and your home time zone. . shootingj yellow. displayed yellow. display the time the and your home time zone. displayed mode, Pressthe 1.2 the selector right displayed inin jinwillbe displayed TIME DIFFERENCEmonitor to selected, yellow. be displayedin the monitor in difference. display the time to highlight to difference. selected, in will displayed in yellow. ISO AUTO(800) 1.2 Press the selector right ISO AUTO(400) displayed yellow. ISO AUTO(800) 12/ 31/ 2050 10: Press the selector 1.1 Press thethe difference. to right to Press 1.2selector rightor down the selector up or down selector up for three secondsdisplay the time difference. three seconds after the camera 00enters after camera 00 AM 1.2 right to 12/ 31/ 2050 10: AM 1.2 the 1.2 selector 1.2 Press Press time Press rightselector right to 1.1 for enters ISO AUTO(800) ISO AUTO(800) display time 1.2 displaythe TIMEselector LOCAL. to Pressto the DIFFERENCE the the difference. . highlight display difference. shooting mode, and theDIFFERENCE10: AM mode, and TIME 31/ 2050 date will be AUTO(800) 12/ the time 10: displayhighlight j00LOCAL. difference. the 12/ 31/ 2050 difference. time j AM the time todisplay31/ 2050 difference. shooting 12/ 31/ 2050 11: 00ISOAM the TIMEdate 00 will be 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM display the 12/ time 10: 00 AM DIFFERENCE displayedin yellow. in TIME DIFFERENCE 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM TIME DIFFERENCE displayed 12/ 31/yellow.AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00CANCEL AM 12/SET 2050 10: 00 AM 31/ 12/ 31/2050 11: 00 AM 2050 11: 00 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 1.2 Press TIME31/ 2050 TIME DIFFERENCE10: 00 AM Press TIME DIFFERENCE10:31/ 2050 the selector right to selector right to 00 12/ 2050 11: 00 2050 11: ISO AM AM 12/ DIFFERENCE 00 AM 31/ 10: After changing31/dual12/ISzones,AUTO(800) selectorthe or right 1.2 the2050 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM Press G to turn time 31/on orISO AUTO(800) appearsleft offcheck CANCEL in . SET Icon that 12/ 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 1.3 Press the 11: 00 AM 12/ 10: displaySET31/ 2050 timedifference. 31/ 2050 CANCEL Afterwhen dual time zones, displayed depends changing IS correct. the date and time are is on (iconhighlightthat thehours, or display12/thetimeAMdifference. the 10: 00 monitor After changing timeto check that that the on After changingare correct. zones,check +, , SET CANCEL date and time time zones, check left or 1.3 Press the 1.3 Press the selector left or right selector left or right SET CANCEL SET CANCEL option date and timecorrect. the selector pg. 88). right selected 1.3 . Z Press time are are time check that or After changing minutes; press After and fortimeDUAL IS MODE;check the down to date changing,1.3 correct. zones, see up that the Indicators Indicators TIME DIFFERENCE After changing time zones,the selector left or right zones,AMcheck+, , the that hours, or SET, hours, or left or right CANCEL Press SET 1.3CANCEL TIME DIFFERENCEthe AM to highlightto+,highlight00 +, , hours, or selector 12/ to highlight 31/ 2050 11: 00 12/Press 10: 31/ 2050 SET CANCEL date and time31/ 2050edit. 12/ are correct. 11: 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM right 1.3 Press the selector 2050highlight +, , hours, or or date and time are correct. 00 AMThe minimum increment displayed hidden 12/ 31/ left10: 00 AM Sensitivity is raised when blur reduction+, or effect. toor 31/ to -, date and time are correct.highlight up in down to minutes; pressleft minutes; press is , hours, minutes; selector2050or10: 00,up or to 1.3 12/selector AM right 1.3 to 1.3 Press the +, hours, or down to to Press the press up left down or right isoccur depending on the highlight edit.minutes; press up or down +, The minimum increment ,left or right 1.3 Press The minimum increment or Note that blurring mayedit. 15 minutes. up incrementto still The minimum or down the selector minutes; press edit. . , hours, or to highlight orThe minimum to +, minutes.hours, or highlight is. , or Press MENU/OK when settings minutes; press+, edit.+,down to increment up time 15 , hours, scene.After changing 1.415 minutes.check that the to 15 minutes. SET CANCEL highlight After changing is edit.zones, check that the time zones, The minimum increment is press SET is 15CANCEL or down to minutes; pressincrement settingsgrid up when minutes. to 15. minutes; press up MENU/OK 1.4 Press or down Framing are complete. edit. The minimumor down to dateand time are correct. and time are correct. up date is 15 minutes. 1.4 Press MENU/OK when settings 1.4 minutes; minimum incrementrightsettings PressThe the1.4 complete. increment MENU/OK minimum orwhen Press left are whenMENU/OK displayed edit. The selector settings edit.Press minimum increment is1.3 selector left or right 15 minutes. 1.3 Press the edit.complete. MENU/OK . 1.4 The complete. 1.4 Press MENU/OK when settings are complete. are minutes. are+, 91 is 15tois 15 minutes. , hours, or highlight 1.4 Pressto highlight +, , hours, or MENU/OK is the framing when settings 91 To use 15 minutes.grid, position the main subject at are complete. 1.4minutes; press upsettings to Press MENU/OK when settings 91 1.4 are complete. when settings minutes; 1.4 Press MENU/OKtwo up or down one Press MENU/OK when or align the intersection of press linesor down to of the are complete. are complete.minimum increment edit. The minimum increment The edit. are complete. 91 horizontal lines with the horizon. Use focus lock (pg. is on subjects 91 91 is 15 minutes. 23) to focus15 minutes. that will not be in the center 91 1.4 Press MENU/OK when settings of the1.4 Press the final photograph. frame in MENU/OK when settings 91 are complete. are complete. 91 17 91

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1

Menus Menus Basic Photography Menus and Playback

ISO AUTO(800)

Menus Menus Menus Menus Menus

ISO AUTO(800)

Menus

TIME DIFFERENCE 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM TIME 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 DIFFERENCE 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM 12/ 31/ 2050 10: 00 AM

12/ 31/ 2050

11: 00 AM

Menus

12/ 31/ 2050

11: 00 AM

SET

CANCEL

SET

CANCEL

Viewing Pictures on Optional Accessories TV Viewing Pictures on TV

Connect the camera to a TV and video channel to show pictures and slide The FinePixFujifilm tune the television to theFUJIFILM and other manufacturers. The FinePix F60 F60fd supports a wide range of accessories from . Connect the camera to a TV and tune the television to the video channel to show pictures and slide shows (pg. 75) to a were . July 2008. connects as shown below. group. The supplied A/V cable 2008 following accessories7 available as of shows (pg. 75) to a group. The supplied A/V cable connects as shown below. Connect yellow plug to
Audio/Visual TV

TV (available from third-party suppliers)


Audio/visual output

Insert into A/V cable into A/V Insert connector cable connector

video-in Related Connect jack Computeryellow plug to

video-in jack USB USB

Connect white plug to Computer (available from audio-in jack Connect white plug to third-party suppliers) audio-in jack
PC PC card slot xD xD-Picture Card

Press D Printing
Technical Notes

A Notes AUse an optional AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler to power the camera for extended periods (pg. 94). Notes PictBridge-compatible printer PictBridgeAC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler to power the camera for extended periods (pg. 94). Image quality drops during movie playback. Use an optional (available from third-party SD/SDHC SD/SDHC Image quality drops during movie playback. CF slot or card reader CF card suppliers) C Caution memory card C Caution When connecting the A/V cable, be sure the connectors are fully inserted. When connecting the A/V cable, be sure the connectors are fully inserted. Printer (available DPC-CF DPC-CF CompactFlash from third-party Card Adapter suppliers)
DPC-C F

Press D USB PC DPC-AD PC Card Adapter on sounds played on the TV; use the television volume controls to adjust the volume. on sounds played on the TV; use the television volume controls to adjust the volume.

CO MP CARD AC TF ADAP LASH TM TER


xD-P

for

icture

Card

92

92

Optional Accessories

Accessories from Fujifilm

Optional Accessories

As of July 2008, the following optional accessories were available from FUJIFILM. Check with your local Fujifilm Fujifilm representative for information on the accessories available in your region. Accessories from Fujifilm 2008 7, Fujifilm . Fujifilm xD-Picture . Cards: Choose from 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB cards. Type M, type M+ Check with your local As of July 2008, the following optional accessories were available from FUJIFILM. or type H xD-Picture Cards can be used; on the accessories available in your region. Fujifilm representative for information note, however, that type H cards may not xD- : 256MB, 512MB, 1GB 2GB . M, M+, H xD- be compatible with accessories MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 Thecards. Type M, typebe , H USB can xD-Picture Cards: Choose from 256 such as USB drives. GB card type M+ determinedxD-Picture Cards number: for example, DPC-M2GB indicates a type M from the model can be used; note, however, M type . or type . DPC-M2GB that H cards may not . H card. compatible with accessories such as USB drives. The card type can be BC-50 () : . BC-50 NP-50 be BC-50 battery charger the model number: for battery chargers can be purchased asM +23(+73) 140 . determined from (supplied): Replacement example, DPC-M2GB indicates a type required. The BC-50 charges an NP-50 battery in about 140 minutes at +23C (+73F). card. NP-50 Li-ion () : NP-50 . BC-50 battery charger (supplied): Replacement battery chargers can be purchased as required. The BC-50 charges an NP-50 battery in about 140 minutes at +23C (+73F). NP-50 rechargeable Li-ion battery (supplied): Additional NP-50 large-capacity batteries can be purchased as required. NP-50 rechargeable Li-ion battery (supplied): Additional NP-50 large-capacity batteries can be purchased as required.

93

93

Technical Notes Technical Notes

93

Optional Accessories Optional Accessories

AC-5VX AC CP-50 ). Use for for extended playback or when adapter (requires CP-50 DC DC coupler): Use extended playback or when AC-5VX AC adapter (requires coupler): copying pictures to AC-5VX AC . and plug vary with region of copying : to a computer (shape of adapter CP-50 DCpictures a computer (shape of adapter and plug vary with region of sale). sale). CP-50 DC coupler: Connect the AC-5VX ACAC adapter thethe camera. CP-50 DC coupler: Connect the AC-5VX adapter to to camera.

AC-5VX (CP-50 DC ) : (

DPC-AD PC card adapter:xD- 3.3V SmartMedia PC SmartMedia card to to DPC-ADPC card Allows an an xD-Picture Card or3.3V Card Standard-compliant DPC-AD PC adapter: : Allows xD-Picture Card or a a 3.3V SmartMedia card ATA(PCMCIA 2.1) . function asCompactFlashStandard-compliant ATA (PCMCIA 2.1) type II PC PC card. function a PC PC Card Standard-compliant ATA (PCMCIA 2.1) type . as a Card : xD- CompactFlash II card. DPC-CF DPC-CF CompactFlash card adapter: Allows an an xD-Picture Card to function as a DPC-CF CompactFlash card adapter: Allows xD-Picture Card to function as a CompactFlash card. The DPC-AD and DPC-CF can not be be used with SD memory CompactFlash card. The DPC-AD and DPC-CF can not used with SD memory cards. cards.
DPC-C F DPC-C F

CO CO MP MPAC CARD AC TFL CA ADAP AS RD AD TFLAS APTER H TM TER H TM


for xD-P icture Card xD-P icture Card for

ForFor the latest information on accessories available from FUJIFILM, visit http://www.fujifilm.com/ the latest information on accessories available from FUJIFILM, visit http://www.fujifilm.com/ products/digital_cameras/index.html. products/digital_cameras/index.html.

FUJIFILM www.fujifilm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html .

94

94 94

Caring for the Camera


.

Taking Pictures in

(AUTO) Mode

To ensure continued enjoyment of the product, Avoiding Blurred Pictures Condensation The Framing Grid observe the following precautions.hide other subject increases ,, occur Sudden . To display a framing grid or to view or If the is in temperature, such as , poorly lit, blurring caused by camera when entering a heated building on button .the G a cold day, indicators in the monitor, press . shake can be reduced by pressing Storage , the DISP/BACK button. and Use , condensation insidethe G button this ( ) can cause mode, pressing the camera. If (dual IS mode). In be used for an extended If the camera will not . . also occurs, blur caused by subject movement. an hour reduces turn the camera off and wait , , period, remove the battery and memory card. Do

before turning it on again. If condensation forms not store or use the camera in locations that are: on the memory card, remove the card and wait , ISO AUTO(400) exposed to rain, steam, or smoke for the condensation to dissipate. . very humid or extremely dusty FUJIFILM , , , sunlight or very . exposed to direct , high Cleaning 12/ 31/ 2050 10: AM temperatures, such as in a closed vehicle on . and a Use a blower to remove dust from00the lens . , monitor, turn gently or off . Icon a soft, in sunny day Press G tothendual IS onwipe with appears dry cloth. .

monitor when dual IS stains can be removed by wiping Any remaining is on (icon displayed depends on extremely cold option selected for Z DUAL IS MODE; see pg. 88). subject gently with a piece of FUJIFILM lens-cleaning Indicators to strong vibration Indicators paper to a small amount of which exposed displayed to strong raised . is lens-cleaning hidden magnetic fields, such as near Sensitivity is when blur reduction in effect. . broadcasting antenna, . should be taken to a , power line, radar fluid has been applied. Care Note that blurring may still occur depending on the . or magnet avoid scratching the lens or monitor. The camera emitter, motor, transformer, scene. . in contact with volatile chemicals such as pesticides body can be cleaned with a soft, dry cloth. Do not Framing grid next to rubber or vinyl products use alcohol, thinner, or other volatile chemicals. displayed

Basic Photography and Playback

Technical Notes

the framing grid, To use Water and Sand position the main subject at the Exposure to of twoand sand alignalso damage the intersection water lines or can one of the horizontal lines with internal circuitry focusmechanisms. camera and its the horizon. Use and lock (pg. 23) to focususing the camera at the beach or seaside, When on subjects that will not be in the center of the frame in the final photograph. water or sand. Do avoid exposing the camera to not place the camera on a wet surface.

Travelling Keep the camera in your carry-on baggage. Checked baggage may suffer violent shocks that could damage the camera.
95

17 95

Viewing Pictures on TV oubleshooting Pictures on TV Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Viewing ting Troubleshooting

oes The battery is not in the correct orientation. does Thethe battery in the correct orientation. Re-insert the battery in the correct orientation. The camera Re-insert battery is not in the correct orientation. 8 . not turn on. notnot turn on.TheThe battery-chamber cover is Latch the battery-chamber battery-chamber cover. The on. not turnturn battery-chamber battery-chamber. is not latched. the thethe cover. on. The cover is cover Latch . not latched. latched. Latch battery-chamber cover. 8 battery-chamber cover is not not latched. Latch battery-chamber cover. 8 8 8 not turn on. The battery-chamber cover is not latched. Latch The battery-chamber cover. is not latched. Latch the battery-chamber cover. the cover 8 The AC adapter The AC adapter and not coupler are not sure thatthat thethe AC adapter and DC coupler TheTheand DC coupler are DC Makeare not Make sure the AC adapter andand coupler AC AC adapter and DC coupler not Make Makeadapter and DC coupler DC coupler adapter and DC coupler are sure that the AC sure that AC adapter DC AC DC adapter adapter coupler are not Make sure that the The AC adapter and DC coupler are not Make The AC and DCand DC coupler DC . adapter and DC coupler sure that the AC . AC AC connectedconnected properly. properly. are properly connected. connected. connected properly. areare Connect connected. properly connected properly. properly white are properly connected. plug to connected properly. are properly connected. connected properly. are properly connected. Warm the Warm the Connect it in a by placingin a pocket or or battery bythethe battery placing or pocketpocket placing jack Warm audio-in white pocket ita it in a or Warm battery placing it to battery by by plug in Warm the battery by placing it in a or Warm the battery by it in a pocket or pocket placing The battery is cold.battery . other warm placeotherplace andand re-insert it in thethe camera 7 7 and warm place it in it in other warm and re-insert camera 7 place re-insert in the The TheThe battery is cold. battery is cold. other warm re-insertjack the camera itcamera is cold. audio-in other 7 re-insert it in the camera The battery is cold. other The battery is cold. warm place and re-insert it in the camera warm place and 7 . immediately before taking a picture. a picture. immediately before taking a picture. immediately taking immediately before before taking a picture. immediately before taking a picture. immediately before taking a picture. There is dirt on thedirt dirtdirt on the batteryClean the terminals with soft,soft, drydry cloth. There is on the battery terminals. Clean terminals drywith . cloth. There Clean a terminals a There is batteryon the battery terminals. Clean the thethesoft,with cloth. dry cloth. is terminals. . terminals. terminals a with a soft, CleanThere is dirt on the a soft, dry cloth. the terminals with battery terminals. Clean the terminals with a soft, dry cloth. er There is Power the battery terminals. Power Power dirt on Press DPower w ww AFx v Select Select v to reducereduce the drain w QUICK AFQUICKQUICK AF or x CLEAR DISPLAY Select POWER SAVE reduce . or QUICK AF x CLEAR is Select is POWER SAVEPOWER SAVE to to the the drain x AF or or CLEAR DISPLAY DISPLAY v POWERreduce drain CLEAR DISPLAY is is v to SAVE the drain ply w QUICK TheThe x battery runs supply runs The runs supply supply or runs v POWER SAVE to reduce the drain SAVE to reduce 63 drain The batteryAF batteryCLEAR DISPLAY is Selectw QUICK AF or x CLEAR DISPLAY is Select v POWER 63 battery 63 63 the . selected selected for m m selected MANAGEMENT. on the battery. battery. selected POWER MANAGEMENT. on on ns Press. The POWERruns m POWER MANAGEMENT. on the battery. Dsupplyfor m batteryfor for POWER MANAGEMENT. the the battery. 63 selected for m POWER quickly. selected down quickly. down quickly. down down quickly.MANAGEMENT. on the battery.for m POWER MANAGEMENT. on the battery. The camera down camera is in in the television volume adjust the volume. is The quickly. mode. inon the in . mode. Choose a differentcontrols mode. shooting mode. shooting to . mode. Choose a different shooting mode. 32 The camera use is mode. Choose a different mode. The camera is TV; Choose a different shooting 32 32 32 The camera on sounds played is in mode. Choose a differentis in The camera shooting mode. mode. 32 Choose a different shooting mode. T CONTINUOUS isCONTINUOUSF selected for F AF selected AF TTthe TV; is for is television volume controls to adjust the volume. CONTINUOUSselected for F AF T CONTINUOUSuse is selected for F AF on sounds played F AF the Select a Select Selectmode. focus a AF . Select Fdifferent focus T CONTINUOUS is selected for on A F T . different a focus mode. mode. 73 CONTINUOUS is selecteda for different focus mode. different 73 73 73 A Notes MODE. MODE. MODE. Select a different focus mode. 73 Select a different focus mode. MODE. MODE. MODE. The battery The power the reached its end its of its The reached extended AUse an optional AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler toreached thehasend the thethe of of periods (pg. 94). The has batterybattery reached of end end its has Notes battery has been battery has been chargedtimes. times.end battery has camera for . of its The many times. battery The charged many many of its reached end the The has been . TheThe battery has been charged reached the The. has batterycharged battery has many times. charging new Purchase new battery. The battery Image quality drops times. adapterbattery has been coupler many aPurchase a new battery. has been charged many during movie playback.charging life. Purchase times. battery.a new battery. The and CP-50 DC charged to life. life.life.cameraafor extended periods (pg. 94). charging the charging power Purchase Use an optional AC-5VX AC charging life. Purchase a new battery. charging life. Purchase a new battery. Charge the battery or batterybattery or a fully-charged fully-charged Charge thethe battery or insert a a fully-charged ChargeChargeinsert aor insert insert fully-charged the camera battery is Theduring . 5, or battery is exhausted. The camera Image quality Theexhausted.exhausted. battery or insert a fully-charged Charge the battery 7 . a 5, 75, 7 The is Charge playback. camera insert 7 fully-charged batterybattery is exhausted. 5, The TheThe Thecameradrops moviethe The battery C exhausted. camera is Caution The battery isspare battery. spare battery. 5, 7 exhausted. spare battery. spare battery. The spare battery. spare battery. turns off turns off off off turns C turns Caution turns offDCcable, DC DCDC coupler sure been fully adapter and DC coupler DC coupler Make been the AC sure that The A/V adapter or the connectors are Makeinserted. AC adapter DC When The AC adapter The ACcouplerorhas been has hashas Make suresure that thethe AC adapter and DC coupler connecting theorAC adapterbe surecoupler been thatMake that the AC adapter andand coupler The AC adapter or coupler . suddenly. suddenly. suddenly. suddenly. The AC adapter or DC coupler hasAC DC or DC coupler coupler DC . adapter and DC coupler been Make The AC adapter adapter and DC has been Make sure that the sure that the AC . AC AC suddenly. cable, be are areare properly connected. properly disconnected. are properly connected. When disconnected.thedisconnected. sure the connectors connected. connected. connecting disconnected. properly connected. A/V are disconnected. properly are fully inserted. properly connected. disconnected. are

r andPower andand(pg. 75) to a group.TV and tune the television to the video channel to show pictures and slide Battery Battery and Battery Power Connect the camera to a The supplied A/V cable connects as shown below. Power Battery shows Power and Battery Problem Problem 75) to a group. PossiblePossible cause cable connects as shown below. Page Possible cause Possible cause A/V Solution Solution Problem Solution Page Problem Solution cause Page Page shows (pg. The supplied Solution cause Possible cause Problem Page Connect yellow plug to Solution Insert into A/V Possiblethe battery orthethe Page insert a fully-charged Charge ChargeChargeinsert battery fully-charged Charge battery aor or or insert fully-charged battery the insert a a fully-charged The battery is exhausted.exhausted. connector insert a fully-charged Charge plugbattery 7 insert a 5, 75, 7 The is Charge the exhausted. TheThe battery is exhausted. A/V or batterybattery isInsert into 5, 7 fully-charged cable battery . video-in5,yellow Connect jack the to 5, or . The battery is exhausted. The battery isspare battery. spare battery. exhausted. 5, 7 spare battery. 7 spare battery. spare battery. video-in spare battery. The battery is battery correct orientation. Re-insert the . correct 8 in in correct The camera does does not is notnotthethe correct orientation. thethe batterythethe correct orientation. 8 8 Re-insert battery in in in The camera does The is not is orientation. orientation. Re-insert batteryjackorientation. orientation. 8 TheThe camera Thein the correctthe.Re-insert the battery in the correctthe correct orientation. camera does The batterybatteryin cable connector
8 8 7 63 32 73 5, 7

Connect the camera to a TV and tune the television to the video channel to show pictures and slide

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

96

96 96 96

96

Troubleshooting Problem Possible cause Solution Page 5 5 v

Battery charger

. The battery is not correctly inserted. Re-insert the battery in the charger. . . orientation. battery in the correct orientation. The battery is not in the correct Re-insert the . the battery at room temperature. Charging is slow. . The temperature is low. Charge . . is dirt on the battery terminals. There . Clean . the terminals with a soft, dry cloth. The charging

Charging does . not start.

lamp lights, and The battery has reached . the end of its charging the battery does The battery has . life. Purchase a new . been charged many times. . battery. If the battery still FUJIFILM . not charge. fails to charge, contact your FUJIFILM dealer.

and Displays Menus Problem Possible cause Solution Menus are not the w English is not selected for and displays Select ENGLISH. . in English. option in the setup menu. . . Shooting Problem . Memory is full. . Memory is not formatted. No picture is There . is dirt on the memory card contacts. taken when the card is damaged. The memory . shutter button . is pressed. The battery is exhausted. . Possible cause Solution Page Page

13

Insert a new memory card or delete . pictures. 9, 45 Format the memory card or . internal memory. . Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. . Insert a new memory card. Charge or insert a the battery fully-charged . spare battery. 90 10 9 5, 7

Troubleshooting

Taking pictures

. automatically. . The camera has turned off Turn the camera on. 12, 90 The monitor The monitor darken while the flash may goes dark after . The flash has fired. 26 charges. Wait . . for the flash to charge. shooting.

97

97

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting


Problem Problem ProblemProblem Problem

Problem Possible cause Solution Possible cause Possible cause Solution PagePage Possible cause Solution PossiblePossible cause cause Solution Solution Solution Page Page Select macro Page mode. Select macroSelect macro mode. mode. Select macro 25 25 Select mode. mode. . The subject is close Select macro macro mode.to the camera. 25 25 25 an option other than w Choose The The subject is close to camera. the subject is close thethe theThe camera Choose option otheranother than w QUICK for than other AF The is to the . The to to is close to subject otheroption QUICK QUICK AF Choose The subjectsubject is closecamera.camera. ChooseChoose an optionthan than QUICK AF an an an option other QUICK AF w QUICKPOWER MANAGEMENT closeFocus camera. camera.Chooseoption ww w thanAF AF m TheThe camera camera The 63 The 63 does not focus. m POWER MANAGEMENT. 63 63 63 The camera camera camera . Focus for subject is farMANAGEMENT. Focus for m away from for for Them POWER MANAGEMENT.camera. Cancel macro mode. m for m POWER POWER MANAGEMENT. POWER MANAGEMENT. the us Focus Focus not focus. does does notfocus. focus. does not does not focus. does not focus. . subject is far away from the camera. Cancel macro mode. TheThe subject isfarfrom the camera.camera. The subject is mode. . The is far away away far away camera. Cancel mode. mode. mode. Cancel Cancel macro 25 away from the The far . Cancel macro macro The subject subjectissubject is from the from the camera. macro not suited to autofocus. 25 25 focus lock.25 Use 25 TheThe subjectsuited mode isfocus camera isfocus lock. , C, K, subject is not not to is not suited toUse The focus lock. focus Use The is not is suited to autofocus. autofocus. focus lock. Use 23 The not suited to autofocus. 23 suited to autofocus. UseUse lock. in The subject subjectissubjectautofocus. . lock. . L, D,23 23 23 Macro Close-ups, Choose a different shooting mo Macro mode is in , C, in , ,K, K, L, D, L, D, is is The Macro modeis camera is in in C, D, , C, The Macro Macro is Macro modecameraiscamera is C,not available.D, W, E, F, G, or I mode. mode mode TheThe camera isin The camera K,C, L, D, Choose a different shooting mode. L,K, L, K, Close-ups Close-ups Close-ups different shooting 32 32 Close-upsnot not Choose Choose a different mode. se-ups ChooseChooseaadifferent shooting shooting mode. 32 32 a different shooting mode. mode. 32 . available.W, W, E, W, E,mode. mode. . not available. . F, ,G I F,I mode. mode. available. E, F, G F, G or mode. W, G or or or I , or I not available. not available.E, F,, G,,,IFace detection The camera is in K, L, W, O, or P W, E, Choose a different shooting mo camera is in in FaceFacedetectioncamera camera is in L, L,not available.P mode. detection detection W, in W, L, W, O, or Face detection The is in K, L,K, L, K, P or Choose P The camera The O,O, or or or O, Face detection FaceTheThe camera isK, K, isW,W, O, P Pa different shooting mode. different shooting 32 Choose a different mode. 32 Choose adifferent shooting shooting ChooseChoosea . mode. 32 32 a different shooting mode. mode. 32 available. . not available. mode. mode. mode. mode. notnot not available.available. . available. not mode. The subjects face is obscured sunglasses, Remove the obstructions. TheThe subjects obscured , , sunglasses, hair, or other subjectsThe face is obscuredobscured face obscured is sunglasses, The subjects face is obscuredsunglasses, a hat, long The subjects face is subjects facesunglasses, , obstructions. objects. is sunglasses, Remove the obstructions. Remove the obstructions. Remove Remove the the obstructions. a hat,hat, long hat, longother or other Remove the obstructions. . hat, hair,other objects.objects. a or or objects. aa longlonghair, . a hat, long hair, otherhair,objects. objects. or hair,or other Change the composition s The subjects face occupies only a small Change the the composition so that the that Change composition so so that that Intelligent onlyonly a small Change Change the composition the the21 21the occupies a large The The subjects subjectsonly aoccupiessmall area of thethe compositionthat the so subjects face 21 subjects faceface occupies face isaChangea small composition so occupies No small only the a small The subjects face occupies 21 The frame. The subjects face occupies face only 21 subjects occupies a ntelligent No faceface is subjectssubjects larger larger of . face larger area larger frame. subjects occupies aa area of area of area Intelligent No is Face detected. subjects face occupies aface larger athe of the Intelligent faceNo face No area of elligent NoIntelligent is face is the frame. . faceface occupies occupies area the the of the is area of the of the area area ofarea frame. frame. frame. the of the frame. frame. subjects head is tilted or horizontal. Ask the subject to hold their he FaceFace detected. Face detected. detected. detected. frame. . frame. frame. detected. frame. The Face Detection e Detection Detection TheThe subjects head is tiltedhorizontal.AskAsk The cameraholdto hold theirhead straight. straight. subjects tiltedheador horizontal. Ask subject totilted. their to hold their head is Detection The subjects head is horizontal. or horizontal. subject straight. subject The tilted or or . Ask the to is to head head straight. is tilted Detection ection The subjects head issubjectstiltedor horizontal.thethe the subjectholdholdtheir. headHold the camera straight. subject Ask the their head straight. The The camera is tilted. camera is tilted. . HoldHold the straight. straight. Hold theHold the is poorly lit. The is tilted. camera camera camera The 16 The cameracamera is tilted. is tilted. Hold thethe camera facestraight.. cameracamera straight. 16 16 16 bright light. The subjects straight. Shoot16 in TheThe subjects poorly poorly is subjects lit. face is poorly The subjectsface is lit. lit. . lit. Shoot in bright light. light. Shoot inShoot light. bright The face is poorly Shoot in bright in bright The subjects face is subjects face lit.poorly Shoot in bright light. light. . Recompose picture or the Wrong subject The selected subject is or turnto face Recompose Recomposepicture picture theface picturethe closer turn Recompose picture or the or turn face or turn Recompose thethe the pictureturn face orface Wrong subject TheThe selected selected is selected.tocloser Recompose frame than the main subject. detection off and frame the Wrong Wrong The selected is closer closer closer WrongWrong subject selected subject subject closer to isthe the center of frame the picture subject subject subject The subject subjectthe to the to the the using 21, 23 The selected subject is is to detection andoff and the andthe picture 21, focus using detection frame off picture using using 21,23 detection frame frame the picture 23 detection and . off off off and frame the picture using 21,lock. 21, 23 detection 23 selected. selected.selected.centerofcenter thanthanmain subject. centerthethe frame ofthethe the mainthe main subject. . centerframe than themain subject.subject. of ofthe frame than thethan subject. selected. . the frame frame main selected. center of focus lock.lock. focus focus focus lock. focus lock. lock.

98

98 8

98

98

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

Problem Possible cause Solution Page Problem Problem Problem Possible cause Solution Problem Problem cause Possible cause Solution Page Problem Problem Possible Possible cause Possible cause Possible cause Solution Page Page Solution Page Page Page Problem Possible cause Possible cause Solution Solution Solution Page Solution Page Problem B, K, W, H, or O mode iscause Possible selected. Choose a different shootingSolution Page mode. 32 B, K,K, W, H,OH,K,K,modeor OChooseisisselected. shooting shooting mode. B, W, H, or or O mode isH,H, selected. ordifferent different mode. mode K, W, H, or O H, . Choose aa different shooting 32 a mode 32 B, H, or O mode is different Choose a Choose shooting shooting mode is selected. Choose a different different mode. different 32 32 B, K, W,B, or Oselected. or mode aChoose a isChoose shooting mode. 32 mode. 32 32 B, W,W, K,O selected. selected. mode. ashooting mode. B, is W, mode Oselected. 32 B, K,isW, selected.OChooseis selected. shootingdifferent . mode. B, K, W, H, or mode Choose a or insert a fully-charged 32 Charge the batterydifferent shooting mode. Charge battery or or insertfully-chargedor insertfully-chargedfully-charged fully-charged Charge theaCharge or orbattery or 7 Charge battery or Charge the Charge or insert a fully-chargeda fully-charged battery a the battery a fully-charged Charge battery the insert a insert5, a The battery is exhausted. Charge thethe battery insert thethe battery insert afully-charged insert Charge The battery exhausted. battery isisexhausted.is The battery is exhausted. battery is battery 5, 75, a 5, 7 The battery. is exhausted. 5, 5, 7 5, The is exhausted.The exhausted. The spare battery. the battery or insert 7 fully-charged5, 77 7 5, 7 The flash does isbattery TheThe battery exhausted. exhausted. 5, 7 spare battery. spare spare spare battery. spare spare battery. The flash Thedoes does doesflash does The flash flash TheThe flash The The battery is exhausted. battery. battery. .battery. battery. does spare Theflash does The flash does flash does spare battery. spare battery. not fire. The flash does The camera is in continuous mode. Select OFF for E CONTINUOUS. 70 notnot fire. fire. Thenot camerafire.isinismode. is inmode. for ESelect . 70 70 70 fire. not The not fire.in notcontinuous mode.camera SelectSelectE CONTINUOUS. for E CONTINUOUS. camerafire. iscontinuous camera incontinuous OFF for OFF for E OFF for E E CONTINUOUS. camera in is incamera is continuous mode. mode. CONTINUOUS. for E CONTINUOUS. 70 70 Select mode. CONTINUOUS. OFF notfire. is . TheThe camera is in. not fire. The continuous continuous continuous Select OFF forfor CONTINUOUS. camera The mode. Select OFF 70 70 The The mode. in continuous OFF Select OFF E CONTINUOUS. Select 70 not fire. The flash The camera is in continuous mode. 70 is off (W). Choose aSelect OFF for E CONTINUOUS. different flash mode. 26 The flash Theis off (W). off (W). .Choose a flash flashamode.flash mode.26 26 The flash flash is off (W).flashoff offflash Choose a different differentmode.Chooseflash mode. flash mode. is off (W). TheThe flashoffoff (W).is off (W). a different Choose flash 26 flash mode. a different flash mode. Theflash isis is (W). The flash The (W). Choose is Choose different different mode. 2626 26 Choosedifferent . 26 Choose aadifferent aflash mode. 26 26 The flash is off (W). Choose a different The camera is in silent mode. Turn silent mode off. 27 Flash The camera iscameraTheThe camera silentismode. mode off.off. mode off.mode 27 27 The camera issilentThecamera isisiniscamera Turnsilent mode. modesilent mode off. off. 27 off. camera mode. Turn 2727 27 The in in silent mode.mode. in . mode. ismode.camerainsilent Turn in silent mode Turn off.silent mode in silent The silentmode. Turn silent Turn silent modesilent The Turn silent . Turn off. 27 27 27 is in silent silent The not in is V or M mode. Choose aTurn silent mode off. Flash Some flash Flash ash Flash Flash Flash The camera iscameraC,in silent mode. different shooting mode. 32 Flash Some flash Some Some flashTheflashisSome flashin C, isisnotnot.notain aM mode.shootingdifferent shooting mode. 32 mode. 32 32 flash TheSomeThe flashnotTheTheor MMornot inmode. MMV orChooseshooting mode. camera in C,not V or Vnotin C, C, V or C, mode. mode. camera V mode. in Choose mode. 32 Someflashnot is C, camera is cameraV V Choose a shooting . mode. Some flash Thecamera The MChoose or differentM mode.mode. ashooting mode. camera in C, is or different Choose a Choose shooting shooting V Choose different 32 32 Someiscamera in The camera ismode. C, or Mmode.different aa different shooting 32 Choose a different different mode. 32 Some The camera is not in C, V or M mode. Choose a different shooting mode. 32 modes are not flash modes areare not not are are not areis in silent mode. modes not are modes modes areare not modes not not modes modes The camera not modes Turn silent mode off. 27 The in silent silent The camera is are in silentcamera camera ismode. mode off.off. mode off. 27 off. The. in silentThe mode.mode..mode. camera is not ismode.camera is in silentTurn silent mode Turn off.silent mode camera mode. Turn 2727 27 The in silent isisinis silentmode. Turn silent Turn silent modesilent The Turn silent . available.modescameraTheThe camera insilent Turn in silent mode. modesilent mode off. off.mode 27 27 Turn off. 27 27 27 The Turn silent mode off. available.available. available. available. camera is in silent mode. available. available. available. available. The flash available. subject is not in range of the flash. does The Position the subject in range of the flash. 111 The flash Thedoes does isdoesflashsubject thenotin rangeflash. of thein rangethetheofsubjectof the flash. the 111 The flash flash The The flashThe subject in in rangethethe flash. in range of range flash.range of the the flash. 111111 does TheTheThe flash The rangedoes isisnotnot rangenotof the flash. Position theofsubjectin in range theflash. of subject isdoes in TheThein the flash.not in range theflash. the subject in theflash. the range 111in . flash. subject doesin range range is the flash. of in the subject the subject in range of flash. Position Position Theflash subject is not ofsubject ofsubject is of of range flash notnot The Position subject Position thesubject in flash. of of 111 The subject is Position Position subject 111 flash. 111 The does Position the range . flash. 111 The Position the subject in range of the flash. 111 not fully light flash does The subject is not in range of the flash. notnot fully light light fullylightnot fully light is obstructed. fully lightfully notnot fully light notfully light flash window not fully light not The Hold the camera correctly. 16 The flash window is obstructed. The flashis obstructed.camera correctly.the camera correctly. 16 16 Thenot fully light is obstructed. .obstructed. the camera the the Holdcorrectly. 16 flash flash window flash window is Hold the Theflashobstructed. obstructed.Hold correctly.correctly. correctly. The window is Hold the is flash Hold Hold camera 1616 16 the subject.ThewindowTheTheisflash window obstructed. obstructed. the camera correctly. Hold camera correctly. window camera 16 Hold thecamera . 16 16 . The window is Hold the camera correctly. thethe subject. subject. subject.thesubject. the subject.flash window is obstructed. thesubject. the subject. the the subject. the subject. have been repeatedly recorded to Files Files have been repeatedly recordedrecorded recorded to to Files have have repeatedly recordedrepeatedly recorded to Files have been repeatedly recorded copying important files to another Files have been to Files Files have been repeatedly Recording ends been been have been repeatedlyto recordedto recorded to After Files to Files repeatedly have been repeatedly to recorded Afterimportant important files to Recording ends Recording ends Recording Mbeen repeatedly copying important copying copying filesfiles to After copying After After another anotherto another files important Recordingandends ends After copying filesimportant After copying important another Recording to Recording have type M xD-Picture important copying to important files to another After files Movies Recording endsRecordingends Files from a xD After copyingfiles to another another to another ends deletedends deleted ends from deleted from a M xD-Picture aand a typefromxD-Picture files Movies and deleted deletedandtype M andMdeletedtype Ma xD-Pictureformat the Movies Movies deleted from type M ovies Movies andRecording from typedeletedxD-Picturea type M xD-Picture After copying important and type M device, Movies unexpectedly. from aandandM xD-Picture a typefromxD-Picture xD-Picture card or delete all files. to another deleted from a a type M xD-Picture Movies unexpectedly. and deleted from device, format thethe device,formatthe allor . files. unexpectedly. unexpectedly. card or formatfiles. or delete all files. unexpectedly. unexpectedly. device, all the card the unexpectedly. . unexpectedly. . device, format card or delete or delete carddelete all all delete all files. device, format the files.card or delete or files. device, format the files. card files. the delete all card or delete all Card. unexpectedly. device, format device, cardformatthe card or delete all files. device, format Card. unexpectedly.Card. Card. Card. Card. Card. Card. Card. Card. The lens is dirty. Clean the lens. 95 The lens is dirty. is dirty.lenslensdirty. lens is dirty.theClean the lens. theClean the lens.95 95 95 The lens islens TheThe lens is dirty. Clean the lens. Clean the the lens. Clean lens. . The is dirty. Clean thelens. Clean lens. lens. 9595 95 The dirty. The lensisisdirty. Clean . The 95 95 95 The lens is Clean the from The lens is blocked. dirty. Keep objects away lens. the lens. 16 The lens The lens is TheThe lensblocked. Keep objects objectsKeepobjects the away from16lens. the The lens is blocked. isisblocked. the 16 objects lens. from the lens. Thelens . Keep objects away from objectsaway from . lens. lens is blocked. is blocked. Keep lens. the 1616 16 The Keep away lens. away from away from Keep objects away 16 Keep the thethe lens. Pictures areis blocked. blocked.lens isThe lens is blocked. away fromKeepfrom Keep objectsthelens. 16 lens. 16 16 The objects away from Pictures areare arePictures are are is displayed during shooting and the Pictures Pictures areare Pictures Pictures arelens blocked. Pictures PicturesR 18, 23, R is . R is shooting during shooting andand the R isR is displayed during shooting and theduring Check focus before displayed during displayed, displayed R displayed theduring shooting and the shooting and during shooting andthe 23, !AF R is displayed the the 18,18,23, 18, 23, 23, blurred. Pictures are duringisdisplayedanddisplayed and the shooting. 18, 18, 23,18, 23, R is R is during shooting shooting 18, 18,18, 23, 23, 23, R displayed in red. CheckCheck before before focus before blurred. blurred. blurred. blurred. blurred. blurred. blurred. Check focus before shooting.shooting. shooting. focus focus Checkfocus Check shooting. Check before focus before . Check focus blurred. focus frame is is displayed during shooting and the shooting. before shooting. shooting. Problem 103 Check focus before shooting. blurred. is displayedred.framered.frame is in red. in in 103 103 Problem focus frame framefocus frame focusdisplayeddisplayed Problem focus frame in is displayed in focus . 103 103 oblem Problem focus frame is displayeddisplayedisisdisplayed in red.red. in red. Check focus before shooting. 103 Problem Problem focus is frame displayed in red. focus red. is 103 103103 Problem focus frame is shooting. in red. Use the flash or a tripod. displayed 103 images 0 is displayed during 26 displayed . Use images images is displayed during shooting.shooting. shooting. flash tripod. flash mages images images is displayed0 displayed displayed during theor a UseUse the flash or a tripod.26 tripod. tripod. flashUse atripod. 00 is displayed during the flash is shooting. 2626 26 . images 00 is displayed duringisdisplayed duringUse shooting.or a flashUsethethe flashaortripod. or a 26 26 0 during0 during shooting. orUse flashor the tripod. athe tripod. or 26 00shooting. is duringUse the shooting. Use the flash or aatripod. is is displayed duringshooting. 26 26 images The camera has been used at high Turn the camera off and let it cool or select The areThe hashasTheThe been usedbeen Turn usedcamera off Turn itandTurn off off or letitit cool orselect The camera been used Thehigh atbeen used theused at thethe camera andand let it and or select been cameraat has Turn hasthe at at off and off the camera select select cool or select used The camera camera the been high Turn camera or and used at high Turn the camera off camera it hascamera has high high camera high andhighit cool select let off cool select been camera let cool Picturescamera cameraThe cameraat hashasbeen usedTurn athigh Turn let letcool orittheoff and letcool or let it cool or select off Pictures areare arePictures are are Pictures camerafor and let it cool or 63 Pictures areare Pictures Picturestemperatures for been Pictures Picturesambient has an extended v POWER are SAVE POWER select The camera used at high Turn the m ambient ambient ambient temperatures for for an extendedextended m SAVEm for SAVE 63for ambient temperatures for temperatures vfor an extended v POWER POWER forfor mPOWER m63 63 temperatures ambient for an v for an extendedSAVEPOWER v POWER 63for for an temperatures an extended extended POWER for for POWER 63 m POWER POWER 63 ambient anambient temperatures for an v SAVE ambient temperatures POWER SAVE POWER forSAVE SAVE POWER mottled. Pictures are temperaturesextendedextended v POWERv v POWER m SAVE POWERmm POWER63 63 . POWER SAVE for m POWER 63 . mottled. mottled. mottled. period. ambient temperatures for an extended v . mottled. mottled. mottled. mottled. mottled. MANAGEMENT. period.mottled. period. MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT. period. period. period. MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT. period. period. MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT. period. period. Turn the MANAGEMENT. connecting the camera off before Turn thethe camera Turn thethe Turnconnecting connecting thethe Turn Turn theoff offAC/DC the the camera camera offthe camera the beforeoff before connecting the before connecting off before connectingcamera Turn thecamera off before connecting the Turn camera off before connecting camera Turn before theoff before connecting the Turn the camera off before connecting the Pictures are not AC adapter/DC coupler. Leaving the camera Pictures areare not Pictures are are not are not Pictures AC AC adapter/DC coupler. Leaving the coupler. Leaving the camera adapter/DC coupler.. adapter/DC Leaving the camera Leaving the camera camera the camera Pictures areare not Pictures not not ACadapter/DC coupler. Leaving the camera the AC adapter/DC camera coupler. Leaving adapter/DC Pictures AC coupler. AC coupler. Leaving Leaving the Recording not are notPicturesPower was interrupted during shooting. adapter/DCAC adapter/DC coupler. camera Pictures ACAC adapter/DC coupler. Leaving the camera ng Power was shooting. Recording Recording interrupted during during shooting.can result in Recording was interrupted interrupted interrupted during Power Power cording Recording PowerPowerare notPowerwaswas interrupted during shooting. shooting.corrupted files or Recording Pictures . during shooting.shooting. shooting. Power was interrupted during shooting. recorded.was interrupted during was . on damage to Power was interrupted during shooting. Recording recorded. Power was interruptedon can resultcorrupted files or on corrupted in corrupted .orto to during can in corruptedresultor damage to filesto damage to damage recorded.recorded. recorded. recorded. recorded. on can result in resultonon can resultcancorrupted files to to recorded. can in result recorded. on inon resultdamage to filesfiles or damage corrupted in corrupted on on can result files or damage can files in in corrupted or files or damage or damage recorded. the memorycan result in corrupted files or damage to card or internal memory. thethe memory card internalmemory cardinternal memory. memory card or theinternal memory. or internal memory. memory. thememory the memory cardmemory. the internal or internal or internal memorycard or card the memoryor theormemory.card or internal memory. card memory memory. 99 the memory card or internal memory.

Troubleshooting

99 99

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

99 99

Troubleshooting

9999 99 99 99

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting


Page Page 28 28 Page 28 28 Page

Problem Possible cause Solution Problem Possible cause Solution Problem Possible cause Solution Problem Possible cause Solution The camera The camera The self timer is on in R FINAL 12, The self timer is on in R FINAL 12, TheThe camera camera one takes FINAL 12, TheThe timero on on in or FINAL 12, PERIOD self is is in 3, Continuous takes one self timerFINAL RR , Turn the self-timer off. n LONG Continuous picture o FINAL 3, or n LONG PERIOD . off. Turn the self-timer takes takesone at a one picture atFINAL or n LONG PERIOD Turn the self-timer off. Continuous 3, n LONG PERIOD Turn the ontinuous o o a 3, modes. . self-timer off. FINAL or modes. picture picture at aat a. time time modes. modes. time time
Playback

Playback ayback

Playback

Problem Possible cause Solution Problem Possible cause Solution Problem Solution Page Problem Possible cause were Solution Page Pictures are The Possible cause taken with a different pictures Pictures are The pictures were taken with a different Pictures The pictures were taken withdifferent Pictures are aregrainy.. The pictures were taken withof camera. make or model a a different . model of camera. grainy. make or grainy. make or model of camera. grainy. make or model of camera. Pictures Pictures Playback zoom The pictures were taken at an image size of The pictures were taken at an image size of Playback zoom p, a different make or were taken at an of of model of Pictures ctures an image TheThe pictures were taken atimage sizesize pictures or with p, or with a different make or model of Playback zoom Playback zoomunavailable. . or with a . or model of of unavailable. with a different make or model p, or p, different camera. make camera. unavailable. unavailable. camera. Playback volume is too low. camera. in No sound Adjust playback volume. No sound in Playback volume is too Adjust playback volume. . . low. No No sound in Playback volume is too low. sound in volume is too low. voice Playback The microphone was obstructed. playback volume. memo Adjust playback volume. Adjust 89 89 Hold the camera correctly during recording. voice memo Audio The microphone was Hold the camera correctly during recording. . Audio memo . obstructed. movie voice voice memo and The microphone was obstructed. Hold camera correctly during recording. The microphone was obstructed. Hold the the camera correctly during recording.47, 47, 82 82 and movie Audio udio The speaker is obstructed. Hold the camera correctly during playback. andand movie . movie playback. The speaker is Hold . camera correctly during playback. . playback. speaker is obstructed.obstructed. Hold the the camerathe during playback. 49, 49, 83 Hold camera correctly during playback. correctly TheThe speaker is obstructed. 83 playback. Selected playback. Selected Some of the pictures selected for deletion Remove protection using the device with Remove protection device Selected pictures are not Selected Deletion Some of the pictures selected for deletion using the with Deletion pictures arethethe pictures selected deletion Remove protection it was originally device with Some of selected for for deletion Remove protection using the applied. Some of not pictures . are protected. which using the device with . it was originally applied. which Deletion pictures notnot eletion pictures are aredeleted. . are protected. 79 79 deleted. protected. which it originally applied. are are protected. which it waswas originally applied. deleted. File numbering deleted. Turn the camera off before opening the File numbering The battery-chamber cover was opened Turn the camera off before opening the File numbering Turn camera off before cover to replace FileFrame no. cover Turn opened before opening the battery numberingis unexpectedly The battery-chamber was the the camera off the battery-chamber opening the battery-chamber cover to replace the battery Frame no. is unexpectedly while the camera was on. TheThe battery-chamber cover was opened battery-chamber cover was opened . the the battery . while the camera was on. battery-chamber insert a memory card.battery . battery-chamber cover replace 88 88 Frame is is unexpectedly ame no. no. unexpectedly reset. or cover to to replace reset. while the camera was on. or insert a memory card. while the camera was on. reset. or insert a memory card. reset. or insert a memory card.

Page Page 89 89 47, 82 47, 82 49, 83 49, 83 79 79 88 88

100 100

100

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
Connections Connections

Troubleshooting Possible cause Solution Possible cause Solution Page . correctly. Connect the camera The camera is not properly connected. Connect the camera correctly. 50 The supplied A/V cable was connected camera once movie playback has Connect the Connections The supplied A/V cable was connected . the camera once movie playback has A/V Connect . 49, 50 during movie ended. movie playback. playback. during ended. Problem Possible cause Solution Page No picture or No picture or TVTV"television is set to TV. Input on the . Set input to . VIDEO. Input on theis not properly connected. Set input to camera sound. The camera television is set to TV. Connect theVIDEO. correctly. 50 sound. . not set to the correct video Match the camera r VIDEO SYSTEM setting TV TV The camera is TV The camera is not set to the correct video Match the camera r playback . VIDEO SYSTEM setting supplied A/V cable was connected Connect the camera once movie TV has . 50, 85 standard. to the TV. 49, 50 standard. to the TV. during movie playback. ended. TV .television is too low. The volume on the Adjust the volume. No picture or . The volume on the televisionto TV.low. Adjust the volume. Input on the television is set is too Set input to VIDEO. sound. The camera is not set to the correct video Match the camera r VIDEO SYSTEM setting TV camera is not set to the correct video Match the camera r TV . The VIDEO SYSTEM setting No color. . No color. 50, 85 standard. to the TV. standard. to the TV. The computer The computer The volume on the television is too low. Adjust the volume. does not does not Computer . Match theConnect . The not set to the correct connected. The camera is camera is not properly video camera r VIDEO correctly. the camera SYSTEM setting Computer No color. .The the Connect the camera correctly. 60 recognize camera is not properly connected. 50, 85 recognize the standard. to the TV. camera. camera. The computer The camera is not properly Connect the camera correctly. . Pictures can .connected. The camera is not properly connected. Connect the camera correctly. 51 Pictures does notcan . camera is printer is off. connected. not beThe printed. properly . on. The not . Turn the printer Computer Connect the camera correctly. 60 not be printed. Turn the printer on. recognize the The printer is off. Only one copy camera. PictBridge copy Only one PictBridge . PictBridge is printed. is printed. The camera is printer is not connected. . Connect 51 The not PictBridge Pictures can properly PictBridge-compatible. the camera correctly. The date is not The printer is not PictBridge-compatible. not date is not The be printed. The printer is off. Turn the printer on. . printed. printed. Only one copy PictBridge is printed. The printer is not PictBridge-compatible. The date is not printed.
Problem Problem
.connected. The camera is not properly

Page 50

49, 50 50, 85 50, 85

60 51

Troubleshooting
101

101

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

101

Troubleshooting Miscellaneous Problem the shutter button is . Possible cause Solution

Page 7 5, 7

Temporary camera malfunction. Nothing happens when . pressed.


. The battery is exhausted.

Remove the battery or disconnect and reinsert AC/DC adapter/DC coupler. and reconnect the AC . Charge or insert fully-charged the battery a . spare battery. Remove and reinsert the battery or disconnect

The camera does not . Temporary camera malfunction. .as expected. function
. No sound. .mode. The camera is in silent

AC/DC and reconnect the AC adapter/DC coupler. If . 7, 114 the problem persists, contact your FUJIFILM FUJIFILM .

dealer.

mode off. Turn silent .

27

102

102

Warning Messages and Displays Warning Messages and Displays Warning Messages Warning Messages and Displays and Displays

The following warnings are displayed in the monitor: The following . displayed in the monitor: The warnings are displayed in the monitor: Thefollowing warnings displayed in the monitor: following warnings are are Warning Description

Solution O Low battery. Description Charge the battery Solution a fully-charged spare orSolution insert Warning Description Warning Description Warning (red) Solution battery. the battery fully-charged N (blinks red) Low battery. Battery exhausted. () O (red) Low battery. O Low battery. O (red) (red) Charge battery or insert a fully-charged spare Charge insert a fully-charged Charge thethe battery oror insert a sparespare . Slow exhausted. Use battery. battery. the N (blinks red) N (blinks ) Battery shutter Battery N (blinks0 red) Battery exhausted.speed. Picture may be blurred. battery. flash or mount the camera on a tripod. red) ( exhausted. the or mount camera another shutter speed. Picture be be blurred. UseUse focusoror mount theon on on a a tripod. Slow shutter speed. Picture may blurred. 0 Useflash flashlock thethe camera a on subject focus camera tripod. 00 Slow Slow . . be blurred.Use thethe flashmountto . tripod. at the shutter speed. Picture may may R same distance, then recompose , focus focus on subject at the 23). Use focus lock toto another subject atat the Use lock lock Usefocus to focusfocusanother the picture (pg.the on on another subject (displayed same distance, recomposetry focusing(pg.a (pg. 23). the subject is poorly lit, the picture at distance R same distance,. R sameIfdistance, then then recompose the picture23).23). then recompose the picture (pg. !AF R in red with The camera can not focus. about lit, lit, 2m poorly try focusing at at a (displayed frame) If the subject is is poorly try focusing a at a distance (red focus with with The camera can not focus. in (displayed in red The camera can not ofthe subject(6ft., 2m distance (displayed in redred withThe camera focus. If theIfsubject is poorly7in.). lit, try focusing distance can not focus.. . Use macro mode7in.). frame) ofof about 2m7in.). to about (6ft. (6ft. red ) redred focus frame) focusfocus frame) of about 2m2m (6ft. 7in.). focus when taking close-ups. . Aperture or shutter The subject is too bright or too dark. The macro mode to focusfocus when taking close-ups. Use macro mode to focus when taking close-ups. Use Use macro mode to when taking close-ups. If the subject is dark, use the flash. speed shutter subject will is isover- bright picture too . too The Aperture oror shutter Aperture The is be or or tootoo dark. The The subject bright under-exposed. Aperture or shutter in red The subject tootoo bright oror dark. dark. The displayed If Ifsubject is dark, useuse flash.flash. the subject dark, use the If thethe subject is is dark,thethe flash. , . will be or or under-exposed. displayed in in picture will be over-over- or under-exposed. Turn the camera off and then on again, taking care speed displayedredred speedFOCUS displayed picture . speed . ERROR in red picture will be over-under-exposed. ZOOM Camera malfunction. not to camera lens.and message taking care FOCUS ERROR FOCUSFOCUS ERROR ERROR Turn thetouch theand then then on again, taking care Turn Turn camera off off and theon on again, taking care the the camera off If then again, persists, contact a toto touchlens. . LENS CONTROL . ZOOM ZOOM ERROR ERROR ERROR Camera malfunction. ZOOM ERROR Camera malfunction. Camera malfunction. not touch the lens. message persists, contact notnotFUJIFILM dealer. thethe message persists, contact to touch thethe lens. If If the message persists, contact If , FUJIFILM . No memory card inserted when COPY FUJIFILM dealer. a a FUJIFILM dealer. a is FUJIFILM dealer. LENS CONTROL ERROR LENS CONTROL LENS CONTROL ERRORERROR NO CARD Insert a memory card. selected card playback menu. No memory card , No No memory the inserted when COPY is is is memory in card inserted when COPY inserted when COPY NO CARD CARD NO . NO CARD Insert a memory card. Insert a memory Insert a memory card. card. The memory . inin the playback menu. selected card or internal selected playback menu. selected in thethe playback menu. memory is not Format the memory card or internal memory (pg. 90). formatted. The memory card internal memory is notnot The memory or or internal memory is The memory card card or internal memory is not . Format thethe memoryinternal memory (pg. 90). Format memory card or internal memory (pg. 90). 90). Format the memory card or(90). card or internal memory (pg. Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. If the formatted. formatted. formatted. CARD NOT INITIALIZED The memory card contacts require cleaning. Clean the a soft, soft,dry cloth.cardthe message is contacts format the memory the the repeated, Clean thecontacts with dry cloth. Clean the contacts with witha asoft,. (pg. dry cloth. If If If CARD INITIALIZED CARD NOT INITIALIZED CARD NOTNOT INITIALIZED the repeated, format the the memory . The memory card contacts require cleaning. message is message persists, replacememory cardcard. The memory card contacts require cleaning. 90). , (90). (pg. message is repeated, format memory card (pg. The memory card contacts require cleaning. message Ifis repeated, format thethe memory card (pg. message persists, replace the memory card. Camera malfunction. Contact a FUJIFILM dealer. 90).90). If the message persists, replace the memory card. If90). If,message persists, replace the memory card. the the . PROTECTED CARD Camera malfunction. is locked. The memory Unlock a FUJIFILM card Camera malfunction. Contact athe memorydealer. 9). . card Camera malfunction. Contact FUJIFILM dealer. (pg. Contact a FUJIFILM dealer. FUJIFILM . Use the camera to format the (9). PROTECTED CARD The memory card is locked. is locked. CARD CARD The memory card . is locked. PROTECTED The memory card incorrectly formatted. Unlock the memory card (pg. 9).memory card (pg. 90). Unlock the memory (pg. (pg. PROTECTED BUSY Unlock the memory card card9). 9). BUSY The memory card is is incorrectly formatted. Use the camera format thethe memory card (pg. 90). is incorrectly The memory card incorrectly formatted. Use the camera to toto formatmemory card card90). 90). Use the camera (90). (pg. (pg. The memory card . formatted. format the memory BUSY BUSY

103 103 103 103

103

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

Warning Mes Warning Messages and Displays

Warning

The The memory use in card is not formatted formemory card is not formatted for use in Format the memory card (pg. 90 Format the memory card (pg. 90). the camera. (90). camera. the .

Warning Description

Description

Solution

Solution

CARD ERROR

Clean Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. If the .the contacts with a so CARD ERROR The The , memory memory card contacts require cleaning card contacts require cleaning message is repeated, format th , (90). , message is repeated, format the memory card (pg. memory card is damaged. or the memory card is damaged. or the . 90). If the message . 90). If the message persists, replace the memory card.persists, repla
. Camera malfunction.

d MEMORY FULL i MEMORY FULL INTERNAL MEMORY IS , FULL NEW CARD INSERT A

WRITE ERROR

READ ERROR

FRAME NO. FULL

104

Camera malfunction. a FUJIFILM dealer. Contact a FUJIFILM dealer. FUJIFILM . Contact d MEMORY FULL The card pictures The memory card or internal memory is full; memoryaismemory card insert i MEMORY FULL . memoryDeleteor internalor full; Delete pictures or insert a mem with more not space. free space. INTERNAL IS . MEMORY FULL copied. can . pictures can not be recorded or pictures free be recorded or copied. INSERT A NEW CARD Re-insert the memory card or turnRe-insert theoff and card or tu the camera memory . the messag connection Memory card erroron connection error. Memory card error or . error. then or again. If the message then on contactIf a persists, again. , FUJIFILM . FUJIFILM dealer. FUJIFILM dealer. WRITE ERROR memory remaining Delete with or Not enough memory remainingNot record to a memory cardpicturesinsert a mem to enoughDelete pictures or insert record. more . additional pictures. ,space. (90). free space. additional pictures. free The is not The memory card or internal memorymemory card or internal memory is not Format the memory card or inte Format the memory card or (90). formatted. internal memory (pg. 90). formatted. The file is corrupt or was not created with the The file is corrupt or was not created with the camera. . The file can not be played . back. The file can not be played back. camera. Clean Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. If the .the contacts with a so READ ERROR The memorymessage is repeated, cleaning. message is repeated, format th card contacts require format the memory card (pg. contacts require cleaning. , (90). , The memory card . 90). If the message . 90). If the message persists, replace the memory card.persists, repla Camera malfunction. a FUJIFILM dealer. Contact a FUJIFILM dealer. . FUJIFILM . Camera malfunction. Contact Format the for the Format the memory card and select RENEW memory card and s b FRAME NO. option in the b FRAME NO. option in the The camera . frame numbers setup menu. Take a has run out of The camera has NO. FULL ( 999-9999).run out of frame numbers picture to reset frame FRAME picture to reset frame numbering to 100-0001, then numberi (current frame number is 999-9999). (current frame number is 999-9999). menu and select return to the b FRAME NO. return to the b FRAME NO CONTINUOUS. CONTINUOUS.

104

104

Warning Messages and Displays Warning Messages and Displays Warning Warning Messages and Displays Warning Messages and Displays Messages and Displays
Warning Description Solution Warning Description Solution Warning Description Solution Warning Description Solution Description Solution Date for exist more than pictures Date for which more than 4,999 pictures exist Date which which than 4,999 exist Date for for which more than 4,999 pictures exist Date for which more than 4,999 pictures4,999 more 4,999 pictures exist . TOO MANY FRAMES Choose a different date. TOO MANY FRAMES Choose different date. FRAMES Choose different date. TOOTOO MANY FRAMES MANY Choose a a a different date. Choose a different date. sort-by-date view. selected in. Description selected in sort-by-date view. selected sort-by-date view. Warning Solution selected in sort-by-date view. selected inin sort-by-date view. An rotate, was made protection rotate, existprotection before deleting, rotating, An attempt Remove , Anattempt delete, before deleting, attempt was made delete, rotate, Remove protection deleting, was made totodelete, rotate, ororRemove protection before deleting, rotating, An Date for orwasmore toto 4,999 picturesoror Remove rotating, , beforedeleting, rotating, oror An attempt was made to delete, attemptwhich made than delete,rotate, Remove protectionorbefore rotating,oror PROTECTED FRAME PROTECTED FRAME PROTECTEDFRAMES FRAME TOO MANY Choose a different date. PROTECTED FRAME voice memo a a protected picture. voice memos pictures. add a a voicesort-by-date view. picture. adding voice memos toto pictures. add voice memo a protected picture. add voice memo protected adding voice memos pictures. add a a. toto voice memos to pictures.adding. add a voice memo to a protected selected inmemo toto a protected picture. adding voice memos toto pictures. picture. adding Voice is voice memo can rotate, orThe back. memo can .be played back. Voice memo file . The voice protection not played back. Voice memo file corrupt. The voice memo can be An memo Thecorrupt. Remove attemptfile is corrupt. not be deleting, Voice memo filewasismade to delete,not be playedvoice memo can not beforeplayed back.rotating, or is corrupt. The voice memo can not be played back. Voice memo file is corrupt. PROTECTED FRAME ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR add malfunction. adding FUJIFILM dealer. Camera. memo Contact . voice Contact protected picture. Contact a avoice memos to pictures. FUJIFIL a a FUJIFILM dealer. Camera malfunction. Contact FUJIFILM dealer. Camera malfunction. Contact FUJIFILM dealer. Cameraamalfunction. toaaFUJIFILM dealer. Camera malfunction. Voice memo file selected d NO IMAGE d NO selected in the playbackdevice selected inthetheplayback The voice memo can not be played back. The source deviceselected The source devicecorrupt. inthe playback The source playback NO NO IMAGE The source dd IMAGEThe source device isselectedinin theplayback device IMAGE different source. . Select . ERROR a a different source. Select a a different source. Select different source. Select different source. Select a Contact a FUJIFILM dealer. COPY menu contains no pictures. COPY menu contains pictures. COPY menu contains i NO IMAGE COPY menu i NO IMAGE pictures.Camera malfunction.no pictures. contains no ii IMAGECOPY menu contains no no pictures. NO NO IMAGE source pCANNO IMAGEcrop An Theattempt was made crop a a p picture. CAN NOT to An was made selected a p picture. p NOT TRIM Anpicture. was made to crop p picture. p CANmadeTRIM attempt device to An attemptpdNOTNOT TRIM a An attempt .to crop a thepicture. was CAN TRIM pattempt was made to crop inp playback Select a different source. COPY no pictures. i NO IMAGE These pictures can be cropped. The picture selected for damaged pictures can not be cropped. The picture selected for cropping is be cropped. The picture contains cropping damaged The damaged selected cropping isnot damagedThese pictures can not be cropped. The picture selected for cropping is picture selected for for cropping is These pictures can notnot be . menuThese pictures can is damaged These cropped. CAN NOT TRIM CAN NOT TRIM CANCAN NOT TRIM NOT TRIM oror created made thecrop a p or was not. was p CAN NOT the or attempt was with the camera. An not created with the camera. was not created with to camera. or was not created with TRIM camera. was not created with the camera. picture. These be cropped. The print order on the current memory Copy thepicturescanatointernal memoryand create The DPOF print DPOF damagedCopy the pictures The picture order on the current memory DPOF print order cropping memory Copy memory and memory selected for the current memory pictures to internal and create The DPOF print Copy theon the current999Copy theand picturesto internalmemory create a The DPOF print order on the current DPOF order on pictures toisinternal memory thepictures tonotinternalmemory andcreate a a a create DPOF FILE ERROR DPOF DPOF FILE ERROR DPOF NOT TRIM DPOFCAN FILE ERROR FILE ERROR print order. contains createdthan 999 images. cardwas not more . 999 images. new print order. card contains new than the camera. more than new print order. card contains morewith 999 new . or card than order. images. new print order. card contains more than 999 images.contains moreprint999 images. The picture printnot be . currentDPOF. CAN NOTSET DPOF The DPOF. can order on the using DPOF. picture DPOF not be printed using DPOF. DPOFNOT SET DPOF The DPOF can be printed CANCANnot be printed The picture can notnot be printed usingmemory Copy the pictures to internal memory and create a NOT SET DPOF The pictureCAN NOT can SET DPOF usingpicture can printed using DPOF. DPOF FILE ERROR card new print order. A CANbe printed using DPOFcan not be printed using DPOF. A CAN NOT SET DPOF NOT Movies can not be printed using DPOF. Movies can be printed using DPOF. A notCAN NOT SET DPOF Moviescontains more than 999 images. CAN NOT SET DPOF Movies can A DPOF SET DPOF Movies can notnot be printed. DPOF. DPOF. using CAN CAN NOT SET DPOF The picture can not. printed CAN not ROTATE The picture can not be rotated. The picture can be rotated. CANCAN NOTbe rotated.The picture can notnot be rotated. using DPOF. NOT ROTATE be rotated. The picture DPOFNOTROTATE can NOT ROTATE A CAN NOTROTATE A DPOFROTATE Movies can not be rotated. A CAN rotated. Movies rotated. can be rotated. . AnotCANNOTROTATE CAN be NOTSET DPOF Movies can not be rotated. NOT ROTATE Movies can ACAN NOT Movies can notnot be printed using DPOF. CAN NOT ROTATE The picture can not be rotated. A CAN NOT ROTATE Movies can not be rotated.

Warning Messages and Displays

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

105

105

105 105 105 105

Warning Messages and Displays and Displays Warning Messages


Warning Description Solution Warning Description Solution A A CAN NOT EXECUTE RED EYE REMOVAL cancan not be used with CAN NOT EXECUTE [] RED EYE REMOVAL not be used with , , movies, pictures created with other devices, [] e e CAN NOT EXECUTE movies, pictures created with other devices, CAN NOT EXECUTE pictures that cancan not be viewed, pictures pictures that not be viewed, or or pictures DD CAN NOT EXECUTE . CAN NOT EXECUTE [] created using RED EYE REMOVAL. created using RED EYE REMOVAL. PRESS ANDAND HOLD An An attempt was made to choose flash attempt was made to choose a a flash PRESS HOLD DISP ExitExit silent mode before choosingflash mode or silent mode before choosing a a flash mode or THE THETO TO mode or adjust thethe volume with the camera DISP BUTTON DISP BUTTON mode or adjust volume with the camera . . adjusting thethe volume. adjusting volume. DEACTIVATE SILENT MODE in silent mode. DEACTIVATE SILENT MODE in silent mode. A connection error occurred while pictures A connection error occurred while pictures Confirm that thethe device USB USB .is turned on. Check that USB Confirm that device is turned on. Check that COMMUNICATION ERROR COMMUNICATION ERROR were being printed or copied to a computer . were being printed or copied to a computer . cable is connected correctly. cable is connected correctly. or other device. or other device. Check printer (see printer manual for for details). To Check printer (see printer manual details). To . , PRINTER ERROR resume printing, turn thethe printer off and then turn it PRINTER ERROR resume printing, turn printer off and then turn it . Printer outout paper or ink,ink, other printer back on. on. Printer of of paper or or or other printer back . error. Check printer (see printer manual for for details). If error. Check printer (see printer manual details). If PRINTER ERROR . PRINTER ERROR ? printing does notnot resume automatically, press MENU/ printing does resume automatically, press MENU/ , MENU/OK . RESUME? RESUME? OK to resume. OK to resume. Movies and pictures created with other Movies some devices and some pictures created with other devices An An attempt was made print a movie, a a attempt was made to to print a movie, cancan be be printed. If picture was created with the , notnot printed. If thethe picture was created with the picture notnot created with the camera, or a . , picture created with the camera, or a CANCAN NOTPRINTED NOT BE BE PRINTED . JIFI JPEG check the printer manualconfirm that thethe camera, check the printer manual to to confirm that camera, Exit JPEG . picture in a format notnot supported by the picture in a format supported by the printer supports thethe JFIF-JPEGExif-JPEG format. If it If it printer supports JFIF-JPEG or or Exif-JPEG format. printer. printer. does not, thethe pictures can not printed. does not, pictures can not be be printed.

106

106 106

Digital zoom: Unlike optical zoom, digital zoom does not increase the amount of visible detail. Instead, details visible Digital zoom: , digital zoom does not increase the amount of visible detail. Instead, details, : Unlike optical zoom, ( ) . , visible using optical zoom are simply . enlarged, producing a slightly grainy image. usingDigital zoom: Unlikesimply enlarged, producingdoes not increase the amount of visible detail. Instead, details visible optical zoom are optical zoom, digital zoom a slightly grainy image. using(Digital Print Ordersimply enlarged, producing a slightly grainy image. from print orders stored DPOF optical zoom are Format): A standard that allows pictures to be printed DPOF (Digital Print Order Format): A standard that allows pictures to be printed from print orders stored DPOF(Digital Print Order Order Format): A standard that allows pictures to pictures to be printed Format) be printed from print orders in internal memory or on a: memory card. The information in the order includes the stored in DPOF memory or on a memory card. in the order includes the pictures to be printed internal (Digital Print The information . . and the number of copies of each picture. information in the order includes the pictures to be printed in internal memory orof each picture. and the number of copies on a memory card. The and the number of :The exposure value is determined by the sensitivity of the image sensor and the amount of EV (Exposure Value): EV(Exposed Value): The copies of each picture. by the sensitivity of the image sensor and the amount of EV (Exposure Value ) exposure value is determined . EV (Exposure EV the camera while the is determinedEVthe sensitivity of the the amount doubles, EV Value): The exposure sensor is . of light light that enters , image by exposed. Each time image light that enters the camera while the value sensor is exposed. Each time the amount sensor and the amount of image of light doubles, EV . amount of light is halved, EV decreases by one. The amount increases by one; the camera while the image sensor is exposed. Each time the amount of light entering the lightby one; each time the amount of light is halved, EV decreases by one. The amount of light entering the EV that enters each time the doubles, increases camera can be controlled by adjusting aperture and shutter speed. increases by the amount ofand shutter speed.decreases by one. The amount of light entering the one; each time light is EV halved, . camera can be controlled by adjusting aperture Exif : camera can be controlled by adjusting aperture and shutter speed. Exif Print: A standard that uses information stored with pictures for optimal color reproduction during printing. Exif Print: A standard that uses information stored with pictures for optimal color reproduction during printing. JPEG(Joint Photograghic Experts uses information stored with pictures . , Exif (Joint standard that Group ) for for color images. The higher the compression JPEGPrint: A Photographic Experts Group): A compressed :file formatoptimal color reproduction during printing. JPEG (Joint Photographic . Group): A compressed file format for color images. The higher the compression Experts rate, (Joint Photographic of information andcompressed file formatin quality images. The higher the compression JPEG the greater the loss Experts and more more noticeable drop for whenwhen the picture is displayed. rate, the greater the loss of informationGroup): A noticeable drop in quality color the picture is displayed. rate, the the loss of information and more noticeable drop in quality whenin a single file, withJPEG JPEGJPEG: An AVI (Audio Video Interleave) format AVI(Audio Video Interleave). is displayed. Motion : greater JPEG that stores images and sound the picture the images Motion JPEG: An AVI (Audio Video Interleave) format that stores images and . single file, with the images sound in a (DirectX Motion), QuickTimeplayed in Windows Media Player (requires DirectX 8.0 or later) recorded in JPEG format. 8.0 JPEG files can be 3.0 and sound in a single file, with Motion JPEG: format. Motion JPEG files can be played in stores images recorded in JPEG An AVI (Audio Video Interleave) format thatWindows Media Player (requires DirectX 8.0 orthe images later) or QuickTime 3.0 or later. recorded in JPEG CCD or later) or QuickTime 3.0 or format. Motion JPEG files can be played in Windows Media Player (requires DirectX 8.0 : later. or Smear: A phenomenon specific to CCDs which causes white streaks to appear when very bright light sources, such . QuickTime 3.0 or later. Smear: A phenomenon specific to CCDs which causes white streaks to appear when very bright light sources, such as the sun or reflected sunlight,to appear in the frame. as theSmear: Areflected sunlight, appear CCDs which. WAV *.wav when very bright light sources, such sun or phenomenon specific in the frame.causes white streaks to appear . WAV(Waveform Audio Format) : as the sun or reflected sunlight, appear in the frame. audio file format. WAV files have the extension *.WAV and WAV WAV . WAV QuickTime 3.0 . (Waveform Audio Format): A standard Windows WAV (Waveform Audio Format): A standard Windows audio file format. WAV files have the extension *.WAV and may (Waveform Audio Format): A standard Windows uses uncompressed WAV. WAV the can be played using WAV be compressed or uncompressed. The camera uncompressed WAV. files files filesbe played using may be compressed or uncompressed. The camera uses audio file format. WAVWAV have can extension *.WAV and Windows or QuickTime Media compressed or uncompressed. or later. uses , files can be played using may Media PlayerPlayer or3.0 The camera uncompressed WAV. WAV . Windows be : or QuickTime 3.0 later. QuickTime 3.0 or later. . Windows Media Player or brain WhiteThe human balance: . automatically adapts to changes in the color of light, with the result that objects White balance: The human brain automatically adapts to changes in the color of light, with the result that objects that balance: The under brain automatically appear white when the the light source changes. Digital Whiteappear whitehuman one light source stilladapts to changes color color of light, with the result Digital that appear white under one light source still appear white when thein of the light source changes. that objects cameras can mimicunder one this adjustment by processing images according to the color of light source changes.process light source. This Digital that appear white adjustment light source still appear white when the color of the thesource. This process cameras can mimic this by processing images according to the color of the light is knowncanwhite balance. cameras as mimic this adjustment by processing images according to the color of the light source. This process is known as white balance. is known as white balance. 107 Appendix

Glossary Glossary Glossary

Appendix Appendix

107 107 107

Flash Mode and Shooting Mode Mode and Shooting Mode Flash Flash Mode and Shooting Mode
Flash mode AUTO/V FlashFlash mode mode K/U AUTO/V AUTO/V W K/U K/U T/Z W W T/Z T/Z AB AA B B C C C V V V K K K L

The flash modes available depend on the shooting modes (pg. 32). The flash modes available depend on the shooting modes (pg. 32).32).
(32). The flash modes available depend on the shooting modes (pg. Shooting mode

L D p mode Shooting W Shooting mode L D p W D p W E

E E F

F F G

G G H

H H I

I I O

O O P

P P M

M M A

A A S

S S

108 108

108 108

Internal Memory/Memory Card Capacity Internal Memory/Memory Card Capacity The/ orCapacitypictures available at different image following Memory/Memory time Internaltable shows the recording Card number of

Image size (pixels) 40003000 yN 42242816 284821360N 20481536 16001200 640480 640480 fps) s (25 fps) yF y3:2 0F 1 2 3 t (25 320240 o QUALITY File size 4.7MB 40003000 3.0MB 3.0MB28482136 20481536650KB 1.5MB 150KB Image size (pixels) yF yN 3.0MB 42242816 0F 0N 800KB 16001200 640480 (25 fps) (25 fps) 640480 s 320240 y3:2 1 2 3 t Internal memory File size Image size (pixels)5 4.7MB 8 3.0MB 422428168 3.0MB 1.5MB 31 800KB 40003000 28482136 20481536 38 650KB 170150KB 26s 16001200 640480 640480 52s 320240 8 3.0MB 16 (approx. 25MB) Internal size File memory 4.7MB 3.0MB 3.0MB 3.0MB 1.5MB 800KB 650KB 150KB 5 40 8 128MB 40 8 40 8 80 16 150 31 190 38 790 170 2min.26s 4min.52s (approx. 25MB) 25 Internal memory 5 85 8 8 8 160 16 310 31 38 170 4min.26s 8min.52s 256MB 50 25 85 40 80 40 380 190 1590 790 40 80 150 2min. 4min. (approx.128MB 25MB) 512MB 770 380 31901590 8min. 256MB 100 25 170 40 170 40 160 40 330 160 620 150 50 85 85 80 310 4min. 17min. 8min. 128MB 80 190 790 2min. 4min. 1GB512MB 210 100 340 170 340 170 330 160660 330 1250 620 1550 770 63903190 17min. 8min. 35min. 17min. 256MB 50 85 85 80 160 310 380 1590 4min. 8min. 2GB 1GB 430 210 680 340 690 340 680 330 1330 660 24601250 30401550 12790 6390 35min. 17min. 70min. 35min. 512MB 100 170 170 160 330 620 770 3190 8min. 17min. 512MB2GB 100 430 160 680 160 690 160 680320 1330 600 2460 750 3040 3090 12790 8min. 35min. 17min. 70min. 1GB 210 340 340 330 660 1250 1550 6390 17min. 35min. 1GB512MB 200 100 330 160 330 160 320 160640 320 1210 600 1510 750 61903090 17min. 8min. 34min. 17min. 2GB 430 680 690 680 1330 2460 3040 12790 35min. 70min. 2GB 1GB 410 200 660 330 670 330 650 320 1290 640 23801210 29501510 12400 6190 34min. 17min. 68min. 34min. 512MB 100 160 160 160 320 600 750 3090 8min. 17min. 4GB 2GB 830 4101330 660 1340 670 1310 650 1290 47702380 2580 59002950 24810 12400 69min.* 34min. 137min.* 68min. 1GB 200 330 330 320 640 1210 1510 6190 17min. 34min. 8GB 4GB 1680 83026701330 27001340 26401310 2580 95704770 11850 5180 5900 49800 24810139min.* 275min.* 69min.* 137min.* 2GB 410 660 670 650 1290 2380 2950 12400 34min. 68min. * . 2GB 2640 not exceed9570 in size. . 8GB 1680 2670 2700 11850 49800 139min.* 275min.* * Total length of all movie files. Individual movies can 5180 2 GB 4GB 830 1330 1340 1310 2580 4770 5900 24810 69min.* 137min.* 8GB 1680 2670 2700 2640 5180 9570 49800 139min.* 275min.* * Total length of all movie files. Individual movies can not exceed 2 GB in11850 size. xD-Picture Card SD card SDHC SDHC xD-Picture CardCardSD cardcard xD-Picture SD cardcard SDHC card

qualities. All figurestable shows the recording time or the sceneof picturesproducing at different image The following are approximate; file size varies with number recorded, available wide variations in All figures are approximate; file sizetime . of pictures available , the number of can the stored. or number or length remaining may not The following files that be recording varies with the scene recorded, producingdifferent image qualities. table shows The number of exposures . at wide variations an rate. . diminish at evenfiles approximate;stored. The number ofscene . length remainingvariations qualities. All figures are that can be file size varies with the exposures or producing wide may not recorded, in the number of in the numbereven rate. can be stored. The number of exposures or length remaining may not o QUALITY diminish at an of files that yF yN 1 QUALITY2 3 t (25 fps) s (25 fps) diminish at an even rate. y3:2 0F 0N o

Note: M xD- available for movies may drop are recorded to M xD-Picture : The space , as pictures . and deleted from type * Total length of all by formatting GB in size. Cards. Space space available files. Individual all frames not exceed 2. deleted from type files to a .moviefor deleting movies canor are recordedcard. Copy any important M xD-Picture Note: The can be increased movies may drop as pictures the to and computer or othercan be before moviesdeleting allas pictures are recorded to and deletedany importantxD-Picture Cards. Space available for proceeding. Note: The spacedevice increased by may drop frames or formatting the card. Copy from type M files to a computer or can device before proceeding. Cards. Spaceother be increased by deleting all frames or formatting the card. Copy any important files to a computer or other device before proceeding.
109

109 109 109

Appendix

Appendix Appendix

Specifications Specifications Specifications Specifications Specifications Specifications

System System System System System Model FinePix F60fd digital camera System Model Model Model Model FinePix F60fd FinePix F60fd digital camera FinePix F60fd digital camera FinePix cameradigital FinePixF60fd camera digital F60fd Effective 12.0 million Model pixels FinePix F60fd digital camera pixels million 12.0 million Effective pixelsEffective pixels 12.0 million1,200 Effective pixels Effective 12.0 12.01 million CCD /1.6-in., Super Effective pixels 12.0 million CCD HR with primary color filter 1/1.61.6 -in., Super1.6 -in., HR with primary color filter color filter 1/ -in., Super1/1.6, withCCD HR with primary color filter 1/CCD HR primary color primary 11.6 -in., Super HR filter CCD CCD CCD CCD CCD / CCD Super CCD HR with 1/1.6 -in., Super CCD (approx. primary color filter Storage media Internal memory HR with 25MB) xD-Picture Cards (16 MB, 32MB, 64MB, 128MB, CCD Storage media Internal memory (approx. 25MB) Storage media Storage media Internal memory (approx. 25MB) Storage media (25MB) Internal memory (approx. 25MB) Internal memory (approx. 25MB) xD-Picture xD-PictureMB, 32MB, MB, 32MB, 64MB, 128MB, xD-Picture Cards (16 Cards (16 1MB, 32MB, 64MB, 128MB, Cards (16 MB, Cards (1664MB, 128MB, xD-Picture 32MB, 64MB, 2GB) 256MB, 512MB, GB, 128MB, SD/SDHC memory cards xD(16MB, 32MB, 64MB, Storage media Internal memory (approx.(see page 9) 25MB) xD-Picture Cards (16 MB, 32MB, 64MB, 128MB, 256MB, 512MB, GB, 2GB) 128MB, 256MB, 512MB, GB, 2GB) 1GB,1 GB, 2GB) 2GB) SD/SDHC memory cards (see page 9)9)(seepage 9) 256MB, 512MB,256MB, 512MB, 11 GB,2GB)2GB) SD/SDHCSD/SDHC memory page (see page 9) 256MB, 512MB, 1 256MB, 512MB, 1 GB, memory cards (see cards SD/SDHC (9) SD/SDHC memory cards File system Compliant with Design Rule(seeCamera File System (DCF), Exif 2.2, and Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) SD/SDHC memory cards for page 9) Rule for Camera for DPOF File System (DCF), Exif Print Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) File system system Compliant with Design Rule for CameraExif2.2, Camera(DCF), Exif 2.2, andExif 2.2, andOrder FormatOrder Format (DPOF) File system File Compliant with Design with Design RuleFile SystemSystem (DCF), Digital Print Order Print (DPOF) File system Compliant with Design Rule forSystem (DCF), Exif 2.2, and Digital2.2, and DigitalFormat (DPOF) Compliant (DCF), File Camera File File format Still pictures: Exif 2.2 JPEG (compressed) Movies: Motion JPEG Print system Compliant with Design Rule for Camera File System (DCF), Exif 2.2, and DigitalAVI Order Format (DPOF) File format format Still pictures: Exif 2.2 :Exif 2.2 JPEG (compressed) :Movies: Motion JPEG Motion JPEG AVI File format File File format Still pictures:Still pictures: (compressed) (compressed) JPEGMovies: AVI Exif pictures: Exif 2.2 JPEG Still 2.2 JPEG (compressed) AVI Movies: Motion JPEG Exif2.2()JPEG Movies: Motion JPEG AVI JPEG AVI Audio: Monaural 2.2 JPEG (compressed) File format Still pictures: Exif WAV Movies: Motion JPEG AVI Audio: Monaural WAV : WAV Audio: Monaural WAV MonauralWAV Audio: Monaural WAV Audio: Image size (pixels) yF: 4,0003,000 yN: 4,0003,000 y3:2: 4,2242,816 0F: 2,8482,136 Audio: Monaural WAV mage size (pixels) size (pixels) 4,0003,000 4,0003,000 4,0003,000 4,0003,000 4,2242,816 4,2242,816 2,8482,1362,8482,136 Image size (pixels) () 4,0003,0004,0003,000 4,0003,0004,0003,000 4,2242,8164,2242,816 Image Image yF: yF: yF: yF: yN: yN: yN: yN: y3:2: y3:2: y3:2: y3:2: 0F: 2,8482,136 2,8482,136 0F: 0F: 0F: size (pixels) 0N: 2,8482,136 1: 2,0481,536 2: 1,6001,200 3: 2,8482,136 Image size (pixels) yF: 4,0003,000 yN: 4,0003,000 y3:2: 4,2242,816 0F:640 480 0N: 2,8482,136 2,8482,136 2,0481,536 2,0481,5361,6001,200 1,6001,200640 480 640 480 0N: 2,8482,1362,8482,136 2,0481,536 0N: 0N: 1: 1: 1: 2,0481,536 1,6001,200 1: 2: 2: 2: 1,6001,200 640 480 640 480 2: 3: 3: 3: 3: File size See page 109 0N: 2,8482,136 1: 2,0481,536 2: 1,6001,200 3: 640 480 File size File size size File See page 109 109 109 File size See page 109 page 109 See page See Lens Fujinon 3 optical zoom lens, f/2.85.1 File size See page 109 Lens Lens Lens Lens Fujinon 3 optical zoomoptical zoom lens, f/2.85.1 Fujinon 3Fujinon zoom lens, f/2.85.1 f/2.85.1 optical 3 lens, f/2.85.1 lens, Fujinon 3 optical zoom Fujinon3, f/2.8-5.1 Focal F=8mm24mm (35-mm format equivalent: 35mm105mm, or 36 mm108mm at y3:2) Lens length Fujinon 3 optical zoom lens, f/2.85.1 F=8~24mm Focal length Focal lengthF=8mm24mm (35-mm format equivalent: 35mm105mm, oror 36 mm108mm at y3:2) at y3:2) Focal length Focal length F=8mm24mm (35-mm format equivalent:equivalent: 35mm105mm, or 36 mm108mm at y3:2) F=8mm24mm (35-mm format 35mm105mm, 36 mm108mm mm108mm F=8mm24mm (35-mm format equivalent: 35mm105mm, or 36 at y3:2) Digital length zoom Approx. 8.2 (up (35-mm format combined with optical zoom) 36 mm108mm at y3:2) Focal F=8mm24mm to 24.6 when equivalent: 35mm105mm, or to 24.6 when24.6 whenwith optical zoom) Digital zoom zoom Approx. 8.2Approx.24.6 (up to combined with optical zoom) opticalzoom) Digital zoomDigital Digital zoom Approx. 8.2 (up to8.2 when 24.6 when combined with optical zoom) (up8.2( 24.6)combined with Approx. 8.2 (up to combined Aperture f2.8 to f8 (Wide-angle) / f5.1 to f8 (Telephoto) in optical steps Digital zoom Approx. 8.2 (up to 24.6 when combined withup to 10zoom) f2.8 / / f5.1 f8 (Telephoto)f8 up 10 in Aperture Aperture Aperture Aperture f2.8 toto f8 (Wide-angle)f5.1 toto f8 (Telephoto) (Telephoto)in up to 10 steps f2.8 f8 (Wide-angle)f8()/f5.1/f5.1 to f8inin10 10 steps to 10 steps f2.8 to f8 (Wide-angle) / f8()up toto stepsup f2.8 to f8 (Wide-angle) f5.1 to (Telephoto) Focus range Approx. (Wide-angle) / f5.1 to (wide angle); in up (2ft.)infinity Aperture (distance from f2.8 to f845cm (1ft. 6in.)infinityf8 (Telephoto) 60cm to 10 steps (telephoto) Focus range (distance from (distance from Approx. 6in.)infinity6in.)infinity(wide angle); 60cm (2ft.)infinity (telephoto) Focus range range (distance from 4.5cm-(); 60cm-() 60cm(telephoto) (telephoto) (distance fromApprox. 45cmApprox.45cm (1ft. approx. 7cm80cm/2.8in.2ft. 7in.(2ft.)infinity 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (telephoto) Focusfront of lens) Focus Approx. 45cm (1ft. 45cm (1ft.6in.)infinity 60cm (2ft.)infinity (wide angle); range (1ft. 6in.)infinity (wide angle); (wide angle); Macro mode: (wide angle); 60cm (2ft.)infinity (telephoto) Focus range (distance from Approx. 45cm (1ft. 6in.)infinity (wide angle); 60cm (2ft.)infinity (telephoto) mode: approx. 7cm80cm/2.8in.2ft. 7in. 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (telephoto) ront of of lens)front of lens) Macro mode:Macro mode: 7cm-80cm(); 7in. (wide angle);(wide angle); 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (telephoto) front lens) () front of lens) Macro mode: approx. 7cm80cm/2.8in.2ft. 7in. (wide angle); 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (telephoto) (telephoto) approx.: approx. 7cm80cm/2.8in.2ft. 7in. (wide angle); 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. Macro 7cm80cm/2.8in.2ft. 30cm-80cm() Sensitivity Standard output sensitivity equivalent to 7in. (wide angle); 800, 1600, 3200 (image sizes 0 front of lens) Macro mode: approx. 7cm80cm/2.8in.2ft.ISO 100, 200, 400,30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (telephoto) or Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity Standard output smaller), 6400ISO 100, 400,ISO 100, smaller); 100, 800, 1600,(400),1600, AUTO(800), oror 0 or Sensitivity Standard outputoutput equivalent equivalent 200, ISO 6400 200, 400,AUTO(400), 3200 (image sizes 0 or Standard outputsensitivitytoto800, 1600, toISO 400, ;200, 400,800, (image sizes 0 Standard sensitivity equivalent 200, AUTO, 1600, 3200 1600, (800), AUTO (1600) sensitivity (image ISO 100, 3200, 800, AUTO 800, (image sizes 0 sensitivity equivalent sizes 1 or to 400,100, AUTO, 3200 AUTO3200 (image sizes Sensitivity Standard output sensitivity equivalent to ISO 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200 (image sizes 0 or smaller), 6400 AUTO(1600) 1 ororsizes1 or smaller); AUTO, AUTO (400), AUTO (800), AUTO (1600) smaller), 6400 (image sizes(imagesizes 1 AUTO, AUTO (400), AUTO (800), AUTO (1600) smaller), 6400 (image smaller); AUTO, AUTO AUTO, AUTO (800), AUTO (1600)AUTO (1600) smaller),sizes 1 smaller); or smaller); (400), AUTO (400), AUTO (800), (image 6400 Metering 256-segment (image sizes 1 or smaller); AUTO, AUTO (400), AUTO smaller), 6400 through-the-lens (TTL) metering; MULTI, SPOT, AVERAGE (800), AUTO (1600) 256- TTL ; , , MULTI, Metering Metering Metering 256-segment 256-segmentthrough-the-lens (TTL)MULTI, SPOT, AVERAGE AVERAGE Metering 256-segment through-the-lens (TTL) metering; metering; MULTI, SPOT, AVERAGE 256-segment through-the-lens (TTL) metering; AVERAGE through-the-lens (TTL) metering;SPOT, MULTI, SPOT, Exposure control Programmed autoexposure, aperturemetering; MULTI, SPOT,shutter priority autoexposure Metering 256-segment through-the-lens (TTL) priority autoexposure, AVERAGE , aperture Exposure control control Exposure control Exposure control Exposure ProgrammedProgrammed autoexposure, aperture priority autoexposure, shutter priority autoexposure Programmed autoexposure, aperture priority 1 priority autoexposure, shutter priority autoexposure autoexposure,autoexposure, , Programmed aperture priority autoexposure, shutter priority autoexposure autoexposure, shutter priority autoexposure 2EV+2EV1in increments of /3 EV (M and autoexposure, shutter priority autoexposure Exposure compensation control Programmed autoexposure, aperture priorityF modes) Exposure compensation compensation Exposure compensationcompensation inin incrementsincrements of and EV(M and F modes) Exposure Exposure 2EV+2EV2EV+2EV / 1/3 EV and1/3 F modes) increments EV (M 1 (M 2EV+2EV 2EV+2EV inofof 3 EV((M 3F modes) F modes) -2EV-+2EV in increments of / EV1 ) and Scene modes A (NATURAL & K), B EV (M and LIGHT), C Exposure compensation 2EV+2EV in increments of /3(NATURAL F modes) (PORTRAIT), V (PORTRAIT ENHANCER), Scene modes A (NATURAL K (LANDSCAPE), K), (SPORT), D (NIGHT), W (FIREWORKS), E (SUNSET), F (SNOW), G (BEACH), Scene modesScene modes A (NATURAL (NATURAL B (NATURAL (NATURAL CLIGHT), C (PORTRAIT), V (PORTRAIT ENHANCER), Scene modes A &(NATURAL && K), B LIGHT), C (PORTRAIT), (PORTRAIT), VENHANCER), ENHANCER), A & K), B (NATURAL (NATURAL LIGHT), C V (PORTRAIT (PORTRAIT K), B LIGHT), (PORTRAIT), V (PORTRAIT ENHANCER), L Scene modes A (NATURAL & K), B (NATURAL LIGHT), C (PORTRAIT), V (PORTRAIT ENHANCER), K (LANDSCAPE),(LANDSCAPE),D (NIGHT), W (NIGHT), WP (TEXT) K (LANDSCAPE), L (SPORT),L(SPORT), D (FIREWORKS), (FIREWORKS),EF (SNOW),F(SNOW), G (BEACH), K (LANDSCAPE), L (SPORT), D (FLOWER), (FIREWORKS), E(SUNSET), F (BEACH), G (BEACH), K H (MUSEUM), I (PARTY), O (NIGHT), W E (SUNSET), F (SUNSET),G (SNOW), L (SPORT), D (NIGHT), W (FIREWORKS), E (SUNSET), (SNOW), G (BEACH), K (LANDSCAPE), L (SPORT), D (NIGHT), W (FIREWORKS), E (SUNSET), F (SNOW), G (BEACH), H (MUSEUM), I (PARTY), O (FLOWER), O(FLOWER), P (TEXT) H (MUSEUM),(MUSEUM), I (PARTY), O P (TEXT) P (TEXT) H I (PARTY), I (PARTY), P(FLOWER), H (MUSEUM), O (FLOWER), (TEXT) Picture stabilization Optical stabilization (CCD shift) H (MUSEUM), I (PARTY), O (FLOWER), P (TEXT) (CCD shift) Picture stabilization Optical stabilization (CCD shift) (CCD shift) Picture stabilizationstabilization Picture stabilization stabilizationstabilization (CCD shift) Picture Optical Optical stabilization Optical (CCD ) Intelligent Face Detection Optical stabilization (CCD shift) Available Picture stabilization ntelligent Face Intelligent Face Detection Available Intelligent Face DetectionAvailable Intelligent Detection Detection Available FaceAvailable Intelligent Face Detection Available 110 110

110 110 110

Specifications

Specifications Specifications

System System Shutter speed , , A, B, C, V, K, L, E, F, G, H, I System , A, B, C, V, K, L, E, F, G, H, I, O, P, M, F:1/4s-1/2,000s F, G, H, I, O, P, M, F:1/4s-1/2,000s Shutter speed , , A, B, C, V, K, L, E, D:8s-1/1,000s Shutter speed , , A, B, C, V, K, L, E, F, G, H, I, O, P, M, F:1/4s-1/2,000s 000s W:4s-1/2s D:8s-1/1,000s D:8s-1/1,000s Combined mechanical and electronic shutter W:4s-1/2s W:4s-1/2s mechanical and electronic shutter -mechanical and electronic shutter Combined Continuous TOP 12: Up to 5fps; max. 12 frames FINAL Combined mechanical and electronic shutter p to 5fps; max. 12 frames 12 : to 5fps; 5fps; last 12 frames ; 3m) TOP 2fps, 3 TOP12: Up12: Up to 12( recorded FINAL 12: Up to:5fps; last 12 frames recorded Continuous TOP FINAL5fps, max. 12 frames (Image size; max. 1) Continuous TOP 12: Up to 5fps; max. 12 frames FINAL 12: Up to 5fps; last 12 frames recorded : (Imagemax. 1) 1) 3: Up to . 3 frames size; mage size; max. 1) (Image size; max. (Image TOP size; max. 1) FINAL (Image , 12 .( ; 3m) 2fps; max. 1) (Image size; max. FINALUp to Up size; max. frames 12 : 5fps to max. 3 1) to 2fps; max. 3 frames FINAL 3: 2fps; 2fps; last 3 frames recorded TOP 3: FINAL 3: Up to 2fps; last 3 frames recordednumber of frames LONG Up to 2fps; last 3 frames recorded PERIOD: Frame rate and maximum TOP 3: 3: to 2fps; 3 . FINALUp 2fps withmax. 3 frames available memory FINAL 3: OD: Frame rate and maximum numberof frames varyFrame rate and maximum number of frames varySingle and continuous AF and LONG PERIOD: ,image sizeFocus Mode: with image size and available memory Autof LONG PERIOD: Frame rate and maximum number of frames vary with image size and available memory Autofocusand continuousTTL AF gle and continuous AF Contrast-detect : AF Autofocus system: Contrast-detect TTL AF MULTI Focus Mode:: Single system:AF AF AF Focus-area selection: AF CENTER TTL AF Focus Mode: : TTL AF FINAL 3: 2fps , 3 . Single and continuous AF Autofocus system: Contrast-detect and AF a selection: AF CENTER and AF MULTI Focus-area selection: AF CENTER andbalance White AF MULTI Automatic scene detection; six manual preset modes for d Focus-area selection: AF CENTER and AF MULTI balance for direct sunlight, shade, daylight fluorescent, white 6 scene detection; six manual preset modes ; , , , ,warm ,fluorescent, cool white fluorescent, and incand White Automatic scene detection; six manual preset modes for direct sunlight, shade, daylight fluorescent, White balance Automatic scene detection; six manual preset modes for direct sunlight, shade, daylight fluorescent, fluorescent, cool white fluorescent, and Approx. 2s lighting; custom e fluorescent, cool white fluorescent, warm;white lighting; custom white balance incandescentand approx. 10s white balance and incandescent Self-timer warm white fluorescent, cool white fluorescent, and incandescent lighting; custom white balance 2 2s and approx. 10s and approx. Self-timer 10s Approx. 10 Auto flash; effective range when sensitivity is set to AUTO is Self-timer Approx. 2s and approx. 10s Flash ; range when approx. 60cm4.4m/2ft. 14ft. (wide angle), effective range when sensitivity is setAuto flash; approx. 60cm4.4m/2ft. 14ft. (wide angle), 60cm2.4m/2ft.7ft.60cm-2.4m(), to AUTO is effective AUTO sensitivity is set to AUTO is 60cm-4.4m(), 10in. (telephoto), or 30cm80cm/1ft. Flash Flash Auto flash; effective range when sensitivity is set to AUTO is approx. 60cm4.4m/2ft. 14ft. (wide angle), 30cm- 80cm( ) m/2ft.7ft. 10in. (telephoto), or 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (macro mode) Flash modes 60cm2.4m/2ft.7ft. 10in. (telephoto), or 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (macro mode) sync (red-eye removal off); auto w Auto, fill flash, off, slow 60cm2.4m/2ft.7ft. 10in. (telephoto), or 30cm80cm/1ft.2ft. 7in. (macro mode) , , , removal, fill flash ); , red-eye removal, fill , ash, off, slow (red-eye removal off); auto with red-eye (with red-eye removal, off, slow sync with flash with red-eye sync Flash modes Auto, fill flash, off, slow sync (red-eye removal off); auto with , red-eye removal (red-eye remo Flash modes Auto, (slow sync (red-eye removal off); auto with red-eye removal, fill flash with red-eye fill flash, off, ff, slow sync with red-eye removal (red-eye removal on) sync with red-eye removal (red-eye removal on) removal, off, slow ) Monitor 3.0-in., 230k-dot amorphous silicon TFT color LCD monitor; as removal, off, slow sync with red-eye removal (red-eye removal on) 3.0, 230k 4:3; frame Movies k-dot amorphous silicon TFT color LCD monitor; aspect ratio TFT LCD,4:3; can record movies 100% approx. 100% coverage approx. monitor; aspect ratio 4:3; frame coverage Monitor 3.0-in., 230k-dot amorphous silicon TFT color LCD100% Camera with monaural sound and a f Monitor 3.0-in., 230k-dot amorphous silicon TFT color LCD monitor; aspect ratio 4:3; frame coverage approx. 100% n record movies with monaural sound and acan record movies with monaural 320240 (s) size of rate of 25fps 25or 320240 or sound and at Movies Camera frame size of 640480 (t) 320240 a framea frame 640480 (t) fps Movies Camera movies with monaural sound and a frame size of 640480 (t) or 320240 can record frame rate of 25fps (s) at a frame rate of 25fps Shooting options Scene recognition, Intelligent Face Detection with red-eye (s) at a frame rate of 25fps options , AF, Intelligent Face Detection with red-eye removal, power management, quick ognition, Intelligent Face Detection with red-eye removal, power management, quick AF, best framing, . memory AF, Shooting Scene recognition, , , and frame number Shooting options Scene recognition, Intelligent Face Detection with red-eye removal, power management, quick AF, ng, and frame number memory best framing, and frame number memory Playback options Intelligent Face Detection with red-eye removal, micro thum best framing, and frame number memory options Face Detection with red-eye sort-by-date, , , playback, sort-by-date, Face Detection with red-eye removal, Intelligent, , ,thumbnail, multi-frame , voice memo micro thumbnail, multi-frame playback,removal, micro cropping, slide show, image rotation, Playback Playback options Intelligent Face Detection with red-eye removal, micro thumbnail, multi-frame playback, sort-by-date, , slide show, image rotation, voice memo cropping, slide show, image rotation, voice memo Other options PictBridge, Exif Print, FINEPIX COLOR, language selection cropping, slide show, image rotation, voice memo Exif Print, FINEPIX COLOR, language PicBridge, Exif , FINEPIX ,Traditional Chinese, Czech, Dutch, English, French, German, Hungarian, Italia selection (Simplified Chinese, (, , , , , , Chinese, Other options PictBridge, Exif Print, FINEPIX COLOR, language selection (Simplified Chinese, Traditional , PictBridge,, ,Korean, , , Russian, , , , ), time Exif Print, FINEPIX COLOR, language selection (Simplified , tch, English, Other options French, German, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, French, German,Portuguese, , Spanish,Chinese, Traditional Chinese, differenc Czech, Dutch, English, , Polish, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Swedish, Thai, and Turkish), Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Czech, Dutch, English, French, xD anish, Swedish, Thai, and Turkish), time, FinePixFinePix photo Thai, and SD difference, FinePix photo mode (v-mode), support difference, (F-), German, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, mode (v-mode), time Turkish), support for xD-Picture and SD memory cards Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, and Turkish), time difference, FinePix photo mode (v-mode), support ure and SD memory cards for xD-Picture and SD memory cards for xD-Picture and SD memory cards 111

111

Appendix

111 111

Appendix Appendix

Specifications Specifications
Input/output terminals Input/output terminals A/V OUT (audio/video output) A/V OUT (audio/video output) Digital input/output Input/output terminals / Digital input/output A/V OUT (audio/video output) A/V Power supply/other Power input/output supply/other Digital Power sources Power sources supply/other Battery life (NP-50) Power/ Battery life (NP-50) sources Power (NP-50) Battery life (NP-50)

Specifications

NTSC or PAL with monaural sound NTSC or PAL with monaural sound USB 2.0 High Speed with MTP/PTP connection USB 2.0 High Speed with MTP/PTP connection NTSC PAL NTSC or PAL with monaural sound MTP/PTP High Speed 2.0 USB 2.0 USB with MTP/PTP connection NP-50 rechargeable battery; optional AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler NP-50 rechargeable battery; optional AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler Approx. 230 frames, based on CIPA (Camera and Imaging Products Association) standard; measured Approx. 230 frames, based on CIPA (Camera and Imaging Products Association) standard; measured at 23C (73F) with the monitor on, pictures recorded to an xD-Picture Card, the camera zoomed NP-50 , the monitor on, pictures recorded DCan xD-Picture Card, the camera zoomed NP-50 rechargeable battery; optional CP-50 to at 23C (73F) with AC-5VX AC AC-5VX AC adapter and CP-50 DC coupler from widest angle 230, CIPA (Camera andonce every 30s, the flash fired with every measured CIPA to maximum zoom andImaging Products Association) standard;other shot, Approx. 230 frames, based on back 23, xD , from widest angle to maximum zoom and back once every 30s, the flash fired with every other shot, and the camera turned monitor on again every 10 shots. Note that Card, the camera zoomed 23C (73F) with the off, then pictures recorded that the . can at camera turned off and then on again every 10 shots. xD-Picturethe number of shots that can and the , 30 and on, , 10 to an Note number of shots that taken with a fully-charged battery varies with temperature and shooting conditions. other shot, be taken with a fully-charged battery and back the flash fired with every from widest angle to maximum zoom varies with temperature and shooting conditions. be once every 30s, . Camera dimensions 92.5mm59.2mm22.9mm/3.6in.2.3in.0.9in. (WHD), excluding the number of shots that and the camera turned off and then on (WHD), excluding battery and accessories 92.5mm*59.2mm*22.9mm(W*H*D), again every 10 shots. Note thatbattery and accessories can Camera dimensions 92.5mm59.2mm22.9mm/3.6in.2.3in.0.9in. . Camera weight Approx. 163g/5.7oz., excluding battery, accessories, and memory cards be taken163g/5.7oz., excluding . 163g, , a fully-charged battery varies with temperature andcards Camera weight Approx. with , battery, accessories, and memory shooting conditions. Shooting weight Approx. 182g/6.4oz., . Camera dimensions 92.5mm59.2mm22.9mm/3.6in.2.3in.0.9in. (WHD), weight 182g, , including battery and memory card excluding battery and accessories Shooting Approx. 182g/6.4oz., including battery and memory card Operating conditions Temperature: 0C40 C/+32F104F Humidity: 10%80% (no condensation) Camera weight Approx. 163g/5.7oz., excluding battery, accessories, Humidity: 10%80% (no condensation) Operating Temperature: 0C40 C/+32F104F and memory cards conditions : 0-40 : 10%-80%() Shooting weight Approx. 182g/6.4oz., including battery and memory card NP-50 rechargeable battery Temperature: 0C40 C/+32F104F BC-50 battery charger NP-50 BC-50 Humidity: 10%80% (no condensation) BC-50 battery charger NP-50 rechargeable battery Operating conditions Nominal voltage DC 3.7V Rated input 100240 V AC, 50/60Hz DC 3.7V 100-240V AC,50/60Hz Rated input 100240 V AC, 50/60Hz Nominal voltage DC 3.7V voltage battery DC 4.2V capacity 4.2W W Maximum voltage DC 4.2V Rated input capacity input 4.2 BC-50 battery charger NP-50 rechargeable Rated 4.2 W Maximum DC 4.2V 1000mAh 4.2V DC, 615mA 50/60Hz 1000 mAh output 4.2V DC, V AC, Rated input 100240 615mA Nominal voltage DC 3.7V Rated output 4.2V DC, 615mA Nominal capacity capacity 1000 mAh batteries NP-50 battery Operating voltage 0C40C/+32F104F Supported NP-50 temperature 0-40 Rated input capacity 4.2 W rechargeable battery Maximum temperature DC 4.2V Supported batteries NP-50 rechargeable Operating 0C40C/+32F104F time 140 140minutes Dimensions (WHD) 35.4mm40.0mm6.6mm/ Charging Approx. Rated output 4.2V DC, 615mA Nominal capacity 1000 mAh (WHD) 35.4mm40.0mm6,6mm Charging time Approx. 140minutes Dimensions (WHD) 35.4mm40.0mm6.6mm/ 1.4in1.6in0.3in 1.4in.1.6in.0.3in. Dimensions (W 60mm86mm20.5mm/ Supported batteries NP-50 rechargeable Operating temperature 0C40C/+32F104F (WHD) HD) 60mm86mm20.5mmbattery 1.4in.1.6in.0.3in. Dimensions (W HD) 60mm86mm20.5mm/ 2.4in3.4in0.8in Weight Approx. 18g/0.6oz. 2.4in.3.4in.0.8in. 18g Charging time Approx. 140minutes Dimensions (WHD) 35.4mm40.0mm6.6mm/ 2.4in.3.4in.0.8in. Weight Approx. 18g/0.6oz. Weight Approx. 65g/2.3oz., 1.4in.1.6in.0.3in. 65g Dimensions (W HD) 60mm86mm20.5mm/ Weight Approx. 65g/2.3oz., excluding battery 2.4in.3.4in.0.8in. Weight Approx. 18g/0.6oz. excluding battery temperature 0-40 65g/2.3oz., Operating 0 C40 Weight Approx. C/+32 F104 F Operating temperature 0 C40 C/+32 F104 F excluding battery Operating temperature 0 C40 C/+32 F104 F

112 112 112 112

Specifications

Notes on the Battery and Battery Charger . . The battery and charger may become warm to the touch during charging. This is normal and does not indicate . a malfunction. If possible, charge the battery in a well-ventilated location. . . The battery charger may vibrate when in use. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. NP-50 . The charger is for use , . with NP-50 batteries only. If the charger causes radio interference, increase the distance between ) the charger and the radio receiver. , , ( , Do. the charger in locations that are very dusty or exposed to strong vibration, extreme humidity, or not leave high temperatures (for example, in direct sunlight or next to a heater). 100-240V AC 50 60 Hz . . The battery charger can be used.voltages of 100240V AC and 50 or 60Hz. The shape of the plug varies with input with the country of sale; consult your travel agent to determine whether the charger can be used abroad.
TV Color Television Systems NTSC , , TV . PAL TV NTSC (National Television System Committee) is a color television telecasting specification adopted mainly in the . U.S.A., Canada, and Japan. PAL (Phase Alternation by Line) is a color television system adopted mainly in European countries and China.

Notices , ( ) . Specifications . FUJIFILM shall not be held liable for damages resulting from subject to change without notice. . errors in this manual. (, , , ). Although the monitor is manufactured using advanced . . high-precision technology, small bright points and anomalous colors (particularly in the vicinity of text) may appear. This is normal for this type of monitor and does not indicate a malfunction; images recorded with the camera are unaffected. Digital cameras may malfunction when exposed to strong radio interference (e.g., electric fields, static electricity, or line noise). Due to the type of lens used, some distortion may occur at the periphery of images. This is normal.

. FUJIFILM .

113

113

Appendix

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

Вам также может понравиться